Loading...
HomeMy Public PortalAboutPublic Draft EIR_PC3_Print Copy     P UBLIC  D RAFT   ENVIRONMENTAL  IMPACT  R EPORT     FOR  THE     Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)   SCH#  2012052073       SEPTEMBER  2013         Prepared  for:     Town  of  Truckee   10183  Truckee  Airport  Road   Truckee,  CA  96161       Prepared  by:     De  Novo  Planning  Group   4630  Brand  Way   Sacramento,  CA  95819   (916)  580-­‐9818   De  Novo  Planning  Group   A  Land  Use  Planning,  Design,  and  Environmental  Firm           PUBLIC  DRAFT     ENVIRONMENTAL  IMPACT  REPORT     FOR  THE     Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)   SCH#  2012052073           SEPTEMBER  2013             Prepared  for:     Town  of  Truckee   10183  Truckee  Airport  Road   Truckee,  CA  96161             Prepared  by:     De  Novo  Planning  Group   4630  Brand  Way   Sacramento,  CA  95819   (916)  580-­‐9818        TABLE  OF  CONTENTS     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  TOC-­‐1     D RAFT  EIR   Chapter  Page  Number   Executive  Summary ....................................................................................................................ES-­‐1   1.0  Introduction .........................................................................................................................1.0-­‐1   1.1  Purpose  and  Intended  Use  of  the  EIR .....................................................................1.0-­‐1   1.2  Type  of  EIR ..............................................................................................................1.0-­‐1   1.3  Known  Responsible  and  Trustee  Agencies .............................................................1.0-­‐2   1.4  Environmental  Review  Process ...............................................................................1.0-­‐2   1.5  Organization  and  Scope ..........................................................................................1.0-­‐4   1.6  Comments  Received  on  the  Notice  of  Preparation ................................................1.0-­‐6   2.0  Project  Description ..............................................................................................................2.0-­‐1   2.1  Project  Location ......................................................................................................2.0-­‐1   2.2  Project  Setting ........................................................................................................2.0-­‐1   2.3  Project  Goals  and  Objectives ..................................................................................2.0-­‐3   2.4  Project  Description .................................................................................................2.0-­‐3   2.5  Uses  of  the  EIR  and  Required  Agency  Approvals ..................................................2.0-­‐13   3.1  Air  Quality  ...........................................................................................................................3.1-­‐1   3.1.1  Existing  Setting ....................................................................................................3.1-­‐1   3.1.2  Regulatory  Setting ...............................................................................................3.1-­‐7   3.1.3  Impacts  and  Mitigation  Measures .....................................................................3.1-­‐11   3.2  Biological  Resources ............................................................................................................3.2-­‐1   3.2.1  Environmental  Setting .........................................................................................3.2-­‐1   3.2.2  Regulatory  Setting ...............................................................................................3.2-­‐7   3.2.3  Impacts  and  Mitigation  Measures .....................................................................3.2-­‐13   3.3  Cultural  Resources ...............................................................................................................3.3-­‐1   3.3.1  Environmental  Setting .........................................................................................3.3-­‐1   3.3.2  Regulatory  Setting .............................................................................................3.3-­‐10   3.3.3  Impacts  and  Mitigation  Measures .....................................................................3.3-­‐13   3.4  Geology,  Soils,  and  Minerals................................................................................................3.4-­‐1   T ABLE  OF  CONTENTS       TOC-­‐2  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     3.4.1  Environmental  Setting ........................................................................................3.4-­‐1   3.4.2  Regulatory  Setting ..............................................................................................3.4-­‐8   3.4.3  Impacts  and  Mitigation  Measures ....................................................................3.4-­‐10   3.5  Greenhouse  Gases  and  Climate  Change .............................................................................3.5-­‐1   3.5.1  Greenhouse  Gases  and  Climate  Change .............................................................3.5-­‐1   3.5.2  Regulatory  Setting ..............................................................................................3.5-­‐7   3.5.3  Impacts  and  Mitigation  Measures ....................................................................3.5-­‐13   3.6  Hazards  and  Hazardous  Materials ......................................................................................3.6-­‐1   3.6.1  Environmental  Setting ........................................................................................3.6-­‐1   3.6.2  Regulatory  Setting ..............................................................................................3.6-­‐5   3.6.3  Impacts  and  Mitigation  Measures ....................................................................3.6-­‐14   3.7  Hydrology  and  Water  Quality .............................................................................................3.7-­‐1   3.7.1  Existing  Setting ...................................................................................................3.7-­‐1   3.7.2  Regulatory  Setting ..............................................................................................3.7-­‐5   3.7.3  Impacts  and  Mitigation  Measures ....................................................................3.7-­‐15   3.8  Land  Use,  Population,  and  Housing ....................................................................................3.8-­‐1   3.8.1  Environmental  Setting ........................................................................................3.8-­‐1   3.8.2  Regulatory  Setting ..............................................................................................3.8-­‐7   3.8.3  Impacts  and  Mitigation  Measures ....................................................................3.8-­‐12   3.9  Noise  and  Vibration ............................................................................................................3.9-­‐1   3.9.1  Environmental  Setting ........................................................................................3.9-­‐1   3.9.2  Regulatory  Setting ..............................................................................................3.9-­‐7   3.9.3  Impacts  and  Mitigation  Measures ....................................................................3.9-­‐11   3.10  Public  Services  and  Recreation .......................................................................................3.10-­‐1   3.10.1  Existing  Conditions..........................................................................................3.10-­‐1   3.10.2  Regulatory  Setting ..........................................................................................3.10-­‐5   3.10.3  Impacts  and  Mitigation  Measures ................................................................3.10-­‐15   3.11  Transportation  and  Circulation .......................................................................................3.11-­‐1   3.11.1  Environmental  Setting ....................................................................................3.11-­‐1   3.11.2  Analysis  Methods............................................................................................3.11-­‐6   3.11.3  Project  Travel  Characteristics .......................................................................3.11-­‐11    TABLE  OF  CONTENTS     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  TOC-­‐3     3.11.4  Regulatory  Setting .........................................................................................3.11-­‐26   3.11.5  Thresholds  of  Significance .............................................................................3.11-­‐28   3.11.6  Impacts  and  Mitigation  Measures .................................................................3.11-­‐29   3.12  Utilities.............................................................................................................................3.12-­‐1   3.12.1  Wastewater  Services .......................................................................................3.12-­‐1   3.12.2  Water  Service ..................................................................................................3.12-­‐7   3.12.3  Solid  Waste ....................................................................................................3.12-­‐14   3.12.4  Energy  and  Telecommunications...................................................................3.12-­‐17   3.13  Visual  and  Aesthetic  Resources .......................................................................................3.13-­‐1   3.13.1  Environmental  Setting .....................................................................................3.13-­‐1   3.13.2  Regulatory  Setting ...........................................................................................3.13-­‐2   3.13.3  Impacts  and  Mitigation  Measures ...................................................................3.13-­‐5   4.0  Other  CEQA-­‐Required  Topics...............................................................................................4.0-­‐1   4.1  Cumulative  Setting  and  Impact  Analysis .................................................................4.0-­‐1   4.2  Growth-­‐Inducing  Effects .......................................................................................4.0-­‐14   4.3  Significant  Irreversible  Effects ..............................................................................4.0-­‐16   4.4  Significant  and  Unavoidable  Impacts....................................................................4.0-­‐17   5.0  Alternatives .........................................................................................................................5.0-­‐1   5.1  CEQA  Requirements ...............................................................................................5.0-­‐1   5.2  Alternatives  Considered  in  this  EIR .........................................................................5.0-­‐2   5.3  Environmental  Analysis ..........................................................................................5.0-­‐6   6.0  Report  Preparers .................................................................................................................6.0-­‐1   Table  Page  Number   Table  ES-­‐1:  Summary  of  Zoning,  Acreage,  and  Development  Potential .....................................ES-­‐3   Table  ES-­‐2:  Comparison  of  Alternative  Project  Impacts  to  the  Proposed  Project ......................ES-­‐8   Table  ES-­‐3:  Project  Impacts  and  Proposed  Mitigation  Measures .............................................ES-­‐10   Table  2-­‐1:  Summary  of  Zoning,  Acreage,  and  Development  Potential......................................2.0-­‐5   Table  2-­‐2:    Specific  Plan  Implementation  Measures  and  Action  Items ...................................2.0-­‐10   Table  2-­‐3:    Intersection/Roadway  Frontage/Class  I  Bike  Trail  Improvements.........................2.0-­‐11   Table  3.1-­‐1:  Federal  and  State  Ambient  Air  Quality  Standards .................................................3.1-­‐5   Table  3.1-­‐2:  State  and  National  Attainment  Status ...................................................................3.1-­‐6   T ABLE  OF  CONTENTS       TOC-­‐4  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     Table  3.1-­‐3:  Ambient  Air  Quality  Monitoring  Data  (Truckee-­‐  Fire  Station)..............................3.1-­‐6   Table  3.1-­‐4:  Consistency  Analysis .............................................................................................3.1-­‐9   Table  3.1-­‐5:  Operational  Emission  Thresholds .......................................................................3.1-­‐12   Table  3.1-­‐6:  Operational  Emissions  (Unmitigated).................................................................3.1-­‐12   Table  3.1-­‐7:  Operational  Emissions  (Mitigated).....................................................................3.1-­‐14   Table  3.1-­‐8:  Construction  Emission  Thresholds ......................................................................3.1-­‐16   Table  3.1-­‐9:  Construction  Emissions  (Unmitigated)...............................................................3.1-­‐17   Table  3.1-­‐10:  Soil  Hauling  Construction  Phase  Emissions  (Maximum  Daily  lbs/day).............3.1-­‐18   Table  3.1-­‐1:  CARB  Minimum  Separation  Recommendation  on  Siting  Sensitive  Land  Uses....3.1-­‐22   Table  3.2-­‐1:  Special-­‐Status  Species  Documented  within  5-­‐Mile  Radius  of  Project  Site............3.2-­‐5   Table  3.3-­‐1:  Projects  Undertaken  Within  the  Project’s  Vicinity ...............................................3.3-­‐5   Table  3.3-­‐2:  Archaeological  Sites  within  the  Project’s  Vicinity .................................................3.3-­‐7   Table  3.4-­‐1:  Comparison  of  Richter  Magnitudes  and  Modified  Mercalli  Intensities ................3.4-­‐3   Table  3.4-­‐2:  Soil  Erosion  Factors ...............................................................................................3.4-­‐5   Table  3.4-­‐3:  Linear  Extensibility  (Expansion  Potential).............................................................3.4-­‐6   Table  3.5-­‐1:  Construction  GHG  Emissions  (Unmitigated  Metric  Tons/Yr)..............................3.5-­‐15   Table  3.5-­‐2:  Operational  GHG  Emissions  (Mitigated  Metric  Tons/Yr)....................................3.5-­‐16   Table  3.5-­‐3:  Operational  GHG  Emissions  2010  BAU  (Unmitigated  Metric  Tons/Yr)...............3.5-­‐16   Table  3.6-­‐1:  Airport  Compatibility  Zones ................................................................................3.6-­‐18   Table  3.7-­‐1:  Dams  Discharging  to  the  Truckee  River  Upstream  of  the  PC-­‐3  Specific  Plan .......3.7-­‐4   Table  3.7-­‐2:  CWA  Listed  Section  303(d)  Water  Quality  Limited  Segments  Downstream .........3.7-­‐5   Table  3.8-­‐1:  Housing  and  Population  Census  Data:  2000  and  2010  Benchmarks ....................3.8-­‐5   Table  3.8-­‐2:  PC-­‐3  Policy  Consistency  Analysis ........................................................................3.8-­‐14   Table  3.8-­‐3:  Commercial  and  Industrial  Development  Potential  &  Employment  Generation 3.8-­‐16   Table  3.9-­‐1:  Typical  Noise  Levels ..............................................................................................3.9-­‐3   Table  3.9-­‐2:  Existing  Ambient  Noise  Monitoring  Results..........................................................3.9-­‐5   Table  3.9-­‐3:  Existing  Traffic  Noise  Levels  .................................................................................3.9-­‐6   Table  3.9-­‐4:  Consistency  Analysis  ............................................................................................3.9-­‐7   Table  3.9-­‐5:  Town  of  Truckee  Noise  Compatibility  Guidelines  ................................................3.9-­‐9   Table  3.9-­‐6:  Noise  Standards  by  Receiving  Land  Use  Truckee  Development  Code  ...............3.9-­‐10   Table  3.9-­‐7:  Significance  of  Changes  in  Cumulative  Noise  Exposure ......................................3.9-­‐12   Table  3.9-­‐8:  Predicted  Existing  and  Plus  Project  Traffic  Noise  Levels .....................................3.9-­‐14   Table  3.9-­‐9:  Construction  Equipment  Noise ...........................................................................3.9-­‐15   Table  3.9-­‐10:  Vibration  Levels  for  Varying  Construction  Equipment......................................3.9-­‐17   Table  3.9-­‐11:  Predicted  Future  and  Future  Plus  Project  Traffic  Noise  Levels  ........................3.9-­‐21    TABLE  OF  CONTENTS     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  TOC-­‐5     Table  3.10-­‐1:  Multi-­‐Family  Attached  Student  Yield  Rates .....................................................3.10-­‐19   Table  3.11-­‐1:  Winter  Intersection  Turning  Movement  Volumes  without  Project ...................3.11-­‐5   Table  3.11-­‐2:  PM  Peak  Hour  Intersection  LOS  –  Existing  Conditions-­‐  No  Project ...................3.11-­‐7   Table  3.11-­‐3:  Roadway  LOS  Analysis-­‐  2012  Without  Project...................................................3.11-­‐9   Table  3.11-­‐4:  Land  Use  Element ............................................................................................3.11-­‐11   Table  3.11-­‐5:  PC-­‐3  Joerger  Ranch-­‐  Trip  Generation  Analysis.................................................3.11-­‐15   Table  3.11-­‐6:  PC-­‐3  Joerger  Ranch-­‐  External  Trip  Generation ................................................3.11-­‐18   Table  3.11-­‐7:  PC-­‐3  Joerger  Ranch-­‐  External  Trip  Generation-­‐  Summer  PM ..........................3.11-­‐21   Table  3.11-­‐8:  PC-­‐3  Existing  2012  Trip  Assignment-­‐  SR  267  Bypass  vs.  Brockway  Road .........3.11-­‐22   Table  3.11-­‐9:  Project  Net  Impacts  of  2012  Winter  Intersection  Turning  Movement  Volumes-­‐  Placer   County ...................................................................................................................................3.11-­‐24   Table   3.11-­‐10:  Project   Net   Impacts   of   2032   Winter   Intersection   Turning   Movement   Volumes-­‐   Placer  County.........................................................................................................................3.11-­‐24   Table  3.11-­‐11:  Winter  2012  Intersection  Turning  Movement  Volumes  with  Project ...........3.11-­‐25   Table  3.11-­‐12:  Comparison  of  Current  Project,  General  Plan,  and  Truckee  Model ..............3.11-­‐25   Table  3.11-­‐13:  2012  PM  Peak  Hour  Intersection  LOS-­‐  No  Project  and  Plus  Project ..............3.11-­‐31   Table  3.11-­‐14:  Roadway  LOS  Analysis-­‐  2012  Without  Project...............................................3.11-­‐35   Table  3.11-­‐15:  Roadway  LOS  Analysis-­‐  2012  With  Project ....................................................3.11-­‐37   Table  3.11-­‐16:  Traffic  Performance  on  SR  267  Bypass  in  2012 .............................................3.11-­‐40   Table  3.11-­‐17:  Glenshire  Dr/Donner  Pass  Rd  Intersection  LOS  with  Center  Turn  Lane ........3.11-­‐42   Table  3.11-­‐18:  2012  Intersection  LOS  Mitigation  Summary ..................................................3.11-­‐49   Table  3.11-­‐19:  2032  Winter  Intersection  Turning  Movement  Volumes  without  Project ......3.11-­‐53   Table  3.11-­‐20:  2032  Winter  Intersection  Turning  Movement  Volumes  with  Project ...........3.11-­‐53   Table  3.11-­‐21:  2032  PM  Peak  Hour  Intersection  LOS  Summary  (No  Project  and  Plus  Project  3.11-­‐55   Table  3.11-­‐22:  Roadway  LOS  Analysis-­‐  2032  without  Project ...............................................3.11-­‐59   Table  3.11-­‐23:  Roadway  LOS  Analysis-­‐  2032  with  Project .....................................................3.11-­‐61   Table  3.11-­‐24:  Traffic  Performance  on  SR  267  Bypass  in  2032 .............................................3.11-­‐63   Table  5-­‐1:  Summary   of   Zoning,   Acreage,   Development   Potential   and   FTEE   Under  the   Reduced   Intensity  Alternative  .................................................................................................................5.0-­‐4   Table  5-­‐2:  Summary  of  Zoning,  Acreage,  Development  Potential  and  FTEE  Under  the  Industrial   Uses  Only  Alternative  ...............................................................................................................5.0-­‐5   Table  5-­‐3:  Comparison  of  Alternative  Project  Impacts  to  the  Proposed  Project  ....................5.0-­‐15   T ABLE  OF  CONTENTS       TOC-­‐6  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     Figures     Note:  Figures  are  located  at  the  end  of  the  chapters.   Figure  2-­‐1  Regional  Location  Map   Figure  2-­‐2  Vicinity  Map   Figure  2-­‐3  Aerial  View  of  Project  Site   Figure  2-­‐4  Surrounding  Land  Uses   Figure  2-­‐5  General  Plan  Designations   Figure  2-­‐6  Proposed  Zoning  Districts   Figure  2-­‐7  Tentative  Map   Figure  3.2-­‐1  Land  Cover  Types     Figure  3.2-­‐2  Wetlands  and  Documented  Special  Status  Species  within  the  Project  Site     Figure  3.2-­‐3  Special  Status  Species  within  5-­‐Mile  Radius     Figure  3.4-­‐1  Faults  Map   Figure  3.4-­‐2  Soils  Map   Figure  3.6-­‐1  Airport  Safety  Map   Figure  3.7-­‐1  Truckee  River  Overall  Watershed  and  Primary  Sub-­‐Basins   Figure  3.7-­‐2  Drainage  Features  and  General  Topography  in  the  Vicinity  of  the  Project  Site   Figure  3.7-­‐3  Aerial   Photograph   Showing   Existing   Drain   Pipes   and   Local   Drainage   Features   Pertinent  to  PC-­‐3   Figure  3.7-­‐4  FEMA  Flood  Insurance  Rate  Map   Figure  3.9-­‐1  Noise  Measurement  Sites   Figure  3.9-­‐2  Truckee-­‐Tahoe  Airport  Noise  Contours   Figure  3.11-­‐1  Intersection  Land  Configuration  and  Traffic  Control   Figure  3.11-­‐2  2012  Summer  PM  Peak  Hour  Volumes  Without  Project   Figure  3.11-­‐3  Project  Net  Impact  During  2012  Summer  PM  Peak  Hour   Figure  3.11-­‐4  Project  Net  Impact  During  2032  Summer  PM  Peak  Hour   Figure  3.11-­‐5  2012  Summer  PM  Peak  Hour  Traffic  Volumes  With  Project   Figure  3.11-­‐6  2012  Summer  PM  Peak  Hour  Traffic  Volumes  Without  Project   Figure  3.11-­‐7  2032  Summer  PM  Peak  Hour  Traffic  Volumes  With  Project   Figure  3.11-­‐8  Conceptual  Layout,  Two-­‐Stage  Left  Turn  Lane,  Donner  Pass  Road   Figure  3.13-­‐1  Visual  Simulation  View  1   Figure  3.13-­‐2  Visual  Simulation  View  2   Figure  3.13-­‐3  Visual  Simulation  View  3    TABLE  OF  CONTENTS     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  TOC-­‐7     Figure  3.13-­‐4  Visual  Simulation  View  4   Appendices     Appendices  are  located  on  the  CD  in  the  back  cover  of  the  Draft  EIR  Print  Copies.         Appendix  A  –Initial  Study  and  Comments  Received  Regarding  the  Notice  of  Preparation   Appendix  B-­‐  Air  Quality  Calculations   Appendix  C-­‐  Noise  Study   Appendix  D1-­‐  Traffic  Impact  Analysis  Report   Appendix  D2-­‐  Traffic  Analysis  Technical  Appendices     T ABLE  OF  CONTENTS       TOC-­‐8  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)                         This  page  left  intentionally  blank.         EXECUTIVE  SUMMARY  ES     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  ES-­‐1     0BINTRODUCTION   The  Town  of  Truckee  (Town)  has  determined  that  a  project-­‐level  environmental  impact  report   (EIR)  is  required  for  the  proposed  Joerger  Ranch  (PC-­‐3)  Specific  Plan  project  (proposed  project)   pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  the  California  Environmental  Quality  Act  (CEQA).     This  EIR  is  a  Project  EIR  as  defined  in  Section  15161  of  the  State  CEQA  Guidelines.    A  Project  EIR  is   an  EIR  which  examines  the  environmental  impacts  of  a  specific  development  project.    This  type  of   EIR   should   focus   primarily   on   the   changes   in   the   environment   that   would   result   from   the   development   project.     The   EIR   shall   examine   all   phases   of   the   project   including   planning,   construction  and  operation.    The  Project  EIR  approach  is  appropriate  for  the  Joerger  Ranch  Specific   Plan  because  it  allows  comprehensive  consideration  of  the  reasonably  anticipated  scope  of  the   project,  as  described  in  greater  detail  in  Section  2.0.         1P ROJECT  DESCRIPTION   The  following  provides  a  brief  summary  and  overview  of  the  proposed  project.    Section  2.0  of  this   EIR  includes  a  detailed  description  of  the  proposed  project,  including  maps  and  graphics.    The   reader  is  referred  to  Section  2.0  for  a  more  complete  and  thorough  description  of  the  components   of  the  proposed  project.       The  intent  of  the  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (hereinafter  (Specific  Plan),  and  the  individual  zoning   districts  within  the  Plan  Area,  is  to  create  land  use  opportunities  that  can  capture  certain  types  of   Commercial,  Retail,  Business  Park,  Light  Industrial,  Manufacturing,  and  Multi-­‐Family  Residential   land  uses.     The  provisions  within  the  Specific  Plan  are  intended  to  establish  zoning,  design  standards  and  site   planning  techniques  that  would  allow  incremental  development  of  the  property  consistent  with   the  2025  Planning  Horizon  as  set  forth  in  the  Town  of  Truckee  General  Plan.     The  Specific  Plan  proposes  to  develop  six  separate  zoning  districts  dispersed  over  the  66.61  acre   Plan   Area,   each   with   specified   targeted   uses   and   site   development   standards.   The   six   zoning   districts  and  their  locations  are  depicted  in  Figure  2-­‐6.    In  addition  to  the  development  of  the  six   zoning  districts,  the  Specific  Plan  proposes  a  large  lot  tentative  map  that  subdivides  the  six  zoning   districts  into  14  individual  parcels  as  depicted  in  Figure  2-­‐7.  This  is  intended  to  create  a  convenient   multi-­‐use  development  and  to  stimulate  financing  opportunities  within  portions  of  the  Plan  Area.     The  proposed  Tentative  Subdivision  Map  is  shown  on  Figure  2-­‐7.     The  specific  designations  for  the  proposed  zoning  districts  are  as  follows:   Regional  Commercial  (CR)   The  CR  zoning  district  is  located  on  the  south  side  of  Soaring  Way  and  is  approximately  11.7  acres   in  size.    The  targeted  land  uses  for  this  zoning  area  include  commercial  and  retail  services  that   emphasize  buildings  larger  than  5,000  S.F.  and  can  host  a  variety  of  retail  uses,  such  as  a  grocery   ES  E XECUTIVE  SUMMARY     ES-­‐2  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     market;  general  merchandise  (large  floor  plate);  home  furnishings/appliances;  office  space  (large   floor  plate);  and  casual  dining  restaurants.    Multi-­‐family  housing,  live/work  housing,  and  workforce   housing  units  are  allowed  in  this  zone  with  a  Conditional  Use  Permit.       Regional  Support  Commercial  (CRS)   The  CG-­‐2  zoning  district  consists  of  three  areas  totaling  approximately  6.1  acres  located  at  the   Soaring  Way/Joerger  Drive  intersection.    The  CRS  zoning  district  is  intended  to  attract  businesses   that   support   the   CR   zone   by   focusing   on   services   that   promote   the   small   town   outdoor   recreational  atmosphere  of  Truckee.    The  targeted  uses  for  the  CRS  zoning  district  include:  outdoor   recreational  equipment  sales;  bike  sales  and  rentals;  health  and  fitness  facilities;  casual  dining   restaurants;  and  recreational  vehicle  sales.  Multi-­‐family  housing,  live/work  housing,  and  workforce   housing  units  are  allowed  in  this  zone  with  a  Conditional  Use  Permit.   Lifestyle  Commercial  (CL)   The  CL  zoning  district  is  located  on  the  north  side  of  Brockway  Road  and  consists  of  approximately   7.6  acres.    The  CL  zoning  district  is  intended  for  businesses  that  promote  a  varied  mix  of  land  uses   that  currently  exist  within  the  Brockway  Road  corridor,  including  unique  and  locally  owned  retail,   service  and  recreation  uses  with  outdoor  display,  activity  and/or  dining  areas.    The  targeted  uses   for  the  CL  zoning  district  include:    home  furnishings  with  indoor  and  outdoor  displays;  wine  tasting   facilities  and  beverage  garden;  casual  dining  restaurants  with  outdoor  dining;  garden  supplies  and   nursery  sales.  Multi-­‐family  housing,  live/work  housing,  and  workforce  housing  units  are  allowed  in   this  zone  with  a  Conditional  Use  Permit.   Manufacturing/Industrial  (Business  Park)  (M1)   The  M1  zoning  district  consists  of  three  areas  east  of  SR  267  totaling  approximately  13.6  acres.  The   M1   zone   is   designed   to   encourage   relocation   of  industrial   and   manufacturing   uses   from   the   Truckee  River  Corridor  and  to  allow  manufacturing/industrial  uses.  The  targeted  uses  for  the  M1   zoning  district   include:  f i t n e s s  c e n t e r  a n d  i n d o o r  s p o r t s  a c t i v i t i e s  a n d  t r a i n i n g  f a c i l i t i e s ;   manufacturing  and  warehousing;  auto/recreational  dealerships;  repair  and  maintenance  centers;   specialty   food   and   spirit   production   facilities;   research   and   development   facilities;   and   transportation  centers.  Multi-­‐family  housing,  live/work  housing,  and  workforce  housing  units  are   allowed  in  this  zone  with  a  Conditional  Use  Permit.   Business  Innovation  Zone  (BIZ)   The  BIZ  zoning  district  consists  of  two  areas  west  of  SR  267  totaling  approximately  14.0  acres.  The   BIZ  zoning  district  is  intended  to  provide  land  area  to  attract  new  innovative  manufacturing  and   research  &  development   businesses   to   the   Truckee  area   and   create   a   campus   style   business   environment  focusing  on  eco-­‐friendly  and  emerging  green  industries.  The  targeted  uses  for  the  BIZ   zoning  district  include:  manufacturing  of  custom  furniture  and  household  products;  specialty  food   and  s p i r i t  p r o d u c t i o n  a n d  d i s t r i b u t i o n ;  r e s e a r c h  a n d  d e v e l o p m e n t  f a c i l i t i e s ;  g r e e n  t e c h n o l o g y   including  material  production,  design,  and  research.  Multi-­‐family  housing,  live/work  housing,  and   workforce  housing  units  are  allowed  in  this  zone  with  a  Conditional  Use  Permit.   EXECUTIVE  SUMMARY  ES     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  ES-­‐3     Residential  Multi-­Family  (RM)     The  multi-­‐family  zoning  district  is  approximately  3.5  acres  in  size  and  located  west  of  proposed   Martis  Drive,  fronting  on  the  Ponderosa  Golf  Course.    The  RM  zone  is  intended  to  provide  a  variety   of  higher  density,  attached  and/or  detached  housing  opportunities  in  close  proximity,  for  both   employees   and   employers   of   the   various   commercial   and   industrial   land   uses   allowed   in   the   Specific  Plan.       Open  Space  (OS)     The  OS  zoning  district  is  primarily  intended  to  protect  natural  resources  in  the  Plan  Area  and   establish  a  buffer  zone  and  setbacks  from  SR  267.  The  Open  Space  parcel  at  the  Hope  Court  /   Brockway  Road  intersection  is  intended  to  provide  an  opportunity  for  a  trailhead  to  access  the   Northstar  trail  segment,  park  &  ride,  public  art  and  a  portion  of  the  remaining  area  for  use  by  a   public  or  nonprofit  organization.  Parking  for  the  trailhead  and  park  &  ride  will  consist  of  8  -­‐  12   parking  spaces.     Table  ES-­‐1  provides  a  summary  of  the  acreage  and  development  potential  for  each  of  the  zoning   districts  identified  above.       TABLE  ES-­‐1:  SUMMARY  OF  ZONING,  ACREAGE,  AND  DEVELOPMENT  POTENTIAL   Zoning  Designation  Acreage  Development  Potential   Regional  Commercial  (CR)  11.69  101,843  sf   Regional  Support  Commercial  (CRS)  6.07  52,881  sf   Lifestyle  Commercial  (CL)  7.59  66,124  sf   Manufacturing/Industrial  (M1)  13.57  118,222  sf   Business  Innovation  Zone  (BIZ)  13.97  121,707  sf   Multi-­‐Family  Residential  (RM)  3.48  41  housing  units   Open  Space  (OS)  10.24  N/A     In  order  to  meet  the  requirements  of  Chapter  18.216  of  the  Truckee  Development  Code,  the   project   includes   a   total   of   97   workforce   housing   units.     Forty-­‐one   of   the   required   workforce   housing   units   would   be   constructed   within   the   3.48-­‐acre   Multi-­‐Family   Residential   Zone.     The   remaining  56  workforce  housing  units  would  be  built  throughout  the  remainder  of  the  proposed   zoning  districts,  and  integrated  into  future  commercial,  industrial,  and  business  park  structures.       ES  E XECUTIVE  SUMMARY     ES-­‐4  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     T RANSPORTATION  AND  C IRCULATION  I MPROVEMENTS   Roadway  Improvements   The  Plan  Area  requires  different  roadways  sections  to  respond  to  varying  circulation  needs  of  the   existing   traffic   patterns   and   uses   proposed   within   the   Plan   Area.     The   following   roadway   improvements  are  proposed  as  part  of  the  Specific  Plan.   Soaring  Way:    Soaring  Way,  east  of  Joerger  Drive,  would  be  improved  to  include  curb  and  gutters,   in  addition  to  a  five-­‐foot  wide  pedestrian  sidewalk  on  each  side  of  the  roadway,  separated  by   landscaping  and  a  snow  storage  buffer.    The  proposed  roadway  section  of  Soaring  Way,  west  of   Joerger  Drive,  would  be  expanded  to  accommodate  a  westbound  lane,  a  through/left  turn  pocket   to  Joerger  Drive,  and  a  right  turn  pocket  into  the  proposed  CRS  zoning  district  south  of  the  Soaring   Way/Joerger  Drive  intersection.    This  section  would  also  include  two  five-­‐foot  wide  Class  II  bike   lanes,  along  with  curb/gutter,  and  a  five-­‐foot  wide  sidewalk.       Hope  Court:    Hope  Court  currently  consists  of  two  16-­‐foot  wide  travel  lanes  with  aggregate  base   shoulders.    The  Specific  Plan  proposes  to  add  a  detached  10-­‐foot  wide  Class  I  bike  trail  that  would   continue  to  the  easterly  limits  of  the  Plan  Area.       Martis  Drive:    Martis  Drive  would  consist  primarily  of  new  roadway  construction.    The  proposed   60-­‐foot  wide  right-­‐of-­‐way  would  include  two  12-­‐foot  wide  travel  lanes,  Type  “E”  curb  and  gutter,   and  a  five-­‐foot  wide  sidewalk  along  the  easterly  side.    Additionally,  a  Class  I  bike  path  is  proposed   on  the  westerly  side,  and  would  continue  to  the  northerly  limits  of  the  Plan  Area.       Brockway  Road:    The  proposed  Brockway  Road  section  west  of  the  Hope  Court/Brockway  Road   intersection  would  include  the  addition  of  a  detached  Class  I  bike  path  on  the  northerly  side  of   Brockway  Road  from  Martis  Drive,  and  crossing  at  Hope  Court.    Brockway  Road,  east  of  the  Hope   Court   intersection,   would   transition   as   is   approaches   SR   267   to   accommodate   a   westbound   through  lane,  designated  left  turn  lane,  northbound  through  lane,  designated  right  turn  lane,  and   two  five-­‐foot  wide  Class  II  bike  lanes.    Additionally,  curb  and  gutter  is  proposed  on  the  easterly  side   with  a  five-­‐foot  wide  sidewalk.       Joerger  Drive:    Joerger  Drive  would  remain  relatively  unchanged  from  its  current  condition.    The   Specific  Plan  proposes  to  add  curb  and  gutter  and  a  five-­‐foot  wide  sidewalk  on  the  westerly  side.       Intersection  Improvements   Brockway  Road/Soaring  Way/SR  267:  The  existing  intersection  at  Brockway  Road/  Soaring  Way  /   SR  267  is  currently  signalized  with  northbound  and  southbound  through  lanes  with  additional  left   turn  lanes  onto  Soaring  Way  from  the  north  and  onto  Brockway  Road  from  the  south.  Traffic  from   Brockway  Road  approaches  a  through/left  turn  lane  and  a  designated  right  turn  lane.  There  is  one   (1)  eastbound  through  lane  to  Soaring  Way  and  one  (1)  westbound  lane  approaching  from  Soaring   Way.  Improvements  to  this  intersection  have  been  identified  in  the  General  Plan  as  a  “future   community  need”  independent  of  the  traffic  impacts  resulting  from  the  Specific  Plan.   EXECUTIVE  SUMMARY  ES     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  ES-­‐5     On  the  Brockway  Road  side  of  the  intersection,  widening  of  the  roadway  is  proposed  in  order  to   shift   the   designated   right   turn   lane   to   the   south   and  accommodate   an   additional   lane.   This   additional  lane  would  allow  the  existing  through  /  left  turn  lane  to  be  separated  into  a  designated   left  turn  only  and  designated  through  lane.  Additionally,  Class  II  bike  lanes  are  proposed  in  both   easterly  and  westerly  directions.  Curb  &  gutter  and  a  5’  wide  concrete  sidewalk  is  proposed  on  the   south  side  of  Brockway  Road  to  facilitate  pedestrian  safety  up  to  the  signalized  intersection.  No   modifications  are  proposed  on  the  north  side  of  the  intersection.  On  the  Soaring  Way  side  of  the   intersection,  widening  is  proposed  to  allow  for  a  designated  right  turn  lane  with  a  through/left  and   eastbound   lane.   On   the   Brockway   Road   side,  Class   II   bike   paths   would  b e  p r o v ided   in   each   direction  and  curb,  gutter  and  sidewalk  are  proposed  on  the  south  side  to  convey  pedestrians   along  the  Brockway  Road  and  Soaring  Way  corridor.  The  south  side  of  the  intersection  is  proposed   to  include  a  right  turn  only  lane  to  minimize  delay  onto  Soaring  Way.  Signalization  upgrades  along   with  lane  widening  is  proposed  to  accomplish  these  intersection  upgrades.   Brockway  Road/Hope  Court:  The  existing  three-­‐leg  “T”  intersection  at  Brockway  Road  and  Hope   Court   is   proposed   to   be   improved  to   a   four-­‐leg   intersection,  a d d i n g  a  c o m m e r c i a l  driveway   entrance  to  the  north  to  access  the  Lifestyle  Commercial  (CL)  zoning  area.  Striping  and  minor   widening  will  create  two  (2)  left  turn  pockets  both  east  and  west  bound  on  Brockway  Road  into  the   Commercial  Lifestyle  (CL)  zoning  area  and  onto  Hope  Court.  Additionally,  this  intersection  has  two   pedestrian   and   bicycle   crossings   as   the   Class  1   bicycle   trail   crosses   the   commercial   driveway   approach  fronting  the  Commercial  Lifestyle  “CL”  zoning  area  and  then  crosses  Brockway  Road  to   the  northerly  side  of  Hope  Court.  A  solar  powered  push  button  activated  LED  Flashing  Pedestrian   Crosswalk  sign  is  proposed  on  each  side  of  Brockway  Road.     Brockway  Road/Martis  Drive:  This  intersection  currently  exists  and  no  widening  is  proposed.  Minor   striping  within  Brockway  Road  and  the  addition  of  curb  and  gutter  on  Martis  Drive  and  the  Class  1   bicycle  path  crossing  is  proposed  to  complete  this  intersection.   Soaring  Way/Joerger  Drive:  The  Soaring  Way  /  Joerger  Drive  intersection  would  be  improved  to   provide   additional  turn   pockets   and   an   additional   leg   to   the   south   to  access   the   Regional   Commercial  (CR)  and  Regional  Support  Commercial  (CRS)  zoning  areas.  Currently,  Soaring  Way  is   uncontrolled  with  both  an  eastbound  and  westbound  lane.  Vehicles  heading  south  from  Joerger   Drive  approach  the  intersection  and  existing  stop  sign.  The  intersection  is  proposed  to  be  a  four-­‐ way  intersection  with  stop  signs.  Motorists  on  the  westerly  side  of  the  intersection  on  Soaring  Way   would  have  a  through  /  left  turn  pocket  as  well  as  a  designated  right  turn  only  pocket  for  entering   the  “CRS”  zoning  area.  Some  minor  widening  on  Joerger  Drive  would  accommodate  the  addition  of   a  designated  right  turn  only  pocket  along  with  a  through  /  left  pocket  and  northbound  lane.  The   easterly  side  of  the  intersection  on  Soaring  Way  would  be  striped  to  include  a  designated  left  turn   and  through  /  right  pockets.  The  southerly  leg  of  the  intersection  would  have  a  southbound  lane  a   through  /   left   pocket   for   motorists   heading   up   Joerger  D r i v e,   or   left  on   Soaring   Way   and   a   designated  right  turn  pocket  as  well.   ES  E XECUTIVE  SUMMARY     ES-­‐6  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     Bicycle  Network  and  Design   A  10-­‐foot  wide  separated  Class  1  bicycle  path  is  proposed  on  the  northerly  side  of  Brockway  Road   from  the  westerly  boundary  of  the  Plan  Area  running  easterly  and  crossing  Brockway  Road  and   along   the   northerly   side   of   Hope   Court  to   the   easterly   boundary   of   the   Plan  Area   and   in   conformance  with  the  Truckee  General  Plan.  This  would  provide  a  significant  link  to  connect  to  the   future  Martis  Valley  Trail  to  the  southeast  and  to  the  Truckee  Regional  Park  to  the  northwest.  A   Class  1  bicycle  path  is  also  proposed  to  be  constructed  on  the  westerly  side  of  Martis  Drive  to  the   northern  limits  of  the  Plan  Area,  which  would  allow  for  a  future  extension  to  connect  to  the  Legacy   Trail  to   the   north.  In   addition   to   the   Class   1   bicycle   trail   segments,   Class   II   bicycle   paths   are   integrated  into  the  various  roadway  sections,  including  each  side  of  Brockway  Road,  Soaring  Way   and  along  Joerger  Drive  fronting  the  Plan  Area.   U TILITY  I NFRASTRUCTURE     Wastewater  (Sewer)   Wastewater  collection  and  conveyance  would  be  provided  by  the  Truckee  Sanitary  District  (TSD).     Wastewater  treatment  would  be  provided  by  the  Tahoe-­‐Truckee  Sanitary  Agency  (T-­‐TSA).    Sewage   in   the   project   vicinity   is   currently   collected   primarily   by   gravity   flow   throughout   adjacent   developed  areas,  and  is  transported  in  a  sewer  main  line  at  Joerger  Drive  for  conveyance  to  the   treatment  plant  located  east  of  the  project  area.    The  project  would  connect  to  the  existing  sewer   main  line,  and  would  include  an  internal  network  of  conveyance  lines.       Water  Supply   Water  service  in  Truckee  is   provided   by   the   Truckee  Donner  Public  Utility  District  (TDPUD),  a   publicly  owned  utility  providing  electric  and  water  service  since  1927.  The  District  operates  three   water  systems  in  the  Truckee  area:  the  Hirshdale  System,  the  Truckee  System,  and  the  Donner   Lake  System.  The  Truckee  System  serves  the  Plan  Area.   Existing  transmission,  distribution  and  treated  water  storage  facilities  would  serve  both  existing   and  future  demand  from  the  planned  development.  This  basic  infrastructure  has  developed  by   TDPUD  in  accordance  with  the  Water  System  Master  Plan  and  the  2010  Urban  Water  Management   Plan.  Water   mainlines  are   located   within   the   adjacent   roadways   and  would  be  extended   throughout  the  Plan  Area  for  domestic  water  distribution  and  fire  suppression.   Electric  Service   The  Plan  Area  lies  within  the  service  area  of  the  TDPUD.    Existing  electrical  transmission  lines  and   service  distribution  lines  lie  adjacent  to  and  within  the  Plan  Area.    Electrical  service  facilities  would   be   extended   from   existing   TDPUD   infrastructure   and   would   be   upgraded   as   necessary   to   adequately  serve  the  Specific  Plan,  and  would  be  designed  to  accommodate  full  buildout  of  the   Plan  Area.       EXECUTIVE  SUMMARY  ES     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  ES-­‐7     Natural  Gas   Natural  gas  service  is  provided  to  the  Truckee  area  by  Southwest  Gas  Corporation.    Existing  natural   gas   transmission   lines   and   service   distribution   lines   lie   adjacent   to   and   within   the   Plan   Area.     Natural   gas   facilities   would   be   extended   from   existing   Southwest   Gas   infrastructure   in   Martis   Drive,  and  would  be  upgraded  as  necessary  to  adequately  serve  the  Specific  Plan  at  full  buildout.       Refer  to  Section  2.0,  Project  Description,  for  a  more  complete  description  of  the  details  of  the   proposed  project.       2BA REAS  OF  C ONTROVERSY  AND  ISSUES  TO  BE  R ESOLVED   This  Draft  EIR  addresses  environmental  impacts  associated  with  the  proposed  project  that  are   known  to  the  Town  of  Truckee,  were  raised  during  the  Notice  of  Preparation  (NOP)  process,  or   raised  during  preparation  of  the  Draft  EIR.    This  Draft  EIR  discusses  potentially  significant  impacts   associated  with  air  quality,  biological  resources,  cultural  resources,  geology  and  soils,  greenhouse   gases  and  climate  change,  hazards  and  hazardous  materials,  hydrology  and  water  quality,  land  use   and  planning,  noise,  population  and  housing,  public  services,  transportation/circulation,  utilities,   and  aesthetic/visual  resources.       The  Town  received  16  written  comment  letters  on  the  NOP  for  the  Draft  EIR.    A  copy  of  each  letter   is  provided  in  Appendix  A  of  this  Draft  EIR.  A  public  scoping  meeting  was  held  on  June  6,  2012  to   present  the  project  description  to  the  public  and  interested  agencies,  and  to  receive  comments   from  the  public  and  interested  agencies  regarding  the  scope  of  the  environmental  analysis  to  be   included   in   the   Draft   EIR.    A l l  p a r t i c i p a n t s  a t  t h e  p u b l i c  s c o p i n g  m e e t i n g  w i s h i n g  t o  s u b m i t   comments  on  the  Draft  EIR  elected  to  submit  comments  in  writing.     Aspects  of  the  proposed  project  that  could  be  of  public  concern  include  the  following:   •  Generation  of  air  quality  emissions   • Timberland  conversion  impacts   • Traffic  generation   • Compatibility  with  surrounding  land  uses   • Visual  impacts   • Water  quality   • Noise  generation   • Climate  change  impacts   • General  Plan  consistency   • Provision  of  adequate  utility  services   • Airport  land  use  compatibility   • Fire  protection  standards   ES  E XECUTIVE  SUMMARY     ES-­‐8  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     ALTERNATIVES  TO  THE  PROPOSED  P ROJECT   Section   15126.6   of   the   CEQA   Guidelines   requires   an   EIR   to   describe   a   reasonable   range   of   alternatives  to  the  project  or  to  the  location  of  the  project  which  would  reduce  or  avoid  significant   impacts,  and  which  could  feasibly  accomplish  the  basic  objectives  of  the  proposed  project.  The   alternatives  analyzed  in  this  EIR  include  the  following  four  alternatives  in  addition  to  the  proposed   Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  project.   • No  Project  (No  Build)  Alternative   • Reduced  Intensity  Alternative   • Industrial  Uses  Only  Alternative   Alternatives  are  described  in  detail  in  Section  5.0,  Alternatives  to  the  Proposed  Project.    Table  ES-­‐2   summarizes  the  comparative  environmental  effects  of  implementing  each  alternative.     TABLE  ES-­‐2:  COMPARISON  OF  ALTERNATIVE  PROJECT  IMPACTS  TO  THE  PROPOSED  PROJECT     ENVIRONMENTAL  ISSUE  NO  PROJECT   ALTERNATIVE   REDUCED  INTENSITY   ALTERNATIVE   INDUSTRIAL  USES  ONLY   ALTERNATIVE   Air  Quality  Less  Less  Less   Biological  Resources  Less  Less  Equal   Cultural  Resources  Less  Less  Equal   Geology  and  Soils  Less  Less  Equal   Greenhouse  Gases  Less  Less  Less     Hazards  and  Hazardous   Materials  Less  Less  Equal   Hydrology  and  Water   Quality  Less  Less  Equal   Land  Use,  Planning  &   Population  Equal  Equal  Greater   Noise    Less  Less  Less     Public  Services  Less  Less  Less   Transportation  and   Circulation  Less  Less    Less     Utilities  Less  Less    Equal   Visual  and  Aesthetic   Resources  Less  Less    Equal   GREATER  =  GREATER  IMPACT  THAN  THAT  OF  THE  PROPOSED  PROJECT   LESS  =  DECREASED  IMPACT  THAN  THAT  OF  THE  PROPOSED  PROJECT   +/-­‐  =  GREATER  IMPACT  WITH  REGARD  TO  SOME  ASPECTS  OF  IMPACT  AND  DECREASED  IMPACTS  IN  OTHER  ASPECTS   EQUAL  =  NO  SUBSTANTIAL  CHANGE  IN  IMPACT  FROM  THAT  OF  THE  PROPOSED  PROJECT   EXECUTIVE  SUMMARY  ES     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  ES-­‐9     As   shown   in   the   table   above,   the   No  Project  A l t e r n a t i v e  i s  t h e  e n v i r o n m e n t a l l y  s u p e r i o r   alternative.     However,   as   required   by   CEQA,   when   the   No   Project   Alternative   is   the   environmentally  superior  alternative,  the  environmentally  superior  alternative  among  the  others   must   be   identified.     Therefore,   the   Reduced   Intensity   Alternative   is   the   next   environmentally   superior  alternative  to  the  proposed  project.       S UMMARY  OF  I MPACTS  AND  M ITIGATION  M EASURES   The   environmental   impacts   of  t h e  p r o p o s e d  p r o j e c t ,  t h e  i m p a c t  l e v e l  o f  s i g n i f i c a n c e  p r i o r  t o   mitigation,  the  proposed  mitigation  measures  and/or  adopted  policies  and  standard  measures  that   are  already  in  place  to  mitigate  an  impact,  and  the  impact  level  of  significance  after  mitigation  are   summarized  in  Table  ES-­‐3.     ES  E XECUTIVE  SUMMARY     CC  –  cumulatively  considerable      LCC  –  less  than  cumulatively  considerable  LS  –  less  than  significant    NI  –  No  Impact   PS  –  potentially  significant      S  –  significant        SU  –  significant  and  unavoidable   ES-­‐10  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     TABLE  ES-­‐3:    PROJECT  IMPACTS  AND  PROPOSED  MITIGATION  MEASURES   ENVIRONMENTAL  IMPACT   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   WITHOUT   MITIGATION   MITIGATION  MEASURE   RESULTING   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   AIR  QUALITY   Impact   3.1-­‐1:   Project   operations  h a v e  t h e   potential  to  cause  a  violation  of  an  air  quality   standard   or   contribute   substantially   to   an   existing  or  projected  air  quality  violation                     S   Mitigation  Measure  3.1-­1:  To  reduce  Area  Source  Emissions,  the  project  applicant  shall   implement  the  following:   • Only   natural   gas   burning   fireplaces/hearths   (i.e.   no   wood   burning   fireplaces/hearths  shall  be  allowed).  Wording  relating  to  this  restriction  shall   be  included  within  the  project’s  CC&R’s.   • Only  low  VOC  paint  and  architectural  coatings  (interior  and  exterior)  shall  be   used  on  the  project  site.  The  use  and  application  of  all  paints  and  architectural   coatings   shall   meet   the   requirements   of   Rule   218   of   the   Placer   County   Air   Pollution  Control  District.  Wording  relating  to  this  restriction  shall  be  included   within  the  project’s  CC&R’s.   Mitigation  Measure  3.1-­2:  To  reduce  Energy  Source  Emissions,  the  project  applicant   shall  implement  the  following:   • Residential  dwellings  shall  be  designed  to  exceed  applicable  Title  24  energy   standards  by  15%.     • Non-­residential  structures  shall  be  designed  and  constructed  to  achieve  LEED   certification  requirements,  or  an  equivalent  level  of  energy  efficiency.       • Install  high  efficiency  lighting  (indoor  and  outdoor)   • Install  high  efficiency  appliances  (refrigerator,  fans,  washers)   • Structures   shall   be   solar   oriented   (predominantly   north-­south   facing   direction),  to  the  extent  practical,  and  plant  low-­emitting  shade  tree  and  shrub   species  near  structures  in  such  an  arrangement  to  shade  and  cool  structures                     SU   EXECUTIVE  S UMMARY  ES     CC  –  cumulatively  considerable      LCC  –  less  than  cumulatively  considerable  LS  –  less  than  significant    NI  –  No  Impact   PS  –  potentially  significant      S  –  significant        SU  –  significant  and  unavoidable   Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  ES-­‐11     ENVIRONMENTAL  IMPACT   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   WITHOUT   MITIGATION   MITIGATION  MEASURE   RESULTING   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   during  warmer  seasons  yet  allow  for  solar  heating  and  wind  breaks  during   cooler  months.   • Landscape  with  native  drought-­resistant  species  (plants,  trees,  and  shrubs)  to   reduce  the  demand  for  gas-­powered  landscape  maintenance  equipment.   • Incorporate  passive  solar  space  heating  designs  and  solar  water  heaters  into   residential  units.   • Install  energy-­efficient  heating  and  other  appliances,  such  as  water  heaters,   cooking  equipment,  refrigerators,  furnaces,  and  boiler  units.   • Electrical  outlets  should  be  installed  on  the  exterior  walls  of  all  residential  and   commercial  buildings  to  promote  the  use  of  electric  or  battery  operated  yard   and  landscaping  equipment.   Mitigation  Measure  3.1-­3:  To  reduce  Mobile  Source  Emissions,  the  project  applicant   shall  implement  the  following:   • Street  shall  be  designed  to  maximize  pedestrian  access  to  transit  stops.   • Provide   for   on-­site   road   and   off-­site   bus   turnouts,   passenger   benches   and   shelters  as  demand  and  service  routes  warrant  subject  to  review  and  approval   by  local  transportation  planning  agencies.   • Safe   and   convenient   bicycle   and   pedestrian   paths/sidewalks   connecting   proposed  residential  uses  to  nearby  trails  and  commercial  land  uses.   • Encourage   telecommuting   and   alternative   work   schedules   (10%   employee   work  9/80)   • Ensure  that  the  final  design  includes:   ES  E XECUTIVE  SUMMARY     CC  –  cumulatively  considerable      LCC  –  less  than  cumulatively  considerable  LS  –  less  than  significant    NI  –  No  Impact   PS  –  potentially  significant      S  –  significant        SU  –  significant  and  unavoidable   ES-­‐12  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     ENVIRONMENTAL  IMPACT   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   WITHOUT   MITIGATION   MITIGATION  MEASURE   RESULTING   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   o Residential  density  at  a  minimum  of  12  units/acre.   o A   walkable   design/improved   pedestrian   network   (i.e.   walkways,   paths,  sidewalks,  trails,  etc.).   o Destination  accessibility  (connectivity  to/from  project  amenities).   o Increase  transit  accessibility  (ensure  that  the  minimum  distance  to  a   transit/bus  facility  is  .25  miles).   Mitigation  Measure  3.1-­4:  Consistent  with  the  requirements  of  the  Town  of  Truckee   Particulate  Matter  Air  Quality  Management  Plan,  the  proposed  project  must  eliminate   or  offset  100%  of  the  PM10  and  PM2.5  emissions  generated  by  the  project.    The  project   applicant  shall  prepare  a  Particulate  Matter  Reduction  Plan  that  includes  all  feasible   mitigation   measures   to   reduce   particulate   matter   emissions   to   the   greatest   extent   feasible.    PM  emissions  calculation  methodologies  for  vehicle  tailpipe  and  re-­entrained   road  dust  shall  be  consistent  with  those  identified  in  the  Particulate  Matter  Air  Quality   Management  Plan.    The  Particulate  Matter  Reduction  Plan  shall  be  submitted  to  the   NSAQMD  for  review  and  approval  prior  to  the  issuance  of  the  first  building  permits  for   the  project.    If  the  Particulate  Matter  Reduction  Plan  cannot  achieve  a  100%  reduction   in   PM   emissions   associated   with   project   operations,   the   project   applicant   shall   be   required  to  pay  an  in-­lieu  mitigation  fee.    The  in-­lieu  mitigation  fee  shall  be  calculated   based  on  the  fee  established  by  the  Town  Council  resolution  and  in  effect  at  the  time  of   building  permit  issuance  or  final  map  recordation.       Impact   3.1-­‐2:   Project   construction   has   the   potential  to  cause  a  violation  of  an  air  quality   standard   or   contribute   substantially   to   an   existing  or  projected  air  quality  violation     PS   Mitigation  Measure  3.1-­5:    To  reduce  short-­term  construction  related  emissions,  the   contractor  shall  be  required  to  implement  the  following  standard  NSAQMD  measures:   a) Alternatives   to   open   burning   of   vegetative   material   will   be   used   unless   otherwise  deemed  infeasible  by  the  District.  Among  suitable  alternatives  are:   chipping,  mulching,  or  conversion  to  biomass  fuel.   b) Adequate  dust  control  measures  will  be  implemented  in  a  timely  and  effective     LS   EXECUTIVE  S UMMARY  ES     CC  –  cumulatively  considerable      LCC  –  less  than  cumulatively  considerable  LS  –  less  than  significant    NI  –  No  Impact   PS  –  potentially  significant      S  –  significant        SU  –  significant  and  unavoidable   Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  ES-­‐13     ENVIRONMENTAL  IMPACT   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   WITHOUT   MITIGATION   MITIGATION  MEASURE   RESULTING   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   manner  during  all  phases  of  project  development  and  construction.   c) All  material  excavated,  stockpiled,  or  graded  should  be  sufficiently  watered,   treated  or  covered,  to  prevent  fugitive  dust  from  leaving  property  boundaries   and   causing   a   public   nuisance   or   a   violation   of   an   ambient   air   standard.   Watering   should   occur   at   least   twice   daily   with   complete   site   coverage,   preferably  in  the  mid-­morning  and  after  work  is  completed  each  day.   d) All  areas  (including  unpaved  roads)  with  vehicle  traffic  should  be  watered  or   have   dust   palliatives   applied   as   necessary   for   regular   stabilization   of   dust   emissions.   e) All  on-­site  vehicles  should  be  limited  to  a  speed  of  15  mph  on  unpaved  roads.   f) All  land  clearing,  grading,  earth  moving  or  excavation  activities  on  a  project   will  be  suspended  as  necessary  when  winds  are  expected  to  exceed  20  mph.   g) All  material  transported  off-­site  will  be  either  sufficiently  watered  or  securely   covered  to  prevent  a  public  nuisance.   h) If   serpentine   rock   is   found   in   the   area,   the   presence   of   asbestos,   in   the   chrysotile  or  amphibole  forms  must  be  determined.  Additional  mitigations  may   be  needed  on  a  site-­specific  basis.   i) Temporary   traffic   control   will   be   provided   during   all   phases   of   the   construction   to   improve   traffic   flow   as   deemed   appropriate   by   local   transportation  agencies  and/or  Caltrans.   j) Construction  activities  should  be  scheduled  to  direct  traffic  flow  to  off-­peak   hours  as  much  as  practicable.   k) All   inactive   portions   of   the   construction   site   should   be   covered,   seeded,   or   ES  E XECUTIVE  SUMMARY     CC  –  cumulatively  considerable      LCC  –  less  than  cumulatively  considerable  LS  –  less  than  significant    NI  –  No  Impact   PS  –  potentially  significant      S  –  significant        SU  –  significant  and  unavoidable   ES-­‐14  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     ENVIRONMENTAL  IMPACT   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   WITHOUT   MITIGATION   MITIGATION  MEASURE   RESULTING   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   watered  until  a  suitable  cover  is  established.   l)  The  applicant  will  be  responsible  for  applying  Town-­approved  non-­toxic  soil   stabilizers   (according   to   manufacturer's   specifications)   to   all   inactive   construction   areas  (previously   graded   areas   which   remain   inactive   for   96   hours)  in  accordance  with  the  local  grading  ordinance.  Acceptable  materials   that  may  be  used  for  chemical  stabilization  of  soils  include  petroleum  resins,   asphaltic   emulsions,   acrylics   and   adhesives   which   do   not   violate   Regional   Water  Quality  Control  Board  or  California  Air  Resource  Board  standards.   m) During  initial  grading,  earth  moving,  or  site  preparation,  larger  projects  may   be  required  to  construct  a  paved  (or  dust  palliative  treated)  apron  at  least  100   feet  in  length  onto  the  paved  road(s).   n) Wheel  washers  will  be  installed  where  project  vehicles  and/or  equipment  enter   and/or  exit  onto  paved  streets  from  unpaved  roads  on  larger  projects.  Vehicles   and/or  equipment  will  be  washed  prior  to  each  trip,  if  necessary.   Mitigation  Measure  3.1-­6:    To  reduce  NOx  emissions  during  the  site  preparation  and   grading   phase   of   construction,   the   contractor   shall   be   required   to   implement   the   following  measures:   • All   offroad   construction   equipment   must   utilize   “Diesel   Oxidation   Catalyst”,   and  Tiered  Engine  that  are  certified  to  effectively  reduce  NOx  emissions  by   40%.   Mitigation   Measure   3.1-­7:    P r i o r  t o  a p p r o v a l  o f  G r a d i n g  o r  I m p r o v e m e n t  P l a n s ,   (whichever  occurs  first),  the  applicant  shall  submit  a  fugitive  dust  control  plan  to  the   NSAQMD  in  accordance  with  Rule  226.     Impact   3.1-­‐3:   The   proposed   project   has   the   potential   to   have   carbon   monoxide   hotspot  LS  None  required.  -­‐-­‐   EXECUTIVE  S UMMARY  ES     CC  –  cumulatively  considerable      LCC  –  less  than  cumulatively  considerable  LS  –  less  than  significant    NI  –  No  Impact   PS  –  potentially  significant      S  –  significant        SU  –  significant  and  unavoidable   Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  ES-­‐15     ENVIRONMENTAL  IMPACT   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   WITHOUT   MITIGATION   MITIGATION  MEASURE   RESULTING   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   impacts   Impact   3.1-­‐4:   The   proposed   project   has   the   potential   for   public   exposure   to   toxic   air   contaminants   LS  None  required.  -­‐-­‐   Impact   3.1-­‐5:  The   proposed  project   has   the   potential  for  exposure  to  odors  LS  None  required.  -­‐-­‐   BIOLOGICAL  RESOURCES   Impact   3.2-­‐1:   The   proposed   project   has   the   potential  to  have  direct  or  indirect  effects  on   special-­‐status  bird  species   PS   Mitigation  Measure  3.2-­1:  Thirty  days  prior  to  commencement  of  construction,  the   project  proponent  shall  retain  a  qualified  biologist  to  perform  a  preconstruction  survey   to   ensure   that   there   are   no   occupied   nests,   including   but   not   limited   to  raptors,   if   construction  occurs  during  the  nesting  season  (March  to  September).  If  it  is  determined   from   the   preconstruction   survey   that   there   are   occupied   nests,   then   the   project   proponent  shall  either  avoid  the  project  area  until  the  nesting  season  is  over,  or  seek   consultation   with   the   appropriate   regulatory   agency   (CDFW   or   USFWS)   for   the   appropriate  permits  and  mitigation  measures.  If  it  is  determined  that  the  project  site   does  not  contain  occupied  nests  then  no  additional  action  is  necessary.   LS   Impact   3.2-­‐2:  The   proposed   project   has   the   potential  to  have  direct  or  indirect  effects  on   special-­‐status  mammal  species   LS  None  required.  -­‐-­‐   Impact   3.2-­‐3:  The   proposed   project   has   the   potential  to  have  direct  or  indirect  effects  on   special-­‐status  fish  species   LS  None  required.  -­‐-­‐   Impact   3.2-­‐4:  The   proposed   project   has   the   potential  to  have  direct  or  indirect  effects  on   special-­‐status  plant  species   PS   Mitigation   Measure   3.2-­2:  Prior   to   project   approval,   the   project   proponent   shall   incorporate  all  documented  Plumas  ivesia  located  along  the  Brockway  Road  frontage   into   the   Open   Space   preservation   area.   This   requires   a   slight   design   modification   of   Parcel  9,  which  is  designated  for  CG-­2  uses.  The  net  effect  will  be  a  reduced  impact  to  this   LS   ES  E XECUTIVE  SUMMARY     CC  –  cumulatively  considerable      LCC  –  less  than  cumulatively  considerable  LS  –  less  than  significant    NI  –  No  Impact   PS  –  potentially  significant      S  –  significant        SU  –  significant  and  unavoidable   ES-­‐16  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     ENVIRONMENTAL  IMPACT   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   WITHOUT   MITIGATION   MITIGATION  MEASURE   RESULTING   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   species.  There  will  be  no  new  impact  created  by  this  design  modification.     Mitigation  Measure  3.2-­3:  Prior  to  construction,  all  Plumas  ivesia  located  in  areas  of   the   site   proposed   for   ground   disturbance   will   be   hand   excavated   and   immediately   relocated  to  a  pre-­determined  replanting  site.  The  replanting  site  will  contain  similar   suitable  habitat  conditions,  within  the  study  area  or  general  vicinity,  and  will  be  located   a   minimum   of   50   feet   from   proposed   construction   activities.   The   excavation,   and   replanting   will   be   performed   by   a   qualified   botanist   with   previous   Plumas   ivesia   experience.  The  re-­planting  area  will  be  fenced  to  prevent  undesirable  entry  into  the   replanting  area.  To  ensure  long-­term  protection,  signage  will  be  installed  on  the  fence   that  designates  this  area  as  a  sensitive  restoration  site  and  will  provide  standard  no   trespassing  language.   A  report  summarizing  the  findings  of  excavation,  and  replanting  efforts  will  be  prepared   and  submitted  to  the  Town  of  Truckee  and  CDFW.  The  replanting  area  will  be  monitored   for  three  years  to  determine  the  success  of  replanting  efforts.  Success  is  determined  by   the  number  of  relocated  plants  that  survive  and  transplantation.  If  the  success  rate  after   three   years   is   below   75%,   consultation   with   CDFW   will   be   required   to   develop   appropriate  remediation  plans.   Impact  3.4-­‐5:  The  proposed  project  has  the   potential  to  have  direct  or  indirect  effects  on   wetlands   PS   Mitigation  Measure  3.2-­4:  Prior  to  any  activities  that  would  result  in  removal,  fill,  or   hydrologic   interruption   of   the   drainage/wetland   area,   the   project   proponent   shall   provide   a   wetland   delineation   to   the   USACE   for   verification   and   a   wetland   determination.  If  the  USACE  determines  that  the  drainages  are  jurisdictional  and  that   the   project   activities   would   result   in   a   fill,   the  project   proponent   shall   secure   an   authorization  of  the  fill  through  the  Section  404  permit  process  and  Town  Minor  Use   Permit.  If  the  USACE  determines  that  the  drainages  are  not  jurisdictional  and  that  the   project  activities  would  not  result  in  a  fill,  no  permits  are  required.     Mitigation  Measure  3.2-­5:  The  project  proponent  shall  provide  the  Town  of  Truckee   with  a  wetland  determination  from  the  USACE  prior  to  the  issuance  of  any  grading  or   building  permits.  In  accordance  with  Development  Code  Section  18.30.050.F,  a  Minor   LS   EXECUTIVE  S UMMARY  ES     CC  –  cumulatively  considerable      LCC  –  less  than  cumulatively  considerable  LS  –  less  than  significant    NI  –  No  Impact   PS  –  potentially  significant      S  –  significant        SU  –  significant  and  unavoidable   Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  ES-­‐17     ENVIRONMENTAL  IMPACT   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   WITHOUT   MITIGATION   MITIGATION  MEASURE   RESULTING   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   Use  Permit  shall  be  obtained  prior  to  any  disturbance  within  200-­feet  of  a  wetland.  No   wetland   disturbance   is   permitted   without   Minor   Use   Permit   approval   (Development   Code   Section   18.46.040.C).   After   obtaining   the   appropriate   Minor   Use   Permit   in   accordance  with  the  Truckee  Development  Code,  the  project  proponent  shall  compensate   for   the   disturbance   to   ensure   no   net   loss   of   habitat   functions   and   values.   The   compensation  shall  be  determined  by  the  Town  of  Truckee  through  the  Minor  Use  Permit   process,  and  shall  be  at  a  minimum  ratio  of  1.5:1  compensation.  Compensation  methods   are  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  permitting  agency.     Mitigation  Measure  3.2-­6:  Prior  to  any  activities  that  would  result  in  removal,  fill,  or   hydrologic   interruption   of   the   drainage/wetland   area,   the   project   proponent   shall   consult  with  the  RWQCB  and  CDFW  to  determine  if  the  activities  are  subject  to  permit   requirements   from   these   agencies   (i.e.   Waste   Discharge   Permit   for   fill   of   isolated   wetlands,   and   Streambed   Alternation  A g r e e m e n t ) .  I f  t h e  R W Q C B  a n d / o r  C D F W   determines   that   the   project   activities   are   subject   to   these   regulations,   the   project   proponent   shall   secure   an   authorization   of   the   activities   through   the   appropriate   permits.   If   the   RWQCB   and/or   CDFW   determines   that   the   project   activities   are   not   subject  to  these  regulations,  the  project  proponent  shall  provide  the  Town  of  Truckee   with  a  letter  of  determination  from  the  RQQCB  and/or  CDFW.     (Note:  Implementation  of  Mitigation  Measure  3.2-­9  would  require  preservation  of  the   0.11-­acre   ephemeral   stream,   thereby   eliminating   the   potential   for   disturbance   to   jurisdictional   areas   and   eliminating   the   potential   need   to   obtain   permits/authorizations).   Mitigation  Measure  3.2-­7.  Prior  to  construction,  the  project  proponent  shall  install   orange  construction  barrier  fencing  to  identify  environmentally  sensitive  areas  around   all  delineated  and  verified  wetland(s)  (20'  from  edge).  The  location  of  the  fencing  shall   be  marked  in  the  field  with  stakes  and  flagging  and  shown  on  the  construction  drawings.   The  fencing  shall  be  installed  before  construction  activities  are  initiated  and  shall  be   maintained   throughout   the   construction   period.   The   following   paragraph   shall   be   ES  E XECUTIVE  SUMMARY     CC  –  cumulatively  considerable      LCC  –  less  than  cumulatively  considerable  LS  –  less  than  significant    NI  –  No  Impact   PS  –  potentially  significant      S  –  significant        SU  –  significant  and  unavoidable   ES-­‐18  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     ENVIRONMENTAL  IMPACT   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   WITHOUT   MITIGATION   MITIGATION  MEASURE   RESULTING   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   included  in  the  construction  specifications:   The   Contractor’s   attention   is   directed   to   the   areas   designated   as   “environmentally  sensitive  areas.”  These  areas  are  protected,  and  no  entry  by   the  Contractor  for  any  purpose  will  be  allowed  unless  specifically  authorized   in   writing   by   the   Town   of   Truckee.   The   Contractor   will   take   measures   to   ensure  that  Contractor’s  forces  do  not  enter  or  disturb  these  areas,  including   giving  written  notice  to  employees  and  subcontractors.   Temporary  fences  around  the  environmentally  sensitive  areas  shall  be  installed  as  the   first  order  of  work.  Temporary  fences  shall  be  furnished,  constructed,  maintained,  and   removed  as  shown  on  the  plans,  as  specified  in  the  special  provisions,  and  as  directed  by   the   project   engineer.   The   fencing   shall   be   commercial-­quality   woven   polypropylene,   orange  in  color,  and  at  least  4  feet  high  (Tensor  Polygrid  or  equivalent).  The  fencing   shall  be  tightly  strung  on  posts  with  a  maximum  10-­foot  spacing.   Immediately   upon   completion   of   construction   activities   the   contractor   shall   stabilize   exposed  soil/slopes.  On  highly  erodible  soils/slopes,  use  a  nonvegetative  material  that   binds  the  soil  initially  and  breaks  down  within  a  few  years.  If  more  aggressive  erosion   control   treatments   are   needed,   geotextile   mats,   excelsior   blankets,   or   other   soil   stabilization   products   will   be   used.   All   stabilization   efforts   should   include   habitat   restoration  efforts.   Impact   3.2-­‐6:  The   proposed   project   has   the   potential   to   interfere  w i t h  t h e  movement   of   native  resident   or  migratory  fish   or  wildlife   species  or  with  established  native  resident  or   migratory  wildlife  corridors,   or  impede   the   use  of  native  wildlife  nursery  sites   LS  None  required.  -­‐-­‐   Impact   3.2-­‐7:   The   proposed   project   has   the   potential   to   introduce   or   spread   noxious  PS  Mitigation   Measure   3.2-­8:  P r i o r  t o  t h e  i s s u a n c e  o f  a  g r a d i n g  p ermit,   the   project   proponent   shall   incorporate   the   following   measures   into   project   plans   and  LS   EXECUTIVE  S UMMARY  ES     CC  –  cumulatively  considerable      LCC  –  less  than  cumulatively  considerable  LS  –  less  than  significant    NI  –  No  Impact   PS  –  potentially  significant      S  –  significant        SU  –  significant  and  unavoidable   Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  ES-­‐19     ENVIRONMENTAL  IMPACT   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   WITHOUT   MITIGATION   MITIGATION  MEASURE   RESULTING   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   weeds  specifications:   • Certified,   weed-­free,   imported   erosion-­control   materials   (or   rice   straw   in   upland  areas)  will  be  used.   • The   project   proponent   will   coordinate   with   the   county   agricultural   commissioner  and  land  management  agencies  to  ensure  that  the  appropriate   BMPs  are  implemented.   • Construction  supervisors  and  managers  will  be  educated  about  noxious  weed   identification  and  the  importance  of  controlling  and  preventing  their  spread.   • Equipment  will  be  cleaned  at  designated  wash  stations.   Impact   3.2-­‐8:  The   proposed   project   has   the   potential   to   conflict   with   an  adopted  habitat   conservation  plan,  natural  community   conservation  plan,  recovery  plan,   or  local   policies   or  ordinances  protecting  biological   resources   PS   Mitigation   Measure   3.2-­9:  P r i o r  t o  t h e  f i n a l  a p p r o v a l ,  t h e  p r o j e c t  p r o p o n e n t  s h a l l   redesign  the  project  to  ensure  that  the  0.11-­acre  ephemeral  stream  is  preserved  and   development  is  prohibited  with  a  50-­foot  buffer  area,  all  of  which  shall  be  designed  as   open  space.  This  redesign  would  be  required  to  ensure  consistency  with  this  Policy  4.4   and  4.5  of  the  Open  Space  and  Conservation  Element  of  the  2025  Truckee  General  Plan.     (Note:   Implementation   of   this   mitigation  measure   would   eliminate   the   need   for   Mitigation  Measure3.2-­4  through  3.2-­7.).   Mitigation  Measure  3.2-­10:  Prior  to  the  final  approval,  the  project  proponent  shall   redesign   the   project   to   ensure   that   the   open   space   areas,   except   for   the   hydrologic   features,  include  an  appropriate  trail  linkage  to  adjacent  trail/recreation  facilities  (i.e.   Martis   Valley,   Sportspark/Legacy   Trail).   This   redesign   would   be   required   to   ensure   consistency  with  this  Policy  9.1  of  the  Open  Space  and  Conservation  Element  of  the  2025   Truckee  General  Plan.     LS   CULTURAL  RESOURCES   ES  E XECUTIVE  SUMMARY     CC  –  cumulatively  considerable      LCC  –  less  than  cumulatively  considerable  LS  –  less  than  significant    NI  –  No  Impact   PS  –  potentially  significant      S  –  significant        SU  –  significant  and  unavoidable   ES-­‐20  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     ENVIRONMENTAL  IMPACT   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   WITHOUT   MITIGATION   MITIGATION  MEASURE   RESULTING   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   Impact  3.3-­‐1:  Project  implementation  has  the   potential   to   cause   a   substantial   adverse   change   in   the   significance   of   a   historical   or   archaeological   resource   as   defined   in   CEQA   Guidelines  §15064.5   PS   Mitigation  Measure  3.3-­1:  If  cultural  resources  (i.e.,  prehistoric  sites,  historic  sites,  and   isolated  artifacts  and  features)  are  discovered  during  the  course  of  construction,  work   shall  be  halted  immediately  within  50  meters  (165  feet)  of  the  discovery,  the  Town  of   Truckee  shall  be  notified,  and  a  qualified  archaeologist  that  meets  the  Secretary  of  the   Interior’s  Professional  Qualifications  Standards  in  prehistoric  or  historical  archaeology   shall  be  retained  to  determine  the  significance  of  the  discovery.   The   Town   of  Truckee   shall   consider   mitigation   recommendations   presented   by   the   qualified   archaeologist   for   any   unanticipated   discoveries   and   shall   carry   out   the   measures   deemed   feasible   and   appropriate.   Such   measures   may   include   avoidance,   preservation   in   place,   excavation,   documentation,   curation,   data   recovery,   or   other   appropriate   measures.   The   project   proponent   shall   be   required   to   implement   any   mitigation  necessary  for  the  protection  of  cultural  resources.     LS   Impact   3.3-­‐2:   The   proposed   project   has   the   potential  to   directly   or   indirectly   destroy   a   unique  paleontological  resource   PS   Mitigation   Measure   3.3-­2:  I f  p a l e o n t o l o g i c a l  r e s o u r c e s  a r e  d i s c o v e r e d  d u r i n g  t h e   course  of  construction,  work  shall  be  halted  immediately  within  50  meters  (165  feet)  of   the  discovery,  the  Town  of  Truckee  shall  be  notified,  and  a  qualified  paleontologist  shall   be  retained  to  determine  the  significance  of  the  discovery.  If  the  paleontological  resource   is  considered  significant,  it  should  be  excavated  by  a  qualified  paleontologist  and  given   to  a  local  agency,  State  University,  or  other  applicable  institution,  where  they  could  be   curated  and  displayed  for  public  education  purposes.   LS   Impact   3.3-­‐3:   The   proposed   project   has   the   potential  to  disturb  human  remains,  including   those  interred  outside  of  formal  cemeteries   PS   Mitigation   Measure   3.3-­3:  I f  h u m a n  r e m a i n s  a r e  d i s c o v e r e d  d u r i n g  t h e  c o u r s e  o f   construction,  work  shall  be  halted  at  the  site  and  any  nearby  area  reasonably  suspected   to  overlie  adjacent  human  remains  until  the  County  Coroner  has  been  informed  and  has   determined  that  no  investigation  of  the  cause  of  death  is  required.  If  the  remains  are  of   Native  American  origin,  either  of  the  following  steps  will  be  taken:   • The  coroner  will  contact  the  Native  American  Heritage  Commission  in  order  to   ascertain  the  proper  descendants  from  the  deceased  individual.  The  coroner   will  make  a  recommendation  to  the  landowner  or  the  person  responsible  for   the  excavation  work,  for  means  of  treating  or  disposing  of,  with  appropriate   LS   EXECUTIVE  S UMMARY  ES     CC  –  cumulatively  considerable      LCC  –  less  than  cumulatively  considerable  LS  –  less  than  significant    NI  –  No  Impact   PS  –  potentially  significant      S  –  significant        SU  –  significant  and  unavoidable   Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  ES-­‐21     ENVIRONMENTAL  IMPACT   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   WITHOUT   MITIGATION   MITIGATION  MEASURE   RESULTING   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   dignity,   the   human   remains  a n d  a n y  a s s o c i a t e d  g r a v e  g o o d s ,  w h i c h  m a y   include   obtaining   a   qualified   archaeologist   or   team   of   archaeologists   to   properly  excavate  the  human  remains.   • The  landowner  shall  retain  a  Native  American  monitor,  and  an  archaeologist,   if   recommended   by   the   Native   American   monitor,   and   rebury   the   Native   American  human  remains  and  any  associated  grave  goods,  with  appropriate   dignity,   on   the   property   and   in   a   location   that   is   not   subject   to   further   subsurface  disturbance  when  any  of  the  following  conditions  occurs:   o The   Native   American   Heritage   Commission   is   unable   to   identify   a   descendent.   o The  descendant  identified  fails  to  make  a  recommendation.   o The   Town   of   Truckee   or   its   authorized   representative   rejects   the   recommendation  of  the  descendant,  and  the  mediation  by  the  Native   American  Heritage  Commission  fails  to  provide  measures  acceptable   to  the  landowner.   GEOLOGY  AND  SOILS   Impact   3.4-­‐1:   The   proposed   project   has   the   potential   to   expose   people   or   structures   to   potential  adverse  effects  involving  rupture  of  a   fault  or  strong  seismic  ground  shaking   LS  None  required.  -­‐-­‐   Impact   3.4-­‐2:  The   proposed   project   has   the   potential  t o  e x p o s e  p e o p l e  o r  s t r u c t u r e s  t o   potential   adverse   effects   involving   ground   failure  or  landslides   LS  None  required.  -­‐-­‐   ES  E XECUTIVE  SUMMARY     CC  –  cumulatively  considerable      LCC  –  less  than  cumulatively  considerable  LS  –  less  than  significant    NI  –  No  Impact   PS  –  potentially  significant      S  –  significant        SU  –  significant  and  unavoidable   ES-­‐22  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     ENVIRONMENTAL  IMPACT   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   WITHOUT   MITIGATION   MITIGATION  MEASURE   RESULTING   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   Impact   3.4-­‐3:   The   proposed   project   has   the   potential  to  result  in  substantial  soil  erosion   or  the  loss  of  topsoil   PS   Mitigation   Measure   3.4-­1:  P r i o r  t o  t h e  i s s u a n c e  o f  g r a d i n g  p e r m i t ,  t h e  p r o j e c t   proponent  shall  ensure  that  project  plans  adequately  address  grading,  erosion,  sediment,   and   pollution   control   requirements   of   the   Regional   Water   Quality   Control   Board   (RWQCB).  If  one  acre  or  more  of  land  will  be  disturbed,  the  project  proponent  shall   submit  a  Notice  of  Intent  (N.O.I.)  with  appropriate  fees  and  a  Storm  Water  Pollution   Prevention  Plan  (SWPPP)  to  the  RWQCB.  The  SWPPP  shall  include  non-­structural  and   structural  BMPs  such  as:  minimizing  disturbance,  preserving  natural  vegetation,  good   housekeeping   (i.e.   daily   clean-­up),   mulch,   grass,   stockpile   covers,   silt   fences,   inlet   protection,  stabilized  construction  entrances,  and  sediment  traps.   Mitigation  Measure  3.4-­2:  During  construction,  the  project  proponent  shall  ensure  that   control  measures  and  practices  are  implemented,  properly  installed,  and  maintained.   The   project   proponent   shall   develop   and   implement   record   keeping   and   data   management  procedures  for  evaluation  of  SWPPP  compliance  and  reporting.  The  Town   of   Truckee   shall   inspect   the   construction   site   to   verify   that   SWPPPs   are   being   implemented.   LS   Impact   3.4-­‐4:  The   proposed   project   has   the   potential  to  result  in  risks  from  expansive  soil  LS  None  required.  -­‐-­‐   Impact   3.4-­‐5:  The   proposed   project   has   the   potential  to  have  soils  incapable  of  supporting   alternative  waste  water  disposal  systems   NI  None  Required.  -­‐-­‐   GREENHOUSE  GASES  AND  CLIMATE  CHANGE   Impact  3.5-­‐1:  Project  implementation  has  the   potential   to   generate   greenhouse   gas   emissions,   either   directly   or   indirectly,   that   may   have   a   significant   impact   on   the   environment  or  the  potential  to  conflict  with   an   applicable   plan,   policy,   or   regulation   PS     Implement  Mitigation  Measures  3.1-­1  through  3.1-­4.     LS   EXECUTIVE  S UMMARY  ES     CC  –  cumulatively  considerable      LCC  –  less  than  cumulatively  considerable  LS  –  less  than  significant    NI  –  No  Impact   PS  –  potentially  significant      S  –  significant        SU  –  significant  and  unavoidable   Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  ES-­‐23     ENVIRONMENTAL  IMPACT   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   WITHOUT   MITIGATION   MITIGATION  MEASURE   RESULTING   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   adopted   for   the   purpose   of   reducing   the   emissions  of  greenhouse  gases   HAZARDS  AND  HAZARDOUS  MATERIALS   Impact   3.6-­‐1:   The   proposed   project   has   the   potential   to  create   a   significant  h a z a r d   through  the  routine  transport,  use,  or  disposal   of   hazardous   materials   or   through   the   reasonably   foreseeable   upset   and   accident   conditions  involving  the  release  of  hazardous   materials  into  the  environment   PS   Mitigation  Measure  3.6-­1:  Prior  to  bringing  hazardous  material  onsite,  the  applicant   and/or  business  owner  shall  submit  a  Hazardous  Materials  Business  Plan  (HMBP)  to   Nevada  County  Environmental  Health  Division  (CUPA)  for  review  and  approval.  If  the   inventory   of   reportable   hazardous   materials   include   fuels   stored   in   Aboveground   Storage  Tanks  (AST)  that  exceed  1,320  gallons  (in  containers  >55  gallons)  the  applicant   and/or   business   owner   must   file   documents   required   by   the   California   Aboveground   Storage   Tank   Act   (APSA).   If   one   of   the   AST’s   is   larger  t h a n  2 0 , 0 0 0  g a l l o n s  o r  t h e   accumulative   storage   capacity   exceeds   100,000   gallons   a   Spill   Prevention   and   Countermeasures  Plan  (SPCC)  will  be  required.  If  during  the  construction  process  the   applicant  and/or  business  owner  or  his  subcontractors  generates  hazardous  waste,  the   applicant   and/or   business   owner   must   register   with   the   CUPA   as   a   generator   of   hazardous  waste,  obtain  an  EPA  ID#  and  accumulate,  ship  and  dispose  of  the  hazardous   waste  per  Health  and  Safety  Code  Ch.  6.5.  (California  Hazardous  Waste  Control  Law).   LS   Impact   3.6-­‐2:   The   proposed   project   has   the   potential   to   emit   hazardous   emissions   or   handle   hazardous   or   acutely   hazardous   materials,   substances,   or   waste   within   one-­‐ quarter  mile  of  an  existing  or  proposed  school   LS  None  required.  -­‐-­‐   Impact   3.6-­‐3:   The   proposed   project   has   the   potential   to   result   in  impacts  from   being   included  on  a  list  of  hazardous  materials  sites   compiled   pursuant  to   Government   Code   Section  65962.5   PS   Mitigation   Measure   3.6-­1:  P r i o r  t o  t h e  i s s u a n c e  o f  a  g r a d i n g  p e r m i t ,  t h e  p roject   proponent  shall  appropriately  dispose  of  all  materials  on  the  project  site  that  are  cited   within  the  Phase  I  ESA.  This  includes  drums/containers,  equipment,  parts,  metal  and   wood  debris,  and  other  refuse.     Mitigation   Measure   3.6-­2:  P r i o r  t o  t h e  c o m m encement   of   grading,   the   project   proponent   shall   abandon   the   existing   well   after   obtaining   the   appropriate   well   LS   ES  E XECUTIVE  SUMMARY     CC  –  cumulatively  considerable      LCC  –  less  than  cumulatively  considerable  LS  –  less  than  significant    NI  –  No  Impact   PS  –  potentially  significant      S  –  significant        SU  –  significant  and  unavoidable   ES-­‐24  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     ENVIRONMENTAL  IMPACT   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   WITHOUT   MITIGATION   MITIGATION  MEASURE   RESULTING   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   abandonment  permits.     Mitigation  Measure  3.6-­3:  During  grading  activities,  if  there  is  any  evidence  of  soil   discoloring  or  odors  that  indicate  a  potential  contamination  anywhere  on  the  project   site   including,   but   not   limited   to   the   areas   around   the   pump   house   and   where   the   drums/contains   were   stored,   the   project   proponent   shall   perform   soil   testing   to   determine  the  type  and  extent  of  the  contamination.  In  addition,  the  project  proponent   will  be  responsible  for  the  cleanup  activities  necessary  to  remove  and  dispose  of  such   contamination  if  discovered.       Impact   3.6-­‐4:   The   proposed   project   has   the   potential  for  the  project  to  result  in  a  safety   hazards  for  people  residing  or  working  on  the   project   site   as   a   result   of   public   airport   or   public  use  airport   LS  None  Required.  -­‐-­‐   Impact   3.6-­‐5:   The   proposed   project   has   the   potential   for   the   project   to   result   in  safety   hazards  for  people  residing  or  working  on  the   project  site  as  a  result  of  a  private  airstrip   LS  None  Required.  -­‐-­‐   Impact   3.6-­‐6:   The   proposed   project   has   the   potential   to  impair   implementation   of   or   physically   interfere   with   an   adopted   emergency   response   plan   or   emergency   evacuation  plan   LS  None  Required.  -­‐-­‐   Impact   3.6-­‐7:   The   proposed   project   has   the   potential  to  expose  people  or  structures  to  a   risk  of  loss,  injury  or  death  from  wildland  fires   LS  None  Required.  -­‐-­‐   HYDROLOGY  AND  WATER  QUALITY   EXECUTIVE  S UMMARY  ES     CC  –  cumulatively  considerable      LCC  –  less  than  cumulatively  considerable  LS  –  less  than  significant    NI  –  No  Impact   PS  –  potentially  significant      S  –  significant        SU  –  significant  and  unavoidable   Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  ES-­‐25     ENVIRONMENTAL  IMPACT   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   WITHOUT   MITIGATION   MITIGATION  MEASURE   RESULTING   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   Impact  3.7-­‐1:   The   proposed   project   has   the   potential  to  violate  water  quality  standards  or   waste   discharge   requirements   during   construction   PS   Mitigation   Measure   3.7-­1:   The   project   applicant   shall   prepare   a   site-­specific   and   construction   phase-­specific   storm   water   pollution   prevention   plan   (SWPPP)   in   conformance   with   the   California   Stormwater   Quality   Association   Construction   Handbook  (Construction  Handbook),  in  compliance  with  the  requirements  of  the  State   General  Construction  Activity  Storm  Water  Permit  (CGP),  and  in  compliance  with  project   guidelines  for  erosion  control  published  by  the  Lahontan  RWQCB,  as  well  as  demonstrate   compliance  with  sediment  reduction  measures  associated  with  the  total  maximum  daily   loads  (TMDL)  for  Sediment  for  the  Middle  Truckee  River  watershed.  The  SWPPP  shall  be   prepared  using  current  templates  and  formats  provided  by  the  California  Stormwater   Quality  Association.  The  Construction  Handbook  provides  general  guidance  for  selecting   and  implementing  best  management  practices  (BMPs)  that  will  eliminate  the  discharge   of  pollutants  from  construction  sites,  and  the  SWPPP  will  document  the  selection  and   implementation  of  BMPs  for  the  particular  construction  projects  on  the  site.  The  site-­ specific  SWPPP  must  describe  the  site,  as  well  as  the  proposed  erosion  and  sediment   controls   (BMPs  for   water   quality),   the   means   of   waste   disposal,   implementation   of   approved   local   plans,   control   measures   of   post-­construction   sediment   and   erosion,   monitoring   and   maintenance   responsibilities,   and   non-­stormwater   management   controls.  Dewatering,  if  needed,  shall  be  done  in  a  manner  so  as  to  prevent  the  discharge   of   pollutants,   including   earthen   materials,   from   the   site.   The   project   applicant   shall   submit  the  SWPPP  to  the  Town  of  Truckee  and  the  Lahontan  RWQCB  for  review  and   approval.     The  project  applicant  shall  require  all  construction  contractors  to  retain  a  copy  of  the   approved  SWPPP  on  the  construction  site.  BMPs  identified  in  the  SWPPP  shall  be  utilized   in  all  project  site  development  activities.  Implementation  of  appropriate,  effective  water   quality   controls   will   ensure   that   stormwater   discharges   that   will   result   with   implementation  of  the  project  are  in  compliance  with  all  current  requirements  of  the   Lahontan  RWQCB.   Mitigation   Measure   3.7-­2:   Grading   activities   shall   be   prohibited   during   the   winter   months,  unless  approved  by  the  Town  of  Truckee  consistent  with  Development  Code   Section   18.30.050.C.4   and   the   Lahontan   RWQCB.   Exposed   graded   areas   shall   be   LS   ES  E XECUTIVE  SUMMARY     CC  –  cumulatively  considerable      LCC  –  less  than  cumulatively  considerable  LS  –  less  than  significant    NI  –  No  Impact   PS  –  potentially  significant      S  –  significant        SU  –  significant  and  unavoidable   ES-­‐26  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     ENVIRONMENTAL  IMPACT   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   WITHOUT   MITIGATION   MITIGATION  MEASURE   RESULTING   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   protected  during  the  winter  months  using  appropriate  methods.     Impact  3.7-­‐2:   The   proposed   project   has   the   potential  to  violate  water  quality  standards  or   waste   discharge   requirements   during   operation   PS   Mitigation   Measure   3.7-­3:   Prior   to   the   issuance   of   grading   permits,   the   project   applicant  shall  submit  and  obtain  approval  of  a  storm  water  management  plan  (SWMP)   consistent  with  the  Town’s  Municipal  Code  and  Storm  Water  Quality  Ordinance.  The   SWMP  shall,  at  a  minimum,  include  the  following:   • A   written   text   addressing   existing   conditions,   the   effects   of   project   improvements,  all  appropriate  calculations,  a  watershed  map,  proposed  on-­   and   off-­site   improvements   and   detention/retention   facilities,   and   other   features  to  protect  downslope  areas  from  degradation  of  storm  water  quality.     • Information  demonstrating  that  the  project  design  would  result  in  drainage   flow  conditions  below  pre-­project  flow  rates  and  volumes.   • The  SWMP  and  subsequent  site  development  submittals  shall  address  storm   drainage  management  during  construction  and  thereafter  and  shall  include   provisions  for  the  application  of  best  management  practice  (BMP)  measures  to   reduce   erosion,   water   quality   degradation,   etc.   Storm   water   drainage   management,  BMPs,  and  water  quality  control  features  shall  be  identified  for   construction  staging  areas,  building  sites  and  site  improvements.  Permanent   water  quality  control  features,  including  LID  facilities,  described  in  the  report   shall  demonstrate  (at  minimum)  that  the  water  quality  controls  are  adequate   to  prevent  any  increase  in  sediment  or  other  pollutants  to  downslope  areas   over  pre-­development  conditions.     • Prior   to   the   design   of   new   detention/retention   basins   that   will   serve   the   project  site,  soil  borings  shall  be  taken  at  representative  locations  to  analyze   the  subsurface  soils  that  are  present  and  the  elevation  of  the  subsurface  water   table.  If  these  soil  borings  identify  perched  groundwater  within  2  feet  of  the   proposed  bottom  elevation  of  these  detention/retention  basins,  a  liner,  filter   fabric,  or  other  remedial  measures  shall  be  incorporated  into  the  design  of  the   -­‐-­‐   EXECUTIVE  S UMMARY  ES     CC  –  cumulatively  considerable      LCC  –  less  than  cumulatively  considerable  LS  –  less  than  significant    NI  –  No  Impact   PS  –  potentially  significant      S  –  significant        SU  –  significant  and  unavoidable   Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  ES-­‐27     ENVIRONMENTAL  IMPACT   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   WITHOUT   MITIGATION   MITIGATION  MEASURE   RESULTING   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   applicable  storm  water  facilities  to  prevent  intrusion  of  development-­related   pollutants  to  groundwater.   • Snow   storage   and   management   practices.   Snow   will   be   stored   on-­site   in   landscape  areas  and  other  undeveloped  areas.  If  the  required  amount  of  snow   storage   cannot   be   handled   on-­site,   the   applicant   shall   provide   a   long-­term   snow-­hauling  plan  consistent  with  Development  Code  Section  18.30.130.B.3.b  .   Storm  water  runoff  from  snow  storage  areas  will  be  routed  through  water   quality  treatment  facilities  prior  to  discharge.  Snow  removal  shall  be  further   described  in  a  Maintenance  Agreement  between  the  property  owner  and  the   Town  of  Truckee  as  required  by  Development  Code  Section  18.30.105.B.   • Storm   drainage   from   on-­site   impervious   surfaces   shall   be   treated   and   infiltrated   through   buffers   or   be   collected   and   routed   through   specially   designed  catch  basins,  vaults,  filters,  etc.  for  entrapment  of  sediment  debris   and  oils/greases.  Maintenance  of  facilities  shall  be  identified.     • All  related  underground  and  surface  drainage  systems  must  be  addressed  in   order  to  ensure  full  integration  of  areas  that  will  generate  runoff.  These  areas   will   include   rooftops,   sidewalks,   cut/fill   slopes,   streets,   parking   lots,   up-­ gradient  off-­site  source  areas,  and  impervious  landscaping  areas.   • All   required   approvals   associated   with   construction-­related   storm   water   permit  requirements  of  the  current  federal  Clean  Water  Act  National  Pollutant   Discharge  Elimination  System  (NPDES)  program  and  other  associated  permit   approvals  from  the  Lahontan  RWQCB.   Impact  3.7-­‐3:  The   proposed   project  has   the   potential  to  deplete  groundwater  supplies  or   interfere   substantially   with   groundwater   recharge   LS  None  Required.  -­‐-­‐   ES  E XECUTIVE  SUMMARY     CC  –  cumulatively  considerable      LCC  –  less  than  cumulatively  considerable  LS  –  less  than  significant    NI  –  No  Impact   PS  –  potentially  significant      S  –  significant        SU  –  significant  and  unavoidable   ES-­‐28  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     ENVIRONMENTAL  IMPACT   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   WITHOUT   MITIGATION   MITIGATION  MEASURE   RESULTING   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   Impact  3.7-­‐4:  The   proposed   project   has   the   potential  to  alter  the  existing  drainage  pattern   in  a  manner  which  would  result  in  substantial   erosion,  siltation,  flooding,  or  polluted  runoff   PS   Mitigation  Measure  3.7-­4:  Project  drainage  improvements  will  be  required  to  provide   detention/retention   storage   and   LID   measures   that   will   prevent   increases   in   storm   runoff  rates  and  volumes  during  storm  events  up  to  and  including  the  100-­year  24-­hour   storm  event.  Included  in  this  mitigation  measure  is  the  requirement  that  onsite  retention   shall  be  provided  for  the  20-­year  1-­hour  storm  runoff  volume  from  impervious  areas.  The   design  of  detention/retention  storage,  LID  facilities  and  other  drainage  facilities  shall  be   supported   by   appropriate   hydrologic   and   hydraulic   evaluations   as   part   of   project   grading   and   drainage   plan   submittal   process,   all   of   which   will   be   prepared   by   a   registered   civil   engineer.   All   facilities   shall   be   designed   in   compliance   with   Town   of   Truckee  standards.   LS   Impact   3.7-­‐5:   The   proposed   project   has   the   potential   to   otherwise   substantially   degrade   water  quality   PS  Implementat  Mitigation  Measures  3.7-­‐1  through  3.7-­‐4  LS   Impact  3.7-­‐6:  The   proposed   project   has   the   potential   to  place   housing   or   structures   that   would   impede/redirect   flows   within   a   100-­‐ year  flood  hazard  area  as  mapped  on  a  federal   Flood   Hazard   Boundary   or   Flood   Insurance   Rate   Map   or   other  f l o o d  h a z a r d  d e l i n e a t i o n   map   LS  None  Required.  -­‐-­‐   Impact  3.7-­‐7:  The   proposed   project   has   the   potential  to  expose  people  or  structures  to  a   significant   risk   of   loss,   injury   or   death   involving   flooding,   including   flooding   as   a   result  of  the  failure  of  a  levee  or  dam,  seiche,   tsunami,  or  mudflow   LS  None  Required.  -­‐-­‐   LAND  USE,  POPULATION  AND  HOUSING   EXECUTIVE  S UMMARY  ES     CC  –  cumulatively  considerable      LCC  –  less  than  cumulatively  considerable  LS  –  less  than  significant    NI  –  No  Impact   PS  –  potentially  significant      S  –  significant        SU  –  significant  and  unavoidable   Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  ES-­‐29     ENVIRONMENTAL  IMPACT   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   WITHOUT   MITIGATION   MITIGATION  MEASURE   RESULTING   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   Impact   3.8-­‐1:   The   project   may   result   in   the   physical  division  of  an  established  community  LS  None  required.  -­‐-­‐   Impact  3.8-­‐2:  Implementation  of  the  proposed   project   may   conflict   with   an   applicable   land   use   plan,   policy,   or   regulation   of   an   agency   with  jurisdiction  over  the  project  adopted  to   avoid  or  mitigate  an  environmental  effect   LS  None  required.  -­‐-­‐   Impact  3.8-­‐3:  Implementation  of  the  proposed   project  may  conflict  with  an  applicable  habitat   conservation   plan   or   natural   community   conservation  plan   NI  None  required.  -­‐-­‐   Impact  3.8-­‐4:  Implementation  of  the  proposed   project   may   induce   substantial   population   growth  and   may   confliect   with   the   requirements   of   the   Town’s   Workforce   Housing  standards   PS   Mitigation   Measure   3.8-­1:   A   minimum   of   97   workforce   housing   units   shall   be   constructed  and  offered  for  sale  or  rent  within  the  Plan  Area,  in  accordance  with  the   requirements   of   Chapter   18.216.050   of   the   Truckee   Development   Code,   concurrently   with  or  prior  to  completion  of  the  development  project  or  phase  thereof.  As  used  in   Chapter  18.216,  “concurrently”  means  that  a  proportionate  share  of  workforce  housing   units,   including   a   proportionate   share   of   units   by   income   affordability,   must   be   substantially  completed  by  the  time  50%  of  the  development  project  is  occupied.  The   Town  of  Truckee,  at  its  own  discretion  may  approve  an  alternative  timing  plan  if  the   Town  finds  the  alternative  timing  plan  will  further  affordable  housing  opportunities  in   the  Town  to  an  equal  or  greater  extent  and  the  completion  of  the  workforce  housing   units  is  secured  by  a  performance  bond  or  other  similar  security.   The  41  residential  multi-­family  housing  units  proposed  with  the  RM  Zoning  District  shall   be   constructed   and   completed   prior   to   construction   and   occupation   of   42%   of   the   proposed   non-­residential   uses   (approximately   193,526   square   feet   of   non-­residential   uses).    The  remaining  56  workforce  housing  units  shall  be  constructed  concurrent  with   the  development  of  the  remaining  58%  percent  of  the  non-­residential  development  on   the  project  site.       LS   ES  E XECUTIVE  SUMMARY     CC  –  cumulatively  considerable      LCC  –  less  than  cumulatively  considerable  LS  –  less  than  significant    NI  –  No  Impact   PS  –  potentially  significant      S  –  significant        SU  –  significant  and  unavoidable   ES-­‐30  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     ENVIRONMENTAL  IMPACT   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   WITHOUT   MITIGATION   MITIGATION  MEASURE   RESULTING   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   As  future  applications  for  the  development  of  non-­residential  uses  within  the  Plan  Area   are  received  by  the  Town,  the  Town  shall  require  project  applicants  to  construct  their   fair-­share  of  workforce  housing  units  within  the  Plan  Area,  as  required  and  calculated   by  Chapter  18.216.040(B)  and  (C)  of  the  Truckee  Development  Code.    No  project  within   the   Plan   Area   will   be   considered   exempt   from   the   workforce   housing   requirements   identified  in  this  measure.    All  workforce  housing  units  constructed  within  the  Plan  Area   shall   meet   the   affordability   requirements   specified   in   Chapter   18.216.040(D)   of   the   Truckee  Development  Code.       Impact  3.8-­‐5:  Implementation  of  the  proposed   project   may   displace   substantial   numbers   of   people  or  existing  housing   NI  None  required.  -­‐-­‐   NOISE   Impact   3.9-­‐1:   The   proposed   project   may   generate   unacceptable   traffic   noise   levels   at   existing  receptors   LS  None  required.  -­‐-­‐   Impact  3.9-­‐2:  Construction  of  the  project  may   generate  significant  noise   PS   Mitigation  Measure  3.9-­1:  Construction  activities  shall  adhere  to  the  requirements  of   the  Town  of  Truckee  with  respect  to  hours  of  operation,  muffling  of  internal  combustion   engines,  and  other  factors  which  affect  construction  noise  generation  and  its  effects  on   noise-­sensitive  land  uses.   • Equip  all  internal  combustion  engine  driven  equipment  with  intake   and  exhaust  mufflers  that  are  in  good  condition  and  appropriate  for   the  equipment.   • Locate  stationary  noise  generating  equipment  as  far  as  possible  from   sensitive   receptors   when   sensitive   receptors   adjoin   or   are   near   a   construction  project  area.   • Utilize  “quiet”  air  compressors  and  other  stationary  noise-­generating   LS   EXECUTIVE  S UMMARY  ES     CC  –  cumulatively  considerable      LCC  –  less  than  cumulatively  considerable  LS  –  less  than  significant    NI  –  No  Impact   PS  –  potentially  significant      S  –  significant        SU  –  significant  and  unavoidable   Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  ES-­‐31     ENVIRONMENTAL  IMPACT   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   WITHOUT   MITIGATION   MITIGATION  MEASURE   RESULTING   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   equipment  where  appropriate  technology  exists.   • The  project  sponsor  shall  designate  a  “disturbance  coordinator”  who   would  be  responsible  for  responding  to  any  local  complaints  about   construction  noise.    The  disturbance  coordinator  will  determine  the   cause   of   the   noise   complaint   and   will   require   that   reasonable   measures  warranted  to  correct  the  problem  be  implemented.    The   project  sponsor  shall  also  post  telephone  number  for  excessive  noise   complaints  in  conspicuous  locations  in  the  vicinity  of  the  Plan  Area.     Additionally,  the  project  sponsor  shall  send  a  notice  to  neighbors  in   the  project  vicinity  with  the  information  on  the  construction  schedule   and  the  telephone  number  for  noise  complaints.   Mitigation  Measure  3.9-­2:  Construction  activities  shall  be  restricted  between  the  hours   of  7  a.m.  and  7  p.m.  Monday  through  Friday,  and  between  the  hours  of  8  a.m.  and  7  p.m.   on  Saturdays.    No  construction  activities  shall  occur  on  Sundays  and  holidays.   Impact  3.9-­‐3:  Construction  of  the  project  may   result  in  vibration  impacts  LS  None  required.  -­‐-­‐   Impact  3.9-­‐4:  The  project  will  result  in  on-­‐site   stationary  noise  PS   Mitigation  Measure  3.9-­3:  Loading   docks   and   truck   circulation   routes   should   be   located  at  a  minimum  of  160  feet  from  future  onsite  residential  uses  to  the  greatest   extent  feasible.    If  these  activities  are  located  closer  than  160  feet  when  tentative  maps   are  prepared  and  individual  development  projects  are  proposed,  a  qualified  acoustical   consultant  shall  determine  appropriate  mitigation  measures  in  order  to  reduce  noise   exposure   to   residential   uses   to   the   levels   established   in   the   Town   of   Truckee   Development  Code.    Noise  reduction  measures  shall  be  determined  and  established  by  a   qualified  acoustical  consultant,  and  shall  be  reviewed  and  approved  by  the  Town.    Noise   reduction  measures  may  include,  but  are  not  necessarily  limited  to:  shielding  loading   dock  areas  from  residential  areas  with  sound  walls,  landscape  berms  or  other  suitable   noise  attenuation  features;  locating  loading  docks  on  the  opposite  sides  of  the  buildings   from  the  residential  uses,  and/or  enclosed  loading  docks.   LS   ES  E XECUTIVE  SUMMARY     CC  –  cumulatively  considerable      LCC  –  less  than  cumulatively  considerable  LS  –  less  than  significant    NI  –  No  Impact   PS  –  potentially  significant      S  –  significant        SU  –  significant  and  unavoidable   ES-­‐32  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     ENVIRONMENTAL  IMPACT   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   WITHOUT   MITIGATION   MITIGATION  MEASURE   RESULTING   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   Mitigation  Measure  3.9-­4:  New  proposed  uses  located  on  lots  zoned  for  industrial  and   manufacturing  shall  have  those  projects  designed  to  comply  with  the  Development  Code   hourly  noise  level  criteria.    The  projects  shall  be  evaluated  by  a  qualified  acoustical   consultant  to  determine  compliance  and  if  required,  recommend  appropriate  mitigation   measures,   including   features   that   provide   for   noise   shielding   and   site   configuration   requirements  to  reduce  noise  exposure  to  nearby  noise-­sensitive  land  uses.  Time  of  day   restrictions  may  also  be  required  for  loading  dock  and  delivery  activities.   Impact  3.9-­‐5:  The  project  may  be  exposed  to   airport  noise  at  proposed  receptors  LS  None  required.  -­‐-­‐   Impact   3.9-­‐6:   The   project   may   result   in   cumulative  ambient  noise  impacts  LCC  None  required.  -­‐-­‐   PUBLIC  SERVICES  AND  RECREATION     Impact  3.10-­‐1:  The  proposed  project  has  the   potential   to  increase   demands   for   fire   protection   services   or  require   the   construction   of   fire   department   facilities   which  may  cause  substantial  adverse  physical   environmental  impacts   PS   Mitigation  Measure  3.10-­1:    Prior  to  the  approval  of  improvement  plans,  the  project   proponent   shall   incorporate   the   following   requirements   into   improvement   plans/drawings:   Hydrants  and  Fire  Flow   1. Hydrants  shall  be  spaced  a  maximum  distance  of  500  feet  apart  in  residential   areas,  so  that  no  point  on  any  road  is  more  than  250  feet  from  a  hydrant.   2. Additional   hydrants   will   be   required   in   the   areas   with   commercial   development.   3. All  hydrants  shall  be  of  the  dry  barrel  type  and  be  identified  with  an  8'  snow   stake.   4. If  necessary  hydrants  shall  be  protected  with  bollards.   5. Provide  a  minimum  fire  flow  of  1500-­gpm  for  a  2-­duration  with  20-­psi  residual   in  residential  areas.   LS   EXECUTIVE  S UMMARY  ES     CC  –  cumulatively  considerable      LCC  –  less  than  cumulatively  considerable  LS  –  less  than  significant    NI  –  No  Impact   PS  –  potentially  significant      S  –  significant        SU  –  significant  and  unavoidable   Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  ES-­‐33     ENVIRONMENTAL  IMPACT   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   WITHOUT   MITIGATION   MITIGATION  MEASURE   RESULTING   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   6. Fire  flow  in  commercial  areas  is  a  minimum  of  2000  gpm,  however  may  be   larger  depending  on  the  size  of  the  structures.  In  addition  the  demand  of  the   largest  fire  sprinkler  system  must  be  added  to  the  minimum  fire  flow.  These   requirements  are  for  a  2  to  4  hour  duration  (depending  on  size)  with  20  psi   residual.   7. Water  system  shall  be  installed  and  serviceable  prior  to  any  construction.   Roads  and  Driveways   1. All  roads  and  driveways  shall  be  a  minimum  of  24'  wide  with  an  all  weather   surface   capable   of   supporting   a   40,000-­lb   vehicle.   This   shall   include   the   emergency  fire  access  roads.   2. Gated  access  shall  require  the  installation  of  a  Knox  box  system  for  fire  district   access  and  approved  radio  operation.   3. Roads  and  driveways  shall  have  a  minimum  unobstructed  height  of  13'6".   4. Roads  and  driveways  shall  have  a  minimum  50'  radius.   5. All  access  will  require  fire  department  approval.   Mitigation   Measure   3.10-­2:    P r i o r  t o  t h e  a p p r o v a l  o f  b u i l d i n g  p l a n s ,  t h e  p r o j e c t   proponent  shall  incorporate  the  following  requirements  into  building  plans/drawings:   Automatic  Fire  Sprinkler  and  Fire  Alarm  Systems   1. The  installation  of  an  approved  fire  sprinkler  system  is  required  in  all  non-­ residential   structures   in   excess   of   3600   square   feet,   and   in   all   residential   structures.   2. Sprinkler   systems   shall   comply   with   NFPA   13   requirements   and   shall   be   approved  by  the  TFPD  prior  to  installation.   3. Approved  fire  alarm  systems  shall  be  installed  where  required.   Construction   1. Construction  shall  comply  with  all  current  codes  and  local  ordinances.   ES  E XECUTIVE  SUMMARY     CC  –  cumulatively  considerable      LCC  –  less  than  cumulatively  considerable  LS  –  less  than  significant    NI  –  No  Impact   PS  –  potentially  significant      S  –  significant        SU  –  significant  and  unavoidable   ES-­‐34  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     ENVIRONMENTAL  IMPACT   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   WITHOUT   MITIGATION   MITIGATION  MEASURE   RESULTING   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   2. Project  shall  comply  with  all  requirements  of  the  State  Public  Resource  Code   Section  4290  &  4291.   3. Mitigation  fees  shall  be  applied  to  all  building  construction  at  the  applicable   rate.   4. Full  drawings  shall  be  submitted  to  the  TFPD  for  review  and  approval.   5. No   shakes   or   shingles   of   any   kind   will   be   allowed   to   be   used   for   roofing   materials.   6. The   development   project   must   provide,   in   some   fashion   acceptable   to   the   District,  mitigation  revenue  equivalent  in  accordance  with  their  current  rates   at   the   time   of   payment   for   new   residential   and   new   non-­residential   development.  The  manner  and  means  of  such  payment  will  be  determined  by   the  Fire  Chief  or  his  designee  after  consultation  with  the  applicant.   Mitigation  Measure  3.10-­3:    Prior  to  the  commencement  of  building  construction,  the   project  proponent  shall  implement  the  following:   Wildland  Fire  Protection   1. Remove  all  flammable  vegetation,  which  could  pose  a  threat  within  30'  of  all   structures.   2. A  15-­foot  fuel  modification  zone  shall  be  required  on  both  sides  of  all  roads  and   driveways.   Impact  3.10-­‐2:  The  proposed  project  has  the   potential  to   increase   demand   for   police   services  or  require  the  construction  of  police   department   facilities   which   may   cause   substantial   adverse   physical   environmental   impacts   LS  None  required.  -­‐-­‐   Impact  3.10-­‐3:  The  proposed  project  has  the   potential   to  increase   demands   for   school  LS  None  required.  -­‐-­‐   EXECUTIVE  S UMMARY  ES     CC  –  cumulatively  considerable      LCC  –  less  than  cumulatively  considerable  LS  –  less  than  significant    NI  –  No  Impact   PS  –  potentially  significant      S  –  significant        SU  –  significant  and  unavoidable   Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  ES-­‐35     ENVIRONMENTAL  IMPACT   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   WITHOUT   MITIGATION   MITIGATION  MEASURE   RESULTING   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   services  or  require  the  construction  of  school   facilities  which  may  cause  substantial  adverse   physical  environmental  impacts   Impact  3.10-­‐4:  The  proposed  project  has  the   potential   to  increase   demands   for   park   and   recreational   facilities   or  require   the   construction  of  park  and  recreational  facilities   which  may  cause  substantial  adverse  physical   environmental  impacts   PS   Mitigation  Measure  3.10-­4:    Prior  to  the  issuance  of  the  first  certificate  of  occupancy,   the  project  proponent  shall  construct,  or  provide  adequate  funding  for  the  construction   of  the  following  offsite  trail  connections:   1. The  proposed  onsite  Class  I  bicycle  path  that  runs  north  along  the  western   edge  of  Martis  Drive  shall  be  extended  offsite  to  provide  connectivity  to  the   Truckee   River   Legacy   Trail.     The   alignment   and   design   parameters   of   this   offsite  trail  connection  shall  be  determined  through  consultation  with  Town   staff.   2. The  proposed  onsite  Class  II  bicycle  path  that  runs  north  along  Joerger  Drive   shall  be  extended  offsite  to  provide  connectivity  to  the  Riverview  Sports  Park.   The  alignment  and  design  parameters  of  this  offsite  trail  connection  shall  be   determined  through  consultation  with  Town  staff.   3. The  proposed  onsite  Class  I  bicycle  path  that  runs  southeasterly  along  Hope   Court  shall  be  extended  offsite  to  provide  connectivity  to  the  Martis  Valley  Trail   System.  The  alignment  and  design  parameters  of  this  offsite  trail  connection   shall  be  determined  through  consultation  with  Town  staff.   LS   Impact  3.10-­‐5:  The  proposed  project  has  the   potential  to  have  adverse  effects  on  other   public  facilities   LS  None  required.  -­‐-­‐   TRANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION   Impact  3.11-­‐1:  Project  implementation  would   result   in   a   significant   impact  to   local  PS   Mitigation  Measure  3.11-­1A:  The  project  applicant  shall  construct  a  center  turn  lane   on  Donner  Pass  Road  to  allow  two-­stage  left-­turn  movements  to  be  made  from  Glenshire   Drive.  The  turn  lane  shall  be  constructed  during  Phase  1  of  project  construction  and   LS   ES  E XECUTIVE  SUMMARY     CC  –  cumulatively  considerable      LCC  –  less  than  cumulatively  considerable  LS  –  less  than  significant    NI  –  No  Impact   PS  –  potentially  significant      S  –  significant        SU  –  significant  and  unavoidable   ES-­‐36  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     ENVIRONMENTAL  IMPACT   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   WITHOUT   MITIGATION   MITIGATION  MEASURE   RESULTING   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   intersections  and  roadways  prior  to  any  Parcel  or  Final  Map  recordation.    Mitigation   Measure  3.11-­1B:  I n s t a l l a t i o n  o f  a  t r a f f i c  s i g n a l  a t  t h e  B r i d g e   Street/Donner   Pass   Road   intersection   is   included   in   the   Town’s   Traffic   Impact   Fee   Program.  Payment  of  traffic  impact  fees  is  considered  to  be  an  adequate  mitigation   measure  for  this  intersection.  The  project  proponent  shall  pay  Town  of  Truckee  traffic   impact  fees  contributing  to  this  improvement.   Mitigation  Measure  3.11-­1C:    Installation  of  a  traffic  signal  at  the  Bridge  Street/West   River   Street   intersection   is   included   in   the   Town’s   Traffic   Impact   Fee   Program.   The   project  proponent  shall  pay  Town  of  Truckee  traffic  impact  fees  contributing  to  this   improvement.   Mitigation  Measure  3.11-­1D:  Re-­striping  the  existing  westbound  left-­turn  lane  on  West   River   Street   at   its   intersection   with   McIver   Crossing   as   a   two-­way   left-­turn   lane   (TWLTL)  would  improve  the  LOS  to  an  acceptable  level  (LOS  E  or  better)  in  2012,  as  it   would  allow  two-­stage  left-­turn  movements  from  McIver  Crossing  to  West  River  Street   eastbound.  The  project  shall  restripe  the  existing  pavement  to  provide  a  TWLTL  on  West   River  Street  east  of  McIver  Crossing.     Mitigation  Measure  3.11-­1E:  The  project  proponent  shall  construct  improvements  to   the   SR   267/Brockway   Road/Soaring   Way   intersection   as   identified   in   General   Plan   Table  CIR-­5  (which  indicates  construction  of  a  roundabout  or  additional  through  and   turning  lanes).   Mitigation  Measure  3.11-­1F:  The  project  proponent  shall  construct  a  single-­lane   roundabout  with  single-­lane  approaches  at  the  Brockway  Road/Hope  Court/Site  Access   intersection.     Mitigation  Measure  3.11-­1G:  The  project  proponent  shall  provide  for  the  extension  of   the  existing  central  two-­way  left-­turn  lane  (TWLTL)  along  Brockway  Road  to  the  east  of   the  Brockway  Road/Martis  Drive  (Site  Access)  intersection.   Mitigation  Measure  3.11-­1H:  The  project  proponent  shall  construct  a  single-­lane   roundabout  with  single-­lane  approaches  at  the  Soaring  Way/Joerger  Drive/Site  Access   EXECUTIVE  S UMMARY  ES     CC  –  cumulatively  considerable      LCC  –  less  than  cumulatively  considerable  LS  –  less  than  significant    NI  –  No  Impact   PS  –  potentially  significant      S  –  significant        SU  –  significant  and  unavoidable   Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  ES-­‐37     ENVIRONMENTAL  IMPACT   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   WITHOUT   MITIGATION   MITIGATION  MEASURE   RESULTING   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   intersection.     Mitigation  Measure  3.11-­1I:  The  project  applicant(s)  shall  pay  the  Town  of  Truckee   traffic  impact  fee  to  cover  its  share  of  cost  to  perform  improvements  to  SR  267  between   Brockway  Summit  and  SR  28.     Impact   3.11-­‐2:   Project   implementation  may   result  in  a  significant  impact  to  intersections   queuing   PS     Implement  Mitigation  Measures  3.11-­‐1A  through  3.11-­‐1H  LS   Impact   3.11-­‐3:   Project   implementation   may   result  in  impacts  to  the  SR  267  Bypass  under   near-­‐term  and  cumulative  conditions   LS  None  required.  -­‐-­‐   Impact   3.11-­‐4:   Under   cumulative   conditions,   project  implementation  would  worsen  already   unacceptable   levels   of   service   at   study   intersections  and  roadways.   PS   Mitigation  Measure  3.11-­4A:  The  propose  proponent  shall  construct  separate  left-­‐  and   right-­‐turn   lanes   on   the   southbound   Martis  Drive   approach   for   the   Brockway   Road/Martis  Drive  intersection.  The  timing  of  this  improvement  shall  be  determined  by   the  Town  of  Truckee.     Mitigation  Measure  3.11-­4B:  The  project  applicant(s)  pay  the  Town  of  Truckee  traffic   impact  fee  to  cover  its  share  of  cost  to  perform  improvements  to  the:     • SR  89  North/Donner  Pass  Road  intersection,   • Donner  Pass  Road/I-­80  Eastern  Interchange  Eastbound  Off-­Ramp  intersection,   • Donner  Pass  Road/Pioneer  Trail  intersection,   • SR  267/Airport  Road/Schaffer  Mill  Road  intersection,   • SR  267/I-­80  Interchange  Ramps  intersections,  and     • SR  267  -­‐  widening  SR  267  to  four  travel  lanes  from  the  Town  Limit  to  south   of   Northstar   Drive,   extending   the   southbound   truck   climbing   lane   to   Brockway  Summit,  and  constructing  a  northbound  passing  lane  at  Brockway   LS   ES  E XECUTIVE  SUMMARY     CC  –  cumulatively  considerable      LCC  –  less  than  cumulatively  considerable  LS  –  less  than  significant    NI  –  No  Impact   PS  –  potentially  significant      S  –  significant        SU  –  significant  and  unavoidable   ES-­‐38  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     ENVIRONMENTAL  IMPACT   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   WITHOUT   MITIGATION   MITIGATION  MEASURE   RESULTING   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   Summit.     Impact  3.11-­‐5:  The  project  may  conflict  with   existing  /  planned  transit  services,  or  create  a   demand   for   transit   above   that   which   is   provided  or  planned   LS  None  required.  -­‐-­‐   Impact  3.11-­‐6:  The  project  may  conflict  with   existing   /   planned   bicycle   and   pedestrian   facilities,   and   would   provide   connections   to   existing  bicycle  and  pedestrian  facilities   LS  None  required.  -­‐-­‐   Impact   3.11-­‐7:   Project   implementation  may   result  in  traffic  impacts  during  construction  PS  Mitigation  Measure  3.11-­2:  The  project  proponent  shall  prepare  a  Construction  Traffic   Management  Plan  for  review  and  approval  by  Town  staff,  prior  to  construction.  LS   UTILITIES   Impact  3.12-­‐1:  Project  implementation  has  the   potential   to   exceed   wastewater   treatment   requirements  of  the  applicable  Regional  Water   Quality  Control  PS   Mitigation  Measure  3.12-­1:    Prior  to  the  approval  of  building  plans  for  Commercial   and  Industrial  uses  within  the  Plan  Area,  the  project  proponent  and/or  business  owner   shall  provide  the  TSD  and  T-­TSA  with  appropriate  details  of  the  uses  and  wastewater   generated   within   the   commercial   and/or   industrial   area.   The   business   is   subject   to   receiving  a  “Will  Serve”  letter  for  the  specific  use/business.     LS   Impact  3.12-­‐2:  Project  implementation  has  the   potential   to  require  o r  r e s u l t  i n  t h e   construction   of   new   wastewater   treatment   and/or   collection   facilities   or   expansion   of   existing   facilities,   the   construction   of   which   could  cause  significant  environmental  effects,   or  result  in  a  determination  by  the  wastewater   treatment   and/or   collection   provider   which   serves  or  may  serve  the  project  that  is  does   LS  None  required.  -­‐-­‐   EXECUTIVE  S UMMARY  ES     CC  –  cumulatively  considerable      LCC  –  less  than  cumulatively  considerable  LS  –  less  than  significant    NI  –  No  Impact   PS  –  potentially  significant      S  –  significant        SU  –  significant  and  unavoidable   Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  ES-­‐39     ENVIRONMENTAL  IMPACT   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   WITHOUT   MITIGATION   MITIGATION  MEASURE   RESULTING   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   not   have   adequate   capacity   to   serve   the   project’s  projected  demand  in  addition  to  the   provider’s  existing  commitments   Impact  3.12-­‐3:  The  proposed  project  has  the   potential  to  require  construction  of  new  water   treatment   facilities   or   expansion   of   existing   facilities,   the   construction   of   which   could   cause  significant  environmental  effects   LS  None  required.  -­‐-­‐   Impact  3.12-­‐4:  The  proposed  project  has  the   potential   to   have  insufficient   water   supplies   available   to   serve   the   project   from   existing   entitlements  and  resources   LS  None  required.  -­‐-­‐   Impact  3.12-­‐5:  The  proposed  project  has  the   potential   to   be  served  b y  a  l a n d f i l l  w i t h   insufficient   permitted   capacity   to   accommodate   the   project’s   solid   waste   disposal  needs   LS  None  required.  -­‐-­‐   Impact  3.12-­‐6:  The  proposed  project  has  the   potential  affect  compliance  with  federal,  State,   and   local   statutes   and   regulations   related   to   solid  waste   LS  None  required.  -­‐-­‐   Impact  3.12-­‐7:  The  proposed  project  has  the   potential   to  be   served   by   a   service   provider   without  appropriate  capacity  to  accommodate   the  project’s  needs   LS  None  required.  -­‐-­‐   VISUAL  AND  AESTHETIC  RESOURCES   ES  E XECUTIVE  SUMMARY     CC  –  cumulatively  considerable      LCC  –  less  than  cumulatively  considerable  LS  –  less  than  significant    NI  –  No  Impact   PS  –  potentially  significant      S  –  significant        SU  –  significant  and  unavoidable   ES-­‐40  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     ENVIRONMENTAL  IMPACT   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   WITHOUT   MITIGATION   MITIGATION  MEASURE   RESULTING   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   Impact  3.13-­‐1:  Project  implementation  has  the   potential   to   result   in   substantial   adverse   effects  o n  s c e n i c  v i s t a s  o r  s u b s t a n t i a l l y   damage  scenic  resources  within  a  State  Scenic   Highway   NI  None  required.  -­‐-­‐   Impact  3.13-­‐2:  The  proposed  project  has  the   potential  to  substantially  degrade  the  existing   visual  character  or  quality  of  the  site  and  its   surroundings   LS  None  required.  -­‐-­‐   Impact   3.13-­‐3:   Project   implementation   may   result  in  light  and  glare  impacts   PS   Mitigation  Measure  3.13-­1:  In  order  to  reduce  potential  for  nighttime  lighting   impacts,  future  development  applications  within  the  Plan  Area  shall  prepare  and  submit   an  exterior  lighting  plan  for  review  and  approval  by  the  Town  of  Truckee  Community   Development  Department.    The  lighting  plan  shall  include  standards  for  all  exterior  light   fixtures  proposed  in  public,  commercial,  industrial,  and  multi-­family  areas  of  the  Plan   Area.    The  lighting  plan  shall  comply  with  Chapter  18.30.060  of  the  Town  of  Truckee   Development  Code.    The  lighting  plan  may  be  included  in  the  application’s  design  review   package,  or  may  be  submitted  as  a  stand-­alone  document.    The  lighting  plan  shall  be   approved   by   the   Town   of   Truckee   Community   Development   Department   prior   to   issuance  of  building  permits.       LS   OTHER  CEQA-­‐REQUIRED  TOPICS   Impact   4.1:   The   project   may   contribute   to   cumulative  impacts  on  the  region's  air  quality  CC  Implement  Mitigation  Measures  3.1-­‐1  through  3.1-­‐3  SU   Impact  4.1:  The  project  may  contribute  to  the   cumulative   loss   of   biological   resources   including  habitats  and  special  status  species   LCC  Implement  Mitigation  Measure  3.2-­‐2  LCC   Impact   4.3:   The   project   may   contribute   to  LCC  Implement  Mitigation  Measures  3.3-­‐1  through  3.3-­‐3.  LCC   EXECUTIVE  S UMMARY  ES     CC  –  cumulatively  considerable      LCC  –  less  than  cumulatively  considerable  LS  –  less  than  significant    NI  –  No  Impact   PS  –  potentially  significant      S  –  significant        SU  –  significant  and  unavoidable   Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  ES-­‐41     ENVIRONMENTAL  IMPACT   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   WITHOUT   MITIGATION   MITIGATION  MEASURE   RESULTING   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   cumulative   impacts   on   known   and   undiscovered  cultural  resources   Impact   4.4:   The   project   may   contribute   to   cumulative   impacts   on   geologic   and   soils   characteristics   LCC  None  required  -­‐-­‐   Impact   4.5:   The   project   may   contribute   to   cumulative  impacts  on  greenhouse  gases  and   climate  change   LCC  Implement  Mitigation  Measures  3.1-­‐1  through  3.1-­‐3  LCC   Impact   4.6:   The   project   may   contribute   to   cumulative   impacts   related   to   hazards   and   hazardous  materials   LCC  None  required  LCC   Impact   4.7:   The   project   may   contribute   to   cumulative  impacts  related  to  flooding  or  the   degradation  of  water  quality   LCC  Implement  Mitigation  Measures  3.7-­‐1  through  3.7-­‐4  LCC   Impact   4.8:   The   project   may   contribute   to   cumulative   impacts   on   communities   or   contribute  to  substantial  population  growth   LCC  None  required.  -­‐-­‐   Impact  4.9:  The  project  may  contribute  to  the   cumulative   exposure   of   existing   and   future   noise-­‐  s e n s i t i v e  l a n d  u s e s  o r  t o  i n c r e a s e d   noise  resulting  from  cumulative  development   LCC  None  required.  -­‐-­‐   Impact   4.10:   The   project   may   contribute   to   cumulative   impacts   on   public   services   and   recreation   LCC  Implement  Mitigation  Measures  3.10-­‐1  through  3.10-­‐4  LCC   Impact   4.11:   The   project   may   contribute   to  LCC  Implement  Mitigation  Measures  3.11-­‐4A  and  3.11-­‐4B  LCC   ES  E XECUTIVE  SUMMARY     CC  –  cumulatively  considerable      LCC  –  less  than  cumulatively  considerable  LS  –  less  than  significant    NI  –  No  Impact   PS  –  potentially  significant      S  –  significant        SU  –  significant  and  unavoidable   ES-­‐42  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     ENVIRONMENTAL  IMPACT   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   WITHOUT   MITIGATION   MITIGATION  MEASURE   RESULTING   LEVEL  OF   SIGNIFICANCE   cumulative   impacts   on   the   transportation   network   Impact   4.12:   The   project   may   contribute   to   cumulative  impacts  on  utilities  LCC  None  required.  -­‐-­‐   Impact  4.13:  The  project  may  contribute  to  the   cumulative  degradation  of  the  existing  visual   character  of  the  region   LCC  None  required.  -­‐-­‐   INTRODUCTION  1.0     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  1.0-­‐1     1.1  PURPOSE  AND  I NTENDED  USES  OF  THE  EIR   The  Town  of  Truckee,  as  lead  agency,  has  determined  that  the  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  is   a  "project"  within  the  definition  of  CEQA.  CEQA  requires  the  preparation  of  an  environmental   impact   report   (EIR)   prior   to   approving   any   project   that   may   have   a   significant   impact   on   the   environment.  For  the  purposes  of  CEQA,  the  term  "project"  refers  to  the  whole  of  an  action,  which   has  the  potential  for  resulting  in  a  direct  physical  change  or  a  reasonably  foreseeable  indirect   physical  change  in  the  environment  (CEQA  Guidelines  Section  15378[a]).     An   EIR   must   disclose   the   expected   environmental   impacts,   including   impacts   that   cannot   be   avoided,  growth-­‐inducing  effects,  impacts  found  not  to  be  significant,  and  significant  cumulative   impacts,  as  well  as  identify  mitigation  measures  and  alternatives  to  the  proposed  project  that   could  reduce  or  avoid  its  adverse  environmental  impacts.  CEQA  requires  government  agencies  to   consider  and,  where  feasible,  minimize  environmental  impacts  of  proposed  development,  and  an   obligation  to  balance  a  variety  of  public  objectives,  including  economic,  environmental,  and  social   factors.   The  Town  of  Truckee,  as  the  lead  agency,  has  prepared  this  Draft  EIR  to  provide  the  public  and   responsible  and  trustee  agencies  with  an  objective  analysis  of  the  potential  environmental  impacts   resulting   from   construction   and   operation   of   the   Joerger   Ranch   Specific   Plan   (PC-­‐3).   The   environmental   review   process   enables   interested   parties   to   evaluate   the   proposed   project   in   terms  of  its  environmental  consequences,  to  examine  and  recommend  methods  to  eliminate  or   reduce   potential   adverse   impacts,   and   to   consider   a   reasonable   range   of   alternatives   to   the   project.   While   CEQA   requires   that   consideration   be   given   to   avoiding   adverse   environmental   effects,   the   lead   agency   must   balance   adverse   environmental   effects   against   other   public   objectives,   including   the   economic   and   social   benefits   of   a   project,   in   determining   whether   a   project  should  be  approved.   This  EIR  will  be  used  by  the  Town  to  determine  whether  to  approve,  modify,  or  deny  the  Joerger   Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  and  associated  approvals  in  light  of  the  project’s  environmental  effects.   The  EIR  will  be  used  as  the  primary  environmental  document  to  evaluate  full  development,  all   associated  infrastructure  improvements,  and  permitting  actions  associated  with  the  Joerger  Ranch   Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3).  All  of  the  actions  and  components  of  the  proposed  project  are  described  in   detail  in  Section  2.0  of  this  Draft  EIR.     1.2  TYPE  OF  EIR   This  EIR  is  a  Project  EIR  as  defined  in  Section  15161  of  the  State  CEQA  Guidelines.  A  Project  EIR  is   an  EIR  which  examines  the  environmental  impacts  of  a  specific  development  project.  This  type  of   EIR   should  f o c u s  p r i m a r i l y  o n  t h e  c h a n g e s  i n  t h e  e n v i r o n m e n t  t h a t  w o u l d  r e s u l t  f r o m  t h e   development   project.   The   EIR   shall   examine   all   phases   of   the   project   including   planning,   construction  and  operation.  The  Project  EIR  approach  is  appropriate  for  the  Joerger  Ranch  Specific   Plan  (PC-­‐3)  because  it  allows  comprehensive  consideration  of  the  reasonably  anticipated  scope  of   the  project,  as  described  in  greater  detail  in  Section  2.0.     1.0  INTRODUCTION     1.0-­‐2  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     1.3  K NOWN  RESPONSIBLE  AND  TRUSTEE  AGENCIES   The  term  “Responsible  Agency”  includes  all  public  agencies  other  than  the  Lead  Agency  that  have   discretionary  approval  power  over  the  project  or  an  aspect  of  the  project  (CEQA  Guidelines  Section   15381).  The  following  agencies  are  considered  Responsible  Agencies  for  this  project:   • California   Department  o f  T r a n s p o r t a t i o n  ( C a l t r a n s )  –  E n c r o a c h m e n t  p e r m i t s  f o r   improvements  within  the  SR  267  right-­‐of-­‐way;   • Northern  Sierra  Air  Quality  Management  District  (NSAQMD)  -­‐  Approval  of  construction-­‐ related  air  quality  permits  pursuant  to  NSAQMD  rules  and  regulations.       For  the  purpose  of  CEQA,  a  “Trustee”  agency  has  jurisdiction  by  law  over  natural  resources  that   are  held  in  trust  for  the  people  of  the  State  of  California  (CEQA  Guidelines  Section  15386).  The   following  agencies  are  considered  Trustee  Agencies  for  this  project,  and  may  be  required  to  issue   permits  or  approve  certain  aspects  of  the  proposed  project:   • Regional   Water   Quality   Control   Board   (RWQCB),  Lahontan   Region  -­‐  Waste   Discharge   Permit,   National   Pollutant   Discharge   Elimination   System   (NPDES)   permit,   SWPPP,  and   Water  Quality  Certification  or  waiver,  under  Sections  401  and  402  of  the  Clean  Water  Act   (CWA).   • United   States   Army   Corps.   Of   Engineers  –  P e r m i t t i n g  o f  f e d e r a l  j u r i s d i c t i o n a l  a r e a s   pursuant  to  Section  404  of  the  Clean  Water  Act;     • California  Department  of  Fish  and  Wildlife  -­‐  Streambed  Alteration  Agreement  pursuant  to   Section  1602  of  the  California  Fish  and  Game  Code;     1.4  E NVIRONMENTAL  R EVIEW  PROCESS   The  review  and  certification  process  for  the  EIR  has  involved,  or  will  involve,  the  following  general   procedural  steps:   N OTICE  OF  P REPARATION  AND  I NITIAL  S TUDY   The  Town  of  Truckee  circulated  a  Notice  of  Preparation  (NOP)  of  an  EIR  for  the  proposed  project   and  an  Initial  Study  on  May  25,  2012  to  trustee  and  responsible  agencies,  the  State  Clearinghouse   (SCH#  2012052073),  and  the  public.  A  scoping  meeting  was  held  on  June  6,  2012  in  the  Town  of   Truckee.  Those  present  at  the  scoping  meeting  included  representatives  from  the  following:  the   Town  of  Truckee,  De  Novo  Planning  Group,  and  the  project  applicant  team.  The  NOP,  Initial  Study,   and  comments  received  during  the  NOP  comment  period  are  presented  in  Appendix  A.     D RAFT  EIR   This   document   constitutes   the   Draft   EIR.   The   Draft   EIR   contains   a   description   of   the   project,   description  of  the  environmental  setting,  identification  of  the  project’s  direct  and  indirect  impacts   on  the  environment,  and  mitigation  measures  for  impacts  found  to  be  significant,  as  well  as  an   analysis  of  project  alternatives,  identification  of  significant  irreversible  environmental  changes,   INTRODUCTION  1.0     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  1.0-­‐3     growth-­‐inducing  impacts,  and  cumulative  impacts.  This  Draft  EIR  identifies  issues  determined  to   have  no  impact  or  a  less  than  significant  impact,  and  provides  detailed  analysis  of  potentially   significant  and  significant  impacts.  Comments  received  in  response  to  the  NOP  were  considered  in   preparing  the  analysis  in  this  EIR.  Upon  completion  of  the  Draft  EIR,  the  Town  of  Truckee  will  file   the  Notice  of  Completion  (NOC)  with  the  State  Clearinghouse  of  the  Governor’s  Office  of  Planning   and  Research  (OPR)  to  begin  the  public  review  period.   P UBLIC  N OTICE/PUBLIC  R EVIEW   Concurrent  with  the  NOC,  the  Town  of  Truckee  will  provide  a  public  notice  of  availability  (NOA)  for   the  Draft  EIR,  and  invite  comment  from  the  general  public,  agencies,  organizations,  and  other   interested  parties.  Consistent  with  CEQA  requirements,  the  review  period  for  this  Draft  EIR  is  forty-­‐ five  (45)  days.  Public  comment  on  the  Draft  EIR  will  be  accepted  in  writing  only.  All  comments  or   questions  regarding  the  Draft  EIR  should  be  addressed  to:   Denyelle  Nishimori,  Senior  Planner   Town  of  Truckee   10183  Truckee  Airport  Road   Truckee,  CA  96161   R ESPONSE  TO  C OMMENTS/FINAL  EIR     Following  the  public  review  period,  a  Final  EIR  will  be  prepared.  The  Final  EIR  will  respond  to   written  comments  received  during  the  public  review  period.     C ERTIFICATION  OF  THE  EIR/PROJECT  C ONSIDERATION     The  Town  of  Truckee  will  review  and  consider  the  Final  EIR.  If  the  Town  of  Truckee  finds  that  the   Final  EIR  is  "adequate  and  complete",  the  Town  Council  may  certify  the  Final  EIR  in  accordance   with  CEQA.  The  rule  of  adequacy  generally  holds  that  an  EIR  can  be  certified  if:   1) The  EIR  shows  a  good  faith  effort  at  full  disclosure  of  environmental  information;  and     2) The  EIR  provides  sufficient  analysis  to  allow  decisions  to  be  made  regarding  the  proposed   project  in  contemplation  of  environmental  considerations.   Upon  review  and  consideration  of  the  Final  EIR,  the  Town  Council  may  take  action  to  approve,   revise,   or   reject   the   project.   A   decision   to   approve   the   proposed   project,   for   which   this   EIR   identifies   significant   environmental   effects,   must   be   accompanied   by   written   findings   in   accordance   with   State   CEQA   Guidelines   Sections   15091   and   15093.   A   Mitigation   Monitoring   Program,  as  described  below,  would  also  be  adopted  in  accordance  with  Public  Resources  Code   Section  21081.6(a)  and  CEQA  Guidelines  Section  15097  for  mitigation  measures  that  have  been   incorporated   into   or   imposed   upon   the   project   to   reduce   or   avoid   significant   effects   on   the   environment.  This  Mitigation  Monitoring  Program  will  be  designed  to  ensure  that  these  measures   are  carried  out  during  project  implementation,  in  a  manner  that  is  consistent  with  the  EIR.   1.0  INTRODUCTION     1.0-­‐4  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     1.5  ORGANIZATION  AND  SCOPE   Sections  15122  through  15132  of  the  State  CEQA  Guidelines  identify  the  content  requirements  for   Draft   and   Final   EIRs.   An   EIR   must   include   a   description   of   the   environmental   setting,   an   environmental   impact   analysis,   mitigation   measures,   alternatives,   significant   irreversible   environmental   changes,   growth-­‐inducing   impacts,  and   cumulative   impacts.   Discussion   of   the   environmental  issues  addressed  in  the  Draft  EIR  was  established  through  review  of  environmental   and   planning   documentation   developed   for   the   project,   environmental   and   planning   documentation  prepared  for  recent  projects  located  within  the  Town  of  Truckee,  applicable  local   and  regional  planning  documents,  and  responses  to  the  Notice  of  Preparation  (NOP).     This  Draft  EIR  is  organized  in  the  following  manner:   E XECUTIVE  S UMMARY   This  Executive  Summary  summarizes  the  characteristics  of  the  proposed  project,  known  areas  of   controversy  and  issues  to  be  resolved,  and  provides  a  concise  summary  matrix  of  the  project’s   environmental  impacts  and  possible  mitigation  measures.  This  chapter  identifies  alternatives  that   reduce  or  avoid  at  least  one  significant  environmental  effect  of  the  proposed  project.   C HAPTER  1.0  –  I NTRODUCTION   Chapter  1.0  briefly  describes  the  purpose  of  the  environmental  evaluation,  identifies  the  lead,   trustee,   and   responsible   agencies,   summarizes   the   process  associated   with   preparation   and   certification  of  an  EIR,  and  identifies  the  scope  and  organization  of  the  Draft  EIR.   C HAPTER  2.0  –  P ROJECT  D ESCRIPTION   Chapter   2.0   provides   a   detailed   description   of   the   proposed   project,   including   the   location,   intended  objectives,  background  information,  the  physical  and  technical  characteristics,  including   the  decisions  subject  to  CEQA,  related  infrastructure  improvements,  and  a  list  of  related  agency   action  requirements.     C HAPTER  3.0  -­‐  E NVIRONMENTAL  S ETTING,  I MPACTS  AND   M ITIGATION  M EASURES   Chapter  3.0  contains  an  analysis  of  environmental  topic  areas  as  identified  below.  Each  subchapter   addressing  a  topical  area  is  organized  as  follows:   Environmental  Setting.  A  description  of  the  existing  environment  as  it  pertains  to  the  topical  area.     Regulatory  Setting.  A  description  of  the  regulatory  environment  that  may  be  applicable  to  the   project.   Impacts   and   Mitigation   Measures.  I d e n t i f i c a t i o n  o f  t h e  t h r e s h o l d s  o f  s i g n i f i c a n c e  b y  w h i c h   impacts   are   determined,   a   description   of   project-­‐related   impacts   associated   with   the   INTRODUCTION  1.0     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  1.0-­‐5     environmental  topic,  identification  of  appropriate  mitigation  measures,  and  a  conclusion  as  to  the   significance  of  each  impact.   The  following  environmental  topics  are  addressed  in  this  section:   • Air  Quality     • Biological  Resources   • Cultural  Resources   • Geology  and  Soils   • Greenhouse  Gases  and  Climate  Change   • Hazards  and  Hazardous  Materials   • Hydrology  and  Water  Quality   • Land  Use  and  Population   • Noise   • Public  Services  and  Recreation     • Transportation  and  Circulation   • Utilities  and  Service  Systems   • Visual  Resources   C HAPTER  4.0  –  O THER  CEQA-­‐R EQUIRED  T OPICS     Chapter  4.0  evaluates  and  describes  the  following  CEQA  required  topics:  impacts  considered  less-­‐ than-­‐significant,   significant   and   irreversible   impacts,   growth-­‐inducing   effects,   cumulative,   and   significant  and  unavoidable  environmental  effects.   C HAPTER  5.0  -­‐  A LTERNATIVES  TO  THE  P ROJECT   State   CEQA   Guidelines   Section   15126.6   requires   that   an   EIR   describe   a   range   of   reasonable   alternatives  to  the  project,  which  could  feasibly  attain  the  basic  objectives  of  the  project  and  avoid   and/or   lessen   any   significant   environmental   effects   of   the   project.   Chapter   5.0   provides   a   comparative   analysis   between   the   environmental   impacts   of   the   project   and   the   selected   alternatives.     C HAPTER  6  -­‐  R EPORT  P REPARERS     This  section  lists  all  authors  and  agencies  that  assisted  in  the  preparation  of  the  EIR,  by  name,  title,   and  company  or  agency  affiliation.     A PPENDICES   This  section  includes  all  notices  and  other  procedural  documents  pertinent  to  the  EIR,  as  well  as   technical  material  prepared  to  support  the  analysis.     1.0  INTRODUCTION     1.0-­‐6  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)       1.6  COMMENTS  RECEIVED  ON  THE  NOTICE  OF  PREPARATION   The   Town   of   Truckee   received  sixteen  c o mme n t  l e t t e r s  o n  t h e  N OP .  A  c o p y  o f  e a c h  l e t t e r  i s   provided  in  the  appendix  of  this  Draft  EIR  and  the  commenting  agency/citizen  is  listed  below.     • Northern  Sierra  Air  Quality  Management  District  (June  25,  2012)   • AT&T  (June  1,  2012)   • California  Department  of  Forestry  and  Fire  Protection  (Calfire)  (June  4,  2012)   • David  Stearn  (June  25,  2012)   • Sarah  Kane  and  Bryan  Blochowiak  (June  24,  2012)   • Laurel  and  Tom  Lippert  (June  25,  2012)   • Mountain  Area  Preservation  Foundation  (June  25,  2012)   • Nancy  Richards  (June  9,  2012)   • Nevada  County  Transportation  Commission  (June  14,  2012)   • California  Governor’s  Office  of  Planning  and  Research  (May  25,  2012)   • Russ  Jones  (June  22,  2012)   • Truckee  Donner  Public  Utilities  District  (May  31,  2012)   • Truckee  Donner  Public  Utilities  District  (June  14,  2012)   • Truckee  Airport  Land  Use  Commission  (June  11,  2012)   • Truckee  Fire  Protection  District  (June  20,  2012)   • Truckee  Sanitary  District  (June  11,  2012)   PROJECT  DESCRIPTION  2.0     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  2.0-­‐1     2.1  PROJECT  L OCATION   The  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  Area,  also  referred  to  as  the  Planned  Community-­‐3  (PC-­‐3)  Specific   Plan   Area   (hereinafter   "Plan   Area"),   is   located   along   the   southern   boundary   of   the   Town   of   Truckee,  within  Nevada  County,  immediately  north  of  the  Placer  County  line.    The  Plan  Area  is   located  approximately  three  miles  southeast  of  downtown  Truckee,  and  immediately  west  of  the   Truckee-­‐Tahoe  Airport.    The  Plan  Area  is  located  on  approximately  66.61  acres  of  land  located  on   both  sides  of  State  Route  (SR)  267  and  on  both  sides  of  Brockway  Road  and  Soaring  Way  at  the   point  these  roads  intersect  with  SR  267.    The  Plan  Area  boundary  encompasses  four  parcels  (APNs   19-­‐620-­‐01,  19-­‐620-­‐02,  19-­‐620-­‐31,  and  19-­‐620-­‐04)  The  Plan  Area’s  regional  location  is  shown  in   Figure  2-­‐1,  and  the  project  vicinity  is  shown  in  Figure  2-­‐2.       2.2  PROJECT  SETTING   E XISTING  S ITE  C ONDITIONS   The  Plan  Area  is  largely  undeveloped  and  is  dominated  by  an  open  meadow  on  a  relatively  level   valley  floor.    The  open  meadow  is  largely  comprised  of  Great  Basin  sagebrush  scrub.    Existing   stands   of   mature   Jeffery   pines   and   lodgepole   pines   that   reach   over   50-­‐60   feet   in   height   are   clustered  in  the  southern  and  southeastern  portion  of  the  Plan  Area.    The  center  of  the  Plan  Area   is  marked  by  the  intersection  of  SR  267  and  Brockway  Road/Soaring  Way.    These  roads  bisect  the   Plan  Area  on  elevated  earth  berms,  reaching  a  high  point  at  their  intersection,  approximately  25   feet  above  the  valley  floor.    The  Plan  Area  contains  a  single  business  structure  (Truckee  River   Winery)  and  it's  associated  small  parking  lot  near  the  western  boundary.  There  is  also  an  existing   well  house  located  along  an  ephemeral  drainage  in  the  western  portion  of  the  Plan  Area.    Figure  2-­‐ 3  shows  an  aerial  view  of  the  Plan  Area.       S URROUNDING  L AND  U SES   The  Truckee-­‐Tahoe  Airport,  a  general  aviation  facility,  is  the  major  land  use  east  of  the  Plan  Area.     Areas  north,  west  and  south  of  the  Plan  Area  are  characterized  by  a  mix  of  low  and  medium   density   residential,   commercial   and   recreational   uses.     The   Ponderosa   Golf   Course   borders   a   portion  of  the  Plan  Area  directly  to  the  west.    Surrounding  land  uses  are  shown  in  greater  detail  in   Figure  2-­‐4.       Other  land  uses  in  close  proximity,  but  not  adjacent  to  the  Plan  Area,  include  a  diverse,  and   distinctly  different  set  of  land  uses.  The  area  west  of  the  Plan  Area  is  dominated  by  single  and   multiple  family  residential  land  uses  on  both  sides  of  Brockway  Road,  known  within  the  Town   General  Plan  as  the  Brockway  Road  Corridor.  This  corridor  is  also  characterized  by  open  space  and   recreation  lands  as  well  as  a  variety  of  local-­‐serving  commercial  uses  fronting  Brockway  Road.   The  Truckee-­‐Tahoe  Airport  occupies  a  vast  majority  of  the  land  area  to  the  east  of  the  Plan  Area,   with   a   range   of   office,   commercial   (e.g.,  r e t a i l  a n d  s e r v i c e ) ,  i n d u s t r i a l  ( e . g . ,  w a r e h o u s i n g  a n d   storage)  and  public  (including  Truckee’s  Town  Hall)  uses  along  the  east-­‐end  of  Soaring  Way  and   2.0  PROJECT  DESCRIPTION     2.0-­‐2  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     Truckee  Airport  Road.  A  very  similar  land  use  pattern  exists  along  Business  Park  Drive,  a  local   connector  road  between  Truckee  Airport  Road  and  Soaring  Way.   An  established  single  family  residential  area  surrounding  the  Ponderosa  Golf  Course  lies  to  the   northwest  of  the  Plan  Area.  Interstate  80,  the  Truckee  River  and  the  Union  Pacific  railroad  are   located   approximately   one   half   mile   north   of   the   Plan   Area,   just   beyond   the   Truckee-­‐Tahoe   Airport.  To  the  south,  the  nearby  area  is  characterized  by  residential  and  commercial  uses  on   either  side  of  SR  267  for  approximately  one-­‐quarter  mile.  Further  south,  uses  along  SR  267  quickly   transition  to  the  open  space  of  the  Martis  Valley  beyond  the  Town  of  Truckee  and  Placer  County   boundary.   E XISTING  L AND  U SES  AND  Z ONING   The  2025  Truckee  General  Plan  designates  the  Plan  Area  as  Planned  Community  3  (PC-­‐3).    The   2025  Truckee  General  Plan  contains  the  following  policies  to  guide  development  of  PC-­‐3:   PC-­‐3  Policy  1:    Development  allowed  on  the  site  will  be  a  range  of  commercial,  industrial  and   residential  uses.  Services  for  employees,  such  as  day  care  facilities  and  food  sales,   shall  be  encouraged.   PC-­‐3   Policy   2:   The   Specific   Plan   shall   include   design   standards   to   provide   for   architectural   consistency  of  development  on  the  site,  in  accordance  with  the  Town  of  Truckee   design  guidelines.   PC-­‐3  Policy  3:    Site  Design  shall  consider  appropriate  access  to  Highway  267,  via  Brockway  Road   and   Soaring   Way,   and   shall   minimize   visual   impacts   from   the   Highway   267   corridor.   PC-­‐3  Policy  4:  The  Specific  Plan  shall  include  standards  for  the  design  of  retail  shopping  areas   which  avoid  "strip  commercial"  site  layout,  and  that  are  oriented  and  scaled  to  the   pedestrian  realm.   PC-­‐3  Policy  5:    Specific  Plan  design  standards  shall  include  requirements  for  parking  areas  which   promote   attractive   streetscapes,   recognize   the   need   for   snow   storage   and   removal,  and  reduce  the  visual  impacts  of  large,  unscreened  parking  lots  through   distributed  landscaping,  landscaped  berms,  and  other  measures.  Parking  shall  be   provided  in  accordance  with  the  Town  of  Truckee  Design  Guidelines.   PC-­‐4  Policy  6:    The   Specific   Plan   shall   include   provisions   for   supplying,   on-­‐site,   the   required   housing   for   50   percent  of   the   very-­‐low,   low-­‐  a n d  m o d e r a t e-­‐income   workforce   associated   with   development   of   the   site.   If   land   use   or   noise   compatibility   requirements  of  the  Airport  Land  Use  Compatibility  Plan  preclude  or  reduce  the   total   amount   of   housing   that   can   be   developed   on  PC-­‐3,   required   workforce   housing  may  be  permitted  to  be  located  off-­‐site.               PC-­‐3  Policy  7:    All  development  on  PC-­‐3  shall  support  community  character  goals  and  policies  for   the  Brockway  Road  Corridor.   PROJECT  DESCRIPTION  2.0     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  2.0-­‐3     PC-­‐3  Policy  8:    Ensure  that  the  mix  of  land  uses  in  the  PC-­‐3  Specific  Plan  will  generate  an  amount   of  traffic  that,  in  addition  to  buildout  of  the  General  Plan  (considering  all  planned   circulation  improvements),  would  not  result  in  the  need  for  four  lanes  on  Highway   267  between  Interstate  80  and  the  Brockway  Road/Soaring  Way  intersection.   Figure  2-­‐5  depicts  the  2025  Truckee  General  Plan  land  use  designations  for  the  Plan  Area  and  the   surrounding  areas.       The  entire  Plan  Area  is  zoned  Planned  Community  (PC)  on  the  Town  of  Truckee  Zoning  Map.       2.3  PROJECT  G OALS  AND  OBJECTIVES   Consistent   with   CEQA   Guidelines   Section   15124(b),   a   clear   statement   of   objectives   and   the   underlying  purpose  of  the  project  shall  be  discussed.    The  project  proponent’s  application  package   has  identified  the  following  goals  and  objectives  for  the  proposed  project:   1. Prepare  the  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  as  a  comprehensive  land  use  planning  tool  to   guide  development  of  the  approximately  66.7-­‐acre  project  site;   2. Create   Commercial,   Retail,   Business   Park,   Light   Industrial   and   Manufacturing  land   use   opportunities  to  serve  local  residents  and  tourists  alike;   3. Target  land  uses  that  strengthen  Truckee’s  local  economy  by  capturing  uses  that  do  not   physically  fit  elsewhere  within  the  Town;   4. Capture   specific   land   uses   that   support,   but   do   not   compete  w i t h ,  t h e  d o w n t o w n   commercial  retail  areas;   5. Accommodate   the   possible   relocation   of   certain   existing   types   of   commercial   and   industrial  businesses  located  along  the  Truckee  River  corridor;   6. Establishes  zoning,  design  standards  and  guidelines  for  buildout  of  the  plan  area.     2.4  PROJECT  DESCRIPTION   L AND  U SES  AND  Z ONING   The  intent  of  the  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (hereinafter  (Specific  Plan),  and  the  individual  zoning   districts  within  the  Plan  Area,  is  to  create  land  use  opportunities  that  can  capture  certain  types  of   Commercial,  Retail,  Business  Park,  Light  Industrial,  Manufacturing,  and  Multi-­‐Family  Residential   land  uses.     The  provisions  within  the  Specific  Plan  are  intended  to  establish  zoning,  design  standards  and  site   planning  techniques  that  would  allow  incremental  development  of  the  property  consistent  with   the  2025  Planning  Horizon  as  set  forth  in  the  Town  of  Truckee  General  Plan.     The  Specific  Plan  proposes  to  develop  six  separate  zoning  districts  dispersed  over  the  66.61  acre   Plan   Area,   each   with   specified   targeted   uses   and   site   development   standards.   The   six   zoning   districts  and  their  locations  are  depicted  in  Figure  2-­‐6.    In  addition  to  the  development  of  the  six   zoning  districts,  the  Specific  Plan  proposes  a  large  lot  tentative  map  that  subdivides  the  six  zoning   districts  into  14  individual  parcels  as  depicted  in  Figure  2-­‐7.  This  is  intended  to  create  a  convenient   2.0  PROJECT  DESCRIPTION     2.0-­‐4  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     multi-­‐use  development  and  to  stimulate  financing  opportunities  within  portions  of  the  Plan  Area.     The  proposed  Tentative  Subdivision  Map  is  shown  on  Figure  2-­‐7.     The  specific  designations  for  the  proposed  zoning  districts  are  as  follows:   Regional  Commercial  (CR)   The  CR  zoning  district  is  located  on  the  south  side  of  Soaring  Way  and  is  approximately  11.7  acres   in  size.    The  targeted  land  uses  for  this  zoning  area  include  commercial  and  retail  services  that   emphasize  buildings  larger  than  5,000  S.F.  and  can  host  a  variety  of  retail  uses,  such  as  a  grocery   market;  general  merchandise  (large  floor  plate);  home  furnishings/appliances;  office  space  (large   floor  plate);  and  casual  dining  restaurants.    Multi-­‐family  housing,  live/work  housing,  and  workforce   housing  units  are  allowed  in  this  zone  with  a  Conditional  Use  Permit.       Regional  Support  Commercial  (CRS)   The  CG-­‐2  zoning  district  consists  of  three  areas  totaling  approximately  6.1  acres  located  at  the   Soaring  Way/Joerger  Drive  intersection.    The  CRS  zoning  district  is  intended  to  attract  businesses   that   support   the   CR   zone   by   focusing   on   services   that   promote   the   small   town   outdoor   recreational  atmosphere  of  Truckee.    The  targeted  uses  for  the  CRS  zoning  district  include:  outdoor   recreational  equipment  sales;  bike  sales  and  rentals;  health  and  fitness  facilities;  casual  dining   restaurants;  and  recreational  vehicle  sales.  Multi-­‐family  housing,  live/work  housing,  and  workforce   housing  units  are  allowed  in  this  zone  with  a  Conditional  Use  Permit.   Lifestyle  Commercial  (CL)   The  CL  zoning  district  is  located  on  the  north  side  of  Brockway  Road  and  consists  of  approximately   7.6  acres.    The  CL  zoning  district  is  intended  for  businesses  that  promote  a  varied  mix  of  land  uses   that  currently  exist  within  the  Brockway  Road  corridor,  including  unique  and  locally  owned  retail,   service  and  recreation  uses  with  outdoor  display,  activity  and/or  dining  areas.    The  targeted  uses   for  the  CL  zoning  district  include:    home  furnishings  with  indoor  and  outdoor  displays;  wine  tasting   facilities  and  beverage  garden;  casual  dining  restaurants  with  outdoor  dining;  garden  supplies  and   nursery  sales.  Multi-­‐family  housing,  live/work  housing,  and  workforce  housing  units  are  allowed  in   this  zone  with  a  Conditional  Use  Permit.   Manufacturing/Industrial  (Business  Park)  (M1)   The  M1  zoning  district  consists  of  three  areas  east  of  SR  267  totaling  approximately  13.6  acres.  The   M1   zone   is   designed   to   encourage   relocation   of  industrial   and   manufacturing   uses   from   the   Truckee  River  Corridor  and  to  allow  manufacturing/industrial  uses.  The  targeted  uses  for  the  M1   zoning  district   include:  f i t n e s s  c e n t e r  a n d  i n d o o r  s p o r t s  a c t i v i t i e s  a n d  t r a i n i n g  facilities;   manufacturing  and  warehousing;  auto/recreational  dealerships;  repair  and  maintenance  centers;   specialty   food   and   spirit   production   facilities;   research   and   development   facilities;   and   transportation  centers.  Multi-­‐family  housing,  live/work  housing,  and  workforce  housing  units  are   allowed  in  this  zone  with  a  Conditional  Use  Permit.   PROJECT  DESCRIPTION  2.0     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  2.0-­‐5     Business  Innovation  Zone  (BIZ)   The  BIZ  zoning  district  consists  of  two  areas  west  of  SR  267  totaling  approximately  14.0  acres.  The   BIZ  zoning  district  is  intended  to  provide  land  area  to  attract  new  innovative  manufacturing  and   research  &  development   businesses   to   the   Truckee  area   and   create   a   campus   style   business   environment  focusing  on  eco-­‐friendly  and  emerging  green  industries.  The  targeted  uses  for  the  BIZ   zoning  district  include:  manufacturing  of  custom  furniture  and  household  products;  specialty  food   and   spirit   production   and   distribution;   research   and   development   facilities;   green   technology   including  material  production,  design,  and  research.  Multi-­‐family  housing,  live/work  housing,  and   workforce  housing  units  are  allowed  in  this  zone  with  a  Conditional  Use  Permit.   Residential  Multi-­Family  (RM)     The  multi-­‐family  zoning  district  is  approximately  3.5  acres  in  size  and  located  west  of  proposed   Martis  Drive,  fronting  on  the  Ponderosa  Golf  Course.    The  RM  zone  is  intended  to  provide  a  variety   of  higher  density,  attached  and/or  detached  housing  opportunities  in  close  proximity,  for  both   employees   and   employers   of   the   various   commercial   and   industrial   land   uses   allowed   in   the   Specific  Plan.       Open  Space  (OS)     The  OS  zoning  district  is  primarily  intended  to  protect  natural  resources  in  the  Plan  Area  and   establish  a  buffer  zone  and  setbacks  from  SR  267.  The  Open  Space  parcel  at  the  Hope  Court  /   Brockway  Road  intersection  is  intended  to  provide  an  opportunity  for  a  trailhead  to  access  the   Northstar  trail  segment,  park  &  ride,  public  art  and  a  portion  of  the  remaining  area  for  use  by  a   public  or  nonprofit  organization.  Parking  for  the  trailhead  and  park  &  ride  will  consist  of  8  -­‐  12   parking  spaces.     Table  2-­‐1  provides  a  summary  of  the  acreage  and  development  potential  for  each  of  the  zoning   districts  identified  above.       TABLE  2-­‐1:  SUMMARY  OF  ZONING,  ACREAGE,  AND  DEVELOPMENT  POTENTIAL   Zoning  Designation  Acreage  Development  Potential   Regional  Commercial  (CR)  11.69  101,843  sf   Regional  Support  Commercial  (CRS)  6.07  52,881  sf   Lifestyle  Commercial  (CL)  7.59  66,124  sf   Manufacturing/Industrial  (M1)  13.57  118,222  sf   Business  Innovation  Zone  (BIZ)  13.97  121,707  sf   Multi-­‐Family  Residential  (RM)  3.48  41  housing  units   Open  Space  (OS)  10.24  N/A     2.0  PROJECT  DESCRIPTION     2.0-­‐6  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     In  order  to  meet  the  requirements  of  Chapter  18.216  of  the  Truckee  Development  Code,  the   project   includes   a   total   of   97   workforce   housing   units.     Forty-­‐one   of   the   required   workforce   housing   units   would   be   constructed   within   the   3.48-­‐acre   Multi-­‐Family   Residential   Zone.     The   remaining  56  workforce  housing  units  would  be  built  throughout  the  remainder  of  the  proposed   zoning  districts,  and  integrated  into  future  commercial,  industrial,  and  business  park  structures.       T RANSPORTATION  AND  C IRCULATION  I MPROVEMENTS   Roadway  Improvements   The  Plan  Area  requires  different  roadways  sections  to  respond  to  varying  circulation  needs  of  the   existing   traffic   patterns   and   uses   proposed   within   the   Plan   Area.    The   following   roadway   improvements  are  proposed  as  part  of  the  Specific  Plan.   Soaring  Way:    Soaring  Way,  east  of  Joerger  Drive,  would  be  improved  to  include  curb  and  gutters,   in  addition  to  a  five-­‐foot  wide  pedestrian  sidewalk  on  each  side  of  the  roadway,  separated  by   landscaping  and  a  snow  storage  buffer.    The  proposed  roadway  section  of  Soaring  Way,  west  of   Joerger  Drive,  would  be  expanded  to  accommodate  a  westbound  lane,  a  through/left  turn  pocket   to  Joerger  Drive,  and  a  right  turn  pocket  into  the  proposed  CRS  zoning  district  south  of  the  Soaring   Way/Joerger  Drive  intersection.    This  section  would  also  include  two  five-­‐foot  wide  Class  II  bike   lanes,  along  with  curb/gutter,  and  a  five-­‐foot  wide  sidewalk.       Hope  Court:    Hope  Court  currently  consists  of  two  16-­‐foot  wide  travel  lanes  with  aggregate  base   shoulders.    The  Specific  Plan  proposes  to  add  a  detached  10-­‐foot  wide  Class  I  bike  trail  that  would   continue  to  the  easterly  limits  of  the  Plan  Area.       Martis  Drive:    Martis  Drive  would  consist  primarily  of  new  roadway  construction.    The  proposed   60-­‐foot  wide  right-­‐of-­‐way  would  include  two  12-­‐foot  wide  travel  lanes,  Type  “E”  curb  and  gutter,   and  a  five-­‐foot  wide  sidewalk  along  the  easterly  side.    Additionally,  a  Class  I  bike  path  is  proposed   on  the  westerly  side,  and  would  continue  to  the  northerly  limits  of  the  Plan  Area.       Brockway  Road:    The  proposed  Brockway  Road  section  west  of  the  Hope  Court/Brockway  Road   intersection  would  include  the  addition  of  a  detached  Class  I  bike  path  on  the  northerly  side  of   Brockway  Road  from  Martis  Drive,  and  crossing  at  Hope  Court.    Brockway  Road,  east  of  the  Hope   Court   intersection,   would   transition   as   is   approaches   SR   267   to   accommodate   a   westbound   through  lane,  designated  left  turn  lane,  northbound  through  lane,  designated  right  turn  lane,  and   two  five-­‐foot  wide  Class  II  bike  lanes.    Additionally,  curb  and  gutter  is  proposed  on  the  easterly  side   with  a  five-­‐foot  wide  sidewalk.       Joerger  Drive:    Joerger  Drive  would  remain  relatively  unchanged  from  its  current  condition.    The   Specific  Plan  proposes  to  add  curb  and  gutter  and  a  five-­‐foot  wide  sidewalk  on  the  westerly  side.       Intersection  Improvements   Brockway  Road/Soaring  Way/SR  267:  The  existing  intersection  at  Brockway  Road/  Soaring  Way  /   SR  267  is  currently  signalized  with  northbound  and  southbound  through  lanes  with  additional  left   turn  lanes  onto  Soaring  Way  from  the  north  and  onto  Brockway  Road  from  the  south.  Traffic  from   PROJECT  DESCRIPTION  2.0     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  2.0-­‐7     Brockway  Road  approaches  a  through/left  turn  lane  and  a  designated  right  turn  lane.  There  is  one   (1)  eastbound  through  lane  to  Soaring  Way  and  one  (1)  westbound  lane  approaching  from  Soaring   Way.  Improvements  to  this  intersection  have  been  identified  in  the  General  Plan  as  a  “future   community  need”  independent  of  the  traffic  impacts  resulting  from  the  Specific  Plan.   On  the  Brockway  Road  side  of  the  intersection,  widening  of  the  roadway  is  proposed  in  order  to   shift   the   designated   right   turn   lane   to   the   south   and  accommodate   an   additional   lane.   This   additional  lane  would  allow  the  existing  through  /  left  turn  lane  to  be  separated  into  a  designated   left  turn  only  and  designated  through  lane.  Additionally,  Class  II  bike  lanes  are  proposed  in  both   easterly  and  westerly  directions.  Curb  &  gutter  and  a  5’  wide  concrete  sidewalk  is  proposed  on  the   south  side  of  Brockway  Road  to  facilitate  pedestrian  safety  up  to  the  signalized  intersection.  No   modifications  are  proposed  on  the  north  side  of  the  intersection.  On  the  Soaring  Way  side  of  the   intersection,  widening  is  proposed  to  allow  for  a  designated  right  turn  lane  with  a  through/left  and   eastbound   lane.   On   the   Brockway   Road   side,  Class   II   bike   paths   would  b e  p r o v i d e d  i n  e a c h   direction  and  curb,  gutter  and  sidewalk  are  proposed  on  the  south  side  to  convey  pedestrians   along  the  Brockway  Road  and  Soaring  Way  corridor.  The  south  side  of  the  intersection  is  proposed   to  include  a  right  turn  only  lane  to  minimize  delay  onto  Soaring  Way.  Signalization  upgrades  along   with  lane  widening  is  proposed  to  accomplish  these  intersection  upgrades.   Brockway  Road/Hope  Court:  The  existing  three-­‐leg  “T”  intersection  at  Brockway  Road  and  Hope   Court   is   proposed   to   be   improved  to   a   four-­‐leg   intersection,  a d d i n g  a  c o m m e r c i a l  driveway   entrance  to  the  north  to  access  the  Lifestyle  Commercial  (CL)  zoning  area.  Striping  and  minor   widening  will  create  two  (2)  left  turn  pockets  both  east  and  west  bound  on  Brockway  Road  into  the   Commercial  Lifestyle  (CL)  zoning  area  and  onto  Hope  Court.  Additionally,  this  intersection  has  two   pedestrian   and   bicycle   crossings   as   the   Class  1   bicycle   trail   crosses   the  c o m m e r c i a l  d r i v e w a y   approach  fronting  the  Commercial  Lifestyle  “CL”  zoning  area  and  then  crosses  Brockway  Road  to   the  northerly  side  of  Hope  Court.  A  solar  powered  push  button  activated  LED  Flashing  Pedestrian   Crosswalk  sign  is  proposed  on  each  side  of  Brockway  Road.     Brockway  Road/Martis  Drive:  This  intersection  currently  exists  and  no  widening  is  proposed.  Minor   striping  within  Brockway  Road  and  the  addition  of  curb  and  gutter  on  Martis  Drive  and  the  Class  1   bicycle  path  crossing  is  proposed  to  complete  this  intersection.   Soaring  Way/Joerger  Drive:  The  Soaring  Way  /  Joerger  Drive  intersection  would  be  improved  to   provide   additional  turn   pockets   and   an   additional   leg   to   the   south   to  access   the   Regional   Commercial  (CR)  and  Regional  Support  Commercial  (CRS)  zoning  areas.  Currently,  Soaring  Way  is   uncontrolled  with  both  an  eastbound  and  westbound  lane.  Vehicles  heading  south  from  Joerger   Drive  approach  the  intersection  and  existing  stop  sign.  The  intersection  is  proposed  to  be  a  four-­‐ way  intersection  with  stop  signs.  Motorists  on  the  westerly  side  of  the  intersection  on  Soaring  Way   would  have  a  through  /  left  turn  pocket  as  well  as  a  designated  right  turn  only  pocket  for  entering   the  “CRS”  zoning  area.  Some  minor  widening  on  Joerger  Drive  would  accommodate  the  addition  of   a  designated  right  turn  only  pocket  along  with  a  through  /  left  pocket  and  northbound  lane.  The   easterly  side  of  the  intersection  on  Soaring  Way  would  be  striped  to  include  a  designated  left  turn   and  through  /  right  pockets.  The  southerly  leg  of  the  intersection  would  have  a  southbound  lane  a   2.0  PROJECT  DESCRIPTION     2.0-­‐8  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     through  /   left   pocket   for   motorists   heading   up  Joerger  D r i v e,   or   left  on   Soaring   Way   and   a   designated  right  turn  pocket  as  well.   Bicycle  Network  and  Design   A  10-­‐foot  wide  separated  Class  1  bicycle  path  is  proposed  on  the  northerly  side  of  Brockway  Road   from  the  westerly  boundary  of  the  Plan  Area  running  easterly  and  crossing  Brockway  Road  and   along   the   northerly   side   of   Hope   Court  to   the   easterly   boundary   of   the   Plan  Area   and   in   conformance  with  the  Truckee  General  Plan.  This  would  provide  a  significant  link  to  connect  to  the   future  Martis  Valley  Trail  to  the  southeast  and  to  the  Truckee  Regional  Park  to  the  northwest.  A   Class  1  bicycle  path  is  also  proposed  to  be  constructed  on  the  westerly  side  of  Martis  Drive  to  the   northern  limits  of  the  Plan  Area,  which  would  allow  for  a  future  extension  to  connect  to  the  Legacy   Trail  to   the   north.  In   addition   to   the   Class   1   bicycle   trail   segments,   Class   II   bicycle   paths   are   integrated  into  the  various  roadway  sections,  including  each  side  of  Brockway  Road,  Soaring  Way   and  along  Joerger  Drive  fronting  the  Plan  Area.   U TILITY  I NFRASTRUCTURE     Wastewater  (Sewer)   Wastewater  collection  and  conveyance  would  be  provided  by  the  Truckee  Sanitary  District  (TSD).     Wastewater  treatment  would  be  provided  by  the  Tahoe-­‐Truckee  Sanitary  Agency  (T-­‐TSA).    Sewage   in   the   project   vicinity   is   currently   collected   primarily   by   gravity   flow   throughout   adjacent   developed  areas,  and  is  transported  in  a  sewer  main  line  at  Joerger  Drive  for  conveyance  to  the   treatment  plant  located  east  of  the  project  area.    The  project  would  connect  to  the  existing  sewer   main  line,  and  would  include  an  internal  network  of  conveyance  lines.       Water  Supply   Water  service  in  Truckee  is   provided   by   the   Truckee  Donner  Public  Ut i l i t y  District  (TDPUD),  a   publicly  owned  utility  providing  electric  and  water  service  since  1927.  The  District  operates  three   water  systems  in  the  Truckee  area:  the  Hirshdale  System,  the  Truckee  System,  and  the  Donner   Lake  System.  The  Truckee  System  serves  the  Plan  Area.   Existing  transmission,  distribution  and  treated  water  storage  facilities  would  serve  both  existing   and  future  demand  from  the  planned  development.  This  basic  infrastructure  has  developed  by   TDPUD  in  accordance  with  the  Water  System  Master  Plan  and  the  2010  Urban  Water  Management   Plan.  Water   mainlines  are   located   within   the   adjacent   roadways   and  would  be  extended   throughout  the  Plan  Area  for  domestic  water  distribution  and  fire  suppression.   Electric  Service   The  Plan  Area  lies  within  the  service  area  of  the  TDPUD.    Existing  electrical  transmission  lines  and   service  distribution  lines  lie  adjacent  to  and  within  the  Plan  Area.    Electrical  service  facilities  would   be   extended   from   existing   TDPUD   infrastructure   and   would   be   upgraded   as   necessary  t o   adequately  serve  the  Specific  Plan,  and  would  be  designed  to  accommodate  full  buildout  of  the   Plan  Area.       PROJECT  DESCRIPTION  2.0     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  2.0-­‐9     Natural  Gas   Natural  gas  service  is  provided  to  the  Truckee  area  by  Southwest  Gas  Corporation.    Existing  natural   gas   transmission   lines   and   service   distribution   lines   lie   adjacent   to   and   within   the   Plan   Area.     Natural   gas   facilities   would   be   extended   from   existing   Southwest   Gas   infrastructure   in  Martis   Drive,  and  would  be  upgraded  as  necessary  to  adequately  serve  the  Specific  Plan  at  full  buildout.       I NFRASTRUCTURE  P HASING   Development  within  Plan  Area  will  be  incremental  and  will  be  driven  by  market  demands.  With   market  uncertainties,  it  is  impossible  to  exactly  identify  the  phasing  order  of  project  development   within  the  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  Area.   In  order  to  ensure  that  the  Plan  Area  is  adequately  served  by  common  infrastructure,  the  Specific   Plan  includes  an  Implementation  and  Phasing  Chapter  (Chapter  6  of  the  Joerger  Ranch  Specific   Plan).       The  overall  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  has  common  infrastructure  improvements  that  benefit  all   properties  within  the  Plan  Area.  These  improvements  need  to  be  installed  if  major  portions  of  the   Plan  Area  develop  first.  However,  there  are  parcels  within  the  Plan  Area  that  may  not  trigger  major   improvements  or  may  only  require  portions  of  the  overall  improvements.  The  proposed  phasing   plan  in  the  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  recognizes  these  factors  and  allows  for  flexibility  in  the   program,  while  still  requiring  each  property  owner  who  will  benefit  from  the  overall  program  to   pay  their  fair  share  so  that  the  common  infrastructure  can  be  built  out  in  an  orderly  fashion.     The  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  has  established  a  format  that  allows  for  the  cost  and  timing  of   infrastructure  improvements  to  be  based  upon  the  intensity  and  percentage  of  usage.     In  order  to  determine  fair  share  costs  of  common  area  and  specific  area  improvements  prior  to  any   subdivision  map  recordation  or  specific  development  permit  approvals  for  individual  uses  with  the   Plan  Area,  the  project  sponsor  shall  prepare  a  Cost  Analysis  Assessment  (CAA)  consisting  of  civil   design  drawings  for  all  common  area  and  specific  area  improvements  identified  in  the  Specific  Plan   and  summarized  in  Table  2-­‐3  below,  to  30%  level  design  and  provide  an  estimate  of  probable   construction  costs.  The  project  sponsor  shall  also  prepare  a  land  use  intensity  chart  based  on   allowed  uses  listed  in  the  Specific  Plan  and  anticipated  traffic  use  analyzed  in  this  Draft  EIR.   The   CAA   shall   be   submitted   to   the   Town   Engineering  Department  to  confirm   that   the   Design   Drawings  and  estimate  of  probable  construction  costs  follow  the  Town’s  Development  Standards.   Once  the  CAA  is  approved,  it  can  be  used  to  allocate  the  associated  common  and  specific  area   costs  to  the  various  zones  and  parcels  to  be  created.   Each   future   parcel   development   will   be   responsible   for  completing   the   improvements   for   the   length   of   that  parcels   frontage   as   set   forth   in   Chapter   4.2.2  of   the   Specific   Plan  (Roadway  &   Intersection  Design)  and  pay  a  fair  share  portion  of  the  Intersection,  Pedestrian,  Bicycle,  and  Public   Transportation  improvements  as  set  forth  in  Chapter  4  of  the  Specific  Plan  and  required  by  the   mitigation  measures  contained  in  this  Draft  EIR.   2.0  PROJECT  DESCRIPTION     2.0-­‐10  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     Minor  projects  proposed  within  the  Plan  Area  that  can  demonstrate  that  traffic  they  generate  does   not  exceed  the  existing,  acceptable  operational  level  of  service  (LOS)  at  the  intersections  analyzed   in  Section  3.11  of  this  Draft  EIR  may  be  permitted  subject  to  construction  of  their  parcel’s  frontage   improvements  and  paying  their  fair  share  portion  of  the  Common  Infrastructure  Improvements   outlined  in  Table  2-­‐3.   Projects   that   generate   traffic   that   exceed   the   existing,  acceptable   operational   LOS   at   the   Intersections  listed  in  Chapter  4  of  the  Specific  Plan  will  be  required  to  construct  those  Overall   Common  Area  Improvements  necessary  to  bring  the  operational  LOS  at  the  impacted  intersection   to   an   acceptable   level.   Additionally,   each  project   is   responsible   for   their   site-­‐specific   frontage   improvements,   along   with   payment   of   whatever  remaining   fair   share   of   the   common   infrastructure  improvements  as  allocated  by  the  CAA.   In  conjunction  with  allocating  costs  based  on  the  CAA  for  individual  parcel  owners’  construction,   the  project  sponsor  shall  establish  a  legal  entity  (i.e.  Owners  Association  or  similar)  that  has  the   authority  to  and  obligates  all  parcels  and  parcel  owners  to  fund  their  fair  share  portion  of  the   design,  construction,  and  permitting  fee  costs  of  the  Common  Area  Improvements  if  they  proceed   prior   to   construction   of  the   Common   Area   Improvements;   OR   pay   their   fair  share   of   reimbursement  funds  to  the  project  sponsor  who  installed  the  improvement(s)  if  they  develop   after  the  Common  Area  Improvements  are  installed.   A   Project   that   requires   the   construction   of   Overall  Common   Area   Improvements   will   be   responsible  for  completion  of  the  final  Civil  Design,  construction  permitting  and  completion  of  the   improvements.  The  remaining  properties  that  have  not  paid  their  fair  share  portion  of  the  Overall   Common  Area  Improvements  will  be  subject  to  reimbursement.   Tables  2-­‐2  and  2-­‐3  describe  the  initial  actions  and  common  area  and  specific  area  infrastructure   improvements  needed  to  develop  the  Plan  Area  and  how  each  parcel  /parcel  owner  is  responsible   for  their  fair  share.     TABLE  2-­‐2:  SPECIFIC  PLAN  IMPLEMENTATION  MEASURES  AND  ACTION  ITEMS   No.  Implementation  Measures  and  Action  Items  Timing  Responsible   Party   1  Specific  Plan  /  Tentative  Map  Approval       2   Overall  Specific  Plan  Traffic  Study:  Traffic  Study  to  analyze   overall  Specific  Plan  based  upon  delineated  uses  and   zoning  contained  therein   Prior  to  Specific   Plan  Approval.     Contained  within   this  Draft  EIR   Developer  /  Town   3   30%  Design:  Prepare  improvement  plans  for  all  common   infrastructure  to  30%  design  level,  including  and   engineers  estimate  and  matrix  for  pro-­‐rata  responsible   share  for  the  14  parcels  represented  on  the  Phase  I  Final   Map.    Plans  shall  be  reviewed/approved  by  the  Town  of   Prior  to  Phase  1   Final  Map   Recordation   Developer   PROJECT  DESCRIPTION  2.0     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  2.0-­‐11     No.  Implementation  Measures  and  Action  Items  Timing  Responsible   Party   Truckee  Engineering  Department.   4   Create  a  managing  legal  entity  responsible  for   implementation  of  public  infrastructure,  including  final   design  drawings,  construction,  collection,  retention,  and   distribution  of  cost  assessments,  and  reimbursement  of   construction  costs.   Prior  to  Phase  1   Final  Map   Recordation   Developer   5   Create  an  Owners  Association  to  establish  specific   expectations  and  responsibilities  for  maintenance  (non-­‐ public  entities),  affordable  housing,  shared  parking,   access,  snow  storage,  drainage,  landscaping,  etc.   Prior  to  Phase  1   Final  Map   Recordation   Developer   6  Phase  1  Final  Map  Recordation:  Recordation  of  Large  Lot   subdivision  for  14  parcels.   Prior  to  any  land   use  approval  or   building  permit   issuance   Developer     TABLE  2-­‐3:  INTERSECTION/ROADWAY  FRONTAGE/CLASS  I  BIKE  TRAIL  IMPROVEMENTS   No.  Improvements  Timing  Responsible   Party   1  Brockway  Road/Hope  Court  Intersection  and   associated  Brockway  Road  improvements   Prior  to  Certificate  of   Occupancy  of  first  building  Parcel  9   2  Brockway  Road/Martis  Drive  Intersection  and   associated  Brockway  Road  improvements   Prior  to  Certificate  of   Occupancy  of  first  building  Parcels  1-­‐5   3  Soaring  Way/Joerger  Drive  Intersection  Prior  to  Certificate  of   Occupancy  of  first  building  Parcels  8-­‐14   4  Highway  267/Brockway  Road/Soaring  Way   Intersection  (see  Note  #1)   Prior  to  Certificate  of   Occupancy,  as  required  to   mitigate  impact  (see  Note   #1)   Parcels  1-­‐6  &  8-­‐ 14   5  Class  I  Bike  Path  along  Brockway  Road  and  Hope   Court  (including  crosswalk)   Prior  to  Certificate  of   Occupancy  of  first  building,   or  addition   Parcels  1-­‐6   6  Martis  Drive  and  Class  I  Bike  Path  along  Martis   Drive   Prior  to  Certificate  of   Occupancy  of  first  building,   or  addition  (see  Note  #2)   Parcels  1-­‐5   7  Joerger  Road  frontage  improvements  Prior  to  Certificate  of   Occupancy  of  first  building  Parcels  8-­‐9   8  Soaring  Way  frontage  improvements  plus   sidewalk  and  landscaping  (south  side)   Prior  to  Certificate  of   Occupancy  of  first  building  Parcel  14   2.0  PROJECT  DESCRIPTION     2.0-­‐12  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     No.  Improvements  Timing  Responsible   Party   9  Soaring  Way  frontage  improvements  plus   sidewalk  and  landscaping  (north  side)   Prior  to  Certificate  of   Occupancy  of  first  building  Parcels  10-­‐12   10  Utilities  within  right-­‐of-­‐way  and  offsite  utilities   As  required  by  respective   utility  agency(s)  to   adequately  serve  each   proposed  project   Parcels  1-­‐6  &  8-­‐ 14   11  Transit  Stop-­‐  Brockway  Road  Upon  Construction  of  Martis   Drive  Parcels  1-­‐6   12  Transit  Stop-­‐  Soaring  Way  Upon  Development  of  Parcel   14  Parcels  8-­‐14   Note  #1:  Incremental  improvements  to  Highway  267/Brockway  Road/Soaring  Way  intersection  may  take   place  and  shall  be  based  upon  the  improvements  needed  to  properly  mitigate  the  traffic  impacts  associated   with  individual  development  projects  and  consistent  with  GP  Circulation  Policy  2.1.   Note  #2:  Parcels  1-­‐5  are  required  to  construct  full  Martis  Drive  improvements  including  Class  I  Bike  Path   fronting  the  particular  parcel  and  to  the  south  to  Brockway  Road  prior  to  Certificate  of  Occupancy.  A   temporary  cul-­‐de-­‐sac  turnaround  may  be  utilized  for  Parcels  4  and  5  as  they  would  not  exceed  the  maximum   cul-­‐de-­‐sac  length  of  800  linear  feet.  Parcels  1-­‐3  shall  be  required  to  construct  Martis  Drive  improvements   and  Class  I  Bike  Path  to  the  northerly  limits  of  the  Planning  Area.  Note  that  all  individual  applicants  shall   meet  the  requirements  of  the  Truckee  Fire  Protection  District  with  respect  to  approved  construction  access   and  available  fire  flow  from  an  existing  fire  hydrant  prior  to  commencing  vertical  building  construction.     Note  #3:  Utilities  (on-­‐  and  off-­‐site)  shall  be  sized  and  installed  to  serve  the  overall  Joerger  Ranch  project  and   shall  be  installed  in  all  intersections,  or  roadway  improvement  areas  at  the  time  those  surface  improvements   are  installed  to  prevent  future  construction  within  completed  areas.         PROJECT  DESCRIPTION  2.0     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  2.0-­‐13       2.5  USES  OF  THE  EIR  AND  R EQUIRED  A GENCY  A PPROVALS   This  EIR  may  be  used  for  the  following  direct  and  indirect  approvals  and  permits  associated  with   adoption  and  implementation  of  the  proposed  project.   T OWN  OF  T RUCKEE   The  Town  of  Truckee  (Town)  will  be  the  Lead  Agency  for  the  proposed  project,  pursuant  to  the   State  Guidelines  for  Implementation  of  the  California  Environmental  Quality  Act  (CEQA),  Section   15050.    Actions  that  would  be  required  from  the  Town  Council  and  Town  staff  include,  but  are  not   limited  to  the  following:   • Certification  of  the  EIR;   • Adoption  of  the  Mitigation  Monitoring  and  Reporting  Program;   • Adoption  of  the  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan;   • Approval  of  tentative  and  final  maps;     • Improvement  plans;     • Grading  plans;  and   • Building  permits.     O THER  G OVERNMENTAL  A GENCY  A PPROVALS   The   following   agencies   may   be  r e q u i r e d  t o  i s s u e  p e r m i t s  o r  a p p r o v e  c e r t a i n  a s p e c t s  o f  t h e   proposed  project:   • Regional   Water  Q u a l i t y  C o n t r o l  B o a r d  ( R W Q C B ) ,  L a h o n t a n  R e g i o n  -­‐  Waste   Discharge   Permit,   National   Pollutant   Discharge   Elimination   System   (NPDES)   permit,   SWPPP,   and   Water  Quality  Certification  or  waiver,  under  Sections  401  and  402  of  the  Clean  Water  Act   (CWA).   • United   States   Army   Corps.   Of   Engineers  –  P e r m i t t i n g  o f  f e d e r a l  j u r i s d i c t i o n a l  a r e a s   pursuant  to  Section  404  of  the  Clean  Water  Act;     • California   Department   of   Transportation   (Caltrans)  –  E n c r o a c h m e n t  p e r m i t s  f o r   improvements  within  the  SR  267  right-­‐of-­‐way;   • Northern  Sierra  Air  Quality  Management  District  (NSAQMD)  -­‐  Approval  of  construction-­‐ related  air  quality  permits  pursuant  to  NSAQMD  rules  and  regulations.       • California  Department  of  Fish  and  Wildlife  -­‐  Streambed  Alteration  Agreement  pursuant  to   Section  1602  of  the  California  Fish  and  Game  Code;     2.0  PROJECT  DESCRIPTION     2.0-­‐14  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)                                           This  page  left  intentionally  blank. N N E E V V A A D D A A C C A A L L I I F F O O R R N N I I A A ProjectLocation French MeadowsRes. Donner Lake E l D o r a d o C o u n t yE l D o r a d o C o u n t y P l a c e r C o u n t yP l a c e r C o u n t y S i e r r a C o u n t yS i e r r a C o u n t y W a s h o eW a s h o eC o u n t yC o u n t yN e v a d a C o u n t yN e v a d a C o u n t y D o u g l a sD o u g l a sC o u n t yC o u n t y A l p i n e C o u n t yA l p i n e C o u n t y C a r s o n C i t y C o u n t yC a r s o n C i t y C o u n t y L y o nL y o nC o u n t yC o u n t y S t o r e yS t o r e yC o u n t yC o u n t y Carson City Reno Dayton Truckee Sparks Spanish Springs Kingsbury Verdi-Mogul Mesa Vista Johnson Lane Markleeville Sun Valley Foresthill South Lake Tahoe Indian Hills Gardnerville Ranchos Minden Placerville Pollock Pines Diamond Springs Georgetown Kirkwood Kings Beach Dollar Point 80 80 395 50 395 395 395 50 49 88 89 20 341 193 431 207 209 267 208 4 89 89 89 49 89 Lake Tahoe Nevada SP Malakoff Diggings SP Washoe Lake SP DL Bliss SP Sugar Pine Point SP Emerald Bay SP Donner Memorial SP Grover Hot Springs State Park Gold Bug Park Mormon Station SP Joerger Ranch Specific Plan (PC-3) Figure 2-1. Regional Location D e N o v o P l a n n i n g G r o u p A Land Use Planning, Design, and Environmental Firm Data source: California Spatial Information LibraryMap date: May 4, 2011. LakeTahoeHell Hole Res. Ice HouseRes. Union ValleyRes. Stampede Res. Fallen Leaf Lake Loon Lake Washoe Lake 0 5 102.5 Miles 1:650,000 2.0  PROJECT  DESCRIPTION     2.0-­‐16  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)                         This  page  left  intentionally  blank.   T r u c k e e - Ta h o e A i r p o r tT r u c k e e - Ta h o e A i r p o r t T r u ck ee R i v e r267 267 Trout Creek S c h a f f e r Mill R d T i m i l i c k D r Alp i n e M e a d o w C a m p Brockway Rd Torr e y Pine Rd P o n d e r o s a D r Pine Cone DrThelin Dr NN EE VV AA DD AA CC OO UU NN TT YY PP LL AA CC EE RR CC OO UU NN TT YY 80 80 D o n n e r P a s s R d Joerger Dr Glenshire Dr River St M a r t i s C r e e k R d Highland Ave E states D r Jeffery P i ne R d Soari n g W a y Ma r t i s D r Sh a n e v a R d H i g h S t M a r t i s V a l l e y R d R e y n o l d W a y R i v e r v i e w Dr E uer Valley Rd G o l d e n Pine R d P a l i s a d e s R d IndianJac k Rd S i l ver Spur Dr C o l u m b i n e R d Business Park Dr Pin e l a n d R d R i d g e R d R i v e r S t Joerger Ranch Specific Plan (PC-3) Figure 2-2. Vicinity Map D e N o v o P l a n n i n g G r o u p A Land Use Planning, Design, and Environmental FirmData soure: ArcGIS Online BING Aerials, ESRI Streetmap North America,Nevada County GIS. Placer County GIS. Map date: May 4, 2012 PC-3 1:28,000 0 2,0001,000 Feet Truckee RiverRegional Park PonderosaGolf Course TruckeeCemetery Martis Creek LakeRecreation Area M a r t i s C r e e k MartisCreekLake NN EE VV AA DD AA CC OO UU NN TT YY PP LL AA CC EE RR CC OO UU NN TT YY Project Boundary Town of Truckee County Boundary Town of Truckee To wn of Truckee To Kings Beach S o u t h e r n P a c i f i c R R 2.0  PROJECT  DESCRIPTION     2.0-­‐18  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)                         This  page  left  intentionally  blank.   JOERGER DRIV E BRO C K W A Y R O A D SOA R I N G W A Y MA R T I S D R I V E OMNI W A Y REYNOLD WA Y MARTI S V A L L E Y R O A D JEFFERY PINE ROAD PIN E L A N D R O A D CHAN D E L L E W A Y TRU C K E E - T A H O E A I R P O R T R O A D Joerger Ranch Specific Plan (PC-3) Figure 2-3. Aerial View of Project Site D e N o v o P l a n n i n g G r o u p A Land Use Planning, Design, and Environmental FirmData soure: ArcGIS Online BING Aerials, ESRI Streetmap North America,Nevada County GIS. Map date: May 14, 2012 PC-3 1:8,000 0 500250 Feet 267 2.0  PROJECT  DESCRIPTION     2.0-­‐20  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)                         This  page  left  intentionally  blank.   267 J O E R GERR A N C HDR Truckee-TahoeAirport Hotel FutureHangars Airport Non-Aviation Use Apartments JOERG E R D R I V E BRO C K W A Y R O A D SOA R I N G W A Y MA R T I S D R I V E OMNI W A Y REYNOLD WA Y ESTATES DRIVE MARTI S V A L L E Y R O A D JEFFERY PINE ROAD PIN E L A N D R O A D CHAN D E L L E W A Y RIVER ST R E E T TRU C K E E - T A H O E A I R P O R T R O A D Park andSports Fields Single FamilyResidentialSeniorHousing Townhomes Mobile Home Park Single FamilyResidential Golf Course NeighborhoodCommercial Joerger Ranch Specific Plan (PC-3) Figure 2-4. Surrounding Land Uses D e N o v o P l a n n i n g G r o u p A Land Use Planning, Design, and Environmental FirmData soure: ArcGIS Online BING Aerials, ESRI Streetmap North America,Nevada County GIS. Map date: May 3, 2012 Church Church Townhomes Hotel SelfStorage Gas StationMini-Mart TownHallCommercialOffice 1:12,000 0 1,000500 Feet PC-3 2.0  PROJECT  DESCRIPTION     2.0-­‐22  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)                         This  page  left  intentionally  blank.   267 J O E RGER R A N C HDR Placer C ounty JOERGE R D R I V E BRO C K W A Y R O A D SOA R I N G W A Y MA R T I S D R I V E OMNI W A Y REYNOLD WA Y ESTATES DRIVE MARTI S V A L L E Y R O A D JEFFERY PINE ROAD PIN E L A N D R O A D CHAN D E L L E W A Y TRU C K E E - T A H O E A I R P O R T R O A D Joerger Ranch Specific Plan (PC-3) Figure 2-5. General Plan Designations D e N o v o P l a n n i n g G r o u p A Land Use Planning, Design, and Environmental FirmData soures: Town of Truckee GIS, Nevada County GIS, Placer CountyGIS, ESRI Streetmap North America, Map date: May 14, 2012.1:12,000 0 1,000500 Feet PC3 Town of Truckee County Boundary Town of Truckee Land Use Designations Residential 1- 2 du/acre High Density Residential 6 - 12 du/acre Commercial Industrial Public Planned Community Plan Area Open Space Recreation Resource Conservation/Open Space Placer County Land Use Designations General Commercial Low Density Residential 1 - 5 DU./Ac. Medium Density Residential 5 - 10 DU./Ac. Open Space Professional Office Public/Quasi-Public Nevada County Land Use Designations Business Park Community Commercial Industrial Open Space Public 267 Nevada County Town of Truckee Town of Truckee Town of Truckee Placer County 2.0  PROJECT  DESCRIPTION     2.0-­‐24  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)                         This  page  left  intentionally  blank.   Joerger Ranch Specific Plan (PC-3) Figure 2-6. Proposed Zoning Districts D e N o v o P l a n n i n g G r o u p A Land Use Planning, Design, and Environmental FirmData soure: SCO Planning Engineering & Surveying PC-3/Joerger RanchProposed Zoning Exhibit B, 5/13/2011. Map date: May 2, 2012. 0 ' 2 0 0 ' N Joerger Ranch Specific Plan (PC-3) Figure 2-7. Tentative Map D e N o v o P l a n n i n g G r o u p A Land Use Planning, Design, and Environmental FirmData soure: SCO Planning Engineering & Surveying PC-3/Joerger RanchTentative Map Exhibit C, 5/13/2011. Map date: May 2, 2012. 0 ' 2 0 0 ' N) A IR  QUALITY    3.1     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.1-­‐1     This  section  describes  the  regional  air  quality,  current  attainment  status  of  the  air  basin,  local   sensitive   receptors,   emission   sources,   and   impacts   that   are   likely  t o  r e s u l t  f r o m  p r o j e c t   implementation.  Following  this  discussion  is  an  assessment  of  consistency  of  the  proposed  project   with  applicable  policies  and  local  plans.  The  Greenhouse  Gases  and  Climate  Change  analysis  is   located  in  Section  3.5.     3.1.1  EXISTING  S ETTING     M OUNTAIN  C OUNTIES  A IR  B ASIN   The  Town  of  Truckee  is  located  within  the  Mountain  Counties  Air  Basin  (MCAB),  which  contains   Nevada,   Sierra,   Plumas,   Amador,   Calaveras,   Tuolumne,   Mariposa   counties   and   a   portion   of   El   Dorado  and  Placer  County.  California  air  basin  boundary  designations  generally  cover  areas  that   share   similar   meteorological   and   geographic   conditions.  The   area   covered  in   the   MCAB  is   approximately  11,000  square  miles.     Topography   The  MCAB  includes  both  the  western  and  eastern  slopes  of  the  Sierra  Nevada  Mountains  including   much   of   the   Sierra   foothills.   As   such,   the   MCAB  exhibits   large   variations   in   terrain   and   consequently   exhibits   large   variations   in   climate.   The   western   portions  of   the  MCAB  s l o p e s   gradually,  with  deep  river  canyons  running  from  northeast  to  southwest  from  the  crest  of  the   Sierra  Nevada  range  to  the  Sacramento  Valley  floor.  East  of  the  divide,  the  slope  of  the  Sierra   Nevada  is  steeper,  but  river  canyons  are  relatively  shallow.  The  Town  of  Truckee  is  in  the  eastern   portion  of  the  MCAB,  which  is  in  the  higher  elevations.     Temperatures   Winter  temperatures  in  the  mountains  can  be  below  freezing  for  weeks  at  a  time,  and  substantial   depths  of  snow  can  accumulate.  In  the  summer,  temperatures  in  the  mountains  are  generally  mild,   with  daytime  peaks  in  the  70s  to  low  80s  F.   Precipitation   The   topography   of  Nevada   County  s t r o n g l y  a f f e c t s  t e m p e r a t u r e  a n d  r a i n f a l l  d i s t r i b u t i o n s .  T h e   coldest  temperatures  are  found  at  the  highest  elevations.  Average  annual  precipitation  generally   increases  with  altitude,  ranging  over  60  inches  near  the  crest  of  the  Sierra  Nevada  to  about  30   inches  at  the  eastern  end  of  Nevada  County.   Air  Movement   The  prevailing  wind  direction  over  the  Town  of  Truckee  is  westerly.  However,  the  terrain  of  the   region  h a s  a  g r e a t  i n f l u e n c e  o n  l o c a l  w i n d s ,  s o  t h a t  w i d e  v a r i a b i l i t y  i n  w i n d  d i r e c t i o n  c a n  b e   expected.  Afternoon  winds  are  generally  channeled  up  slopes  and  canyons,  while  nighttime  winds   generally  flow  down  slopes  and  canyon.  In  general,  winds  are  stronger  in  the  spring  and  summer   months  and  weaker  in  fall  and  winter  months.  Inversions  form  in  the  mountain  valleys  during   periods  of  calm  winds  and  clear  skies  in  fall  and  winter.     3.1  AIR  Q UALITY       3.1-­‐2  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     C RITERIA  P OLLUTANTS   The  United   States   Environmental   Protection   Agency   (EPA)   uses   six   "criteria   pollutants"   as   indicators  of  air  quality,  and  has  established  for  each  of  them  a  maximum  concentration  above   which  adverse  effects  on  human  health  may  occur.  These  threshold  concentrations  are  called   National  Ambient  Air  Quality  Standards  (NAAQS).  Each  criteria  pollutant  is  described  below.   Ozone  (O3)  is  a  photochemical  oxidant  and  the  major  component  of  smog.  While  O3  in  the  upper   atmosphere  is  beneficial  to  life  by  shielding  the  earth  from  harmful  ultraviolet  radiation  from  the   sun,  high  concentrations  of  O3  at  ground  level  are  a  major  health  and  environmental  concern.  O3  is   not   emitted   directly   into   the   air   but   is   formed   through   complex   chemical   reactions   between   precursor  emissions  of  volatile  organic  compounds  (VOC)  and  oxides  of  nitrogen  (NOx)  in  the   presence  of  sunlight.  These  reactions  are  stimulated  by  sunlight  and  temperature  so  that  peak  O3   levels  occur  typically  during  the  warmer  times  of  the  year.  Both  VOCs  and  NOx  are  emitted  by   transportation  and  industrial  sources.  VOCs  are  emitted  from  sources  as  diverse  as  autos,  chemical   manufacturing,  dry  cleaners,  paint  shops  and  other  sources  using  solvents.   The  reactivity  of  O3  causes  health  problems  because  it  damages  lung  tissue,  reduces  lung  function   and  sensitizes  the  lungs  to  other  irritants.  Scientific  evidence  indicates  that  ambient  levels  of  O3   not  only  affect  people  with  impaired  respiratory  systems,  such  as  asthmatics,  but  healthy  adults   and  children  as  well.  Exposure  to  O3  for  several  hours  at  relatively  low  concentrations  has  been   found  to  significantly  reduce  lung  function  and  induce  respiratory  inflammation  in  normal,  healthy   people  during  exercise.  This  decrease  in  lung  function  generally  is  accompanied  by  symptoms   including  chest  pain,  coughing,  sneezing  and  pulmonary  congestion.   Carbon  monoxide  (CO)  is  a  colorless,  odorless  and  poisonous  gas  produced  by  incomplete  burning   of  carbon  in  fuels.  When  CO  enters  the  bloodstream,  it  reduces  the  delivery  of  oxygen  to  the   body's   organs   and   tissues.   Health   threats   are   most   serious   for   those   who   suffer   from   cardiovascular  disease,  particularly  those  with  angina  or  peripheral  vascular  disease.  Exposure  to   elevated  CO  levels  can  cause  impairment  of  visual  perception,  manual  dexterity,  learning  ability   and  performance  of  complex  tasks.   Nitrogen  dioxide  (NO2)  is  a  brownish,  highly  reactive  gas  that  is  present  in  all  urban  atmospheres.   NO2  can  irritate  the  lungs,  cause  bronchitis  and  pneumonia,  and  lower  resistance  to  respiratory   infections.  Nitrogen  oxides  are  an  important  precursor  both  to  ozone  (O3)  and  acid  rain,  and  may   affect  both  terrestrial  and  aquatic  ecosystems.  The  major  mechanism  for  the  formation  of  NO2  in   the  atmosphere  is  the  oxidation  of  the  primary  air  pollutant  nitric  oxide  (NOx).  NOx  plays  a  major   role,  together  with  VOCs,  in  the  atmospheric  reactions  that  produce  O3.  NOx  forms  when  fuel  is   burned  at  high  temperatures.  The  two  major  emission  sources  are  transportation  and  stationary   fuel  combustion  sources  such  as  electric  utility  and  industrial  boilers.   Sulfur  dioxide  (SO2)  affects  breathing  and  may  aggravate  existing  respiratory  and  cardiovascular   disease   in   high   doses.   Sensitive   populations   include   asthmatics,   individuals   with   bronchitis   or   emphysema,  children  and  the  elderly.  SO2  is  also  a  primary  contributor  to  acid  deposition,  or  acid   rain,   which   causes   acidification   of   lakes   and   streams   and   can   damage   trees,   crops,   historic   AIR  QUALITY    3.1     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.1-­‐3     buildings  and  statues.  In  addition,  sulfur  compounds  in  the  air  contribute  to  visibility  impairment  in   large  parts  of  the  country.  This  is  especially  noticeable  in  national  parks.  Ambient  SO2  results   largely  from  stationary  sources  such  as  coal  and  oil  combustion,  steel  mills,  refineries,  pulp  and   paper  mills  and  from  nonferrous  smelters.   Particulate  matter  (PM)  includes  dust,  dirt,  soot,  smoke  and  liquid  droplets  directly  emitted  into   the  air  by  sources  such  as  factories,  power  plants,  cars,  construction  activity,  fires  and  natural   windblown  dust.  Particles  formed  in  the  atmosphere  by  condensation  or  the  transformation  of   emitted  gases  such  as  SO2  and  VOCs  are  also  considered  particulate  matter.   Based  on  studies  of  human  populations  exposed  to  high  concentrations  of  particles  (sometimes  in   the  presence  of  SO2)  and  laboratory  studies  of  animals  and  humans,  there  are  major  effects  of   concern   for   human   health.   These   include   effects   on   breathing   and   respiratory   symptoms,   aggravation  of  existing  respiratory  and  cardiovascular  disease,  alterations  in  the  body's  defense   systems  against  foreign  materials,  damage  to  lung  tissue,  carcinogenesis  and  premature  death.   Respirable  particulate  matter  (PM10)  consists  of  small  particles,  less  than  10  microns  in  diameter,   of  dust,  smoke,  or  droplets  of  liquid  which  penetrate  the  human  respiratory  system  and  cause   irritation  by  themselves,  or  in  combination  with  other  gases.  Particulate  matter  is  caused  primarily   by   dust   from   grading   and   excavation   activities,   from   agricultural   uses   (as   created   by   soil   preparation  activities,  fertilizer  and  pesticide  spraying,  weed  burning  and  animal  husbandry),  and   from  motor  vehicles,  particularly  diesel-­‐powered  vehicles.  PM10  causes  a  greater  health  risk  than   larger  particles,  since  these  fine  particles  can  more  easily  penetrate  the  defenses  of  the  human   respiratory  system.     Fine  particulate  matter  (PM2.5)  consists  of  small  particles,  which  are  less  than  2.5  microns  in  size.   Similar   to   PM10,   these   particles   are   primarily   the   result   of   combustion   in   motor   vehicles,   particularly  diesel  engines,  as  well  as  from  industrial  sources  and  residential/agricultural  activities   such  as  burning.  It  is  also  formed  through  the  reaction  of  other  pollutants.  As  with  PM10,  these   particulates  can  increase  the  chance  of  respiratory  disease,  and  cause  lung  damage  and  cancer.  In   1997,  the  EPA  created  new  Federal  air  quality  standards  for  PM2.5.     The   major   subgroups   of   the   population   that   appear   to   be   most   sensitive   to   the   effects   of   particulate   matter   include   individuals   with   chronic   obstructive   pulmonary   or   cardiovascular   disease   or   influenza,   asthmatics,   the   elderly   and   children.   Particulate   matter   also   soils   and   damages  materials,  and  is  a  major  cause  of  visibility  impairment.   Lead  (Pb)  exposure  can  occur  through  multiple  pathways,  including  inhalation  of  air  and  ingestion   of  Pb  in  food,  water,  soil  or  dust.  Excessive  Pb  exposure  can  cause  seizures,  mental  retardation   and/or  behavioral  disorders.  Low  doses  of  Pb  can  lead  to  central  nervous  system  damage.  Recent   studies  have  also  shown  that  Pb  may  be  a  factor  in  high  blood  pressure  and  subsequent  heart   disease.   3.1  AIR  Q UALITY       3.1-­‐4  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     O DORS   Typically   odors   are   regarded   as   an   annoyance   rather   than   a   health   hazard.   However,   manifestations  of  a  person’s  reaction  to  foul  odors  can  range  from  psychological  (e.g.,  irritation,   anger,  or  anxiety)  to  physiological  (e.g.,  circulatory  and  respiratory  effects,  nausea,  vomiting,  and   headache).   With  respect  to  odors,  the  human  nose  is  the  sole  sensing  device.  The  ability  to  detect  odors  varies   considerably   among   the   population   and   overall   is   quite   subjective.   Some   individuals   have   the   ability  to  smell  minute  quantities  of  specific  substances;  others  may  not  have  the  same  sensitivity   but  may  have  sensitivities  to  odors  of  other  substances.  In  addition,  people  may  have  different   reactions  to  the  same  odor;  in  fact,  an  odor  that  is  offensive  to  one  person  (e.g.,  from  a  fast-­‐food   restaurant)  may  be  perfectly  acceptable  to  another.     It  is  also  important  to  note  that  an  unfamiliar  odor  is  more  easily  detected  and  is  more  likely  to   cause  complaints  than  a  familiar  one.  This  is  because  of  the  phenomenon  known  as  odor  fatigue,   in  which  a  person  can  become  desensitized  to  almost  any  odor  and  recognition  only  occurs  with  an   alteration  in  the  intensity.   Quality  and  intensity  are  two  properties  present  in  any  odor.  The  quality  of  an  odor  indicates  the   nature  of  the  smell  experience.  For  instance,  if  a  person  describes  an  odor  as  flowery  or  sweet,   then  the  person  is  describing  the  quality  of  the  odor.  Intensity  refers  to  the  strength  of  the  odor.   For  example,  a  person  may  use  the  word  “strong”  to  describe  the  intensity  of  an  odor.  Odor   intensity  depends  on  the  odorant  concentration  in  the  air.     When  an  odorous  sample  is  progressively  diluted,  the  odorant  concentration  decreases.  As  this   occurs,   the   odor   intensity   weakens   and   eventually   becomes   so   low   that   the   detection   or   recognition  of  the  odor  is  quite  difficult.  At  some  point  during  dilution,  the  concentration  of  the   odorant  reaches  a  detection  threshold.  An  odorant  concentration  below  the  detection  threshold   means  that  the  concentration  in  the  air  is  not  detectable  by  the  average  human.   S ENSITIVE  R ECEPTORS   A  sensitive  receptor  is  a  location  where  human  populations,  especially  children,  seniors,  and  sick   persons,  are  present  and  where  there  is  a  reasonable  expectation  of  continuous  human  exposure   to  pollutants.  Examples  of  sensitive  receptors  include  residences,  hospitals  and  schools.   A MBIENT  A IR  Q UALITY   Both  the  U.S.  Environmental  Protection  Agency  (U.S.  EPA)  and  the  California  Air  Resources  Board   (CARB)  have  established  ambient  air  quality  standards  for  common  pollutants.  These  ambient  air   quality  standards  represent  safe  levels  of  contaminants  that  avoid  specific  adverse  health  effects   associated  with  each  pollutant.   The  federal  and  California  state  ambient  air  quality  standards  are  summarized  in  Table  3.1-­‐1  for   important  pollutants.  The  federal  and  state  ambient  standards  were  developed  independently,   although  both  processes  attempted  to  avoid  health-­‐related  effects.  As  a  result,  the  federal  and   AIR  QUALITY    3.1     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.1-­‐5     state  standards  differ  in  some  cases.  In  general,  the  California  state  standards  are  more  stringent.   This  is  particularly  true  for  ozone  and  particulate  matter  between  2.5  and  10  microns  in  diameter   (PM10).   The   U.S.   Environmental   Protection   Agency   established   new   national   air   quality   standards   for   ground-­‐level  ozone  and  for  fine  particulate  matter  in  1997.  The  1-­‐hour  ozone  standard  was  phased   out  and  replaced  by  an  8-­‐hour  standard  of  0.075  PPM.  Implementation  of  the  8-­‐hour  standard  was   delayed  by  litigation,  but  was  determined  to  be  valid  and  enforceable  by  the  U.S.  Supreme  Court  in   a  decision  issued  in  February  of  2001.   TABLE  3.1-­‐1:  FEDERAL  AND  STATE  AMBIENT  AIR  QUALITY  STANDARDS   POLLUTANT  AVERAGING  TIME  STATE  STANDARD  FEDERAL  PRIMARY  STANDARD   Ozone  1-­‐Hour   8-­‐Hour   0.09  ppm  (180  μg/m3)   0.070  ppm  (137  μg/m3)   -­‐-­‐   0.075  ppm  (147  μg/m3)   PM10  24-­‐Hour     Annual   50  μg/m3   20  μg/m3   150  μg/m3   -­‐-­‐   PM2.5  24-­‐Hour     Annual   -­‐-­‐   12  ug/m3   35  μg/m3   15.0  μg/m3   Carbon  Monoxide  8-­‐Hour   1-­‐Hour   9.0  ppm  (10mg/m3)   20  ppm  (23  mg/m3)   9  ppm  (10  mg/m3)   35  ppm  (40  mg/m3)   Nitrogen  Dioxide  Annual   1-­‐Hour   0.030  ppm  (57  μg/m3)   0.18  ppm  (339  μg/m3)   53  ppb  (100  μg/m3)   100  ppb  (188  μg/m3)     Sulfur  Dioxide   24-­‐Hour     3-­‐Hour   1-­‐Hour   0.04  ppm  (105  μg/m3)   -­‐-­‐   0.25  ppm  (655  μg/m3)     -­‐-­‐   -­‐-­‐   75  ppb  (196  μg/m3)   Lead   30-­‐Day  Avg   Calendar  Quarter   3-­‐Month  Avg.   1.5  μg/m3   -­‐-­‐   -­‐-­‐   -­‐-­‐   1.5  μg/m3   0.15  μg/m3   SOURCE:  CALIFORNIA  AIR  RESOURCES  BOARD,  2012   Notes:  ppm  =  parts  per  million,  ug/m3  =  Micrograms  per  Cubic  Meter   In  addition  to  the  criteria  pollutants  discussed  above,  Toxic  Air  Contaminants  (TACs)  are  another   group  of  pollutants  of  concern.  TACs  are  injurious  in  small  quantities  and  are  regulated  despite  the   absence  of  criteria  documents.  The  identification,  regulation  and  monitoring  of  TACs  is  relatively   recent  compared  to  that  for  criteria  pollutants.  Unlike  criteria  pollutants,  TACs  are  regulated  on   the  basis  of  risk  rather  than  specification  of  safe  levels  of  contamination.     Attainment  Status   In  accordance  with  the  California  Clean  Air  Act  (CCAA),  the  CARB  is  required  to  designate  areas  of   the  state  as  attainment,  nonattainment,  or  unclassified  with  respect  to  applicable  standards.  An   “attainment”  designation  for  an  area  signifies  that  pollutant  concentrations  did  not  violate  the   applicable   standard   in   that   area.   A   “nonattainment”   designation   indicates   that   a   pollutant   concentration  violated  the  applicable  standard  at  least  once,  excluding  those  occasions  when  a   violation  was  caused  by  an  exceptional  event,  as  defined  in  the  criteria.     Depending   on   the   frequency   and   severity   of   pollutants   exceeding   applicable   standards,   the   nonattainment   designation   can   be   further   classified   as   serious   nonattainment,   severe   nonattainment,  or  extreme  nonattainment,  with  extreme  nonattainment  being  the  most  severe  of   the  classifications.  An  “unclassified”  designation  signifies  that  the  data  do  not  support  either  an   3.1  AIR  Q UALITY       3.1-­‐6  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     attainment  or  nonattainment  status.  The  CCAA  divides  districts  into  moderate,  serious,  and  severe   air   pollution   categories,   with   increasingly   stringent   control   requirements   mandated   for   each   category.   The  U.S.  EPA  designates  areas  for  ozone  (O3),  carbon  monoxide  (CO),  and  nitrogen  dioxide  (NO2)  as   “does   not   meet   the   primary   standards,”   “cannot   be   classified,”   or   “better   than   national   standards.”   For   sulfur   dioxide   (SO2),   areas   are   designated   as   “does   not   meet   the   primary   standards,”   “does   not   meet   the   secondary   standards,”   “cannot   be   classified,”   or   “better   than   national   standards.”   However,   the   CARB   terminology   of   attainment,   nonattainment,   and   unclassified  is  more  frequently  used.     Nevada   County   has   a   state   designation   of   nonattainment   for  Ozone   and   PM10,   and   is   either   attainment  or  unclassified  for  all  other  state  criteria  pollutants.  Nevada  County  is  designated  either   attainment  or  unclassified  for  all  national  standards.  Table  3.1-­‐2  presents  the  state  and  national   attainment  status  for  Nevada  County.     TABLE  3.1-­‐2:  STATE  AND  NATIONAL  ATTAINMENT  STATUS   CRITERIA  POLLUTANTS  STATE  DESIGNATIONS  NATIONAL  DESIGNATIONS   Ozone  Nonattainment  Unclassified/Attainment  (Eastern  County)   PM10  Nonattainment  Unclassified   PM2.5  Attainment  Unclassified/Attainment   Carbon  Monoxide  Unclassified  Unclassified/Attainment   Nitrogen  Dioxide  Attainment  Unclassified/Attainment   Sulfur  Dioxide  Attainment  Unclassified   Sulfates  Attainment  N/A   Lead  Attainment  N/A   Hydrogen  Sulfide  Unclassified  N/A   Visibility  Reducing  Particles  Unclassified  N/A   SOURCES:  CALIFORNIA  AIR  RESOURCES  BOARD  (2012).   N/A=  NOT  APPLICABLE   Nevada  County  Air  Quality  Monitoring   There  is  an  air  quality  monitoring  site  at  the  Truckee  Fire  Station.  This  site  monitors  1-­‐hour  and  24-­‐ hour  ozone,  as  well  as  PM2.5.  Data  obtained  from  the  monitoring  site  between  2007  and  2009  is   shown  in  Tables  3.1-­‐3.     TABLE  3.1-­‐3:  AMBIENT  AIR  QUALITY  MONITORING  DATA  (TRUCKEE  –  FIRE  STATION)   CAL.  FED.  POLLUTANT  PRIMARY  STANDARD  YEAR  MAX  CONCENTRATION  DAYS  EXCEEDED     STATE/FED  STANDARD   Ozone  (O3)   (1-­‐hour)   0.09  ppm  (180   μg/m3)  -­‐-­‐   2011   2010   2009   0.058   0.065   *   0  /  (N/A)   0  /  (N/A)   *  /  (N/A)   Ozone  (O3)   (8-­‐hour)   0.070  ppm   (137  μg/m3)   0.075  ppm   (147  μg/m3)   2011   2010   2009   0.053   0.053   *   0  /  0   0  /  0   *  /  *   Particulate   Matter  (PM10)   (24-­‐hour)   50  μg/m3  150  μg/m3  Not  collected  at  this  site.   Fine  Particulate   Matter  (PM2.5)   (24-­‐hour)   -­‐-­‐  35  μg/m3   2011   2010   2009   68.9   31.7   34.4   (N/A)  /  0   (N/A)  /  0   (N/A)  /  0   SOURCES:  CALIFORNIA  AIR  RESOURCES  BOARD  (ADAM)  AIR  POLLUTION  SUMMARIES,  2013.   AIR  QUALITY    3.1     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.1-­‐7     3.1.2  REGULATORY  S ETTING   F EDERAL   Clean  Air  Act   The  Federal  Clean  Air  Act  (FCAA)  was  first  signed  into  law  in  1970.  In  1977,  and  again  in  1990,  the   law  was  substantially  amended.  The  FCAA  is  the  foundation  for  a  national  air  pollution  control   effort,   and   it   is   composed   of   the   following   basic   elements:   NAAQS   for   criteria   air   pollutants,   hazardous   air   pollutant   standards,   state   attainment   plans,   motor   vehicle   emissions   standards,   stationary   source   emissions   standards   and   permits,   acid   rain   control   measures,   stratospheric   ozone  protection,  and  enforcement  provisions.   The  EPA  is  responsible  for  administering  the  FCAA.  The  FCAA  requires  the  EPA  to  set  NAAQS  for   several  problem  air  pollutants  based  on  human  health  and  welfare  criteria.  Two  types  of  NAAQS   were  established:  primary  standards,  which  protect  public  health,  and  secondary  standards,  which   protect  the  public  welfare  from  non-­‐health-­‐related  adverse  effects  such  as  visibility  reduction.   The  law  recognizes  the  importance  for  each  state  to  locally  carry  out  the  requirements  of  the   FCAA,  as  special  consideration  of  local  industries,  geography,  housing  patterns,  etc.  is  needed  to   have  full  comprehension  of  the  local  pollution  control  problems.  As  a  result,  the  EPA  requires  each   state  to  develop  a  State  Implementation  Plan  (SIP)  that  explains  how  each  state  will  implement  the   FCAA  within  their  jurisdiction.  A  SIP  is  a  collection  of  rules  and  regulations  that  a  particular  state   will  implement  to  control  air  quality  within  their  jurisdiction.  CARB  is  the  state  agency  that  is   responsible  for  preparing  the  California  SIP.   Transportation  Control  Measures     One  particular  aspect  of  the  SIP  development  process  is  the  consideration  of  potential  control   measures  as  a  part  of  making  progress  towards  clean  air  goals.  While  most  SIP  control  measures   are   aimed   at   reducing   emissions   from   stationary   sources,   some   are   typically   also   created   to   address  mobile  or  transportation  sources.  These  are  known  as  transportation  control  measures   (TCMs).  TCM  strategies  are  designed  to  reduce  vehicle  miles  traveled  and  trips,  or  vehicle  idling   and  associated  air  pollution.  These  goals  are  achieved  by  developing  attractive  and  convenient   alternatives   to   single-­‐occupant   vehicle   use.   Examples   of   TCMs   include   ridesharing   programs,   transportation   infrastructure   improvements   such   as   adding   bicycle   and   carpool   lanes,   and   expansion  of  public  transit.     Air  Quality  Standards   National   Ambient   Air   Quality   Standards   (NAAQS)  a r e  d e t e r m i n e d  b y  t h e  E P A .  T h e  s t a n d a r d s   include   both   primary  a n d  s e c o n d a r y  a m b i e n t  a i r  q u a l i t y  s t a n d a r d s .  P r i m a r y  s t a n d a r d s  a r e   established  with  a  safety  margin.  Secondary  standards  are  more  stringent  than  primary  standards   and  are  intended  to  protect  public  health  and  welfare.  States  have  the  ability  to  set  standards  that   are   more   stringent   than   the   federal   standards.   As   such,   California   established   more   stringent   ambient  air  quality  standards.   3.1  AIR  Q UALITY       3.1-­‐8  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     Federal   and   state   ambient   air   quality   standards   have   been   established   for   ozone,   carbon   monoxide,  nitrogen  dioxide,  sulfur  dioxide,  suspended  particulates  (PM10)  and  lead.  In  addition,   California  has  created  standards  for  pollutants  that  are  not  covered  by  federal  standards.  The  state   and  federal  primary  standards  for  major  pollutants  are  shown  in  Table  3.1-­‐1.   S TATE   CARB  Mobile-­Source  Regulation     The   State   of   California   is   responsible   for   controlling   emissions   from   the   operation   of   motor   vehicles  in  the  state.  Rather  than  mandating  the  use  of  specific  technology  or  the  reliance  on  a   specific  fuel,  the  CARB’s  motor  vehicle  standards  specify  the  allowable  grams  of  pollution  per  mile   driven.  In  other  words,  the  regulations  focus  on  the  reductions  needed  rather  than  on  the  manner   in  which  they  are  achieved.  Towards  this  end,  the  CARB  has  adopted  regulations  which  required   auto  manufacturers  to  phase  in  less  polluting  vehicles.     California  Clean  Air  Act   The   California   Clean   Air   Act   (CCAA)   was   first   signed   into   law   in   1988.   The   CCAA   provides   a   comprehensive  framework  for  air  quality  planning  and  regulation,  and  spells  out,  in  statute,  the   state’s  air  quality  goals,  planning  and  regulatory  strategies,  and  performance.  CARB  is  the  agency   responsible  for  administering  the  CCAA.  CARB  established  ambient  air  quality  standards  pursuant   to  the  California  Health  and  Safety  Code  (CH&SC)  [§39606(b)],  which  are  similar  to  the  federal   standards.   Tanner  Air  Toxics  Act     California  regulates  TACs  primarily  through  the  Tanner  Air  Toxics  Act  (AB  1807)  and  the  Air  Toxics   Hot  Spots  Information  and  Assessment  Act  of  1987  (AB  2588).  The  Tanner  Act  sets  forth  a  formal   procedure  for  ARB  to  designate  substances  as  TACs.  This  includes  research,  public  participation,   and   scientific   peer   review   before   ARB   can   designate   a   substance   as   a   TAC.   To   date,   ARB   has   identified  more  than  21  TACs  and  has  adopted  EPA’s  list  of  HAPs  as  TACs.  Most  recently,  diesel  PM   was  added  to  the  ARB  list  of  TACs.  Once  a  TAC  is  identified,  ARB  then  adopts  an  Airborne  Toxics   Control  Measure  (ATCM)  for  sources  that  emit  that  particular  TAC.  If  there  is  a  safe  threshold  for  a   substance  at  which  there  is  no  toxic  effect,  the  control  measure  must  reduce  exposure  below  that   threshold.  If  there  is  no  safe  threshold,  the  measure  must  incorporate  BACT  to  minimize  emissions.   The  AB  2588  requires  that  existing  facilities  that  emit  toxic  substances  above  a  specified  level   prepare  a  toxic-­‐emission  inventory,  prepare  a  risk  assessment  if  emissions  are  significant,  notify   the  public  of  significant  risk  levels,  and  prepare  and  implement  risk  reduction  measures.  ARB  has   adopted  diesel  exhaust  control  measures  and  more  stringent  emission  standards  for  various  on-­‐ road  mobile  sources  of  emissions,  including  transit  buses  and  off-­‐road  diesel  equipment  (e.g.,   tractors,   generators).   In   February   2000,   ARB   adopted   a   new   public-­‐transit   bus-­‐fleet   rule   and   emission  standards  for  new  urban  buses.  These  rules  and  standards  provide  for  (1)  more  stringent   emission  standards  for  some  new  urban  bus  engines,  beginning  with  2002  model  year  engines;  (2)   zero-­‐emission  bus  demonstration  and  purchase  requirements  applicable  to  transit  agencies;  and   AIR  QUALITY    3.1     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.1-­‐9     (3)  reporting  requirements  under  which  transit  agencies  must  demonstrate  compliance  with  the   urban  transit  bus  fleet  rule.  Upcoming  milestones  include  the  low-­‐sulfur  diesel-­‐fuel  requirement,   and  tighter  emission  standards  for  heavy-­‐duty  diesel  trucks  (2007)  and  off-­‐road  diesel  equipment   (2011)  nationwide.   L OCAL   Northern  Sierra  Air  Quality  Management  District   The  Northern  Sierra  Air  Quality  Management  District  (NSAQMD)  is  the  local  agency  with  primary   responsibility  for  compliance  with  both  the  federal  and  state  standards  and  for  ensuring  that  air   quality  conditions  are  maintained.  They  do  this  through  a  comprehensive  program  of  planning,   regulation,  enforcement,  technical  innovation,  and  promotion  of  the  understanding  of  air  quality   issues.   Activities   of   the   NSAQMD   include   the   preparation   of   plans   for   the   attainment   of   ambient   air   quality  standards,  adoption  and  enforcement  of  rules  and  regulations  concerning  sources  of  air   pollution,   issuance   of   permits   for   stationary   sources   of   air   pollution,   inspection   of   stationary   sources  of  air  pollution  and  response  to  citizen  complaints,  monitoring  of  ambient  air  quality  and   meteorological  conditions,  and  implementation  of  programs  and  regulations  required  by  the  FCAA   and  CCAA.     Fugitive  Dust  Control   Rule  226  –  Dust  Control   Rule  226  is  intended  to  reduce  and  control  fugitive  dust  emissions  to  the  atmosphere.  This  rule   applies   to   public   and   private   construction   activities,   including   dismantling/demolition   of   structures,   processing/moving   materials  ( s a n d ,  g r a v e l ,  r o c k ,  d i r t ,  e t c . ) ,  and   operation  o f   machines/equipment.   The   rule   requires   the   preparation   of   a   dust   control   plan   the   uses   of   reasonable  precautions  to  prevent  dust  emissions.  Such  precautions  may  include,  cessation  of   operations,  cleanup,  sweeping,  sprinkling,  compacting,  enclosure,  chemical  or  asphalt  sealing,  and   use  of  wind  screens  or  snow  fences.     Town  of  Truckee  General  Plan   The  Town  of  Truckee  2025  General  Plan  identifies  specific  goals  and  policies  regarding  air  quality.   Table   3.1-­‐4   analyzes   the   project’s   consistency   with   applicable   Town   of   Truckee   General   Plan   policies.  While  this  EIR  analyzes  the  project’s  consistency  with  the  Town  of  Truckee  General  Plan   pursuant   to   CEQA   Section   15125(d),   the   Town   of   Truckee   would   ultimately   make   the   determination  of  the  project’s  consistency  with  the  General  Plan.     3.1  AIR  Q UALITY       3.1-­‐10  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)       TABLE  3.1-­‐4:  CONSISTENCY  ANALYSIS   GENERAL  PLAN  GOALS  AND  POLICIES    CONSISTENT?    ANALYSIS     Conservation  and  Open  Space  Policy  13.1:  Require   multi-­‐family  residential,  commercial,  industrial,   subdivisions  and  other  discretionary  development  to   maintain  consistency  with  the  goals,  policies  and   control  strategies  of  the  Town’s  Particulate  Matter  Air   Quality  Management  Plan.   Yes   The  development  will  be  consistent  with   the  Town’s  Particulate  Matter  Air  Quality   Management  Plan.  See  the  bottom  of  this   table  for  a  consistency  analysis  of  relevant   policies  from  the  plan.   Conservation  and  Open  Space  Policy  13.2:  Existing   non-­‐paved  roads  within  new  development  and   subdivision,  and  existing  off-­‐site  non-­‐paved  roads  that   serve  new  development  and  subdivisions  shall  be   paved  to  the  extent  necessary  to  offset  emissions   generated  by  the  development  and  subdivision  traffic   to  the  degree  feasible.  New  non-­‐paved  roads  shall  not   be  allowed  for  new  development  and  subdivisions   except  for  single  family  residences,  secondary   residential  units  and  duplexes  on  existing  lots.  New   paving  shall  take  into  consideration  the  policies  under   Goal  COS-­‐11  concerning  minimization  of  impacts  to   water  quality  and  groundwater  recharge  that  may   result  from  increases  in  paved  areas.     Yes  Onsite  roadways  are  proposed  to  be  paved.     Conservation  and  Open  Space  Policy  13.3:  Require  all   construction  projects  to  implement  dust  control   measures  to  reduce  particulate  matter  emissions  due   to  disturbance  of  exposed  top-­‐soils.  Such  measures   would  include  watering  of  active  areas  where   disturbance  occurs,  covering  haul  loads,  maintaining   clean  access  roads,  and  cleaning  the  wheels  of   construction  vehicles  accessing  disturbed  areas  of  the   site.     Yes   Mitigation  measures  are  included  that   require  compliance  with  NSAQMD  Rule   226  (Dust  Control  Plan)  and  that  require   the  implementation  of  various  standard   NSAQMD  recommended  measures   specifically  intended  to  reduce  PM10  during   construction.     Conservation  and  Open  Space  Policy  15.5:  Encourage   new  private  and  public  development  to  maximize   opportunities  for  use  of  passive  or  natural  heating  and   cooling  and  encourage  sites  with  solar  opportunities   to  be  designed  with  natural  heating  and  cooling   principles.     Yes   Mitigation  has  been  incorporated  that   requires  incorporation  of  energy-­‐saving   features  in  the  design  and  construction  of   onsite  uses.     Town  of  Truckee  Particulate  Matter  Air  Quality  Management  Plan     Objective  1:  New  development  will  mitigate  to  the   maximum  extent  feasible  its  particulate  matter   emissions  from  solid  fuel  burning  devices  and  re-­‐ entrained  road  dust.     Yes   Mitigation  has  been  incorporated   prohibiting  the  inclusion  of  wood-­‐burning   appliances  and  requiring  that  onsite   roadways  be  paved.     Objective  5:  Innovative  technologies  for  heating  and   building  energy  conservation  practices  will  be   encouraged  to  reduce  reliance  on  solid  fuel  burning   devices  and  other  heating  devices  which  generate   particulate  matter  emissions.     Yes   Mitigation  has  been  incorporated  that   requires  incorporation  of  energy-­‐saving   features  in  the  design  and  construction  of   onsite  uses  and  to  prohibit  the  inclusion  of   wood-­‐burning  appliances     SOURCE:  DE  NOVO  PLANNING  GROUP  (2011).   Town  of  Truckee  Particulate  Matter  Air  Quality  Management  Plan   On  J u l y  1 5 ,  1 9 9 9 ,  the   Truckee   Town   Council   adopted   the   Particulate   Matter   Air   Quality   Management  Plan  (AQMP)  (Resolution  No.  99-­‐39).  The  goal  of  the  AQMP  is  to  assist  the  NSAQMD   in  achieving  and  maintaining  compliance  with  National  and  State  Ambient  Air  Quality  Standards  for   particulate  matter.  The  AQMP  establishes  annual  emission  goals  for  the  Town  and,  on  an  annual   AIR  QUALITY    3.1     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.1-­‐11     basis,   requires   the   preparation   of   a   report   that   analyzes   local   air   quality   monitoring   data   for   particulate   matter   and   the   Town’s   compliance   with   national   and   state   ambient   air   quality   standards.   A   key   control   strategy   of   the   AQMP   is   to   limit   emissions   from   solid   fuel   burning   appliances   associated   with   residential   development.   Larger   development   projects   are   also   required  to  fully  offset  predicted  increases  in  emissions.  The  AQMP  defines  larger  development   projects   as   consisting   of   “100   or   more   single-­‐family   residential   lots,   200   or   more   multi-­‐family   residential  units,  40,000  square  feet  or  more  of  office,  commercial,  and/or  industrial  floor  space,   or  any  equivalent  combination  thereof”  (Town  of  Truckee  1999).  Table  3.1-­‐4  above  provides  a   discussion  of  the  proposed  project’s  consistency  with  applicable  objectives  of  the  AQMP.   Town  of  Truckee  Municipal  Code   Title   7   of   the   Town   of   Truckee   Municipal   Code   establishes   emission   limits   for   wood-­‐burning   devices  (i.e.,  stoves  and  fireplaces).  Accordingly,  emissions  from  such  devices  should  not  exceed   the  emission  requirements  for  an  EPA-­‐certified  Phase  II  woodstove.  More  than  one  wood-­‐burning   device  can  be  installed  if  the  total  emissions  do  not  exceed  7.5  grams  per  hour  or  an  existing   device  is  being  replaced.  A  building  permit  from  the  Building  &  Safety  Division  must  be  obtained   for   the   installation   of   any   new   wood-­‐burning   device.   Title   18   of   the   Town’s   Municipal   Code   includes  requirements  for  preparation  of  a  dust  suppression  plan  for  grading  projects,  restrictions   on  grading  and  earth  moving  activities  during  windy  periods,  application  of  dust  control  measures,   and  restrictions  pertaining  to  open  burning  and  clearing  of  vegetation.  Restrictions  on  construction   equipment  idling  and  required  maintenance  of  construction  equipment  are  also  included  in  the   Town’s  Municipal  Code.   3.1.3  IMPACTS  AND  M ITIGATION  MEASURES   T HRESHOLDS  OF  S IGNIFICANCE   Consistent  with  Appendix  G  of  the  CEQA  Guidelines,  the  proposed  project  will  have  a  significant   impact  on  the  environment  associated  with  air  quality  if  it  will:   • Conflict  with  or  obstruct  implementation  of  the  applicable  air  quality  plan;   • Cause  a  violation  of  any  air  quality  standard  or  contribute  substantially  to  an  existing  or   projected  air  quality  violation;   • Result  in  a  cumulatively  considerable  net  increase  of  any  criteria  pollutant  for  which  the   project  region  is  in  non-­‐attainment  under  an  applicable  federal  or  state  ambient  air  quality   standard  (including  releasing  emissions  which  exceed  quantitative  thresholds  for  ozone   precursors);   • Expose  sensitive  receptors  to  substantial  pollutant  concentrations;   • Create  objectionable  odors  affecting  a  substantial  number  of  people.   3.1  AIR  Q UALITY       3.1-­‐12  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     I MPACTS  AND  M ITIGATION  M EASURES   Impact  3.1-­1:  Project  operations  have  the  potential  to  cause  a  violation  of   an  air  quality  standard  or  contribute  substantially  to  an  existing  or   projected  air  quality  violation  (Significant  and  Unavoidable)   The   proposed   project   would   be   a   direct   and   indirect   source   of   air   pollution,   in   that   it   would   generate  and  attract  vehicle  trips  in  the  region  (mobile  source  emissions)  and  it  would  increase   area  source  emissions  and  energy  consumption.  The  mobile  source  emissions  would  be  entirely   from  vehicles,  while  the  area  source  emissions  would  be  primarily  from  the  use  of  natural  gas  fuel   combustion,   hearth   fuel   combustion,   landscape   fuel   combustion,   consumer   products,   and   architectural  coatings.     Thresholds  of  significance  illustrate  the  extent  of  a  source’s  impacts  and  are  a  basis  from  which  to   apply  mitigation  measures.  The  NSAQMD  has  developed  a  tiered  approach  to  significance  levels;  a   project  with  emissions  qualifying  it  for  Level  A  thresholds  will  require  the  most  basic  mitigations.   Projects  which  qualify  for  Level  B  will  require  more  extensive  mitigation,  and  subsequently,  those   projects  which  qualify  for  Level  C  will  require  the  most  extensive  application  of  mitigation.  Table   3.1-­‐5  provides  the  project-­‐level  operational  threshold  of  significance  for  ROG,  NOx,  and  PM10.   There  is  no  threshold  established  for  PM2.5.   TABLE  3.1-­‐5:    OPERATIONAL  EMISSION  THRESHOLDS   ROG  NOx  PM10  PM2.5   Level  A   Threshold    ≤24  lbs/day    ≤24  lbs/day  79  lbs/day    N/A   Level  B   Threshold    25-­‐136  lbs/day    25-­‐136  lbs/day  80-­‐136  lbs/day    N/A   Level  C   Threshold    ≥137  lbs/day    ≥137  lbs/day  ≥137  lbs/day  N/A   SOURCES:  NORTHERN  SIERRA  AQMD(2011)   The  California  Emission  Estimator  Model  (CalEEMod)TM  (v.2011.1.14)  was  used  to  estimate  project-­‐ level   operational   emissions   for   the   proposed   project.   Table   3.1-­‐6  s h o w s  t h e  e m i s s i o n s ,  w h i c h   include  mobile  source,  area  source,  and  energy  emissions  of  criteria  pollutants  that  would  result   from  operations  of  the  proposed  project.     TABLE  3.1-­‐6:    OPERATIONAL  EMISSIONS  (UNMITIGATED)    ROG  NOx  Fugitive   PM10   Exhaust   PM10   PM10   Total   Fugitive   PM2.5   Exhaust   PM2.5   PM2.5   Total   Summer  (maximum  daily  lbs/day) Area  40.92  0.44    0.00  4.78    0.00  4.78   Energy  0.32  2.93    0.00  0.22    0.00  0.22   Mobile  175.90  507.84  153.58  12.66  166.25  5.73  12.66  18.39   Total  217.14  511.21  153.58  12.66  171.25  5.73  12.66  23.39   AIR  QUALITY    3.1     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.1-­‐13      ROG  NOx  Fugitive   PM10   Exhaust   PM10   PM10   Total   Fugitive   PM2.5   Exhaust   PM2.5   PM2.5   Total   Winter  (maximum  lbs/day)   Area  40.92  0.44    0.00  4.78    0.00  4.78   Energy  0.32  2.93    0.00  0.22    0.00  0.22   Mobile  176.40  512.13  153.58  13.25  166.84  5.73  13.25  18.98   Total  217.64  515.50  153.58  13.25  171.84  5.73  13.25  23.98   Annual  (tons/year) Area  6.06  0.04    0.00  0.46    0.00  0.46   Energy  0.06  0.53    0.00  0.04    0.00  0.04   Mobile  24.78  76.81  17.02  1.92  18.94  0.85  1.92  2.77   Total  30.90  77.38  17.02  1.92  19.44  0.85  1.92  3.27   SOURCES:  CALEEMOD  (V.2011.1.1)   As   shown   in   the   table   above,  operational  ROG,  NOx   and   PM10  e m i s s i o n s  e x c e e d  t h e  Level   C   threshold  of  significance.  The  NSAQMD  has  determined  that  projects  with  emissions  that  exceed   this  Level  C  threshold  will  have  a  significant  impact  and  require  mitigation  to  reduce  emissions  to   the  extent  possible.     In  addition  to  the  thresholds  of  significance  established  by  the  NSAQMD,  the  project  is  also  subject   to  the  requirements  of  the  Town  of  Truckee  Particulate  Matter  Air  Quality  Management  Plan.    As   described  in  Chapter  7-­‐  Control  Strategies,  #3-­‐  Large  Project  Emissions  Offsets,  of  the  Truckee   Particulate  Matter  Air  Quality  Management  Plan,  PM  emissions  from  large  projects,  which  are   defined  as  projects  that  result  in  100  or  more  single  family  residential  lots,  200  or  more  multi-­‐ family  residential  units,  40,000  square  feet  or  more  of  office,  commercial,  and/or  industrial  floor   space,  or  any  equivalent  combination  thereof,  shall  be  offset  by  100%  of  the  emissions  of  PM   generated.       The  California  Emission  Estimator  Model  (CalEEMod)TM  (v.2011.1.14)  was  used  to  estimate  project-­‐ level   operational   emissions   for   the   proposed   project   with   the   implementation   of   mitigation   measures.  Mitigation  inputs  included  the  following:     Area  Source:   • only  using  natural  gas  burning  fireplaces/hearths   • low  VOC  paints  and  cleaning  supplies.     Energy  Source   • Exceed  Title  24  by  15%   • Install  high  efficiency  lighting  (indoor  and  outdoor)   • Install  high  efficiency  appliances  (refrigerator,  fans,  washers)   3.1  AIR  Q UALITY       3.1-­‐14  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     Mobile  Source:   • Increase  residential  density  to  12  units/acre   • Increase  walkability  design  (four  intersections  to  four  per  square  mile)   • Improve  destination  accessibility  (distance  to  downtown/job  center-­‐two  miles)   • Increase  transit  accessibility  (distance  to  transit  station-­‐.25  miles)   • Improve   pedestrian   network   (project   site   and   connecting   to   offsite-­‐50%   streets/intersections  with  improvement)   • Encourage  telecommuting  and  alternative  work  schedules  (10%  employee  work  9/80)   Table  3.1-­‐7  shows  the  project-­‐level  operational  emissions,  which  include  area,  energy,  and  mobile   source  emissions  that  would  result  from  operations  of  the  proposed  project  with  mitigation.     TABLE  3.1-­‐7:    OPERATIONAL  EMISSIONS  (MITIGATED)    ROG  NOx  Fugitive   PM10   Exhaust   PM10   PM10   Total   Fugitive   PM2.5   Exhaust   PM2.5   PM2.5   Total   Summer  (maximum  daily  lbs/day)   Area  15.17  0.04    0.00  0.07    0.00  0.07   Energy  0.29  2.60    0.00  0.20    0.00  0.20   Mobile  166.20  474.71  136.12  11.44  147.56  5.08  11.44  16.51   Total  181.66  477.35  136.12  11.44  147.83  5.08  11.44  16.78   Winter  (maximum  lbs/day)   Area  15.17  0.04    0.00  0.07    0.00  0.07   Energy  0.29  2.60    0.00  0.20    0.00  0.20   Mobile  165.63  477.41  136.12  12.03  148.15  5.08  12.03  17.10   Total  181.09  480.05  136.12  12.03  148.42  5.08  12.03  17.37   Annual  (tons/year)   Area  2.76  0.01    0.00  0.01    0.00  0.01   Energy  0.05  0.47    0.00  0.04    0.00  0.04   Mobile  23.31  71.66  15.09  1.74  16.82  0.75  1.74  2.49   Total  26.12  72.14  15.09  1.74  16.87  0.75  1.74  2.54   SOURCES:  CALEEMOD  (V.2011.1.1)   As   shown   in   the   table   above,   emissions   are   reduced  w i t h  t h e  i m p l e m e n t a t i o n  o f  m i t i g a t i o n   measures;  however,  the  residual  level  is  not  below  the  Level  C  thresholds  of  significance.  As  such,   implementation  of  the  proposed  project  would  have  a  significant  and  unavoidable  impact  relative   to  this  topic.     AIR  QUALITY    3.1     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.1-­‐15     MITIGATION  MEASURES   Mitigation  Measure  3.1-­‐1:  To  reduce  Area  Source  Emissions,  the  project  applicant  shall  implement   the  following:   • Only  natural  gas  burning  fireplaces/hearths  (i.e.  no  wood  burning  fireplaces/hearths  shall   be   allowed).   Wording   relating   to   this   restriction   shall   be   included   within   the   project’s   CC&R’s.   • Only  low  VOC  paint  and  architectural  coatings  (interior  and  exterior)  shall  be  used  on  the   project  site.  The  use  and  application  of  all  paints  and  architectural  coatings  shall  meet  the   requirements   of   Rule   218   of   the   Placer   County   Air   Pollution   Control   District.  Wording   relating  to  this  restriction  shall  be  included  within  the  project’s  CC&R’s.   Mitigation   Measure  3 . 1-­‐2:   To   reduce  Energy  S o u r c e  E m i s s i o n s ,  t h e  p r o j e c t  a p p l i c a n t  s h a l l   implement  the  following:   • Residential  dwellings  shall  be  designed  to  exceed  applicable  Title  24  energy  standards  by   15%.     • Non-­‐residential  structures  shall  be  designed  and  constructed  to  achieve  LEED  certification   requirements,  or  an  equivalent  level  of  energy  efficiency.       • Install  high  efficiency  lighting  (indoor  and  outdoor)   • Install  high  efficiency  appliances  (refrigerator,  fans,  washers)   • Structures   shall   be   solar   oriented   (predominantly   north-­‐south   facing   direction),   to   the   extent  practical,  and  plant  low-­‐emitting  shade  tree  and  shrub  species  near  structures  in   such  an  arrangement  to  shade  and  cool  structures  during  warmer  seasons  yet  allow  for   solar  heating  and  wind  breaks  during  cooler  months.   • Landscape  with  native  drought-­‐resistant  species  (plants,  trees,  and  shrubs)  to  reduce  the   demand  for  gas-­‐powered  landscape  maintenance  equipment.   • Incorporate  passive  solar  space  heating  designs  and  solar  water  heaters  into  residential   units.   • Install   energy-­‐efficient   heating   and   other   appliances,   such   as   water   heaters,   cooking   equipment,  refrigerators,  furnaces,  and  boiler  units.   • Electrical  outlets  should  be  installed  on  the  exterior  walls  of  all  residential  and  commercial   buildings   to   promote   the   use   of   electric   or   battery   operated   yard   and   landscaping   equipment.   Mitigation   Measure   3.1-­‐3:   To   reduce  Mobile  S o u r c e  E m i s s i o n s ,  t h e  project   applicant   shall   implement  the  following:   • Street  shall  be  designed  to  maximize  pedestrian  access  to  transit  stops.   • Provide   for   on-­‐site   road   and   off-­‐site   bus   turnouts,   passenger   benches   and   shelters   as   demand  and  service  routes  warrant  subject  to  review  and  approval  by  local  transportation   planning  agencies.   • Safe   and   convenient   bicycle   and   pedestrian   paths/sidewalks   connecting   proposed   residential  uses  to  nearby  trails  and  commercial  land  uses.   3.1  AIR  Q UALITY       3.1-­‐16  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     • Encourage  telecommuting  and  alternative  work  schedules  (10%  employee  work  9/80)   • Ensure  that  the  final  design  includes:   o Residential  density  at  a  minimum  of  12  units/acre.   o A  walkable  design/improved  pedestrian  network  (i.e.  walkways,  paths,  sidewalks,   trails,  etc.).   o Destination  accessibility  (connectivity  to/from  project  amenities).   o Increase  transit  accessibility  (ensure  that  the  minimum  distance  to  a  transit/bus   facility  is  .25  miles).   Mitigation  Measure  3.1-­‐4:  Consistent  with  the  requirements  of  the  Town  of  Truckee  Particulate   Matter  Air  Quality  Management  Plan,  the  proposed  project  must  eliminate  or  offset  100%  of  the   PM10   and   PM2.5   emissions   generated   by   the   project.     The   project   applicant   shall   prepare   a   Particulate   Matter   Reduction   Plan   that   includes   all   feasible   mitigation   measures   to   reduce   particulate   matter   emissions   to   the   greatest   extent   feasible.    PM   emissions   calculation   methodologies   for   vehicle   tailpipe   and   re-­‐entrained   road   dust   shall   be   consistent   with   those   identified   in   the   Particulate   Matter   Air   Quality   Management   Plan.    The   Particulate   Matter   Reduction  Plan  shall  be  submitted  to  the  NSAQMD  for  review  and  approval  prior  to  the  issuance  of   the  first  building  permits  for  the  project.    If  the  Particulate  Matter  Reduction  Plan  cannot  achieve  a   100%  reduction  in  PM  emissions  associated  with  project  operations,  the  project  applicant  shall  be   required  to  pay  an  in-­‐lieu  mitigation  fee.    The  in-­‐lieu  mitigation  fee  shall  be  calculated  based  on  the   fee  established  by  the  Town  Council  resolution  and  in  effect  at  the  time  of  building  permit  issuance   or  final  map  recordation.       Impact  3.1-­2:  Project  construction  has  the  potential  to  cause  a  violation  of   an  air  quality  standard  or  contribute  substantially  to  an  existing  or   projected  air  quality  violation  (Less  than  Significant  with  Mitigation)   Nevada  County  is  currently  designated  as  “non-­‐attainment”  for  ozone  and  PM10.  Construction   activities   would   result   in   temporary   short-­‐term   emissions   associated   with   vehicle   trips   from   construction  w o r k e r s ,  o p e r a t i o n  o f  c o n s t r u c t i o n  e q u i p m e n t ,  a n d  t h e  d u s t  g e n e r a t e d  d u r i n g   construction   activities.   These   temporary   and   short-­‐term   emissions   would   generate   additional   ozone  precursors  (ROG  and  NOx)  as  well  as  PM10  and  PM2.5.  Table  3.1-­‐8  provides  the  threshold  of   significance  for  ROG,  NOX,  and  PM10.  There  is  no  threshold  established  for  PM2.5.   TABLE  3.1-­‐8:    CONSTRUCTION  EMISSION  THRESHOLDS    ROG  NOx  PM10  PM2.5   Level  A   Threshold    ≤24  lbs/day    ≤24  lbs/day  79  lbs/day    N/A   Level  B   Threshold    25-­‐136  lbs/day    25-­‐136  lbs/day  80-­‐136  lbs/day    N/A   Level  C   Threshold    ≥137  lbs/day    ≥137  lbs/day  ≥137  lbs/day  N/A   SOURCES:  NORTHERN  SIERRA  AQMD(2011)   AIR  QUALITY    3.1     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.1-­‐17     The   California   Emission   Estimator   Model   (CalEEMod)TM  ( v . 2 0 1 1 . 1 . 1 4 )  w a s  u s e d  t o  e s t i m a t e   construction  emissions  for  the  proposed  project.  Table  3.1-­‐9  shows  the  construction  emissions  for   the  construction  years  2014  and  2015     TABLE  3.1-­‐9:    CONSTRUCTION  EMISSIONS  (UNMITIGATED)    ROG  NOx  Fugitive   PM10   Exhaust   PM10   PM10   Total   Fugitive   PM2.5   Exhaust   PM2.5   PM2.5   Total   Summer  (maximum  daily  lbs/day) 2014  20.90  165.84  27.00  7.80  34.79  13.26  7.80  21.06   2015  14.90  76.13  4.77  4.85  9.19  0.22  4.85  5.05   2016  14.22  44.42  4.77  2.26  7.03  0.22  2.26  2.47   2017  13.59  40.44  4.77  1.99  6.76  0.22  1.99  2.21   2018  13.01  36.80  4.77  1.75  6.52  0.08  1.72  1.79   2019  5.28  31.54  4.14  1.38  5.53  0.07  1.35  1.42   Winter  (maximum  lbs/day)   2014  20.92  165.88  27.00  7.80  34.79  13.26  7.80  21.06   2015  15.12  76.27  4.77  4.87  9.20  0.22  4.87  5.07   2016  14.42  44.54  4.77  2.27  7.04  0.22  2.27  2.49   2017  13.76  40.50  4.77  2.00  6.77  0.22  2.00  2.22   2018  13.17  36.82  4.77  1.76  6.53  0.08  1.73  1.80   2019  5.42  31.49  4.14  1.39  5.53  0.07  1.36  1.43   Annual  (tons/year)   2014  1.19  8.82  0.86  0.46  1.32  0.39  0.46  0.85   2015  1.76  6.52  0.45  0.34  0.80  0.03  0.34  0.37   2016  1.85  5.83  0.47  0.30  0.76  0.03  0.30  0.32   2017  1.76  5.28  0.46  0.26  0.72  0.03  0.26  0.29   2018  1.57  4.78  0.46  0.23  0.68  0.01  0.22  0.23   2019  0.07  0.40  0.04  0.02  0.06  0.00  0.02  0.02   Total  8.20  31.63  2.74  1.61  4.34  0.49  1.60  2.08   SOURCES:  CALEEMOD  (V.2011.1.1)   As  shown  in  the  table  above,  the  ROG  emissions  are  below  the  Level  C  thresholds  of  significance   throughout  the  construction  period.  NOx  emissions  exceed  the  Level  C  threshold  in  2014  largely  as   a  result  of  site  preparation  and  site  grading  activities.  NOx  emissions  drop  to  the  level  B  threshold   from   2015   through   the   end   of   construction   in   2019.   The   PM10  e m i s s i o n s  e x c e e d  t h e  L e v e l  B   threshold  in  2014  largely  as  a  result  of  site  preparation  and  site  grading  activities.  PM10  emissions   drop  to  the  Level  A  threshold  from  2015  through  the  end  of  construction  in  2019.     3.1  AIR  Q UALITY       3.1-­‐18  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     The   modeling   results   show   that   the   primary   causes   for   exceeding   the  NOx   thresholds   during   construction  can  be  largely  attributed  to  the  offroad  construction  vehicles  during  site  preparation   and  g r a d i n g .  A d d i t i o n a l l y ,  t h e  p r i m a r y  c a u s e s  f o r  e x c e e d i n g  t h e  P M10  t h r e s h o l d s  d u r i n g   construction  can  be  largely  attributed  to  fugitive  dust  during  site  preparation  and  grading.     The  NSAQMD  has  existing  rules  and  regulations  in  place  to  reduce  construction  related  emissions   and   dust   impacts.   All   construction   phases   of   the   proposed   project   are   subject   to   the   existing   NSAQMD  requirements.  For  PM10,  implementing  a  fugitive  dust  control  plan  in  accordance  with   NSAQMD  Rule  226  will  significantly  reduce  PM10  emissions  during  this  construction  phases,  and   throughout  the  entire  project.  A  dust  control  plan  requires  the  use  of  reasonable  precautions  to   prevent  dust  emissions,  which  may  include:  cessation  of  operations  at  times,  cleanup,  sweeping,   sprinkling,  compacting,  enclosure,  chemical  or  asphalt  sealing,  and  use  of  wind  screens  or  snow   fences.  The  NOx  emissions  can  be  reduced  by  up  to  40  percent  with  the  use  of  NOx  control   technologies  on  construction  equipment  and  haul  trucks.  Table  3.1-­‐10  shows  the  maximum  daily   unmitigated  and  mitigated  NOx  emissions  for  this  construction  phase.     TABLE  3.1-­‐10:    SOIL  HAULING  CONSTRUCTION  PHASE  EMISSIONS  (MAXIMUM  DAILY  LBS/DAY)   Unmitigated  (Maximum  Daily  Emissions)  NOx   Site  Preparation  (Offroad  Vehicles,  On-­‐site)   (Unmitigated  Maximum  Daily  Emissions)  74.88   Grading  (Offroad  Vehicles,  On-­‐site)   (Unmitigated  Maximum  Daily  Emissions)  90.65   Mitigation  Measure   All  offroad  construction  equipment  must   utilize  “Diesel  Oxidation  Catalyst”,  and   Tiered  Engines  that  are  certified  to   effectively  reduce  NOx  emissions  by  40%.     Mitigation  Effectiveness   40%  Effectiveness.  Approximately  29.95   pounds  per  day  eliminated  during  site   preparation  and  36.26  pounds  per  day   eliminated  during  grading  by   implementing  this  mitigation  measure.   (Reference:  Overview  –Mitigation   Measure  Tables  (South  Coast  AQMD   2007)   Mitigated  (Maximum  Daily  Emissions)  NOx   Site  Preparation  (Offroad  Vehicles,  On-­‐site)   (Unmitigated  Maximum  Daily  Emissions)  44.93   Grading  (Offroad  Vehicles,  On-­‐site)   (Unmitigated  Maximum  Daily  Emissions)  54.39   SOURCES:  CALEEMOD  (V.2011.1.1),  MITIGATION  MEASURE  TABLES  (SOUTH  COAST  AQMD  2007).   With  the  implementation  of  these  standard  requirements  and  mitigation  measures,  emissions  are   reduced   to   a   level   that   does   not   exceed   the  Level   C  t h r e s h o l ds   of   significance.   With   the   implementation  of  the  following  mitigation  measures  the  proposed  project  would  have  a  less  than   significant  impact.     AIR  QUALITY    3.1     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.1-­‐19     MITIGATION  MEASURES   Mitigation  Measure  3.1-­‐5:    To  reduce  short-­‐term  construction  related  emissions,  the  contractor   shall  be  required  to  implement  the  following  standard  NSAQMD  measures:   a) Alternatives  to  open  burning  of  vegetative  material  will  be  used  unless  otherwise  deemed   infeasible   by   the   District.  Among   suitable   alternatives   are:  chipping,   mulching,   or   conversion  to  biomass  fuel.   b) Adequate  dust  control  measures  will  be  implemented  in  a  timely  and  effective  manner   during  all  phases  of  project  development  and  construction.   c) All  material  excavated,  stockpiled,  or  graded  should  be  sufficiently  watered,  treated  or   covered,  to  prevent  fugitive  dust  from  leaving  property  boundaries  and  causing  a  public   nuisance  or  a  violation  of  an  ambient  air  standard.  Watering  should  occur  at  least  twice   daily   with   complete   site   coverage,   preferably   in   the   mid-­‐morning   and   after   work   is   completed  each  day.   d) All  areas  (including  unpaved  roads)  with  vehicle  traffic  should  be  watered  or  have  dust   palliatives  applied  as  necessary  for  regular  stabilization  of  dust  emissions.   e) All  on-­‐site  vehicles  should  be  limited  to  a  speed  of  15  mph  on  unpaved  roads.   f) All   land   clearing,   grading,   earth   moving   or   excavation   activities   on   a   project   will   be   suspended  as  necessary  when  winds  are  expected  to  exceed  20  mph.   g) All  material  transported  off-­‐site  will  be  either  sufficiently  watered  or  securely  covered  to   prevent  a  public  nuisance.   h) If   serpentine   rock   is   found   in   the   area,   the   presence   of   asbestos,   in   the  chrysotile  o r   amphibole  forms  must  be  determined.  Additional  mitigations  may  be  needed  on  a  site-­‐ specific  basis.   i) Temporary  traffic  control  will  be  provided  during  all  phases  of  the  construction  to  improve   traffic  flow  as  deemed  appropriate  by  local  transportation  agencies  and/or  Caltrans.   j) Construction  activities  should  be  scheduled  to  direct  traffic  flow  to  off-­‐peak  hours  as  much   as  practicable.   k) All  inactive  portions  of  the  construction  site  should  be  covered,  seeded,  or  watered  until  a   suitable  cover  is  established.   l)  The   applicant   will   be   responsible   for   applying  Town-­‐approved   non-­‐toxic   soil   stabilizers   (according  to  manufacturer's  specifications)  to  all  inactive  construction  areas  (previously   graded  areas  which  remain  inactive  for  96  hours)  in  accordance  with  the  local  grading   ordinance.  Acceptable  materials  that  may  be  used  for  chemical  stabilization  of  soils  include   petroleum  resins,  asphaltic  emulsions,  acrylics  and  adhesives  which  do  not  violate  Regional   Water  Quality  Control  Board  or  California  Air  Resource  Board  standards.   m) During  initial  grading,  earth  moving,  or  site  preparation,  larger  projects  may  be  required  to   construct  a  paved  (or  dust  palliative  treated)  apron  at  least  100  feet  in  length  onto  the   paved  road(s).   n) Wheel  washers  will  be  installed  where  project  vehicles  and/or  equipment  enter  and/or  exit   onto  paved  streets  from  unpaved  roads  on  larger  projects.  Vehicles  and/or  equipment  will   be  washed  prior  to  each  trip,  if  necessary.   3.1  AIR  Q UALITY       3.1-­‐20  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     Mitigation   Measure  3.1-­‐6:    To  reduce  NOx  emissions  during  the  site  preparation  and  grading   phase  of  construction,  the  contractor  shall  be  required  to  implement  the  following  measures:   • All  offroad   construction  equipment  mu s t  u t i l i z e  “ Di e s e l  Ox i d a t i o n  C a t a l y s t ” ,  a n d  T i e r e d   Engine  that  are  certified  to  effectively  reduce  NOx  emissions  by  40%.   Mitigation  Measure  3.1-­‐7:    Prior  to  approval  of  Grading  or  Improvement  Plans,  (whichever  occurs   first),  the  applicant  shall  submit  a  fugitive  dust  control  plan  to  the  NSAQMD  in  accordance  with   Rule  226.     Impact  3.1-­3:  The  proposed  project  has  the  potential  to  have  carbon   monoxide  hotspot  impacts  (Less  than  Significant)   Project  traffic  would  increase  concentrations  of  carbon  monoxide  along  streets  providing  access  to   the  project  site.  Carbon  monoxide  is  a  local  pollutant  (i.e.,  high  concentrations  are  normally  only   found  very  near  sources).  The  major  source  of  carbon  monoxide,  a  colorless,  odorless,  poisonous   gas,  is  automobile  traffic.  Elevated  concentrations  (i.e.  hotspots),  therefore,  are  usually  only  found   near  areas  of  high  traffic  volume  and  congestion.   The   project   site   is   located   in   an   attainment   area   for   CO.   The   California   Project-­‐Level   Carbon   Monoxide  Protocol  (CO  Protocol)  was  used  to  analyze  CO  impacts  for  the  proposed  project.  The   ambient  air  quality  effects  of  traffic  emissions  were  evaluated  qualitatively  according  to  the  CO   Protocol.  In  the  CO  Protocol  the  proposed  project  screens  from  Level  1  to  Level  7  before  screening   out  satisfactorily.  Therefore,  the  proposed  project  would  not  have  the  potential  for  causing  or   worsening  violation  of  the  National  or  State  Ambient  Air  Quality  Standards  for  CO.   Level  1  Screening   The  proposed  project  is  located  in  an  area  that  is  federally  designated  as  attainment  and  state   designed  as  unclassified  for  CO.  The  area  has  continued  to  be  in  attainment  since  the  1990  Clean   Air  Act.     Level  7  Screening   The  project  is  not  likely  to  worsen  air  quality  as  it  does  not  significantly  increase  the  percentage  of   vehicles  operating  in  cold  start  mode,  it  does  not  significantly  increase  traffic  volumes,  or  worsen   traffic  flows.  Additionally,  the  project  is  not  suspected  of  resulting  in  higher  CO  concentrations   than  those  existing  within  the  region  at  the  time  of  attainment  demonstration.  Lastly,  the  project   does  not  involve  signalized  intersections  operating  at  LOS  E  or  F,  nor  does  it  worsen  a  signalized   intersection  to  LOS  E  or  F.  There  are  no  other  reasons  to  believe  that  the  proposed  project  may   have  adverse  air  quality  impacts.  The  project  screens  out  satisfactorily  at  Level  7.     Conclusion   The  traffic  study  for  the  proposed  project  examined  Level  of  Service  (LOS)  for  both  road  segments   and   intersections   affected   by   the   proposed   project.   No   existing   or   future   street   segments   or   intersections  are  forecast  to  operate  at  an  unacceptable  LOS  E  or  worse  with  the  recommended   AIR  QUALITY    3.1     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.1-­‐21     mitigation.  Since  the  project  is  within  an  attainment  area  for  carbon  monoxide  (ambient  air  quality   standards  are  currently  attained)  and  in  an  area  with  low  background  concentrations,  changes  in   carbon  monoxide  levels  resulting  from  the  proposed  project  would  not  result  in  violations  of  the   ambient  air  quality  standards,  and  would  represent  a  less  than  significant  impact.   Impact  3.1-­4:  The  proposed  project  has  the  potential  for  public  exposure   to  toxic  air  contaminants  (Less  than  Significant)   A  toxic  air  contaminant  (TAC)  is  defined  as  an  air  pollutant  that  may  cause  or  contribute  to  an   increase  in  mortality  or  in  serious  illness,  or  that  may  pose  a  hazard  to  human  health.  TACs  are   usually  present  in  minute  quantities  in  the  ambient  air.  However,  their  high  toxicity  or  health  risk   may  pose  a  threat  to  public  health  even  at  very  low  concentrations.  In  general,  for  those  TACs  that   may  cause  cancer,  there  is  no  concentration  that  does  not  present  some  risk.  This  contrasts  with   the  criteria  pollutants  for  which  acceptable  levels  of  exposure  can  be  determined  and  for  which   the  state  and  federal  governments  have  set  ambient  air  quality  standards.   Mobil   Source   Air   Toxics:  C o n t r o l l i n g  a i r  t o x i c  e m i s s i o n s  b e c a m e  a  n a t i o n a l  p r i o r i t y  w i t h  t h e   passage  of  the  Clean  Air  Act  Amendments  (CAAA)  of  1990,  whereby  Congress  mandated  that  the   U.S.  Environmental  Protection  Agency  (EPA)  regulate  188  air  toxics,  also  known  as  hazardous  air   pollutants.  The  EPA  has  assessed  this  expansive  list  in  their  latest  rule  on  the  Control  of  Hazardous   Air  Pollutants  from  Mobile  Sources  (Federal  Register,  Vol.  72,  No.  37,  page  8430,  February  26,   2007)  and  identified  a  group  of  93  compounds  emitted  from  mobile  sources.  In  addition,  EPA   identified  seven  compounds  with  significant  contributions  from  mobile  sources  that  are  among  the   national  and  regional-­‐scale  cancer  risk  drivers  from  their  1999  National  Air  Toxics  Assessment.   These  are  acrolein,  benzene,  1,3-­‐butidiene,  diesel  particulate  matter  plus  diesel  exhaust  organic   gases  (diesel  PM),  formaldehyde,  naphthalene,  and  polycyclic  organic  matter.     The   2007   EPA   rule   requires   controls   that   will   dramatically   decrease   Mobile   Source   Air   Toxics   (MSAT)  emissions  through  cleaner  fuels  and  cleaner  engines.  According  to  an  FHWA  analysis  using   EPA’s   MOBILE6.2   model,   even   if   vehicle   activity   (VMT)   increases   by   145   percent,   a   combined   reduction  of  72  percent  in  the  total  annual  emission  rate  for  the  priority  MSAT  is  projected  from   1999  to  2050.  California  maintains  stricter  standards  for  clean  fuels  and  emissions  compared  to   the   national   standards,   therefore   it   is   expected   that   MSAT   trends   in   California   will   decrease   consistent  with  or  more  than  the  U.S.  EPA's  national  projections.     Currently,  the  California  Air  Resources  Board  monitors  toxics  throughout  northern  California  from   17  monitoring  sites,  all  of  which  are  located  in  areas  with  major  transportation  routes.  There  are   currently  no  toxic  air  monitoring  sites  located  in  Nevada  County.  The  closest  toxic  air  monitoring   site  to  Nevada  County  is  in  the  City  of  Roseville.     Air  toxics  are  of  concern  in  areas  with  major  transportation  routes  where  there  is  a  high  volume  of   large  diesel  truck  trips.  The  proposed  project  is  located  adjacent  to  State  Route  267.  Air  toxics  are   not   considered   a   major   concern   along   this   highway   because   State   Route   267   functions   predominately  as  a  local  serving  and  tourism  serving  transportation  corridor  for  passenger  vehicles   from  the  Town  of  Truckee  and  I-­‐80,  to  the  Tahoe  area.  While  there  are  some  large  diesel  truck   3.1  AIR  Q UALITY       3.1-­‐22  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     trips  that  occur  on  State  Route  267,  it  is  not  a  major  route  for  large  diesel  trucks.  Interstate  80  is  a   major  transportation  corridor  for  large  diesel  trucks,  and  the  air  toxics  are  of  concern  along  this   corridor;  however,  the  project  site  is  beyond  the  screening  distance  from  Interstate  80  and  is  not   considered  a  concern  for  the  proposed  project.  Consequently,  this  impact  is  considered  less  than   significant.   Sensitive  Land  Uses:  The  California  Air  Resources  Board  (CARB)  published  the  Air  Quality  and  Land   Use  Handbook:  A  Community  Health  Perspective  (2007)  to  provide  information  to  local  planners   and  decision-­‐makers  about  land  use  compatibility  issues  associated  with  emissions  from  industrial,   commercial  and  mobile  sources  of  air  pollution.  The  CARB  Handbook  indicates  that  mobile  sources   continue  to  be  the  largest  overall  contributors  to  the  State’s  air  pollution  problems,  representing   the   greatest   air   pollution   health   risk   to   most   Californians.   The   most   serious   pollutants   on   a   statewide  basis  include  diesel  exhaust  particulate  matter  (diesel  PM),  benzene,  and  1,3-­‐butadiene,   all  of  which  are  emitted  by  motor  vehicles.  These  mobile  source  air  toxics  are  largely  associated   with  freeways  and  high  traffic  roads.  Non-­‐mobile  source  air  toxics  are  largely  associated  with   industrial  and  commercial  uses.  Table  3.1-­‐10  provides  the  California  Air  Resources  Board  minimum   separation  recommendations  on  siting  sensitive  land  uses.       TABLE  3.1-­‐10:    CARB  MINIMUM  SEPARATION  RECOMMENDATIONS  ON  SITING  SENSITIVE  LAND  USES     Source  Category  Advisory  Recommendations   Freeways  and  High-­‐ Traffic  Roads     •  Avoid  siting  new  sensitive  land  uses  within  500  feet  of  a  freeway,  urban  roads  with   100,000  vehicles/day,  or  rural  roads  with  50,000  vehicles/day.1     Distribution  Centers     •  Avoid  siting  new  sensitive  land  uses  within  1,000  feet  of  a  distribution  center  (that   accommodates  more  than  100  trucks  per  day,  more  than  40  trucks  with  operating   transport  refrigeration  units  (TRUs)  per  day,  or  where  TRU  unit  operations  exceed  300   hours  per  week).     •  Take  into  account  the  configuration  of  existing  distribution  centers  and  avoid  locating   residences  and  other  new  sensitive  land  uses  near  entry  and  exit  points.     Rail  Yards     •  Avoid  siting  new  sensitive  land  uses  within  1,000  feet  of  a  major  service  and  maintenance   rail  yard.     •  Within  one  mile  of  a  rail  yard,  consider  possible  siting  limitations  and  mitigation   approaches.     Ports     •  Avoid  siting  of  new  sensitive  land  uses  immediately  downwind  of  ports  in  the  most   heavily  impacted  zones.  Consult  local  air  districts  or  the  CARB  on  the  status  of  pending   analyses  of  health  risks.     Refineries     •  Avoid  siting  new  sensitive  land  uses  immediately  downwind  of  petroleum  refineries.   Consult  with  local  air  districts  and  other  local  agencies  to  determine  an  appropriate   separation.     Chrome  Platers    •  Avoid  siting  new  sensitive  land  uses  within  1,000  feet  of  a  chrome  plater.     Dry  Cleaners  Using   Perchloro-­‐  ethylene   •  Avoid  siting  new  sensitive  land  uses  within  300  feet  of  any  dry  cleaning  operation.  For   operations  with  two  or  more  machines,  provide  500  feet.  For  operations  with  3  or  more   machines,  consult  with  the  local  air  district.   •  Do  not  site  new  sensitive  land  uses  in  the  same  building  with  perc  dry  cleaning   operations.   Gasoline  Dispensing   Facilities     •  Avoid  siting  new  sensitive  land  uses  within  300  feet  of  a  large  gas  station  (defined  as  a   facility  with  a  throughput  of  3.6  million  gallons  per  year  or  greater).  A  50  foot  separation  is   recommended  for  typical  gas  dispensing  facilities.     SOURCES:  AIR  QUALITY  AND  LAND  USE  HANDBOOK:  A  COMMUNITY  HEALTH  PERSPECTIVE”  (CARB  2005)   The  residential  portion  of  the  proposed  project  is  the  only  sensitive  land  use  proposed.  There  are   no  source  categories  listing  above  that  are  proposed.  There  are  two  source  categories  located  in   AIR  QUALITY    3.1     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.1-­‐23     the  vicinity  of  the  project  site  (SR  267  and  the  Truckee  Airport).  The  residential  portion  of  the   project  is  buffered  from  SR  267  with  over  500  feet  of  Business  Innovation  uses,  and  from  the  from   the  Truckee  Airport  by  over  1,000  feet  of  Business  Innovation,  Regional  Commercial,  Regional   Support  Commercial,  Lifestyle  Commercial,  Manufacturing/Industrial,  and  Open  Space  uses.     The   proposed   project   is   consistent   with   the  CARB   Minimum   Separation   Recommendations   on   Siting  Sensitive  Land  Uses  (2005).  Implementation  of  the  proposed  project  would  not  result  in  an   increased   exposure   of   sensitive   receptors   to   localized   concentrations   of   TACs.   This   proposed   project  would  have  a  less  than  significant  impact  relative  to  this  topic.   Impact  3.1-­5:  The  proposed  project  has  the  potential  for  exposure  to   odors  (Less  than  Significant)   While  offensive  odors  rarely  cause  any  physical  harm,  they  can  be  very  unpleasant,  leading  to   considerable   distress   among   the   public   and   often   generating   citizen   complaints   to   local   governments  and  the  air  district.  The  general  nuisance  rule  (Heath  and  Safety  Code  §41700)  is  the   basis  for  the  threshold.     Examples  of  facilities  that  are  known  producers  of  odors  include:  Wastewater  Treatment  Facilities,   Chemical   Manufacturing,   Sanitary   Landfill,  F i b e r g l a s s  M a n u f a c t u r i n g ,  T r a n s f e r  S t a t i o n ,   Painting/Coating  Operations  (e.g.  auto  body  shops),  Composting  Facility,  Food  Processing  Facility,   Petroleum  Refinery,  Feed  Lot/Dairy,  Asphalt  Batch  Plant,  and  Rendering  Plant.   If  a  project  would  locate  receptors  and  known  odor  sources  in  proximity  to  each  other  further   analysis  may  be  warranted;  however,  if  a  project  would  not  locate  receptors  and  known  odor   sources  in  proximity  to  each  other,  then  further  analysis  is  not  warranted.  The  proposed  project  is   not   located   in   proximity   to   a   known   odor   source   and   does   not   warrant   further   analysis.   Additionally,   implementation   of   the   proposed   project   would   not   directly   create   or   generate   objectionable  odors.     Persons  residing  in  the  immediate  vicinity  of  proposed  project  may  be  subject  to  temporary  odors   typically   associated   with   roadway   construction   activities   (diesel   exhaust,   hot   asphalt,   etc.).   However,  any  odors  generated  by  construction  activities  would  be  minor  and  would  be  short  and   temporary  in  duration.  This  is  considered  a  less  than  significant  impact.     3.1  AIR  Q UALITY       3.1-­‐24  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)                           This  page  left  intentionally  blank.       BIOLOGICAL  R ESOURCES  3.2     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.2-­‐1     The  purpose  of  this  section  is  to  disclose  and  analyze  the  potential  impacts  associated  with  the   biological  resources  of  the  project  site  and  general  vicinity.  This  section  is  largely  based  on  field   surveys  and  research  performed  by  biologists  from  Foothill  Associates  (2006)  as  detailed  in  Bio   Constraints  Survey  for  the  PC-­‐3  (Joerger  Ranch)  Project  in  the  Town  of  Truckee  and  North  Fork   Associates  (2004)  as  detailed  in  Wetland  Delineation  for  the  69  Acre  Joerger  Ranch  PC-­‐3  Project.   Subsequently,  field  surveys  were  performed  by  Foothill  Associates  on  August  21  and  22,  2006,   Quad  Knopf  on  September  7,  2006,  and  by  De  Novo  Planning  Group  on  July  13,  2011,     3.2.1  E NVIRONMENTAL  S ETTING   R EGIONAL  S ETTING   The  project  site  is  located  within  the  Sierra  Bioregion  and  is  surrounded  by  six  different  bioregions:   Sacramento  Valley,  San  Joaquin  Valley,  and  Bay/Delta  to  the  west,  Modoc  to  the  north,  Mojave  to   the  south,  and  the  Central  Basin  and  Range  in  Nevada  to  the  east.     The  Sierra  Bioregion  is  a  vast  and  rugged  mountainous  area  extending  approximately  380  miles   along  California's  eastern  side  and  largely  contiguous  with  Nevada.  Its  east  face  is  a  high,  rugged   multiple   scarp,   contrasting   with   the   gentle   western   slope   (about   2°)   that   disappears   under   sediments  of  the  Great  Valley.  Deep  river  canyons  are  cut  into  the  western  slope.  Their  upper   courses,  especially  in  massive  granites  of  the  higher  Sierra,  are  modified  by  glacial  sculpturing,   forming  such  scenic  features  as  Yosemite  Valley.  The  high  crest  culminates  in  Mt.  Whitney  with  an   elevation   of   14,495   feet   above   sea   level   near   the   eastern   scarp.   The   metamorphic   bedrock   contains  goldbearing  veins  in  the  northwest  trending  Mother  Lode.  The  northern  Sierra  boundary   is  marked  where  bedrock  disappears  under  the  Cenozoic  volcanic  cover  of  the  Cascade  Range.   Named   for   the   Sierra   Nevada   mountain   range   it   encompasses,   the   Sierra   Bioregion  i n c l u d e s   forests,  lakes,  and  rivers  that  generate  much  of  the  state's  water  supply.  It  shares  Lake  Tahoe  with   Nevada  and  features  eight  national  forests,  three  national  parks  -­‐-­‐  Yosemite,  Kings  Canyon  and   Sequoia  -­‐-­‐  numerous  state  parks,  historical  sites,  wilderness,  special  recreation  and  national  scenic   areas,  and  mountain  peaks.   Due  to  the  relatively  high  elevations  and  its  orientation  in  the  Sierra  Nevada  mountain  range,   temperatures  range  from  cool  and  moderate  in  the  summer  to  repetitively  below  freezing  in  the   winter.  Precipitation  in  Truckee  occurs  as  rainfall  in  the  summer  months  and  as  a  combination  of   rainfall  and  snowfall  in  the  winter  months.  The  majority  of  precipitation  comes  in  the  form  of   snowfall,  which  occurs  in  the  winter  months,  with  some  rainfall  in  the  spring.  Average  minimum   temperature   is   14.5   °F   (January),   while   the   average   maximum   temperature   is   81.6   °F   (July).   Average  annual  precipitation  is  approximately  37  inches.     L OCAL  S ETTING   The  project  site  consists  of  approximately  67  acres  located  in  the  Martis  Valley  approximately  one   mile   southeast   of   Historic   Downtown   Truckee   within   the   jurisdictional   limits   of   the   Town   of   Truckee.   Located   within   Nevada   County,   the   project   site   shares   its   southern   boundary   with   3.2  BIOLOGICAL  RESOURCES     3.2-­‐2  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     neighboring  Placer  County.  The  Plan  Area  is  located  within  Section  13  of  Township  17  North,  Range   16   East,   Mount   Diablo   Meridian,   as   depicted   on   the   Truckee   quadrangle   of   United   States   Geological  Survey  topographic  maps.   The  majority  of  the  project  site  is  composed  of  Great  Basin  sagebrush  scrub.  Dominant  shrub   species  include  big  sagebrush  (Artemisia  tridentata),  low  sagebrush  (A.  arbuscula),  antelope  brush   (Purshia   tridentata),   and   yellow   rabbitbrush   (Crysothamnus   viscidiflorus).   Jeffrey  pine   (Pinus   jeffreyi)  and  lodgepole  pine  (P.  contorta)  occur  scattered  around  the  site  and  in  clusters  on  the   southern  portion  of  the  project  site  on  either  side  of  SR  267.     The  project  site  contains  hydrologic  features  that  were  delineated  by  North  Fork  Associates  (2004)   in  accordance  with  the  1987  Army  Corps  of  Engineers  Wetland  Delineation  Manual.  The  Wetland   Delineation  for  the  69  Acre  Joerger  Ranch  PC-­‐3  Project  (North  Fork  Associates,  2004)  mapped  0.33   acres  and  determined  the  feature  to  be  isolated  waters  (ephemeral  and  intermittent  streams).   These  hydrologic  features  are  located  along  the  southern  aspect  of  the  project  site  and  are  fed   from  the  south  by  culverts  passing  under  Brockway  Road  and  SR  267  (Figure  3.2-­‐2).     Development  Code  Section  18.30.050.F  requires  Minor  Use  Permit  approval  for  disturbance  within   200-­‐feet   of   a   wetland   and   that   a   wetland   delineation   be   prepared.  Federal   law   requires   the   wetland   delineation   to   be   verified   by   the   USACE,   whom   will   ultimately   issue   a   wetland   determination.  No   wetland   disturbance   is   permitted   without   Minor   Use   Permit   approval   (Development  Code  Section  18.46.040.C).     C ALIFORNIA  W ILDLIFE  H ABITAT  R ELATIONSHIP  S YSTEM   The   California  Wildlife  H a b i t a t  R e l a t i o n s h i ps  ( C W H R )  is  a n  i n f o r m a t i o n  s y s t e m  f o r  Californis’a   wildlife.  CWHR  contains  life  history,  geographic  range,  habitat  relationships,  and  management  information   on  694  species  of  amphibians,  reptiles,  birds,  and  mammals  known  to  occur  in  the  state.  CWHR  products  are   available  to  anyone  interested  in  understanding,  conserving,  and  managing  California's  wildlife.  The  CWHR   habitat   classification   scheme   has   been   developed   to   support   the   CWHR   System,   a   wildlife   information   system   and   predictive   model   for   California's   regularly-­‐occurring   birds,   mammals,   reptiles  and  amphibians.  There  are  59  wildlife  habitats  in  the  CWHR  System:  27  tree,  12  shrub,  6   herbaceous,  4  aquatic,  8  agricultural,  1  developed,  and  1  non-­‐vegetated.   According  to  the  CWHR  there  are  four  wildlife  habitat  classifications  within  the  project  site  out  of   59  found  in  the  state.  The  habitat  classifications  include:  Barren,  Eastside  Pine,  Sagebrush,  and   Urban.   There   are   six   other   wildlife   habitat   classifications   in   the   vicinity   of   the   project   site,   including:   Annual  Grassland,  Bitterbrush,  Montane  Chaparral,  Montane  Riparian,  Sierran  Mixed  Conifer,  and   Water.  Below  is  a  brief  description  of  each  habitat  that  is  found  on  the  project  site.  Figure  3.2-­‐1   illustrates  the  land  cover  types  on  the  project  site  and  vicinity.     B IOLOGICAL  RESOURCES  3.2     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.2-­‐3       Habitat  Descriptions   Barren  h a b i t a t  i s  d e f i n e d  b y  t h e  a b s e n c e  o f  v e g e t a t i o n .  I t  c a n  b e  f o u n d  w i t h  m a n y  d i f f e r e n t   habitats,  depending  on  the  region  of  the  state.     Eastside  pine  habitat  occurs  from  about  4,000  to  6,500  feet  elevation  from  Lake  Tahoe  north  to   Oregon,  with  small  scattered  stands  that  occur  south  to  Inyo  County.  It  is  found  on  coarse,  well-­‐ drained  basaltic  soils,  in  a  drier,  and  colder  setting,  with  all  exposures  represented.  Stands  are   short  to  moderate  height,  65  to  115  feet  tall,  with  ponderosa  pine  being  the  dominant  tree  and   some  r e p r e s e n t a t i o n  b y  J e f f r e y  p i n e ,  l o d g e p o l e  p i n e ,  w h i t e  f i r ,  i n c e n s e-­‐cedar,   Douglas-­‐fir,   California   black   oak   and   western   juniper.   Undergrowth   typically   includes  o n e  o r  m o r e  o f  t h e   following  shrubs:  big  sagebrush,  antelope  bitterbrush,  manzanita,  ceanothus,  rubber  rabbitbrush,   mountain   mahogany,   creambush   oceanspray   and   mountain   snowberry.   Prominent   herbaceous   plants  include  mule  ears,  arrowleaf  balsamroot,  Idaho  fescue,  pinegrass,  bluebunch  wheatgrass   and  bottlebrush  squirreltail.   Sagebrush  occurs  at  a  wide  range  of  middle  and  high  elevations  (1600  to  10,500  feet)  along  the   east  and  northeast  borders  of  California  on  dry  slopes  and  flats.  At  lower  elevations  and  on  drier   sites,   species  such   as  saltbrush,   greasewood,   creosotebush,   and   winterfat  a r e  f o u n d.   At   mid-­‐ elevations  and  on  more  mesic  sites,  species  such  as  bitterbrush,  curlleaf  mountain  mahogany,  and   western  serviceberry  are  found.  At  high  elevations  this  habitat  intergrades  with  Ponderosa  Pine   and  Aspen  habitat  types.  Sagebrush  stands  are  typically  large,  open,  discontinuous  stands  of  fairly   uniform  height  (1.6  to  9.8  feet).  Plant  density  ranges  from  very  open,  widely  spaced,  small  plants   to  large,  closely  spaced  plants  with  canopies  touching.   Urban  habitats  are  not  limited  to  any  particular  physical  setting.  Three  urban  categories  relevant   to  wildlife  are  distinguished:  downtown,  urban  residential,  and  suburbia.  The  heavily-­‐developed   downtown  is  usually  at  the  center,  followed  by  concentric  zones  of  urban  residential  and  suburbs.   There   is   a   progression   outward   of   decreasing   development   and   increasing   vegetative   cover.   Species   richness   and   diversity   is   extremely   low   in   the   inner   cover.   The   structure   of   urban   vegetation  varies,  with  five  types  of  vegetative  structure  defined:  tree  grove,  street  strip,  shade   tree/lawn,  lawn,  and  shrub  cover.  A  distinguishing  feature  of  the  urban  wildlife  habitat  is  the   mixture  of  native  and  exotic  species.     S PECIAL-­‐S TATUS  S PECIES   Special-­‐status  species  are  generally  defined  as:  1)  species  listed  as  a  candidate,  threatened,  or   endangered  under  the  federal  or  state  Endangered  Species  Act;  2)  species  considered  rare  or   endangered   under   the   California   Environmental   Quality   Act;   3)   plants   listed   as   rare   under   California   Fish   and   Game   Code;   4)   plants   considered   “rare,   threatened,   or   endangered   in   California”  by  the  California  Native  Plant  Society  (Lists  1B  and  2);  5)  animal  listed  as  "species  of   special  concern"  by  the  state;  and  6)  animals  fully  protected  in  California  by  the  Fish  and  Game   Code.     3.2  BIOLOGICAL  RESOURCES     3.2-­‐4  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     The   following   discussion   is   based   on   a   background   search   of   special-­‐status   species   that   are   documented   in   the   California   Natural   Diversity   Database   (CNDDB),   the   California   Native   Plant   Society’s  (CNPS)  Inventory  of  Rare  and  Endangered  Plants,  and  the  U.S.  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service’s   (USFWS)  endangered  and  threatened  species  lists.  The  background  search  was  regional  in  scope   and  focused  on  the  documented  occurrences  within  five  miles  of  the  project  site.   The  search  revealed  14  special  status  species  within  the  5-­‐mile  search  radius  (Figure  3.2-­‐3).  Table   3.2-­‐1  provides  a  list  of  the  special-­‐status  species,  their  habitat,  and  current  protective  status.       BIOLOGICAL  RESOURCES  3.2     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.2-­‐5     TABLE  3.2-­‐1:  SPECIAL-­‐STATUS  SPECIES  DOCUMENTED  WITHIN  5-­‐MILE  RADIUS  OF  PROJECT  SITE   SPECIES     STATUS     (FED./CA/   CNPS)   GENERAL  HABITAT  MICRO  HABITAT    BLOOMING   PERIOD  POTENTIAL  TO  OCCUR  IN  PROJECT  AREA   Plants               Common  moonwort   Botrychium  lunaria  -­‐-­‐/-­‐-­‐/2.3  Meadows,  subalpine  coniferous  forest,   upper  montane  coniferous  forest.    2760-­‐3400M.  August   Some  habitat  qualities  present  along  the   drainages  within  the  project  site.  Not   observed.   Donner  Pass  buckwheat       Eriogonum  umbellatum   var.  torreyanum   -­‐-­‐/-­‐-­‐/1B.2  Upper  montane  coniferous  forest,   chaparral,  meadows.     Steep  slopes  and  ridge  tops;  rocky,   volcanic  soils;  usually  in  bare  or   sparsely  vegetated  areas.  1840-­‐ 2620M.   July-­‐ September   Habitat  present  within  the  project  site.  Not   observed.   Plumas  ivesia       Ivesia  sericoleuca  -­‐-­‐/-­‐-­‐/1B.2  Great  basin  scrub,  lower  montane   coniferous  forest,  meadows,  vernal  pools.     Vernally  mesic  areas;  usually  volcanic   substrates.  1450-­‐2000M.   May-­‐ October   Some  habitat  qualities  present  along  the   drainages  within  the  project  site.  Not   observed.   Santa  Lucia  dwarf  rush   Juncus  luciensis  -­‐-­‐/-­‐-­‐/1B.2   Vernal  pools,  meadows,  lower  montane   coniferous  forest,  chaparral,  Great  Basin   scrub.     Vernal  pools,  ephemeral  drainages,   wet  meadow  habitat  and  streamsides.   300-­‐2040M.   April-­‐July   Some  habitat  qualities  present  along  the   drainages  within  the  project  site.  Not   observed.   Alder  buckthorn   Rhamnus  alnifolia        -­‐-­‐/-­‐-­‐/2.2   Meadows  and  seeps,  lower  montane   coniferous  forest,  upper  montane   coniferous  forest,  montane  riparian  scrub.     Mesic  sites.  1370-­‐2130M.  May-­‐July   Some  habitat  qualities  present  along  the   drainages  within  the  project  site.  Not   observed.   Tahoe  yellow  cress     Rorippa  subumbellata  C/E/1B.1  Lower  montane  coniferous  forest,   meadows,  and  seeps.     Sandy  beaches,  on  lakeside  margins   and  in  riparian  communities;  on   decomposed  granite  sand.  1885-­‐ 1900(2395)M.   May-­‐ September   Some  habitat  qualities  present  along  the   drainages  within  the  project  site.  Not   observed.   marsh  skullcap     Scutellaria  galericulata  -­‐-­‐/-­‐-­‐/2.2  Marshes  and  swamps,  lower  montane   coniferous  forest,  meadows  and  seeps.    Swamps  and  wet  places.  0-­‐2100M.  June-­‐ September   Some  habitat  qualities  present  along  the   drainages  within  the  project  site.  Not   observed.   Birds   northern  goshawk     Accipiter  gentilis   -­‐-­‐/SSC  Within,   and   in   the   vicinity   of   coniferous   forest,   uses   old   nests,   and   maintains   alternate  sites.   Usually   nests   on   north   slopes,   near   water.   Red  fir,   lodgepole  pine,  Jeffrey  pine,  and  aspens  are  typically   nest  trees.     Known   to   occur   in   region.   Potential   nesting   and   foraging   habitat   present   within  the  Pinus  jefferyi  on  the  project  site.   None  observed.   yellow  warbler     Dendroica   petechia   brewsteri   -­‐-­‐/SSC  Riparian   plant   associations,   prefers   willows,  cottonwoods,  aspens,  sycamores,   and  alders  for  nesting  and  foraging.     Also   nests   in   montane   shrubbery   in   open   conifer   forests.     Known  to  occur  in  region.  Primary  habitat   is  not  present  on  the  project  site.  Potential   nesting   habitat   present   within  t h e  Pinus   jefferyi  on  the  project  site.  None  observed.     3.2  BIOLOGICAL  RESOURCES     3.2-­‐6  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     SPECIES     STATUS     (FED./CA/   CNPS)   GENERAL  HABITAT  MICRO  HABITAT    BLOOMING   PERIOD  POTENTIAL  TO  OCCUR  IN  PROJECT  AREA   willow   flycatcher   Empidonax  traillii       -­‐-­‐/E  Inhabits   extensive   thickets   of   low,  dense   willows  on  edge  of  wet  meadows,  ponds  or   backwaters.  2000-­‐8000  FT  elevation   Requires  dense  willow  thickets  for  nesting/roosting.   Low,   exposed   branches   are   used   for   singing   posts/hunting  perches.     Known  to  occur  in  region.  Primary  habitat   is  not  present  on  the  project  site.  Limited   potential  to  occur  on  the  project  site.  None   observed.   Mammals   Sierra   Nevada   mountain   beaver   Aplodontia   rufa   californica   -­‐-­‐/SSC,  Dense  growth  of  small  deciduous  trees  and   shrubs,  wet  soil  and  abundance  of  forms  in   the  Sierra  Nevada  and  east  slope.     Needs  dense  understory  for  food  and  cover.  burrows   into  soft  soil.  Needs  abundant  supply  of  water.     Known  to  occur  in  region.  Primary  habitat   is  not  present  on  the  project  site.  Limited   potential  to  occur  on  the  project  site.  None   observed.   Sierra   Nevada   snowshoe   hare       Lepus   americanus   tahoensis   -­‐-­‐/SSC,  Boreal  riparian  areas  in  the  Sierra  Nevada.    Thickets   of   deciduous   trees   in   riparian   areas   and   thickets  of  young  conifers.     Known  to  occur  in  region.  Primary  habitat   is  not  present  on  the  project  site.  Limited   potential  to  occur  on  the  project  site.  None   observed.   Sierra  Nevada  red  fox   Vulpes  vulpes  necator   -­‐-­‐/T  Found  from  cascades  down  to  the  Sierra   Nevada.   Found   in   a   variety   of   habitats   from  wet  meadows  to  forested  areas.     Use  dense  vegetation  and  rocky  areas  for  cover  and   den  sites.  Prefer  forests  interspersed  w/  meadows  or   alpine  fell  fields.     Known  to  occur  in  region.  Potential  habitat   present  on  the  project  site.  None  observed.   Fish   Lahontan  cutthroat  trout     Oncorhynchus   clarkii   henshawi   T/-­‐-­‐  Historically  in  all  accessible  cold  waters  of   the  Lahonton  B a s i n  i n  a  w i d e  v a r i e t y  o f   water  temps  and  conditions.     Cannot   tolerate   presence   of   other   salmonids.   Requires  gravel  riffles  in  streams  spawning.   Primary   habitat   is   not   present   on   the   project  site.  No  potential  to  occur  on  the   project  site.  None  observed.   Notes:      CNPS  =  California  Native  Plant  Society     Status  explanations:   Federal   E  =  endangered  under  the  federal  Endangered  Species  Act.   T  =  threatened  under  the  federal  Endangered  Species  Act.   PE  =  proposed  for  endangered  under  the  federal  Endangered  Species  Act.   PT  =  proposed  for  threatened  under  the  federal  Endangered  Species  Act.   C  =  candidate  species  for  listing  under  the  federal  Endangered  Species  Act.     D  =  delisted  from  federal  listing  status.     State   E  =  endangered  under  the  California  Endangered  Species  Act.   T  =  threatened  under  the  California  Endangered  Species  Act.   FP  =  fully  protected  under  the  California  Fish  and  Game  Code.   SSC  =  species  of  special  concern  in  California.   R  =  rare  under  the  California  Endangered  Species  Act     California  Native  Plant  Society   1B  =  rare,  threatened,  or  endangered  in  California  and  elsewhere.   2  =  rare,  threatened,  or  endangered  in  California,  but  more  common  elsewhere.   .1  =  seriously  endangered  in  California  (over  80%  of  occurrences  threatened-­high  degree   and  immediacy  of  threat).   .2  =  fairly  endangered  in  California  (20-­80%  occurrences  threatened).   .3  =  not  very  endangered  in  California  (<20%  of  occurrences  threatened).   B IOLOGICAL  RESOURCES  3.2     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.2-­‐7     N OXIOUS  W EEDS   For  the  purpose  of  this  analysis  and  future  Project-­‐specific  assessments,  a  noxious  weed  is  defined   as  a  plant  that  could  displace  native  plants  and  natural  habitats,  affect  the  quality  of  forage  on   rangelands,  or  affect  cropland  productivity.  The  California  Department  of  Food  and  Agriculture   (CDFA)  lists  weeds  and  assigns  ratings  (A–C)  to  each  species  on  the  list.  The  ratings  reflect  CDFA’s   view  of  the  statewide  importance  of  the  pest,  the  likelihood  that  eradication  or  control  efforts   would   be   successful,   and   the   present   distribution   of   the   pest   in   the   state.   These   ratings   are   guidelines   that   indicate   the   most   appropriate   action   to   take   against   a   pest   under   general   circumstances.  The  rating  system  is  explained  below:   • A:  an  organism  of  known  economic  importance  subject  to  state  (or  commissioner,   when   acting   as   a   state   agent)   enforced   action   involving   eradication,   quarantine,   containment,  rejection,  or  other  holding  action.   • B:  an  organism  of  known  economic  importance  subject  to  eradication,  containment,   control,  or  other  holding  action  at  the  discretion  of  the  individual  county  agricultural   commissioner,   or   an   organism   of   known   economic   importance   subject   to   state-­‐ endorsed  holding  action  and  eradication  only  when  found  in  a  nursery.   • C:   an   organism   subject   to   no   state-­‐enforced   action  outside   of   nurseries   except   to   retard  spread  at  the  discretion  of  the  commissioner,  or  an  organism  subject  to  no   state-­‐enforced  action  except  to  provide  for  pest  cleanliness  in  nurseries.   3.4.2  REGULATORY  S ETTING   There  are  a  number  of  regulatory  agencies  whose  responsibility  includes  the  oversight  of  the   natural  resources  of  the  state  and  nation  including  the  California  Department  of  Fish  and  Wildlife   (CDFW)  U.S.  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service  (USFWS),  the  U.S.  Army  Corps  of  Engineers  (USACE),  and  the   National  Marine  Fisheries  Service  (NMFS).  These  agencies  often  respond  to  declines  in  the  quantity   of  a  particular  habitat  or  plant  or  animal  species  by  developing  protective  measures  for  those   species  or  habitat  type.  The  following  is  an  overview  of  the  federal,  state  and  local  regulations  that   are  applicable  to  subsequent  projects  under  the  proposed  project.     F EDERAL   Federal  Endangered  Species  Act   The  Federal  Endangered  Species  Act  (FESA),  passed  in  1973,  defines  an  endangered  species  as  any   species  or  subspecies  that  is  in  danger  of  extinction  throughout  all  or  a  significant  portion  of  its   range.  A  threatened  species  is  defined  as  any  species  or  subspecies  that  is  likely  to  become  an   endangered  species  within  the  foreseeable  future  throughout  all  or  a  significant  portion  of  its   range.     Once  a  species  is  listed  it  is  fully  protected  from  a  “take”  unless  a  take  permit  is  issued  by  the   USFWS.  A  take  is  defined  as  the  harassing,  harming,  pursuing,  hunting,  shooting,  wounding,  killing,   trapping,   capturing,   or   collecting  wildlife   species   or   any   attempt   to   engage   in   such   conduct,   3.2  BIOLOGICAL  RESOURCES     3.2-­‐8  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     including   modification   of   its   habitat   (16   USC   1532,   50   CFR   17.3).   Proposed   endangered   or   threatened  species  are  those  species  for  which  a  proposed  regulation,  but  not  a  final  rule,  has   been  published  in  the  Federal  Register.   Migratory  Bird  Treaty  Act   To   kill,   posses,   or   trade   a   migratory   bird,   bird   part,   nest,   or   egg   is   a   violation   of   the   Federal   Migratory  Bird  Treaty  Act  (FMBTA:  16  U.S.C.,  §703,  Supp.  I,  1989),  unless  it  is  in  accordance  with   the  regulations  that  have  been  set  forth  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior.   Federal  Bald  and  Golden  Eagle  Protection  Act   The  Federal  Bald  and  Golden  Eagle  Protection  Act  provides  regulations  to  protect  bald  and  golden   eagles  as  well  as  their  nests  and  eggs  from  willful  damage  or  injury.   Clean  Water  Act  –  Section  404   Section  404  of  the  CWA  regulates  all  discharges  of  dredged  or  fill  material  into  waters  of  the  U.S.   Discharges  of  fill  material  includes  the  placement  of  fill  that  is  necessary  for  the  construction  of   any  structure,  or  impoundment  requiring  rock,  sand,  dirt,  or  other  material  for  its  construction;   site-­‐development   fills   for   recreational,   industrial,   commercial,   residential,   and   other   uses;   causeways  or  road  fills;  and  fill  for  intake  and  outfall  pipes  and  subaqueous  utility  lines  [33  C.F.R.   §323.2(f)].     Waters   of   the   U.S.   include   lakes,   rivers,   streams,   intermittent   drainages,   mudflats,  sandflats,   wetlands,  sloughs,  and  wet  meadows  [33  C.F.R.  §328.3(a)].  Wetlands  are  defined  as  “those  areas   that  are  inundated  or  saturated  by  surface  or  groundwater  at  a  frequency  and  duration  sufficient   to   support   and   under   normal   circumstances   do   support,   a   prevalence   of   vegetation   typically   adapted  for  life  in  saturated  soil  conditions”  [33  C.F.R.  §328.3(b)].  Waters  of  the  U.S.  exhibit  a   defined  bed  and  bank  and  ordinary  high  water  mark  (OHWM).  The  OHWM  is  defined  by  the   USACEUSACE  as  “that  line  on  shore  established  by  the  fluctuations  of  water  and  indicated  by   physical   character   of   the   soil,   destruction   of   terrestrial   vegetation,   the   presence   of   litter   and   debris,  or  other  appropriate  means  that  consider  the  characteristics  of  the  surrounding  areas”  [33   C.F.R.  §328.3(e)].   The  USACE  is  the  agency  responsible  for  administering  the  permit  process  for  activities  that  affect   waters  of  the  U.S.  Executive  Order  11990  is  a  federal  implementation  policy,  which  is  intended  to   result  in  no  net  loss  of  wetlands.   Clean  Water  Act  –  Section  401   Section  401  of  the  CWA  (33  U.S.C.  1341)  requires  an  applicant  who  is  seeking  a  404  permit  to  first   obtain  a  water  quality  certification  from  the  Regional  Water  Quality  Control  Board.  To  obtain  the   water   quality   certification,   the   Regional   Water   Quality   Control   Board   must   indicate   that   the   proposed  fill  would  be  consistent  with  the  standards  set  forth  by  the  state.   B IOLOGICAL  RESOURCES  3.2     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.2-­‐9     Rivers  and  Harbors  Act  of  1899   The  Rivers  and  Harbors  Act  prohibits  the  obstruction  or  alteration  of  any  navigable  water  of  the   United  States.  Requires  authorization  from  the  Corps  for  any  excavation  or  deposition  of  materials   into  these  waters  or  for  any  work  that  could  affect  the  course,  location,  condition,  or  capacity  of   rivers  or  harbors.   Department  of  Transportation  Act  -­  Section  4(f)   Section   4(f)   has   been   part   of   Federal   law   since  1 9 6 6 .  I t  w a s  e n a c t e d  a s  S e c t i o n  4 ( f )  o f  t h e   Department  of  Transportation  (DOT)  Act  of  1966  and  set  forth  in  Title  49  United  States  Code   (U.S.C.),  Section  1653(f).  In  January  1983,  as  part  of  an  overall  recodification  of  the  DOT  Act,   Section  4(f)  was  amended  and  codified  in  49  U.S.C.  Section  303.  This  law  established  policy  on   Lands,  Wildlife  and  Waterfowl  Refuges,  and  Historic  Sites  as  follows:   It  is  the  policy  of  the  United  States  Government  that  special  effort  should  be  made   to  preserve  the  natural  beauty  of  the  countryside  and  public  park  and  recreation   lands,   wildlife   and   waterfowl   refuges,   and   historic   sites.   The   Secretary   of   Transportation  shall  cooperate  and  consult  with  the  Secretaries  of  the  Interior,   Housing   and   Urban   Development,   and   Agriculture,  a n d  w i t h  t h e  S t a t e s ,  i n   developing  transportation  plans  and  programs  that  include  measures  to  maintain   or   enhance   the   natural   beauty   of   lands   crossed   by   transportation   activities   or   facilities.  The  Secretary  of  Transportation  may  approve  a  transportation  program   or  project  (other  than  any  project  for  a  park  road  or  parkway  under  section  204  of   title  23)  requiring  the  use  of  publicly  owned  land  of  a  public  park,  recreation  area,   or  wildlife  and  waterfowl  refuge  of  national,  state,  or  local  significance,  or  land  of   a  historic  site  of  national,  state,  or  local  significance  (as  determined  by  the  Federal,   state,  or  local  officials  having  jurisdiction  over  the  park,  area,  refuge,  or  site)  only   if:  a)  There  is  no  prudent  and  feasible  alternative  to  using  that  land;  and  b)  The   program  or  project  includes  all  possible  planning  to  minimize  harm  to  the  park,   recreation  area,  wildlife  and  waterfowl  refuge,  or  historic  site  resulting  from  the   use.   S TATE   Fish  and  Game  Code  §2050-­2097  -­  California  Endangered  Species  Act   The  California  Endangered  Species  Act  (CESA)  protects  certain  plant  and  animal  species  when  they   are  of  special  ecological,  educational,  historical,  recreational,  aesthetic,  economic,  and  scientific   value  to  the  people  of  the  State.  CESA  established  that  it  is  State  policy  to  conserve,  protect,   restore,  and  enhance  endangered  species  and  their  habitats.   CESA  was  expanded  upon  the  original  Native  Plant  Protection  Act  and  enhanced  legal  protection   for  plants.  To  be  consistent  with  Federal  regulations,  CESA  created  the  categories  of  "threatened"   and  "endangered"  species.  It  converted  all  "rare"  animals  into  the  Act  as  threatened  species,  but   did  not  do  so  for  rare  plants.  Thus,  there  are  three  listing  categories  for  plants  in  California:  rare,   threatened,   and   endangered.   Under   State   law,   plant   and   animal   species   may   be   formally   designated  by  official  listing  by  the  California  Fish  and  Game  Commission.   3.2  BIOLOGICAL  RESOURCES     3.2-­‐10  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     Fish  and  Game  Code  §1900-­1913  California  Native  Plant  Protection  Act   In  1977  the  State  Legislature  passed  the  Native  Plant  Protection  Act  (NPPA)  in  recognition  of  rare   and  endangered  plants  of  the  state.  The  intent  of  the  law  was  to  preserve,  protect,  and  enhance   endangered   plants.   The   NPPA   gave   the   California   Fish   and   Game   Commission   the   power   to   designate  native  plants  as  endangered  or  rare,  and  to  require  permits  for  collecting,  transporting,   or  selling  such  plants.  The  NPPA  includes  provisions  that  prohibit  the  taking  of  plants  designated  as   "rare"  from  the  wild,  and  a  salvage  mandate  for  landowners,  which  requires  notification  of  the   CDFW  10  days  in  advance  of  approving  a  building  site.   Fish  and  Game  Code  §3503,  3503.5,  3800  -­  Predatory  Birds   Under   the   California   Fish   and   Game   Code,   all   predatory   birds   in   the  order  Falconiformes   or   Strigiformes  in  California,  generally  called  “raptors,”  are  protected.  The  law  indicates  that  it  is   unlawful  to  take,  posses,  or  destroy  the  nest  or  eggs  of  any  such  bird  unless  it  is  in  accordance  with   the  code.  Any  activity  that  would  cause  a  nest  to  be  abandoned  or  cause  a  reduction  or  loss  in  a   reproductive  effort  is  considered  a  take.  This  generally  includes  construction  activities.   Fish  and  Game  Code  §1601-­1603  –  Streambed  Alteration   Under  the  California  Fish  and  Game  Code,  CDFW  has  jurisdiction  over  any  proposed  activities  that   would  divert  or  obstruct  the  natural  flow  or  change  the  bed,  channel,  or  bank  of  any  lake  or   stream.   Private   landowners   or   project   proponents   must   obtain   a   “Streambed   Alteration   Agreement”  from  CDFW  prior  to  any  alteration  of  a  lake  bed,  stream  channel,  or  their  banks.   Through  this  agreement,  the  CDFW  may  impose  conditions  to  limit  and  fully  mitigate  impacts  on   fish  and  wildlife  resources.  These  agreements  are  usually  initiated  through  the  local  CDFW  warden   and  will  specify  timing  and  construction  conditions,  including  any  mitigation  necessary  to  protect   fish  and  wildlife  from  impacts  of  the  work.   Public  Resources  Code  §  21000  -­  California  Environmental  Quality  Act   The  California  Environmental  Quality  Act  (CEQA)  identifies  that  a  species  that  is  not  listed  on  the   federal  or  state  endangered  species  list  may  be  considered  rare  or  endangered  if  the  species   meets  certain  criteria.  Under  CEQA  public  agencies  must  determine  if  a  project  would  adversely   affect  a  species  that  is  not  protected  by  FESA  or  CESA.  Species  that  are  not  listed  under  FESA  or   CESA,  but  are  otherwise  eligible  for  listing  (i.e.  candidate,  or  proposed)  may  be  protected  by  the   local  government  until  the  opportunity  to  list  the  species  arises  for  the  responsible  agency.     Species  that  may  be  considered  for  review  are  included  on  a  list  of  “Species  of  Special  Concern,”   developed  by  the  CDFW.  Additionally,  the  California  Native  Plant  Society  (CNPS)  maintains  a  list  of   plant  species  native  to  California  that  have  low  numbers,  limited  distribution,  or  are  otherwise   threatened  with  extinction.  This  information  is  published  in  the  Inventory  of  Rare  and  Endangered   Vascular  Plants  of  California.  List  1A  contains  plants  that  are  believed  to  be  extinct.  List  1B  contains   plants  that  are  rare,  threatened,  or  endangered  in  California  and  elsewhere.  List  2  contains  plants   that   are   rare,   threatened,   or   endangered   in   California,   but   more   numerous   elsewhere.   List   3   contains   plants   where   additional   information   is   needed.   List   4   contains   plants   with   a   limited   distribution.       B IOLOGICAL  RESOURCES  3.2     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.2-­‐11     Public  Resources  Code  §  21083.4  -­  Oak  woodlands  conservation   In   2004,   the   California   legislature   enacted   SB   1334,   which   added   oak   woodland   conservation   regulations  to  the  Public  Resources  Code.  This  new  law  requires  a  County  to  determine  whether  a   project,   within   its   jurisdiction,   may   result   in   a   conversion   of   oak   woodlands   that   will   have   a   significant  effect  on  the  environment.  If  a  County  determines  that  there  may  be  a  significant  effect   to  oak  woodlands,  the  County  must  require  oak  woodland  mitigation  alternatives  to  mitigate  the   significant   effect   of   the   conversion   of   oak   woodlands.   Such   mitigation   alternatives   include:   conservation  through  the  use  of  conservation  easements;  planting  and  maintaining  an  appropriate   number  of  replacement  trees;  contribution  of  funds  to  the  Oak  Woodlands  Conservation  Fund  for   the   purpose   of   purchasing   oak   woodlands   conservation   easements;   and/or   other   mitigation   measures  developed  by  the  County.   California  Wetlands  Conservation  Policy   In   August   1993,   the   Governor  of   the   State   of   California  announced   the   "California   Wetlands   Conservation  Policy.”  The  goals  of  the  policy  are  to  establish  a  framework  and  strategy  that  will:   • Ensure  no  overall  net  loss  and  to  achieve  a  long-­‐term  net  gain  in  the  quantity,  quality,  and   permanence   of   wetland   acreage   and   values   in   California   in   a   manner   that   fosters   creativity,  stewardship,  and  respect  for  private  property.   • Reduce   procedural   complexity   in   the   administration   of   State   and   federal  wetland   conservation  programs.   • Encourage  partnerships  to  make  landowner  incentive  programs  and  cooperative  planning   efforts  the  primary  focus  of  wetland  conservation  and  restoration.   The  Governor  also  signed  Executive  Order  W-­‐59-­‐93,  which  incorporates  the  goals  and  objectives   contained  in  the  new  policy  and  directs  the  Resources  Agency  to  establish  an  Interagency  Task   Force  to  direct  and  coordinate  administration  and  implementation  of  the  policy.   Natural  Community  Conservation  Planning  Act   The  Natural  Community  Conservation  Planning  Act  provides  long-­‐term  protection  of  species  and   habitats  through  regional,  multi-­‐species  planning  before  the  special  measures  of  the  CESA  become   necessary.   Porter-­Cologne  Water  Quality  Control  Act   The   Porter-­‐Cologne   Water   Quality   Control   Act   authorizes   the   SWRCB   to   regulate   state   water   quality  and  protect  beneficial  uses.   3.2  BIOLOGICAL  RESOURCES     3.2-­‐12  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     L OCAL   2025  Truckee  General  Plan   CONSERVATION  AND  OPEN  SPACE  ELEMENT   P1.4:  Cluster  new  development  where  appropriate  in  order  to  maximize  preservation  of  land   in  open  space.  Clustering  shall  conform  to  the  guidelines  established  in  Policies  and   Actions  listed  under  Goal  LU-­‐7  in  the  Land  Use  Element.   P4.1    Provide  for  the  integrity  and  continuity  of  biological  resources  open  space,  habitat  and   wildlife  movement  corridors  and  support  the  permanent  protection  and  restoration  of   these  areas,  particularly  those  identified  as  sensitive  resources.   P4.2    Protect  sensitive  wildlife  habitat  from  destruction  and  intrusion  by  incompatible  land   uses  where  appropriate.  All  efforts  to  protect  sensitive  habitats  should  consider:   • Sensitive  habitat  and  movement  corridors  in  the  areas  adjacent  to  development  sites,   as  well  as  on  the  development  site  itself.   • Prevention  of  habitat  fragmentation  and  loss  of  connectivity.   • Use   of  appropriate   protection   measures   for   sensitive   habitat   areas   such   as   non-­‐ disturbance  easements  and  open  space  zoning.   • Off-­‐site   habitat   restoration   as   a   potential   mitigation,   provided   that   no   net   loss   of   habitat  value  results.   • Potential   mitigation   or   elimination   of   impacts   through   mandatory   clustering   of   development,  and/or  project  redesign.   P4.4:  Preserve   riparian   corridors,   Donner   Lake   and   aquatic   and   wetland   areas   through   application  of  setbacks  and  other  development  standards  that  respect  these  resources.   P4.5:  Development   shall   be   prohibited   within   established   setback   areas   for   streams   and   waterways   other   than   the   Truckee   River,   except   as   otherwise   allowed   in   the   Development  Code;  such  setbacks  shall  be  between  20  and  50  feet  on  parcels  less  than   175  feet  deep  (depending  on  parcel  depth),  and  50  feet  on  parcels  175  feet  deep  or   more.   P5.1:  Require  biological  resource  assessments  for  all  development  in  areas  where  special   status  species  may  be  present.     P5.2:  Protect   native   plant   species   in   undisturbed   portions   of   a   development   site   and   encourage   planting   and   regeneration   of   native   plant   species   wherever   possible   in   undisturbed  portions  of  the  project  site.   P5.3:  Protect   to   the   extent   possible   federal   or   State-­‐designated   endangered,   threatened,   special  status  or  candidate  species.     B IOLOGICAL  RESOURCES  3.2     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.2-­‐13     P5.4:  Support  efforts  to  eradicate  invasive  and  noxious  weeds  and  vegetation  on  public  and   private  property.   P9.1:  Provide  for  links  between  open  space  areas,  both  within  Truckee  and  beyond  the  Town   limits,  to  create  contiguous  habitat  areas  and  enhance  public  access  through  greater   connectivity.   3.2.3  IMPACTS  AND  M ITIGATION  MEASURES   T HRESHOLDS  OF  S IGNIFICANCE   Consistent  with  Appendix  G  of  the  CEQA  Guidelines,  the  proposed  project  will  have  a  significant   impact  on  biological  resources  if  it  will:   • Have  a  substantial  adverse  effect,  either  directly  or  through  habitat  modifications,  on  any   species  identified  as  a  candidate,  sensitive,  or  special-­‐status  species  in  local  or  regional   plans,  policies,  or  regulations,  or  by  the  California  Department  of  Fish  and  Wildlife  or  U.S.   Fish  and  Wildlife  Service;   • Have   a   substantial   adverse   effect   on   any   riparian   habitat   or   other   sensitive   natural   community  identified  in  local  or  regional  plans,  policies,  regulations  or  by  the  California   Department  of  Fish  and  Wildlife  or  U.S.  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service;   • Have  a  substantial  adverse  effect  on  federally  protected  wetlands  as  defined  by  Section   404  of  the  Clean  Water  Act  (including,  but  not  limited  to,  marsh,  vernal  pool,  coastal,  etc.)   through  direct  removal,  filling,  hydrological  interruption,  or  other  means;   • Interfere   substantially   with   the   movement   of   any   native   resident   or   migratory   fish   or   wildlife   species   or   with   established   native   resident   or   migratory   wildlife   corridors,   or   impede  the  use  of  native  wildlife  nursery  sites;   • Conflict  with  any  local  policies  or  ordinances  protecting  biological  resources,  such  as  a  tree   preservation  policy  or  ordinance;   • Conflict  with  the  provisions  of  an  adopted  Habitat  Conservation  Plan,  Natural  Community   Conservation  Plan,  or  other  approved  local,  regional,  or  state  habitat  conservation  plan.   I MPACTS  AND  M ITIGATION   Impact  3.2-­1:  The  proposed  project  has  the  potential  to  have  direct  or   indirect  effects  on  special-­status  bird  species  (Less  than  Significant  with   Mitigation)   Raptors  and  Migratory  Birds:  There  are  a  variety  of  raptors  (northern  goshawk,  bald  eagle,  and   osprey)  and  migratory  birds  that  are  known  throughout  the  Sierra  Nevada  range  including  the   Tahoe  region.  These  birds  are  protected  by  a  variety  of  state  and  federal  laws  that  prevent  the   3.2  BIOLOGICAL  RESOURCES     3.2-­‐14  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     harassment  and  willful  take  of  these  species.  There  are  numerous  other  protected  raptors  and   migratory  birds  that  are  not  mapped,  but  may  utilize  the  project  site  or  vicinity  at  times.     A  variety  of  birds  could  nest  on  the  project  site  or  in  the  vicinity  in  any  given  year.  The  proposed   project  will  disrupt  eastside  pine  and  sagebrush  habitat.  There  are  a  variety  of  migratory  birds  that   use   these   habitats   for   nesting.   Construction   activities   that   occur   during   the   nesting   season   (generally  March  1-­‐August  31)  could  disrupt  nesting  for  birds  protected  by  the  MBTA  and  CFGC.       During  field  surveys  performed  by  Foothill  Associates  on  August  21  and  22,  2006,  Quad  Knopf  on   September  7,  2006,  and  by  De  Novo  Planning  Group  on  July  13,  2011,  there  was  no  evidence  of   nesting;  however,  raptors  or  migratory  birds  could  establish  nests  in  any  given  breeding  season.   The  proposed  project  will  result  in  tree  removal  that  could  impact  nesting  raptors  and  migratory   birds.    This  is  a  potentially  significant  impact.  Implementation  of  the  following  mitigation  measure   would  reduce  the  impact  to  a  less  than  significant  level.   Special  Status  Birds:  There  are  three  special-­‐status  bird  species  that  are  documented  within  a  five   mile  radius  of  the  project  site  including:  northern  goshawk  (Accipiter  gentilis),  willow  flycatcher   (Empidonax  traillii  extimus),  and  yellow  warbler  (Dendroica  petechia).  Each  is  discussed  below.   Yellow  warbler  (Dendroica  petechia  brewsteri).  The  California  Department  of  Fish  and  Wildlife  lists   the  yellow  warbler  as  a  Species  of  Special  Concern.  Yellow  warblers  generally  occupy  riparian  veg-­‐ etation  in  close  proximity  to  water  along  streams  and  in  wet  meadows.  They  are  found  in  willows,   cottonwoods,  and  in  numerous  other  species  of  riparian  shrubs  or  trees.  These  birds  feed  mainly   on  animal  matter,  including  ants,  bees,  wasps,  caterpillars,  beetles,  true  bugs,  flies,  and  spiders,  as   well  as  and  some  berries  and  similar  small  juicy  fruits.  They  arrive  in  their  breeding  range  in  late   spring  and  begin  moving  to  their  winter  range  again  starting  as  early  as  July,  or  as  soon  as  their   young  are  fledged  (CDFW,  2008).     There  are  documented  occurrences  of  yellow  warbler  within  five  miles  of  the  project  site.  Field   surveys  did  not  reveal  the  presence  of  this  species,  or  any  essential  habitat  for  this  species  on  the   project  site.  Implementation  of  the  proposed  project  would  have  a  less  than  significant  impact  on   this  species.  No  mitigation  is  necessary.   Willow   flycatcher   (Empidonax   traillii).  The   California   Department   of   Fish   and  Wildlife  l i s t s  t h e   willow  flycatcher  as  Endangered.  Willow  flycatchers  occupy  riparian  and  mesic  upland  thickets.   They  are  a  "sit  and  wait"  predator  of  winged  insects.  They  were  historically  common  summer   residents  throughout  California,  breeding  wherever  extensive  willow  thickets  occurred,  however,   they  have  been  extirpated  as  breeding  birds  over  much  of  their  range  in  California.  Today,  they  are   rare  to  locally  uncommon  summer  residents  in  wet  meadow  and  montane  riparian  habitats  at   2,000-­‐8,000   ft   in   the   Cascade   and   Sierra   Nevada   ranges,   and   occur  along   the   Kern,   Santa   Margarita,  and  San  Luis  Rey  rivers.  In  the  spring  and  fall,  willow  flycatchers  are  fairly  common   transients  throughout  the  state's  riparian  willow.   There  are  documented  occurrences  of  yellow  warbler  within  five  miles  of  the  project  site.  Field   surveys  did  not  reveal  the  presence  of  this  species,  or  any  essential  habitat  for  this  species  on  the   B IOLOGICAL  RESOURCES  3.2     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.2-­‐15     project  site.  Implementation  of  the  proposed  project  would  have  a  less  than  significant  impact  on   this  species.  No  mitigation  is  necessary.   Northern   goshawk   (Accipiter  gentilis).  The   California   Department   of   Fish   and  Wildlife  l i s t s  t h e   Northern  goshawk  as  a  Species  of  Special  Concern.  Northern  goshawks  occupy  a  variety  of  habitats   including  mature  coniferous  and  deciduous  forests.  Nest  sites  are  generally  in  stands  of  larger   trees  with  dense  canopy  cover.  Northern  goshawks  hunt  in  openings  and  in  forested  stands  with   an  open  understory  that  allow  for  catching  prey  in  flight.  Within  a  nest  stand,  northern  goshawks   may  have  as  many  as  eight  alternate  nest  sites.  They  eat  a  wide  variety  of  small  mammals  and   birds.  They  lay  one  to  four  eggs  in  early  spring,  with  a  clutch  commonly  producing  two  to  three   chicks.  Young  fledge  at  about  five  to  six  weeks  old,  but  are  dependent  upon  their  parents  for  food   until  late  summer  or  early  fall.  (USFWS,  2011).   There  are  documented  occurrences  of  Northern  goshawk  within  five  miles  of  the  project  site.  Field   surveys  did  not  reveal  the  present  of  this  species  on  the  project  site.  Nesting  habitat  for  this   species  is  present  in  the  Jeffery  pine  (Pinus  jefferyi)  stands  within  the  project  site;  however,  its   proximity  to  existing  developments  and  human  activities  makes  this  area  less  desirable  for  nesting   goshawks  when  compared  to  the  region.  Nevertheless,  removal  of  any  of  these  trees  would  result   in  an  indirect  impact  on  this  species  as  a  result  of  cumulative  loss  of  potential  nesting  habitat  for   this  species.  In  addition,  construction  activities  in  the  vicinity  of  active  nests  could  potentially   disturb  birds  and  cause  them  to  abandon  their  nests.  The  loss  or  disturbance  of  active  nests  or   direct  mortality  is  prohibited  by  the  MBTA  and  California  Fish  and  Game  Code  §3503.5.  This  impact   is  considered  potentially  significant.     During  field  surveys  there  was  no  evidence  of  nesting;  however,  this  species  could  establish  nests   in  any  given  breeding  season.  The  proposed  project  will  result  in  tree  removal  that  could  impact   this  species.    This  is  a  potentially  significant  impact.  Implementation  of  the  following  mitigation   measure  would  reduce  the  impact  to  a  less  than  significant  level.   MITIGATION  MEASURES     Mitigation   Measure   3.2-­‐1:  T h i r t y  d a y s  p r i o r  t o  c o m m e n c e m e n t  o f  c o n s t r u c t i o n ,  t h e  p r o j e c t   proponent  shall  retain  a  qualified  biologist  to  perform  a  preconstruction  survey  to  ensure  that  there   are  no  occupied  nests,  including  but  not  limited  to  raptors,  if  construction  occurs  during  the  nesting   season  (March  to  September).  If  it  is  determined  from  the  preconstruction  survey  that  there  are   occupied  nests,  then  the  project  proponent  shall  either  avoid  the  project  area  until  the  nesting   season  is  over,  or  seek  consultation  with  the  appropriate  regulatory  agency  (CDFW  or  USFWS)  for   the  appropriate  permits  and  mitigation  measures.  If  it  is  determined  that  the  project  site  does  not   contain  occupied  nests  then  no  additional  action  is  necessary.   3.2  BIOLOGICAL  RESOURCES     3.2-­‐16  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)       Impact  3.2-­2:  The  proposed  project  has  the  potential  to  have  direct  or   indirect  effects  on  special-­status  mammal  species  (Less  than  Significant)   There  are  three  special-­‐status  mammal  species  that  are  documented  within  a  five  mile  radius  of   the   project   site   including:  Sierra   Nevada   mountain   beaver   (Aplodontia   rufa   californica),   Sierra   Nevada  red  fox  (Vulpes  vulpes  necator),  and  Sierra  Nevada  snowshoe  hare  (Lepus  americanus   tahoensis).  Each  is  discussed  below.   Sierra  Nevada  mountain  beaver  (Aplodontia  rufa  californica).  Sierra  Nevada  Mountain  beavers  are   chunky,  grizzled  gray  rodents  with  a  small,  one  inch  furred  tail.  Their  fur  is  course  and  dull,  the   eyes  are  small,  and  the  ears  are  small  and  rounded.  They  make  extensive  shallow  burrows  and   tunnel  systems  in  the  ground.  They  are  generally  solitary  (except  during  breeding  and  when  the   female  is  raising  her  young.)  Most  of  their  time  is  spent  on  or  below  ground;  however,  they  will   also  climb  trees  and  swim.  They  are  active  throughout  the  year,  with  most  activity  occurring  at   night.  They  are  herbivores  and  forage  mainly  on  the  ground  for  various  types  of  herbaceous  plants,   trees  and  shrubs.  Grasses  and  forbs  are  dried  and  stored  for  winter  use.  Surface  water  or  succulent   vegetation  is  consumed  on  a  daily  basis.  Young  are  born  March  to  April  in  an  oval  nest  of  leaves,   twigs,  and  grasses  constructed  in  a  chamber  located  about  two  feet  below  the  surface  of  the   ground.     There  are  documented  occurrences  of  Sierra  Nevada  mountain  beaver  within  five  miles  of  the   project  site.  Field  surveys  did  not  reveal  the  presence  of  this  species,  or  any  essential  habitat  for   this  species  on  the  project  site.  Implementation  of  the  proposed  project  would  have  a  less  than   significant  impact  on  this  species.  No  mitigation  is  necessary.   Sierra  Nevada  snowshoe  hare  (Lepus  americanus  tahoensis).  The  Sierra  Nevada  snowshoe  hare  is  a   medium-­‐sized  rabbit  with  relatively  short  ears;  large  hindfeet,  and  a  short  tail.  This  is  the  smallest   subspecies  of  snowshoe  hare  in  western  North  America.  The  pelage  is  long,  thick,  and  soft  with   two  annual  molts.  In  winter,  individuals  are  more  or  less  uniformly  white,  while  in  summer  they   are  cinnamon-­‐brown  to  brownish-­‐black  above  and  white  beneath.  They  occur  from  4,800  ft  to   approximately  7,000  ft  in  riparian  communities  characterized  by  thickets  of  deciduous  trees  and   shrubs   such   as   willows   and   alders.  In   the   summer,   snowshoe   hares   feed   on   various   green   succulent  plants,  grasses,  sedges,  ferns,  and  forbs.  In  the  winter,  their  diet  changes  to  bark  and   twigs  of  conifers,  evergreen  shrubs,  and  deciduous  trees  such  as  aspen,  alder,  and  willow.  Primary   predators   of   hares   in   the  western   United   States   are   bobcats,   red  foxes,   coyotes,   and   several   species  of  hawks  and  owls.  (CDFW,  1998).   There   are   documented   occurrences   of   Sierra   Nevada   snowshoe   hare   within   five   miles   of   the   project  site.  Field  surveys  did  not  reveal  the  presence  of  this  species,  or  any  essential  habitat  for   this  species  on  the  project  site.  Implementation  of  the  proposed  project  would  have  a  less  than   significant  impact  on  this  species.  No  mitigation  is  necessary.   Sierra  Nevada  red  fox  (Vulpes  vulpes  necator).  The  Sierra  Nevada  red  fox  is  a  distinct  subspecies  of   the   red   fox,   which   is   one   of   the   world’s   most   familiar   and   widespread   carnivores,   occurring   B IOLOGICAL  RESOURCES  3.2     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.2-­‐17     throughout  North  America,  Europe,  Asia,  and  portions  of  Australia.  They  are  a  member  of  the  dog   family,  along  with  coyotes,  wolves  and  jackals.  They  generally  weigh  4.5  to  9  lbs,  have  a  narrow   pointed  muzzle,  long  thin  legs,  and  a  thick  bushy  tail  with  a  white  tip.  They  can  have  black,  tawny   yellow,  or  pale  gray  fur,  although  the  reddish-­‐orange  pelt  is  generally  the  most  common.  They  live   in   the   open   conifer  w o o d l a n d s  a n d  m o u n t a i n  m e a d o w s  near  treeline.   They   are   opportunistic   predators  and  scavengers  that  eat  a  wide  variety  of  foods  depending  on  their  seasonal  availability.   Small  and  medium-­‐sized  mammals  usually  dominate  the  diet,  with  birds,  insects,  invertebrates,   fruit,  carrion,  garbage  and  other  foods  important  seasonally.  (Perrine,  Campbell  and  Green.  2010).   There  are  documented  occurrences  of  Sierra  Nevada  red  fox  within  five  miles  of  the  project  site.   Field   surveys  performed   by   Foothill   Associates   on  August   21   and   22,   2006,   Quad   Knopf   on   September  7,  2006,  and  by  De  Novo  Planning  Group  on  July  13,  2011,  did  not  reveal  the  presence   of  this  species,  or  any  essential  habitat  for  this  species  on  the  project  site.  There  is  no  evidence  of   existing   or   past   denning   on   the   project   site.   Implementation   of   the   proposed   project   is   not   anticipated  to  have  a  direct  impact  on  this  species.  Implementation  of  the  proposed  project  would   have  a  less  than  significant  impact  on  this  species.  No  mitigation  is  necessary.   Impact  3.2-­3:  The  proposed  project  has  the  potential  to  have  direct  or   indirect  effects  on  special-­status  fish  species  (Less  than  Significant)   There  is  one  special-­‐status  fish  species  that  is  documented  within  a  five  mile  radius  of  the  project   site  including:  Lahontan  cutthroat  trout  (Oncorhynchus  clarki  henshawi).  This  species  is  discussed   below.   Lahontan  cutthroat  trout  (Oncorhynchus  clarkii  henshawi).  Lahontan  cutthroat  trout,  like  other   trout  species,  are  found  in  a  wide  variety  of  cold-­‐water  habitats  including  large  terminal  alkaline   lakes,  alpine   lakes,   slow   meandering   rivers,   mountain   rivers,  and   small   headwater   tributary   streams.  Generally,  they  occur  in  cool  flowing  water  with  available  cover  of  well-­‐vegetated  and   stable  stream  banks,  in  areas  where  there  are  stream  velocity  breaks,  and  in  relatively  silt  free,   rocky   riffle-­‐run   areas.  They   are  endemic   to   the   Lahontan   basin   of   northern   Nevada,   eastern   California  ,  and  southern  Oregon.  Today,  they  occupy  between  123  to  129  streams  within  the   Lahontan   basin   and   32   to   34   streams   outside   the   basin,   totaling   approximately   482   miles   of   occupied  habitat.  The  species  is  also  found  in  five  lakes,  including  two  small  populations  in  Summit   and  Independence  Lakes.  Self-­‐sustaining  populations  of  the  species  occur  in  10.7  percent  of  the   historic  stream  habitats  and  0.4  percent  of  the  historic  lake  habitats.   There  are  documented  occurrences  of  Lahontan  cutthroat  trout  within  five  miles  of  the  project   site.  Field  surveys  did  not  reveal  the  presence  of  this  species,  or  any  essential  habitat  for  this   species   on   the   project   site.   Implementation   of   the   proposed   project   would   have   a  less   than   significant  impact  on  this  species.  No  mitigation  is  necessary.   3.2  BIOLOGICAL  RESOURCES     3.2-­‐18  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     Impact  3.2-­4:  The  proposed  project  has  the  potential  to  have  direct  or   indirect  effects  on  special-­status  plant  species  (Less  than  Significant  with   Mitigation)   There  are  seven  special-­‐status  plant  species  that  are  documented  within  a  five  mile  radius  of  the   project   site   including:  Common   moonwort   (Botrychium   lunaria),  Donner   Pass   buckwheat   (Eriogonum   umbellatum  var.  torreyanum),  Santa   Lucia   dwarf   rush   (Juncus   luciensis),  Alder   buckthorn   (Rhamnus   alnifolia),  marsh   skullcap   (Scutellaria   galericulata),   Plumas   Ivesia   (Ivesia   sericoleuca),  and  Tahoe  yellow  cress  (Rorippa  subumbellata).  Each  is  discussed  below.   Common   moonwort   (Botrychium   lunaria).  This   species   is   a  p e r e n n i a l  r h i z o ma t o u s  h e r b  of  t h e   Ophioglossaceae  family.  Its  range  includes  Mono,  Modoc,  Nevada,  Sierra,  Tulare,  and  Tuolumne   counties.   It   is   found   in   Meadows   and   seeps,   subalpine   coniferous   forest,   and   upper   montane   coniferous  forest.  This  species  blooms  in  August  (CNPS,  2011).     There  are  documented  occurrences  of  common  moonwort  within  five  miles  of  the  project  site.   Field  surveys  did  not  reveal  the  presence  of  this  species  on  the  project  site.  Implementation  of  the   proposed   project   would   have   a  less   than   significant  i m p a c t  o n  t h i s  s p e c i e s .  N o  m i t i g a t i o n  i s   necessary.   Donner  Pass  buckwheat  (Eriogonum  umbellatum  var.  torreyanum).  This  species  is  a  perennial  herb   of  the  Polygonaceae  family.  Its  range  is  from  Sierra,  Nevada,  and  Placer  counties.  It  is  found  on   volcanic  and  rocky  sites,  meadows  and  seeps,  and  upper  montane  coniferous  forest.  This  species   blooms  from  July  to  September.  It  is  known  from  20  occurrences,  although  it  may  be  present  in   other  locations  where  favorable  conditions  exist.  (CNPS,  2011).     There  are  documented  occurrences  of  Donner  Pass  buckwheat  within  five  miles  of  the  project  site.   Field  surveys  did  not  reveal  the  presence  of  this  species  on  the  project  site.  Implementation  of  the   proposed   project   would   have   a  less   than   significant  i m p a c t  o n  t h i s  s p e c i e s .  N o  m i t i g a t i o n  i s   necessary.   Santa  Lucia  dwarf  rush  (Juncus  luciensis).  This  species  is  an  annual  herb  of  the  Juncaceae  family.  Its   range  includes  Lassen,  Monterey,  Modoc,  Napa,  Nevada,  Placer,  Plumas,  Riverside,  Santa  Barbara,   San  Benito,  San  Diego,  Shasta,  and  San  Luis  Obispo  counties.  It  is  found  in  chaparral,  Great  Basin   scrub,   lower   montane   coniferous   forest,   meadows   and   seeps,   and   vernal   pools.   This   species   blooms  from  April  to  July  (CNPS,  2011).     There  are  documented  occurrences  of  Santa  Lucia  dwarf  rush  within  five  miles  of  the  project  site.   Field  surveys  did  not  reveal  the  presence  of  this  species  on  the  project  site.  Implementation  of  the   proposed   project   would   have   a  less   than   significant  i m p a c t  o n  t h i s  s p e c i e s .  N o  m i t i g a t i o n  i s   necessary.   Alder   buckthorn   (Rhamnus   alnifolia).  T h i s  s p e c i e s  i s  a  p e r e n n i a l  d e c i d u o u s  s h r u b  o f  t h e   Rhamnaceae  family.  Its  range  includes  Alpine,  Nevada,  Placer,  Plumas,  and  Sierra  counties.  It  is   found   in   lower   montane   coniferous   forest,   meadows   and   seeps,   riparian   scrub,   and   upper   montane  coniferous  forest.  This  species  blooms  from  May  to  July.  (CNPS,  2011).   B IOLOGICAL  RESOURCES  3.2     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.2-­‐19     There  are  documented  occurrences  of  alder  buckthorn  within  five  miles  of  the  project  site.  Field   surveys  did  not  reveal  the  presence  of  this  species  on  the  project  site.  Implementation  of  the   proposed   project   would   have   a  less   than   significant  i m p a c t  o n  t h i s  species.   No   mitigation   is   necessary.   Tahoe  yellow  cress  (Rorippa  subumbellata).  This  species  is  a  perennial  rhizomatous  herb  of  the   Brassicaceae  family.  Its  range  includes  El  Dorado,  Placer,  and  Nevada  counties  in  association  with   Lake  Tahoe.  It  is  found  on  decomposed  granitic  beaches,  lower  montane  coniferous  forest,  and   meadows  and  seeps.  This  species  blooms  from  May  to  September.  (CNPS,  2011).   There  are  documented  occurrences  of  Tahoe  yellow  cress  within  five  miles  of  the  project  site.  Field   surveys  did  not  reveal  the  presence  of  this  species  on  the  project  site.  Implementation  of  the   proposed   project   would   have   a  less   than   significant  i m p a c t  o n  t h i s  s p e c i e s .  N o  m i t i g a t i o n  i s   necessary.   Marsh   skullcap  (Scutellaria   galericulata).  This   species   is   a   perennial   rhizomatous   herb   of  t h e   Lamiaceae  family.  Its  range  includes  El  Dorado,  Lassen,  Modoc,  Nevada,  Placer,  Plumas,  Shasta,   Siskiyou,  and  San  Joaquin  counties.  It  is  found  on  lower  montane  coniferous  forest,  meadows  and   seeps  (mesic),  and  marshes  and  swamps.  This  species  blooms  from  June  to  September.  (CNPS,   2011).   There  are  documented  occurrences  of  marsh  skullcap  within  five  miles  of  the  project  site.  Field   surveys  did  not  reveal  the  presence  of  this  species  on  the  project  site.  Implementation  of  the   proposed   project   would   have   a  less   than   significant  i m p a c t  o n  t h i s  s p e c i e s .  N o  m i t i g a t i o n  i s   necessary.   Plumas  ivesia  (ivesia  sericoleuca).  This  species  is  a  perennial  herb  of  the  Rosaceae  family.  Its  range   is  from  Lassen,  Nevada,  Placer,  Plumas,  and  Sierra  counties.  It  is  found  on  vernally  mesic,  usually   volcanic,  Great  Basin  scrub,  lower  montane  coniferous  forest,  meadows  and  seeps,  and  vernal   pools.  This  species  blooms  from  May  to  October.  (CNPS,  2011).   There  are  documented  occurrences  of  Plumas  ivesia  within  five  miles  of  the  project  site.  Field   surveys  performed  by  Foothill  Associates  on  August  21  and  22,  2006  revealed  the  presence  of   approximately  60  individual  plants  on  the  project  site.  This  species  was  observed  and  documented   in  five  locations  on  the  site,  as  shown  on  Figure  3.2-­‐2.  One  of  the  areas  were  these  individual   plants  are  located  is  within  the  open  space  preservation  area  near  the  intersection  of  SR  267  and   Brockway  Road.  There  is  also  a  documented  occurrence  located  immediately  adjacent  to  the  open   space  area  along  the  Brockway  Road  frontage.  A  slight  design  modification  that  would  place  this   documented  occurrence  within  the  open  space  area  would  eliminate  a  potential  impact  to  this   species.    Development  within  Parcel  16    would  require  disturbance  to  three  of  the  documented   occurrences   of   this  special   status   plants,   each   of   which   is   clustered   in   the   same   area.   Implementation   of   the   following   mitigation   measure   would   reduce   this   impact   to   a  less   than   significant  level.   3.2  BIOLOGICAL  RESOURCES     3.2-­‐20  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     MITIGATION  MEASURES     Mitigation  Measure  3.2-­‐2:  Prior  to  project  approval,  the  project  proponent  shall  incorporate  all   documented   Plumas  ivesia  l o c a t e d  a l o n g  t h e  B r o c k w a y  R o a d  f r o n t a g e  i n t o  t h e  O p e n  S p a c e   preservation  area.  This  requires  a  slight  design  modification  of  Parcel  9,  which  is  designated  for  CG-­‐ 2  uses.  The  net  effect  will  be  a  reduced  impact  to  this  species.  There  will  be  no  new  impact  created   by  this  design  modification.     Mitigation  Measure  3.2-­‐3:  Prior  to  construction,  all  Plumas  ivesia  located   in   areas   of   the   site   proposed   for   ground   disturbance  will   be   hand   excavated   and   immediately   relocated   to   a   pre-­‐ determined   replanting   site.   The  r e p l a n t i n g  s i t e  w i l l  c o n t a i n  s i m i l a r  s u i t a b l e  h a b i t a t  c o n d i t i o n s ,   within  the  study  area  or  general  vicinity,  and  will  be  located  a  minimum  of  50  feet  from  proposed   construction  activities.  The  excavation,  and  replanting  will  be  performed  by  a  qualified  botanist   with  previous  Plumas  ivesia  experience.  The  re-­‐planting  area  will  be  fenced  to  prevent  undesirable   entry  into  the  replanting  area.  To  ensure  long-­‐term  protection,  signage  will  be  installed  on  the   fence   that   designates   this   area   as   a   sensitive   restoration   site   and   will   provide   standard   no   trespassing  language.   A   report   summarizing   the   findings   of   excavation,   and   replanting   efforts   will   be   prepared   and   submitted  to  the  Town  of  Truckee  and  CDFW.  The  replanting  area  will  be  monitored  for  three  years   to  determine  the  success  of  replanting  efforts.  Success  is  determined  by  the  number  of  relocated   plants   that   survive   and   transplantation.   If   the   success   rate   after   three   years   is   below   75%,   consultation  with  CDFW  will  be  required  to  develop  appropriate  remediation  plans.   Impact  3.4-­5:  The  proposed  project  has  the  potential  to  have  direct  or   indirect  effects  on  wetlands  (Less  than  Significant  with  Mitigation)   The  project  site  contains  two  wetlands  (streams)  as  identified  in  the  Wetland  Delineation  for  the   ±69-­‐Acre  Joerger   Ranch   PC-­‐3   Project  (North   Fork   Associates   2004).   The   first   wetland   area   is   identified  as  a  0.22-­‐acre  intermittent  stream  and  is  located  in  the  4.31-­‐acre  area  designated  as   Open  Space  on  the  westside  of  SR  267.  The  second  wetland  area  is  a  0.11-­‐acre  ephemeral  stream   located  in  an  area  designated  for  Regional  Commercial  and  Regional  Support  Commercial  on  the   eastside  of  SR  267  just  south  of  Soaring  Way.  The  development  would  require  the  removal  of  the   .11-­‐acre  ephemeral  stream.     The  two  drainages  flow  onto  the  project  site  from  adjacent  properties.  The  0.22-­‐acre  intermittent   stream  arises  from  a  meadow  on  the  south  side  of  Brockway  Road  and  terminates  on  the  project   site  without  reaching  another  stream  or  water  of  the  U.S.  The  0.11-­‐acre  ephemeral  stream  arises   as  a  result  of  drainage  from  SR  267  and  terminates  on  the  project  site  without  reaching  another   stream  or  water  of  the  U.S.  The  two  streams  combined  total  0.33  acres.  North  Fork  Associates   (2004)  provided  a  preliminary  determination  that  these  two  features  were  isolated  waters  and  are   outside  the  jurisdiction  of  the  USACE.     The  wetland  delineation  would  need  to  be  verified  and  a  final  determination  made  by  the  USACE   prior  to  any  activities  that  would  involve  the  streams.  If  the  USACE  determines  that  the  streams   are  isolated  wetlands,  then  the  streams  are  not  subject  to  the  jurisdiction  of  the  USACE  under  the   B IOLOGICAL  RESOURCES  3.2     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.2-­‐21     federal  Clean  Water  Act.  However,  isolated  water  are  still  considered  State  Waters  under  State  law   and  any  activities  that  would  require  removal,  filling,  or  hydrologic  interruption  of  the  intermittent   and   ephemeral   streams  w o u l d  b e  s u b j e c t  t o  t h e  Porter-­‐Cologne   Water   Quality   Act   and   the   California  Fish  and  Game  Code  Section  1601,  regardless  of  whether  they  are  determined  to  be  U.S.   Waters  under  the  federal  Clean  Water  Act.     The  0.11-­‐acre  ephemeral  stream  is  in  an  area  designated  for  Regional  Commercial  and  Regional   Support  Commercial.  Disturbance  to  the  0.11-­‐acre  ephemeral  stream  would  require  authorization   from  the  Regional  Water  Quality  Control  Board  under  the  Porter-­‐Cologne  Water  Quality  Act  and   from  the  California  Department  of  Fish  and  Wildlife  under  the  Fish  and  Game  Code.  In  addition,  a   verification   of   the   wetland   delineation  a n d  d e t e r m i n a t i o n  b y  t h e  U S ACE  would   ultimately   determine  whether  authorization  is  required  from  the  USACE  under  the  Clean  Water  Act.  The   following  mitigation  measures  would  ensure  that  the  appropriate  regulatory  compliance  steps  are   taken   to   secure   State   and   federal   authorizations   for   disturbance   to   the   0.11-­‐acre   ephemeral   stream   prior   to   any   disturbance.   This   would   include   permits   and  compensatory   mitigation.   Implementation  of  the  following  mitigation  measures  would  ensure  that  the  impacts  to  wetlands   are  reduced  to  a  less  than  significant  level.     MITIGATION  MEASURES   Mitigation  Measure  3.2-­‐4:  Prior  to  any  activities  that  would  result  in  removal,  fill,  or  hydrologic   interruption   of   the   drainage/wetland   area,   the   project   proponent   shall   provide  a  wetland   delineation  to  the  USACE  for  verification  and  a  wetland  determination.  If  the  USACE  determines   that  the  drainages  are  jurisdictional  and  that  the  project  activities  would  result  in  a  fill,  the  project   proponent  shall  secure  an  authorization  of  the  fill  through  the  Section  404  permit  process  and   Town  Minor  Use  Permit.  If  the  USACE  determines  that  the  drainages  are  not  jurisdictional  and  that   the  project  activities  would  not  result  in  a  fill,  no  permits  are  required.     Mitigation  Measure  3.2-­‐5:  The  project  proponent  shall  provide  the  Town  of  Truckee  with  a  wetland   determination   from   the   USACE  p r i o r  t o  t h e  i s s u a n c e  o f  a n y  g r a d i n g  o r  b u i l d i n g  p e r m i t s.  In   accordance  with  Development  Code  Section  18.30.050.F,  a  Minor  Use  Permit  shall  be  obtained   prior  to  any  disturbance  within  200-­‐feet  of  a  wetland.  No  wetland  disturbance  is  permitted  without   Minor   Use   Permit   approval   (Development   Code   Section   18.46.040.C).  After   obtaining   the   appropriate   Minor   Use   Permit   in   accordance   with  the   Truckee  Development   Code,   the   project   proponent  shall  compensate  for  the  disturbance  to  ensure  no  net  loss  of  habitat  functions  and   values.  The  compensation  shall  be  determined  by  the  Town  of  Truckee  through  the  Minor  Use   Permit  process,  and  shall  be  at  a  minimum  ratio  of  1.5:1  compensation.  Compensation  methods  are   subject  to  the  approval  of  the  permitting  agency.     Mitigation  Measure  3.2-­‐6:  Prior  to  any  activities  that  would  result  in  removal,  fill,  or  hydrologic   interruption  of  the  drainage/wetland  area,  the  project  proponent  shall  consult  with  the  RWQCB   and  CDFW  to  determine  if  the  activities  are  subject  to  permit  requirements  from  these  agencies  (i.e.   Waste  Discharge  Permit  for  fill  of  isolated  wetlands,  and  Streambed  Alternation  Agreement).  If  the   RWQCB  and/or  CDFW  determines  that  the  project  activities  are  subject  to  these  regulations,  the   project  proponent  shall  secure  an  authorization  of  the  activities  through  the  appropriate  permits.  If   3.2  BIOLOGICAL  RESOURCES     3.2-­‐22  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     the  RWQCB   and/or  CDFW  d e t e r m i n e s  t h a t  t h e  p r o j e c t  a c t i v i t i e s  a r e  n o t  s u b j e c t  t o  t h e s e   regulations,  the  project  proponent  shall  provide  the  Town  of  Truckee  with  a  letter  of  determination   from  the  RQQCB  and/or  CDFW.     (Note:  Implementation  of  Mitigation  Measure  3.2-­‐9  would  require  preservation  of  the  0.11-­‐acre   ephemeral  stream,  thereby  eliminating  the  potential  for  disturbance  to  jurisdictional  areas  and   eliminating  the  potential  need  to  obtain  permits/authorizations).   Mitigation   Measure  3.2-­‐7.  Prior   to   construction,  the  project   proponent  s h a l l  install   orange   construction  barrier  fencing  to  identify  environmentally  sensitive  areas  around  all  delineated  and   verified  wetland(s)  (20'  from  edge).  The  location  of  the  fencing  shall  be  marked  in  the  field  with   stakes  and  flagging  and  shown  on  the  construction  drawings.  The  fencing  shall  be  installed  before   construction  activities  are  initiated  and  shall  be  maintained  throughout  the  construction  period.   The  following  paragraph  shall  be  included  in  the  construction  specifications:   The   Contractor’s   attention   is   directed   to   the   areas   designated   as   “environmentally   sensitive   areas.”   These   areas   are   protected,   and   no   entry   by   the   Contractor   for   any   purpose  will  be  allowed  unless  specifically  authorized  in  writing  by  the  Town  of  Truckee.   The   Contractor   will   take   measures   to   ensure   that   Contractor’s   forces   do   not   enter   or   disturb  these  areas,  including  giving  written  notice  to  employees  and  subcontractors.   Temporary  fences  around  the  environmentally  sensitive  areas  shall  be  installed  as  the  first  order  of   work.  Temporary  fences  shall  be  furnished,  constructed,  maintained,  and  removed  as  shown  on  the   plans,  as  specified  in  the  special  provisions,  and  as  directed  by  the  project  engineer.  The  fencing   shall  be  commercial-­‐quality  woven  polypropylene,  orange  in  color,  and  at  least  4  feet  high  (Tensor   Polygrid   or   equivalent).   The   fencing  shall  b e  t i g h t l y  s t r u n g  o n  p o s t s  w i t h  a  m a x i m u m  1 0-­‐foot   spacing.   Immediately   upon   completion   of   construction   activities   the  contractor   shall   stabilize   exposed   soil/slopes.  On  highly  erodible  soils/slopes,  use  a  nonvegetative  material  that  binds  the  soil  initially   and  breaks  down  within  a  few  years.  If  more  aggressive  erosion  control  treatments  are  needed,   geotextile  mats,  excelsior  blankets,  or  other  soil  stabilization  products  will  be  used.  All  stabilization   efforts  should  include  habitat  restoration  efforts.   Impact  3.2-­6:  The  proposed  project  has  the  potential  to  interfere  with  the   movement  of  native  resident  or  migratory  fish  or  wildlife  species  or  with   established  native  resident  or  migratory  wildlife  corridors,  or  impede  the   use  of  native  wildlife  nursery  sites  (Less  than  Significant)   Development  of  natural  habitat  has  the  potential  to  fragment  migratory  or  nursery  habitat.  The   project  site  offers  habitat  for  wildlife  species  such  as  mule  deer  (Odocoileus  hemionus),  mountain   quail   (Oretyx   pictus),   coyote   (Canis   latrans),   and   black   bear   (Ursus   americanus),   among   other   species.  However,  the  project  site  is  already  largely  fragmented  due  to  the  existing  roadways  that   bisect  the  project  site.  SR  267,  Brockway  Road,  and  Soaring  Way  collectively  fragment  the  project   site  into  four  areas.  The  presence  of  these  roadways  reduces  the  viability  of  the  project  site  as  a   B IOLOGICAL  RESOURCES  3.2     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.2-­‐23     migratory   corridor.  Additionally,   the   presence   of   the   surrounding   development,   including   the   airport,  reduces  the  viability  of  the  project  site  as  a  nursery  site.     There  are  no  documented  occurrences  a  of  a  migratory  corridor  or  nursery  site  on  the  project  site.   Field  surveys  did  not  reveal  the  presence  of  a  migratory  corridor  or  nursery  sites  on  the  project   site.  Implementation  of  the  proposed  project  would  have  a  less  than  significant  impact  on  this   issue.  No  mitigation  is  necessary.   Impact  3.2-­7:  The  proposed  project  has  the  potential  to  introduce  or   spread  noxious  weeds  (Less  than  Significant  with  Mitigation)   Construction  activities  associated  with  proposed  project  could  introduce  noxious  weeds  or  result   in  their  spread  into  currently  uninfested  areas,  possibly  resulting  in  the  displacement  of  special-­‐ status  plant  species  and  degradation  of  habitat  for  special-­‐status  wildlife  species.  Plants  or  seeds   may  be  dispersed  via  construction  equipment  if  appropriate  measures  are  not  implemented.  This   impact  is  considered  potentially  significant  because  the  introduction  or  spread  of  noxious  weeds   could   result   in   a   substantial   reduction   or   elimination   of   species   diversity   or   abundance.  The   following  mitigation  measure  would  require  plans  and  specifications  to  include  specific  measures   that   reduce   the   likelihood   of   new   noxious   weed   infestations   after   construction   is   completed.   Implementation  of  the  following  mitigation  measure  would  reduce  this  impact  to  a  less-­‐than-­‐ significant  level.   MITIGATION  MEASURES   Mitigation  Measure  3.2-­‐8:  Prior  to  the  issuance  of  a  grading  permit,  the  project  proponent  shall   incorporate  the  following  measures  into  project  plans  and  specifications:   • Certified,  weed-­‐free,  imported  erosion-­‐control  materials  (or  rice  straw  in  upland  areas)  will   be  used.   • The  project  proponent  will  coordinate  with  the  county  agricultural  commissioner  and  land   management  agencies  to  ensure  that  the  appropriate  BMPs  are  implemented.   • Construction  supervisors  and  managers  will  be  educated  about  noxious  weed  identification   and  the  importance  of  controlling  and  preventing  their  spread.   • Equipment  will  be  cleaned  at  designated  wash  stations.   Impact  3.2-­8:  The  proposed  project  has  the  potential  to  conflict  with  an   adopted  habitat  conservation  plan,  natural  community  conservation  plan,   recovery  plan,  or  local  policies  or  ordinances  protecting  biological   resources  (Less  than  Significant  with  Mitigation)   There  are  no  Habitat  Conservation  Plans  or  Natural  Community  Conservation  Plans  in  effect  for  the   project  site.  The  2025  Truckee  General  Plan,  however,  has  various  policies  within  the  Conservation   and  Open  Space  Element  that  protect  biological  resources.  Below  is  a  review  of  applicable  policies.   Policy   1.4   requires   clustering   of   new   development   where   appropriate   in   order   to   maximize   preservation  of  land  in  open  space.  The  proposed  project  includes  a  variety  of  goals,  policies,  and   3.2  BIOLOGICAL  RESOURCES     3.2-­‐24  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     guidelines  that  are  intended  to  have  a  clustering  effect  with  buildings  and  parking  areas.  GOAL  2  is   intended  to  create  “business  clusters”  within  the  Specific  Plan  Area  to  promote  economic  diversity   and  opportunity.  Policy  2.b  is  intended  to  establish  a  “Regional  Support”  cluster  at  the  Soaring   Way/Joerger  Drive  intersection  to  attract  and  retain  local-­‐  and  regional-­‐serving  businesses  that   support  but  do  not  compete  with  Downtown  businesses.  M-­‐G1  states  that  buildings  should  be   clustered   to   utilize   a  common   entry   road   to   the   greatest   extent   feasible.  R M-­‐G10  states  that   building  masses  should  be  in  scale  with  the  surrounding  landscape,  with  clustered  building  forms   fitted  to  the  topography  and  natural  surroundings.  Buildings  should  include  a  mixture  of  2-­‐  and  3-­‐ stories.  In  addition  to  the  above  referenced  goals,  policies,  and  guidelines,  the  proposed  project   includes  the  preservation  of  open  space  areas  totaling  10.24  acres,  which  is  approximately  15   percent   of   the   project   site.   The   open   space   areas   include   wetlands,   pine   forest,   and  SR   267   frontage.  The  proposed  project  is  consistent  with  this  policy.     Policy  4.1  requires  provisions  for  maintaining  the  integrity  and  continuity  of  biological  resources,   open  space,  and  habitat  and  wildlife  movement  corridors,  as  well  as  support  for  the  permanent   protection   and   restoration   of   these   areas.  The   proposed   project   does   not   contain   significant   wildlife  movement  corridors  or  other  sensitive  biological  resources  other  than  two  wetland  area   (streams)  discussed  under  Policy  4.4  and  4.5  below.     Policy   4.2   requires   protection   of   sensitive   wildlife   habitat   from   destruction   and   intrusion   by   incompatible   land   uses   where   appropriate.   This   policy   specifically   calls   for:   consideration   of   sensitive  habitat  and  movement  corridors,  prevention  of  habitat  fragmentation,  use  of  protection   measures   for   sensitive   habitat   (i.e.,  n o n-­‐disturbance   easements),   off-­‐site   restoration,   and   elimination  of  impacts  through  clustering.  The  proposed  project  does  not  contain  sensitive  wildlife   habitat.     Policy  4.4  requires  preservation  of  riparian  corridors,  Donner  Lake  and  aquatic  and  wetland  areas   through  application  of  setbacks  and  other  development  standards  that  respect  these  resources.   The  project  site  contains  two  wetlands  (streams)  as  identified  in  the  Wetland  Delineation  for  the   ±69-­‐Acre  Joerger   Ranch   PC-­‐3   Project  (North   Fork   Associates   2004).   The   first   wetland   area  is   identified  as  a  0.22-­‐acre  intermittent  stream  and  is  located  in  the  4.31-­‐acre  area  designated  as   Open  Space  on  the  westside  of  SR  267.  The  second  wetland  area  is  a  0.11-­‐acre  ephemeral  stream   located  in  an  area  designated  for  Regional  Commercial  and  Regional  Support  Commercial  on  the   eastside  of  SR  267  just  south  of  Soaring  Way.  The  development  would  require  the  removal  of  the   .11-­‐acre  ephemeral  stream.  The  proposed  project  is  therefore  only  partially  consistent  with  this   policy  because  it  would  not  preserve  the  0.11-­‐acre  stream.  Mitigation  measure  3.2-­‐4  through  3.2-­‐7   ensure   that   the   appropriate   permits   and   compensation   are   provided   to   mitigate   the   physical   impact   to   the   0.11-­‐acre   wetland;  however,   Policy   4.4   requires   preservation   of   wetland   areas   through  application  of  setbacks  and  other  standards  that  are  accomplished  through  a  redesign   that  designates  the  0.11-­‐acre  wetland  area  and  a  50-­‐foot  buffer  area  as  open  space.  A  redesign   would  be  required  to  ensure  consistency  with  this  policy.  This  is  a  potentially  significant  impact.   Implementation   of   the   following   mitigation   measure   would   reduce   this   impact  t o  a  less   than   significant  level.     B IOLOGICAL  RESOURCES  3.2     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.2-­‐25     Policy   4.5   prohibits  development  within  established  setback  areas  for  streams  and  waterways   other  than  the  Truckee  River,  except  as  otherwise  allowed  in  the  Development  Code.  This  policy   calls  for  setbacks  to  be  between  20  and  50  feet  on  parcels  less  than  175  feet  deep  (depending  on   parcel  depth),  and  50  feet  on  parcels  175  feet  deep  or  more.  The  project  site  contains  two  streams   as  identified  in  the  Wetland  Delineation  for  the  ±69-­‐Acre  Joerger  Ranch  PC-­‐3  Project  (North  Fork   Associates  2004).  The  first  stream  is  identified  as  a  0.22-­‐acre  intermittent  stream  and  is  located  in   the  4.31-­‐acre  area  designated  as  Open  Space  on  the  westside  of  SR  267.  The  second  stream  is  a   0.11-­‐acre  ephemeral  stream  located  in  an  area  designated  for  Regional  Commercial  and  Regional   Support  Commercial  on  the  eastside  of  SR  267  just  south  of  Soaring  Way.  The  development  would   require  the  removal  of  the  0.11-­‐acre  ephemeral  stream.  The  proposed  project  is  therefore  only   partially  consistent  with  this  policy  because  it  would  not  prohibit  development  within  the  0.11-­‐ acre  stream.  Consistency  with  this  policy  can  be  accomplished  through  a  redesign  that  designates   the  0.11-­‐acre  wetland  area  and  a  50-­‐foot  buffer  area  as  open  space.  A  redesign  would  be  required   to  ensure  consistency  with  this  policy.  This  is  a  potentially  significant  impact.  Implementation  of   the  following  mitigation  measure  would  reduce  this  impact  to  a  less  than  significant  level.   Policy  5.1  requires  biological  resource  assessments  for  all  development  in  areas  where  special   status   species   may   be   present.  The   proposed   project   has   underground   environmental   review,   including  the  preparation  of  a  biological  resources  assessment.  The  proposed  project  is  consistent   with  this  policy.   Policy  5.2  requires  protection  of  native  plant  species  in  undisturbed  portions  of  a  development  site   and  encouragement  of  planting  and  regeneration  of  native  plant  species  wherever  possible  in   undisturbed  portions  of  the  project  site.  The  proposed  project  includes  10.24  acres  of  open  space   land  that  will  not  be  disturbed.  These  areas  are  in  a  natural  condition  and  are  intended  to  be   fenced  and  protected  during  construction,  therefore  there  should  be  no  need  to  regenerate  these   areas.  There   is   a   CNPS   1B   plant   observed   on   the   project   site   (approximately   60   individuals).   Mitigation  measures  included  in  this  Draft  EIR  requires  the  excavation  and  transplanting  of  these   plants  as  well  as  monitoring  to  ensure  that  these  individuals  are  successfully  transplanted.  The   transplanting  could  occur  within  the  open  space  areas;  however,  the  transplant  location  is  subject   to  the  approval  by  the  Town  of  Truckee.  The  proposed  project,  with  mitigation  proposed  herein,  is   consistent  with  this  policy.   Policy  5.3  requires  the  protection  of  federal  or  State-­‐designated  endangered,  threatened,  special   status   or   candidate   species.  There   are   not   any   federal   or   State-­‐designated   endangered,   threatened,   candidate   species,   or   other   special   status   species  t h a t  h a v e  b e e n  o b s e r v e d  o r   documented   on   the   project   site.   There   is   a   CNPS   1B   plant   observed   on   the   project   site   (approximately   60   individuals).   Mitigation   measures   included   in   this   Draft   EIR   requires   the   excavation  and  transplanting  of  these  plants  as  well  as  monitoring  to  ensure  that  these  individuals   are  successfully  transplanted.  The  proposed  project,  with  mitigation  proposed  herein,  is  consistent   with  this  policy.   Policy  5.4  requires  support  efforts  to  eradicate  invasive  and  noxious  weeds  and  vegetation  on   public  and  private  property.  Mitigation  measures  included  in  this  Draft  EIR  requires  the  project   3.2  BIOLOGICAL  RESOURCES     3.2-­‐26  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     proponent  to  incorporate  specific  measures  into  project  plans  and  specifications  that  are  intended   to  prevent  invasive  and  noxious  weeds  and  vegetation  from  establishing  on  the  project  site.  The   proposed  project,  with  mitigation  proposed  herein,  is  consistent  with  this  policy.   Policy  9.1  requires  provisions  for  links  between  open  space  areas,  both  within  Truckee  and  beyond   the  Town  limits,  to  create  contiguous  habitat  areas  and  enhance  public  access  through  greater   connectivity.  The  proposed  project  includes  numerous  goals,  policies,  and  guidelines  that  include   provisions  for  open  space  and  linkages.  The  majority  of  the  project  site  is  composed  of  Great  Basin   sagebrush  scrub  with  the  dominant  species  including  big  sagebrush  (Artemisia  tridentata),  low   sagebrush   (A.  arbuscula),   antelope   brush   (Purshia   tridentata),   and   yellow   rabbitbrush   (Crysothamnus  viscidiflorus).  This  habitat  type  is  not  considered  a  sensitive  community.  Jeffrey   pine  (Pinus  jeffreyi)  and  lodgepole  pine  (P.  contorta)  occur  scattered  around  the  site  and  in  clusters   on  the  southern  portion  of  the  project  site  on  either  side  of  SR  267.  This  habitat  type  is  also  not   considered  a  sensitive  community.  A  small  portion  of  the  project  site  contains  hydrologic  features   (0.33  acres  of  ephemeral  and  intermittent  streams),  which  are  of  higher  habitat  quality  compared   to  the  remainder  of  the  project  site.  The  proposed  project  includes  the  preservation  of  open  space   areas  totaling  10.24  acres,  which  is  approximately  15  percent  of  the  project  site.  The  open  space   preservation  area  includes  0.22  acres  of  the  hydrologic  features.  This  area  serves  as  a  habitat   linkage  through  the  western  portion  of  the  project  site.  The  remaining  0.11  acres  of  hydrologic   features   are   not   proposed   for   open   space   preservation.  The   majority   of   the   open   space   preservation  occurs  within  the  frontage  of  SR  267.  The  linkage  provides  connectively  from  the   northern  boundary  of  the  project  site  to  the  southern  boundary.  This  frontage  habitat  is  similar  to   the  habitat  throughout  the  project  site  (with  the  exception  of  the  hydrologic  features)  and  is  an   appropriate   location   for   such   open   space   preservation.   Additional   habitat   linkages   are   not   necessary  within  the  project  site.  The  proposed  open  space  areas  should  ultimately  be  used  as  a   trail  linkage  to  adjacent  open  space  area  (i.e.  Martis  Valley,  Sportspark/Legacy  Trail),  although  they   are  not  currently  proposed.  The  proposed  project,  with  mitigation  proposed  herein,  is  consistent   with  this  policy.   Conclusion   There  are  no  Habitat  Conservation  Plans  or  Natural  Community  Conservation  Plans  in  effect  for  the   project  site.  The  proposed  project  is  consistent  with  most  of  the  policies  within  the  2025  Truckee   General  Plan  that  are  related  to  biological  resources;  however,  the  project  as  designed  includes   permanent  disturbance  to  0.11-­‐acres  of  ephemeral  stream  which  is  inconsistent  with  Conservation   and   Open   Space   Policies   4.4   and   4.5.   These   policies   require   wetland   and/or   streams   to   be   preserved  and  50-­‐foot  setbacks  established  as  a  no  development  area.  Implementation  of  the   following  mitigation  measure  would  ensure  that  the  proposed  project  is  consistent  with  these   policies  and  would  reduce  the  potential  impact  to  a  less  than  significant  level.     MITIGATION  MEASURES   Mitigation  Measure  3.2-­‐9:  Prior  to  the  final  approval,  the  project  proponent  shall  redesign  the   project  to  ensure  that  the  0.11-­‐acre  ephemeral  stream  is  preserved  and  development  is  prohibited   with  a  50-­‐foot  buffer  area,  all  of  which  shall  be  designed  as  open  space.  This  redesign  would  be   B IOLOGICAL  RESOURCES  3.2     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.2-­‐27     required  to  ensure  consistency  with  this  Policy  4.4  and  4.5  of  the  Open  Space  and  Conservation   Element  of  the  2025  Truckee  General  Plan.     (Note:   Implementation   of   this   mitigation   measure   would   eliminate   the   need   for   Mitigation   Measure3.2-­‐4  through  3.2-­‐7.).   Mitigation  Measure  3.2-­‐10:  Prior  to  the  final  approval,  the  project  proponent  shall  redesign  the   project   to   ensure   that   the   open   space   areas,   except   for   the   hydrologic   features,   include   an   appropriate  trail  linkage  to  adjacent  trail/recreation  facilities  (i.e.  Martis  Valley,  Sportspark/Legacy   Trail).  This  redesign  would  be  required  to  ensure  consistency  with  this  Policy  9.1  of  the  Open  Space   and  Conservation  Element  of  the  2025  Truckee  General  Plan.     3.2  BIOLOGICAL  RESOURCES     3.2-­‐28  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)                                             This  page  left  intentionally  blank.     T r u c k e e R i v e r 267 267 SCHAFFER DR J O ERGER R A NCH D R T r u c k e e - Ta h o e A i r p o r tT r u c k e e - Ta h o e A i r p o r t JOERGE R D R I V E GLENSHIRE DRIVE BRO C K W A Y R O A D SOA R I N G W A Y MA R T I S D R I V E OMNI W A Y REYNOLD WA Y ESTATES DRIVE MARTI S V A L L E Y R O A D JEFFERY PINE ROAD HOP E C O U R T PIN E L A N D R O A D CHAN D E L L E W A Y RIVER STR E E T RIDGE ROAD TRU C K E E - T A H O E A I R P O R T R O A D KAYHOE C O U R T Truckee River Trout Creek Joerger Ranch Specific Plan (PC-3) Figure 3.2-1: Land Cover Types D e N o v o P l a n n i n g G r o u p A Land Use Planning, Design, and Environmental Firm 0 1,250625Feet 1:15,000 Data soure: Multi-source land cover data (v02_2), California Department of Forestry and Fire Protection 2002.Other data sources: Nevada County GIS, ESRI Streetmap North America. Map date: August 12, 2011. NN EE VV AA DD AA CC OO UU NN TT YY PP LL AA CC EE RR CC OO UU NN TT YY Wildlife-Habitat Relationhip (WHR) Name Annual Grassland Barren Bitterbrush Eastside Pine Montane Chaparral Montane Riparian Sagebrush Sierran Mixed Conifer Urban Water Project Location 3.2  BIOLOGICAL  RESOURCES     3.2-­‐30  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)                         This  page  left  intentionally  blank.     Joerger Ranch Specific Plan (PC-3) Figure 3.2-2: Wetlands and Documented Special Status Species- Within the Project Site D e N o v o P l a n n i n g G r o u p A Land Use Planning, Design, and Environmental Firm ± Data sources: Foothill Associates, 2006; Quad Knopf, 2006; Nevada County GIS; ESRI Streetmap North America. Map date: July 22, 2013 Ephemeral Stream Intermittent Stream Plumas Ivesia Project Location 0 250 500125Feet 1:6,000 3.2  BIOLOGICAL  RESOURCES     3.2-­‐32  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)                         This  page  left  intentionally  blank.       Brockway Rd D o n n e r P a s s R d Project Location Truckee-TahoeAirport Tro u t C r e e k A l d er Cr e e k N o r t h F o r k P r o s s e r C r e e k T r u c k e e R i v e r Truc k e e R i v e r Prosser Creek East M a r t i s Creek M a r t i s C r e e k W e s t M a r t i s C r e e k M i d d l e M a r t i s C r e e k 5-mile Radius Martis Creek LakeRecreation AreaTruckee RiverRegional Park Tahoe DonnerGolf Club LahontanGolf Club Northstar at TahoeGolf Course PonderosaGolf Course 267 89 2889 89 80 80 2 3 5 1 6 11 13 12 6 6 6 9 10 7 7 14 49 9 4 4 7 7 7 7 10 7 13 7 7 7 8 7 7 7 7 7 7 13 7 7 7 7 Donner LakeDonner Lake Boca ReservoirBoca Reservoir Prosser Creek ReservoirProsser Creek Reservoir Dry LakeDry Lake MartisMartisCreekCreekLakeLake Gooseneck LakeGooseneck Lake Donner Memorial State ParkDonner Memorial State Park Joerger Ranch Specific Plan (PC-3) Figure 3.2-3 : Special Status Specieswithin 5-mile Radius D e N o v o P l a n n i n g G r o u p A Land Use Planning, Design, and Environmental Firm 0 1 20.5 Miles 1:100,000 Data soure: California Department of Fish and Game CNDDB (California Natural Diversity Database)release date August 2, 2011. Base data from ESRI StreetMap North America. Map date: August 12, 2011. 1: alder buckthorn 2: common moonwort 3: Donner Pass buckwheat 4: Lahontan cutthroat trout 5: marsh skullcap 6: northern goshawk 7: Plumas ivesia 8: Santa Lucia dwarf rush 9: Sierra Nevada mountain beaver 10: Sierra Nevada red fox 11: Sierra Nevada snowshoe hare 12: Tahoe yellow cress 13: willow flycatcher 14: yellow warbler * *** Area of multiple species occurrence* CULTURAL  R ESOURCES  3.3     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.3-­‐1     This  section  provides  a  background  discussion  of  the  prehistoric/ethnographic  background,  historic   period   background,   known   cultural   resources   in   the   region,   the   regulatory   setting,   an   impact   analysis,  and  mitigation  measures.  This  section  is  based  in  part  on  a  cultural  resources  assessment   study  performed  by  Kautz  Environmental  Consultants  (KEC)  in  2002  entitled:  Cultural  Resources   Survey   of   the   Joerger   Project,   Truckee,   California.   The   study   was   peer   reviewed   by   Peak   &   Associates  in  October  2006  and  by  De  Novo  Planning  Group  in  August  2011.     3.3.1  ENVIRONMENTAL  S ETTING   P REHISTORIC/ETHNOGRAPHY   The  archaeology  of  the  region  was  first  outlined  by  Heizer  and  Elsasser  (1953)  in  their  study  of  sites   located  in  the  Truckee  Basin  Martis  Valley  area.  They  identified  two  distinct  prehistoric  lifeways   that  are  believed  to  have  once  characterized  the  area’s  early  occupants.  Subsequent  studies  by   Hull   (2007)  have   further   refined   the   cultural   history   of   the   region.   Some   of   the   oldest   archaeological   remains   reported   for   the   Tahoe   Region   have   been   found   in   the   Truckee   River   Canyon  near  Squaw  Valley.  These  Pre-­‐Archaic  remains  suggest  occupation  approximately  9,000   years  ago  (Tahoe  Reach  Phase).  Other  Pre-­‐Archaic  to  Early  Archaic  occupation  dating  from  about   7,000   years   ago   was   documented   at   Spooner   Lake   (Spooner   Phase)   near   Spooner   Summit   overlooking  Lake  Tahoe.  The  most  intensive  period  of  occupation  in  the  region  may  have  occurred   at  varying  intervals  between  4,000  and  500  years  ago  (Martis  Phases  during  the  Early  and  Middle   Archaic,  and  Early  Kings  Beach  Phase  during  the  Late  Archaic).  The  proto-­‐historic  ancestors  of  the   Washoe  (Late  Kings  Beach  Phase),  also  of  Late  Archaic  times,  may  date  roughly  from  500  years  ago   to  historic  contact.   The  project  site  is  in  an  area  known  as  the  Washoe  territory.  The  Washoe  themselves  regard  all   "prehistoric"  remains  and  sites  within  the  Truckee  Basin  as  associated  with  their  own  history.  In   support  of  this  contention,  they  point  to  the  traditions  of  their  neighbors  (the  Northern  Paiute,   California   Indians,   and   non-­‐Indian  Americans),   which   include   stories   about   migrations   and   movement,  whereas  those  of  the  Washoe  do  not.   The  ethnographic  record  suggests  that  during  the  mild  season  small  groups  traveled  through  high   mountain  valleys  collecting  edible  and  medicinal  roots,  seeds,  and  marsh  plants.  In  the  higher   elevations,  men  hunted  large  game  (mountain  sheep,  deer)  and  trapped  smaller  mammals.  The   Truckee  River  and  tributaries  such  as  Martis  Creek  were  important  fisheries  year-­‐round.   Suitable  toolstone  (such  as  basalt)  was  quarried  at  various  locales  in  Martis  Valley.  The  Washoe   have  a  tradition  of  making  long  treks  across  the  Sierran  passes  for  the  purpose  of  hunting,  trading,   and   gathering   acorns.   These  aboriginal   trek   routes,   which   followed   game   trails,   are   often   the   precursors  of  our  historic  and  modern  road  systems.  Archaeological  evidence  of  these  ancient   subsistence   activities   are   found   along   the   mountain   flanks   as  temporary   small   hunting   camps   containing  flakes  of  stone  and  broken  tools.  In  the  high  valleys  more  permanent  base  camps  are   represented  by  stone  flakes,  tools,  grinding  implements,  and  house  depressions.     3.3  CULTURAL  R ESOURCES     3.3-­‐2  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     While  there  was  a  tendency  for  groups  to  move  from  lower  to  higher  elevations  during  the  mild   seasons,  and  to  return  to  lower  elevations  the  remainder  of  the  year,  a  fixed  seasonal  round  was   not  rigidly  adhered  to  by  all  Washoe;  some  Washoe  may  have  wintered  in  the  Truckee  Basin   during  milder  seasons  (D’Azevedo  1986).  While  some  Washoe  trekked  to  distant  places  for  desired   resources,  most  groups  circulated  in  the  vicinity  of  their  traditional  habitation  sites  and  appear  to   have  been  less  compelled  to  cover  large  expanses  of  land  in  their  subsistence  pursuit  than  some   other  groups  in  the  Great  Basin.  This  was  due  to  the  large  variety  of  predictable  resources  close  at   hand  (D’Azevedo  1986).   Their  relatively   rich   environment   afforded   the   Washoe   a   degree   of   isolation  and  independence  from  neighboring  peoples  and  may  account  for  their  long  tenure  in   their  known  area  of  historic  occupation  (D’Azevedo  1986).  The  Washoe  are  part  of  an  ancient   Hokan-­‐speaking  residual  population,  which  has  been  subsequently  surrounded  by  Numic-­‐speaking   intruders,   such   as   the   Northern   Paiute.   Even  into   the   20th   century,   the   Washoe   were   not   completely  displaced  from  their  traditional  lands.  The  contemporary  Washoe  have  developed  a   Comprehensive  Land  Use  Plan  that  includes  goals  of  reestablishing  a  presence  within  the  Tahoe   Sierra  and  re-­‐vitalizing  Washoe  heritage  and  cultural  knowledge,  including  the  harvest  and  care  of   traditional   plant   resources   and  the   protection   of   traditional   properties   within   the   cultural   landscape.   H ISTORY  OF  T RUCKEE     There  have  been  four  themes  which  characterize  the  historic  development  of  the  town  of  Truckee:   transportation,   timber,   ice,   and   tourism.   These   themes   are   discussed   briefly   in   the   following   sections.   Transportation   is   the   dominant   theme.   It   was   Truckee’s   location   on   a   major   transportation   route   through   the   Sierra   Nevada   Mountains   which   made   the   timber,   ice,   and   tourism  industries  possible.   Transportation   Though   largely   undocumented,   fur  t r a p p e r s  a n d  e a r l y  e x p l o r e r s  m u s t  h a v e  b e e n  t h e  f i r s t   Euroamericans  to  find  the  natural  pass  through  the  Sierra  Nevada  Mountains  now  called  Donner   Pass.  For  example,  the  Meek  brothers,  a  small  detached  group  of  Joseph  Walker’s  exploration   journey  of  1833-­‐1834,  proceeded  directly  west  from  the  Humboldt  Sink,  followed  the  Truckee   River  into  the  mountains,  and  then  on  to  what  is  now  California  (Townley  1983:25).  Word  of  this   passage  way  through  the  formidable  mountain  barrier  spread  by  word  of  mouth,  and  it  eventually   became  a  major  transportation  route.     The  first  documented  and  successful  emigrant  passage  through  the  Sierra  Nevada  Mountains  via   the  Truckee  River  route  was  by  the  Murphy-­‐Steven  Party  in  1844.  However,  the  most  famous   emigrant  group  to  use  this  route  was  the  Donner  Party  (discussed  by  Grayson  1993:277-­‐296,  and   Hardesty  1997,  as  well  as  others).  Consisting  primarily  of  three  families  –  the  Murphys,  the  Graves,   and  the  Donners,  with  George  Donner  providing  leadership  of  the  party  –the  Donner  Party  set  out   from  Springfield,  Illinois,  in  April  of  1846.  Their  ill-­‐fated  journey  was  long  and  difficult.  One  of  the   difficulties  was  the  Hastings’  Cut-­‐off.  Instead  of  taking  the  party  across  the  Ruby  Mountains  at   Secret  Pass,  Hastings  guided  the  party  south  through  the  Ruby  Valley,  crossed  the  Ruby  Mountains   at  Overland  Pass,  followed  Huntington  Creek  to  the  South  Fork  of  the  Humboldt  River,  and  then   CULTURAL  RESOURCES  3.3     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.3-­‐3     onward  to  the  Huntington  Creek  and  the  established  Emigrant  Trail.  This  longer  and  more  difficult   passage  added  an  additional  week  to  their  journey.  The  party  eventually  reached  the  Truckee   Meadows  near  the  present  site  of  Reno  in  October.  They  decided  by  consensus  that  they  could   cross  the  Sierra  Nevada  Mountains  before  winter  set  it,  and  attempted  to  do  so.  An  early  winter   storm  arrived  when  the  party  was  in  the  vicinity  of  present  day  Truckee,  and  a  broken  wagon  axle   forced  the  party  to  divide  into  three  groups.  One  group  camped  in  the  meadow  near  Alder  Creek   three  miles  northeast  of  present  day  Truckee,  while  the  other  two  groups  quartered  on  the  east   shore   of   Donner   Lake.   The   winter   was   especially   harsh,   costing   the   lives   of   numerous   men,   women,  and  children  in  the  party.  The  survivors  were  eventually  rescued  and  they  completed  their   journey  to  California.     The  Donner  Party  tragedy  discouraged  use  of  Donner  Pass  for  about  two  years.  However,  with  the   discovery  of  California  golf  in  1848,  record  numbers  of  emigrants  flowed  over  the  Truckee  River   Route  of  the  California  Emigrant  Trail  in  1849.  The  stream  of  emigrants  continued  for  many  years   as  prospectors  were  drawn  to  California’s  mineral  wealth  and  settlers  were  drawn  to  the  rich  farm   land.     By  1863  the  Dutch  Flat  and  Donner  Lake  Wagon  Road  followed  the  Truckee  River  through  the   Sierras.  An  enterprising  settler  named  Joseph  Gray  built  a  log  cabin  and  stage  stop  where  the   downtown  area  of  Truckee  is  today,  and  for  a  while  the  area  was  called  Gray’s  Station.  Another   settler  named  McConnell  built  a  cabin  the  following  year,  but  soon  relinquished  it  to  S.S.  Coburn,  a   blacksmith.   The   area   then   became   known   as   Coburn’s   Station.   Gray’s   and   Coburn’s   Stations,   therefore,  mark  the  earliest  place  names  in  Truckee’s  history  (Meschery  1978:34;  Truckee-­‐Donner   Historical  Society  1994:11).  George  Schaffer,  who  arrived  sometime  in  the  mid-­‐1860s,  built  the   first  toll  bridge  over  the  Truckee  River  near  the  present  S.R.  267  bridge,  facilitating  transportation   to  and  from  communities  south  of  the  river.     While  settlers  were  establishing  Coburn’s  Station,  work  parties  (mostly  Chinese)  were  laying  out   railroad   tracks   from   Sacramento   toward   the   Sierras.   By   1867   the   Central   Pacific   Railroad   had   reached  Donner  Summit  west  of  Coburn’s  Station,  and  in  1868  the  first  train  ran  from  Sacramento   to   Reno   via   Donner   Pass   (Truckee-­‐Donner   Historical   Society   1994:11).   Supportive   industries,   especially  lumber  mills,  were  established  rapidly.  The  Central  Pacific  built  a  roundhouse  in  1875,   permanently  placing  machinists  and  trackmen  in  this  mountain  town.  In  1869,  the  Central  Pacific   Railroad  was  joined  with  the  Union  Pacific  Railroad  at  Promontory  Point,  Utah,  to  form  the  First   Transcontinental   Railroad.   Soon   Truckee   (renamed   after   a   disastrous   fire   in   1868)   became   a   popular  stopping  point  along  the  railroad,  and  hotels,  brothels,  and  business  district  emerged.     With  the  advent  of  automobiles,  wagon  roads  through  Donner  Pass  were  eventually  superseded   by  highways.  The  historic  Lincoln  Highway  (later  U.S.  40)  was  completed  in  1926,  passing  through   downtown  Truckee.  Interstate  80,  which  bypasses  the  downtown  area,  was  completed  in  1964.     Timber   Truckee  was  uniquely  situated  for  commercial  enterprise:  within  the  heart  of  the  Sierra  forests,   and  on  the  route  of  the  Central  Pacific  Railroad.  Construction  of  the  Central  Pacific  created  an   3.3  CULTURAL  R ESOURCES     3.3-­‐4  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     insatiable  demand  for  lumber  products,  especially  ties,  trestle  beams,  telegraph  poles,  and  milled   lumber  for  snow  sled  buildings.  Completion  of  the  railroad  allowed  lumber  products  to  reach   destinations   as   far   away   as   Utah,   though   more   important   were   the   burgeoning   mines   of   the   Comstock  in  Nevada.   Joseph  Gray  and  George  Shaffer  had  mills  operating  along  the  Truckee  River  as  early  as  1867  to   accommodate  the  Central  Pacific  needs,  and  sold  five  million  board  feet  to  the  railroad  in  the  first   year.  They  are  credited  with  building  the  first  sawmill  in  Truckee,  which  was  located  somewhere   on  the  river’s  south  bank  (Meschery  1978:43).  By  1871  Shaffer  had  his  own  mill  in  Martis  Valley,   with  a  trunk  line  connecting  it  to  the  Central  Pacific  in  Truckee.  Elle  Ellen  operated  a  mill  on  the   north  end  of  town  from  1868-­‐1877  (Wilson  1992:68).  Llewellyn  Davies  and  Sons  had  a  mill  west  of   Truckee  in  1901.  By  1868  fourteen  mills  were  in  the  immediate  vicinity  of  Truckee  with  a  combined   output  of  sixty-­‐six  million  board  feet  (Meschery  1978:44).   E.J.  Brickell  and  George  Geisendorfer  founded  the  Truckee  Lumber  Company  in  1867.  W.H.  Kruger   joined  the  company  in  1872.  They  built  a  water-­‐powered  mill  on  the  south  side  of  the  Truckee   River   to   supply   lumber   to   the   Central   Pacific.   The   Truckee   Lumber   Company,  d e s p i t e  s e v e r a l   disastrous  fires,  continued  to  operate  into  the  twentieth  century.  By  1872  they  had  switched  over   to  steam  power  and  were  producing  15-­‐25  million  board  feet  annually  (Wilson  1992:66).  Ten  miles   of  narrow  gauge  railroad  supplied  the  mill  and  box  factory.  The  company  literally  sealed  its  own   fate  by  cutting  the  last  available  tree  in  the  era,  and  was  forced  to  close  in  1909.  The  box  factory   burned  in  1918.     Ice   The  Sierra  Nevada  Mountains  are  an  area  of  heavy  snowfall  and  cold  winters.  By  late  November   the  cost  of  keeping  logging  roads  and  flumes  operational  was  too  great,  and  logging  would  come   to  a  virtual  standstill.  A  natural  offshoot  of  the  lumber  industry  was  the  utilization  of  frozen  mill   ponds  and  numerous  mountain  lakes  for  ice  harvesting.  As  early  as  1868  Truckee,  being  ideally   located  in  the  Sierras  and  along  the  Central  Pacific  Railroad,  became  the  distribution  point  for  the   Sierra   ice   storage   and   shipment.   Ice   became   big   business,   with   companies   storing   upward   of   300,000  tons  for  the  summer  months  (Truckee-­‐Donner  Historical  Society  1994:38).  Ice  from  the   Sierra   reached   both   coasts,   used   as   naturally   pure   drinking   water   and,   more   important,   to   refrigerate   eastbound   railroad   cars   loaded   with   fruits   and   other   California   produce   (Meschery   1978:48).  California’s  agricultural  growth  in  the  1870s  is  a  direct  result  of  using  Sierra  ice  to  deliver   fresh   produce   to   markets   throughout   the   United   States   (Truckee-­‐Donner   Historical   Society   1994:36).  Ice  was  also  used  underground  in  cooling  Comstock  mines.     Tourism   Tourism  is  Truckee’s  primary  industry  today,  and  dates  back  to  the  turn  of  the  century.  In  1900,   Truckee  served  as  a  terminus  for  the  Lake  Tahoe  Railway  and  Transportation  Company,  shuttling   summer  visitors  to  the  lake.  C.F.  McGlashan  constructed  the  famed  Ice  Palace  for  the  enjoyment  of   all.  Originally  within  the  downtown  area,  sometime  after  the  turn  of  the  century  the  Ice  Palace  was   moved  to  the  base  of  the  Hilltop  Lodge,  in  an  area  called  GLADUKUM.  The  Ice  Palace  was  host  to   an  annual  Winter  Carnival,  ski  competitions,  and  toboggan  lift.  The  Ice  Palace  burned  in  1916.  A  ski   CULTURAL  RESOURCES  3.3     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.3-­‐5     jump  was  built  at  the  base  of  the  Hilltop  Lodge;  it  was  dismantled  in  the  mid-­‐1950s.  Numerous   accounts  throughout  the  town’s  history  tell  of  people  ice  skating,  sledding,  and  downhill  skiing.  In   addition  to  winter  sports,  the  natural  scenery  around  Truckee  is  spectacular.  Of  course,  access  to   Truckee’s  scenic  beauty  and  recreational  facilities  was  greatly  facilitated  by  construction  of  rail  and   automobile  roads  through  Donner  Pass  and  the  Truckee  Canyon.     K NOWN  C ULTURAL  R ESOURCES   Records  Search   A   records   search   was   conducted   at   the   North   Central   Information   Center   of   the   California   Historical  Resources  Information  System  at  California  Station  University,  Sacramento  on  October  3,   2002  (NCIC  File  #NEV-­‐02-­‐87/PLA-­‐02-­‐102).  Sources  consulted  by  the  Information  Center  include  the   National  Register  of  Historic  Places,  Listed  Properties  and  Determined  Eligible  Properties  (National   Park  Service,  computer  list),  California  Register  of  Historical  Resources  (2002),  California  Points  of   Historical  Interest  (1992),  California  Inventory  of  Historic  Resources  (1976),  California  Historical   Landmarks  (1996),  Gold  Districts  of  California  (1970),  Historic  Spots  in  California  (1966),  and  the   Directory  of  Property  of  Properties  in  the  Historic  Property  Data  File  for  Lassen  County  (2002).     According  to  Kautz  Environmental  Consultants  (2002),  there  were  28  proposed  projects  within  ½   mile  of  the  PC-­‐3  Plan  area  that  had  cultural  surveys  and  reports  conducted  between  1979  and   2002  (see  Table  3.3-­‐1).   TABLE  3.3-­‐1:  PROJECTS  UNDERTAKEN  WITHIN  THE  PROJECT’S  VICINITY   LIBRARY   NUMBER  PROJECT  NAME  AUTHOR  DATE  FINDINGS   441   Archaeological  Records  Search  &   Reconnaissance  Survey,  Martis  Valley   Estates  No.  4,  Truckee,  CA     Archaeological   Planning    1979  No  recorded  sites.     630   An  Archaeological  Survey  for  the  Martis   Valley  Meadows,  Placer  &  Nevada  Counties,   CA    Derr.  Eleanor    1981  No  recorded  sites.     852   First  Addendum:  Archaeological  Survey   Report  for  the  Proposed  California  Highway   Patrol  Commercial  Inspection  &  Scale   Facility.    Bass,  Henry    1982  NEV-­‐460/H     112   A  Cultural  Resource  Reconnaissance  of  the   Martis  Valley  Mini-­‐Storage  Project,   Gallagher  Development,  LTD    Lindström,  Susan    984   P-­‐29-­‐44  P-­‐29-­‐45-­‐ H     394   Negative  Archaeological  Survey  Report  for   Proposal  Widening  &  Addition  of  a  Left-­‐ turn  Lane  to  Route  267  at  Truckee  Airport,   East  of  Truckee,  Placer  County    Wiant,  W.    1984  No  recorded  sites.     3416   Positive  Archaeological  Survey  Report  for   the  Proposed  Truckee  Bypass  Project,   Nevada  Co.    Bass,  Henry    1989   NEV-­‐531/H  NEV-­‐ 532-­‐H     3284   Archaeological  Survey  of  Grapevine  Gulch   VMP  RX#  4-­‐019-­‐AEU    Gilbert,  C.    1991  No  recorded  sites.     3473   Archaeological  Survey  of  the  Donner  Lake   Shoreline  &  Adjacent  Areas  Within  Donner   Memorial  State  Park    Woodward,  J.    1991   NEV-­‐13/H  NEV-­‐ 826  NEV-­‐827-­‐H   NEV-­‐828-­‐H     3481  Cultural  Resources  Survey  for  a  120  kV  Randolph,  J.  &  T.  1991  NEV-­‐848-­‐H     3.3  CULTURAL  R ESOURCES     3.3-­‐6  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     LIBRARY   NUMBER  PROJECT  NAME  AUTHOR  DATE  FINDINGS   Transmission  Line  Between  Squaw  Valley  &   Truckee,  Nevada  &  Placer  Counties     Burke     No  #     A  Cultural  Resources  Surface  Survey  of  the   Sierra  Meadow  Townhouses  Project,  A  One   Acre  Parcel  Near  Truckee    Lindström,  Susan    1991  No  recorded  sites.     3426   Confidential  Archaeological  &  Historical   Resources  Survey  &  Impact  Assessment    Smith,  D.    1992  No  recorded  sites.     3411   Cultural  Resources  Survey  of  a  10  Acre   Parcel  in  Nevada  County,  CA    Fryman,  L.    1993   P-­‐29-­‐1104-­‐H  P-­‐ 29-­‐1105-­‐H  P-­‐29-­‐ 1106     3438   Cultural  Resources  Inventory  of  The   Truckee  Pines  Apartments  Project,  Nevada   County    Maniery,  J.    1994  NEV-­‐573     2048   Martis  Valley  Well  Project  Heritage   Resource  Inventory,  Truckee    Lindström,  Susan    1999  No  recorded  sites.     1944   Archaeological  Survey,  Zerweck  Module   Home/Subdivision  Project,  c.  30  ac.,  Nevada   &  Placer  Counties    Jensen,  P.    1999  No  recorded  sites.     2655   Second  Supplemental  Historic  Property   Survey  Report  &  Finding  of  Effect  for  the   Proposed  Truckee  Bypass  Project,  Nevada   County    Offerman,  J.    1999  No  recorded  sites.     3484   Archaeological  Inventory  Survey  Tahoe-­‐ Truckee  Sanitation  District  Expansion   Project,  c.  500  acres  near  Truckee  Airport,   Nevada  County    Jensen,  P.    1999  No  recorded  sites.     3595  Sierra  Pines  Apartment  Homes  Project    Lindström,  Susan    1999   P-­‐29-­‐1171  (NEV-­‐ 839H)     3483   Archaeological  Survey  Percin  Development   Project,  c.  5  acres,  Nevada  &  Placer  Counties    Jensen,  P.    2000  No  recorded  sites.     2559   Sierra  Bible  Church  Project,  Heritage   Resource  Inventory,  Truckee  Lindström,  Susan  2000   No  recorded  sites,   one  high  cut   stump  isolate   2560   Mountain  Meadows  Townhomes  Project   Heritage  Resource  Inventory,  Truckee  Lindström,  Susan  2000  No  recorded  sites.   2438   A  Cultural  Resources  Inventory  Survey  for  a   Proposed  Sports  Complex,  Truckee  Donner   Recreation  &  Park  District,  Nevada  County  Hutchins,  J.    2000  NEV-­‐642-­‐H     145   Martis  Valley  Well  No.  1  Pump  Station  &   Easement  Project  Lindström,  Susan  2001   P-­‐29-­‐1166-­‐H,  P-­‐ 29-­‐1167-­‐H,  P-­‐29-­‐ 1168-­‐H   575   Archaeological  Survey,  Riverview   Townhomes,  Truckee  Jensen,  P.    2001  No  recorded  sites.   3415  Community  Sports  Park  THP    Banka,  W.    2001  P-­‐29-­‐1109     3604  Ponderosa  Pines  Project    Lindström,  Susan  2001  No  recorded  sites.   2445   Timber  Management  Plan  Cultural   Resources    Report    Wayland,  B.    2002  No  recorded  sites.   No  #     Survey  of  line  sections  11  &  12,  Placer,   Nevada  &  Sierra  Counties  Self,  W.    2002  No  recorded  sites.   SOURCE:  KAUTZ  ENVIRONMENTAL  CONSULTANTS  (2002)   Table  3.3-­‐2  outlines  18  archaeological  sites  recorded  within  a  ½  mile  radius  of  the  project  location.   CULTURAL  RESOURCES  3.3     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.3-­‐7       TABLE  3.3-­‐2:  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  SITES  WITHIN  THE  PROJECT’S  VICINITY   SITE  #     LIBRARY   NUMBER    SITE  DESCRIPTION    SIGNIFICANT     P-­‐29-­‐44    112  Isolated  basalt  Martis  Corner-­‐notched  projectile  point    NS*   P-­‐29-­‐45-­‐H    112  Isolated  narrow  gauge  railroad  bed    NS   P-­‐29-­‐1104-­‐H    3411  Isolated  cut  nail  &  brown  bottle  glass  fragment    NS   P-­‐29-­‐1105-­‐H    3411   Isolated  tin  can  scatter  (#10),  sanitary  &  tobacco,  road   throw    NS   P-­‐29-­‐1106-­‐H    3411  Isolated  scatter  of  insulator  glass  &  a  tin  can    NS   P-­‐29-­‐1109    3604  Basalt  Martis  corner-­‐notched  point    NS   P-­‐29-­‐1110     Not  provided   Lindström  Early  stage  basalt  biface    NS   P-­‐29-­‐1166-­‐H    145  Surface  charcoal  oven    NE*   P-­‐29-­‐1167-­‐H    145  Surface  charcoal  oven    NE   P-­‐29-­‐1168-­‐H    145  Historic  two-­‐track  road  with  dump  feature    NE   P-­‐29-­‐1189-­‐H   3640,  not   provided,   Lindström  Old  Brockway  Road    NS   P-­‐29-­‐87     NEV-­‐29   No  report   Elsasser   Reported  in  1954,  flaked  stone  scatter  (basalt)  with   projectile  points    NE   P-­‐29-­‐589-­‐H   NEV-­‐531/H    3416  Mixed  multi-­‐component  site  or  historic  Washoe  camp    NE   P-­‐29-­‐631     NEV-­‐573    3438  Sparse  lithic  scatter  composed  of  basalt  debitage    NE   P-­‐29-­‐733     NEV-­‐642H  2438  Small  trash  scatter    NS   P-­‐29-­‐1186     NEV-­‐829-­‐H  3474  Structural  remains  with  historic  trash  in  association    NE   P-­‐29-­‐1171-­‐H   NEV-­‐839-­‐H    3595  Rock  lined  trench  with  a  sanitary  can  scatter    NE   P-­‐29-­‐1226     NEV-­‐848-­‐H    3481  Multi-­‐period  historic  dump    NE   SOURCE:  KAUTZ  ENVIRONMENTAL  CONSULTANTS  (2002)   *NS  =  Not  Significant,  *NE  =  not  evaluated   To  summarize,  the  prehistoric  local  assemblage  of  sites  is  dominated  by  basalt  lithic  debris  and   tools.  There  are  three  isolated  basalt  artifacts  (Martis  late  period  projectile  points)  and  three  lithic   scatters  dominated  by  basalt,  none  of  which  are  very  dense.  One  “mixed  assemblage”  appears  to   describe   an   ethnohistoric   period   Washoe   encampment,   but   too   little   is   recorded   to   make   an   accurate  evaluation.  The  local  historic  assemblage  is  dominated  by  five  informal  secondary  dumps.   Also   present   are   two   surface   distributed   charcoal   ovens   that   are   suspected   to   be   related   to   Chinese  labor.  Two  historic-­‐aged  isolated  finds  are  reported  as  are  three  features  composed  of   two  roads  and  one  rock  lined  trench.   Field  Survey   The  field  survey  involved  a  pedestrian  ground  survey  of  the  entire  project  area  using  parallel   transected  at  fewer  than  30  meter  intervals.  Handwritten  notes  document  all  field  observations   associated  with  the  survey.  Drawings  and  35  mm  photographs  supplement  the  field  notes.  A  GPS   unit  was  used  to  record  the  positions  of  cultural  resources  encountered  during  the  survey.     3.3  CULTURAL  R ESOURCES     3.3-­‐8  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     Survey  Results   Two   historic-­‐aged   archaeological   sites   were   recorded   during   the   cultural   resources   inventory   survey,  both  consisting  of  small  scatters  of  refuse.  This  type  of  site  is  consistent  with  the  pre-­‐ survey  expectations.  A  brief  description  of  the  sites  is  presented  below.  In  addition,  four  historic-­‐ aged  isolated  finds  are  described  below.  No  prehistoric  materials  of  any  kind  were  observed.     HISTORIC-­‐AGED  ARCHAEOLOGICAL  SITES   The   two   historic   dump   sites   are   described   below.   Each   site   is   identified   with   the   temporary   number  that  was  assigned  during  the  field  survey.   Site  KEC-­305-­1   This  site  is  a  historic  secondary  trash  scatter  consisting  of  eleven  tin  cans  (milk  and  beverage),  six   amber   bottle   glass   fragments,   an   aqua   glass   insulator   fragment,   and   one   aqua   glass   bottle   fragment.  Seriation   of   the   historic   artifacts   suggest   a   date   for   the   assemblage   of   sometime   between  the  1890s  and  1945.  Assuming  this  assemblage  is  not  mixed,  it  probably  dates  from  the   late  1930s  to  the  mid-­‐1940s.  The  location  of  this  site  is  exempt  from  public  disclosure  as  provided   by  the  California  Public  Records  Act  (California  Government  Code  6254.10).     Site  KEC-­305-­2   This  site  is  another  secondary  historic  trash  scatter  consisting  entirely  of  tin  cans  comprised  of   beer  and  other  beverage  containers.  The  tin  cans  are  all  flat  top  beverage  cans  with  a  variety  of   side   seams   with   several   lithographed   logos   including   “Goetz   Crown/100   years   of…”,   “Shasta   Lemon-­‐Lime”,  and  “Bonnie  Hubbard  Orange  Juice  Concentrate  Pure  Frozen.”  The  location  of  this   site  is  exempt  from  public  disclosure  as  provided  by  the  California  Public  Records  Act  (California   Government  Code  6254.10).   HISTORIC-­‐AGED  ISOLATES   The  four  historic-­‐aged  isolates  are  described  below.     Isolate  No.  1   This  site  consists  of  a  brown  bottle  with  intact  lightning  stopper,  “Grolsh”  impressed  4  places   around  the  body,  oil  finish,  machine  manufactured,  stippling  around  base  (may  be  modern).  The   location  of  this  site  is  exempt  from  public  disclosure  as  provided  by  the  California  Public  Records   Act  (California  Government  Code  6254.10).   Isolate  No.  2   This  site  consists  of  a  brown  whiskey  flask,  machine  manufactured,  Anchor  Hocking  logo,  oval,   “Federal  Law  Forbids…”  on  shoulder,  pint  size,  fragmented.  The  location  of  this  site  is  exempt  from   public  disclosure  as  provided  by  the  California  Public  Records  Act  (California  Government  Code   6254.10).         CULTURAL  RESOURCES  3.3     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.3-­‐9     Isolate  No.  3   This  site  consists  of  an  a  tin  can,  210  x  410,  stamped  embossment,  “Regal  Pale  Ale”  on  ends  (may   be  modern.  The  location  of  this  site  is  exempt  from  public  disclosure  as  provided  by  the  California   Public  Records  Act  (California  Government  Code  6254.10).   Isolate  No.  4   This  site  consists  of  an  electric  3-­‐burner  stove  with  oven,  scattered  electric  parts,  oven  door  with   glass  insert,  legs  missing  (26”x26”x26”),  1940s-­‐1950s.  The  location  of  this  site  is  exempt  from   public  disclosure  as  provided  by  the  California  Public  Records  Act  (California  Government  Code   6254.10).   P ALEONTOLOGICAL  R ESOURCES   Paleontology  is  a  branch  of  geology  that  studies  prehistoric  life  forms  other  than  humans,  through   the  study  of  plant  and  animal  fossils.  Paleontological  resources  are  fossilized  remains  of  organisms   that  lived  in  the  region  in  the  geologic  past  and  therefore  preserve  an  aspect  of  the  region’s   prehistory  which  is  important  in  understanding  the  development  of  the  region  as  a  whole,  as  many   of  these  species  are  now  extinct.  Like  archaeological  sites  and  objects  (which  pertain  to  human   occupation),   paleontological   sites   and   fossils   are   non-­‐renewable   resources.   They   are   found   primarily  in  sedimentary  rock  deposits  and  are  most  easily  found  in  regions  that  may  have  been   uplifted  and  eroded,  but  they  may  also  be  found  anywhere  that  subsurface  excavation  is  being   carried  out  (e.g.,  streambeds,  under  roads).     Fossils  and  Their  Associated  Formations   Geologic   formations   are   the   matrix   in   which   most   fossils   are   found,   occasionally   in   buried   paleosols  (ancient  soils).  These  formations  are  totally  different  from  modern  soils  and  cannot  be   correlated  with  soil  maps  that  depict  modern  surface  soils  representing  only  a  thin  veneer  on  the   surface  of  the  earth.  Geologic  formations  may  range  in  thickness  from  a  few  feet  to  hundreds  of   thousands  of  feet,  and  form  complex  relationships  below  the  surface.  Geologic  maps  (available   through   the   U.S.   Geological   Survey   [USGS]   or   California   Geological   Survey)   show   the   surface   expression  (in  two  dimensions)  of  geologic  formations  along  with  other  geologic  features  such  as   faults,  folds,  and  landslides.  Although  sedimentary  formations  were  initially  deposited  one  atop   the  other,  much  like  a  layer  cake,  over  time  the  layers  have  been  squeezed,  tilted,  folded,  cut  by   faults  and  vertically  and  horizontally  displaced,  so  that  today,  any  one  rock  unit  does  not  usually   extend  in  a  simple  horizontal  layer.  If  a  sensitive  formation  bearing  fossils  can  be  found  at  the   surface  in  an  outcrop,  chances  are  that  same  formation  may  extend  not  only  many  feet  into  the   ground   straight   down,   it   may   well   extend  for   miles   just   below   the   surface.   Consequently,   predicting  which  areas  are  paleontologically  sensitive  is  a  difficult  task.   Determining  Paleontological  Potential   The  most  general  paleontological  information  can  be  obtained  from  geologic  maps,  but  geologic   cross  sections  (slices  of  the  geologic  layer  to  view  the  third  dimension)  must  be  reviewed  for  each   area  in  question.  These  usually  accompany  geologic  maps  or  technical  reports.  Once  it  can  be   determined  which  formations  may  be  present  in  the  subsurface,  the  question  of  paleontological   3.3  CULTURAL  R ESOURCES     3.3-­‐10  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     resources  must  be  addressed.  Even  though  a  formation  is  known  to  contain  fossils,  they  are  not   usually  distributed  uniformly  throughout  the  many  square  miles  the  formation  may  cover.  If  the   fossils  were  part  of  a  bay  environment  when  they  died,  perhaps  a  scattered  layer  of  shells  will  be   preserved  over  large  areas.  If  on  the  other  hand,  a  whale  died  in  this  bay,  you  might  expect  to  find   fossil  whalebone  only  in  one  small  area  of  less  than  a  few  hundred  square  feet.  Other  resources  to   be  considered  in  the  determination  of  paleontological  potential  are  regional  geologic  reports,  site   records  on  file  with  paleontological  repositories  and  site-­‐specific  field  surveys.   Paleontologists   consider   all   vertebrate   fossils   to   be   of   significance.   Fossils   of   other   types   are   considered  significant  if  they  represent  a  new  record,  new  species,  an  oldest  occurring  species,  the   most  complete  specimen  of  its  kind,  a  rare  species  worldwide,  or  a  species  helpful  in  the  dating  of   formations.  However,  even  a  previously  designated  low  potential  site  may  yield  significant  fossils.   The  exact  locations  are  considered  proprietary  and  therefore  not  presented  in  CEQA  documents   (to  prevent  the  removal  or  destruction  of  these  important,  nonrenewable  resources).   Paleontological  Setting   The  bedrock  of  the  project  area  is  Miocene  and  Pliocene  (25  to  2  million  years  old)  volcanic  rock   upon  which  younger  Pleistocene  (2  million  to  10  thousand  years  old)  glacial  and  alluvial  deposits   are  deposited.  Miocene  to  Pliocene  volcanic  rock  forms  the  bedrock  in  and  near  the  project  site.   These  rocks  comprise  the  andesite  and  basalt  flows  that  are  common  in  the  region.  Igneous  rocks   do  not  generally  contain  fossils  and,  therefore,  are  not  paleontologically  sensitive.   Portions  of  the  project  area  contain  glacial  and  alluvial  Pleistocene  sedimentary  deposits.  These   deposits  are  generally  loose  gravel,  sand,  silt,  and  clay.  Pleistocene  alluvial  deposits  commonly   contain   vertebrate   fossil   resources,   including   mammoth,   bison,   horse,   camel,   ground   sloth,   sabertoothed  cats,  dire  wolves,  bear,  rodents,  birds,  and  reptiles.   3.3.2  REGULATORY  S ETTING   F EDERAL     National  Historic  Preservation  Act   The   National   Historic   Preservation   Act   was   enacted   in   1966   as   a   means   to   protect   cultural   resources  that  are  eligible  to  be  listed  on  the  National  Register  of  Historic  Places  (NRHP).  The  law   sets   forth   criterion   that   is   used   to   evaluate   the   eligibility   of   cultural   resources.   The   NRHP   is   composed  of  districts,  sites,  buildings,  structures,  objects,  architecture,  archaeology,  engineering,   and  culture  that  are  significant  to  American  History.   Virtually   any   physical   evidence   of   past   human   activity   can   be   considered   a   cultural   resource.   Although  not  all  such  resources  are  considered  to  be  significant  and  eligible  for  listing,  they  often   provide  the  only  means  of  reconstructing  the  human  history  of  a  given  site  or  region,  particularly   where  there  is  no  written  history  of  that  area  or  that  period.  Consequently,  their  significance  is   judged  largely  in  terms  of  their  historical  or  archaeological  interpretive  values.  Along  with  research   CULTURAL  RESOURCES  3.3     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.3-­‐11     values,  cultural  resources  can  be  significant,  in  part,  for  their  aesthetic,  educational,  cultural  and   religious  values.   Section  106  of  the  National  Historic  Preservation  Act   Specific  regulations  regarding  compliance  with  Section  106  of  the  NHPA  state  that,  although  the   tasks  necessary  to  comply  with  Section  106  may  be  delegated  to  others,  the  federal  agency  is   ultimately  responsible  for  ensuring  that  the  Section  106  process  is  completed  according  to  statute.   The  Section  106  process  is  a  consultation  process  that  involves  the  State  Historic  Preservation   Officer  (SHPO)   throughout;   the   process   also   calls   for   including   Native   American   Tribes  and   interested   members   of   the   public,   as   appropriate,   throughout   the   process.  Implementing   regulations  for  Section  106  (36  CFR  800)  detail  the  following  five  basic  steps.   1.  Initiate  the  Section  106  process.   2.  Identify  and  evaluate  historic  properties.   3.  Assess  the  effects  of  the  undertaking  on  historic  properties  within  the  area  of  potential   effects  (APE).   4.  If  historic  properties  are  subject  to  adverse  effects,  the  federal  agency,  the  SHPO,  and   any  other  consulting  parties  (including  Native  American  tribes)  continue  consultation  to   seek   ways   to   avoid,   minimize,   or   mitigate   the  adverse   effect.   A   memorandum   of   agreement  (MOA)  is  usually  developed  to  document  the  measures  agreed  upon  to  resolve   the  adverse  effects.   5.  Proceed  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  MOA.   Department  of  Transportation  Act  -­  Section  4(f)   The  Department  of  Transportation  (DOT)  Act  of  1966,  is  set  forth  in  Title  49  United  States  Code   (U.S.C.).  This  law  established  that  it  is  the  policy  of  the  United  States  Government  to  make  a   special   effort   to   preserve   historic   sites.   The  Secretary   of   Transportation   may   approve   a   transportation  program  or  project  that  requires  the  use  of  a  historic  site  of  national,  state,  or  local   significance  only  if:  a)  There  is  no  prudent  and  feasible  alternative  to  using  that  land;  and  b)  The   program  or  project  includes  all  possible  planning  to  minimize  harm  to  the  park,  recreation  area,   wildlife  and  waterfowl  refuge,  or  historic  site  resulting  from  the  use.   S TATE     California  Register  of  Historic  Resources   The  California  Register  of  Historical  Resources  (CRHR)  was  established  in  1992  and  codified  in  the   Public  Resource  Code  §5020,  5024  and  21085.  The  law  creates  several  categories  of  properties   that  may  be  eligible  for  the  CRHR.  Certain  properties  are  included  in  the  program  automatically,   including:  properties  listed  in  the  NRHP;  properties  eligible  for  listing  in  the  NRHP;  and  certain   classes  of  State  Historical  Landmarks.    Determining  the  CRHR  eligibility  of  historic  and  prehistoric   3.3  CULTURAL  R ESOURCES     3.3-­‐12  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     properties  is  guided  by  CCR  §15064.5(b)  and  Public  Resources  Code  (PRC)  §21083.2  and  21084.1.   NRHP  eligibility  is  based  on  similar  criteria  outlined  in  Section  106  of  the  NHPA  (16  U.S.  Code  [USC]   470).   Cultural  resources,  under  CRHR  and  NRHP  guidelines,  are  defined  as  buildings,  sites,  structures,  or   objects  that  may  have  historical,  architectural,  archaeological,  cultural,  or  scientific  importance.  A   cultural  resource  may  be  eligible  for  listing  on  the  CRHR  and/or  NRHP  if  it:   • is  associated  with  events  that  have  made  a  significant  contribution  to  the  broad  patterns   of  California’s  history  and  cultural  heritage;   • is  associated  with  the  lives  of  persons  important  in  our  past;   • embodies   the   distinctive   characteristics   of   a   type,   period,   region,   or   method   of   construction,  or  represents  the  work  of  an  important  creative  individual  or  possesses  high   artistic  values;  or   • has  yielded,  or  may  be  likely  to  yield,  information  important  in  prehistory  or  history.   If  a  prehistoric  or  historic  period  cultural  resource  does  not  meet  any  of  the  four  CRHR  criteria,  but   does  meet  the  definition  of  a  “unique”  site  as  outlined  in  PRC  §21083.2,  it  may  still  be  treated  as  a   significant  resource  if  it  is:  an  archaeological  artifact,  object  or  site  about  which  it  can  be  clearly   demonstrated  that,  without  merely  adding  to  the  current  body  of  knowledge,  there  is  a  high   probability  that  it  meets  any  of  the  following  criteria:   • it  contains  information  needed  to  answer  important  scientific  research  questions  and  that   • there  is  a  demonstrable  public  interest  in  that  information,   • it  has  a  special  and  particular  quality  such  as  being  the  oldest  of  its  type  or  the  best   available  example  of  its  type,  or   • it  is  directly  associated  with  a  scientifically  recognized  important  prehistoric  or  historic   event.   California  Environmental  Quality  Act   CEQA   Guidelines   §15064.5   provides   guidance   for   determining   the   significance   of   impacts   to   archaeological  and  historical  resources.  Demolition  or  material  alteration  of  a  historical  resource,   including  archaeological  sites,  is  generally  considered  a  significant  impact.  Determining  the  CRHR   eligibility  of  historic  and  prehistoric  properties  is  guided  by  CCR  §15064.5(b)  and  Public  Resources   Code  (PRC)  §21083.2  and  21084.1.  NRHP  eligibility  is  based  on  similar  criteria  outlined  in  Section   106  of  the  NHPA  (16  U.S.  Code  [USC]  470).   CEQA   also   provides   for   the   protection   of   Native   American   human   remains   (CCR   §15064.5[d]).   Native  American  human  remains  are  also  protected  under  the  Native  American  Graves  Protection   and  Repatriation  Act  of  1990  (25  USC  3001  et  seq.),  which  requires  federal  agencies  and  certain   recipients  of  federal  funds  to  document  Native  American  human  remains  and  cultural  items  within   their  collections,  notify  Native  American  groups  of  their  holdings,  and  provide  an  opportunity  for   repatriation   of   these   materials.   This   act   also   requires   plans   for   dealing   with   potential   future   collections  of  Native  American  human  remains  and  associated  funerary  objects,  sacred  objects,   CULTURAL  RESOURCES  3.3     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.3-­‐13     and  objects  of  cultural  patrimony  that  might  be  uncovered  as  a  result  of  development  projects   overseen  or  funded  by  the  federal  government.   Assembly  Bill  978   In  2001,  Assembly  Bill  (AB)  978  expanded  the  reach  of  Native  American  Graves  Protection  and   Repatriation  Act  of  1990  and  established  a  state  commission  with  statutory  powers  to  assure  that   federal  and  state  laws  regarding  the  repatriation  of  Native  American  human  remains  and  items  of   patrimony  are  fully  complied  with.  In  addition,  AB  978  also  included  non-­‐federally   recognized   tribes  for  repatriation.   L OCAL     2025  Truckee  General  Plan   CONSERVATION  AND  OPEN  SPACE  ELEMENT   P19.1:   As   part   of   the   development   review   process,   require   proper   archaeological   or   paleontological   surveying,   testing,   research,   documentation,   monitoring   and   safe   retrieval  of  archaeological  and  cultural  resources.   P19.2:  Require  an  archaeological  survey  by  a  qualified  professional  whenever  there  is  evidence   of   an   archaeological   or   paleontological   site   within   a   proposed   project   area,   is   determined   to   be   high   likelihood   for   occurrence   of   such   sites,   or   where   a   project   involves  substantial  site  disturbance.   P19.3:  Consult  with  representatives  of  the  Native  American  community  whenever  necessary  to   ensure  the  respectful  treatment  of  Native  American  sacred  places.   3.3.3  IMPACTS  AND  M ITIGATION  MEASURES     T HRESHOLDS  OF  S IGNIFICANCE   Consistent  with  Appendix  G  of  the  CEQA  Guidelines,  the  proposed  project  is  considered  to  have  a   significant  impact  on  cultural  resources  if  it  will:   • Cause  a  substantial  adverse  change  in  the  significance  of  a  historical  resource  as  defined  in   CEQA  Guidelines  §15064.5;   • Cause  a  substantial  adverse  change  in  the  significance  of  archaeological  resource  pursuant   to  CEQA  Guidelines  §15064.5;   • Directly  or  indirectly  destroy  a  unique  paleontological  resource;   • Disturb  any  human  remains,  including  those  interred  outside  of  formal  cemeteries.   3.3  CULTURAL  R ESOURCES     3.3-­‐14  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)       I MPACTS  AND  M ITIGATION  M EASURES   Impact  3.3-­1:  Project  implementation  has  the  potential  to  cause  a   substantial  adverse  change  in  the  significance  of  a  historical  or   archaeological  resource  as  defined  in  CEQA  Guidelines  §15064.5  (Less   than  Significant  with  Mitigation)   RECORDS  SEARCH   A   records   search   was   conducted   at   the   North   Central   Information   Center   of   the   California   Historical  Resources  Information  System  at  California  Station  University,  Sacramento  on  October  3,   2002  (NCIC  File  #NEV-­‐02-­‐87/PLA-­‐02-­‐102).  Sources  consulted  by  the  Information  Center  include  the   National  Register  of  Historic  Places,  Listed  Properties  and  Determined  Eligible  Properties  (National   Park  Service,  computer  list),  California  Register  of  Historical  Resources  (2002),  California  Points  of   Historical  Interest  (1992),  California  Inventory  of  Historic  Resources  (1976),  California  Historical   Landmarks  (1996),  Gold  Districts  of  California  (1970),  Historic  Spots  in  California  (1966),  and  the   Directory  of  Property  of  Properties  in  the  Historic  Property  Data  File  for  Lassen  County  (2002).     According  to  Kautz  Environmental  Consultants  (2002),  there  were  28  proposed  projects  within  ½   mile  of  the  PC-­‐3  Plan  area  that  had  cultural  surveys  and  reports  conducted  between  1979  and   2002  (see  Table  3.3-­‐1).  Table  3.3-­‐2  outlines  18  archaeological  sites  recorded  within  a  ½  mile  radius   of  the  project  location.  The  prehistoric  local  assemblage  of  recorded  sites  is  dominated  by  basalt   lithic  debris  and  tools.  There  are  three  isolated  basalt  artifacts  (Martis  late  period  projectile  points)   and   three   lithic   scatters   dominated   by   basalt,   none   of   which   are   very   dense.   One   “mixed   assemblage”  appears  to  describe  an  ethnohistoric  period  Washoe  encampment,  but  too  little  is   recorded   to   make   an   accurate   evaluation.   The   local   historic   assemblage   is   dominated   by   five   informal   secondary   dumps.   Also   present   are   two   surface   distributed   charcoal   ovens   that   are   suspected  to  be  related  to  Chinese  labor.  Two  historic-­‐aged  isolated  finds  are  reported  as  are   three  features  composed  of  two  roads  and  one  rock  lined  trench.   FIELD  SURVEY   The   field   survey   on   the   project   site   found   two   historic-­‐aged   archaeological   sites   that   were   recorded,  both  consisting  of  small  scatters  of  refuse.  A  brief  description  of  each  site  is  presented   below.  In  addition,  four  historic-­‐aged  isolated  finds  are  described  below.  No  prehistoric  materials   of  any  kind  were  observed.     Site  KEC-­305-­1   This  site  is  a  historic  secondary  trash  scatter  consisting  of  eleven  tin  cans  (milk  and  beverage),  six   amber   bottle   glass   fragments,   an   aqua   glass   insulator   fragment,   and   one   aqua   glass   bottle   fragment.   Seriation   of   the   historic   artifacts   suggest   a   date   for   the   assemblage   of   sometime   between  the  1890s  and  1945.  Assuming  this  assemblage  is  not  mixed,  it  probably  dates  from  the   late  1930s  to  the  mid-­‐1940s.  The  location  of  this  site  is  exempt  from  public  disclosure  as  provided   by  the  California  Public  Records  Act  (California  Government  Code  6254.10).     CULTURAL  RESOURCES  3.3     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.3-­‐15     Site  KEC-­305-­2   This  site  is  another  secondary  historic  trash  scatter  consisting  entirely  of  tin  cans  comprised  of   beer  and  other  beverage  containers.  The  tin  cans  are  all  flat  top  beverage  cans  with  a  variety  of   side   seams   with   several   lithographed   logos   including   “Goetz   Crown/100   years   of…”,   “Shasta   Lemon-­‐Lime”,  and  “Bonnie  Hubbard  Orange  Juice  Concentrate  Pure  Frozen.”  The  location  of  this   site  is  exempt  from  public  disclosure  as  provided  by  the  California  Public  Records  Act  (California   Government  Code  6254.10).   Isolate  No.  1   This  site  consists  of  a  brown  bottle  with  intact  lightning  stopper,  “Grolsh”  impressed  4  places   around  the  body,  oil  finish,  machine  manufactured,  stippling  around  base  (may  be  modern).  The   location  of  this  site  is  exempt  from  public  disclosure  as  provided  by  the  California  Public  Records   Act  (California  Government  Code  6254.10).   Isolate  No.  2   This  site  consists  of  a  brown  whiskey  flask,  machine  manufactured,  Anchor  Hocking  logo,  oval,   “Federal  Law  Forbids…”  on  shoulder,  pint  size,  fragmented.  The  location  of  this  site  is  exempt  from   public  disclosure  as  provided  by  the  California  Public  Records  Act  (California  Government  Code   6254.10).   Isolate  No.  3   This  site  consists  of  an  a  tin  can,  210  x  410,  stamped  embossment,  “Regal  Pale  Ale”  on  ends  (may   be  modern.  The  location  of  this  site  is  exempt  from  public  disclosure  as  provided  by  the  California   Public  Records  Act  (California  Government  Code  6254.10).   Isolate  No.  4   This  site  consists  of  an  electric  3-­‐burner  stove  with  oven,  scattered  electric  parts,  oven  door  with   glass  insert,  legs  missing  (26”x26”x26”),  1940s-­‐1950s.  The  location  of  this  site  is  exempt  from   public  disclosure  as  provided  by  the  California  Public  Records  Act  (California  Government  Code   6254.10).   NATIVE  AMERICAN  CONCERNS   A  Notice  of  Preparation  was  filed  with  the  Office  of  Planning  and  Research  for  a  30-­‐day  state   review  period.  The  state  review  included  copies  of  the  Notice  of  Preparation  disseminated  to  the   Native   American   Heritage   Commission   (NAHC).   The   NAHC   did   not   provide   a   response   either   through  the  Office  of  Planning  and  Research  or  directly  to  the  Town  of  Truckee.  As  such,  the  NAHC   has  not  provided  information  regarding  sacred  lands  or  Native  American  tribe  contacts.     CONCLUSION   Both  sites  are  small  secondary  scatters  of  refuse.  Both  cultural  deposits  appear  to  be  confined  to   the  present-­‐day  surface.  None  of  the  artifacts  are  unique  to  distinctive.  The  different  classes  of   artifacts  represented,  as  well  as  the  different  time  periods  indicated  by  the  manufacturing  details   of  the  cans,  glass  and  other  items,  strongly  suggest  that  the  sites  are  a  palimpsest  of  unrelated   artifact,  either  accumulated  in  multiple  episodes  of  trash  disposal,  or  collected  elsewhere  and  re-­‐ deposited  as  a  group  (i.e.  a  secondary  deposit).     3.3  CULTURAL  R ESOURCES     3.3-­‐16  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     These  two  sites  have  no  meaningful  relationship  to  any  of  the  historic  themes  identified  for  the   project  area:  transportation,  timber,  ice,  or  tourism.  The  sites  have  no  known  relationship  to  any   historically   significant   person   or   event.   The   integrity   of   the   sites   remains   uncertain;   i.e.,   the   assemblages  seem  to  be  composed  of  an  unrelated  mix  of  artifact  classes  and  time  periods.  The   sites  do  not  qualify  for  nomination  to  the  NRHP  under  any  of  its  four  criteria,  nor  do  the  sites   conform   to   any   of   the   CEQA   guidelines.   Consequently,   both  s i t e s  a r e  r e c o m m e n d e d  a s  n o n-­‐ significant,  and  no  further  measures  seem  necessary  to  avoid  or  conserve  them.     Implementation  of  the  following  mitigation  measure  would  require  construction  to  halt  in  the   event  that  a  buried  and  previously  undiscovered  cultural  or  historical  resource  is  encountered   during  construction  activities  so  that  it  can  be  appropriately  evaluated  by  a  qualified  professional.   Subsequently,  This   mitigation   measure   would  ensure   that   any   potential  i m p a c t  t o  u n k n o w n   resources  is  reduced  to  a  less  than  significant  level.   MITIGATION  MEASURES   Mitigation  Measure  3.3-­‐1:  If  cultural  resources  (i.e.,  prehistoric  sites,  historic  sites,  and  isolated   artifacts   and   features)   are   discovered   during   the   course   of   construction,   work   shall   be   halted   immediately  within  50  meters  (165  feet)  of  the  discovery,  the  Town  of  Truckee  shall  be  notified,  and   a   qualified   archaeologist   that   meets   the   Secretary   of   the   Interior’s   Professional   Qualifications   Standards  in  prehistoric  or  historical  archaeology  shall  be  retained  to  determine  the  significance  of   the  discovery.   The   Town   of   Truckee  shall   consider   mitigation   recommendations   presented   by   the   qualified   archaeologist  for  any  unanticipated  discoveries  and  shall  carry  out  the  measures  deemed  feasible   and   appropriate.   Such   measures   may   include   avoidance,   preservation   in   place,   excavation,   documentation,  curation,  data  recovery,  or  other  appropriate  measures.  The  project  proponent   shall  be  required  to  implement  any  mitigation  necessary  for  the  protection  of  cultural  resources.     Impact  3.3-­2:  The  proposed  project  has  the  potential  to  directly  or   indirectly  destroy  a  unique  paleontological  resource  (Less  than   Significant  with  Mitigation)   The  project  site   is   underlain   by   Quaternary   age   glacial   deposits   (Saucedo   and   Wagner,   1992)   typically   consisting   of   variable   quantities   of   silt,   sand,   cobbles   and  occasional   boulders.   The   southeastern   portion   of   the   site   may   also   be   immediately   underlain   by   more   recent   alluvium   (Geocon  2006).  The  region  is  filled  with  volcanic  flows  and  sediments  of  the  Lousetown  Formation,   known  as  the  Martis  Valley  formation  of  Latham.  Igneous  rocks  do  not  generally  contain  fossils   and,  therefore,  are  not  paleontologically  sensitive;  however,  the  glacial  deposits  and  more  recent   alluvium  more  commonly  contain  vertebrate  fossil  resources,  including  mammoth,  bison,  horse,   camel,  ground  sloth,  sabertoothed  cats,  dire  wolves,  bear,  rodents,  birds,  and  reptiles.   The  records  search  and  field  surveys  by  Kautz  Environmental  Consultants  (2002),  which  was  peer   reviewed  by  Peak  &  Associates  (2006),  did  not  reveal  any  surface  evidence  of  paleontological   CULTURAL  RESOURCES  3.3     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.3-­‐17     resources   on   the   project   site.   There   is   no   evidence   that   the   project   site  contains  s u b s u r f a c e   paleontological  resources,  although  it  is  possible  based  on  the  glacial  and  alluvium  deposits.     While  there  are  no  known  paleontological  resources  on  the  project  site,  damage  to  or  destruction   of  unknown  buried  paleontological  resources  would  be  considered  a  potentially  significant  impact   under  local,  state,  or  federal  criteria.  Implementation  of  the  following  mitigation  measure  would   ensure  steps  would  be  taken  to  reduce  impacts  to  paleontological  resources  in  the  event  that  they   are  discovered  during  construction.  This  mitigation  measure  would  reduce  this  impact  to  a  less   than  significant  level.   MITIGATION  MEASURES   Mitigation   Measure  3.3-­‐2:  I f  p a l e o n t o l o g i c a l  r e s o u r c e s  a r e  d i s c o v e r e d  d u r i n g  t h e  c o u r s e  o f   construction,  work  shall  be  halted  immediately  within  50  meters  (165  feet)  of  the  discovery,  the   Town  of  Truckee  shall  be  notified,  and  a  qualified  paleontologist  shall  be  retained  to  determine  the   significance  of  the  discovery.  If  the  paleontological  resource  is  considered  significant,  it  should  be   excavated  by  a  qualified  paleontologist  and  given  to  a  local  agency,  State  University,  or  other   applicable  institution,  where  they  could  be  curated  and  displayed  for  public  education  purposes.   Impact  3.3-­3:  The  proposed  project  has  the  potential  to  disturb  human   remains,  including  those  interred  outside  of  formal  cemeteries     (Less  than  Significant  with  Mitigation)   Indications  are  that  humans  have  occupied  the  Truckee  region  for  over  10,000  years  and  it  is  not   always  possible  to  predict  where  human  remains  may  occur  outside  of  formal  burials.  Therefore,   excavation  and  construction  activities,  regardless  of  depth,  may  yield  human  remains  that  may  not   be  interred  in  marked,  formal  burials.     Under  CEQA,  human  remains  are  protected  under  the  definition  of  archaeological  materials  as   being  “any  evidence  of  human  activity.”  Additionally,  Public  Resources  Code  Section  5097  has   specific  stop-­‐work  and  notification  procedures  to  follow  in  the  event  that  human  remains  are   inadvertently  discovered  during  project  implementation.     State  and  federal  law  address  the  inadvertent  discovery  of  human  remains.  These  laws  require   human  remains  discovered  during  construction  to  be  treated  with  dignity  and  respect.  Work  must   stop  if  human  remains  are  found  during  construction  until  the  County  Coroner  has  been  contacted,   and,  if  the  human  remains  are  determined  to  be  of  Native  American  origin,  the  NAHC  and  most   likely  descendant  must  be  consulted  in  order  to  determine  the  appropriate  course  of  action.  The   following   mitigation   measure   embodies   these   requirements   of   federal   and   state   law   and   are   intended   to  ensure   that   all   construction   activities   that   inadvertently   discover   human   remains   implement  state  and  federal  requirements  to  determine  the  historical  significance  and  disposition   of  any  discovered  human  remains.  Implementation  of  the  following  mitigation  measure  would   ensure  that  this  potential  impact  is  reduced  to  a  less  than  significant  level.       3.3  CULTURAL  R ESOURCES     3.3-­‐18  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     MITIGATION  MEASURES   Mitigation  Measure  3.3-­‐3:  If  human  remains  are  discovered  during  the  course  of  construction,   work  shall  be  halted  at  the  site  and  any  nearby  area  reasonably  suspected  to  overlie  adjacent   human   remains   until  the   County   Coroner   has   been   informed   and   has   determined   that   no   investigation  of  the  cause  of  death  is  required.  If  the  remains  are  of  Native  American  origin,  either   of  the  following  steps  will  be  taken:   • The  coroner  will  contact  the  Native  American  Heritage  Commission  in  order  to  ascertain   the   proper   descendants   from   the   deceased   individual.   The   coroner   will   make   a   recommendation  to  the  landowner  or  the  person  responsible  for  the  excavation  work,  for   means  of  treating  or  disposing  of,  with  appropriate  dignity,  the  human  remains  and  any   associated  grave  goods,  which  may  include  obtaining  a  qualified  archaeologist  or  team  of   archaeologists  to  properly  excavate  the  human  remains.   • The   landowner   shall   retain   a   Native   American   monitor,   and   an   archaeologist,   if   recommended  by  the  Native  American  monitor,  and  rebury  the  Native  American  human   remains  and  any  associated  grave  goods,  with  appropriate  dignity,  on  the  property  and  in   a  location  that  is  not  subject  to  further  subsurface  disturbance  when  any  of  the  following   conditions  occurs:   o The  Native  American  Heritage  Commission  is  unable  to  identify  a  descendent.   o The  descendant  identified  fails  to  make  a  recommendation.   o The  Town  of  Truckee  or  its  authorized  representative  rejects  the  recommendation   of   the   descendant,   and   the   mediation   by   the   Native   American   Heritage   Commission  fails  to  provide  measures  acceptable  to  the  landowner.   GEOLOGY  AND  SOILS  3.4     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.4-­‐1     The  purpose  of  this  section  is  to  disclose  and  analyze  the  potential  impacts  associated  with  the   geology  and  soils  of  the  project  site  and  general  vicinity,  and  to  analyze  issues  such  as  the  potential   exposure   of   people   and   property   to   geologic   hazards,  landform   alteration,   and   erosion.   This   section   is   based   in   part   on   a   geotechnical   report   performed   by   Blackburn   Consulting   in   2003   entitled:  Preliminary  Geotechnical  Report  Joerger  Ranch  PC-­‐3  (Blackburn  Consulting,  2003).  The   study  was  peer  reviewed  by  Geocon  Consultants  in  September  2006  and  De  Novo  Planning  Group   in  August  2011.     3.4.1  ENVIRONMENTAL  S ETTING   R EGIONAL  G EOLOGY   The   project   site   is   located  in   the   Martis   Valley  approximately   one   mile   southeast   of   Historic   Downtown  Truckee  within  the  jurisdictional  limits  of  the  Town  of  Truckee.  Located  within  Nevada   County,  the  project  site  shares  its  southern  boundary  with  neighboring  Placer  County.  The  Plan   Area  is  located  within  Section  13  of  Township  17  North,  Range  16  East,  Mount  Diablo  Meridian,  as   depicted  on  the  Truckee  quadrangle  of  United  States  Geological  Survey  topographic  maps.   Geomorphic  Province   The  Town  of  Truckee  lies  within  the  Sierra  Nevada  Geomorphic  Province.  The  Sierra  Nevada  is  a   tilted  fault  block  nearly  400  miles  long.  Its  east  face  is  a  high,  rugged  multiple  scarp,  contrasting   with  the  gentle  western  slope  (about  2°)  that  disappears  under  sediments  of  the  Great  Valley.   Deep  river  canyons  are  cut  into  the  western  slope.  Their  upper  courses,  especially  in  massive   granites  of  the  higher  Sierra,  are  modified  by  glacial  sculpturing,  forming  such  scenic  features  as   Yosemite  Valley.  The  high  crest  culminates  in  Mt.  Whitney  with  an  elevation  of  14,495  feet  above   sea  level  near  the  eastern  scarp.  The  metamorphic  bedrock  contains  goldbearing  veins  in  the   northwest   trending   Mother   Lode.   The   northern   Sierra   boundary   is   marked   where   bedrock   disappears  under  the  Cenozoic  volcanic  cover  of  the  Cascade  Range.   Site  Geology   The  project  site  is  relatively  flat  to  gently  sloping.  The  USGS  Truckee  Quadrangle  topographic  maps   indicated  that  existing  grade  varies  from  a  low  of  approximately  5,850  feet  above  mean  sea  level   (MSL)  in  the  northwestern  portion  of  the  site,  to  a  high  of  approximately  5,930  feet  MSL  in  the   southern  portion  of  the  site.  Site  drainage  is  generally  to  the  southwest  to  north  and  northeast.     The  site  is  underlain  by  Quaternary  age  glacial  deposits  (Saucedo  and  Wagner,  1992)  typically   consisting  of  variable  quantities  of  silt,  sand,  cobbles  and  occasional  boulders.  The  southeastern   portion  of  the  site  may  also  be  immediately  underlain  by  more  recent  alluvium  (Geocon  2006).  The   region  is  filled  with  volcanic  flows  and  sediments  of  the  Lousetown  Formation,  known  as  the   Martis  Valley  formation  of  Latham.       3.4  GEOLOGY  AND  SOILS     3.4-­‐2  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     S EISMIC  H AZARDS   Faults   Faults   are   classified  a s  H i s t o r i c ,  H o l o c e n e ,  L a t e  Q u a t e r n a r y ,  Q u a t e r n a r y ,  a n d  P r e-­‐Quaternary   according   to   the   age   of   most   recent   movement   (California   Geological   Survey,   2002).   These   classifications  are  described  as  follows:   • Historic:  faults  on  which  surface  displacement  has  occurred  within  the  past  200  years;   • Holocene:  shows  evidence  of  fault  displacement  within  the  past  11,000  years,  but  without   historic  record;   • Late  Quaternary:  shows  evidence  of  fault  displacement  within  the  past  700,000  years,  but   may   be   younger   due   to   a   lack   of   overlying   deposits   that   enable   more   accurate   age   estimates;   • Quaternary:  shows  evidence  of  displacement  sometime  during  the  past  1.6  million  years;   and     • Pre-­‐Quaternary:  without  recognized  displacement  during  the  past  1.6  million  years.   Faults   are   further   distinguished   as   active,   potentially   active,   or   inactive.   (California   Geological   Survey,  2002).     • Active:  An  active  fault  is  a  Historic  or  Holocene  fault  that  has  had  surface  displacement   within  the  last  11,000  years.     • Potentially  Active:  A  potentially  active  fault  is  a  pre-­‐Holocene  Quaternary  fault  that  has   evidence  of  surface  displacement  between  about  1.6  million  and  11,000  years  ago.     • Inactive:  An  inactive  fault  is  a  pre-­‐Quaternary  fault  that  do  not  have  evidence  of  surface   displacement   within   the   past   1.6   million   years.   The   probability   of   fault   rupture   is   considered  low;  however,  this  classification  does  not  mean  that  inactive  faults  cannot,  or   will  not,  rupture.   There  are  no  known  active  or  potentially  active  faults  located  within  the  project  site;  however,   there  are  numerous  faults  located  in  the  region.  Below  is  a  brief  summary  of  the  faults  located   within  50  miles  of  the  project  site:  unnamed  fault  south  of  Truckee  (1.5  miles  west),  unnamed  fault   along  Martis  Creek  (2  miles  east),  unnamed  fault  associated  with  the  1966  Truckee  Earthquake  (4   miles  northeast),  North  Tahoe  Fault  (active,  12  miles  southeast),  Mohawk  Valley  Fault  (active,  20   miles   northwest),  Genoa   Fault   (23   miles   southeast),   Honey   Lake   Fault   (43   miles  northeast),   Antelope   Valley   Fault   (47   miles   southeast),   and   Foothills   Fault   (50   miles   west).   Figure   3.4-­‐1   presents  a  map  of  the  faults  within  a  50-­‐mile  radius  of  the  project  site.   Seismic  Scales   Seismic   hazards   include   both   rupture   (surface   and   subsurface)   along   active   faults   and   ground   shaking,   which   can   occur   over   wider   areas.   Ground   shaking,   produced   by   various   tectonic   phenomena,  is  the  principal  source  of  seismic  hazards  in  areas  devoid  of  active  faults.  All  areas  of   the  state  are  subject  to  some  level  of  seismic  ground  shaking.   GEOLOGY  AND  SOILS  3.4     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.4-­‐3     Several  scales  may  be  used  to  measure  the  strength  or  intensity  of  an  earthquake.  Magnitude   scales  (ML)  measure  the  energy  released  by  earthquakes.  The  Richter  scale,  which  represents   magnitude  at  the  earthquake  epicenter,  is  an  example  of  an  ML.  As  the  Richter  scale  is  logarithmic,   each  whole  number  represents  a  10-­‐fold  increase  in  magnitude  over  the  preceding  number.     Moment  Magnitude  (Mw)  is  used  by  the  United  States  Geological  Service  (USGS)  to  describe  the   magnitude  of  large  earthquakes  in  the  U.S.  The  value  of  moment  is  proportional  to  fault  slip   multiplied  by  the  fault  surface  area.  Thus,  moment  is  a  measurement  that  is  related  to  the  amount   of  energy  released  at  the  point  of  movement.  The  Mw  scale  is  often  preferred  over  other  scales,   such  as  the  Richter,  because  it  is  valid  over  the  entire  range  of  magnitudes.  Moment  is  normally   converted  to  Mw,  a  scale  that  approximates  the  values  of  the  Richter  scale.     The  Modified  Mercalli  Scale  (MM)  expresses  earthquake  intensity  at  the  surface  on  a  scale  of  I   through  XII.  While  there  are  no  known  active  faults  located  within  the  project  site,  the  area  could   experience   considerable   ground   shaking   generated   by   faults   in   the  Table   3.4-­‐1   presents   a   comparison  of  the  Richter  Magnitude  and  Modified  Mercalli  Scale  and  the  potential  effects  of  an   earthquake  based  on  these  scales.       TABLE  3.4-­‐1:  COMPARISON  OF  RICHTER  MAGNITUDES  AND  MODIFIED  MERCALLI  INTENSITIES   RICHTER   MAGNITUDE   Modified  Mercalli   Intensities  Effects   2  I-­‐II  Usually  detected  only  by  instruments   3  III  Felt  indoors   4  IV-­‐V  Felt  by  most  people;  slight  damage   5  VI-­‐VII  Felt  by  all;  many  frightened  and  run  outdoors;  damage  minor  to  moderate   6  VII-­‐VIII  Everybody  runs  outdoors;  damage  moderate  to  major   7  IX-­‐X  Major  damage   8+  X-­‐XI  Total  and  major  damage   SOURCE:  CALIFORNIA  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY,  2002.     Seismic  Hazard  Zones   ALQUIST-­‐PRIOLO  FAULT  ZONES   An  active  earthquake  fault,  per  California’s  Alquist-­‐Priolo  Act,  is  one  that  has  ruptured  within  the   Holocene  Epoch  (≈11,000  years).  Based  on  this  criterion,  the  California  Geological  Survey  identifies   Earthquake  Fault  Zones.  These  Earthquake  Fault  Zones  are  identified  in  Special  Publication  42   (SP42),  which  is  updated  as  new  fault  data  become  available.  The  SP42  lists  all  counties  and  cities   within  California  that  are  affected  by  designated  Earthquake  Fault  Zones.  The  Fault  Zones  are   delineated   on   maps   within   SP42   (Earthquake   Fault   Zone  Maps).   There   are   no   Alquist-­‐Priolo   Earthquake  Fault  Zones  located  within  the  project  site.  Figure  3.4-­‐1  illustrates  the  Alquist-­‐Priolo   Earthquake  Fault  Zones  that  are  within  a  50-­‐mile  radius  of  the  project  site.     SEISMIC  HAZARD  ZONES   The  state  Seismic  Hazards  Mapping  Act  (1990)  addresses  hazards  along  active  faults.  The  Northern   California   counties   affected   by   the   Seismic   Hazard   Zonation   Program   include   Alameda,   San   3.4  GEOLOGY  AND  SOILS     3.4-­‐4  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     Francisco,  San  Mateo  and  Santa  Clara.  The  Southern  California  counties  affected  by  the  Program   include  San  Bernardino,  Los  Angeles,  Orange,  and  Ventura.  There  is  not  currently  any  seismic   hazard  zones  mapped  within  the  project  site.     Liquefaction   Liquefaction,  which  is  primarily  associated  with  loose,  saturated  materials,  is  most  common  in   areas  of  sand  and  silt  or  on  reclaimed  lands.  Cohesion  between  the  loose  materials  that  comprise   the  soil  may  be  jeopardized  during  seismic  events  and  the  ground  will  take  on  liquid  properties.   Thus,  liquefaction  requires  specific  soil  characteristics  and  seismic  shaking.     Glacial  deposits  that  underlain  portions  of  the  project  site  may  be  susceptible  to  liquefaction  under   seismic  activity  in  the  region;  however,  given  the  depth  of  static  groundwater  levels  of  the  project   site  ( g r e a t e r  t h a n  5 0  f e e t ),  liquefaction   potential   is   considered   low   on   the   project   site   and   immediate  vicinity  (Blackburn  Consulting,  2003).   Landslide   Landslide   potential   is   influenced  b y  p h y s i c a l  f a c t o r s ,  s u c h  a s  s l o p e ,  s o i l ,  v e g e t a t i o n ,  a n d   precipitation.  Landslides  require  a  slope,  and  can  occur  naturally  from  seismic  activity,  excessive   saturation,   and   wildfires,   or   from   human-­‐made   conditions   such   as   construction   disturbance,   vegetation  removal,  wildfires,  etc.  Given  the  relatively  flat  topography  of  the  project  site,  landslide   potential  is  considered  low  on  the  project  site  and  immediate  vicinity.   Structural  Damage   There  are  four  seismic  zones  in  the  United  States.  The  zones  are  numbered  one  through  four,  with   Zone  4  representing  the  highest  level  of  seismic  hazard.  There  are  more  stringent  design  and   construction  standards  for  areas  within  Zones  3  and  4,  which  includes  all  of  California.  The  project   site  is  located  in  Seismic  Zone  3.  As  such,  building  design  is  subject  to  more  stringent  seismic   design  standards.     O THER  G EOLOGIC  H AZARDS   Soils   The  soils  on  the  project  site  are  predominately  glacial  till  and  outwash  from  volcanic  rock,  with   some  colluvium  and  residuum  derived  from  volcanic  rock.  The  taxonomic  classes  of  the  soils  are   frigid  Ultic  Haploxeralfs  and  frigid  Ultic  Argixerolls.  (Natural  Resource  Conservation  Service,  2011).   According  to  the  Natural  Resource  Conservation  Service  (2011),  there  are  four  different  soil  series   located  on  the  project  site,  that  make  up  three  different  variant  complexes.  These  include  the   Euer,  Martis,  Kyburz,  and  Trojan  series.  Figure  3.4-­‐2  presents  a  map  of  the  soils  located  on  the   project  site  Information  from  the  NRCS  official  soil  description  for  these  series  is  provided  below.     • Euer:  The  Euer  series  consists  of  deep,  well  drained  soils  formed  in  glacial  outwash  and   material  from  volcanic  sources.  These  soils  are  on  terraces.  The  mean  annual  precipitation   is  about  30  inches  and  the  mean  annual  air  temperature  is  about  43  degrees  F.   GEOLOGY  AND  SOILS  3.4     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.4-­‐5     • Martis:  The  Martis  series  consists  of  deep,  well  drained  soils  formed  in  glacial  till  and   outwash  from  mixed  sources,  mainly  volcanic.  These  soils  are  on  glacial  outwash  plains   and  have  slopes  of  2  to  5  percent.  The  mean  annual  precipitation  is  about  30  inches  and   the  mean  annual  temperature  is  about  42  degrees  F.   • Kyburz:  The   Kyburz   series   consists   of   moderately   deep,   well   drained   soils   formed   in   material   weathered   from   basic   volcanic   rock.   Kyburz   soils   occur   on   uplands   and   have   slopes  of  2  to  50  percent.  The  mean  annual  precipitation  is  about  25  inches  and  the  mean   annual  temperature  is  about  45  degrees.   • Trojan:  The  Trojan  series  consists  of  deep  and  very  deep,  well  drained  soils  that  formed  in   colluvium  and  residuum  derived  from  volcanic  rocks  or  from  schist  and  argillite.  Trojan   soils  are  on  hills  and  mountains.  Slopes  are  2  to  50  percent.  The  mean  annual  precipitation   is  about  20  inches  and  the  mean  annual  temperature  is  about  45  degrees  F.   Erosion   The  U.S.  Natural  Resources  Conservation  Service  (NRCS)  delineates  soil  units  and  compiles  soils   data  as  part  of  the  National  Cooperative  Soil  Survey.  The  following  description  of  erosion  factors  is   provided  by  the  NRCS  Physical  Properties  Descriptions:     • Erosion  factor  K  indicates  the  susceptibility  of  a  soil  to  sheet  and  rill  erosion  by  water.   Values  of  K  range  from  0.02  to  0.69.  Other  factors  being  equal,  the  higher  the  value,  the   more  susceptible  the  soil  is  to  sheet  and  rill  erosion  by  water.  Erosion  factor  Kw  indicates   the  erodibility  of  the  whole  soil,  whereas  Kf  indicates  the  erodibiity  of  the  fine  soils.  The   estimates  are  modified  by  the  presence  of  rock  fragments.   Soil   erosion   data   for   the   soils   located   on   the   project   site   were   obtained   from   the   NRCS.  As   identified  in  Table  3.4-­‐2  below,  the  erosion  factor  Kf  varies  from  0.24  to  0.37,  which  is  considered   moderately  low  to  moderate  potential  for  erosion.     TABLE  3.4-­‐2:  SOIL  EROSION  FACTORS   REPRESENTATIVE  VALUE  MAP  SYMBOL  AND  SOIL  NAME  KF  %  SAND  %  SILT  %  CLAY   EUB—Euer-­‐Martis  variant  complex,  2  to  5  percent  slopes                   Euer  0.28  65.7  22.8  11.5   Martis  variant  0.37  42.1  37.9  20   FUE—Kyburz-­‐Trojan  complex,  9  to  30  percent  slopes           Kyburz  0.24  66.8  19.2  14   Trojan  0.24  65.9  19.1  15   MEB—Martis-­‐Euer  variant  complex,  2  to  5  percent  slopes           Martis  0.24  65.9  19.1  15   Euer  variant  0.24  65.7  22.8  11.5   SOURCE:  NATURAL  RESOURCE  CONSERVATION  SERVICE,  2011.   Expansive  Soils   The  NRCS  delineates  soil  units  and  compiles  soils  data  as  part  of  the  National  Cooperative  Soil   Survey.  The  following  description  of  linear  extensibility  (aka  shrink-­‐swell  potential,  or  expansive   potential)  is  provided  by  the  NRCS  Physical  Properties  Descriptions:     3.4  GEOLOGY  AND  SOILS     3.4-­‐6  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     "Linear  extensibility"  refers  to  the  change  in  length  of  an  unconfined  clod  as  moisture   content  is  decreased  from  a  moist  to  a  dry  state.  It  is  an  expression  of  the  volume  change   between  the  water  content  of  the  clod  at  1/3-­‐  or  1/10-­‐bar  tension  (33kPa  or  10kPa  tension)   and  oven  dryness.  The  volume  change  is  reported  in  the  table  as  percent  change  for  the   whole  soil.  The  amount  and  type  of  clay  minerals  in  the  soil  influence  volume  change.     The  shrink-­‐swell  potential  is  low  if  the  soil  has  a  linear  extensibility  of  less  than  3  percent;   moderate  if  3  to  6  percent;  high  if  6  to  9  percent;  and  very  high  if  more  than  9  percent.  If   the   linear   extensibility   is   more   than   3,   shrinking   and   swelling   can   cause   damage   to   buildings,   roads,   and   other   structures   and   to   plant   roots.   Special   design   commonly   is   needed.   Linear  extensibility  data  for  the  soils  located  on  the  project  site  were  obtained  from  the  NRCS.  As   identified  in  Table  3.4-­‐3  below,  the  linear  extensibility  of  the  soils  varies  from  0.0  to  5.9  percent,   which  is  considered  low  to  moderate  linear  extensibility.  Approximately  90  percent  of  the  project   site  has  low  expansive  soils.  A  small  area  in  the  northern  portion  and  southern  portion  of  the   project  site  has  moderate  expansive  soils.  The  moderately  expansive  soils  can  be  at  a  depth  of   between  six  inches  to  67  inches  from  the  surface.  As  such,  the  engineering  and  design  of  facilities   on  the  project  site  will  be  subject  to  more  stringent  geotechnical  and  structural  design  standards.   TABLE  3.4-­‐3:  LINEAR  EXTENSIBILITY  (EXPANSION  POTENTIAL)   MAP  SYMBOL  AND  SOIL  NAME  DEPTH     (INCHES)   LINEAR  EXTENSIBILITY     (PERCENTAGE)   EUB—Euer-­‐Martis  variant  complex,  2  to  5  percent  slopes   Euer  0-­‐65  0.0-­‐2.9   Martis  variant  0-­‐55  0.0-­‐2.9   FUE—Kyburz-­‐Trojan  complex,  9  to  30  percent  slopes   Kyburz  0-­‐6  0.0-­‐2.9      6-­‐34  3.0-­‐5.9      34-­‐38  —   Trojan  0-­‐21  0.0-­‐2.9      21-­‐67  3.0-­‐5.9      67-­‐71  —   MEB—Martis-­‐Euer  variant  complex,  2  to  5  percent  slopes   Martis  0-­‐67  0.0-­‐2.9   Euer  variant  0-­‐12  0.0-­‐2.9      12-­‐24  3.0-­‐5.9      24-­‐60  0.0-­‐2.9   SOURCE:  NATURAL  RESOURCE  CONSERVATION  SERVICE,  2011.   Frost  Heave   Frost   heave   is   the   expansion   of   soils   due   to   freezing   and   thawing.   Frost   heave   can   damage   foundations,  concrete,  pavement,  and  roadways.  The  soils  on  the  project  site  have  the  potential   for  significant  frost  heave.  As  such,  the  engineering  and  design  of  facilities  on  the  project  site  will   be  subject  to  more  stringent  geotechnical  and  structural  design  standards.   GEOLOGY  AND  SOILS  3.4     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.4-­‐7     Naturally  Occurring  Asbestos   The  term  “asbestos”  is  used  to  describe  a  variety  of  fibrous  minerals  that,  when  airborne,  can   result  in  serious  human  health  effects.  Naturally  occurring  asbestos  is  commonly  associated  with   ultramafic  rocks  and  serpentinite.  Ultramafic  rocks,  such  as  dunite,  peridotite  and  pyroxenite,  are   igneous  rocks  comprised  largely  of  iron-­‐magnesium  minerals.  As  they  are  intrusive  in  nature,  these   rocks  often  undergo  metamorphosis,  prior  to  their  being  exposed  on  the  Earth’s  surface.  The   metamorphic  rock  serpentinite  is  a  common  product  of  the  alteration  process.  Naturally  occurring   asbestos  is  mapped  in  Nevada  and  Placer  County,  although  it  is  all  located  in  foothill  region  of  the   western  slope  of  the  Sierra  Nevada.  There  is  no  naturally  occurring  asbestos  mapped  within  the   project  site  or  immediate  vicinity.     Subsidence   Subsidence  is  the  settlement  of  organic  soils  or  of  saturated  mineral  soils  of  very  low  density.   Subsidence   generally   results   from   either   desiccation   and   shrinkage,   or   oxidation   of   organic   material,  or  both,  following  drainage.  Subsidence  takes  place  gradually,  usually  over  a  period  of   several  years.  While  subsidence  is  an  issue  of  concern  in  some  areas  of  California,  the  Natural   Resource  Conservation  Service  does  not  identify  it  as  an  issue  of  concern  on  the  project  site  or   immediate  vicinity.     Tsunami   Tsunamis  are  standing  waves  that  occur  in  the  ocean,  while  seiches  are  standing  waves  that  occur   in  enclosed  bodies  of  water  (i.e.  Lake  Tahoe).  These  waves  usually  follow  seismic,  landslide  and   other  events.  Given  that  distance  and  elevation  that  separate  the  project  site  from  the  Pacific   Ocean,  tsunamis  are  not  an  issue  of  concern  on  the  project  site  or  immediate  vicinity.   Seiches   Seiches  are  standing  waves  that  occur  in  enclosed  bodies  of  water  (i.e.  Lake  Tahoe).  Like  tsunamis,   these  waves  usually  follow  seismic,  landslide  and  other  events.  There  are  two  major  faults  located   under  Lake  Tahoe  and  studies  have  shown  that  a  magnitude  7.0  earthquake  could  create  seiche   waves  up  to  10  meters  (approximately  30  feet)  high  along  the  shore.  Given  that  the  project  site  is   over  12  miles  from  the  shore  of  Lake  Tahoe,  seiches  are  not  an  issue  of  concern  on  the  project  site   or  immediate  vicinity.   Volcanism   Much  of  the  Sierra  Nevada  range  was  once  volcanically  active,  including  the  Tahoe  basin.  However,   the  volcanoes  in  the  region  date  back  approximately  1.3  million  years  and  are  considered  dormant   or  inactive.  There  are  no  indications  that  any  prehistoric  volcanoes  in  the  region  may  become   active.  Volcanoes  are  not  an  issue  of  concern  on  the  project  site  or  immediate  vicinity.   3.4  GEOLOGY  AND  SOILS     3.4-­‐8  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     3.4.2  REGULATORY  S ETTING   F EDERAL     Earthquake  Hazards  Reduction  Act   The  Earthquake  Hazards  Reduction  Act  of  1977  (42  USC,  7701  et  seq.)  requires  the  establishment   and  maintenance  of  an  earthquake  hazards  reduction  program  by  the  federal  government.     Executive  Order  12699   Signed   in   January   1990,   this  executive  order  of   the   President  implements   provisions   of   the   Earthquake   Hazards   Reduction   Act   for   “federal,   federally   assisted   or   federally   regulated   new   building   construction”   and   requires   the   development   and   implementation   of   seismic   safety   programs  by  federal  agencies.   Uniform  Building  Code  (UBC)   The  purpose  of  the  Uniform  Building  Code  (UBC)  is  to  provide  minimum  standards  to  preserve  the   public  peace,  health,  and  safety  by  regulating  the  design,  construction,  quality  of  materials,  certain   equipment,  location,  grading,  use,  occupancy,  and  maintenance  of  all  buildings  and  structures.   UBC   standards   address   foundation   design,   shear   wall   strength,   and   other   structurally   related   conditions.   S TATE     California  Building  Standards  Code  (CBSC)   The  CBSC  is  set  forth  in  Title  24  of  the  California  Code  of  Regulations  (CCR).  The  CBSC  includes   codes  that  establish  standards  for  new  buildings,  existing  buildings,  historical  buildings,  fire  safety,   and  energy.  The  CBC  is  contained  within  the  California  Building  Standards  Code.  Per  state  law,   building  standards  are  enforceable  only  to  the  extent  that  they  are  embodied  in  Title  24  of  the   CCR.   CA  Health  and  Safety  Code   Section  19100  et  seq.  of  the  California  Health  and  Safety  Code  establishes  the  state’s  regulations   for  earthquake  protection.  This  section  of  the  code  requires  structural  designs  to  be  capable  of   resisting  likely  stresses  produced  by  phenomena  such  as  strong  winds  and  earthquakes.   Alquist-­Priolo  Earthquake  Fault  Zoning  Act     The  Alquist-­‐Priolo  Earthquake  Fault  Zoning  Act  (formerly  the  Alquist-­‐Priolo  Special  Studies  Zone   Act),   signed   into   law   December   1972,   requires   the   delineation   of   zones   along   active   faults   in   California.  The  purpose  of  the  Alquist-­‐Priolo  Act  is  to  regulate  development  on  or  near  active  fault   traces  to  reduce  the  hazards  associated  with  fault  rupture  and  to  prohibit  the  location  of  most   structures  for  human  occupancy  across  these  traces.     GEOLOGY  AND  SOILS  3.4     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.4-­‐9     Cities  and  counties  must  regulate  certain  development  projects  within  the  zones,  which  include   withholding   permits   until   geologic   investigations   demonstrate   that   development   sites   are   not   threatened  by  future  surface  displacement  (Hart,  1997).  Surface  fault  rupture  is  not  necessarily   restricted  to  the  area  within  an  Alquist-­‐Priolo  Zone.     Seismic  Hazards  Mapping  Act   The  Seismic  Hazards  Mapping  Act  was  developed  to  protect  the  public  from  the  effects  of  strong   groundshaking,  liquefaction,  landslides,  or  other  ground  failure,  and  from  other  hazards  caused  by   earthquakes.  This  act  requires  the  State  Geologist  to  delineate  various  seismic  hazard  zones  and   requires   cities,   counties,   and   other   local   permitting   agencies   to   regulate   certain   development   projects  within  these  zones.  Before  a  development  permit  is  granted  for  a  site  within  a  seismic   hazard   zone,   a   geotechnical   investigation   of   the   site   has   to   be   conducted   and   appropriate   mitigation  measures  incorporated  into  the  project  design.   California  Department  of  Transportation  Highway  Design  Manual     The  California  Department  of  Transportation  (Caltrans)  sets  forth  roadway  design  standards  for   seismic  safety  in  the  latest  version  of  the  Highway  Design  Manual  (originally  published  in  1995).     Surface  Mining  and  Reclamation  Act  of  1975   The  California  Department  of  Conservation  Surface  Mining  and  Reclamation  Act  of  1975  (§  2710),   also   known   as   SMARA,   provides   a   comprehensive   surface   mining   and   reclamation   policy   that   permits  the  continued  mining  of  minerals,  as  well  as  the  protection  and  subsequent  beneficial  use   of  the  mined  and  reclaimed  land.  The  purpose  of  SMARA  is  to  ensure  that  adverse  environmental   effects  are  prevented  or  minimized  and  that  mined  lands  are  reclaimed  to  a  usable  condition  and   readily  adaptable  for  alternative  land  uses.  If  a  use  is  proposed  that  might  threaten  the  potential   recovery   of   minerals   from   an   area   that   has   been   classified   MRZ-­‐2,  SMARA  would  require  the   jurisdiction  to  prepare  a  statement  specifying  its  reasons  for  permitting  the  proposed  use,  provide   public  notice  of  these  reasons,  and  forward  a  copy  of  the  statement  to  the  State  Geologist  and  the   State  Mining  and  Geology  Board  (Cal.  Pub.  Res.  Code  Section  2762).   L OCAL     2025  Truckee  General  Plan   SAFETY  ELEMENT   P1.1:    Group   and   locate   new   residential   development   in   such   a   way   as   to   avoid   areas   of   hazard  including  steep  slopes  and  areas  of  unstable  soils.   P1.3:  Require  soils  reports  for  new  development  in  areas  where  geologic  risks  are  known  to   exist.  Such  reports  should  include  recommendations  for  appropriate  engineering  and   other  measures  to  address  identified  risks.   P3.1:  Locate   new   buildings   associated   with   new   discretionary   development   outside   of   avalanche  hazard  areas.   3.4  GEOLOGY  AND  SOILS     3.4-­‐10  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     CONSERVATION  AND  OPEN  SPACE  ELEMENT   P  12.1:  Preserve  slopes  of  30  percent  or  greater  as  open  space  and  avoid  slopes  of  20  percent   to  30  percent  if  there  are  other,  more  suitable  areas  for  development  with  slopes  less   than  20  percent.   P  12.2:  Require  projects  that  require  earthwork  and  grading,  including  cuts  and  fills  for  roads,   to   incorporate   measures   to   minimize   erosion   and   sedimentation.   Typical   measures   include   project   design   that   conforms   with   natural   contours   and   site   topography,   maximizing   retention   of   natural   vegetation,   and   implementing   erosion   control   Best   Management  Practices.   P12.3  Require  discretionary  project  review  for  all  substantial  grading  activities  not  associated   with  an  approved  development  project  or  timber  harvesting  plan.     3.4.3  IMPACTS  AND  M ITIGATION  MEASURES   T HRESHOLDS  OF  S IGNIFICANCE   Consistent  with  Appendix  G  of  the  CEQA  Guidelines,  the  proposed  project  will  have  a  significant   impact  on  geology  and  hazards  if  it  will: • Expose  people  or  structures  to  potential  substantial  adverse  effects,  including  the  risk  of   loss,  injury,  or  death  involving:   o Rupture  of  a  known  earthquake  fault,  as  delineated  on  the  most  recent  Alquist-­‐ Priolo  Earthquake  Fault  Zoning  Map  issued  by  the  State  Geologist  for  the  area  or   based  on  other  substantial  evidence  of  a  known  fault.  Refer  to  Division  of  Mines   and  Geology  Special  Publication  42.   o Strong  seismic  ground  shaking.   o Seismic-­‐related  ground  failure,  including  liquefaction.   o Landslides.   • Result  in  substantial  soil  erosion  or  the  loss  of  topsoil;   • Be  located  on  a  geologic  unit  or  soil  that  is  unstable,  or  that  would  become  unstable  as  a   result  of  the  Project,  and  potentially  result  in  on-­‐  or  off-­‐site  landslide,  lateral  spreading,   subsidence,  liquefaction  or  collapse;  or   • Be  located  on  expansive  soil,  as  defined  in  Table  18-­‐1-­‐B  of  the  Uniform  Building  Code   (1994),  creating  substantial  risks  to  life  or  property.   • Have   soils   incapable   of   adequately   supporting   the   use   of   septic   tanks   or   alternative   wastewater   disposal   systems   where   sewers   are   not   available   for   the   disposal   of   wastewater.   GEOLOGY  AND  SOILS  3.4     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.4-­‐11     I MPACTS  AND  M ITIGATION  M EASURES   Impact  3.4-­1:  The  proposed  project  has  the  potential  to  expose  people  or   structures  to  potential  adverse  effects  involving  rupture  of  a  fault  or   strong  seismic  ground  shaking  (Less  than  Significant)   The  Preliminary  Geotechnical  Report  Joerger  Ranch  PC-­‐3  (Blackburn  Consulting,  2003)  indicates   that  the  project  site  is  not  within  an  Alquist-­‐Priolo  Earthquake  Fault  Zone,  there  are  no  faults   located  within  the  project  site,  and  ground  rupture  and/or  fault  creep  are  not  expected  to  occur.   There  are,  however,  numerous  active  or  potentially  active  faults  located  in  the  region,  including   three  within  a  five  mile  radius  of  the  project  site.  The  area  is  considered  seismically  active,  and   some  ground  shaking  is  expected.     The  Seismic  Shaking  Hazard  Maps  of  California  (Peterson  et  al,  1999)  indicated  that  for  a  seismic   event   with   a   10   percent   probability   of   exceedance   in   50   years,   a   peak   horizontal   ground   acceleration  of  approximately  0.3g  could  be  expected.  Blackburn  Consulting  (2003)  concluded  that   the  project  site  is  within  Seismic  Zone  3,  and  that  the  Building  Codes  in  California  incorporate   structural  design  parameters  for  ground  shaking  of  this  magnitude.  As  a  standard  practice,  the   Town  requires  these  special  structural  design  parameters  to  be  incorporated  into  the  design  and   engineering  of  buildings  and  infrastructure.  With  the  implementation  of  these  special  structural   design  parameters  for  all  buildings  and  infrastructure,  the  proposed  project  would  result  in  a  less-­‐ than-­‐significant  impact  from  these  issues.  No  additional  mitigation  is  required.   Impact  3.4-­2:  The  proposed  project  has  the  potential  to  expose  people  or   structures  to  potential  adverse  effects  involving  ground  failure  or   landslides  (Less  than  Significant)   Liquefaction  typically  requires  a  significant  sudden  decrease  of  shearing  resistance  in  cohesionless   soils  and  a  sudden  increase  in  water  pressure,  which  is  typically  associated  with  an  earthquake  of   high  magnitude.  The  Preliminary  Geotechnical  Report  Joerger  Ranch  PC-­‐3  (Blackburn  Consulting,   2003)  indicates  that  the  project  site  includes  soils  at  that  may  be  susceptible  to  liquefaction  under   seismic   activity   in   the   region.   However,   Blackburn   Consulting   (2003)   concludes   that   given   the   depth  of  static  groundwater  levels  of  the  project  site  (greater  than  50  feet),  liquefaction  potential   is   considered   low   on   the   project   site.   Additionally,   given   the   relatively   flat   topography   of   the   project   site,   landslide   potential   is   considered   low   on   the  project   site   and   immediate   vicinity.   Implementation  of  the  proposed  project  would  have  a  less-­‐than-­‐significant  impact  from  these   issues.  No  additional  mitigation  is  required.   Impact  3.4-­3:  The  proposed  project  has  the  potential  to  result  in   substantial  soil  erosion  or  the  loss  of  topsoil  (Less  than  Significant  with   Mitigation)   Construction  and  site  preparation  activities  would  involve  some  land  clearing,  mass  grading,  and   other  ground-­‐disturbing  activities  that  could  temporarily  increase  soil  erosion  rates  during  and   shortly   after   project   construction.   Construction-­‐related   erosion   could   result   in   the   loss   of   a   3.4  GEOLOGY  AND  SOILS     3.4-­‐12  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     substantial   amount   of   nonrenewable  topsoil   and   could   adversely   affect   air   quality   and   water   quality   in   nearby   surface   waters.   Risks   associated   with   erosion   can   be   reduced   by   using   appropriate   controls   during   construction   and   properly   revegetating   exposed   areas   as   soon   as   construction  is  complete.     The  Regional  Water  Quality  Control  Board  will  require  a  project  specific  Storm  Water  Pollution   Prevention  Plan  (SWPPP)  to  be  prepared  for  each  component  of  the  proposed  project  that  disturbs   an  area  one  acre  or  larger.  The  SWPPPs  will  include  project  specific  best  management  measures   that  are  designed  to  control  drainage  and  erosion.  Mitigation  Measure  3.4-­‐1  and  3.4-­‐2  require  the   project  proponent  to  prepare  a  SWPPP  and  implement  both  non-­‐structural  and  structural  BMPs.   With  the  implementation  of  Mitigation  Measure  3.4-­‐1   and   3.4-­‐2,   the   proposed   project   would   result  in  a  less-­‐than-­‐significant  impact  from  these  issues.   MITIGATION  MEASURES   Mitigation  Measure  3.4-­‐1:  Prior  to  the  issuance  of  grading  permit,  the  project  proponent  shall   ensure  that  project  plans  adequately  address  grading,  erosion,  sediment,  and  pollution  control   requirements  of  the  Regional  Water  Quality  Control  Board  (RWQCB).  If  one  acre  or  more  of  land   will  be  disturbed,  the  project  proponent  shall  submit  a  Notice  of  Intent  (N.O.I.)  with  appropriate   fees  and  a  Storm  Water  Pollution  Prevention  Plan  (SWPPP)  to  the  RWQCB.  The  SWPPP  shall  include   non-­‐structural  and  structural  BMPs  such  as:  minimizing  disturbance,  preserving  natural  vegetation,   good  housekeeping  (i.e.  daily  clean-­‐up),  mulch,  grass,  stockpile  covers,  silt  fences,  inlet  protection,   stabilized  construction  entrances,  and  sediment  traps.   Mitigation  Measure  3.4-­‐2:  During  construction,  the  project  proponent  shall  ensure  that  control   measures   and   practices   are   implemented,   properly   installed,   and   maintained.   The   project   proponent   shall   develop   and   implement   record   keeping   and   data   management   procedures   for   evaluation  of  SWPPP  compliance  and  reporting.  The  Town  of  Truckee  shall  inspect  the  construction   site  to  verify  that  SWPPPs  are  being  implemented.   Impact  3.4-­4:  The  proposed  project  has  the  potential  to  result  in  risks   from  expansive  soil  (Less  than  Significant)   Expansive  soils  are  those  that  shrink  or  swell  with  the  change  in  moisture  content.  The  volume  of   change  is  influenced  by  the  quantity  of  moisture,  by  the  kind  and  amount  of  clay  in  the  soil,  and  by   the  original  porosity  of  the  soil.  Approximately  90  percent  of  the  project  site  has  low  expansive   soils  ( N R C S ,  2 0 1 1 ).  According   to   the   NRCS   (2011),   a  s m a l l  a r e a  i n  t h e  n o r t h e r n  p o r t i o n  a n d   southern  portion  of  the  project  site  has  moderate  expansive  soils.  The  NRCS  soils  data  (2011)   indicates  that  the  moderately  expansive  soils  can  be  at  a  depth  of  between  six  inches  to  67  inches   from   the   surface.  Shrinking   and   swelling  on   the   project   site   could  d a m a g e  r o a d s  a n d  o t h e r   structures.   Frost  heave  is  another  form  of  soil  expansion,  but  it  is  related  to  freezing  and  thawing.  Blackburn   Consulting  (2003)  noted  that  the  soils  on  the  project  site  have  the  potential  for  significant  frost   heave.  Like  expansive  soils,  frost  heave  on  the  project  site  could  damage  foundations,  concrete,   pavement,  and  roadways.   GEOLOGY  AND  SOILS  3.4     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.4-­‐13     The  Town  of  Truckee  requires  the  design  and  engineering  of  buildings  and  infrastructure  to  include   specific  design  recommendations  from  a  licensed  geotechnical  engineer.  After  evaluating  the  soils   on  the  project  site,  the  geotechnical  engineer  will  recommend  detailed  engineering  measures  that   are  necessary  to  reduce  the  risks  associated  with  soil  expansion  and  frost  heave,  among  other   things.  With  the  implementation  of  project  specific  geotechnical  measures  for  all  buildings  and   infrastructure,   the   proposed   project   would   result   in   a  less-­‐than-­‐significant  i m p a c t  f r o m  t h e s e   issues.  No  additional  mitigation  is  required.   Impact  3.4-­5:  The  proposed  project  has  the  potential  to  have  soils   incapable  of  supporting  alternative  waste  water  disposal  systems     (No  Impact)   The  proposed  project  would  include  connection  to  the  Truckee  Sanitation  District’s  waste  water   collection  system.  No  septic  systems  are  proposed.  Implementation  of  the  proposed  project  would   have  no  impact.   3.4  GEOLOGY  AND  SOILS     3.4-­‐14  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)                             This  page  left  intentionally  blank.   LakeTahoe WashoeLake StampedeRes. 80 80 50 395 50 50 395 395 50 395 395 50 49 88 44770 89 193 20 445 341 4 208 431 207 446 174 338 209 267 89 89 89 70 70 89 89 49 49 Joerger Ranch Specific Plan (PC-3) Figure 3.4-1: Faults Map D e N o v o P l a n n i n g G r o u p A Land Use Planning, Design, and Environmental Firm 1:900,000 Data soures: Great Basin Center for Geothermal Energy; California Geological Survey,ESRI Streetmap North America, ESRI Shaded Relief Map Service. Map date: August 17, 2011. Project Location Quaternary Faults of the Western U.S. Alquist-Priolo Fault Zones (California) 267 0 5 10 152.5 Miles Donner LakeDonner Lake Prosser Creek ReservoirProsser Creek Reservoir Boca ReservoirBoca Reservoir Dry LakeDry LakeMartisMartisCreekCreekLakeLake T r u c k e e R i v e r A l d er Cr e e k M a r t i s C r e e k Trout Creek C o l d C r e e k Deep Creek Juniper C reek Middle Ma r t i s C r e e k East Martis C r e e k 89 80 26789 80 5-mileradius 5-mile radius(see inset) 50-mile radius LakeDavis PyramidLake Reno Carson City NN EE VVAA DD AA CC AALLIIFF OO RR NNIIAA C C A A L L I I F F O O R R N N I I A A N N E E V V A A D D A A 3.4  GEOLOGY  AND  SOILS     3.4-­‐16  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)                         This  page  left  intentionally  blank.   J O E R G ER RANCH D R MARTIS DRIVE J O E R G E R D R I V E 267 BRO C K W A Y R O A D SOA R I N G W A Y MA R T I S D R I V E REYNOLD WA Y MARTI S V A L L E Y R O A D HOP E C O U R T PIN E L A N D R O A D CHAN D E L L E W A Y TRU C K E E - T A H O E A I R P O R T R O A D M E BM E B E U BE U B F U EF U E E V BE V B Joerger Ranch Specific Plan (PC-3) Figure 3.4-2: Soils Map D e N o v o P l a n n i n g G r o u p A Land Use Planning, Design, and Environmental Firm 1:8,400 Data soure: USDA National Resource Conservation Service, Soil DataMart. Other data sources: Nevada County GIS, ESRI Streetmap North America. Map date: August 17, 2011. Project Location NRCS Soils EUB:Euer-Martis variant complex, 2 to 5 percent slopes EVB:Inville-Martis variant complex, 2 to 5 percent slopes FUE:Kyburz-Trojan complex, 9 to 30 percent slopes MEB:Martis-Euer variant complex, 2 to 5 percent slopes 267 Truckee-Tahoe Airport 0 400 800200Feet 3.4  GEOLOGY  AND  SOILS     3.4-­‐18  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)                           This  page  left  intentionally  blank.   GREENHOUSE  GASES  AND  CLIMATE  CHANGE  3.5     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.5-­‐1     This  section  discusses  regional  greenhouse  gas  (GHG)  emissions  and  climate  change  impacts  that   could  result  from  implementation  of  the  proposed  project.  This  section  provides  a  background   discussion  of  greenhouse  gases  and  climate  change  linkages  and  effects  of  global  climate  change.   This  section  is  organized  with  an  existing  setting,  regulatory  setting,  approach/methodology,  and   impact  analysis.  The  analysis  and  discussion  of  the  GHG  and  climate  change  impacts  in  this  section   focuses  on  the  proposed  project’s  consistency  with  local,  regional,  and  statewide  climate  change   planning  efforts  and  discusses  the  context  of  these  planning  efforts  as  they  relate  to  the  proposed   project.     3.5.1  G REENHOUSE  GASES  AND  CLIMATE  C HANGE   G REENHOUSE  G ASES  AND  C LIMATE  C HANGE  L INKAGES   Various  gases  in  the  Earth’s  atmosphere,  classified  as  atmospheric  greenhouse  gases  (GHGs),  play   a   critical   role   in   determining   the   Earth’s   surface   temperature.   Solar   radiation   enters   Earth’s   atmosphere  from  space,  and  a  portion  of  the  radiation  is  absorbed  by  the  Earth’s  surface.  The   Earth  emits  this  radiation  back  toward  space,  but  the  properties  of  the  radiation  change  from  high-­‐ frequency  solar  radiation  to  lower-­‐frequency  infrared  radiation.     Naturally  occurring  greenhouse  gases  include  water  vapor  (H2O),  carbon  dioxide  (CO2),  methane   (CH4),  nitrous  oxide  (N2O),  and  ozone  (O3).    Several  classes  of  halogenated  substances  that  contain   fluorine,  chlorine,  or  bromine  are  also  greenhouse  gases,  but  they  are,  for  the  most  part,  solely  a   product  of  industrial  activities.    Although  the  direct  greenhouse  gases  CO2,  CH4,  and  N2O  occur   naturally  in  the  atmosphere,  human  activities  have  changed  their  atmospheric  concentrations.     From   the   pre-­‐industrial   era   (i.e.,   ending   about   1750)   to   2005,   concentrations   of   these   three   greenhouse  gases  have  increased  globally  by  36,  148,  and  18  percent,  respectively  (IPCC  2007)1.   Greenhouse  gases,  which  are  transparent  to  solar  radiation,  are  effective  in  absorbing  infrared   radiation.  As  a  result,  this  radiation  that  otherwise  would  have  escaped  back  into  space  is  now   retained,  resulting  in  a  warming  of  the  atmosphere.  This  phenomenon  is  known  as  the  greenhouse   effect.   Among   the   prominent   GHGs   contributing   to   the   greenhouse   effect   are   carbon   dioxide   (CO2),   methane   (CH4),   ozone   (O3),   water   vapor,   nitrous   oxide   (N2O),   and   chlorofluorocarbons   (CFCs).   Emissions  of  GHGs  contributing  to  global  climate  change  are  attributable  in  large  part  to  human   activities   associated   with   the   industrial/manufacturing,   utility,   transportation,   residential,   commercial,   and   agricultural   sectors   (California   Air   Resources   Board,   2012)2.   In   California,   the                                                                                                                             1  Intergovernmental  Panel  on  Climate  Change.  2007.  “Climate  Change  2007:  The  Physical  Science  Basis,   Summary  for  Policymakers.”   http://www.ipcc.ch/publications_and_data/publications_ipcc_fourth_assessment_report_wg1_report_the_ physical_science_basis.htm   2 California  Air  Resources  Board.  2012.    “Greenhouse  Gas  Inventory  Data,  2000-­‐2009.   http://www.arb.ca.gov/cc/inventory/data/data.htm   3.5  GREENHOUSE  G ASES  AND  C LIMATE  CHANGE     3.5-­‐2  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     transportation  sector  is  the  largest  emitter  of  GHGs,  followed  by  electricity  generation  (California   Air  Resources  Board,  2012).     As  the  name  implies,  global  climate  change  is  a  global  problem.  GHGs  are  global  pollutants,  unlike   criteria   air   pollutants   and   toxic   air   contaminants,   which   are   pollutants   of   regional   and   local   concern,   respectively.   California   produced   492   million   gross   metric   tons   of   carbon   dioxide   equivalents  (MMTCO2e)  in  2004  (California  Energy  Commission  2006a)  3.  By  2020,  California  is   projected  to  produce  507  MMTCO2e  per  year.4   Carbon  dioxide  equivalents  are  a  measurement  used  to  account  for  the  fact  that  different  GHGs   have   different  potential   to   retain   infrared   radiation   in   the   atmosphere   and   contribute   to   the   greenhouse   effect.   This   potential,   known   as   the   global   warming   potential   of   a   GHG,   is   also   dependent  on  the  lifetime,  or  persistence,  of  the  gas  molecule  in  the  atmosphere.  Expressing  GHG   emissions   in   carbon   dioxide   equivalents   takes   the   contribution   of   all   GHG   emissions   to   the   greenhouse  effect  and  converts  them  to  a  single  unit  equivalent  to  the  effect  that  would  occur  if   only  CO2  were  being  emitted.     Consumption  of  fossil  fuels  in  the  transportation  sector  was  the  single  largest  source  of  California’s   GHG  emissions  in  2008,  accounting  for  36.9%  of  total  GHG  emissions  in  the  state  (California  Air   Resources  Board,  2012).  This  category  was  followed  by  the  electric  power  sector  (including  both   in-­‐state   and   out   of-­‐state   sources)   (24.8%)   and   the   industrial   sector   (21.1%)   (California   Air   Resources  Board,  2012).   E FFECTS  OF  G LOBAL  C LIMATE  C HANGE   The  effects  of  increasing  global  temperature  are  far-­‐reaching  and  extremely  difficult  to  quantify.     The  scientific  community  continues  to  study  the  effects  of  global  climate  change.    In  general,   increases  in  the  ambient  global  temperature  as  a  result  of  increased  GHGs  are  anticipated  to  result   in  rising  sea  levels,  which  could  threaten  coastal  areas  through  accelerated  coastal  erosion,  threats   to  levees  and  inland  water  systems  and  disruption  to  coastal  wetlands  and  habitat.         If  the  temperature  of  the  ocean  warms,  it  is  anticipated  that  the  winter  snow  season  would  be   shortened.  Snowpack  in  the  Sierra  Nevada  provides  both  water  supply  (runoff)  and  storage  (within   the  snowpack  before  melting),  which  is  a  major  source  of  supply  for  the  state.  The  snowpack   portion  of  the  supply  could  potentially  decline  by  70%  to  90%  by  the  end  of  the  21st  century  (Cal   EPA  2006)5.  This  phenomenon  could  lead  to  significant  challenges  securing  an  adequate  water                                                                                                                             3  California  Energy  Commission.  2006a.  Inventory  of  California  Greenhouse  Gas  Emissions  and  Sinks  1990  to   2004.    http://www.arb.ca.gov/cc/inventory/archive/archive.htm   4  California  Air  Resources  Board.  2010.  “Functional  Equivalent  Document  prepared  for  the  California  Cap  on   GHG  Emissions  and  Market-­‐Based  Compliance  Mechanisms.” 5  California  Environmental  Protection  Agency,  Climate  Action  Team.  2006.  Climate  Action  Team  Report  to   Governor  Schwarzenegger  and  the  Legislature.   http://www.climatechange.ca.gov/climate_action_team/reports/ GREENHOUSE  GASES  AND  CLIMATE  CHANGE  3.5     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.5-­‐3     supply  for  a  growing  state  population.  Further,  the  increased  ocean  temperature  could  result  in   increased  moisture  flux  into  the  state;  however,  since  this  would  likely  increasingly  come  in  the   form   of   rain   rather   than   snow   in   the   high   elevations,   increased   precipitation   could   lead   to   increased  potential  and  severity  of  flood  events,  placing  more  pressure  on  California’s  levee/flood   control  system.     Sea  level  has  risen  approximately  seven  inches  during  the  last  century  and  it  is  predicted  to  rise  an   additional  22  to  35  inches  by  2100,  depending  on  the  future  GHG  emissions  levels  (Cal  EPA  2006).   If  this  occurs,  resultant  effects  could  include  increased  coastal  flooding,  saltwater  intrusion  and   disruption  of  wetlands  (Cal  EPA  2006).  As  the  existing  climate  throughout  California  changes  over   time,   mass   migration   of   species,   or   failure   of   species   to   migrate   in   time   to   adapt   to   the   perturbations  in  climate,  could  also  result.  Under  the  emissions  scenarios  of  the  Climate  Scenarios   report  (Cal  EPA  2006),  the  impacts  of  global  warming  in  California  are  anticipated  to  include,  but   are  not  limited  to,  the  following.     Public  Health     Higher  temperatures  are  expected  to  increase  the  frequency,  duration,  and  intensity  of  conditions   conducive   to   air   pollution   formation.   For   example,   days   with   weather   conducive   to   ozone   formation  are  projected  to  increase  from  25%  to  35%  under  the  lower  warming  range  and  to  75%   to  85%  under  the  medium  warming  range.  In  addition,  if  global  background  ozone  levels  increase   as  predicted  in  some  scenarios,  it  may  become  impossible  to  meet  local  air  quality  standards.  Air   quality  could  be  further  compromised  by  increases  in  wildfires,  which  emit  fine  particulate  matter   that   can   travel   long   distances   depending   on   wind   conditions.   The   Climate   Scenarios   report   indicates  that  large  wildfires  could  become  up  to  55%  more  frequent  if  GHG  emissions  are  not   significantly  reduced.     In  addition,  under  the  higher  warming  scenario,  there  could  be  up  to  100  more  days  per  year  with   temperatures  above  90oF  in  Los  Angeles  and  95oF  in  Sacramento  by  2100.  This  is  a  large  increase   over  historical  patterns  and  approximately  twice  the  increase  projected  if  temperatures  remain   within  or  below  the  lower  warming  range.  Rising  temperatures  will  increase  the  risk  of  death  from   dehydration,   heat   stroke/exhaustion,   heart   attack,   stroke,   and   respiratory   distress   caused   by   extreme  heat.     Water  Resources     A  vast  network  of  man-­‐made  reservoirs  and  aqueducts  capture  and  transport  water  throughout   the  state  from  northern  California  rivers  and  the  Colorado  River.  The  current  distribution  system   relies  on  Sierra  Nevada  snow  pack  to  supply  water  during  the  dry  spring  and  summer  months.   Rising  temperatures,  potentially  compounded  by  decreases  in  precipitation,  could  severely  reduce   spring  snow  pack,  increasing  the  risk  of  summer  water  shortages.     The  state’s  water  supplies  are  also  at  risk  from  rising  sea  levels.  An  influx  of  saltwater  would   degrade  California’s  estuaries,  wetlands,  and  groundwater  aquifers.  Saltwater  intrusion  caused  by   rising  sea  levels  is  a  major  threat  to  the  quality  and  reliability  of  water  within  the  southern  edge  of   the  Sacramento/San  Joaquin  River  Delta,  a  major  state  fresh  water  supply.  Global  warming  is  also   3.5  GREENHOUSE  G ASES  AND  C LIMATE  CHANGE     3.5-­‐4  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     projected  to  seriously  affect  agricultural  areas,  with  California  farmers  projected  to  lose  as  much  as   25%  of  the  water  supply  they  need;  decrease  the  potential  for  hydropower  production  within  the   state  (although  the  effects  on  hydropower  are  uncertain);  and  seriously  harm  winter  tourism.   Under   the   lower   warming   range,   the   snow   dependent   winter   recreational   season   at   lower   elevations  could  be  reduced  by  as  much  as  one  month.  If  temperatures  reach  the  higher  warming   range  and  precipitation  declines,  there  might  be  many  years  with  insufficient  snow  for  skiing,   snowboarding,  and  other  snow  dependent  recreational  activities.     If  GHG  emissions  continue  unabated,  more  precipitation  will  fall  as  rain  instead  of  snow,  and  the   snow  that  does  fall  will  melt  earlier,  reducing  the  Sierra  Nevada  spring  snow  pack  by  as  much  as   70%  to  90%.  Under  the  lower  warming  scenario,  snow  pack  losses  are  expected  to  be  only  half  as   large  as  those  expected  if  temperatures  were  to  rise  to  the  higher  warming  range.  How  much   snow  pack  will  be  lost  depends  in  part  on  future  precipitation  patterns,  the  projections  for  which   remain  uncertain.  However,  even  under  the  wetter  climate  projections,  the  loss  of  snow  pack   would  pose  challenges  to  water  managers,  hamper  hydropower  generation,  and  nearly  eliminate   all  skiing  and  other  snow-­‐related  recreational  activities.     Agriculture     Increased  GHG  emissions  are  expected  to  cause  widespread  changes  to  the  agriculture  industry   reducing   the   quantity   and   quality   of   agricultural   products   statewide.   Although   higher   carbon   dioxide  levels  can  stimulate  plant  production  and  increase  plant  water-­‐use  efficiency,  California’s   farmers  will  face  greater  water  demand  for  crops  and  a  less  reliable  water  supply  as  temperatures   rise.     Plant  growth  tends  to  be  slow  at  low  temperatures,  increasing  with  rising  temperatures  up  to  a   threshold.  However,  faster  growth  can  result  in  less-­‐than-­‐optimal  development  for  many  crops,  so   rising   temperatures   are   likely   to   worsen   the   quantity   and   quality   of   yield   for   a   number   of   California’s  agricultural  products.  Products  likely  to  be  most  affected  include  wine  grapes,  fruits   and  nuts,  and  milk.     Crop  growth  and  development  will  be  affected,  as  will  the  intensity  and  frequency  of  pest  and   disease  outbreaks.  Rising  temperatures  will  likely  aggravate  ozone  pollution,  which  makes  plants   more  susceptible  to  disease  and  pests  and  interferes  with  plant  growth.   In  addition,  continued  global  warming  will  likely  shift  the  ranges  of  existing  invasive  plants  and   weeds  and  alter  competition  patterns  with  native  plants.  Range  expansion  is  expected  in  many   species   while   range   contractions   are   less   likely   in   rapidly   evolving   species   with   significant   populations  already  established.  Should  range  contractions  occur,  it  is  likely  that  new  or  different   weed   species   will   fill   the   emerging   gaps.   Continued   global   warming   is   also   likely   to   alter   the   abundance  and  types  of  many  pests,  lengthen  pests’  breeding  season,  and  increase  pathogen   growth  rates.     GREENHOUSE  GASES  AND  CLIMATE  CHANGE  3.5     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.5-­‐5     Forests  and  Landscapes     Global  warming  is  expected  to  alter  the  distribution  and  character  of  natural  vegetation  thereby   resulting  in  a  possible  increased  risk  of  large  of  wildfires.  If  temperatures  rise  into  the  medium   warming  range,  the  risk  of  large  wildfires  in  California  could  increase  by  as  much  as  55%,  which  is   almost  twice  the  increase  expected  if  temperatures  stay  in  the  lower  warming  range.  However,   since   wildfire   risk   is   determined   by   a   combination   of   factors,   including   precipitation,   winds,   temperature,  and  landscape  and  vegetation  conditions,  future  risks  will  not  be  uniform  throughout   the   state.   For   example,   if   precipitation   increases   as   temperatures   rise,   wildfires   in   southern   California   are   expected   to   increase   by   approximately   30%   toward   the   end   of   the   century.   In   contrast,  precipitation  decreases  could  increase  wildfires  in  northern  California  by  up  to  90%.     Moreover,  continued  global  warming  will  alter  natural  ecosystems  and  biological  diversity  within   the  state.  For  example,  alpine  and  sub-­‐alpine  ecosystems  are  expected  to  decline  by  as  much  as   60%  to  80%  by  the  end  of  the  century  as  a  result  of  increasing  temperatures.  The  productivity  of   the  state’s  forests  is  also  expected  to  decrease  as  a  result  of  global  warming.     Rising  Sea  Levels     Rising  sea  levels,  more  intense  coastal  storms,  and  warmer  water  temperatures  will  increasingly   threaten  the  state’s  coastal  regions.  Under  the  higher  warming  scenario,  sea  level  is  anticipated  to   rise  22  to  35  inches  by  2100.  Elevations  of  this  magnitude  would  inundate  coastal  areas  with   saltwater,  accelerate  coastal  erosion,  threaten  vital  levees  and  inland  water  systems,  and  disrupt   wetlands  and  natural  habitats.     E NERGY  C ONSUMPTION   The  consumption  of  nonrenewable  energy  (primarily  gasoline  and  diesel  fuel)  associated  with  the   operation   of   passenger,   public   transit,   and   commercial   vehicles   results   in   GHG   emissions   that   ultimately   result   in   global   climate   change.   Alternative   fuels   such   as   natural   gas,   ethanol,   and   electricity  (unless  derived  from  solar,  wind,  nuclear,  or  other  energy  sources  that  do  not  produce   carbon  emissions)  also  result  in  GHG  emissions  and  contribute  to  global  climate  change.   Electricity  Consumption   California  relies  on  a  regional  power  system  composed  of  a  diverse  mix  of  natural  gas,  renewable,   hydroelectric,  and  nuclear  generation  resources.  Approximately  71  percent  of  the  electrical  power   needed  to  meet  California’s  demand  is  produced  in  the  state.  Approximately  29  percent  of  its   electricity  demand  is  imported  from  the  Pacific  Northwest  and  the  Southwest  (California  Energy   Commission,  2012)6.  In  2010,  California’s  in-­‐state  generated  electricity  was  derived  from  natural   gas  (53.4  percent),  large  hydroelectric  resources  (14.6  percent),  coal  (1.7  percent),  nuclear  sources   (15.7  percent),  and  renewable  resources  that  include  geothermal,  biomass,  small  hydroelectric   resources,  wind,  and  solar  (14.6  percent)  (California  Energy  Commission,  2012).                                                                                                                             6  California  Energy  Commission  (2012).  Energy  Almanac.  Retrieved  August  2012,  from   http://energyalmanac.ca.gov/overview/index.html 3.5  GREENHOUSE  G ASES  AND  C LIMATE  CHANGE     3.5-­‐6  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     According   to   the   California   Energy   Commission   (CEC),   total   statewide   electricity   consumption   increased   from   166,979   gigawatt-­‐hours   (GWh)   in   1980   to   228,038   GWh   in   1990,   which   is   an   estimated  annual  growth  rate  of  3.66  percent.  The  statewide  electricity  consumption  in  1997  was   246,225  GWh,  reflecting  an  annual  growth  rate  of  1.14  percent  between  1990  and  1997  (California   Energy  Commission  Energy  Almanac,  2012).  Statewide  consumption  was  274,985  GWh  in  2010,  an   annual  growth  rate  of  0.9  percent  between  1997  and  2010.     Oil   The   primary   energy   source   for   the   United   States   is   oil,   which   is   refined   to   produce   fuels   like   gasoline,  diesel,  and  jet  fuel.  Oil  is  a  finite,  nonrenewable  energy  source.  World  consumption  of   petroleum  products  has  grown  steadily  in  the  last  several  decades.  As  of  2009,  world  consumption   of  oil  had  reached  96  million  barrels  per  day.  The  United  States,  with  approximately  five  percent  of   the   world’s   population,   accounts   for   approximately   19   percent   of   world   oil   consumption,   or   approximately  18.6  million  barrels  per  day  (The  World  Factbook  2009,  Washington,  DC:  Central   Intelligence  Agency,  2009).  The  transportation  sector  relies  heavily  on  oil.  In  California,  petroleum   based  fuels  currently  provide  approximately  96  percent  of  the  state’s  transportation  energy  needs   (California  Energy  Commission,  2012).   Natural  Gas/Propane   The  state  produces  approximately  12  percent  of  its  natural  gas,  while  obtaining  22  percent  from   Canada  and  65  percent  from  the  Rockies  and  the  Southwest  (California  Energy  Commission,  2012).   In  2006,  California  produced  325.6  billion  cubic  feet  of  natural  gas  (California  Energy  Commission,   2012).     GHG  E MISSIONS  I NVENTORY   An  emissions  inventory  quantifies  the  GHG  emissions,  including  the  amount  of  GHGs  emitted  to  or   removed   from   the   atmosphere,   over   a   specific   period   of   time   by   source   categories   (e.g.   transportation,  residential,  etc.).  An  inventory  is  a  well-­‐recognized  and  useful  tool  for  addressing   climate  change.  A  brief  summary  of  emissions  inventories  is  provided  below  for  global,  United   States,  California,  and  local  GHG  emission  inventories.     Global  emissions  of  GHGs  in  2004  were  estimated  to  be  30  billion  tons  of  CO2e  per  year  or  about   4.3  tons/year/person  (including  both  ongoing  emissions  from  industrial  and  agricultural  sources,   but  excluding  emissions  from  land-­‐use  changes).   In  2004,  it  was  estimated  that  the  United  States  emitted  about  8  billion  tons  of  CO2e  or  about  25   tons/year/person.  Of  the  four  major  sectors  nationwide  –  residential,  commercial,  industrial  and   transportation  –  t r a n s p o r t a t i o n  a c c o u n t s  f o r  t h e  h i g h e s t  percentage  o f  G H G  e m i s s i o n s   (approximately  35  to  40  percent);  these  emissions  are  entirely  generated  from  direct  fossil  fuel   combustion.   Between   1990   and   2006,   total   U.S.   GHG   emissions   increased   approximately   15   percent.     According   to  the   California   Air   Resources   Board,  C a l i f o r n i a  e m i t t e d  a p p r o ximately   480   million   metric  tons  of  CO2e  emissions  in  2004.  This  large  number  is  due  primarily  to  the  sheer  size  of   GREENHOUSE  GASES  AND  CLIMATE  CHANGE  3.5     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.5-­‐7     California  compared  to  other  states.  By  contrast,  California  has  the  fourth  lowest  per-­‐capita  carbon   dioxide  emission  rate  from  fossil  fuel  combustion  in  the  country,  due  to  the  success  of  its  energy   efficiency  and  renewable  energy  programs.  State  commitments  have  lowered  the  GHG  emissions   growth  rate  by  more  than  half  of  what  it  would  have  been  otherwise.  The  CARB  staff  has  projected   2020  unregulated  GHG  emissions,  or  the  emissions  that  would  be  expected  without  any  GHG   reduction  actions,  at  596  million  metric  tons  (MMT)  of  CO2e.     At   the   time   this   Draft   EIR   was   prepared,  a   regional  G H G  e m i s s i o n  i n v e n t o r y  had   not   been   prepared/adopted  for   the   Air   Basin,   or  Nevada  County.   Additionally,   a   local   GHG   emissions   inventory  had  not  been  prepared/adopted  for  the  Truckee  region.     3.5.2  REGULATORY  S ETTING   F EDERAL     Clean  Air  Act   The  Federal  Clean  Air  Act  (FCAA)  was  first  signed  into  law  in  1970.  In  1977,  and  again  in  1990,  the   law  was  substantially  amended.  The  FCAA  is  the  foundation  for  a  national  air  pollution  control   effort,   and   it   is   composed   of   the   following   basic   elements:   NAAQS   for   criteria   air   pollutants,   hazardous  air  pollutant  standards,  state  attainment  plans,  motor  National  Ambient  Air  Quality   Standards   (NAAQS)   vehicle   emissions   standards,   stationary   source   emissions   standards   and   permits,  acid  rain  control  measures,  stratospheric  ozone  protection,  and  enforcement  provisions.   The  EPA  is  responsible  for  administering  the  FCAA.  The  FCAA  requires  the  EPA  to  set  NAAQS  for   several  problem  air  pollutants  based  on  human  health  and  welfare  criteria.  Two  types  of  NAAQS   were  established:  primary  standards,  which  protect  public  health,  and  secondary  standards,  which   protect  the  public  welfare  from  non-­‐health-­‐related  adverse  effects  such  as  visibility  reduction.   Energy  Policy  and  Conservation  Act     The  Energy  Policy  and  Conservation  Act  of  1975  sought  to  ensure  that  all  vehicles  sold  in  the  U.S.   would   meet   certain   fuel   economy   goals.   Through   this   Act,   Congress   established   the   first   fuel   economy  standards  for  on-­‐road  motor  vehicles  in  the  United  States.  Pursuant  to  the  Act,  the   National   Highway   Traffic   and   Safety   Administration,   which   is   part   of   the   U.S.   Department   of   Transportation   (USDOT),   is   responsible   for   establishing   additional   vehicle   standards   and   for   revising  existing  standards.     Since  1990,  the  fuel  economy  standard  for  new  passenger  cars  has  been  27.5  mpg.  Since  1996,  the   fuel  economy  standard  for  new  light  trucks  (gross  vehicle  weight  of  8,500  pounds  or  less)  has  been   20.7  mpg.  Heavy-­‐duty  vehicles  (i.e.,  vehicles  and  trucks  over  8,500  pounds  gross  vehicle  weight)   are   not   currently   subject   to   fuel   economy   standards.   Compliance   with   federal   fuel   economy   standards  is  determined  on  the  basis  of  each  manufacturer’s  average  fuel  economy  for  the  portion   of  its  vehicles  produced  for  sale  in  the  U.S.  The  Corporate  Average  Fuel  Economy  (CAFE)  program,   which  is  administered  by  the  EPA,  was  created  to  determine  vehicle  manufacturers’  compliance   with  the  fuel  economy  standards.  The  EPA  calculates  a  CAFE  value  for  each  manufacturer  based  on   3.5  GREENHOUSE  G ASES  AND  C LIMATE  CHANGE     3.5-­‐8  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     city  and  highway  fuel  economy  test  results  and  vehicle  sales.  Based  on  the  information  generated   under  the  CAFE  program,  the  USDOT  is  authorized  to  assess  penalties  for  noncompliance.     Energy  Policy  Act  of  1992  (EPAct)     The  Energy  Policy  Act  of  1992  (EPAct)  was  passed  to  reduce  the  country’s  dependence  on  foreign   petroleum  and  improve  air  quality.  EPAct  includes  several  parts  intended  to  build  an  inventory  of   alternative   fuel   vehicles   (AFVs)   in   large,   centrally   fueled   fleets   in   metropolitan   areas.   EPAct   requires  certain  federal,  state,  and  local  government  and  private  fleets  to  purchase  a  percentage   of   light   duty   AFVs   capable   of   running   on   alternative   fuels   each   year.   In   addition,   financial   incentives   are   included   in   EPAct.   Federal   tax   deductions   will   be   allowed   for   businesses   and   individuals  to  cover  the  incremental  cost  of  AFVs.  States  are  also  required  by  the  act  to  consider  a   variety  of  incentive  programs  to  help  promote  AFVs.     Energy  Policy  Act  of  2005     The  Energy  Policy  Act  of  2005  was  signed  into  law  on  August  8,  2005.  Generally,  the  act  provides   for  renewed  and  expanded  tax  credits  for  electricity  generated  by  qualified  energy  sources,  such  as   landfill   gas;   provides   bond   financing,   tax   incentives,   grants,   and   loan   guarantees   for   a   clean   renewable   energy   and   rural   community   electrification;   and   establishes   a   federal   purchase   requirement  for  renewable  energy.     Federal  Climate  Change  Policy     According  to  the  EPA,  “the  United  States  government  has  established  a  comprehensive  policy  to   address  climate  change”  that  includes  slowing  the  growth  of  emissions;  strengthening  science,   technology,  and  institutions;  and  enhancing  international  cooperation.  To  implement  this  policy,   “the  Federal  government  is  using  voluntary  and  incentive-­‐based  programs  to  reduce  emissions  and   has  established  programs  to  promote  climate  technology  and  science.”  The  federal  government’s   goal  is  to  reduce  the  greenhouse  gas  (GHG)  intensity  (a  measurement  of  GHG  emissions  per  unit  of   economic  activity)  of  the  American  economy  by  18  percent  over  the  10-­‐year  period  from  2002  to   2012.   In   addition,   the   EPA   administers   multiple   programs   that   encourage   voluntary   GHG   reductions,   including   “ENERGY   STAR”,   “Climate   Leaders”,   and   Methane   Voluntary   Programs.   However,  as  of  this  writing,  there  are  no  adopted  federal  plans,  policies,  regulations,  or  laws   directly  regulating  GHG  emissions.     Mandatory  Greenhouse  Gas  Reporting  Rule   On  September  22,  2009,  EPA  issued  a  final  rule  for  mandatory  reporting  of  GHGs  from  large  GHG   emissions  sources  in  the  United  States.  In  general,  this  national  reporting  requirement  will  provide   EPA  with  accurate  and  timely  GHG  emissions  data  from  facilities  that  emit  25,000  metric  tons  or   more  of  CO2  per  year.  This  publically  available  data  will  allow  the  reporters  to  track  their  own   emissions,  compare  them  to  similar  facilities,  and  aid  in  identifying  cost  effective  opportunities  to   reduce  emissions  in  the  future.  Reporting  is  at  the  facility  level,  except  that  certain  suppliers  of   fossil   fuels   and   industrial   greenhouse   gases   along   with   vehicle   and   engine   manufacturers   will   report   at   the   corporate   level.   An   estimated   85%   of   the   total   U.S.   GHG   emissions,   from   approximately  10,000  facilities,  are  covered  by  this  final  rule.       GREENHOUSE  GASES  AND  CLIMATE  CHANGE  3.5     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.5-­‐9     S TATE   Assembly  Bill  1493     In  response  to  AB  1493,  CARB  approved  amendments  to  the  California  Code  of  Regulations  (CCR)   adding   GHG   emission   standards   to   California’s   existing   motor   vehicle   emission   standards.   Amendments  to  CCR  Title  13  Sections  1900  (CCR  13  1900)  and  1961  (CCR  13  1961),  and  adoption   of  Section  1961.1  (CCR  13  1961.1)  require  automobile  manufacturers  to  meet  fleet  average  GHG   emission  limits  for  all  passenger  cars,  light-­‐duty  trucks  within  various  weight  criteria,  and  medium-­‐ duty  passenger  vehicle  weight  classes  beginning  with  the  2009  model  year.  Emission  limits  are   further  reduced  each  model  year  through  2016.  For  passenger  cars  and  light-­‐duty  trucks  3,750   pounds  or  less  loaded  vehicle  weight  (LVW),  the  2016  GHG  emission  limits  are  approximately  37   percent  lower  than  during  the  first  year  of  the  regulations  in  2009.  For  medium-­‐duty  passenger   vehicles   and   light-­‐duty   trucks   3,751   LVW   to   8,500   pounds   gross   vehicle   weight   (GVW),   GHG   emissions  are  reduced  approximately  24  percent  between  2009  and  2016.       CARB   requested   a   waiver   of   federal   preemption   of   California’s   Greenhouse   Gas   Emissions   Standards.  The  intent  of  the  waiver  is  to  allow  California  to  enact  emissions  standards  to  reduce   carbon  dioxide  and  other  greenhouse  gas  emissions  from  automobiles  in  accordance  with  the   regulation  amendments  to  the  CCRs  that  fulfill  the  requirements  of  AB  1493.  The  EPA  granted  a   waiver  to  California  to  implement  its  greenhouse  gas  emissions  standards  for  cars.     Assembly  Bill  1007   Assembly  Bill  1007,  (Pavley,  Chapter  371,  Statutes  of  2005)  directed  the  CEC  to  prepare  a  plan  to   increase   the   use   of   alternative   fuels   in   California.   As   a   result,   the   CEC   prepared   the   State   Alternative  Fuels  Plan  in  consultation  with  the  state,  federal,  and  local  agencies.    The  plan  presents   strategies  and  actions  California  must  take  to  increase  the  use  of  alternative  non-­‐petroleum  fuels   in  a  manner  that  minimizes  costs  to  California  and  maximizes  the  economic  benefits  of  in-­‐state   production.  The  Plan  assessed  various  alternative  fuels  and  developed  fuel  portfolios  to  meet   California’s   goals   to   reduce   petroleum   consumption,   increase   alternative   fuels   use,   reduce   greenhouse   gas   emissions,   and   increase   in-­‐state   production   of   biofuels   without   causing   a   significant  degradation  of  public  health  and  environmental  quality.     California  Executive  Orders  S-­3-­05  and  S-­20-­06,  and  Assembly  Bill  32     On  June  1,  2005,  Governor  Arnold  Schwarzenegger  signed  Executive  Order  S-­‐3-­‐05.    The  goal  of  this   Executive  Order  is  to  reduce  California’s  GHG  emissions  to:    1)  2000  levels  by  2010,  2)  1990  levels   by  the  2020  and  3)  80%  below  the  1990  levels  by  the  year  2050.       In  2006,  this  goal  was  further  reinforced  with  the  passage  of  Assembly  Bill  32  (AB  32),  the  Global   Warming  Solutions  Act  of  2006.    AB  32  sets  the  same  overall  GHG  emissions  reduction  goals  while   further  mandating  that  CARB  create  a  plan,  which  includes  market  mechanisms,  and  implement   rules  to  achieve  “real,  quantifiable,  cost-­‐effective  reductions  of  greenhouse  gases.”    Executive   Order  S-­‐20-­‐06   further   directs   state   agencies   to   begin   implementing   AB   32,   including   the   recommendations  made  by  the  state’s  Climate  Action  Team.       3.5  GREENHOUSE  G ASES  AND  C LIMATE  CHANGE     3.5-­‐10  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     Assembly  Bill  32-­  Climate  Change  Scoping  Plan   On   December   11,   2008  CARB   adopted   its  Climate   Change   Scoping   Plan  (Scoping   Plan),   which   functions  as  a  roadmap  of  CARB’s  plans  to  achieve  GHG  reductions  in  California  required  by  AB  32   through   subsequently   enacted   regulations.   The   Scoping   Plan   contains   the   main   strategies   California   will   implement   to   reduce   CO2e   emissions  by   169   million   metric   tons   (MMT),   or   approximately  30  percent,  from  the  state’s  projected  2020  emissions  level  of  596  MMT  of  CO2e   under  a  business-­‐as-­‐usual  scenario.  (This  is  a  reduction  of  42  MMT  CO2e,  or  almost  10  percent,   from  2002–2004  average  emissions,  but  requires  the  reductions  in  the  face  of  population  and   economic  growth  through  2020.)  The  Scoping  Plan  also  breaks  down  the  amount  of  GHG  emissions   reductions  ARB  recommends  for  each  emissions  sector  of  the  state’s  GHG  inventory.  The  Scoping   Plan   calls   for   the   largest   reductions   in   GHG   emissions   to   be   achieved   by   implementing   the   following  measures  and  standards:   • improved  emissions  standards  for  light-­‐duty  vehicles  (estimated  reductions  of  31.7  MMT   CO2e),   • the  Low-­‐Carbon  Fuel  Standard  (15.0  MMT  CO2e),   • energy  efficiency  measures  in  buildings  and  appliances  and  the  widespread  development   of  combined  heat  and  power  systems  (26.3  MMT  CO2e),  and   • a  renewable  portfolio  standard  for  electricity  production  (21.3  MMT  CO2e).       California  Strategy  to  Reduce  Petroleum  Dependence  (AB  2076)     In  response  to  the  requirements  of  AB  2076  (Chapter  936,  Statutes  of  2000),  the  CEC  and  the  CARB   developed   a   strategy   to   reduce   petroleum   dependence   in   California.   The   strategy,  Reducing   California’s   Petroleum   Dependence,   was   adopted   by   the   CEC   and   CARB   in   2003.   The   strategy   recommends  that  California  reduce  on-­‐road  gasoline  and  diesel  fuel  demand  to  15  percent  below   2003  demand  levels  by  2020  and  maintain  that  level  for  the  foreseeable  future;  the  Governor  and   Legislature  work  to  establish  national  fuel  economy  standards  that  double  the  fuel  efficiency  of   new  cars,  light  trucks,  and  sport  utility  vehicles  (SUVs);  and  increase  the  use  of  non-­‐  petroleum   fuels  to  20  percent  of  on-­‐road  fuel  consumption  by  2020  and  30  percent  by  2030.     Climate  Action  Program  at  Caltrans     The   California   Department   of   Transportation,   Business,   Transportation,   and   Housing   Agency,   prepared  a  Climate  Action  Program  in  response  to  new  regulatory  directives.  The  goal  of   the   Climate   Action   Program   is   to   promote   clean   and   energy   efficient   transportation,   and   provide   guidance   for   mainstreaming   energy   and   climate   change   issues   into   business   operations.   The   overall  approach  to  lower  fuel  consumption  and  CO2  from  transportation  is  twofold:  (1)  reduce   congestion  and  improve  efficiency  of  transportation  systems  through  smart  land  use,  operational   improvements,  and  Intelligent  Transportation  Systems;  and  (2)  institutionalize  energy  efficiency   and   GHG   emission   reduction   measures   and   technology   into   planning,   project   development,   operations,  and  maintenance  of  transportation  facilities,  fleets,  buildings,  and  equipment.     GREENHOUSE  GASES  AND  CLIMATE  CHANGE  3.5     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.5-­‐11     The  reasoning  underlying  the  Climate  Action  Program  is  the  conclusion  that  “the  most  effective   approach  to  addressing  GHG  reduction,  in  the  short-­‐to-­‐medium  term,  is  strong  technology  policy   and   market   mechanisms   to   encourage   innovations.   Rapid   development   and   availability   of   alternative  fuels  and  vehicles,  increased  efficiency  in  new  cars  and  trucks  (light  and  heavy  duty),   and   super   clean   fuels   are   the   most   direct   approach   to   reducing   GHG   emissions   from   motor   vehicles  (emission  performance  standards  and  fuel  or  carbon  performance  standards).”       Governor’s  Low  Carbon  Fuel  Standard  (Executive  Order  #S-­01-­07)     Executive  Order  #S-­‐01-­‐07  establishes  a  statewide  goal  to  reduce  the  carbon  intensity  of  California’s   transportation  fuels  by  at  least  10  percent  by  2020  through  establishment  of  a  Low  Carbon  Fuel   Standard.  The  Low  Carbon  Fuel  Standard  is  incorporated  into  the  State  Alternative  Fuels  Plan  and   is  one  of  the  proposed  discrete  early  action  GHG  reduction  measures  identified  by  CARB  pursuant   to  AB  32.     Senate  Bill  97  (SB  97)     Senate  Bill  97  (Chapter  185,  2007)  required  the  Governor's  Office  of  Planning  and  Research  (OPR)   to  develop  recommended  amendments  to  the  State  CEQA  Guidelines  for  addressing  greenhouse   gas   emissions.   OPR   prepared   its   recommended   amendments   to   the   State   CEQA   Guidelines   to   provide   guidance   to   public   agencies   regarding   the   analysis   and   mitigation   of   greenhouse   gas   emissions   and   the   effects   of   greenhouse   gas   emissions   in   draft   CEQA   documents.   The   Amendments  became  effective  on  March  18,  2010.     Senate  Bill  375   Sen.  Bill  No.  375  (Stats.  2008,  ch.  728)  (SB  375)  was  built  on  AB  32  (California’s  2006  climate   change   law).   SB   375’s   core   provision   is   a   requirement   for   regional   transportation   agencies   to   develop   a   Sustainable   Communities   Strategy   (SCS)   in   order   to   reduce   GHG   emissions   from   passenger  vehicles.  The  SCS  is  one  component  of  the  Regional  Transportation  Plan  (RTP).   The  SCS  outlines  the  region’s  plan  for  combining  transportation  resources,  such  as  roads  and  mass   transit,   with   a   realistic   land   use   pattern,   in   order   to   meet   a   state   target   for   reducing   GHG   emissions.   The   strategy   must   take   into   account   the   region’s   housing   needs,   transportation   demands,  and  protection  of  resource  and  farmlands.   Additionally,  SB  375  modified  the  state’s  Housing  Element  Law  to  achieve  consistency  between  the   land  use  pattern  outlined  in  the  SCS  and  the  Regional  Housing  Needs  Assessment  allocation.  The   legislation  also  substantially  improved  cities’  and  counties’  accountability  for  carrying  out  their   housing  element  plans.   Finally,  SB  375  amended  the  California  Environmental  Quality  Act  (Pub.  Resources  Code,  §  21000   et  seq.)  to  ease  the  environmental  review  of  developments  that  help  reduce  the  growth  of  GHG   emissions.   3.5  GREENHOUSE  G ASES  AND  C LIMATE  CHANGE     3.5-­‐12  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     California  Building  Energy  Efficiency  Standards   Title  24,  Part  6  of  the  California  Code  of  Regulations,  known  as  the  Building  Energy  Efficiency   Standards,  was  established  in  1978  in  response  to  a  legislative  mandate  to  reduce  California’s   energy  consumption.  The  standards  are  updated  periodically  to  allow  consideration  and  possible   incorporation   of   new   energy   efficiency   technologies   and   methods.   On   January   1,   2010,  the   California  Building  Standards  Commission  adopted  CALGreen  and  became  the  first  state  in  the   United   States   to   adopt   a   statewide   green   building   standards   code.   CALGreen   requires   new   buildings  to  reduce  water  consumption  by  20  percent,  divert  50  percent  of  construction  waste   from  landfills,  and  install  low  pollutant-­‐emitting  materials.   L OCAL     2025  Truckee  General  Plan   The  2025  Truckee  General  Plan  establishes  the  following  goals  and  policies  relative  to  greenhouse   gas  emissions  in  the  General  Plan  (Note:  additional  General  Plan  policies  related  to  Air  Quality  are   presented  in  Section  3.1  Air  Quality):     HOUSING  ELEMENT   Goal  H-­‐4  Balance  the  need  and  provision  of  housing  in  the  community  with  its  impacts  on  the   environment  and  needed  public  facilities  and  services.     P4.1    Encourage  residential  design  that  promotes  energy  efficiency  and  sustainable  building   practices  and  reduces  greenhouse  gas  emissions.     P4.2    Encourage  residential  development  that  reduces  infrastructure  and  other  development   costs,   preserves   and   enhances   important   environmental   resources,   and   maintains   important  areas  as  open  space.       CONSERVATION  AND  OPEN  SPACE  ELEMENT   Goal  COS-­‐15  Encourage  conservation  of  energy  and  fuel  resources,  strive  to  reduce  generation   of  solid  waste,  and  promote  environmental  sustainability.     P15.1    Support  recycling  programs  town-­‐wide,  including  the  curbside  recycling  and  business   waste  reduction  programs.     P15.5    Encourage  new  private  and  public  development  to  maximize  opportunities  for  use  of   passive  or  natural  heating  and  cooling  and  encourage  sites  with  solar  opportunities  to   be  designed  with  natural  heating  and  cooling  principles.     P15.6    Maintain  or  surpass  the  2003  annual  solid  waste  reduction  rate  of  approximately  70   percent  throughout  the  life  of  the  General  Plan.     P15.8    Reduce  the  use  of  non-­‐biodegradable  and  non-­‐recyclable  materials.   GREENHOUSE  GASES  AND  CLIMATE  CHANGE  3.5     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.5-­‐13     Northern  Sierra  Air  Quality  Management  District   The  proposed  project  is  under  jurisdiction  of  the  Northern  Sierra  Air  Quality  Management  District   (NSAQMD),  which  regulates  air  quality  according  to  the  standards  established  in  the  Clean  Air  Acts   and  amendments  to  those  acts.  The  NSAQMD  comprises  three  contiguous,  mountainous,  rural   counties  in  northeastern  California  (Nevada,  Sierra,  and  Plumas  counties)  and  regulates  air  quality   through  its  permitting  authority  and  through  air  quality  related  planning  and  review  activities  over   most  types  of  stationary  emission  sources.   The  NSAQMD  has  not  yet  established  significance  thresholds  for  greenhouse  gas  emissions  from   project  operations.   3.5.3  IMPACTS  AND  M ITIGATION  MEASURES   T HRESHOLDS  OF  S IGNIFICANCE   Per  Appendix  G  of  the  CEQA  Guidelines,  climate  change-­‐related  impacts  are  considered  significant   if  implementation  of  the  proposed  project  under  consideration  would  do  any  of  the  following:   1. Generate   greenhouse   gas   emissions,   either   directly   or   indirectly,   that   may   have   a   significant  impact  on  the  environment.   2. Conflict  with  an  applicable  plan,  policy,  or  regulation  adopted  for  the  purpose  of  reducing   the  emissions  of  greenhouse  gases.       There  is  not  an  established  threshold  of  significance  for  GHG  emissions;  however,  it  is  commonly   accepted   that   a   threshold   should  b e  related   to   compliance   with   AB   32.   In   accordance   with   NSAQMD  recommendations  (per.  comm.  Sam  Longmire  4/17/13),  the  Town  of  Truckee,  as  lead   agency,  has  chosen  to  prepare  a  quantitative  GHG  analysis  for  the  proposed  project  in  order  to   demonstrate   that  the  project   would   promote   sustainability   and   implement   operational   GHG   emission  reduction  strategies  that  would  reduce  the  project’s  GHG  emissions  from  BAU  levels  by   15  percent,  in  compliance  with  AB  32  and  the  Scoping  Plan.  Therefore,  if  the  proposed  project   does  not  show  a  15  percent  reduction  from  projected  BAU  levels  (i.e.,  2010  levels)  compared  to   the  project’s  estimated  2020  levels,  the  project  would  be  considered  to  result  in  a  cumulatively   considerable   contribution   to   global   climate   change.   GHG   emission  reduction   measures   could   include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  compliance  with  local,  State,  or  federal  plans  or  strategies  for  GHG   reductions,   on-­‐site   and   off-­‐site   mitigation   recommendations   from   the   Office   of   the   Attorney   General,  and  project  design  features.  I t  s h o u l d  b e  n o t e d  t h a t  t h e  p r o p o s e d  p r o j e c t  wo u l d  b e   required   to   comply   with   the   minimum   mandated   measures   of   2010   California   Green   Building   Standards  Code  (CalGreen  Code),  such  as  a  20  percent  mandatory  reduction  in  indoor  water  use   and  diversion  of  50  percent  of  construction  waste  from  landfills.  A  variety  of  voluntary  CalGreen   Code  measures  also  exists  that  would  further  reduce  GHG  emissions,  but  are  not  mandatory.     3.5  GREENHOUSE  G ASES  AND  C LIMATE  CHANGE     3.5-­‐14  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     I MPACTS  AND  M ITIGATION  M EASURES   Impact  3.5-­1:  Project  implementation  has  the  potential  to  generate   greenhouse  gas  emissions,  either  directly  or  indirectly,  that  may  have  a   significant  impact  on  the  environment  or  the  potential  to  conflict  with  an   applicable  plan,  policy,  or  regulation  adopted  for  the  purpose  of  reducing   the  emissions  of  greenhouse  gases  (Less  than  Significant  with  Mitigation)   Emissions  of  GHGs  contributing  to  global  climate  change  are  attributable  in  large  part  to  human   activities   associated   with   the   industrial/manufacturing,   utility,   transportation,   residential,   and   agricultural  sectors.  Therefore,  the  cumulative  global  emissions  of  GHGs  contributing  to  global   climate  change  can  be  attributed  to  every  nation,  region,  and  city,  and  virtually  every  individual  on   Earth.  A  project’s  GHG  emissions  are  at  a  micro-­‐scale  relative  to  global  emissions,  but  could  result   in  a  cumulatively  considerable  incremental  contribution  to  a  significant  cumulative  macro-­‐scale   impact.  Implementation  of  the  proposed  project  would  contribute  to  increases  of  GHG  emissions   that  are  associated  with  global  climate  change.  Estimated  GHG  emissions  attributable  to  future   development  would  be  primarily  associated  with  increases  of  CO2  and  other  GHG  pollutants,  such   as  methane  (CH4)  and  nitrous  oxide  (N2O),  from  mobile  sources  and  utility  usage.     The  proposed  project’s  short-­‐term  construction-­‐related  and  long-­‐term  operational  GHG  emissions   were   estimated   using   the   California   Emission   Estimator   Model   (CalEEMod)TM  ( v . 2 0 1 1 . 1 . 1 4 ) .   CalEEMod  is  a  statewide  model  designed  to  provide  a  uniform  platform  for  government  agencies,   land   use   planners,   and   environmental   professionals   to   quantify   GHG   emissions   from   land   use   projects.  The  model  quantifies  direct  GHG  emissions  from  construction  and  operation  (including   vehicle  use),  as  well  as  indirect  GHG  emissions,  such  as  GHG  emissions  from  energy  use,  solid   waste  disposal,  vegetation  planting  and/or  removal,  and  water  use.  Emissions  are  expressed  in   annual  metric  tons  of  CO2  equivalent  units  of  measure  (i.e.,  MTCO2e),  based  on  the  global  warming   potential  of  the  individual  pollutants.   Short-­‐Term  Construction  GHG  Emissions:  Estimated  increases  in  GHG  emissions  associated  with   construction  of  the  proposed  project  are  summarized  in  Table  3.5-­‐1.   GREENHOUSE  GASES  AND  CLIMATE  CHANGE  3.5     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.5-­‐15       TABLE  3.5-­‐1:    CONSTRUCTION  GHG  EMISSIONS  (UNMITIGATED  M ETRIC  TONS/YR)    Bio-­  CO2  NBio-­  CO2  Total  CO2  CH4  N2O  CO2e   2014  0.00  742.00  742.00  0.07  0.00  743.49   2015  0.00  882.01  882.01  0.07  0.00  883.40   2016  0.00  1,059.92  1,059.92  0.06  0.00  1,061.26   2017  0.00  1,050.33  1,050.33  0.06  0.00  1,051.56   2018  0.00  1,049.22  1,049.22  0.05  0.00  1,050.34   2019  0.00  576.99  576.99  0.03  0.00  577.58   2020  0.00  75.52  75.52  0.00  0.00  75.62   2021  0.00  74.45  74.45  0.00  0.00  74.54   2022  0.00  73.45  73.45  0.00  0.00  73.54   2023  0.00  11.48  11.48  0.00  0.00  11.49   Total    0.00  5,595.37  5,595.37  0.34  0.00  5,602.82   SOURCES:  CALEEMOD  (V.2011.1.1)   As  presented  in  the  table,  short-­‐term  construction  emissions  of  GHG  associated  are  estimated  to   be  5,602.82  MTCO2e.  Construction  GHG  emissions  are  a  one-­‐time  release  and  are,  therefore,  not   typically  expected  to  generate  a  significant  contribution  to  global  climate  change  in  the  long-­‐term.     Long-­‐Term  Operational  GHG  Emissions:  The  long-­‐term  operational  GHG  emissions  estimate  for   the  proposed  project  incorporates  the  project’s  potential  area  source  and  vehicle  emissions,  and   emissions  associated  with  utility  and  water  usage,  and  wastewater  and  solid  waste  generation.  The   modeling  included  mitigation  inputs  for  the  year  2020  including  the  following:   Energy  Mitigation   • Exceed  Title  24  by  15%   • Install  High  Efficiency  Lighting   Water  Mitigation   • Install  low  flow  bathroom  faucet   • Install  low-­‐flow  kitchen  faucet   • Install  low-­‐flow  toilet   • Install  low-­‐flow  shower   • Use  water-­‐efficient  irrigation  systems   Estimated  GHG  emissions  associated  with  the  proposed  project  in  2020  with  the  above  mitigation   incorporated   are   summarized   in   Table   3.5-­‐2.   As   shown   in   the   table,   the   annual   2020   GHG   emissions   associated   with   the   proposed   project   would   be  20,860  M T C O2e   with   mitigation   incorporated.   3.5  GREENHOUSE  G ASES  AND  C LIMATE  CHANGE     3.5-­‐16  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)       TABLE  3.5-­‐2:    OPERATIONAL  GHG  EMISSIONS  2020  (MITIGATED  METRIC  TONS/YR)    Bio-­  CO2  NBio-­  CO2  Total  CO2  CH4  N2O  CO2e   Area  0.00  90.09  90.09  0.00  0.00  90.65   Energy    0.00  3,117.76  3,117.76  0.09  0.04  3,131.81   Mobile    0.00  16,276.51  16,276.51  0.67  0.00  16,290.66   Waste  0.00  0.00  0.00  0.00  0.00  0.00   Water  0.00  989.18  989.18  12.38  0.32  1,347.58   Total    0.00  20,473.54  20,473.54  13.14  0.36  20,860.70   SOURCES:  CALEEMOD  (V.2011.1.1)   The  significance  thresholds  for  GHG  emissions  should  be  related  to  compliance  with  AB  32,  and  the   Town   of   Truckee,   as   lead   agency,   has   chosen   to  utilize   a   threshold   of   significance   for   GHG   emissions   based   on   the   CARB’s   2008   Scoping   Plan   that   a   development   project   must   show   a   minimum  GHG  emission  reduction  of  15  percent  from  projected  Business  as  Usual  (BAU)  levels   (i.e.,  2010  levels)  by  the  year  2020.  Thus,  the  project’s  2010  levels  were  evaluated  in  order  to   determine   the   net   decrease   in   the   proposed   project’s   GHG   emissions   over   time.   Table   3.5-­‐3   presents  the  projected  2010  BAU  GHG  emissions,  which  are  estimated  to  be  29,871.67MTCO2e.   TABLE  3.5-­‐3:    OPERATIONAL  GHG  EMISSIONS  2010  BUSINESS  AS  USUAL  (UNMITIGATED  METRIC  TONS/YR)    Bio-­  CO2  NBio-­  CO2  Total  CO2  CH4  N2O  CO2e   Area  43.38  55.36  98.74  0.04  0.00  100.88   Energy    0.00  4,663.29  4,663.29  0.13  0.06  4,683.95   Mobile    0.00  22,429.21  22,429.21  1.93  0.00  22,469.77   Waste  418.86  0.00  418.86  24.75  0.00  938.70   Water  0.00  1,230.39  1,230.39  15.47  0.40  1,678.37   Total    462.24  28,378.25  28,840.49  42.32  0.46  29,871.67   SOURCES:  CALEEMOD  (V.2011.1.1)     Consequently,  the  proposed  project  would  result  in  approximately  a  30.1  percent  reduction  in   annual  GHG  emissions  from  the  2010  BAU  level  by  2020  ([29,871.67MTCO2e  –  20,860.70  MTCO2e]   /  29,871.67MTCO2e  x  100%  =  30.1%).     The  reduction  in  GHG  emissions  would  be  attributable  to  the  energy  and  water  mitigation  model   inputs   as   well   as   the   advancement   of   vehicle   and   equipment   efficiency,   and   more   stringent   standards  and  regulations  as  time  progresses,  such  as  State  regulation  emission  reductions  (e.g.,   Pavley,  Low  Carbon  Fuel  Standard,  and  Renewable  Portfolio  Standard).    Implementation  of  AB   1493  (Pavley)  as  well  as  the  Low  Carbon  Fuel  Standard,  a  fuel  standard  that  requires  a  reduction  of   at   least   10   percent   in   the   carbon   intensity   of   California’s   transportation  fuels   by   2020,   will   significant   reduce   the   amount   of   GHG   emitted   from   passenger   vehicles   associated   with   the   proposed  project.       GREENHOUSE  GASES  AND  CLIMATE  CHANGE  3.5     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.5-­‐17     It  should  be  noted  that  although  a  reduction  related  to  such  attributes  would  occur  for  every   development  project,  CalEEMod  takes  into  consideration  how  much  of  each  attribute  is  applied  for   each  specific  project  based  on  the  size  of  the  project  and  associated  land  uses.   In  addition,  as  stated  previously,  the  proposed  project  would  be  required  to  comply  with  the   minimum  mandatory  measures  of  the  CalGreen  Code,  which  would  result  in  an  estimated  1.8   percent  reduction.  Furthermore,  reduction  of  cumulative  ROG  and  NOx  emissions  as  a  result  of   mitigation  measures   required  i n  Section   3.1  (Air   Quality)   would   subsequently   result   in   an   associated   reduction   in   CO2  e m i s s i o n s .    F o r  e x a m p l e ,  M i t i g a t i o n  M e a s u r e  3 . 1-­‐2   requires   the   following  energy  emissions  reductions  be  incorporated  into  the  project:   • Residential  dwellings  shall  be  designed  to  exceed  applicable  Title  24  energy  standards  by   15%.     • Non-­‐residential  structures  shall  be  designed  and  constructed  to  achieve  LEED  certification   requirements,  or  an  equivalent  level  of  energy  efficiency.       • Install  high  efficiency  lighting  (indoor  and  outdoor)   • Install  high  efficiency  appliances  (refrigerator,  fans,  washers)   • Structures   shall   be   solar   oriented   (predominantly   north-­‐south   facing   direction),   to   the   extent  practical,  and  plant  low-­‐emitting  shade  tree  and  shrub  species  near  structures  in   such  an  arrangement  to  shade  and  cool  structures  during  warmer  seasons  yet  allow  for   solar  heating  and  wind  breaks  during  cooler  months.   • Landscape  with  native  drought-­‐resistant  species  (plants,  trees,  and  shrubs)  to  reduce  the   demand  for  gas-­‐powered  landscape  maintenance  equipment.   • Incorporate  passive  solar  space  heating  designs  and  solar  water  heaters  into  residential   units.   • Install   energy-­‐efficient   heating   and   other   appliances,   such   as   water   heaters,   cooking   equipment,  refrigerators,  furnaces,  and  boiler  units.   • Electrical  outlets  should  be  installed  on  the  exterior  walls  of  all  residential  and  commercial   buildings   to   promote   the   use   of   electric   or   battery   operated   yard   and   landscaping   equipment.   The  total  reduction  in  GHG  emissions  from  BAU  levels  will  exceed  the  Town’s  minimum  reduction   threshold  of  15  percent  per  the  2008  Scoping  Plan.   The  PC-­‐3  Specific  Plan  also  includes  a  wide  range  of  “Green  Design  Principals,”  which  are  included   in   Section   2.5   of   Chapter   3   of   the   Joerger   Ranch   Specific   Plan.  Green   Design   concepts   are   encouraged  to  be  applied  to  all  site  plan,  building,  drainage  and  landscape  designs  used  within   each  zoning  district  in  the  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan.  Green  Design  Principals  contained  in  the   Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  address  the  following  components:   • Bicycle  connectivity   • Open  community  and  walkable  streets   • Energy  efficiency  in  buildings   • Reduced  water  use   • Solar  orientation   3.5  GREENHOUSE  G ASES  AND  C LIMATE  CHANGE     3.5-­‐18  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     • Reuse  and  recycling   • Minimize  site  disturbance   • Reduced  Power  Consumption   o Natural  cooling   o Passive  solar  heating   o Solar  water  systems  or  pre-­‐plumbing  for  future  solar  water  heating   o Photovoltaic  (PV)  systems   o High-­‐efficiency  appliances,  lighting  and  HVAC  systems   • Wood  Materials   o Reclaimed  wood     o Certified  Forest  Stewardship  Council  (FSC)  lumber   • Energy  Star  windows   • Insulation  upgrades  beyond  Title  24  requirements   • Recycled  and  energy  efficient  flooring  materials   • Permeable  paving  and  hardscape  materials   • Alternative  transportation  access  and  connectivity       The  Green  Design  Principals  outlined  above  are  included  in  the  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  as   recommendations.     As   such,   the   quantified  analysis  of  GHG  emissions  associated  with  project   implementation  did  not  rely  on  any  specific  and  quantifiable  reduction  in  GHG  emissions  that  may   result  from  the  implementation  of  these  Green  Design  Principals.       Conclusion:  As  stated  previously,  short-­‐term  construction  GHG  emissions  are  a  one-­‐time  release  of   GHGs  and  are  not  expected  to  significantly  contribute  to  global  climate  change  over  the  lifetime  of   the  proposed  project.  With  the  implementation  of  the  mitigation  measures  presented  in  Section   3.1  Air  Quality,  the  overall  annual  GHG  emissions  associated  with  the  project  would  be  reduced  by   over  30.1  percent  by  the  year  2020,  consistent  with  applicable  standards  and  thresholds  of  a  15   percent  reduction  used  in  this  analysis.  Because  the  project  would  meet  the  15  percent  minimum   reduction  threshold  per  the  2008  CARB  AB  32  Scoping  Plan,  the  proposed  project  would  not  hinder   the  State’s  ability  to  reach  the  GHG  reduction  target  nor  conflict  with  any  applicable  plan,  policy,   or  regulation  related  to  GHG  reduction,  and  impacts  related  to  GHG  emissions  and  global  climate   change  would  be  considered  less-­‐than-­‐significant.   MITIGATION  MEASURES   Implement  Mitigation  Measures  3.1-­‐1  through  3.1-­‐4.         HAZARDS  AND  HAZARDOUS  MATERIALS  3.6     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.6-­‐1     The  purpose  of  this  section  is  to  disclose  and  analyze  the  potential  impacts  associated  with  hazards   and   hazardous   materials   related   to   the   project   site   and   general   vicinity,   and   to   analyze   the   potential  for  exposure  of  people  to  hazards  and  hazardous  materials  as  the  project  is  built  and   operated  in  the  future.  This  section  is  based  in  part  on  the  Phase  I  Environmental  Site  Assessment   (ESA)   Joerger   Ranch   PC-­‐3  (Blackburn   and   Associates  2 0 0 3 ) ,  PC-­‐3/Joerger   Ranch   Phase   1   Environmental   Site   Assessment   Peer-­‐Review  ( Q u a d  K n o p f  2 0 0 6 ) ,  a  r e v i e w  o f  t h e  California   Department   of   Toxic   Substances   Control,   Envirostor   Database  (2013),   the  California   Water   Resources  Control  Board  Geotracker  Database  (2013),  California  Water  Resources  Control  Board   Geotracker  Database  (2013),  the  California  Water  Resources  Control  Board  Geotracker  Database   (2013),   and   the    C a l i f o r n i a  D e p a r t m e n t  o f  R e s o u r c e s  R e c y c l i n g  a n d  R e c o v e r y ,  S o l i d  W a s t e   Information  System  (SWIS)  (2013).     3.6.1  ENVIRONMENTAL  S ETTING   P HYSICAL  S ETTING   The  project  site  is  relatively  flat  to  gently  sloping.  The  USGS  Truckee  Quadrangle  topographic  maps   indicated  that  existing  grade  varies  from  a  low  of  approximately  5,850  feet  above  mean  sea  level   (MSL)  in  the  northwestern  portion  of  the  site,  to  a  high  of  approximately  5,930  feet  MSL  in  the   southern  portion  of  the  site.  Site  drainage  is  generally  to  the  southwest  to  north  and  northeast.     The  site  is  underlain  by  Quaternary  age  glacial  deposits  (Saucedo  and  Wagner,  1992)  typically   consisting  of  variable  quantities  of  silt,  sand,  cobbles  and  occasional  boulders.  The  southeastern   portion  of  the  site  may  also  be  immediately  underlain  by  more  recent  alluvium  (Geocon  2006).  The   region  is  filled  with  volcanic  flows  and  sediments  of  the  Lousetown  Formation,  known  as  the   Martis  Valley  formation  of  Latham.   Soil  Survey   The  soils  on  the  project  site  are  predominately  glacial  till  and  outwash  from  volcanic  rock,  with   some  colluvium  and  residuum  derived  from  volcanic  rock.  The  taxonomic  classes  of  the  soils  are   frigid  Ultic  Haploxeralfs  and  frigid  Ultic  Argixerolls.  (Natural  Resource  Conservation  Service,  2011).   According  to  the  Natural  Resource  Conservation  Service  (2011),  there  are  four  different  soil  series   located  on  the  project  site,  that  make  up  three  different  variant  complexes.  These  include  the   Euer,  Martis,  Kyburz,  and  Trojan  series.  Figure  3.4-­‐2  presents  a  map  of  the  soils  located  on  the   project  site  Information  from  the  NRCS  official  soil  description  for  these  series  is  provided  below.     • Euer:  The  Euer  series  consists  of  deep,  well  drained  soils  formed  in  glacial  outwash  and   material  from  volcanic  sources.  These  soils  are  on  terraces.  The  mean  annual  precipitation   is  about  30  inches  and  the  mean  annual  air  temperature  is  about  43  degrees  F.   • Martis:  The  Martis  series  consists  of  deep,  well  drained  soils  formed  in  glacial  till  and   outwash  from  mixed  sources,  mainly  volcanic.  These  soils  are  on  glacial  outwash  plains   and  have  slopes  of  2  to  5  percent.  The  mean  annual  precipitation  is  about  30  inches  and   the  mean  annual  temperature  is  about  42  degrees  F.   3.6  HAZARDS  AND  H AZARDOUS  M ATERIALS     3.6-­‐2  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     • Kyburz:  The   Kyburz   series   consists   of   moderately   deep,   well   drained   soils   formed   in   material   weathered   from   basic   volcanic   rock.   Kyburz   soils   occur   on   uplands   and   have   slopes  of  2  to  50  percent.  The  mean  annual  precipitation  is  about  25  inches  and  the  mean   annual  temperature  is  about  45  degrees.   • Trojan:  The  Trojan  series  consists  of  deep  and  very  deep,  well  drained  soils  that  formed  in   colluvium  and  residuum  derived  from  volcanic  rocks  or  from  schist  and  argillite.  Trojan   soils  are  on  hills  and  mountains.  Slopes  are  2  to  50  percent.  The  mean  annual  precipitation   is  about  20  inches  and  the  mean  annual  temperature  is  about  45  degrees  F.   P HASE  I  E NVIRONMENTAL  S ITE  A SSESSMENT   A  Phase  I  Environmental  Site  Assessment  (ESA)  was  prepared  for  the  project  site  in  conformance   with  ASTM  Practice  E  1527  by  Blackburn  Consulting  (2003).  The  scope  of  the  Phase  I  ESA  was   directed  at  determining  whether  there  may  be  hazardous  materials  on,  or  near,  the  project  site.   The  Phase  I  ESA  was  peer  reviewed  by  Quad  Knopf  (2006).     Findings   The  following  was  found  on  the  project  site  through  the  efforts  of  the  Phase  I  ESA  and  Peer   Review:     • One  building,  private  well,  and  pump  house  were  observed  on  APN  19-­‐620-­‐02,  which  is   located  at  the  southwest  corner  of  the  project  site  at  the  intersection  of  Brockway  Road   and  Martis  Drive.   • One  unmarked  55-­‐gallon  drum  was  located  east  side  of  the  well  and  pump  house.   • Three,  5-­‐gallon  containers  were  located  against  the  south  wall  of  the  pump  house.  One   container  was  open,  and  its  contents  were  hardened.  The  two  remaining  containers  were   sealed;  however,  no  labels  or  markings  were  visible  on  any  of  the  containers.   o No  stained  soils  were  visible  under  or  near  the  containers.   • Distressed  and  dying  vegetation  was  visible  around  the  perimeter  of  the  pump  house;   however,  it  was  not  determined  to  be  due  to  debris  found  in  the  vicinity.   • One  pole  mounted  transformer  was  observed  transecting  the  southwest  corner  of  APN  19-­‐ 620-­‐02.  There  were  no  leaks  observed.   • During  the  site  reconnaissance,  the  above  ground  storage  tank  (AST)  was  observed  at  the   Truckee  Tahoe  Airport.  There  were  no  observable  leaks  or  stains  in  the  vicinity  of  the  AST.   There  was  no  containment  or  swells  in  place  in  the  event  of  a  spillage  or  leaks;  however,   based  on  the  distance  from  the  project  site,  the  identified  AST  does  not  pose  a  significant   risk.   • One,  5-­‐gallon  open  container.  The  contents  were  hardened  and  appeared  to  be  black/grey   in  color.   HAZARDS  AND  H AZARDOUS  M ATERIALS  3.6     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.6-­‐3     • Three,  5-­‐gallon  containers  against  the  south  wall  of  the  pump  house.  Scrap  metal  and   other  debris  was  also  observed.   • Approximately  21  55-­‐gallon  drum  lids  in  piles  east  of  the  pump  house.   • Scrap  wood,  tire  and  snow  blower.   • Large  scrap  wood  pile  with  metal  and  some  unidentified  car  parts.   • Rear   of   Tech   Service   Center.   2   computer   monitors,   8   computer   terminals,   cardboard   boxes,  and  additional  debris.   • Snow  Blower  located  east  of  the  pump  house.   • One,  55-­‐gallon  drum  located  against  the  west  facing  wall  of  the  pump  house.   Nearby  Facilities   An  Environmental  Data  Resources,  Inc.  (EDR)  was  conducted  for  the  Phase  1  ESA  and  the  Peer   Review.  The  radius  map  identified  four  facilities  within  a  2.5  mile  radius  of  the  project  site.  These   include  the  following:   • Tahoe   Truckee   USD   Transportation   Maintenance   Ops   Yard.   This   facility   is   located   approximately  0.6  miles  northeast  of  the  project  site.  The  facility  address  is  12486  Joerger   Drive.     • Teichert  Aggregate.  This  facility  is  located  approximately  2.0  northeast  of  the  project  site.   The  facility  address  is  Joerger  Drive  off  Highway  267.   • Truckee  Sanitary  District  is  located  approximately  0.5  north  of  the  project  site.  The  facility   address  is  12304  Joerger  Drive.     • Truckee  Precision  is  located  approximately  2.3  west  of  the  project  site.  The  facility  address   is  10607  West  River  Street   The   EDR   radius   report  also  identified   20   orphan   facilities   within   the   Truckee   area.   “Orphan”   facilities   were   identified   in   the   regulatory   databases   within   the   vicinity   of   the  project   site;   however,  because  these  sites  lacked  complete,  or  accurate  geographical  data  they  were  not  fully   addressed  in  the  EDR  report.  During  the  peer  review,  the  orphan  facilities  were  identified  and   located.  None  of  the  orphan  facilities  are  located  within  the  vicinity  of  the  project  site,  and  do  not   pose  a  significant  hazard.   F IRE  H AZARDS   Wild  fires  are  a  major  hazard  in  the  State  of  California.  Wild  fires  burn  natural  vegetation  on   developed  and  undeveloped  lands  and  include  timber,  brush,  woodland,  and  grass  fires.  While  low   intensity  wild  fires  have  a  role  in  the  region’s  ecosystem,  wild  fires  put  human  health  and  safety,   3.6  HAZARDS  AND  H AZARDOUS  M ATERIALS     3.6-­‐4  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     structures   (e.g.,   homes,   schools,   businesses,   etc.),   air   quality,   recreation   areas,   water   quality,   wildlife  habitat  and  ecosystem  health,  and  forest  resources  at  risk.     Fire  Hazard  Severity  Zones     Government  Code  51175-­‐89  directs  the  California  Department  of  Forestry  and  Fire  Protection  (CAL   FIRE)  to  identify  areas  of  very  high  fire  hazard  severity  zones  within  Local  Responsibility  Areas   (LRA).  Mapping  of  the  areas,  referred  to  as  Very  High  Fire  Hazard  Severity  Zones  (VHFHSZ),  is  based   on   data   and   models   of,   potential   fuels   over   a   30-­‐50   year   time   horizon   and   their   associated   expected  fire  behavior,  and  expected  burn  probabilities  to  quantify  the  likelihood  and  nature  of   vegetation  fire  exposure  (including  firebrands)  to  buildings.     In  late  2005  to  be  effective  in  2008,  the  California  Building  Commission  adopted  California  Building   Code   Chapter   7A   requiring   new   buildings   in   VHFHSZs   to   use   ignition   resistant   construction   methods  and  materials.  These  new  codes  include  provisions  to  improve  the  ignition  resistance  of   buildings,  especially  from  firebrands.  The  updated  very  high  fire  hazard  severity  zones  are  used  by   building  officials  for  new  building  permits  in  LRA.  The  updated  zones  are  used  to  identify  property   whose  owners  must  comply  with  natural  hazards  disclosure  requirements  at  time  of  property  sale   and  100  foot  defensible  space  clearance.  It  is  likely  that  the  fire  hazard  severity  zones  will  be  used   for  updates  to  the  safety  element  of  general  plans.   Calfire   published   a   map   for   Truckee   entitled  Very   High   Fire   Hazard   Severity   Zones   in   LRAs   Recommended   by   CAL   FIRE  in   November   24,   2008.   This   map   illustrates   much   of   the   Town   of   Truckee  as  a  VHFHSZ;  however,  the  proposed  site  is  labeled  as  non-­‐VHFHSZ.     A IRPORT  O PERATIONS  H AZARDS   Hazards  associated  with  airport  operations  are  generally  associated  with  aircraft  accidents.  Aircraft   accidents  of  most  concern  occur  during  takeoff  and  landing  operations  during  which  aircraft  are   operated  close  to  the  ground  and  within  close  proximity  to  one  another.  Potential  hazards  around   an  airport  can  be  increased  due  to  many  external  factors  such  as  incompatible  land  uses  in  the   vicinity  of  the  airport,  installation  of  power  transmission  lines,  wildlife  hazards  (i.e.,  bird  strikes,   migrating  wildlife,  etc.),  and  construction  of  tall  structures.     In  order  to  mitigate  the  potential  hazards  of  tall  structures  within  the  vicinity  of  an  airport,  the   Federal  Aviation  Administration  (FAA)  established  an  airport  height  restriction  area,  defined  by   Federal  Aviation  Regulation  (FAR)  Part  77.  FAR  Part  77  establishes  “imaginary  surfaces”  around  an   airport  where  a  structure  is  considered  to  pose  a  hazard  to  an  aircraft.  FAR  Part  77  requires  that   the   FAA   be   notified   prior   to   construction   of   any   structure   that   would   pierce   these   imaginary   surfaces.   However,   the   FAA   cannot   prohibit   the   construction   of   such   structures.   The   State   of   California  goes  further,  requiring  that  a  permit  be  obtained  from  the  State  Division  of  Aeronautics   prior  to  construction  of  such  a  structure.   In  addition  to  imaginary  surfaces,  a  safety  restriction  area  is  established  around  airports  within   which  it  is  assumed  that  hazards  may  exist  to  people  or  structures  on  the  ground  in  the  event  of  an   aircraft  accident.  Nationwide  studies  of  aircraft  accidents  have  found  the  following:   HAZARDS  AND  H AZARDOUS  M ATERIALS  3.6     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.6-­‐5     • Almost  half  of  all  accidents  occur  on  airport  property.   • An  additional  15  percent  of  aircraft  accidents  occur  outside  airport  property  but  within   one  mile  of  the  airport  runway(s).   • A  substantial  concentration  of  aircraft  accidents  occur  within  the  initial  climb-­‐out  and  the   final  approach  sectors  of  airports.   Further  refinement  of  this  data  points  to  an  increased  risk  near  the  ends  of  the  runway  and  under   the  airport  traffic  pattern.  In  order  to  reduce  these  risks,  especially  those  related  to  land  use  in   these  area,  safety  restriction  areas  are  established  around  airports  which  restrict  certain  land  uses   in  the  vicinity  of  the  airport.  Typically,  three  types  of  areas  are  established.  The  clear  zone  is  an   area  at  each  end  of  the  runway(s)  within  200  feet  of  the  runway  threshold.  The  clear  zone  is  the   most  restrictive  safety  area.  The  approach/departure  zone  extends  beyond  the  clear  zone  and  is   aligned  with  the  runway  as  well.  The  overflight  zone  represents  the  area  commonly  overflown  by   aircraft  utilizing  the  airport.  The  overflight  zone  surrounds  the  airport  and  is  the  least  restrictive   safety  area.     Imaginary  surfaces  and  safety  restriction  areas  are  established  as  part  of  the  Comprehensive  Land   Use  Plan  (CLUP)  or  Airport  Land  Use  Plan  (ALUP)  for  the  airport.  Prepared  and  approved  by  the   local  Airport  Land  Use  Commission,  the  CLUP  or  ALUP  establishes  guidelines  for  development  in   the  vicinity  of  the  airport  in  the  areas  of  noise  impacts,  safety  hazards,  and  height  restriction.     Truckee  Tahoe  Airport   The  Truckee  Tahoe  Airport  is  located  0.6  miles  east  of  the  project  site.  The  project  site  is  located   within  the  airport’s  sphere  of  influence  (SOI).  The  Truckee-­‐Tahoe  Airport  Land  Use  Compatibility   Map  designates  the  project  site  as  land  use  zones  B1,  B2  and  D,  as  shown  in  Figure  3.6-­‐1.  The   residential  portion  of  the  project  is  located  exclusively  within  land  use  zone  D,  which  is  considered   a  low  risk.  The  density  at  which  the  residential  portion  is  proposed  is  consistent  with  the  high   density  option  outlined  in  the  Truckee  Tahoe  Airport  Land  Use  Compatibility  Plan  (October  2010)   for  residential  uses  in  Zone  D.  The  non-­‐residential  portion  of  the  project  is  located  in  land  use   zones  B1,  B2,  and  D,  which  allows  the  commercial  and  industrial  uses  that  are  proposed.  According   to  the  Truckee  Tahoe  Airport  Land  Use  Compatibility  Plan,  the  proposed  land  uses  are  compatible   with  the  current  airport  land  use  plan.     3.6.2  REGULATORY  S ETTING   F EDERAL   The  primary  federal  agencies  that  are  responsible  for  overseeing  regulations  and  policies  regarding   hazardous   materials   are   the   Environmental   Protection   Agency   (EPA),   Department   of   Labor   Occupational  Safety  and  Health  Administration  (OSHA),  and  the  Department  of  Transportation   (DOT).   Several   laws   governing   the   transport,   storage,   and   use   of   hazardous   materials   are   administered  by  these  agencies  as  well  as  oversight  for  contaminated  sites  cleanup.  Federal  laws   and  regulations  that  are  applicable  to  hazards  and  hazardous  materials  are  presented  below.     3.6  HAZARDS  AND  H AZARDOUS  M ATERIALS     3.6-­‐6  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     Resource  Conservation  and  Recovery  Act   The   1976   Federal   Resource   Conservation   and   Recovery   Act   (RCRA)   and   the   1984   RCRA   Amendments   regulate   the   treatment,   storage,   and   disposal   of   hazardous   and   non-­‐hazardous   wastes.  The  legislation  mandated  that  hazardous  wastes  be  tracked  from  the  point  of  generation   to  their  ultimate  fate  in  the  environment.  This  includes  detailed  tracking  of  hazardous  materials   during  transport  and  permitting  of  hazardous  material  handling  facilities.   The   1984   RCRA   amendments   provided   the   framework   for   a   regulatory   program   designed   to   prevent  releases  from  USTs.  The  program  establishes  tank  and  leak  detection  standards,  including   spill   and   overflow   protection   devices   for   new   tanks.   The   tanks   must   also   meet   performance   standards  to  ensure  that  the  stored  material  will  not  corrode  the  tanks.  Owners  and  operators  of   USTs  had  until  December  1998  to  meet  the  new  tank  standards.  As  of  2001,  an  estimated  85   percent  of  USTs  were  in  compliance  with  the  required  standards.   Comprehensive  Environmental  Response,  Compensation,  and  Liability  Act   The  Comprehensive  Environmental  Response,  Compensation,  and  Liability  Act  of  1980  (the  Act)   introduced   active   federal   involvement   to   emergency   response,   site   remediation,   and   spill   prevention,  most  notably  the  Superfund  program.  The  Act  was  intended  to  be  comprehensive  in   encompassing   both   the   prevention   of,   and   response   to,   uncontrolled   hazardous   substances   releases.   The   Act   deals   with   environmental   response,   providing   mechanisms   for   reacting   to   emergencies  and  to  chronic  hazardous  material  releases.  In  addition  to  establishing  procedures  to   prevent  and  remedy  problems,  it  establishes  a  system  for  compensating  appropriate  individuals   and   assigning   appropriate   liability.   It   is   designed   to   plan   for   and   respond   to   failure   in   other   regulatory   programs   and   to   remedy   problems   resulting   from   action   taken   before   the   era   of   comprehensive  regulatory  protection.   Natural  Gas  Pipeline  Safety  Act     The  Natural  Gas  Pipeline  Safety  Act  authorizes  the  U.S.  Department  of  Transportation  Office  of   Pipeline  Safety  to  regulate  pipeline  transportation  of  natural  (flammable,  toxic,  or  corrosive)  gas   and  other  gases  as  well  as  the  transportation  and  storage  of  liquefied  natural  gas.  The  Office  of   Pipeline  Safety  regulates  the  design,  construction,  inspection,  testing,  operation,  and  maintenance   of  pipeline  facilities.  While  the  federal  government  is  primarily  responsible  for  developing,  issuing,   and  enforcing  pipeline  safety  regulations,  the  pipeline  safety  statutes  provide  for  State  assumption   of   the   intrastate   regulatory,   inspection,   and   enforcement   responsibilities   under   an   annual   certification.  To  qualify  for  certification,  a  state  must  adopt  the  minimum  federal  regulations  and   may  adopt  additional  or  more  stringent  regulations  as  long  as  they  are  not  incompatible.   FY  2001  Appropriations  Act   Title   IV   of   the   Appropriations   Act   required   the   identification   of   “Urban   Wildland   Interface   Communities  in  the  Vicinity  of  Federal  Lands  that  are  at  High  Risk  from  Wildfire”  by  the  U.S.   Departments  of  the  Interior  and  Agriculture.       HAZARDS  AND  H AZARDOUS  M ATERIALS  3.6     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.6-­‐7     S TATE     The  primary  state  agencies  that  are  responsible  for  overseeing  regulations  and  policies  regarding   hazardous   materials   are   the   California   Office   of   Emergency   Services   (OES),   California   Environmental   Protection   Agency   (Cal-­‐EPA),   Department   of   Toxic   Substances   Control   (DTSC),   California   Department   of   Transportation   (Caltrans),   California   Highway   Patrol   (CHP),   California   Water  Quality  Control  Board,  and  the  California  Air  Resources  Board.  Several  laws  governing  the   generation,  transport,  and  disposal  of  hazardous  materials  are  administered  by  these  agencies.   State  laws  and  regulations  that  are  applicable  to  hazards  and  hazardous  materials  are  presented   below.     California  Health  and  Safety  Code   Cal-­‐EPA  has  established  rules  governing  the  use  of  hazardous  materials  and  the  management  of   hazardous  wastes.  Many  of  these  regulations  are  embodied  in  the  California  Health  and  Safety   Code.  The  code  includes  regulations  that  govern  safe  drinking  water,  substances  control,  land   reuse  and  revitalization,  remediation,  restoration,  and  methamphetamine  contaminated  cleanups.     California  Code  of  Regulations  Title  22  and  Title  26   The   California   Code   of   Regulations   (CCR)   Title   22   provides   state   regulations   for   hazardous   materials,  and  CCR  Title  26  provides  regulation  of  hazardous  materi al s  management.  I n  1996,   Cal/EPA   established   the   “Unified   Hazardous   Waste   and   Hazardous   Materials   Management   Regulatory  Program”  (Unified  Program)  which  consolidated  the  six  administrative  components  of   hazardous  waste  and  materials  into  one  program.   Assembly  Bill  337     Per  AB  337,  local  fire  prevention  authorities  and  the  California  Department  of  Forestry  and  Fire   Protection  (CalFire)  are  required  to  identify  “Very  High  Fire  Hazard  Severity  Zones  (VHFHSZ)  in   Local  Responsibility  Areas  (LRA).  Standards  related  to  brush  clearance  and  the  use  of  fire  resistant   materials  in  fire  hazard  severity  zones  are  also  established.   CA  Public  Resources  Code     The  state’s  Fire  Safe  Regulations  are  set  forth  in  Public  Resources  Code  §4290,  which  include  the   establishment  of  State  Responsibility  Areas  (SRA).   Public  Resources  Code  §4291  sets  forth  defensible  space  requirements,  which  are  applicable  to   anyone  that  …owns,  leases,  controls,  operates,  or  maintains  a  building  or  structure  in,  upon,  or   adjoining  a  mountainous  area,  forest-­‐covered  lands,  brush-­‐covered  lands,  grass-­‐covered  lands,  or   land  that  is  covered  with  flammable  material  (§4291(a)).     Uniform  Fire  Code     The   Uniform   Fire   Code   (UFC)   establishes   standards   related   to   the   design,   construction   and   maintenance  of  buildings.  The  standards  set  forth  in  the  UFC  range  from  designing  for  access  by   3.6  HAZARDS  AND  H AZARDOUS  M ATERIALS     3.6-­‐8  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     firefighters  and  equipment  and  minimum  requirements  for  automatic  sprinklers  and  fire  hydrants   to  the  appropriate  storage  and  use  of  combustible  materials.     CA  Code  of  Regulations  Title  8   In  accordance  with  CCR,  Title  8,  §1270  and  §6773  (Fire  Prevention  and  Fire  Protection  and  Fire   Equipment),   the   Occupational   Safety   and   Health   Administration   (Cal   OSHA)   establishes   fire   suppression  service  standards.  The  standards  range  from  fire  hose  size  requirements  to  the  design   of  emergency  access  roads.   CA  Code  of  Regulations  Title  14  (Natural  Resources)   Division  1.5  (Department  of  Forestry  and  Fire  Protection),  Title  14  of  the  CCR  establishes  a  variety   of  wildfire  preparedness,  prevention  and  response  regulations.     CA  Code  of  Regulations  Title  19  (Public  Safety)   Title   19   of   the   CCR   establishes   a   variety   of   emergency   fire   response,   fire   prevention   and   construction  and  construction  materials  standards.   CA  Code  of  Regulations  Title  24  (CA  Building  Standards  Code)   The  California  Fire  Code  is  set  forth  in  Part  9  of  the  Building  Standards  Code.  The  CA  Fire  Code,   which  is  pre-­‐assembled  with  the  International  Fire  Code  by  the  ICC,  contains  fire-­‐safety  building   standards  referenced  in  other  parts  of  Title  24.     CA  Health  and  Safety  Code  and  UBC  Section  13000  et  seq.     State  fire  regulations  are  set  forth  in  §13000  et  seq.  of  the  California  Health  and  Safety  Code,   which   is   divided   into   “Fires   and   Fire   Protection”   and   “Buildings   Used   by   the   Public.”   The   regulations  provide  for  the  enforcement  of  the  UBC  and  mandate  the  abatement  of  fire  hazards.     The   code   establishes   broadly   applicable   regulations,   such   as   standards   for   buildings   and   fire   protection  devices,  in  addition  to  regulations  for  specific  land  uses,  such  as  childcare  facilities  and   high-­‐rise  structures.   D ATABASES   There  is  a  broad  list  of  federal  and  state  database  that  provide  information  for  sites  with  varying   potential   for   risk   from   the   possible   existence   of   hazardous   materials.   There   are   numerous   redundancies  among  these  various  database  listings.  Below  is  a  brief  summary  of  each.     National  Priorities  List     The  National  Priorities  List  (NPL)  of  Superfund  Sites  is  EPA’s  database  of  more  than  1,200  sites   designated  for  priority  cleanup  under  the  Superfund  program.  NPL  sites  may  encompass  relatively   large  areas.   HAZARDS  AND  H AZARDOUS  M ATERIALS  3.6     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.6-­‐9      RCRIS  System   The  Resource  Conservation  and  Recovery  Information  System  (RCRIS)  is  an  EPA  database  that   includes  selective  information  on  sites  that  generate,  transport,  store,  treat,  and/or  dispose  of   hazardous  waste  as  defined  by  RCRA.  Identification  on  this  list  does  not  indicate  that  there  has   been  an  impact  on  the  environment.   CERCLIS  Data   Comprehensive   Environmental   Response,   Compensation   and   Liability   Information   System   (CERCLIS)  is  an  EPA  database  that  contains  information  on  potential  hazardous  waste  sites  that   have  been  reported  to  EPA  by  states,  municipalities,  private  companies,  and  individuals,  pursuant   to  Section  103  of  CERCLA.  CERCLIS  contains  sites  that  are  either  proposed  for  or  on  the  NPL,  as   well  as  sites  that  are  in  the  screening  and  assessment  phase  for  possible  inclusion  on  the  NPL.   CORRACTS   Corrective  Action  Report  (CORRACTS)  is  an  EPA  database  that  identifies  hazardous  waste  handlers   with  RCRA  corrective  action  activity.   RAATS  System   RCRA  Administrative  Action  Tracking  System  (RAATS)  is  an  EPA  database  that  contains  records   based   on   enforcement   actions   issued   under   RCRA   pertaining   to   major   violators,   and   includes   administrative  and  civil  actions  brought  by  EPA.   PADS  System   PCB  Activity  Database  System  (PADS)  is  an  EPA  database  that  identifies  generators,  transporters,   commercial  storers,  and/or  brokers  and  disposers  of  polychlorinated  biphynels  (PCBs)  who  are   required  to  notify  EPA  of  such  activities.   CHMIRS  Data   The   California   Hazardous   Material   Incident   Report   System   (CHMIRS)   contains   information   on   reported   hazardous   materials   incidents   (i.e.,   accidental   releases   or   spills).   The   source   of   this   information  is  the  California  Office  of  Emergency  Services.     ERNS  Sites   The  Emergency  Response  Notification  System  (ERNS)  provides  records  of  reported  releases  of  oil   and  hazardous  substances.  The  source  of  this  database  is  the  U.S.  EPA.     Cortese  Database   The   Cortese   database   identifies   public   drinking   water   wells   with   detectable   levels   of   contamination,  hazardous  substance  sites  selected  for  remedial  action,  sites  with  known  toxic   material   identified   through   the   abandoned   site   assessment   program,   sites   with   underground   storage  tanks  (USTs)  having  a  reportable  release,  and  all  solid  waste  disposal  facilities  from  which   3.6  HAZARDS  AND  H AZARDOUS  M ATERIALS     3.6-­‐10  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     there   is   known   hazardous   substance   migration.   The   source   of   this   database   is   the   California   Environmental  Protection  Agency  (CAL-­‐EPA).     LUST  Reports   The  Leaking  Underground  Storage  Tank  (LUST)  Incident  Reports  contain  an  inventory  of  reported   leaking   underground   storage   tank   incidents.   This   information   comes   from   the   State   Water   Resources  Control  Board  Leaking  Underground  Storage  Tank  Information  System.     UST  Database   The  Underground  Storage  Tank  (UST)  database  lists  registered  USTs.  USTs  are  regulated  under   Subtitle  I  of  the  Resource  Conservation  and  Recovery  Act  (RCRA).  The  UST  information  comes  from   the  State  Water  Resources  Control  Board's  Hazardous  Substance  Storage  Container  Database.     HIST  UST  Sites   The  Hazardous  Substance  Storage  Container  Database  is  a  historical  listing  of  UST  sites.  The  data   source  is  the  State  Water  Resources  Control  Board.     CA  FID  Information   The   Facility   Inventory   Database   (CA   FID)   lists   active   and   inactive   underground   storage   tank   locations.  This  database  is  maintained  by  the  State  Water  Resources  Control  Board.     HAZNET  Database   The  Hazardous  Waste  Information  System  (HAZNET)  includes  data  extracted  from  the  copies  of   hazardous  waste  manifests  each  year  by  the  State  Department  of  Toxic  Substances  Control.     FINDS  Data     The   Facility   Index   System   (FINDS)   contains   both   facility   information   and   "pointers"   to   other   sources  of  information  that  contain  more  detail  (e.g.,  RCRA  Info,  Permit  Compliance  System  [PCS],   Aerometric  Information  Retrieval  System  [AIRS]).  The  source  of  this  information  is  the  U.S.  EPA.     FTTS  Database   The  Federal  Toxics  Tracking  System  (FTTS)  tracks  administrative  cases  and  pesticide  enforcement   actions/compliance   activities   related   to   the   Federal   Insecticide,   Fungicide,   &  R o d e n t i c i d e  A c t   (FIFRA),  Toxic  Substances  Control  Act  (TSCA),  and  Emergency  Planning  and  Community  Right-­‐to-­‐ Know  Act  (EPCRA).  The  source  of  this  data  is  the  Environmental  Protection  Agency  (EPA)  Office  of   Prevention,  Pesticides,  and  Toxic  Substances.     CA  SLIC  Database   The  statewide  Spills,  Leaks,  Investigations,  and  Cleanups  (CA  SLIC)  database  includes  unauthorized   discharges  from  spills  and  leaks,  other  than  from  underground  storage  tanks  or  other  regulated   sites.  The  data  source  is  the  State  Water  Resources  Control  Board.     HAZARDS  AND  H AZARDOUS  M ATERIALS  3.6     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.6-­‐11     Notify  65  Records   Proposition  65  Notification  Records  (Notify  65)  contain  facility  notifications  about  any  release  that   could  impact  drinking  water  and  thereby  expose  the  public  to  a  potential  health  risk.  The  State   Water  Resources  Control  Board  maintains  this  database.   EMI  Data   Emissions   Inventory   Data   (EMI)   is   comprised   of   toxics   and   criteria   pollutant   emissions   data   collected  by  the  state  Air  Resources  Board  and  local  pollution  agencies.     Manufactured  Gas  Plant  Database     This   database  i n c l u d e s  r e c o r d s  o f  c o a l  g a s  p l a n t s  ( m a n u f a c t u r e d  g a s  p l a n t s ) ,  w h i c h  w e r e  i n   operation  in  the  U.S.  until  the  1950s.  Due  to  common  past  practices,  the  potential  for  on-­‐site   hazardous  by-­‐products  (such  as  coal  tar,  sludge,  oils,  and  chemical  compounds)  remains  on  such   sites,  which  could  result  in  soil  or  groundwater  contamination.  These  records  are  maintained  by   EDR,  Inc.,  as  part  of  its  proprietary  database.   SWEEPS  Records   The   Statewide   Environmental   Evaluation   and   Planning   System   (SWEEPS)   UST   list,   which   is   no   longer   maintained   or   updated,   was   under   the   purview   of   the   State   Water   Resources   Control   Board.  Other  agencies  (e.g.,  as  identified  above)  now  maintain  UST  records.     L OCAL   2025  Truckee  General  Plan   SAFETY  ELEMENT   P1.1:    Group   and   locate   new   residential   development   in   such   a   way   as   to   avoid   areas   of   hazard  including  steep  slopes  and  areas  of  unstable  soils.   P3.1:    Locate   new   buildings   associated   with   new   discretionary   development   outside   of   avalanche  hazard  areas.   P4.1:    Continue   to   cooperate   with   the   Truckee   Fire   Protection   District,   the   California   Department  of  Forestry,  and  the  U.S.  Forest  Service  in  creating  and  promoting  fire   prevention  education.   P4.2:    Continue   to   cooperate   with   the   Fire   Protection   District   to   implement   fire   safety   ordinances  to  minimize  wildland  fire  hazards,  including  incorporation  of  fire  resistant   building  and  roofing  materials,  and  attainment  of  maintenance  of  “defensible  space.”   Defensible  space  may  include  re-­‐vegetation  with  less  flammable  species,  such  as  fire   resistant  native  and  adapted  species,  and  the  use  of  mulch  to  prevent  erosion  on  bare   soils.     3.6  HAZARDS  AND  H AZARDOUS  M ATERIALS     3.6-­‐12  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     P4.3:    Promote   fire   hazard   reduction   through   cooperative   fuel   management   activities   in   association   with   the   Truckee   Fire   Protection   District,   the   California   Department  of   Forestry   and   the   U.S.   Forest   Service.   Such   strategies   may   include   identifying  and   implementing  opportunities  for  fuel  breaks  in  very  high  fire  hazard  severity  zones,  and   ensuring  that  fire  breaks  are  provided  where  necessary  and  appropriate.   P4.4:    Require  new  development  to  incorporate  adequate  emergency  water  flow,  emergency   vehicle  access  and  evacuation  routes.   P4.5:    Continue   to   support   the   mitigation   fee   program   for   the   Fire   Protection   District,   to   ensure   that   the   District   is   able   to   meet   the   future   fire   protection   needs   of   the   community  as  it  grows.   P5.1:    Continue  to  coordinate  with  the  Nevada  County  Environmental  Health  Department  in   the  review  of  all  projects  which  require  the  use,  storage  or  transport  of  hazardous   waste  to  ensure  necessary  measures  are  taken  to  protect  public  health  and  safety.   P5.2:    Continue  to  cooperate  with  Tahoe  Truckee  Sierra  Disposal  to  facilitate  opportunities  for   safe  disposal  of  household  hazardous  waste.     P5.3:    Support  efforts  to  identify  and  remediate  soils  and  groundwater  contaminated  with   toxic   materials,   and   to   identify   and   eliminate   sources   contributing   to   such   contamination.   P6.1:    Maintain   land   use   and   development   patterns   in   the   vicinity   of   the   Truckee-­‐Tahoe   Airport  that  are  consistent  with  the  adopted  Comprehensive  Airport  Land  Use  Plan,   including  setbacks  and  height  requirements.   P7.1:    Work   with   Caltrans   to   coordinate   establishment   of   appropriate   emergency   access   routes  through  the  Town  when  closure  of  Interstate  80  is  necessitated  by  weather   related  or  other  emergencies.   Town  of  Truckee  Emergency  Operations  Plan     The   Town   of   Truckee   Emergency   Operations   Plan   (TEOP)   was   prepared   in   February   2008   and   serves   as   an   extension   of   the   California   Emergency   Plan.   The   TEOP   addresses   the   Town’s   responsibilities  in  emergencies  associated  with  natural  disasters,  including  wildfires.  It  provides  a   framework  for  coordination  of  response  and  recovery  efforts  within  the  Town  in  coordination  and   with  local,  State,  and  federal  agencies.  The  TEOP  establishes  the  emergency  organization,  assigns   tasks,  specifies  policies,  and  general  procedures,  and  provides  for  coordination  of  planning  efforts   of   the   various   emergency   staff   and   service   elements   utilizing   the   Standardized   Emergency   Management   System   (SEMS).   The   plan   also   meets   requirements  e s t a b l i s h e d  b y  t h e  N a t i o n a l   Incident  Management  System  (NIMS).     HAZARDS  AND  H AZARDOUS  M ATERIALS  3.6     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.6-­‐13     Town  of  Truckee  Standard  Condition  for  Fire  Protection  Services     The  Town  established  the  Town  of  Truckee  Standard  Condition  for  Fire  Protection  Services  on  April   20,  2009  to  identify  the  applicability  of  Truckee  Fire  Protection  District  requirements  on  Town-­‐ approved  projects  and  the  public  official  responsible  for  verifying  compliance  with  the  condition.   The  Standard  Condition  for  Fire  Protection  Services  policy  states  that  the  review  authority  must   make  a  finding  of  such  before  the  review  authority  may  approve  a  zoning  clearance,  development   permit,   or   use   permit   to   ensure   adequate   provisions   for   emergency   vehicle   access   and   fire   protection.   The   finding   focuses   on   the   installation   of   physical  i n f r a s t r u c t u r e ,  f a c i l i t i e s ,  a n d   improvements   on   or   adjacent   to   the   property   and   the   payment   of   development   fees   for   the   construction   of   facilities   and   purchase   of   equipment   to   address   cumulative   impacts   on   fire   services.   Because   the   land   use   permit   is   approved   by   the   Town,   a   Town   official   should   be   responsible   for   verifying   compliance   with   this   finding   in   coordination   with   the   Truckee   Fire   Protection  District  Fire  Marshal.     The   following   condition   of   approval   shall   be   applied   to   the   approval   of   all   zoning  clearances,   development  permits,  and  use  permits:     “As  determined  by  the  Community  Development  Director  in  coordination  with  the  District   Fire  Marshal,  the  project  shall  comply  with  all  applicable  Truckee  Fire  Protection  District   ordinances   and   requirements   related   to   the   construction   or   installation   of   physical   infrastructure,  facilities,  and  improvements  and  the  payment  of  mitigation  fees  for  the   construction   of   facilities   and   the   purchase   of   equipment.   These   ordinances   and   requirements  may  include,  but  not  be  limited  to,  installation  of  fire  hydrants,  minimum  fire   flow,  automatic  sprinkler  systems  for  buildings,  driveway  and  turnaround  specifications,   and   fuel   clearance.   The   physical   infrastructure,   facilities,   and   improvements   shall   be   installed  at  the  time  of  development  and  completed  prior  to  occupancy  of  buildings  and   the  land,  and  the  mitigation  fees  shall  be  paid  in  accordance  with  adopted  Council  rules  for   administration  of  the  mitigation  fee  program.”   Nevada  County  Fire  Plan     The  Nevada  County  Fire  Plan  (NCFP)  was  prepared  to  reduce  the  risk  from  wildland  fires  to  life,   property,  and  natural  resources  in  Nevada  County  and  comply  with  the  Disaster  Management  Act   of  2000  and  the  Healthy  Forest  Restoration  Act  of  2003.  This  NCFP  was  accepted  by  the  Nevada   County  Board  of  Supervisors  in  2005.  The  NCFP  includes  an  extensive  series  of  recommendations   for  the  Nevada  County  Board  of  Supervisors  aimed  at  reducing  wildland  fire  risk  in  Nevada  County,   including   fuel   management   and   defensible   space   enforcement   strategies,   public   education,   infrastructure   improvements   to   increase   fire-­‐fighting   capacity,   and   coordination   with   local   fire   agencies  to  ensure  consistent  and  effective  wildland  fire  mitigation  efforts.     Truckee  Tahoe  Airport  Land  Use  Compatibility  Plan   The   basic   function   of   the   Truckee   Tahoe   Airport   Land   Use   Compatibility   Plan   is   to   promote   compatibility  between  the  airport  and  surrounding  land  uses.    As  adopted  by  the  Foothill  Airport   Land  Use  Commission,  the  Plan  serves  as  a  tool  for  use  by  the  commission  in  fulfilling  its  duty  to   3.6  HAZARDS  AND  H AZARDOUS  M ATERIALS     3.6-­‐14  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     review   airport   and   adjacent   land   use   development   proposals.     Additionally,   the   Plan   sets   compatibility  criteria  applicable  to  local  agencies  in  their  preparation  or  amendment  of  land  use   plans  and  ordinances  and  to  land  owners  in  their  design  of  new  development.       3.6.3  IMPACTS  AND  M ITIGATION  MEASURES   T HRESHOLDS  OF  S IGNIFICANCE   Consistent  with  Appendix  G  of  the  CEQA  Guidelines,  the  proposed  project  will  have  a  significant   impact  from  hazards  and  hazardous  materials  if  it  will: • Create  a  significant  hazard  to  the  public  or  the  environment  through  the  routine  transport,   use,  or  disposal  of  hazardous  materials.   • Create   a   significant   hazard   to   the   public   or   the   environment   through   reasonably   foreseeable  upset  and  accident  conditions  involving  the  release  of  hazardous  materials   into  the  environment.   • Emit  hazardous  emissions  or  handle  hazardous  or  acutely  hazardous  materials,  substances,   or  waste  within  one-­‐quarter  mile  of  an  existing  or  proposed  school.   • Be  located  on  a  site  which  is  included  on  a  list  of  hazardous  materials  sites  compiled   pursuant   to   Government   Code   Section   65962.5   and,   as   a   result,   would   it   create   a   significant  hazard  to  the  public  or  the  environment.   • For  a  project  located  within  an  airport  land  use  plan  or,  where  such  a  plan  has  not  been   adopted,  within  two  miles  of  a  public  airport  or  public  use  airport,  would  the  project  result   in  a  safety  hazard  for  people  residing  or  working  in  the  project  area.   • For  a  project  within  the  vicinity  of  a  private  airstrip,  would  the  project  result  in  a  safety   hazard  for  people  residing  or  working  in  the  project  area.   • Impair  implementation  of  or  physically  interfere  with  an  adopted  emergency  response   plan  or  emergency  evacuation  plan.   • Expose  people  or  structures  to  a  significant  risk  of  loss,  injury  or  death  involving  wildland   fires,  including  where  wildands  are  adjacent  to  urbanized  areas  or  where  residences  are   intermixed  with  wildlands.   I MPACTS  AND  M ITIGATION  M EASURES   Impact  3.6-­1:  The  proposed  project  has  the  potential  to  create  a   significant  hazard  through  the  routine  transport,  use,  or  disposal  of   hazardous  materials  or  through  the  reasonably  foreseeable  upset  and   accident  conditions  involving  the  release  of  hazardous  materials  into  the   environment  (Less  than  Significant  with  Mitigation)   CONSTRUCTION  PHASE  IMPACTS   Construction  activities  would  likely  require  the  use  of  petroleum  based  products  (oil,  gasoline,   diesel  fuel),  and  a  variety  of  chemicals  including  paints,  cleaners,  and  solvents.  The  use  of  these   materials  will  pose  a  reasonable  risk  of  release  into  the  environment  if  not  properly  handled,   HAZARDS  AND  H AZARDOUS  M ATERIALS  3.6     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.6-­‐15     stored,  and  transported.  These  are  potentially  significant  impacts.  Implementation  of  the  following   mitigation  measures  will  ensure  that  these  potential  impacts  are  reduced  to  a  less  than  significant   level.   OPERATIONAL  PHASE  IMPACTS   The  operational  phase  of  the  project  will  occur  after  construction  is  completed  and  residents,   business  operators/employees,  and  guests  move  in  to  occupy  the  structures  and  facilities  on  a  day-­‐ to-­‐day  basis.     The   proposed   project   includes   a   residential,   commercial,   and   industrial   uses.   Each   of   these   facilities   will   likely   use   a   variety   of   hazardous   materials   commonly   found   in   residential   areas   including:  paints,  cleaners,  and  cleaning  solvents.  If  handled  appropriately,  these  materials  do  not   pose   a   significant   risk.   The   commercial   and   industrial   uses   may   store   and   use   commercial/industrial   grade   chemicals   or   other   hazardous   materials   at   larger   quantities   than   found  in  residential  areas.  There  will  be  a  risk  of  release  of  these  materials  into  the  environment  if   they  are  not  stored  and  handled  in  accordance  with  best  management  practices  approved  by   Nevada  County  Department  of  Environmental  Health  .  Implementation  of  the  following  mitigation   measure  will  ensure  that  the  proposed  project  would  have  a  less  than  significant  impact  relative   to  this  issue.   MITIGATION  MEASURES   Mitigation   Measure   3.6-­‐1:   Prior   to   bringing   hazardous   material   onsite,   the   applicant   and/or   business   owner   shall   submit   a   Hazardous   Materials   Business  Plan   (HMBP)   to   Nevada   County   Environmental   Health   Division   (CUPA)   for   review   and   approval.   If   the   inventory   of   reportable   hazardous  materials  include  fuels  stored  in  Aboveground  Storage  Tanks  (AST)  that  exceed  1,320   gallons   (in   containers   >55   gallons)   the  applicant   and/or   business   owner   must   file   documents   required  by  the  California  Aboveground  Storage  Tank  Act  (APSA).  If  one  of  the  AST’s  is  larger  than   20,000  gallons  or  the  accumulative  storage  capacity  exceeds  100,000  gallons  a  Spill  Prevention  and   Countermeasures  Plan  (SPCC)  will  be  required.  If  during  the  construction  process  the  applicant   and/or  business  owner  or  his  subcontractors  generates  hazardous  waste,  the  applicant  and/or   business  owner  must  register  with  the  CUPA  as  a  generator  of  hazardous  waste,  obtain  an  EPA  ID#   and  accumulate,  ship  and  dispose  of  the  hazardous  waste  per  Health  and  Safety  Code  Ch.  6.5.   (California  Hazardous  Waste  Control  Law).   Impact  3.6-­2:  The  proposed  project  has  the  potential  to  emit  hazardous   emissions  or  handle  hazardous  or  acutely  hazardous  materials,   substances,  or  waste  within  one-­quarter  mile  of  an  existing  or  proposed   school  (Less  than  Significant)   The  Truckee  area  has  a  total  of  six  schools:  Tahoe  Truckee  High  School,  Sierra  Mountain  Middle   School,  Glenshire  Elementary,  Truckee  Elementary,  Sierra  High  School,  and  Prosser  Creek  Charter   School.  None  of  these  schools  are  within  one-­‐quarter  mile  of  the  project  site.  Implementation  of   3.6  HAZARDS  AND  H AZARDOUS  M ATERIALS     3.6-­‐16  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     the  proposed  project  would  have  a  less  than  significant  impact  with  regards  to  this  environmental   issue.   Impact  3.6-­3:  The  proposed  project  has  the  potential  to  result  in  impacts   from  being  included  on  a  list  of  hazardous  materials  sites  compiled   pursuant  to  Government  Code  Section  65962.5  (Less  than  Significant  with   Mitigation)   The  Phase  I  ESA  and  Peer  Review  included  a  site  reconnaissance,  interviews,  historical  land  use   research,   and   database  research.   The   scope   of   the   Phase   I   ESA   was   directed   at   determining   whether  there  may  be  hazardous  materials  on,  or  near,  the  project  site.  It  was  determined  that  the   project  site  is  not  included  on  a  list  of  hazardous  material  sites  compiled  pursuant  to  Government   Code  Section  65962.5;  however,  the  following  were  found  on  the  project  site  through  the  efforts   of  the  Phase  I  ESA  and  Peer  Review:     • One  building,  private  well,  and  pump  house  were  observed  on  APN  19-­‐620-­‐02,  which  is   located  at  the  southwest  corner  of  the  project  site  at  the  intersection  of  Brockway  Road   and  Martis  Drive.   • One  unmarked  55-­‐gallon  drum  was  located  east  side  of  the  well  and  pump  house.   • Three,  5-­‐gallon  containers  were  located  against  the  south  wall  of  the  pump  house.  One   container  was  open,  and  its  contents  were  hardened.  The  two  remaining  containers  were   sealed;  however,  no  labels  or  markings  were  visible  on  any  of  the  containers.   o No  stained  soils  were  visible  under  or  near  the  containers.   • Distressed  and  dying  vegetation  was  visible  around  the  perimeter  of  the  pump  house;   however,  it  was  not  determined  to  be  due  to  debris  found  in  the  vicinity.   • One  pole  mounted  transformer  was  observed  transecting  the  southwest  corner  of  APN  19-­‐ 620-­‐02.  There  were  no  leaks  observed.   • During  the  site  reconnaissance,  the  above  ground  storage  tank  (AST)  was  observed  at  the   Truckee  Tahoe  Airport.  There  were  no  observable  leaks  or  stains  in  the  vicinity  of  the  AST.   There  was  no  containment  or  swells  in  place  in  the  event  of  a  spillage  or  leaks;  however,   based  on  the  distance  from  the  project  site,  the  identified  AST  does  not  pose  a  significant   risk.   • One,  5-­‐gallon  open  container.  The  contents  were  hardened  and  appeared  to  be  black/grey   in  color.   • Three,  5-­‐gallon  containers  against  the  south  wall  of  the  pump  house.  Scrap  metal  and   other  debris  was  also  observed.   • Approximately  21  55-­‐gallon  drum  lids  in  piles  east  of  the  pump  house.   HAZARDS  AND  H AZARDOUS  M ATERIALS  3.6     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.6-­‐17     • Scrap  wood,  tire  and  snow  blower.   • Large  scrap  wood  pile  with  metal  and  some  unidentified  car  parts.   • Rear   of   Tech   Service   Center.   2   computer   monitors,   8   computer   terminals,   cardboard   boxes,  and  additional  debris.   • Snow  Blower  located  east  of  the  pump  house.   • One,  55-­‐gallon  drum  located  against  the  west  facing  wall  of  the  pump  house.   With  the  implementation  of  the  following  mitigation  measures,  the  proposed  project  would  have  a   less  than  significant  impact  with  regards  to  this  environmental  issue.   MITIGATION  MEASURES   Mitigation  Measure  3.6-­‐1:  Prior  to  the  issuance  of  a  grading  permit,  the  project  proponent  shall   appropriately  dispose  of  all  materials  on  the  project  site  that  are  cited  within  the  Phase  I  ESA.  This   includes  drums/containers,  equipment,  parts,  metal  and  wood  debris,  and  other  refuse.     Mitigation  Measure  3.6-­‐2:  Prior  to  the  commencement  of  grading,  the  project  proponent  shall   abandon  the  existing  well  after  obtaining  the  appropriate  well  abandonment  permits.     Mitigation  Measure  3.6-­‐3:  During  grading  activities,  if  there  is  any  evidence  of  soil  discoloring  or   odors   that   indicate   a   potential   contamination   anywhere   on   the   project   site   including,   but   not   limited   to   the   areas   around   the   pump   house   and   where   the   drums/contains   were   stored,  the   project  proponent  shall  perform  soil  testing  to  determine  the  type  and  extent  of  the  contamination.   In  addition,  the  project  proponent  will  be  responsible  for  the  cleanup  activities  necessary  to  remove   and  dispose  of  such  contamination  if  discovered.       Impact  3.6-­4:  The  proposed  project  has  the  potential  for  the  project  to   result  in  a  safety  hazards  for  people  residing  or  working  on  the  project   site  as  a  result  of  public  airport  or  public  use  airport  (Less  than   Significant)   The  Truckee  Tahoe  Airport  is  located  0.6  miles  east  of  the  project  site.  The  project  site  is  located   within  the  airport’s  sphere  of  influence.  The  Truckee-­‐Tahoe  Airport  Land  Use  Compatibility  Map   designates  the  project  site  as  land  use  zones  B1,  B2  and  D,  as  shown  in  Figure  3.6-­‐1.  Table  3.6-­‐1   presents  the  applicable  airport  compatibility  zones.             3.6  HAZARDS  AND  H AZARDOUS  M ATERIALS     3.6-­‐18  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     TABLE  3.6-­‐1:  AIRPORT  COMPATIBILITY  ZONES ZONE  NOISE  AND  OVERFLIGHT  FACTORS  SAFETY  AND  AIRSPACE  PROTECTION   FACTORS   B1  (Inner  Approach  /  Departure   Zone)   Noise  Impact:  High   • Encompasses  peak  season  60-­‐ CNEL  contour   • Single-­‐event  noise  sufficient   to  disrupt  wide  range  of  land   use  activities  including   indoors  if  windows  open   Risk  Level:  High   • Encompasses  areas  overflown   by  aircraft  at  low  altitudes— typically  only  200  to  400  feet   above  the  runway  elevation.   • Some  10%  to  20%  of  off-­‐ runway  general  aviation   accidents  near  airports  take   place  here   • Object  heights  restricted  to  as   little  as  50  feet   B2  (Adjacent  to  Runway)  Noise  Impact:  Moderate  to  High     • Partly  within  peak  season  60-­‐ CNEL  contour     • Exposed   to   loud   single-­‐event   noise   from   takeoffs   and   jet   thrust-­‐reverse   on   landing;   also  from  pre-­‐flight  run-­‐ups     Risk  Level:  Low  to  Moderate     • Area   not   normally   overflown   by  aircraft;  primary  risk  is  with   aircraft  (especially   twins)   losing   directional   control   on   takeoff     • About   3%   of   off-­‐runway   general  aviation  accidents  near   airports  happen  in  this  zone     • Object  heights  restricted  to  as   little  as  35  feet     D  (Primary  Traffic  Patterns)  Noise  Impact:  Moderate     • Noise  more  of  a  concern  with   respect   to   individual   loud   events   than   with   cumulative   noise  contours     • Portions   of  t h e  p e a k  s e a s o n ,   average  day  55-­‐CNEL  contour   extend  into  this  zone     • Residential   density   criteria   for   this   zone   provide   two   options   on   the   basis   that   noise   concerns   can   be   minimized   either   by   limiting   the  number  of  dwelling  units   in   affected   areas   or   by   allowing   high-­‐density   development   which   tends   to   have   comparatively   high   ambient  noise  levels     Risk  Level:  Low     • About  20%  to  30%  of  general   aviation  accidents  take  place  in   this   zone,   but   the   large   area   en-­‐compassed   means   a   low   likelihood   of   accident   occurrence   in   any   given   location     • Risk  concern  is  primarily  with   uses   for   which   potential   consequences   are   severe   (e.g.   very-­‐high-­‐intensity  activities  in   a  confined  area)     • Object   height   limits   generally   100   feet   above   runway   elevation     SOURCE:  TRUCKEE  TAHOE  AIRPORT  LAND  USE  COMPATIBILITY  PLAN  (OCTOBER  2010)   The   residential   portion   of   the   project   is   located   exclusively   within   land   use   zone   D,   which   is   considered  a  low  risk.  It  is  estimated  that  20  to  30  percent  of  general  aviation  accidents  take  place   in  this  zone,  but  the  large  area  encompassed  means  a  low  likelihood  of  accident  occurrence  in  any   given  location.  The  risk  concern  is  primarily  with  uses  for  which  potential  consequences  are  severe   (e.g.  very-­‐high-­‐intensity  activities  in  a  confined  area).  Object  height  limits  are  generally  100  feet   above  runway  elevation.  The  residential  density  criteria  for  this  zone  provide  two  options,  one  of   which  is  residential  densities  of  over  five  units  to  the  acre  (high  density  option).  The  density  at   HAZARDS  AND  H AZARDOUS  M ATERIALS  3.6     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.6-­‐19     which  the  residential  portion  is  proposed  is  consistent  with  the  high  density  option  outlined  in  the   Truckee  Tahoe  Airport  Land  Use  Compatibility  Plan  (October  2010)  for  residential  uses  in  Zone  D.     The  non-­‐residential  portion  of  the  project  is  located  in  land  use  zones  B1,  B2,  and  D,  which  allows   the  commercial  and  industrial  uses  that  are  proposed.  According  to  the  Truckee  Tahoe  Airport   Land  Use  Compatibility  Plan,  the  proposed  land  uses  are  compatible  with  the  current  airport  land   use  plan.     While  there  is  inherent  risk  with  any  structures  built  in  proximity  to  an  airport,  the  Truckee  Tahoe   Airport  Land  Use  Compatibility  Plan  (October  2010)  serves  as  a  planning  tool  to  appropriate  site   land  uses  and  structures  to  minimize  the  risk  to  the  extent  possible.  There  will  be  a  risk  of  accident   associated   with   the   airport   operations   for   the   life   of   the   project;   however,   provided   that   the   proposed   project   is   consistent   with   the  Truckee   Tahoe   Airport   Land   Use   Compatibility   Plan   (October  2010)  the  impact  is  considered  less  than  significant  with  regards  to  this  environmental   issue.   Impact  3.6-­5:  The  proposed  project  has  the  potential  for  the  project  to   result  in  safety  hazards  for  people  residing  or  working  on  the  project  site   as  a  result  of  a  private  airstrip  (Less  than  Significant)   There   are  n o  d o c u m e n t e d  p r i v a t e  a i r s t r i p s  w i t h i n  c l o s e  p r o x i m i t y  t o  t h e  p r o j e c t  s i t e .   Implementation  of  the  proposed  project  would  have  a  less  than  significant  impact  with  regards  to   this  environmental  issue.   Impact  3.6-­6:  The  proposed  project  has  the  potential  to  impair   implementation  of  or  physically  interfere  with  an  adopted  emergency   response  plan  or  emergency  evacuation  plan  (Less  than  Significant)   The  Town  of  Truckee  has  prepared  an  Emergency  Operations  Plan  (EOP)  that  serves  as  the  official   Emergency  Plan  for  the  Town  of  Truckee.  It  includes  planned  operational  functions  and  overall   responsibilities  of  Town  Departments  during  an  emergency  situation.  The  Emergency  Plan  also   contains  a  threat  summary  for  the  Town,  which  addresses  the  potential  for  natural,  technological   and  human-­‐caused  disasters.     In  Nevada  County,  including  the  Town  of  Truckee,  all  major  roads  are  available  for  evacuation,   depending  on  the  location  and  type  of  emergency  that  arises.  The  proposed  project  does  not   include  any  actions  that  would  impair  or  physically  interfere  with  the  Town  of  Truckee  EOP  or  the   evacuation  routes  established  by  Nevada  County.  The  proposed  project  would  add  additional  trips   onto  roadways  in  Nevada  County;  however,  the  level  of  service  analysis  indicates  that  all  roadways   and  intersections  will  continue  to  operate  at  acceptable  levels  of  service.  Additionally,  construction   activities  are  not  expected  to  result  in  any  significant  road  closures,  traffic  detours,  or  congestion   that   could   hinder   the   emergency   vehicle   access   or   evacuation   in   the   event   of   an   emergency.   Implementation  of  the  proposed  project  would  have  a  less  than  significant  impact  with  regards  to   this  environmental  issue.   3.6  HAZARDS  AND  H AZARDOUS  M ATERIALS     3.6-­‐20  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     Impact  3.6-­7:  The  proposed  project  has  the  potential  to  expose  people  or   structures  to  a  risk  of  loss,  injury  or  death  from  wildland  fires  (Less  than   Significant)   The  risk  of  wildfire  is  related  to  a  variety  of  parameters,  including  fuel  loading  (vegetation),  fire   weather   (winds,   temperatures,   humidity   levels   and   fuel   moisture   contents)   and  topography   (degree  of  slope).  Steep  slopes  contribute  to  fire  hazard  by  intensifying  the  effects  of  wind  and   making  fire  suppression  difficult.  Fuels  such  as  grass  are  highly  flammable  because  they  have  a   high  surface  area  to  mass  ratio  and  require  less  heat  to  reach  the  ignition  point.  The  Truckee  area   has   an   abundance   of   fuels,   including   flashy   fuels   (i.e.,  g r a s s l a n d  a n d  s a g e b r u s h)  t h a t  w h e n   combined  with  warm  and  dry  summers  with  high  temperatures  create  a  situation  that  results  in   higher  risk  of  wildland  fires.  Most  wildland  fires  are  human  caused,  so  areas  with  easy  human   access  to  land  with  the  appropriate  fire  parameters  generally  result  in  an  increased  risk  of  fire.     Calfire   published   a   map   for   Truckee   entitled  Very   High   Fire   Hazard   Severity   Zones   in  L R A s   Recommended   by   CAL   FIRE  in   November   24,   2008.   This   map   illustrates   much   of   the   town   of   Truckee  as  a  VHFHSZ;  however,  the  proposed  site  is  labeled  as  non-­‐VHFHSZ.     The  proposed  project  is  subject  to  the  Town  of  Truckee  Standard  Condition  for  Fire  Protection   Services  which  states  that  the  review  authority  must  make  a  finding  of  such  before  the  review   authority  may  approve  a  zoning  clearance,  development  permit,  or  use  permit  to  ensure  adequate   provisions  for  emergency  vehicle  access  and  fire  protection.  The  finding  focuses  on  the  installation   of  physical  infrastructure,  facilities,  and  improvements  on  or  adjacent  to  the  property  and  the   payment  of  development  fees  for  the  construction  of  facilities  and  purchase  of  equipment  to   address  cumulative  impacts  on  fire  services.  Ultimately,  a  Town  official  is  responsible  for  verifying   compliance  with  this  finding  in  coordination  with  the  Truckee  Fire  Protection  District  Fire  Marshal.   The   standard   condition   requires   appropriate   installation   of   hydrants   with   minimum  f i r e  f l o w   requirements,   access   and   turnaround   requirements,   automatic   sprinkler   systems,   and   fuel   clearance  requirements.  Implementation  of  these  requirements,  which  is  a  standard  condition  of   approval,  will  ensure  that  the  potential  impact  for  wildland  fire  is  reduced  to  a  less  than  significant   level.     The  following  condition  of  approval  shall  be  applied  to  the  proposed  project     “As  determined  by  the  Community  Development  Director  in  coordination  with  the  District   Fire  Marshal,  the  project  shall  comply  with  all  applicable  Truckee  Fire  Protection  District   ordinances   and   requirements   related   to   the   construction   or   installation   of   physical   infrastructure,  facilities,  and  improvements  and  the  payment  of  mitigation  fees  for  the   construction   of   facilities   and   the   purchase   of   equipment.   These   ordinances   and   requirements  may  include,  but  not  be  limited  to,  installation  of  fire  hydrants,  minimum  fire   flow,  automatic  sprinkler  systems  for  buildings,  driveway  and  turnaround  specifications,   and   fuel   clearance.   The   physical   infrastructure,   facilities,   and   improvements   shall   be   installed  at  the  time  of  development  and  completed  prior  to  occupancy  of  buildings  and   the  land,  and  the  mitigation  fees  shall  be  paid  in  accordance  with  adopted  Council  rules  for   administration  of  the  mitigation  fee  program.”   JOERGER RANCH SPECIFIC PLAN (PC-3) Figure 3.6-1 - Airport Safety Map PC-3 0 2000'4000' Feet ¯ Data source: Foothill Airport Land Use Commission, Truckee Tahoe AirportLand Use Compatibility Plan (December 2004). Map date: April 25, 2012 Zone A Zone B1 Zone B2 Zone C Zone D Zone E Airport Influence Area Boundary Height Review Overlay Zonek Limits of FAR Part 77 Surfaces Truckee Town Limits Truckee Sphere of Influence Airport Property Line Nevada/Placer County Line Federal Lands (USFS & ACE) Boundary Lines Compatability Zones HYDROLOGY  AND  WATER  QUALITY  3.7     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.7-­‐1     This  section  describes  the  surface  water  and  groundwater  features  for  the  project  site  and  relevant   surrounding  areas  and  addresses  potential  issues  associated  with  storm  drainage  and  flooding,   storm  water  quality,  and  exposure  of  structures  to  flood  hazards.  This  section  includes  a  regulatory   setting,  impacts  that  are  likely  to  result  from  project  implementation,  and  measures  to  reduce   potential   impacts   to   water   quality.   Information   provided   in   this   section   has   been   based   on   interpretations  of  regulations,  available  data,  available  reports  and  other  information,  information   obtained  from  Town  of  Truckee  staff  and  other  governmental  agencies,  and  field  reconnaissance   performed  by  Storm  Water  Consulting,  Inc.  This  includes  the  following:  Preliminary  Geotechnical   Report   Joerger   Ranch   PC-­‐3  (Blackburn   Consulting,   2003),  Geotechnical   Peer   Review  (Geocon   Consultants  2006),  various  Town  of  Truckee  documents  (i.e.  Municipal  Code,  2025  General  Plan   Update,  Storm  Water  Management  Program,  Storm  Water  Quality  Ordinance,  Erosion  Prevention   Standards   and   Public   Improvement   and   Engineering   Standards),  comment  l e t t e r s  f r o m  t h e   Lahontan  RWQCB  pertaining  to  the  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan,  Truckee  River  Chronology  by  the   Nevada  Division  of  Environmental  Protection,  Bureau  of  Water  Quality  Planning,  Truckee  River   Watershed   Map   (USGS),   NOAA   Atlas   14,   Volume   6,   Version   2   (precipitation-­‐depth-­‐frequency   information),   National   Resources   Conservation   Service   (NRCS)   soils   information,   FEMA   FIRM   panels  and  FIS  report  covering  the  project  site,  applicable  State  Water  Resources  Control  Board   (SWRCB)  W a t e r  Q u a l i t y  o r d e r s  a n d  l i s t i n g s ,  S t a t e  D i v i s i o n  o f  S a f e t y  o f  D a m s  a n d  E m e r g e n c y   Management  Agency  listing  of  dams  falling  within  state  jurisdiction  and  applicable  dam  failure   inundation  mapping,  State  of  California  Water  Code,  Western  Regional  Climate  Center  (WRCC)   climate  data,  field  reconnaissance,  USGS  quad  maps,  and  aerial  photographs.  A  discussion  of  water   supplies  and  the  provision  of  water  service  to  residents  and  businesses  is  provided  in  Section  3.12   Utilities  and  Services  Systems.   3.7.1  ENVIRONMENTAL  S ETTING   R EGIONAL  H YDROLOGY  AND  D RAINAGE   The  project  site  resides  within  the  watershed  of  the  Truckee  River  on  the  east  slope  of  the  Sierra   Nevada   Mountain   Range.   A   nearby   segment   of   the   Truckee   River   flows   eastward   along   an   alignment  that  is  roughly  ½  mile  to  the  north  of  the  project  site.  The  Truckee  River  is  the  sole   outlet  of  Lake  Tahoe  and  flows  generally  northeast  to  Truckee,  then  turns  sharply  to  the  east  and   flows  down  the  mountain  slope  into  Nevada,  through  Reno  and  Sparks,  and  along  the  northern   end  of  the  Virginia  Range.  At  Fernley  it  turns  north,  flowing  along  the  east  side  of  the  Pah  Rah   Range   and   ultimately   emptying   into   the   southern   end   of   Pyramid   Lake.  The   Truckee   River   is   approximately  105  miles  in  length  as  it  extends  downstream  between  its  origin  (outlet)  at  Lake   Tahoe  and  its  terminal  discharge  into  Pyramid  Lake.  The  Truckee  River  Watershed  is  a  closed   system,  having  Pyramid  Lake  as  it  point  of  terminal  discharge,  and  it  does  not  have  a  natural   outlet.     The  overall  watershed  area  for  the  Truckee  River  at  its  outfall  at  Pyramid  Lake  is  about  3,115   square  miles  (see  Figure  3.7-­‐1).  Roughly  25%  of  the  overall  watershed  resides  in  California  and   includes   the   higher   elevations   within   the   watershed.   The   middle   and   lower   elevations   of   the   watershed  reside  in  Nevada  and  represent  about  75%  of  the  overall  watershed  area.  The  U.S.   3.7  HYDROLOGY  AND  W ATER  QUALITY     3.7-­‐2  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     Geological  Survey  has  subdivided  the  Truckee  River  Watershed  into  three  (3)  primary  sub-­‐basins   (or  regions  with  separate  Hydrologic  Unit  Codes)  as  shown  on  Figure  3.7-­‐1.  These  primary  sub-­‐ basins  are  referred  to  as  the  Lake  Tahoe  sub-­‐basin,  the  Middle  Truckee  River  sub-­‐basin,  and  the   Pyramid-­‐Winnemucca  Lake  sub-­‐basin.     Major  tributaries  to  the  Truckee  River  include  the  Little  Truckee  River,  Martis  Creek,  Donner  Creek   and  Prosser  Creek  in  California  and  Hunter  Creek,  Steamboat  Creek  and  the  North  Truckee  Drain  in   Nevada.  Watershed  elevations  range  from  about  9,000  feet  at  mountain  peaks,  to  about  5,700   feet  in  the  Truckee  River  valley  north  of  the  project  site,  to  about  4,500  feet  at  Reno  and  about   3,800  feet  at  Pyramid  Lake.     L OCAL  H YDROLOGY  AND  D RAINAGE   Climate  and  Precipitation   Precipitation  in  the  Truckee  area  occurs  as  rainfall  in  the  summer  months  and  as  a  combination  of   rainfall  and  snowfall  in  the  winter  months.  The  majority  of  rainfall  and  snowfall  occurs  in  the   winter  months.  Due  to  the  area’s  relatively  high  elevations  and  its  orientation  along  the  east  slope   of  the  Sierra  Nevada  mountain  range,  temperatures  range  from  cool  and  moderate  in  the  summer   to  repetitively  below  freezing  in  the  winter.     For  the  area  surrounding  the  project  site,  the  following  generalizations  can  be  made  based  on   records  taken  from  the  Truckee  Ranger  Station  gauging  site  (#049043,  with  composite  data  from   1904  to  2009):   • Average  maximum  temperature  is  approximately  82.3  degrees  Fahrenheit  (F)  (July);   • Average  minimum  temperature  is  approximately  14.6  degrees  F  (January);   • Average  annual  precipitation  is  approximately  30  inches;     • Average  annual  depth  of  snowfall  is  approximately  202  inches.   The  100-­‐year  24-­‐hour  return  period  depth  of  precipitation  is  approximately  6.6  inches,  per  the   National  Oceanic  and  Atmospheric  Administration  (NOAA)  Atlas  14,  Volume  6,  Version  2  (2011).   E XISTING  S ITE  D RAINAGE   The  project  site  is  located  upland  to  the  south  of  the  Truckee  River.  It  is  about  ½  mile  in  distance  to   the  south  of  the  Truckee  River  and  about  150  feet  or  more  higher  in  elevation  than  the  Truckee   River.  Figure  3.7-­‐2  is  a  portion  of  a  U.S.G.S  Quad  map  that  depicts  drainage  features  and  general   topography  in  the  vicinity  of  the  project  site.     The   site   itself   is   located   within   a   local   drainage   area   of   about   2   square   miles   that   includes   meadows  and  ephemeral  channels.  The  meadow  areas  are  dispersed  across  a  broad  area  along   Brockway  Road,  Highway  267  and  the  Truckee-­‐Tahoe  Airport.  In  many  cases  the  meadow  areas  are   isolated   with   no   surface   connection   to   the   Truckee   River.   The   project   site   is   located   on   the   northern  half  of  the  local  drainage  area  on  relatively  flat  terrain  with  grasslands,  meadows,  and   woodlands.   Surface   runoff   is   conveyed   primarily   as   sheet   flow   through   the   project   site   in   a   northerly  direction  toward  downslope  areas  or  to  low  lying  onsite  areas.  The  site  includes  two   HYDROLOGY  AND  WATER  QUALITY  3.7     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.7-­‐3     ephemeral  drainage  courses  that  are  fed  from  the  south  by  culverts  passing  underneath  Brockway   Road   and   State   Route   267.  Figure   3.7-­‐3  d e p i c t s  t h e  l o c a t i o n  a n d  s i z e s  o f  e x i s t i n g  d r a i n  p i p e s   crossing  roadways  and  highways  within  and  adjacent  to  the  project  site  and  general  directions  of   drainage  flow.   F LOODING   According  to  Flood  Insurance  Rate  Map  (FIRM)  Panels  533  and  534  published  by  FEMA  for  Nevada   County,   California   and   Incorporated   Areas   dated   February   3,   2010,   the   project   site   is   entirely   located  in  non-­‐regulatory  flood  Zone  X  (unshaded).  This  flood  zone  is  defined  by  FEMA  as  follows:   • Zone  X  –  Zone  X  is  the  flood  insurance  rate  zone  that  corresponds  to  areas  outside  the  0.2-­‐ percent  annual  chance  floodplain,  areas  within  the  0.2-­‐percent  annual  chance  floodplain,   areas  of  1-­‐percent  annual  chance  flooding  where  average  depths  are  less  than  1  foot,   areas  of  1-­‐percent  annual  chance  flooding  where  the  contributing  drainage  area  is  less   than  1  square  mile,  and  areas  protected  from  the  1-­‐percent  annual  chance  flood  by  levees.   No  base  flood  elevations  or  depths  are  shown  within  this  zone.   The  project  site  is  entirely  located  within  an  “unshaded”  Zone  X.  As  such,  the  designation  would   correspond  to  areas  outside  the  0.2-­‐percent  annual  chance  floodplain.  Hence,  the  project  site  is   not  located  in  any  100-­‐year  floodplain  or  any  500-­‐year  floodplain.   Figure  3.7-­‐4  depicts  the  regulatory  flood  and  flood  zone  information  represented  on  the  effective   FIRMs  within  and  adjacent  to  the  project  site.   D AMS   There  are  two  (2)  dams  that  discharge  to  the  Truckee  River  upstream  of  the  project  site.  These   dams  are  Lake  Tahoe  Dam  and  Donner  Lake  Dam.  The  Truckee  River  flows  eastward  along  an   alignment  that  is  about  ½  mile  to  the  north  of  the  project  site  and  is  about  150  feet  lower  than  the   lowest  site  elevations.  Given  that  these  dams  do  not  have  a  significant  height  or  width  at  their   outlets  and  given  the  magnitude  of  the  elevation  difference  between  the  project  site  and  the   Truckee  River,  neither  dam  would  pose  a  flood  risk  to  the  project  site  in  the  event  of  a  dam  failure.     Lake   Tahoe   Dam   regulates   the   water   surface   elevation   of   Lake   Tahoe   and   discharges   to   the   Truckee  River  at  Tahoe  City  about  15  miles  upstream  of  the  project  site.  It  is  owned  and  operated   by  the  U.S.  Bureau  of  Reclamation.  Donner  Lake  Dam  is  located  approximately  4  ½  miles  upstream   to  the  west  of  the  project  site  on  Donner  Creek,  and  Donner  Creek  discharges  to  the  Truckee  River   about  2  ½  miles  upstream  to  the  west  of  the  project  site.  Donner  Lake  Dam  is  owned  and  operated   by  the  Truckee  Meadows  Water  Authority.  Both  dams  fall  under  the  jurisdiction  of  the  State  of   California  Department  of  Water  Resources  Division  of  Safety  of  Dams  (DSOD).  Table  3.7-­‐1  lists   pertinent  official  information  from  DSOD  regarding  these  dams.   3.7  HYDROLOGY  AND  W ATER  QUALITY     3.7-­‐4  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)       TABLE  3.7-­‐1:  DAMS  DISCHARGING  TO  THE  TRUCKEE  RIVER  UPSTREAM  OF  THE  PC-­‐3  SPECIFIC  PLAN   NAME  OF   DAM  STREAM  OWNER  CAPACITY   (ACRE-­FEET)   RESERVOIR   AREA   (ACRES)   TYPE  OF   STRUCTURE   LENGTH   (FEET)   HEIGHT   (FEET)   Lake   Tahoe   Truckee   River   U.S.  Bureau  of   Reclamation  732,000  20,000  Gravity  109  14   Donner   Lake   Donner   Creek   Truckee  Meadows   Water  Authority  10,300  960  Slab  and   Buttress  45  16   SOURCE:  DSOD,  2011   There  are  no  dams  upstream  of  the  project  site  that  discharge  to  the  project  site.     G ROUNDWATER  AND  S OILS   According  to  a  Preliminary  Geotechnical  Report  prepared  for  the  site  (Blackburn  Consulting,  Inc.,   2003),  groundwater  level  data  made  available  by  the  California  Department  of  Water  Resources   indicates  that  groundwater  is  recorded  at  depths  ranging  from  70  to  180  feet  for  the  project  area.   The   report   indicates   that   limited   amounts   of   perched   groundwater   may   be   encountered   at   shallower  depths,  particularly  during  or  shortly  following  the  winter/spring  season.  Surface  soils   consist  of  sandy  loam,  gravelly  sandy  loam,  gravelly  loam,  gravelly  sandy  clay  loam  and  gravelly   clay  loam.  The  surface  soils  are  expected  to  be  well  drained.     According  to  soils  information  published  by  the  Natural  Resource  Conservation  Service  (NRCS)  for   the  Tahoe  National  Forest  Area,  the  entire  project  site  consists  of  soils  falling  within  the  category   of  Hydrologic  Soil  Group  B.  The  NRCS  defines  Hydrologic  Soil  Group  B  as  follows:   • Group  B:  Soils  having  a  moderate  infiltration  rate  when  thoroughly  wet.  These  consist   chiefly  of  moderately  deep  or  deep,  moderately  well  drained  or  well  drained  soils  that   have  moderately  fine  texture  to  moderately  coarse  texture.  These  soils  have  a  moderate   rate  of  water  transmission.   W ATER  Q UALITY   The   Lahontan   Regional   Water   Quality   Control   Board   (RWQCB)   has   included   the   Truckee   River   (Calwater  Watershed  No.  63510010)  downstream  of  the  project  site  in  the  2006  Clean  Water  Act   (CWA)  Section  303(d)  List  of  Water  Quality  Limited  Segments  requiring  total  maximum  daily  loads   (TMDLs).  This  most  current  listing  was  approved  by  the  U.S.  Environmental  Protection  Agency  on   June  28,  2007.  A  TMDL  is  a  quantifiable  assessment  of  potential  water  quality  issues,  contributing   sources,  and  load  reductions  or  control  actions  needed  to  restore  or  protect  bodies  of  water.  Table   3.7-­‐2  provides  pertinent  information  included  in  the  Section  303(d)  listing  for  the  Truckee  River.   HYDROLOGY  AND  WATER  QUALITY  3.7     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.7-­‐5     TABLE  3.7-­‐2:  CWA  LISTED  SECTION  303(D)  WATER  QUALITY  LIMITED  SEGMENTS  DOWNSTREAM  OF  PROJECT   SITE   SOURCE:  SWRCB,  2007  AND  2008   In  May  2008,  the  Lahontan  RWQCB  published  an  amendment  to  their  Water  Quality  Control  Plan   for  the  Lahontan  Region  –  North  and  South  Basins  (or  Basin  Plan)  that  establishes  TMDLs  for  the   Middle  Truckee  River  watershed  (Lahontan  RWQCB,  2008).  The  project  site  is  a  part  of  the  Middle   Truckee  River  watershed  and  is  governed  by  this  amendment  to  the  Basin  Plan.  The  amendment  to   the  Basin  Plan  establishes  the  following  TMDL  for  the  Truckee  River  measured  at  Farad,  several   miles  downstream  of  the  project  site:  Suspended  sediment  concentrations  shall  be  reduced  to  a   target  value  for  the  annual  90th  percentile  that  is  less  than  or  equal  to  25  milligrams  per  liter  within   20  years.   3.7.2  REGULATORY  S ETTING   F EDERAL   Clean  Water  Act  (CWA)     The  Clean  Water  Act  (CWA),  initially  passed  in  1972,  regulates  the  discharge  of  pollutants  into   watersheds   throughout   the   nation.   Section   402(p)   of   the   act   establishes   a   framework   for   regulating   municipal,   industrial,   and   construction   storm   water   discharges   under   the   National   Pollution  Discharge  Elimination  System  (NPDES)  Program.  Section  402(p)  requires  that  stormwater   associated  with  industrial  activity  that  discharges  either  directly  to  surface  waters  or  indirectly   through  municipal  separate  storm  sewers  must  be  regulated  by  an  NPDES  permit.  The  State  Water   Resources  Control  Board  (SWRCB)  is  responsible  for  implementing  the  CWA  and  issues  NPDES   permits  to  dischargers.  The  project  site  is  located  within  a  portion  of  the  state  that  is  regulated  by   the  Lahontan  Regional  Water  Quality  Control  Board  (Lahontan  RWQCB).     Federal  Emergency  Management  Agency     The  Town  of  Truckee  is  a  participant  in  the  National  Flood  Insurance  Program  (NFIP),  a  federal   program  administered  by  the  Federal  Emergency  Management  Agency  (FEMA).  Participants  in  the   NFIP  must  satisfy  certain  mandated  floodplain  management  criteria.  The  National  Flood  Insurance   Act  of  1968  has  adopted,  as  a  desired  level  of  protection,  an  expectation  that  development  should   be  protected  from  floodwater  damage  produced  by  the  Intermediate  Regional  Flood,  defined  as  a   flood  that  has  an  average  frequency  of  occurrence  on  the  order  of  once  in  100  years,  although   such   a   flood   may   occur   in   any   given   year.   The   Town   has   adopted   a   floodplain   management   ordinance  as  a  part  of  their  Municipal  Code  that  exceeds  the  minimum  requirements  established   WATER   BODY  POLLUTANT/STRESSOR  POTENTIAL  SOURCES  TMDL   COMPLETION   Truckee   River   Sedimentation,   Siltation   Range   Grazing-­‐Riparian   and/or   Upland,   Silviculture,   Construction/Land   Development,   Highway/Road/Bridge   Construction,   Streambank   Modification/Destabilization,   Channel   Erosion,   Erosion/Siltation,   Natural   Sources,   Recreational   and   Tourism   Activities   (non-­‐boating),   Snow   skiing  activities,  Nonpoint  Source   2006   3.7  HYDROLOGY  AND  W ATER  QUALITY     3.7-­‐6  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     by  FEMA.  The  Town  is  occasionally  audited  by  the  California  Department  of  Water  Resources  to   ensure  that  proper  implementation  of  FEMA  floodplain  management  regulations  is  occurring.   National  Pollutant  Discharge  Elimination  System  (NPDES)     National  Pollutant  Discharge  Elimination  System  (NPDES)  permits  are  required  for  discharges  of   pollutants   to   navigable  waters   of   the   United   States,   which   includes   any   discharge   to   surface   waters,  including  lakes,  rivers,  streams,  bays,  the  ocean,  dry  stream  beds,  wetlands,  and  storm   sewers  that  are  tributary  to  any  surface  water  body.  NPDES  permits  are  issued  under  the  Federal   Clean  Water  Act,  Title  IV,  Permits  and  Licenses,  Section  402  (33  USC  466  et  seq.)     The   RWQCB   issues   these   permits   in   lieu   of   direct   issuance   by   the   Environmental   Protection   Agency,   subject   to   review   and   approval   by   the   Environmental   Protection   Agency  Regional   Administrator.  The  terms  of  these  NPDES  permits  implement  pertinent  provisions  of  the  Federal   Clean   Water   Act   and   the   Act’s   implementing   regulations,   including   pre-­‐treatment,   sludge   management,  effluent  limitations  for  specific  industries,  and  anti-­‐  degradation.  In  general,  the   discharge  of  pollutants  is  to  be  eliminated  or  reduced  as  much  as  practicable  so  as  to  achieve  the   Clean  Water  Act’s  goal  of  “fishable  and  swimmable”  navigable  (surface)  waters.  Technically,  all   NPDES  permits  issued  by  the  RWQCB  are  also  Waste  Discharge  Requirements  issued  under  the   authority  of  the  Clean  Water  Act  (CWA).     These   NPDES   permits   regulate   discharges   from   publicly   owned   treatment  facilities,   industrial   discharges,   stormwater   runoff,   dewatering   operations,   and   groundwater   cleanup   discharges.   NPDES  permits  are  issued  for  five  years  or  less,  and  are  therefore  to  be  updated  regularly.  To   expedite  the  permit  issuance  process,  the  RWQCB  has  adopted  several  general  NPDES  permits,   each  of  which  regulates  numerous  discharges  of  similar  types  of  wastes.  The  SWRCB  issues  general   permits   for   stormwater   runoff   from   construction   sites   statewide.   Stormwater   discharges   from   industrial  and  construction  activities  in  the  Lahontan  Region  can  be  covered  under  these  general   permits,  which  are  administered  jointly  by  the  SWRCB  and  the  Lahontan  RWQCB.   State  Water  Resources  Control  Board  General  Permits   The  SWRCB  is  responsible  for  implementing  the  CWA  and  issues  NPDES  permits  to  dischargers  for   storm  water  discharges  from  construction,  municipal,  and  industrial  activities.  The  project  site  is   located  within  a  portion  of  the  state  that  is  regulated  by  the  Lahontan  RWQCB.     CONSTRUCTION  ACTIVITIES   The   SWRCB   has   adopted   an   NPDES   General   Permit   for   construction   activities,   known   as   the   Construction   General   Permit   (CGP).  On   July   1,   2010,   a   new   CGP   (Order   No.   2009-­‐0009-­‐DWQ)   became   effective,   superseding   a   former   CGP   (Water   Quality   Order   No.   99-­‐08-­‐DWQ).  The   CGP   requires   the   development   and   implementation   of   a   Storm   Water   Pollution   Prevention   Plan   (SWPPP).  The  SWPPP  must  contain  a  site  map(s)  which  shows  the  construction  site  perimeter,   existing   and   proposed   buildings,   lots,   roadways,   storm   water   collection   and   discharge   points,   general  topography  both  before  and  after  construction,  and  drainage  patterns  across  the  project.   The  SWPPP  must  list  Best  Management  Practices  (BMPs)  the  discharger  will  use  to  protect  storm   HYDROLOGY  AND  WATER  QUALITY  3.7     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.7-­‐7     water  runoff  and  the  placement  locations  for  the  BMPs.  Additionally,  the  SWPPP  must  contain  a   Construction  Site  Monitoring  Program  (CSMP)  to  demonstrate  that  the  site  is  in  compliance  with   the  CGP.  Depending  on  the  construction  site  risk  level,  the  CSMP  includes  varying  levels  of  visual   monitoring  and  water  quality  sampling  and  analysis.     A  summary  of  the  differences  between  the  former  CGP  and  the  new  CGP  follows  (SWRCB,  2009):   • Rainfall   Erosivity   Waiver:  The   current   CGP   includes   the   option   allowing   a   small   construction  site  (>1  and  <5  acres)  to  self-­‐certify  if  the  rainfall  erosivity  value  (R  value)  for   their  site’s  given  location  and  time  frame  compute  to  be  less  than  or  equal  to  5.   • Technology-­‐Based  Numeric  Action  Levels:  The  current  CGP  includes  NALs  [numeric  action   levels]  for  pH  and  turbidity.   • Technology-­‐Based  Numeric  Effluent  Limitations:  The  current  CGP  contains  daily  average   NELs  [numeric  effluent  limitations]  for  pH  during  any  construction  phase  where  there  is  a   high  risk  of  pH  discharge  and  daily  average  NELs  turbidity  for  all  discharges  in  Risk  Level  3.   The  daily  average  NEL  for  turbidity  is  set  at  500  NTU  [turbidity]  to  represent  the  minimum   technology  that  sites  need  to  employ  (to  meet  the  traditional  Best  Available  Technology   Economically   Achievable   (BAT)/Best   Conventional   Pollutant   Control   Technology   (BCT)   standard)  and  the  traditional,  numeric  receiving  water  limitations  for  turbidity.   • Risk-­‐Based  Permitting  Approach:  The  current  CGP  establishes  three  levels  of  risk  possible   for  a  construction  site.  Risk  is  calculated  in  two  parts:  (1)  Project  Sediment  Risk,  and  (2)   Receiving  Water  Risk.   • Minimum  Requirements  Specified:  The  current  CGP  imposes  more  minimum  BMPs  and   requirements   than   were   previously   only   required   as   elements   of   the   SWPPP   or   were   suggested  by  guidance.   • Project  Site  Soil  Characteristics  Monitoring  and  Reporting:  The  current  CGP  provides  the   option   for   dischargers   to   monitor   and   report   the   soil   characteristics   at   their   project   location.  The  primary  purpose  of  this  requirement  is  to  provide  better  risk  determination   and  eventually  better  program  evaluation.   • Effluent   Monitoring   and   Reporting:  The   current   CGP  requires   effluent  m o n i t o r i n g  a n d   reporting  for  pH  and  turbidity  in  storm  water  discharges.  The  purpose  of  this  monitoring  is   to  determine  compliance  with  the  NELs  and  evaluate  whether  NALs  included  in  the  current   CGP  are  exceeded.   • Receiving  Water  Monitoring  and  Reporting:  The  current  CGP  requires  some  Risk  Level  3   dischargers  to  monitor  receiving  waters  and  conduct  bio-­‐assessments.   • Rain  Event  Action  Plan:  The  current  CGP  requires  certain  sites  to  develop  and  implement  a   Rain  Event  Action  Plan  (REAP)  that  must  be  designed  to  protect  all  exposed  portions  of  the   site  within  48  hours  prior  to  any  likely  precipitation  event.   3.7  HYDROLOGY  AND  W ATER  QUALITY     3.7-­‐8  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     • Annual  Reporting:  The  current  CGP  requires  all  projects  that  are  enrolled  for  more  than   one  continuous  three-­‐month  period  to  submit  information  and  annually  certify  that  their   site  is  in  compliance  with  these  requirements.  The  primary  purpose  of  this  requirement  is   to  provide  information  needed  for  overall  program  evaluation  and  pubic  information.   • Certification/Training  Requirements  for  Key  Project  Personnel:  The  current  CGP  requires   that   key   personnel   (e.g.,   SWPPP   preparers,   inspectors,   etc.)   have   specific   training   or   certifications  to  ensure  their  level  of  knowledge  and  skills  are  adequate  to  ensure  their   ability  to  design  and  evaluate  project  specifications  that  will  comply  with  General  Permit   requirements.   • Linear   Underground/Overhead   Projects:  The   current   CGP   includes   requirements   for   all   Linear  Underground/Overhead  Projects  (LUPs).   The   Lahontan   RWQCB   has   also   established   project   guidelines   for   erosion   control   that   include   specific  BMPs  that  are  required  to  be  incorporated  into  construction  projects  and  has  established   waste   discharge   prohibitions   and   exception   criteria   for   projects   within   the   Truckee   River   Hydrologic  Unit.   MUNICIPAL  ACTIVITIES   On   December   8,  1 9 9 9 ,  t h e  U n i t e d  S t a t e s  E n v i r o n me n t a l  P r o t e c t i o n  A g e n c y  ( U S E P A )  c i r c u l a t e d   regulations  requiring  permits  for  storm  water  discharges  from  Small  Municipal  Separate  Storm   Sewer  System  operators.  Permits  for  small  municipal  storm  sewer  systems  (MS4s)  generally  fall   under  the  “Phase  II”  permits  program,  which  regulate  non-­‐point  source  pollutants.  In  California,   the   NPDES   Program   is   administered   by   the   SWRCB.   Federal   regulations   allow   two   permitting   options  for  storm  water  discharges  (individual  permits  and  general  permits).  The  SWRCB  elected  to   adopt   a   statewide   general   permit   (Water   Quality   Order   No.   2003-­‐0005-­‐DWQ)   for   small   MS4s   covered  under  the  CWA  to  efficiently  regulate  numerous  storm  water  discharges  under  a  single   permit.  Permittees  must  meet  the  requirements  in  Provision  D  of  the  General  Permit  that  require   the  development  and  implementation  of  a  storm  water  management  plan  (SWMP)  with  the  goal   of  reducing  the  discharge  of  pollutants  to  the  maximum  extent  practicable.  The  Town  of  Truckee  is   defined  as  a  small  MS4  under  the  existing  General  Permit.     The  Lahonton  RWQCB  designated  the  Town  of  Truckee  for  coverage  under  the  NPDES  Phase  II   municipal  permitting  program  in  December  2006.  The  Town  of  Truckee  published  a  SWMP  on   December  6,  2007  that  addresses  the  required  minimum  measures  and  other  storm  water  quality   concerns.  The  SWMP  was  submitted  to  the  Lahontan  RWQCB  and  was  approved  in  March  2008.     The  SWRCB  has  recently  issued  a  draft  Water  Quality  Order  to  replace  the  current  General  Permit   for  Small  MS4s.  In  the  draft  Order,  the  Town  of  Truckee  is  classified  as  a  Renewal  Traditional  Small   MS4  Permittee.  The  draft  Order  is  much  more  prescriptive  than  the  current  General  Permit  and   increases  the  number  of  program  categories.  The  draft  Order  is  targeted  for  adoption  in  the  near   future.     HYDROLOGY  AND  WATER  QUALITY  3.7     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.7-­‐9     INDUSTRIAL  ACTIVITIES   The  SWRCB  has  also  issued  a  statewide  General  Permit  (Water  Quality  Order  No.  97-­‐03-­‐DWQ)  for   regulating   storm   water   discharges   associated   with   industrial   activities.   This   General   Permit   requires   the   implementation   of   management   measures   that   will   achieve   the   performance   standard   of   best   available   technology   economically   achievable   (BAT)   and   best   conventional   pollutant  control  technology  (BCT).  It  also  requires  the  development  of  a  SWPPP,  a  monitoring   plan,  and  the  filing  of  an  annual  report.   The  SWRCB  has  recently  issued  a  draft  Water  Quality  Order  to  replace  the  current  General  Permit   for   industrial   facilities.   The   draft   Order   contains   several   significant   changes   from   the   current   General   Permit,   including   additional   certification,   sampling,   and   inspection   requirements.   The   draft  Order  is  targeted  for  adoption  in  the  near  future.     Total  Maximum  Daily  Loads   Under  CWA  Section  303(d)  and  California’s  Porter-­‐Cologne  Water  Quality  Control  Act  of  1969   (discussed  in  a  later  subsection),  the  State  of  California  is  required  to  establish  beneficial  uses  of   state  waters  and  to  adopt  water  quality  standards  to  protect  those  beneficial  uses.  Section  303(d)   of  the  CWA  requires  states  to  create  a  list  of  waters  that  are  not  attaining  water  quality  standards   after  implementation  of  technology-­‐based  limits.  For  waters  on  this  list,  the  states  must  develop   total  maximum  daily  loads  (TMDLs)  that  account  for  all  sources  of  the  pollutants  that  placed  the   water  on  the  list.  These  include  “nonpoint”  sources,  which  are  sources  of  pollutants  not  connected   to  a  specific  discharger.  TMDLs  are  established  at  the  level  necessary  to  implement  the  applicable   water  quality  standards.  The  establishment  of  TMDLs  is  generally  a  stakeholder-­‐driven  process   that   involves   investigation   of   sources   and   their   loading   (pollution   input),   estimation   of   load   allocations,  and  identification  an  implementation  plan  and  schedule.  Where  stakeholder  processes   are  not  effective,  TMDLs  can  be  established  by  the  RWQCBs  or  the  USEPA.     The  project  site  is  included  in  the  Water  Quality  Control  Plan  for  the  Lahontan  Region  –  North  and   South   Basins   (Basin   Plan)   adopted   by   the   Lahontan   RWQCB   which   addresses   surface   and   groundwater  quality  issues.  In  California,  the  SWRCB  has  interpreted  state  law  to  require  that   implementation  be  addressed  when  TMDLs  become  part  of  a  region’s  Basin  Plan.  In  May  2008,  the   Lahontan  RWQCB  published  an  amendment  to  their  Basin  Plan  that  establishes  TMDLs  for  the   Middle  Truckee  River  watershed  (Lahontan  RWQCB,  2008).  The  project  site  is  a  part  of  the  Middle   Truckee  River  watershed  and  is  governed  by  this  amendment  to  the  Basin  Plan.     Section  404  Permits     Section  404  of  the  CWA  is  administered  through  the  Regulatory  Program  of  the  U.S.  Army  Corps  of   Engineers  (USACE)  and  regulates  the  water  quality  of  all  discharges  of  fill  or  dredged  material  into   waters  of  the  United  States  including  wetlands  and  intermittent  stream  channels.  Section  404,   Title  33,  Section  1344  of  the  CWA  in  part  authorizes  the  USACE  to:   • Set  requirements  and  standards  pertaining  to  such  discharges;   3.7  HYDROLOGY  AND  W ATER  QUALITY     3.7-­‐10  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     • Issue  permits  “for  the  discharge  of  dredged  or  fill  material  into  the  navigable  waters  at   specified  disposal  sites”;   • Specify  the  disposal  sites  for  such  permits;   • Deny  or  restrict  the  use  of  specified  disposal  sites  if  “the  discharge  of  such  materials  into   such  area  would  have  an  unacceptable,  adverse  effect  on  municipal  water  supplies  and   fishery  areas”;   • Specify  type  of  and  conditions  for  non-­‐prohibited  discharges;     • Provide   for   individual  s t a t e  o r  i n t e r s t a t e  c o m p a c t  a d m i n i s t r a t i o n  o f  g e n e r a l  p e r m i t   programs;   • Withdraw  approval  of  such  state  or  interstate  permit  programs;   • Ensure  public  availability  of  permits  and  permit  applications;   • Exempt  certain  federal  or  state  projects  from  regulation  under  this  section;  and   • Determine  conditions  and  penalties  for  violation  of  permit  conditions  or  limitations.   In  general,  a  USACE  permit  must  be  obtained  before  placing  fill  in  wetlands  or  other  waters  of  the   United   States.   The   type   of   permit   depends   on   the  a c r e a g e  i n v o l v e d  a n d  t h e  p u r p o s e  o f  t h e   proposed  fill.  Minor  amounts  of  fill  can  be  covered  by  a  Nationwide  Permit.  An  Individual  Permit  is   required  for  projects  that  result  in  more  than  a  “minimal”  impact  on  jurisdictional  areas.   California  Water  Quality  Certification  Process   Pursuant  to  Section  401  of  the  federal  CWA,  projects  that  are  regulated  by  the  USACE  must  obtain   water  quality  certification  from  the  applicable  RWQCB.  This  certification  ensures  that  a  project  will   meet  State  water  quality  standards.  The  RWQCB  also  has  independent  authority  over  discharges  to   waters  of  the  State  under  the  Porter-­‐Cologne  Water  Quality  Control  Act,  known  as  waste  discharge   requirements  (WDRs).  The  Lahontan  RWQCB  has  a  policy  of  no-­‐net-­‐loss  of  wetlands  and  typically   requires  the  identification  of  mitigation  for  all  impacts  to  wetlands  before  it  will  issue  water  quality   certification.     When  reviewing  applications  for  401  certifications  or  WDRs,  the  RWQCB  focuses  on  ensuring  that   projects   do   not   adversely   affect   the   “beneficial   uses”   associated   with   waters   of   the   State.   Generally,  the  Lahontan  RWQCB  defines  beneficial  uses  to  include  all  of  the  resources,  services,   and  qualities  of  aquatic  ecosystems  and  underground  aquifers  that  benefit  the  State.  In  most   cases,  the  RWQCB  seeks  to  protect  these  beneficial  uses  by  requiring  the  integration  of  water   quality  control  measures  into  projects  that  will  result  in  discharge  into  waters  of  the  State.  For   most   projects,   Lahontan   RWQCB   requires   the   use   of   construction   and   post-­‐construction   Best   Management  Practices  (BMPs).     HYDROLOGY  AND  WATER  QUALITY  3.7     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.7-­‐11     S TATE     California  Water  Code  (Porter-­Cologne  Water  Quality  Control  Act)   In   1969,   the   California   Legislature   enacted   the  Porter-­‐Cologne   Water   Quality   Control   Act  t o   preserve,  enhance,  and  restore  the  quality  of  the  State’s  water  resources.  The  act  established  the   State  Water  Resources  Control  Board  (SWRCB)  and  nine  Regional  Water  Quality  Control  Boards   (RWQCBs)  as  the  principal  state  agencies  with  the  responsibility  for  controlling  water  quality  in   California.  Under  the  act,  water  quality  policy  is  established,  water  quality  standards  are  enforced   for  both  surface  water  and  groundwater,  and  the  discharges  of  pollutants  from  point  and  non-­‐ point  sources  are  regulated.  The  act  authorizes  the  SWRCB  to  establish  water  quality  principles   and   guidelines   for   long-­‐range   resource   planning   including   groundwater   and   surface   water   management  programs  and  control  and  use  of  recycled  water.   Each  RWQCB  must  formulate  and  adopt  a  water  quality  control  plan  (Basin  Plan)  for  its  region  the   regional  plans  are  to  conform  to  the  policies  set  forth  in  the  Porter-­‐Cologne  Act  and  established  by   the  SWRCB  in  its  State  water  policy.  The  Porter-­‐Cologne  Act  also  provides  that  a  RWQCB  may   include  within  its  regional  plan  water  discharge  prohibitions  applicable  to  particular  conditions,   areas,  or  types  of  waste.     The  Water  Code  Section  13260  requires  all  dischargers  of  waste  that  may  affect  water  quality  in   waters  of  the  state  to  prepare  a  water  quality  discharge  report  to  the  RWQCB.  Section  13260  is  as   follows:   (a)  Each  of  the  following  persons  shall  file  with  the  appropriate  regional  board  a  report  of  the   discharge,  containing  the  information  that  may  be  required  by  the  regional  board:   (1)  A  person  discharging  waste,  or  proposing  to  discharge  waste,  within  any  region  that   could  affect  the  quality  of  the  waters  of  the  state,  other  than  into  a  community  sewer   system.   (2)   A   person   who   is   a   citizen,   domiciliary,   or   political   agency   or   entity   of   this   state   discharging  waste,  or  proposing  to  discharge  waste,  outside  the  boundaries  of  the  state   in  a  manner  that  could  affect  the  quality  of  the  waters  of  the  state  within  any  region.   (3)  A  person  operating,  or  proposing  to  construct,  an  injection  well.   (b)  No  report  of  waste  discharge  need  be  filed  pursuant  to  subdivision  (a)  if  the  requirement   is  waived  pursuant  to  Section  13269.   (c)  Each  person  subject  to  subdivision  (a)  shall  file  with  the  appropriate  regional  board  a   report   of   waste   discharge   relative   to   any   material   change   or   proposed   change   in   the   character,  location,  or  volume  of  the  discharge.   3.7  HYDROLOGY  AND  W ATER  QUALITY     3.7-­‐12  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     Water  Quality  Control  Plan  for  the  Lahontan  Region  -­  North  and  South   Basins  (Basin  Plan) Section  13240  of  the  Porter-­‐Cologne  Water  Quality  Control  Act  requires  each  RWQCB  to  formulate   and  adopt  water  quality  control  plans,  or  basin  plans,  for  all  areas  within  their  region.  The  Porter-­‐ Cologne  Act  also  requires  each  RWQCB  to  establish  water  quality  objectives  within  the  basin  plans.   Title   40,   Code   of   Federal   Regulations,   Part   131   requires   each   state   to   adopt   water   quality   standards   by   designating   water   uses   to   be   protected   and   adopting   water   quality   criteria   that   protect   the   designated   uses.   In   the   State   of   California,   the   beneficial   uses   and   water   quality   objectives   are   the   state’s   water   quality   standards.   The   project   site   is   located   within   and   is   regulated  by  the  Water  Quality  Control  Plan  for  the  Lahontan  Region  –  North  and  South  Basins   (Basin  Plan).  Much  of  the  project  site  ultimately  drains  to  the  Truckee  River  via  sheet  flow  or   unnamed  ephemeral  streams,  and  the  Basin  Plan  lists  specific  water  quality  objectives  for  this   segment  of  the  Truckee  River.     In   addition,   Chapter   4   of   the   Basin   Plan   prohibits   the   discharge   or   threatened   discharge,   attributable  to  human  activities,  of  solid  or  liquid  waste  materials  including  soil,  silt,  clay,  sand,  and   other  organic  and  earthen  materials  to  lands  within  the  100-­‐year  floodplain  of  the  Truckee  River  or   of  any  tributary  to  the  Truckee  River.  However,  exemptions  may  be  granted  by  the  Lahontan   RWQCB  that  fall  within  the  following  categories  of  new  projects:   (1) projects   solely   intended   to   reduce   or   mitigate   existing   sources   of   erosion   or   water   pollution,  or  to  restore  the  functional  value  to  previously  disturbed  floodplain  areas;     (2) bridge  abutments,  approaches,  or  other  essential  transportation  facilities  identified  in  an   approved  general  plan;     (3) projects  necessary  to  protect  public  health  or  safety  or  to  provide  essential  public  services;     (4) projects  necessary  for  public  recreation;     (5) projects  providing  outdoor  public  recreation  within  portions  of  the  100-­‐year  floodplain   that  have  been  substantially  altered  by  grading  and/or  filing  activities  which  occurred  prior   to  June  26,  1975.   California  Fish  and  Game  Code   Section   1600   of   the   Fish   and   Game   Code   governs   the   issuance   of   Streambed   Alteration   Agreements   by   California  Department   of  Fish   and  Wildlife  (CDFW).   Streambed   Alteration   Agreements  are  required  whenever  project  activities  substantially  divert  or  obstruct  the  natural   flow  or  substantially  change  the  bed,  channel,  or  bank  of  any  river,  stream,  or  lake  designated  as   such  by  CDFW.   HYDROLOGY  AND  WATER  QUALITY  3.7     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.7-­‐13     L OCAL   Town  of  Truckee  Municipal  Code   The   Town   of   Truckee   Municipal   Code   includes   several   chapters   that   address   conditions   and   requirements  associated  with  storm  drainage.  Chapter  18.34  (Flood  Plain  Management)  addresses   development  and  permitting  requirements  and  restrictions  associated  with  building  within  the   regulatory   floodplain   (including   minimum   requirements   established   by   FEMA).  Chapter   18.30,   Section  050  (Drainage  and  Storm  Water  Runoff)  addresses  requirements  related  to  drainage  and   erosion  control,  runoff  treatment,  and  maintenance.     Town  of  Truckee  Public  Improvement  and  Engineering  Standards  (May   2003)   Section  5  of  these  standards  describes  accepted  methodologies  for  runoff  calculations,  design   criteria  and  standards  for  drainage  facilities  and  structures,  and  requirements  for  the  preparation   and  submittal  of  drainage  reports.  Section  8  of  these  standards  describes  requirements  for  erosion   and  sediment  control,  including  the  requirements  for  the  preparation  of  erosion  and  sediment   control  plans.   Town  of  Truckee  Erosion  Prevention  Standards  (April  2007)   The  Town  of  Truckee  requires  that  an  erosion  prevention  plan  be  included  as  part  of  the  submitted   construction  plan  documents.  The  plan  must  show  temporary  and  permanent  BMPs  or  erosion   prevention   methods,   infiltration   or   detention   methods,   and   timelines   within   which   erosion   prevention  measures  will  be  made.  Additional  storm  water  runoff  created  by  new  construction  is   required  to  be  detained/retained  on  site.     Town  of  Truckee  Storm  Water  Quality  Ordinance  (January  2009)   The   Town   of   Truckee   has   adopted   a   Storm   Water   Quality   Ordinance   (Article   11.01   of   their   Municipal  Code)  to  enhance  and  protect  the  quality  of  waters  in  the  Town  by  reducing  pollutants   in  storm  water  discharges  to  the  maximum  extent  practicable,  control  storm  water  discharges  to   the  storm  drain  system,  and  cause  the  use  of  best  management  practices  by  the  Town  and  its   citizens  that  will  reduce  the  adverse  effects  of  polluted  runoff  discharges  to  waters  of  the  State.   The  ordinance  seeks  to  promote  these  purposes  by:     • Prohibiting  illicit  discharges  to  the  storm  drain  system;     • Establishing   authority   to   adopt   requirements   for   storm   water   management,   including   source  control  requirements  to  reduce  pollution  to  the  maximum  extent  practicable;     • Establishing  authority  to  adopt  requirements  for  municipal  operations  to  reduce  storm   water  pollution  and  erosion  to  the  maximum  extent  practicable;     3.7  HYDROLOGY  AND  W ATER  QUALITY     3.7-­‐14  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     • Establishing  authority  to  adopt  requirements  for  public  and  private  development  projects   to   reduce   storm   water   pollution   and   erosion   both   during   construction   and   after   the   project  is  complete;  and     • Establishing  authority  that  will  enable  the  Town  to  implement  and  enforce  their  adopted   Storm  Water  Management  Program  (SWMP).     Town  of  Truckee  Storm  Water  Management  Program,  2007–2012   (December  2007)   The  Lahontan  RWQCB  designated  the  Town  of  Truckee  for  coverage  under  the  NPDES  Phase  II   municipal  permitting  program  in  December  2006.  The  Town  of  Truckee  published  a  Storm  Water   Management   Program   (SWMP)   on   December   6,   2007,   that   addresses   the   required   minimum   measures  and  other  storm  water  quality  concerns.  The  SWMP  has  been  prepared  based  on  the   goal  of  reducing  the  discharge  of  pollutants  to  the  maximum  extent  practicable  and  addresses   requirements  pertaining  to  the  following  six  minimum  control  measures:     • Public  Education  and  Outreach  on  Storm  Water  Impacts   • Public  Involvement/Participation   • Illicit  Discharge  Detection  and  Elimination   • Construction  Site  Storm  Water  Runoff  Control   • Post-­‐Construction  Storm  Water  Management  in  New  Development   • Redevelopment  and  Pollution  Prevention/Good  Housekeeping  for  Municipal  Operations.   The  SWMP  was  submitted  to  the  Lahontan  RWQCB  and  was  approved  in  March  2008.   2025  Truckee  General  Plan   CONSERVATION  AND  OPEN  SPACE  ELEMENT   Goal  COS-­‐11:  Protect  water  quality  and  quantity  in  creeks,  natural  drainages,  and  groundwater   basins.   P11.1:  Minimize   excessive   paving   that   negatively   impacts   surface   water   runoff   and   groundwater  recharge  rates.   P11.2:  Protect  surface  and  groundwater  resources  from  contamination  from  runoff  containing   pollutants   and   sediment,   through   implementation   of   the   Regional   Water   Quality   Control  Board  (RWQCB)  Lahontan  Region’s  Best  Management  Practices.   P11.3:  Cooperate  with  State  and  local  agencies  in  efforts  to  identify  and  eliminate  all  sources   of  existing  and  potential  point  and  non-­‐point  sources  of  pollution  to  ground  and  surface   waters,  including  leaking  fuel  tanks,  discharges  from  storm  drains,  auto  dismantling,   HYDROLOGY  AND  WATER  QUALITY  3.7     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.7-­‐15     dump  sites,  sanitary  waste  systems,  parking  lots,  roadways,  and  logging  and  mining   operations.   P11.5:  Require  new  development  projects  that  have  the  potential  to  impact  local  water  quality   through  increased  storm  water  runoff  or  erosion  to  include  an  analysis  of  water  quality   impacts  as  a  component  of  project  review,  and  to  integrate  mitigation  measures  that   would  reduce  identified  impacts  to  an  acceptable  level.   P11.6:  Utilize  Low  Impact  Development  and  Best  Management  Practices  established  in  the   Lahontan   RWQCB’s   Truckee   River   Hydrologic   Unit   Project   Guidelines   for   Erosion   Control,   and   the   State   of   California   Storm   Water   Best   Management   Practices   Handbooks,  and  other  resources  such  as  the  Practice  of  Low  Impact  Development  (U.S.   Department  of  Housing  and  Urban  Development)  and  Water  Quality  Model  Code  and   Guidebook  (State  of  Oregon,  Department  of  Land  Conservation  and  Development)  as   guidelines  for  water  quality  and  erosion  control  measures  required  by  the  Town.   P11.9:  Recognize   the   importance   of   storm   water   management   in   protecting   all   water   resources  in  Truckee,  for  example,  flood  control,  surface  and  ground  water  quality,  and   river,  stream  and  lake  health.   P12.2:  Require  projects  that  require  earthwork  and  grading,  including  cuts  and  fills  for  roads,   to   incorporate   measures   to   minimize   erosion   and   sedimentation.   Typical   measures   include   project   design   that   conforms   to   natural   contours   and   site   topography,   maximizing   retention   of   natural   vegetation,   and   implementing   erosion   control   Best   Management  Practices.   P13.2:  Existing  non-­‐paved  roads  within  new  development  and  subdivisions,  and  existing  off-­‐ site  non-­‐paved  roads  that  serve  new  development  and  subdivisions  shall  be  paved  to   the  extent  necessary  to  offset  emissions  generated  by  the  development  and  subdivision   traffic   to   the   degree   feasible.   New   non-­‐paved   roads   shall   not   be   allowed   for   new   development  and  subdivisions  except  for  single  family  residences,  secondary  residential   units  and  duplexes  on  existing  lots.  New  paving  shall  take  into  consideration  the  policies   under   Goal   COS-­‐11   concerning   minimization   of   impacts   to   water   quality   and   groundwater  recharge  that  may  result  from  increases  in  paved  areas.   3.7.3  IMPACTS  AND  M ITIGATION  MEASURES   T HRESHOLDS  OF  S IGNIFICANCE   Consistent  with  Appendix  G  of  the  CEQA  Guidelines,  the  proposed  project  will  have  a  significant   impact  on  the  environment  associated  with  hydrology  and  water  quality  if  it  will:   • Violate  any  water  quality  standards  or  waste  discharge  requirements;     • Substantially  deplete  groundwater  supplies  or  interfere  substantially  with  groundwater   recharge  such  that  there  would  be  a  net  deficit  in  aquifer  volume  or  a  lowering  of  the  local   groundwater  table  level  (e.g.,  the  production  rate  of  preexisting  nearby  wells  would  drop   3.7  HYDROLOGY  AND  W ATER  QUALITY     3.7-­‐16  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     to  a  level  that  would  not  support  existing  land  uses  or  planned  uses  for  which  permits  have   been  granted);     • Substantially  alter  the  existing  drainage  pattern  of  the  site  or  area,  including  through  the   alteration  of  the  course  of  a  stream  or  river,  in  a  manner  that  would  result  in  substantial   erosion,  siltation,  run-­‐off  or  flooding  on-­‐  or  off-­‐site;     • Substantially  alter  the  existing  drainage  pattern  of  the  site  or  area,  including  through  the   alteration  of  the  substantially  increase  the  rate  or  amount  of  surface  runoff  in  a  manner   that  would  result  in  flooding  on-­‐  or  off-­‐site;     • Create  or  contribute  runoff  water  which  would  exceed  the  capacity  of  existing  or  planned   stormwater  drainage  systems  or  provide  substantial  additional  sources  of  polluted  runoff;   • Otherwise  substantially  degrade  water  quality;     • Place  housing  within  a  100-­‐year  flood  hazard  area  as  mapped  on  a  federal  Flood  Hazard   Boundary  or  Flood  Insurance  Rate  Map  or  other  flood  hazard  delineation  map;     • Place  within  a  100-­‐year  flood  hazard  area  structures  that  would  impede  or  redirect  flood   flows;     • Expose  people  or  structures  to  significant  risk  of  loss,  injury  or  death  involving  flooding,   including  flooding  as  a  result  of  the  failure  of  a  levee  or  dam;  or     • Result  in  inundation  by  seiche,  tsunami  or  mudflow.   I MPACTS  AND  M ITIGATION  M EASURES   Impact  3.7-­1:  The  proposed  project  has  the  potential  to  violate  water   quality  standards  or  waste  discharge  requirements  during  construction   (Less  than  Significant  with  Mitigation)   Construction-­‐Related  Water  Quality  Impacts:  Grading,  excavation,  removal  of  vegetation  cover,   and  loading  activities  associated  with  construction  activities  could  temporarily  increase  runoff,   erosion,  and  sedimentation.  Construction  activities  also  could  result  in  soil  compaction  and  wind   erosion   effects   that   could   adversely   affect   soils   and   reduce   the   revegetation   potential   at   construction  sites  and  staging  areas.     The  greatest  potential  impact  to  water  quality  may  exist  during  construction  when  earthmoving   and  vegetation  removal  occurs.  The  project  site  would  be  subject  to  new  construction  and  grading,   including  work  associated  with  new  buildings,  roadways,  parking  areas,  landscape  areas  and  utility   placement.  The  presence  of  heavy  equipment  on  the  site  presents  the  opportunity  for  spills  of  oil   and   fuel.   Other   materials   such   as   paint   and   solvents   used   during   construction   could   also   accidentally  be  discharged  to  downslope  areas.  All  of  these  construction  activities  could  lead  to   temporary  impacts  on  surface  water  quality  to  downslope  areas  and  on-­‐site  isolated  waters  due  to   the  increase  in  sediments,  the  release  of  other  pollutants,  and/or  increased  soil  erosion.     The   SWRCB   is   responsible   for   implementing   the   Clean   Water   Act   and   has   issued   a   statewide   General  Permit  (Water  Quality  Order  2009-­‐0009-­‐DWQ)  for  construction  activities  within  the  state.   The  State  General  Construction  Activity  Storm  Water  Permit  (CGP)  is  implemented  and  enforced   by  the  Lahontan  RWQCB  in  this  region.  The  CGP  applies  to  construction  activities  that  disturb  one   HYDROLOGY  AND  WATER  QUALITY  3.7     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.7-­‐17     acre  or  more  and  requires  the  preparation  and  implementation  of  a  SWPPP  that  identifies  BMPs  to   minimize   pollutants   from   discharging   from   the   construction   site   to   the   maximum   extent   practicable.  The  BMPs  that  must  be  implemented  can  be  categorized  into  two  major  categories:   (1)   erosion   and   sediment   control   BMPs   and   (2)   non-­‐stormwater   management   and   materials   management  BMPs.     Erosion  controls  include  practices  to  stabilize  soil,  to  protect  the  soil  in  its  existing  location,  and  to   prevent  soil  particles  from  migrating.  Examples  of  erosion  control  BMPs  are  preserving  existing   vegetation,  mulching,  and  hydroseeding.  Sediment  controls  are  practices  to  collect  soil  particles   after  they  have  migrated  but  before  the  sediment  leaves  the  site.  Examples  of  sediment  control   BMPs   are   street   sweeping,   fiber   rolls,   silt   fencing,   gravel   bags,   sand   bags,   storm   drain   inlet   protection,  sediment  traps,  and  detention  basins.  Wind  erosion  controls  prevent  soil  particles  from   leaving  the  site  in  the  air.  Examples  of  wind  erosion  control  BMPs  include  applying  water  or  other   dust  suppressants  to  exposed  soils  on  the  site.  Tracking  controls  prevent  sediment  from  being   tracked  off-­‐site  via  vehicles  leaving  the  site  to  the  extent  practicable.  A  stabilized  construction   entrance  not  only  limits  the  access  points  to  the  construction  site,  but  also  functions  to  partially   remove  sediment  from  vehicles  prior  to  leaving  the  site.     Non-­‐stormwater  management  and  material  management  controls  reduce  non-­‐sediment-­‐related   pollutants   from   potentially   leaving   the   construction   site   to   the   extent   practicable.   The   CGP   prohibits   the   discharge   of   materials   other   than   stormwater   and   authorized   non-­‐stormwater   discharges  (such  as  irrigation  and  pipe  flushing  and  testing).  Non-­‐stormwater  BMPs  tend  to  be   management  practices  with  the  purpose  of  preventing  stormwater  from  coming  into  contact  with   potential  pollutants.  Examples  of  non-­‐stormwater  BMPs  include  preventing  illicit  discharges  and   implementing   good   practices   for   vehicle   and   equipment   maintenance,   cleaning   and   fueling   operations,   such   as   using   drip   pans   under   vehicles.   Waste   and   materials   management   BMPs   include   implementing   practices   and   procedures   to   prevent   pollution   from   materials   used   on   construction  sites.  Examples  of  materials  management  BMPs  include:   • Good  housekeeping  activities  such  as  storing  of  materials,  covered  and  elevated  off  the   ground,  in  a  central  location.   • Securely  locating  portable  toilets  away  from  the  storm  drainage  system  and  performing   routine  maintenance.   • Providing  a  central  location  for  concrete  washout  and  performing  routine  maintenance.   • Providing   several   dumpsters   and   trash   cans   throughout   the   construction   site   for   litter/floatable  management.   • Covering  and/or  containing  stockpiled  materials  and  overall  good  housekeeping  on  the   site.   Prior  to  construction  on  any  site  exceeding  one  acre  in  size,  a  SWPPP  must  be  developed  and   submitted   to   the   Town   of   Truckee   that   identifies   the   specific   BMPs   to   be   implemented   and   maintained  on  the  site.  A  Notice  of  Intent  must  also  be  filed  with  the  Lahontan  RWQCB.  The   3.7  HYDROLOGY  AND  W ATER  QUALITY     3.7-­‐18  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     Lahontan  RWQCB  has  also  established  project  guidelines  for  erosion  control  that  shall  be  followed   and  incorporated  into  the  project  SWPPP.   Slope  and  soil  disturbance  associated  with  construction  activities,  including  movement  of  soils  on   the  project  site,  that  could  cause  accelerated  soil  erosion  and  sedimentation  or  the  release  of   pollutants  to  downslope  areas  is  considered  a  potentially  significant  impact.  Implementation  of  the   following   mitigation   measure   would   ensure   consistency   with   the   regulatory   requirements   and   ensure   that   the   proposed   project   would   have   a  less-­‐than-­‐significant  i m p a c t  o n  c o n s t r u c t i o n   related  water  quality.   MITIGATION  MEASURES   Mitigation   Measure   3.7-­‐1:   The   project   applicant   shall  prepare   a   site-­‐specific   and   construction   phase-­‐specific  storm  water  pollution  prevention  plan  (SWPPP)  in  conformance  with  the  California   Stormwater  Quality  Association  Construction  Handbook  (Construction  Handbook),  in  compliance   with  the  requirements  of  the  State  General  Construction  Activity  Storm  Water  Permit  (CGP),  and  in   compliance  with  project  guidelines  for  erosion  control  published  by  the  Lahontan  RWQCB,  as  well   as  demonstrate  compliance  with  sediment  reduction  measures  associated  with  the  total  maximum   daily  loads  (TMDL)  for  Sediment  for  the  Middle  Truckee  River  watershed.  The  SWPPP  shall  be   prepared   using   current   templates   and   formats   provided   by   the   California   Stormwater   Quality   Association.  The  Construction  Handbook  provides  general  guidance  for  selecting  and  implementing   best   management   practices   (BMPs)   that   will   eliminate   the   discharge   of   pollutants   from   construction  sites,  and  the  SWPPP  will  document  the  selection  and  implementation  of  BMPs  for  the   particular  construction  projects  on  the  site.  The  site-­‐specific  SWPPP  must  describe  the  site,  as  well   as  the  proposed  erosion  and  sediment  controls  (BMPs  for  water  quality),  the  means  of  waste   disposal,  implementation  of  approved  local  plans,  control  measures  of  post-­‐construction  sediment   and   erosion,  monitoring   and   maintenance   responsibilities,   and   non-­‐stormwater   management   controls.   Dewatering,   if   needed,   shall   be   done   in   a   manner   so   as   to   prevent   the   discharge   of   pollutants,  including  earthen  materials,  from  the  site.  The  project  applicant  shall  submit  the  SWPPP   to  the  Town  of  Truckee  and  the  Lahontan  RWQCB  for  review  and  approval.     The  project  applicant  shall  require  all  construction  contractors  to  retain  a  copy  of  the  approved   SWPPP  on  the  construction  site.  BMPs  identified  in  the  SWPPP  shall  be  utilized  in  all  project  site   development  activities.  Implementation  of  appropriate,  effective  water  quality  controls  will  ensure   that  stormwater  discharges  that  will  result  with  implementation  of  the  project  are  in  compliance   with  all  current  requirements  of  the  Lahontan  RWQCB.   Mitigation  Measure  3.7-­‐2:  Grading  activities  shall  be  prohibited  during  the  winter  months,  unless   approved  by  the  Town  of  Truckee  consistent  with  Development  Code  Section  18.30.050.C.4  and  the   Lahontan   RWQCB.   Exposed   graded   areas   shall  be   protected   during   the   winter   months   using   appropriate  methods.     HYDROLOGY  AND  WATER  QUALITY  3.7     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.7-­‐19     Impact  3.7-­2:  The  proposed  project  has  the  potential  to  violate  water   quality  standards  or  waste  discharge  requirements  during  operation     (Less  than  Significant  with  Mitigation)   Development  of  the  proposed  project  would  increase  local  runoff  production  and  would  introduce   constituents  into  stormwater  that  are  typically  associated  with  urban  runoff.  These  constituents   include   sediments,   heavy   metals   (such   as   lead,   zinc,   and   copper),   petroleum  hydrocarbons,   pesticides,  and  fertilizers.  As  identified  above,  the  project  site  is  located  within  the  watershed  for   the  Truckee  River,  which  is  a  Section  303(d)  listed  impaired  waterway  for  sediment  and  siltation.   The  Lahontan  RWQCB  has  published  an  amendment  to  their  Basin  Plan  that  establishes  TMDLs  for   the  Middle  Truckee  River  watershed  (Lahontan  RWQCB,  2008).  The  project  site  is  a  part  of  the   Middle   Truckee   River   watershed   and   is   governed   by   this   amendment   to   the   Basin   Plan.   The   amendment  to  the  Basin  Plan  establishes  the  following  TMDL  for  the  Truckee  River  measured  at   Farad,  several  miles  downstream  of  the  project  site:  Suspended  sediment  concentrations  shall  be   reduced  to  a  target  value  for  the  annual  90th  percentile  that  is  less  than  or  equal  to  25  milligrams   per  liter  within  20  years.   The   Town   of   Truckee’s   Public   Improvement   and   Engineering   Standards,   Erosion   Prevention   Standards,   and   Chapter   18.30   (Section   18.30.050  –  D r a i n a g e  a n d  S t o r m w a t e r  R u n o f f )  of   the   Town’s  Municipal  Code  include  requirements  for  preparing  plans  and  implementing  procedures   that  provide  for  erosion  and  sediment  control  and  requirements  for  other  stormwater  quality   mitigation  measures.  The  Lahontan  RWQCB  has  also  established  project  guidelines  for  erosion   control  that  shall  be  followed  and  incorporated  into  the  project  SWPPP.   As   a   condition   of   site   development,   surface   water   and   drainage   will   be   managed   through   a   combination  of  natural  and  constructed  features  to  retain  water  quality  and  natural  hydrology  to   the  greatest  extent  feasible.  Low  Impact  Development  (LID)  storm  water  management  strategies   will  be  used  to  maintain  the  natural  hydrologic  function  of  the  site  with  localized  small  scale  source   control  techniques  that  disperse  flows  and  manage  runoff  close  to  where  it  originates.  Storm   drainage  from  impervious  areas  (roads,  walks,  buildings,  etc.)  will  be  collected  and  routed  through   water  quality  treatment  facilities  designed  to  reduce  the  rate  and  volume  of  runoff  to  pre-­‐project   conditions,   remove   potential   pollutants   and   facilitate   infiltration.   LID   drainage   facilities   may   include  water  quality  inlets,  buffer  strips,  soil  amendments,  earthen  swales,  rock-­‐lined  swales,  bio-­‐ swales,  rock  infiltration  basins  and  slope  stabilization.  These  facilities  will  be  used  to  capture  sand   and  sediment,  provide  filtration  of  pollutants  and  allow  infiltration  to  underlying  soils.  All  graded   disturbance  areas  shall  be  restored  with  soil  stabilization  and  natural  vegetation  through  the  use   of  organic  material  such  as  wood  chips,  mulch,  and  native  plantings  for  protective  ground  cover  in   order  to  protect  surface  water  quality  and  decrease  stormwater  runoff  on  exposed  surfaces.       Per   the   guidelines   of   the   Lahontan   RWQCB   and   as   required   by   the   Town   of   Truckee,   onsite   retention  shall  be  provided  for  the  20-­‐year,  1-­‐hour  storm  runoff  volume  from  impervious  areas.   This  equates  to  the  first  0.7  inches  of  rainfall  that  produces  runoff  from  all  impervious  surfaces.   Peak   discharge   flows   will   be   reduced   to   rates   and   quantities   at   or   below   existing   pre-­‐project   3.7  HYDROLOGY  AND  W ATER  QUALITY     3.7-­‐20  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     conditions  by  use  of  onsite  detention/retention  facilities  and  LID  facilities  that  attenuate  flows  and   provide  infiltration.   Snow  storage  and  snow  removal  are  important  considerations  on-­‐site  and  within  the  adjacent   public  road  and  highway  right-­‐of-­‐way.  Snow  will  be  stored  on-­‐site  in  landscape  areas  and  other   undeveloped  areas.  If  the  required  amount  of  snow  storage  cannot  be  handled  on-­‐site,  excess   snow  will  be  hauled  off-­‐site  to  a  permitted  disposal  site  such  as  the  Eastern  Regional  Landfill   Transfer  Station.  Storm  water  runoff  from  snow  storage  areas  will  be  routed  through  water  quality   treatment  facilities  prior  to  discharge.  Snow  removal  shall  be  further  described  in  a  Maintenance   Agreement  between  the  property  owner  and  the  Town  of  Truckee  as  required  by  Development   Code  Section  18.30.105.B.   Post  construction  BMP’s  will  also  be  implemented  in  accordance  with  NPDES  Phase  II  and  Town  of   Truckee   MS4   requirements.   Post   construction   BMP’s   include   runoff   control   measures,   water   quality  facilities,  operations  and  maintenance  programs,  employee  training,  recycling  and  waste   disposal  programs  and  public  education  (signage/brochures)  for  storm  water  quality  protection.   Permanent  water  quality  facilities  that  remain  in  place  upon  completion  of  the  project  such  as  bio-­‐ swales,  retention  basins  and  water  quality  inlet  structures  remove  and  filter  potential  common   pollutants  such  as  oil  and  grease  from  roadways,  pesticides  from  lawns  and  landscaping,  sediment,   and  trash  prior  to  discharge  of  storm  water  to  natural  water  courses.   The   possibility   that   development   of   the   proposed  project  c o u l d  i n t r o d u c e  s e d i m e n t s  a n d   constituent  pollutants  typically  associated  with  urban  development  into  storm  water  runoff  that   would  have  the  potential  of  degrading  storm  water  quality  in  downslope  areas  is  a  potentially   significant.  With  the  implementation  of  the  following  mitigation  measure  and  permit  approval   from   RWQCB,   the   proposed   project   would   have   a  less-­‐than-­‐significant  i m p a c t  o n  l o n g-­‐term   stormwater  quality.   MITIGATION  MEASURES   Mitigation  Measure  3.7-­‐3:  Prior  to  the  issuance  of  grading  permits,  the  project  applicant  shall   submit   and   obtain   approval   of   a   storm   water   management   plan   (SWMP)   consistent   with   the   Town’s   Municipal   Code   and   Storm   Water   Quality   Ordinance.   The   SWMP   shall,   at   a   minimum,   include  the  following:   • A   written   text   addressing   existing   conditions,   the   effects   of   project   improvements,   all   appropriate  calculations,  a  watershed  map,  proposed  on-­‐  and  off-­‐site  improvements  and   detention/retention   facilities,   and   other   features   to   protect   downslope   areas   from   degradation  of  storm  water  quality.     • Information  demonstrating  that  the  project  design  would  result  in  drainage  flow  conditions   below  pre-­‐project  flow  rates  and  volumes.   • The   SWMP   and   subsequent   site   development   submittals   shall   address   storm   drainage   management   during   construction   and   thereafter   and   shall   include   provisions   for   the   application  of  best  management  practice  (BMP)  measures  to  reduce  erosion,  water  quality   HYDROLOGY  AND  WATER  QUALITY  3.7     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.7-­‐21     degradation,  etc.  Storm  water  drainage  management,  BMPs,  and  water  quality  control   features   shall   be   identified   for   construction   staging   areas,   building   sites   and   site   improvements.  Permanent  water  quality  control  features,  including  LID  facilities,  described   in  the  report  shall  demonstrate  (at  minimum)  that  the  water  quality  controls  are  adequate   to   prevent   any   increase   in   sediment   or   other   pollutants   to   downslope   areas   over   pre-­‐ development  conditions.     • Prior  to  the  design  of  new  detention/retention  basins  that  will  serve  the  project  site,  soil   borings  shall  be  taken  at  representative  locations  to  analyze  the  subsurface  soils  that  are   present   and   the   elevation   of   the   subsurface   water   table.   If   these   soil   borings   identify   perched   groundwater   within   2   feet   of   the   proposed   bottom   elevation   of   these   detention/retention   basins,   a   liner,   filter   fabric,   or   other   remedial   measures   shall   be   incorporated  into  the  design  of  the  applicable  storm  water  facilities  to  prevent  intrusion  of   development-­‐related  pollutants  to  groundwater.   • Snow  storage  and  management  practices.  Snow  will  be  stored  on-­‐site  in  landscape  areas   and  other  undeveloped  areas.  If  the  required  amount  of  snow  storage  cannot  be  handled   on-­‐site,  the   applicant   shall   provide   a   long-­‐term   snow-­‐hauling   plan   consistent   with   Development  Code  Section  18.30.130.B.3.b  .  Storm  water  runoff  from  snow  storage  areas   will  be  routed  through  water  quality  treatment  facilities  prior  to  discharge.  Snow  removal   shall  be  further  described  in  a  Maintenance  Agreement  between  the  property  owner  and   the  Town  of  Truckee  as  required  by  Development  Code  Section  18.30.105.B.   • Storm  drainage  from  on-­‐site  impervious  surfaces  shall  be  treated  and  infiltrated  through   buffers  or  be  collected  and  routed  through  specially  designed  catch  basins,  vaults,  filters,   etc.  for  entrapment  of  sediment  debris  and  oils/greases.  Maintenance  of  facilities  shall  be   identified.     • All   related   underground   and   surface   drainage   systems   must   be   addressed   in   order   to   ensure  full  integration  of  areas  that  will  generate  runoff.  These  areas  will  include  rooftops,   sidewalks,   cut/fill   slopes,   streets,   parking   lots,   up-­‐gradient   off-­‐site   source   areas,   and   impervious  landscaping  areas.   • All   required   approvals   associated   with   construction-­‐related   storm   water   permit   requirements   of   the   current   federal   Clean   Water   Act   National   Pollutant   Discharge   Elimination   System   (NPDES)   program   and   other   associated   permit   approvals   from   the   Lahontan  RWQCB.   Impact  3.7-­3:  The  proposed  project  has  the  potential  to  deplete   groundwater  supplies  or  interfere  substantially  with  groundwater   recharge  (Less  than  Significant)   (Note:  The  following  discussion  is  associated  with  potential  impacts  of  the  proposed  project  on   groundwater   as   it   relates   to   stormwater   infiltration   and   groundwater   recharge.   Depletion   of   3.7  HYDROLOGY  AND  W ATER  QUALITY     3.7-­‐22  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     groundwater  supplies  as  it  relates  to  water  usage  is  addressed  in  Section  3.12  Utilities  and  Service   Systems.)   The   proposed   project   would   result   in   new   impervious   surfaces   and   could   reduce   rainwater   infiltration  and  groundwater  recharge.  Infiltration  rates  vary  depending  on  the  overlying  soil  types.   In  general,  sandy  soils  have  higher  infiltration  rates  and  can  contribute  to  significant  amounts  of   ground   water   recharge;   clay   soils   tend   to   have   lower   percolation   potential;   and   impervious   surfaces  such  as  pavement  significantly  reduce  infiltration  capacity  and  increase  surface  water   runoff.     According  to  a  Preliminary  Geotechnical  Report  prepared  for  the  site  (Blackburn  Consulting,  Inc.,   2003),  groundwater  level  data  made  available  by  the  California  Department  of  Water  Resources   indicates  that  groundwater  is  recorded  at  depths  ranging  from  70  to  180  feet  for  the  project  area.   The   report   indicates   that   limited   amounts   of   perched   groundwater   may   be   encountered   at   shallower  depths,  particularly  during  or  shortly  following  the  winter/spring  season.  Surface  soils   consist  of  sandy  loam,  gravelly  sandy  loam,  gravelly  loam,  gravelly  sandy  clay  loam  and  gravelly   clay  loam.  The  surface  soils  are  expected  to  be  well  drained.     According  to  soils  information  published  by  the  Natural  Resource  Conservation  Service  (NRCS)  for   the  Tahoe  National  Forest  Area,  the  entire  project  site  consists  of  soils  falling  within  the  category   of  Hydrologic  Soil  Group  B.  The  NRCS  defines  Hydrologic  Soil  Group  B  as  follows:   • Group  B:  Soils  having  a  moderate  infiltration  rate  when  thoroughly  wet.  These  consist   chiefly  of  moderately  deep  or  deep,  moderately  well  drained  or  well  drained  soils  that   have  moderately  fine  texture  to  moderately  coarse  texture.  These  soils  have  a  moderate   rate  of  water  transmission.   As  is  shown,  the  infiltration  rate  of  the  project  site  is  considered  moderate  by  the  NRCS  and  the   depth  of  ground  water  is  70+  feet.  As  such,  groundwater  recharge  is  less  than  optimal  and  the   project  site  is  not  located  in  an  area  that  is  a  significant  groundwater  recharge  area.  It  should  also   be  noted  that  stormwater  will  be  managed  through  a  comprehensive  system  that  is  consistent   with  the  requirements  of  the  Lahontan  RWQCB  and  as  required  by  the  Town  of  Truckee.  This   system  will  include  the  capture  and  diversion  of  stormwater  from  impervious  services  to  areas  that   allow  stormwater  to  infiltrate  into  the  soil.  For  these  reasons,  the  project  would  not  cause  the   depletion   of   groundwater   supplies   or   interfere   substantially   with   groundwater   recharge.   Implementation  of  the  proposed  project  would  have  a  less  than  significant  impact  relative  to  this   environmental  topic.   Impact  3.7-­4:  The  proposed  project  has  the  potential  to  alter  the  existing   drainage  pattern  in  a  manner  which  would  result  in  substantial  erosion,   siltation,  flooding,  or  polluted  runoff  (Less  than  Significant  with   Mitigation)   When  land  is  in  a  natural  or  undeveloped  condition,  soils,  mulch,  vegetation,  and  plant  roots   absorb   rainwater.   This   absorption   process   is   called   infiltration   or   percolation.   Much   of   the   HYDROLOGY  AND  WATER  QUALITY  3.7     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.7-­‐23     rainwater  that  falls  on  natural  or  undeveloped  land  slowly  infiltrates  into  the  soil  and  is  stored   either  temporarily  or  permanently  on  the  surface  or  in  underground  layers  of  soil.  When  the  soil   becomes  completely  saturated  with  water  or  the  rate  of  rainfall  exceeds  the  infiltration  capacity  of   the  soil,  the  rainwater  begins  to  flow  over  the  surface  of  the  land  to  low-­‐lying  areas,  ditches,   channels,  streams,  and  rivers.  Rainwater  that  flows  off  of  a  site  is  defined  as  stormwater  runoff.     The  infiltration  and  runoff  process  is  altered  when  a  site  is  developed.  Buildings,  roads,  and  parking   lots   introduce   asphalt,   concrete,   and   roofing   materials   to   the   landscape.   These   materials   are   relatively   impervious,   which   means   that   they   absorb   less   rainwater.   Grading   associated   with   development  also  eliminates  many  of  the  low-­‐lying  areas  that  may  have  been  providing  a  degree   of  surface  storage,  and  underground  storm  drains,  if  present,  provide  for  efficient  conveyance  of   runoff  to  downstream  locations  of  discharge.  As  impervious  surfaces  are  added  to  the  ground   conditions  and  surface  and  underground  drainage  conveyance  becomes  more  efficient  and  more   concentrated,  the  natural  infiltration  and  storage  processes  are  reduced.  As  a  result,  the  volume   and  rate  of  storm  water  runoff  increases.  The  effect  of  these  increases  in  runoff  rates  and  volumes   would  be  more  pronounced  during  storms  of  lower  magnitude  and  higher  frequency.  This  is  due  to   reductions  in  initial  abstraction  (infiltration  and  surface  storage)  and  time  of  concentration  (travel   times)   that   would   be   created   by   development.   The   increased   volumes   and   flow   rates   of   stormwater  runoff  may  result  in  downstream  flooding  if  not  properly  mitigated.   New  development  features  associated  with  the  proposed  project  could  increase  flow  rates  and   volumes  of  runoff  by  introducing  streets,  buildings,  walks,  parking  areas,  and  other  impervious   surfaces  and  by  providing  improved  facilities  for  drainage  conveyance.  The  increased  storm  water   rates  and  volumes  as  compared  to  existing  conditions  have  the  potential  to  have  a  significant   impact.     As   a   condition   of   site   development,   surface   water   and   drainage   will   be   managed   through   a   combination   of   natural   and   constructed   features   to   retain   natural   hydrology.   Low   Impact   Development   (LID)   storm   water   management   strategies   will   be   used   to   maintain   the   natural   hydrologic  function  of  the  site  with  localized  small  scale  source  control  techniques  that  disperse   flows   and   manage   runoff   close   to   where   it   originates.   Storm   drainage   from   impervious   areas   (roads,  walks,  buildings,  etc.)  will  be  collected  and  routed  through  facilities  designed  to  reduce  the   rate  and  volume  of  runoff  to  pre-­‐project  conditions.  LID  drainage  facilities  that  serve  this  function   may  include  water  quality  inlets,  buffer  strips,  soil  amendments,  earthen  swales,  rock-­‐lined  swales,   bio-­‐swales,  rock  infiltration  basins  and  slope  stabilization.  These  facilities  will  be  used  to  capture   sand  and  sediment,  provide  filtration  of  pollutants  and  allow  infiltration  to  underlying  soils.  All   graded  disturbance  areas  shall  be  restored  with  soil  stabilization  and  natural  vegetation  through   the  use  of  organic  material  such  as  wood  chips,  mulch,  and  native  plantings  for  protective  ground   cover.   Per   the   guidelines   of   the   Lahontan   RWQCB   and   as   required   by   the   Town   of   Truckee,   onsite   retention  shall  be  provided  for  the  20-­‐year,  1-­‐hour  storm  runoff  volume  from  impervious  areas.   This  equates  to  the  first  0.7  inches  of  rainfall  that  produces  runoff  from  all  impervious  surfaces.   Peak   discharge   flows   will   be   reduced   to   rates   and   quantities   at   or   below   existing   pre-­‐project   3.7  HYDROLOGY  AND  W ATER  QUALITY     3.7-­‐24  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     conditions   by   use   of   onsite   detention/retention   facilities   that   attenuate   flows   and   provide   infiltration.  Implementation   of   drainage   improvements   required   per   the   following   mitigation   measure  would  reduce  runoff  rates  and  volumes  and  associated  impacts  to  a  less  than  significant   level.   MITIGATION  MEASURES   Mitigation   Measure   3.7-­‐4:   Project   drainage   improvements   will   be   required   to   provide   detention/retention  storage  and  LID  measures  that  will  prevent  increases  in  storm  runoff  rates  and   volumes  during  storm  events  up  to  and  including  the  100-­‐year  24-­‐hour  storm  event.  Included  in  this   mitigation  measure  is  the  requirement  that  onsite  retention  shall  be  provided  for  the  20-­‐year  1-­‐ hour  storm  runoff  volume  from  impervious  areas.  The  design  of  detention/retention  storage,  LID   facilities  and  other  drainage  facilities  shall  be  supported  by  appropriate  hydrologic  and  hydraulic   evaluations  as  part  of  project  grading  and  drainage  plan  submittal  process,  all  of  which  will  be   prepared  by  a  registered  civil  engineer.  All  facilities  shall  be  designed  in  compliance  with  Town  of   Truckee  standards.   Impact  3.7-­5:  The  proposed  project  has  the  potential  to  otherwise   substantially  degrade  water  quality  (Less  than  Significant  with  Mitigation)   Section  303(d)  of  the  federal  Clean  Water  Act  (CWA)  requires  States  to  identify  waters  that  do  not   meet   water   quality   standards   or   objectives   and   thus,   are   considered   "impaired."   Once   listed,   Section  303(d)  mandates  prioritization  and  development  of  a  Total  Maximum  Daily  Load  (TMDL).   The  TMDL  is  a  tool  that  establishes  the  allowable  loadings  or  other  quantifiable  parameters  for  a   waterbody  and  thereby  the  basis  for  the  States  to  establish  water  quality-­‐based  controls.  The   purpose  of  TMDLs  is  to  ensure  that  beneficial  uses  are  restored  and  that  water  quality  objectives   are  achieved.   The   Lahontan   Regional   Water   Quality   Control   Board   (RWQCB)   has   included   the   Truckee   River   (Calwater  Watershed  No.  63510010)  downstream  of  the  project  site  in  the  Section  303(d)  List  of   Water   Quality   Limited   Segments   requiring   total   maximum   daily   loads   (TMDLs).  The   pollution   sources   are   identified   as   follows:  Range   Grazing-­‐Riparian   and/or   Upland,   Silviculture,   Construction/Land   Development,   Highway/Road/Bridge   Construction,   Streambank   Modification/Destabilization,  Channel  Erosion,  Erosion/Siltation,  Natural  Sources,  Recreational  and   Tourism  Activities  (non-­‐boating),  Snow  skiing  activities,  Nonpoint  Source.  This  most  current  listing   was  approved  by  the  U.S.  Environmental  Protection  Agency  on  June  28,  2007.     In  May  2008,  the  Lahontan  RWQCB  published  an  amendment  to  their  Water  Quality  Control  Plan   for  the  Lahontan  Region  –  North  and  South  Basins  (or  Basin  Plan)  that  establishes  TMDLs  for  the   Middle  Truckee  River  watershed  (Lahontan  RWQCB,  2008).  The  project  site  is  a  part  of  the  Middle   Truckee  River  watershed  and  is  governed  by  this  amendment  to  the  Basin  Plan.  The  amendment  to   the  Basin  Plan  establishes  the  following  TMDL  for  the  Truckee  River  measured  at  Farad,  several   miles  downstream  of  the  project  site:  Suspended  sediment  concentrations  shall  be  reduced  to  a   target  value  for  the  annual  90th  percentile  that  is  less  than  or  equal  to  25  milligrams  per  liter  within   20  years.   HYDROLOGY  AND  WATER  QUALITY  3.7     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.7-­‐25     Under  the  CWA  listing,  these  impaired  water  bodies  have  no  remaining  assimilative  capacity  or   ability  to  accommodate  additional  quantities  of  these  contaminants,  irrespective  of  concentration.   Projects  are  required  to  comply  with  requirements  of  approved  TMDLs,  as  regulated  in  the  region   by   the   RWQCB   through   issuance   of  Waste   Discharge   Requirements   and   NPDES   permit   amendments.   Previously  listed  mitigation  measures  require  the  project  proponent  to  submit  a  Notice  of  Intent   and   SWPPP   to   the   RWQCB   in   accordance   with   the   NPDES   General   Construction   Permit   requirements.  The  SWPPP  will  utilize  BMPs  and  technology  to  reduce  erosion  and  sediments  to   meet  water  quality  standards  during  construction.   Additionally,  the  project  design  includes  the  use  of  stormwater  quality  features  that  will  minimize   nonpoint  source  pollution  and  long-­‐term  urban  runoff  impacts.  These  stormwater  quality  features   are  intended  to  treat  runoff  close  to  the  source.  Through  the  preparation  of  improvement  and   grading  plans  these  measures  will  be  refined  so  that  they  will  functionally  minimize  stormwater   quality  impacts,  which  would  reduce  the  impacts  on  downstream  303(d)  impaired  water  bodies.   Implementation   of   previous   listed   mitigation   measures   will   ensure   that   the   proposed   project   would  have  a  less-­‐than-­‐significant  impact  relative  to  this  environmental  topic.   Impact  3.7-­6:  The  proposed  project  has  the  potential  to  place  housing  or   structures  that  would  impede/redirect  flows  within  a  100-­year  flood   hazard  area  as  mapped  on  a  federal  Flood  Hazard  Boundary  or  Flood   Insurance  Rate  Map  or  other  flood  hazard  delineation  map  (Less  than   Significant)   The  project  site  is  designated  Zone  X  on  the  FEMA  Flood  Insurance  Rate  Map.  Zone  X  indicates  an   area  outside  the  0.2  percent  chance  floodplain.  The proposed project would not place housing or structures in a flood hazard area. As   a   result   the   proposed   project   would   have   a  less-­‐than-­‐ significant  impact  relative  to  this  environmental  topic.     Impact  3.7-­7:  The  proposed  project  has  the  potential  to  expose  people  or   structures  to  a  significant  risk  of  loss,  injury  or  death  involving  flooding,   including  flooding  as  a  result  of  the  failure  of  a  levee  or  dam,  seiche,   tsunami,  or  mudflow  (Less  than  Significant)   A  tsunami  is  a  sea  wave  caused  by  an  earthquake,  landslide,  or  volcanic  eruption.  The  project  site   is  located  at  such  great  distance  and  elevation  from  the  sea  that  it  precludes  a  potential  impact   from  a  tsunami.     Seiches   are   changes   or   oscillations   of   water   levels   within   a   confined   water   body.   Seiches   are   caused  by  fluctuation  in  the  atmosphere,  tidal  currents  or  earthquakes.  Lakes  in  seismically  active   areas,  such  as  Lake  Tahoe,  are  at  risk  from  seiches.  Geological  evidence  indicates  that  the  shores  of   Lake  Tahoe  may  have  been  hit  by  seiches  as  much  as  10  m  (33  feet)  high  in  prehistoric  times,  and   local  researchers  have  called  for  the  risk  to  be  factored  into  emergency  plans  for  the  region.  While   there  are  no  historical  accounts  of  seiches  in  Lake  Tahoe,  it  is  possible  that  one  could  happen   3.7  HYDROLOGY  AND  W ATER  QUALITY     3.7-­‐26  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     provided  that  faults  traverse  through  the  water  body.  The  areas  at  the  greatest  risk  of  flooding   from  a  seiche  at  Lake  Tahoe  are  the  areas  along  the  shoreline.  Given  the  distance  from  Lake  Tahoe,   the  risk  of  flooding  on  the  project  site  from  a  seiche  at  Lake  Tahoe  is  considered  remote.     A  mudflow  is  a  type  of  mass  wasting  or  landslide,  where  earth  and  surface  materials  are  rapidly   transported  downhill  under  the  force  of  gravity.  Mudflow  events  are  caused  by  a  combination  of   factors,  including  soil  type,  soil  profile,  precipitation,  and  slope.  Mudflows  may  be  triggered  by   heavy  rainfall  that  the  soil  is  not  able  to  sufficiently  drain  or  absorb.  As  a  result  of  this  super-­‐ saturation,  soil  and  rock  materials  become  unstable  and  eventually  slide  away  from  their  existing   location.  Soils  most  susceptible  to  mudflow  are  saturated,  loose,  non-­‐plastic,  uniformly  graded,   and   fine-­‐grained   sand   deposits.  The   U.S.   Department   of   Agriculture   (USDA)   Web   Soil   Survey   identifies  the  site  to  be  moderately  drained  and  the  site  is  largely  flat  thus  making  the  potential  of   mudflows  low.     There  are  two  (2)  dams  that  discharge  to  the  Truckee  River  upstream  of  the  project  site.  These   dams  are  Lake  Tahoe  Dam  and  Donner  Lake  Dam.  The  Truckee  River  flows  eastward  along  an   alignment  that  is  about  ½  mile  to  the  north  of  the  project  site  and  is  about  150  feet  lower  than  the   lowest  site  elevations.  Given  that  these  dams  do  not  have  a  significant  height  or  width  at  their   outlets  and  given  the  magnitude  of  the  elevation  difference  between  the  project  site  and  the   Truckee  River,  neither  dam  would  pose  a  flood  risk  to  the  project  site  in  the  event  of  a  dam  failure.     Lake   Tahoe   Dam   regulates   the   water   surface   elevation   of   Lake   Tahoe   and   discharges   to   the   Truckee  River  at  Tahoe  City  about  15  miles  upstream  of  the  project  site.  It  is  owned  and  operated   by  the  U.S.  Bureau  of  Reclamation.  Donner  Lake  Dam  is  located  approximately  4  ½  miles  upstream   to  the  west  of  the  project  site  on  Donner  Creek,  and  Donner  Creek  discharges  to  the  Truckee  River   about  2  ½  miles  upstream  to  the  west  of  the  project  site.  Donner  Lake  Dam  is  owned  and  operated   by  the  Truckee  Meadows  Water  Authority.  Both  dams  fall  under  the  jurisdiction  of  the  State  of   California  Department  of  Water  Resources  Division  of  Safety  of  Dams  (DSOD).  These  dams  do  not   pose  a  significant  risk  of  flooding  on  the  project  site.     The  proposed  project  would  not  result  in  the  exposure  of  people  or  structures  to  a  significant  risk   of  loss,  injury  or  death  involving  flooding,  including  flooding  as  a  result  of  the  failure  of  a  levee  or   dam,   seiche,   tsunami,   or   mudflow.   As   a   result   the   proposed   project   would   have   a  less-­‐than-­‐ significant  impact  on  these  environmental  issues.   ! Tr u c k e e R i v e r 0 10 205 Miles Truckee River Watershed Sub-basins LAKE TAHOE (509 sq. mi.) PYRAMID-WINNEMUCCA LAKE (1,394 sq. mi.) MIDDLE TRUCKEE RIVER (1,212 sq. mi) FIGURE 3.7-1: Truckee River Overall Watershed and Primary Sub-basins Data sources: USGS, Storm Water Consulting, Inc. Map date: October 2011 Total Truckee River Watershed = ~3,115 sq. mi. LakeTahoe PyramidLake Wi n n e m u c c a L a k e ( D r y ) Tahoe City TruckeeProject Site ± Reno Sparks Fernley JOERGER RANCH SPECIFIC PLAN (PC-3) 3.7  HYDROLOGY  AND  W ATER  QUALITY     3.7-­‐28  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)                         This  page  left  intentionally  blank.   F i g u r e 3 . 7 - 2 : D r a i n a g e F e a t u r e s a n d G e n e r a l T o p o g r a p h y i n t h e V i c i n i t y o f t h e P r o j e c t S i t e J O E R G E R R A N C H S P E C I F I C P L A N ( P C - 3 ) Data sources: USGS, Storm Water Consulting. Map date: October 2011. J O E R G E R R A N C H S P E C I F I C P L A N ( P C - 3 ) F i g u r e 3 . 7 - 3 : A e r i a l P h o t o g r a p h S h o w i n g E x i s t i n g D r a i n P i p e s a n d L o c a l D r a i n a g e F e a t u r e s P e r t i n e n t t o P C - 3 Data source: Storm Water Consulting, Inc. Map date: O c t o b e r 2 0 1 1 3.7  HYDROLOGY  AND  W ATER  QUALITY     3.7-­‐32  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)                         This  page  left  intentionally  blank.   J O E R G E R R A N C H S P E C I F I C P L A N ( P C - 3 ) F i g u r e 3 . 7 - 4 : F E M A F l o o d I n s u r a n c e R a t e M a p D a t a s o u r c e s : F E M A F l o o d I n s u r a n c e R a t e M a p P a n e l s 5 3 3 a n d 5 3 4 ( e f f e c t i v e F e b r u a r y 3 , 2 0 1 0 ) , S t o r m W a t e r C o n s u l t i n g , I n c . M a p d a t e : O c t o b e r 2 0 1 1 . M a p s c a l e : 1 " = 8 0 0 ' LAND  USE,  POPULATION,  AND  HOUSING  3.8     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.8-­‐1     The  purpose  of  this  EIR  section  is  to  identify  the  existing  land  use  conditions  within  the  Joerger   Ranch  (PC-­‐3)  Specific  Plan  Area  and  the  surrounding  areas,  analyze  the  project’s  compatibility  with   existing   land   uses,  analyze   the   project’s   consistency   with   relevant   planning   documents   and   policies,  address  the  potential  for  the  project  to  result  in  population  growth,  and  recommend   mitigation  measures  to  avoid  or  minimize  the  significance  of  potential  impacts.   3.8.1  ENVIRONMENTAL  S ETTING   R EGIONAL  S ETTING   The  Town  of  Truckee  is  located  in  eastern  Nevada  County.  The  Town  is  situated  in  the  Lake  Tahoe   region  of  the  Sierra  Nevada  Mountains.  Truckee  is  less  than  10  miles  west  of  the  California/Nevada   state  line,  30  miles  west  of  Reno,  Nevada,  12  miles  north  of  Lake  Tahoe,  and  100  miles  east  of   Sacramento.  The  Town  also  lies  just  east  of  Donner  Pass,  which  marks  the  Sierra  Nevada  summit.   Truckee  is  generally  considered  the  major  urban  area  in  the  Sierra  Nevada,  north  of  Lake  Tahoe.   The  town  is  physically  divided  by  Interstate  80  (I-­‐80)  and  the  Union  Pacific  Railroad  (UPRR),  both   major  transcontinental  transportation  routes,  and  also  the  Truckee  River.  These  elements  pass   through  Truckee  on  an  east  to  west  axis.     L OCAL  S ETTING   Truckee  is  a  mountain  town  located  at  5,980  feet  above  sea  level  on  the  eastern  slopes  of  the   Sierra  Nevada  and,  at  34  square  miles,  it  constitutes  the  largest  portion  of  developed  land  in   Nevada   County.   Strategically   located   along   I-­‐80,   State   Highways  89   and   267,   and   the   transcontinental  railroad,  Truckee  is  the  primary  gateway  to  Lake  Tahoe,  one  of  the  most  popular   tourist   destinations   in   the   State   of   California.   Tourists   are  drawn   to   the   Truckee   area   for   the   multitude  of  outdoor  recreational  opportunities,  the  pristine  environmental  quality,  small  town   mountain  character  and  the  historic  flavor  and  retail  amenities  of  its  historic  Downtown.   Truckee’s   outstanding   mountain   environment,   plentiful   recreation   opportunities,   and   strategic   location  along  key  transportation  routes  have  contributed  to  the  town’s  desirability  as  a  place  to   live,  work  and  visit.  These  assets  have  allowed  Truckee  to  sustain  strong  growth  in  residential   development  and  tourism,  even  as  other  communities  in  California  have  suffered  from  declining   economic  fortunes.     However,  broader  economic  development  in  Truckee  has  lagged  behind  residential  and  tourist   development.  While  local  employment  conditions  and  the  economic  vitality  of  the  Downtown  has   shown  improvement  since  the  Town  prepared  the  Economic  Development  Strategic  Plan  in  2001,   Truckee  continues  to  face  economic  challenges.  These  challenges  stem  in  large  part  from  the   character   of   the   local   economy,   which   is   dominated   by   the   retail   and   service   sectors   and   by   seasonal  recreation-­‐based  tourism.     The  services  and  retail  sectors  employ  the  most  people  in  Truckee,  accounting  for  31  percent  and   27   percent   of   local   jobs,   respectively  ( 2 0 2 5  T r u c k e e  G e n e r a l  P l a n ,  E c o n o m i c  D e v e l o p m e n t   Element).  These  sectors  are  followed  by  the  government  sector,  accounting  for  18  percent  of  total   3.8  LAND  USE,  P OPULATION,  AND  HOUSING     3.8-­‐2  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     employment,  and  mining  and  construction,  accounting  for  15  percent  of  total  employment.  The   high   number   of   employees   in   the   mining   and   construction   category   can   be   attributed   to   the   amount  of  housing  construction  in  and  around  Truckee.  Truckee’s  visitor-­‐based  economy  is  highly   seasonal  in  nature,  which  generates  large  annual  fluctuations  in  demand  for  goods  and  services   and  in  the  staffing  requirements  of  local  employers.  Annual  retail  business  sales  patterns  reflect   the  highly  seasonal  nature  of  the  Truckee  economy:  approximately  48  percent  of  retail  sales  are   earned  during  the  summer,  39  percent  during  the  winter,  and  only  13  percent  during  the  spring   and  fall  seasons  combined.  This  creates  challenges  for  employers  in  sustaining  a  viable  business  on   a  year-­‐  round  basis,  and  in  managing  human  resources  (2025  Truckee  General  Plan,  Economic   Development  Element).   As  described  in  the  Land  Use  Element  of  the  2025  General  Plan,  existing  land  use  patterns  in   Truckee  are  reflective  of  the  historic  development  patterns  of  the  community,  the  legacy  of  land   use  planning  that  occurred  under  Nevada  County's  jurisdiction,  prior  to  Truckee's  incorporation,   and  the  more  recent  policies  established  through  the  Town's  own  land  use  policy  framework.   About  thirty  percent  of  the  land  within  the  Town  limits  is  vacant  or  undeveloped,  and  another  25   percent  is  in  open  space  uses,  including  parks  and  recreation  areas,  Donner  Lake,  golf  courses,   permanent  open  space  easements,  and  forestry  lands.  Remaining  land  within  the  Town  limits  is   developed  in  some  form,  as  described  below:   • Residential.  Residential  uses  comprise  about  25  percent  of  land  within  the  town  limits,   accommodating   about   10,800   housing   units.   Of   this,  the   vast   majority   is   single   family   housing.  Housing  areas  are  spread  throughout  the  Town,  in  Downtown  Truckee,  and  the   Donner  Lake  and  Gateway  areas,  and  in  a  series  of  residential  subdivisions  that  include   Tahoe  Donner,  Glenshire  Devonshire,  the  Prosser  Lake  neighborhoods,  Olympic  Heights,   and  Sierra  Meadows.  Multi-­‐family  housing  comprises  about  three  percent  of  residential   land  use  in  terms  of  area,  but  represents  about  13  percent  of  the  total  housing  stock  in   Truckee.  Multi-­‐family  residential  development  is  concentrated  in  locations  closer  to  the   Town  center,   primarily   in   southeast   Truckee   neighborhoods   along   the   Brockway  Road   corridor,   and   in   Gateway.   Several   multi-­‐family   developments,  primarily   condominium   projects,  are  located  in  the  Donner  Lake  area  and  along  Northwoods  Boulevard  in  Tahoe   Donner.  There  are  four  major  mobile  home  parks  in  Truckee,  one  along  Brockway  Road,   one  at  the  west  end  of  West  River  Street,  one  northwest  of  the  Interstate  80/Highway  89   North  intersection,  and  one  in  the  Gateway  area.   • Commercial.  C o m m e r c i a l  u s e s ,  i n c l u d i n g  b o t h  r e t a i l  a n d  o f f i c e  d e v e lopment,  comprise   approximately  four  percent  of  all  developed  land  in  Truckee.  The  majority  of  commercial   uses  in  Truckee  are  concentrated  in  the  Downtown  area  and  in  the  Gateway  commercial   district.  Smaller  retail  commercial  centers  are  located  elsewhere  in  the  town,  including  the   Crossroads   Plaza   south   of   the   Interstate   80/Highway   89   South   intersection,  and   neighborhood  centers  along  Donner  Pass  Road  in  Donner  Lake,  on  Glenshire  Drive  on  the   west   side   of   the   Glenshire   neighborhood,  and   along   Northwoods   Boulevard   in   Tahoe   Donner.  Brockway  Road  has  an  assortment  of  commercial  uses,  including  both  retail  and   office  use,   along   its   length.   Larger   commercial   developments   in   this   area  include   the   LAND  USE,  POPULATION,  AND  H OUSING  3.8     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.8-­‐3     Martis  Village  commercial  center  at  the  intersection  of  Palisades  Drive  and  a  cluster  of   office  development  located  near  the  airport,  just  north  of  the  Placer  County  line.  The   Pioneer  Commerce  Center,  located  at  the  east  end  of  Pioneer  trail,  houses  a  number  of   professional  offices  and  service  commercial  uses.   • Industrial.  Industrial   uses   comprise   a   very   small   percentage   of   total   land  use   (approximately  80  acres)  in  Truckee.  The  largest  industrial  areas  in  Truckee  are  located   around   the   Tahoe-­‐Truckee   Airport   and   in   the   newer  Pioneer   Commerce   Center   along   Pioneer  Trail  north  of  I-­‐80.  Older  industrial  uses  are  located  in  central  Truckee  adjacent  the   railroad,  and  along  West  River  Street.   • Public/Institutional.  Exi st i ng  ( non-­‐open  space)  public/institutional  land   uses   in   Truckee   include  schools,  government  and  utilities  offices  and  facilities,  the  Tahoe  Forest  Hospital,   and   a   number   of   churches   and   religious  institutions.   A   number   of   these   uses   are   concentrated  along  the  west  end  of  Donner  Pass  Road  in  the  Gateway  Area;  Truckee's   Town  Hall   and   Police   Department   are   both   accommodated   within   the   office/  light   industrial  area  near  the  Airport,  while  other  community-­‐serving  facilities  are  located  within   neighborhood  areas.   • Other   Land   Uses.   Other   major   land   uses   not   included   among   those   described  above   include  land  dedicated  to  infrastructure  such  as  roads  and  the  railway,  which  accounts  for   approximately  13  percent  of  all  land  within  the  Town  limit,  and  the  mining  operations  in   the  southeast  part  of  Truckee,  which  cover  about  200  acres.   E XISTING  S ITE  C ONDITIONS   The  Plan  Area  is  largely  undeveloped  and  is  dominated  by  an  open  meadow  on  a  relatively  level   valley  floor.    The  open  meadow  is  largely  comprised  of  Great  Basin  sagebrush  scrub.    Existing   stands   of   mature   Jeffery   pines   and   lodgepole   pines   that   reach   over   50-­‐60   feet   in   height   are   clustered  in  the  southern  and  southeastern  portion  of  the  Plan  Area.    The  center  of  the  Plan  Area   is  marked  by  the  intersection  of  SR  267  and  Brockway  Road/Soaring  Way.    These  roads  bisect  the   Plan  Area  on  elevated  earth  berms,  reaching  a  high  point  at  their  intersection,  approximately  25   feet  above  the  valley  floor.    The  Plan  Area  contains  a  single  business  structure  (Truckee  River   Winery)  and  it's  associated  small  parking  lot  near  the  western  boundary.  There  is  also  an  existing   well  house  located  along  an  ephemeral  drainage  in  the  western  portion  of  the  Plan  Area     S URROUNDING  L AND  U SES   The  Truckee-­‐Tahoe  Airport,  a  general  aviation  facility,  is  the  major  land  use  east  of  the  Plan  Area.     Areas  north,  west  and  south  of  the  Plan  Area  are  characterized  by  a  mix  of  low  and  medium   density   residential,   commercial   and   recreational   uses.     The   Ponderosa   Golf   Course   borders   a   portion  of  the  Plan  Area  directly  to  the  west.    Surrounding  land  uses  are  shown  in  greater  detail  in   Figure  2-­‐4  in  the  Project  Description  Chapter.       Other  land  uses  in  close  proximity,  but  not  adjacent  to  the  Plan  Area,  include  a  diverse,  and   distinctly  different  set  of  land  uses.  The  area  west  of  the  Plan  Area  is  dominated  by  single  and   3.8  LAND  USE,  P OPULATION,  AND  HOUSING     3.8-­‐4  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     multiple  family  residential  land  uses  on  both  sides  of  Brockway  Road,  known  within  the  Town   General  Plan  as  the  Brockway  Road  Corridor.  This  corridor  is  also  characterized  by  open  space  and   recreation  lands  as  well  as  a  variety  of  local-­‐serving  commercial  uses  fronting  Brockway  Road.   The  Truckee-­‐Tahoe  Airport  occupies  a  vast  majority  of  the  land  area  to  the  east  of  the  Plan  Area,   with   a   range   of   office,   commercial   (e.g.,  r e t a i l  a n d  s e r v i c e ) ,  i n d u s t r i a l  ( e . g . ,  w a r e h o u s i n g  a n d   storage)  and  public  (including  Truckee’s  Town  Hall)  uses  along  the  east-­‐end  of  Soaring  Way  and   Truckee  Airport  Road.  A  very  similar  land  use  pattern  exists  along  Business  Park  Drive,  a  local   connector  road  between  Truckee  Airport  Road  and  Soaring  Way.   An  established  single  family  residential  area  surrounding  the  Ponderosa  Golf  Course  lies  to  the   northwest  of  the  Plan  Area.  Interstate  80,  the  Truckee  River  and  the  Union  Pacific  railroad  are   located   approximately   one   half   mile   north   of   the   Plan   Area,   just   beyond   the   Truckee-­‐Tahoe   Airport.  To  the  south,  the  nearby  area  is  characterized  by  residential  and  commercial  uses  on   either  side  of  SR  267  for  approximately  one-­‐quarter  mile.  Further  south,  uses  along  SR  267  quickly   transition  to  the  open  space  of  the  Martis  Valley  beyond  the  Town  of  Truckee  and  Placer  County   boundary.   E XISTING  L AND  U SES  AND  Z ONING   The  2025  Truckee  General  Plan  designates  the  Plan  Area  as  Planned  Community  3  (PC-­‐3).    The   entire  Plan  Area  is  zoned  Planned  Community  (PC)  on  the  Town  of  Truckee  Zoning  Map.       P OPULATION   The  Town  of  Truckee  is  one  of  three  incorporated  cities  located  in  Nevada  County.  It  represents   approximately  half  of  the  total  population  living  in  incorporated  areas.  The  population  of  the  Town   grew  significantly  between  the  1990  and  2000  census  periods,  with  a  4.9  percent  annual  growth   rate  between  1980  and  1990  and  a  4.5  percent  annual  growth  rate  between  1990  and  2000.  Since   2000,  Truckee's  population  has  continued  to  grow,  but  at  a  significantly  slower  rate.  From  2000  to   2010,  the  population  increased  at  an  annual  rate  of  about  1.7  percent.   According  to  the  California  Department  of  Finance,  the  Town’s  population  as  of  January  1,  2012   was  15,918,  which  is  a  slight  decrease  from  the  2010  population.  However,  this  population  figure   does  not  account  for  seasonal  residents,  who  occupy  approximately  44  percent  of  the  Town's   housing   stock,   as   those   residents   are   not   counted   among   the   Town's   total  population   in   the   Census.  Therefore,  during  peak  tourism  periods,  in  the  summer  and  winter,  the  Town's  population   can  effectively  double  on  a  temporary  basis,  as  described  in  the  Town  of  Truckee  General  Plan  EIR   (2006).  Even   with   its   high   proportion   of   vacation   homes,   Truckee   is   Nevada   County’s   most   populous  community.     H OUSING  S TOCK   Since  the  Town  incorporated  in  1993,  development  within  the  Town  has  accounted  for  nearly  all  of   the   new   housing   units   constructed   within   the   eastern   portion   of  Nevada   County.   The   Town   continues  to  receive,  and  has  approved,  a  number  of  applications  for  more  homes  within  Truckee.   LAND  USE,  POPULATION,  AND  H OUSING  3.8     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.8-­‐5     The  result  is  a  growing  housing  presence  as  Truckee  housing  development  outpaces  the  rest  of  the   County.   Truckee   has   experienced   a   relatively   high   residential   construction   rate   since   its  incorporation.   Between  2001  and  2010,  an  average  of  214  residential  units  were  built  annually.  However,  with   the  continuation  of  the  current  economic  slowdown,  the  rate  of  residential  construction  growth   has   slowed   to   less   than   one-­‐half   of   a   percent   (0.3   %).   In  2011,   38   residential   units   were   completed—36  single-­‐family  and  2  multi-­‐family.  This  is  approximately  82%  less  than  the  2001  to   2010  average  but  only  29%  less  than  2010  where  53  units  were  completed.   Of  the  homes  built  between  2000  and  2010,  approximately  76%  are  detached  single  family  homes.   The  percentage  of  detached  single  family  homes  is  slowly  declining  from  85%  of  housing  units  in   2000  to  approximately  82%  in  2010.  No  affordable  units  were  constructed  in  2010  or  2011.   Population  and  housing  data  from  the  benchmark  years  of  2000  and  2010  are  shown  in  Table  3.8-­‐1   below.       TABLE  3.8-­‐1:  HOUSING  AND  POPULATION  CENSUS  DATA:  2000  AND  2010  BENCHMARKS    APRIL  1,  2000  APRIL  1,  2010  PERCENT  CHANGE   2000-­2010   AVERAGE  GROWTH   RATE  PER  YEAR   Total  Population  13,864  16,180  16.7%  1.7%   Total  Housing  Units  9,757  12,803  31.2%  3.1%   Occupied  Housing  Units  5,149  6,343  23.2%  -­‐-­‐   Vacant  Housing  Units  4,608  6,460  40.2%  -­‐-­‐   SOURCE:  2011  COMMUNITY  DEVELOPMENT  ANNUAL  REPORT,  TOWN  OF  TRUCKEE,  MARCH  16,  2012     As  shown  in  Table  3.8-­‐1  above,  Truckee’s  housing  stock  grew  by  3,046  units  between  2000  and   2010  which  is  an  average  3.1%  growth  rate  per  year.  The  Department  of  Finance’s  January  1,  2011   adjusted  housing  unit  estimate  for  Truckee  is  12,807  units,  or  a  0.3%  housing  growth  rate  from  the   adjusted  2010  housing  estimate  and  a  2.8%  decrease  in  growth  rate  from  the  previous  10-­‐year   average.   With   38   units   completed   in   2011,  Town  staff   estimates   that   there   were   a   total   of   12,845   residential  units  in  Truckee  as  of  January  1,  2012.  This  equates  to  a  rate  of  growth  in  housing  units   of   0.3%   for   2011   and   approximately   16,258   persons   as   of   January   1,  2012.   This   would   be   approximately  48  new  permanent  residents  and  a  0.3%  increase  in  population.  Both  the  rate  of   growth  in  housing  units  built  and  number  of  new  residents  were  similar  in  2011,  indicating  that  the   two  are  keeping  pace  where  housing  in  previous  years  far  exceeded  population  growth.     Based  on  Department  of  Finance  estimates  from  the  past  several  years,  Truckee’s  vacancy  rate   (and   hence   the   proportion   of   permanent   to   second   homes)   continues   to  increase   slightly   (currently  up  to  50.4%  from  47.2%  in  2010)  and  Truckee’s  occupancy  (the  number  of  persons  in   each  occupied  housing  unit)  continues  to  decline  slightly  (down  from  2.52  in  2010  to  2.49  in  2011).     3.8  LAND  USE,  P OPULATION,  AND  HOUSING     3.8-­‐6  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     J OBS  AND  E MPLOYED  R ESIDENTS     Truckee’s   local   employment   base   is   largely   dependent   on   tourist,   resort,  second   home,   and   retirement  activity.  As  described  in  the  Economic  Development  Element  of  the  2025  Town  of   Truckee  General  Plan,  the  service  employment  sector  (31  percent)  and  retail  employment  sector   (27   percent)   account   for   the   majority   of   employment   opportunities   in  Truckee.   Conversely,   manufacturing,  wholesale  trade,  and  transportation  and  communication  employment  represent   less  than  5  percent  of  total  area  employment.   The  2010  Census  recorded  9,914  employed  residents  in  Truckee,  and  a  study  prepared  in  2005  for   the  Town’s  2025  General  Plan  indicates  that  there  are  approximately  6,200  total  jobs  in  Truckee.   Although  these  data  points  are  not  for  the  same  year,  it  is  reasonable  to  assume  that  there  are   more  employed  residents  than  there  are  available  jobs  in  the  Town,  and  that  some  residents  are   required  to  out-­‐commute  to  find  work.  Census  2010  journey  to  work  data  also  confirms  that  many   Truckee   residents   commute   to   jobs   outside   of   the   Town.   The   2010   Census   reported  that   the   average  commute  time  to  work  for  Truckee  residents  was  20.5  minutes.     According  to  the  2010  Census,  Truckee’s  unemployment  rate  was  9.6  percent,  compared  to  9.2   percent  unemployment  for  the  County  overall  and  10.1  percent  for  the  State.     J OBS-­‐TO-­‐H OUSING  B ALANCE   The  term  “jobs-­‐to-­‐housing  balance”  is  used  to  refer  to  a  relationship  between  jobs  and  housing   units  within  a  community.  A  jobs-­‐to-­‐housing  units  ratio  of  1.5  is  considered  ideal,  which  takes  into   account  residents  who  do  not  participate  in  the  labor  force  (e.g.,  those  who  are  retired,  disabled,   or  students).  The  1.5  jobs-­‐to-­‐housing  units  ratio  indicates  a  community  has  an  adequate  number  of   jobs  to  meet  the  demand  for  jobs  by  its  residents,  and  therefore,  is  in  balance.   A  more  helpful  indicator  of  balance,  however,  is  the  relationship  between  the  number  of  jobs   provided  to  the  number  of  residents  seeking  employment  (i.e.,  employed  residents).  An  ideal  jobs-­‐ to-­‐employed  residents  ratio  is  1.0,  which  indicates  that  every  resident  seeking  a  job  could  find  one   within  the  community.   A  jobs-­‐to-­‐employed  residents  ratio  that  is  greater  than  one  indicates  the  community  provides   more   jobs   than   it   has   residents   seeking   those   jobs.   With   this   out-­‐of-­‐balance  condition,   the   community  is  likely  to  experience  in-­‐commuting  traffic  congestion  from  people  coming  to  jobs   from  outside  the  area,  as  well  as  intensified  pressure  for  additional  residential  development  to   house  the  labor  force  demanded.  Conversely,  a  jobs-­‐to-­‐employed  residents  ratio  of  less  than  one   indicates  a  community  has  fewer  jobs  than  employed  residents  demanding  employment.  With  this   converse  out-­‐of-­‐balance  condition,  residents  would  need  to  commute  outside  of  the  community   (i.e.,   out-­‐commute)   for   employment.   The  resulting   commuting   patterns   can   lead   to   traffic   congestion  and  adverse  effects  on  both  local  and  regional  air  quality.   This   ratio   does   not,   however,   account   for   regional   in-­‐  o r  o u t-­‐commuting   due   to   job/labor   mismatches  or  housing  affordability.  Even  if  a  community  has  a  numerical  balance  between  jobs   and  housing/  employed  residents,  sizeable  levels  of  in-­‐commuting  and  out-­‐commuting  are  likely,   LAND  USE,  POPULATION,  AND  H OUSING  3.8     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.8-­‐7     where  employment  opportunities  do  not  match  the  skills  and  educational  characteristics  of  the   local  labor  force.  In  such  instances,  regional  commuting  tends  to  occur.  For  example,  a  numerically   balanced   community   may  h a v e  h i g h  h o u s i n g  c o s t s  a n d  low-­‐wage   jobs,   thus   encouraging   its   residents  to  out-­‐commute  for  their  high  wage  jobs  elsewhere,  and  its  workers  to  in-­‐commute  from   outside   the   community   where   housing   costs  are   affordable   to   their   low   wage   incomes.   This   condition   is   often   referred   to   as   a   jobs-­‐to-­‐housing  mismatch.   A   jobs-­‐to-­‐housing   match   would   indicate  that  the  types  of  jobs  provided  “matched”  the  income  needs  of  the  employed  workers   within  the  community.   The   most   current   available   data   regarding   the   number   of  jobs   in   Truckee   is   from   the   2005   economic  report  prepared  in  support  of  the  2025  General  Plan  Economic  Development  Element.     This  report  indicates  approximately  6,200  jobs  in  Truckee.    It  is  possible  that  the  total  number  of   jobs  in  Truckee  has  increased  since  2005,  however,  updated  jobs  data  is  not  readily  available.    The   2011  Community  Development  Annual  Report  states  that  in  2010,  there  were  6,343  occupied   housing   units   in   Truckee.     The   data   indicates   that   Truckee   has   a   jobs-­‐to-­‐housing   ratio   of   approximately  1.0.       3.8.2  REGULATORY  S ETTING   F EDERAL   There  are  no  applicable  federal  plans  or  policies  related  to  land  use  and  population.       S TATE     There  are  no  applicable  state  plans  or  policies  related  to  land  use  and  population.       L OCAL   2025  Truckee  General  Plan   The  current  General  Plan  contains  the  following  policies  to  guide  development  of  PC-­‐3:   PC-­‐3  Policy  1:  Development  allowed  on  the  site  will  be  a  range  of  commercial,  industrial  and   residential   uses.   Services   for   employees,   such   as   day   care   facilities   and  food  sales,   shall   be   encouraged.   PC-­‐3   Policy   2:   The   Specific   Plan   shall   include   design   standards   to   provide   for   architectural   consistency  of  development  on  the  site,  in  accordance  with  the  Town  of  Truckee  design  guidelines.   PC-­‐3  Policy  3:  Site  Design  shall  consider  appropriate  access  to  Highway  267,  via  Brockway  Road  and   Soaring  Way,  and  shall  minimize  visual  impacts  from  the  Highway  267  corridor.   PC-­‐3  Policy  4:  The  Specific  Plan  shall  include  standards  for  the  design  of  retail  shopping  areas   which  avoid  "strip  commercial"  site  layout,  and  that  are  oriented  and  scaled  to  the  pedestrian   realm.   3.8  LAND  USE,  P OPULATION,  AND  HOUSING     3.8-­‐8  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     PC-­‐3  Policy  5:  Specific  Plan  design  standards  shall  include  requirements  for  parking  areas  which   promote  attractive  streetscapes,  recognize  the  need  for  snow  storage  and  removal,  and  reduce   the  visual  impacts  of  large,  unscreened  parking  lots  through  distributed  landscaping,  landscaped   berms,  and  other  measures.  Parking  shall  be  provided  in  accordance  with  the  Town  of  Truckee   Design  Guidelines.   PC-­‐3  Policy  6:  The  Specific  Plan  shall  include  provisions  for  supplying,  on-­‐site,  the  required  housing   for   50   percent   of   the   very-­‐low,   low-­‐  a n d  m o d e r a t e-­‐income   workforce  associated   with   development  of  the  site.  If  land  use  or  noise  compatibility  requirements  of  the  Airport  Land  Use   Compatibility  Plan  preclude  or  reduce  the  total  amount  of  housing  that  can  be  developed  on  PC-­‐3,   required  workforce  housing  may  be  permitted  to  be  located  off-­‐site.   PC-­‐3  Policy  7:  All  development  on  PC-­‐3  shall  support  community  character  goals  and  policies  for   the  Brockway  Road  Corridor.   PC-­‐3  Policy  8:  Ensure  that  the  mix  of  land  uses  in  the  PC-­‐3  Specific  Plan  will  generate  an  amount  of   traffic   that,   in   addition   to   buildout   of   the   General   Plan   (considering  all   planned   circulation   improvements),  would  not  result  in  the  need  for  four  lanes  on  Highway  267  between  Interstate  80   and  the  Brockway  Road/Soaring  Way  intersection.   Land  Use  Element   Relevant  General  Plan  policies  from  the  Land  Use  Element  are  as  follows:   Policy  1.1:  All  new  development  shall  meet  important  community  goals  for  design  quality,  open   space  preservation,  and  promotion  of  a  livable,  sustainable  community.  Development  that  does   not  fulfill  these  goals  shall  not  be  allowed.   Policy  1.2:  Projects  that  exceed  minimum  requirements  and  mandated  levels  for  provisions  of   affordable  and  workforce  housing  shall  be  given  a  higher  priority  for  development  approval.  Such   projects  maybe  considered  for  application  of  less  stringent  development  standards  in  order  to   facilitate  their  development.   Policy   2.1:   Ensure   adequate   supplies   of   residential,   commercial   and   industrial   land,   located   appropriately,  to  manage  projected  growth   Policy  2.2:  Ensure  that  the  primary  use  of  Industrial  designated  land  is  for  industrial,  rather  than   general  commercial  uses.   Policy  2.3:  Ensure  that  new  residential  development  meets  minimum  density  standards,  based  on   those  described  in  Section  C  of  the  Land  Use  Element.   Policy  3.1:  In  order  to  prevent  new  linear  commercial  sprawl  along  major  transportation  corridors,   locate  new  freeway-­‐oriented  commercial  development  outside  the  Downtown  Specific  Plan  Area   excludes  the  existing  developed  interchanges  of  Interstate  80  at  Donner  Pass  Road/Cold  Stream   Road  and  Highway  89  South.  New  freeway-­‐oriented  development  may  be  appropriate  within  the   Downtown,  as  determined  through  the  Downtown  Specific  Plan.   LAND  USE,  POPULATION,  AND  H OUSING  3.8     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.8-­‐9     Policy   3.3:   To   provide   for   projected   population   growth   in   an   efficient   manner,   accommodate   development   at   the   highest   densities   in   infill   areas,   consistent   with   goals   for  environmental   protection  and  land  use  compatibility.   Policy  4.1:  Work  with  all  special  districts,  including  the  Tahoe-­‐Truckee  Unified  School  District,  to   ensure  that  development  within  the  Town  is  coordinated  with  provision  of  services.   Policy  4.3:  Approve  rezoning  and  development  permits  only  when  adequate  services  are  available,   or  when  a  program  to  provide  services  has  been  approved  by  the  applicable  District  and  the  Town   of  Truckee.  Standards  of  services  for  new  development  applicable  to  this  policy  are  shown  in  Table   LU-­‐6.   Policy  5.4:  Discourage  new  “strip”  commercial  development  and  encourage  site  design  for  new   commercial  projects  that  provides  for  pedestrian/bicycle  access  and  proper  building  scale  and   proportion  relative  to  the  pedestrian  realm.   Policy   5.6:   Require   that   the   feasibility   of   residential   uses,   including   affordable   housing,   be   considered  as  part  of  any  new  mixed  use  development  proposal  for  the  Downtown,  and  to  the   extent  feasible,  be  incorporated  into  final  project  design.   Policy   5.7:   Require   buffering,   screening,  setbacks,  and  other  measures  for  new  and  expanded   industrial   uses   adjacent   to   residential   neighborhoods   to   minimize   impacts   and  compatibility   conflicts.   Policy  6.1:  The  maximum  size  limit  for  a  single  retail  commercial  use  building  shall  be  40,000   square  feet.   Policy  6.2:  Maintain  and  enhance  Downtown  as  the  heart  of  Truckee  and  as  the  Town’s  premier   tourist  destination  through  the  following  methods,  and  through  Action  A6.2:   • Aggressively   facilitate   pedestrian-­‐oriented   development   in   the   Downtown  through   implementation  of  the  Downtown  Specific  Plan   • Give  some  priority  in  the  expenditure  of  capital  improvement  funds  to  projects  that  will   enhance   appropriate   uses   Downtown   and   facilitate   new  development,   thereby   implementing  the  Downtown  Specific  Plan.   • Allocate  staff  resources  to  implement  the  Downtown  Specific  Plan.   • Actively  encourage  the  relocation  of  industrial  uses  from  the  Downtown  area  to  other   more  appropriate  locations  in  Town,  such  as  the  Pioneer  Trail  industrial  area,  or  Airport   industrial  zone.   Policy  6.4:  Require  buildings  to  be  located  closer  to  the  street,  where  appropriate,  and  for  offstreet   parking  areas  to  be  located  to  the  rear  of  commercial  buildings,  where  feasible.  Ultimate  building   locations   must   accommodate   snow   removal   and   snow  storage,  and   should   maximize   solar   orientation.   3.8  LAND  USE,  P OPULATION,  AND  HOUSING     3.8-­‐10  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     Policy   7.1:   For   all   residential   developments,   require   clustering   where   appropriate.   Clustered   development  as  defined  in  the  General  Plan  includes  the  following  considerations:   • Clustering  of  residential  development  will  allow  flexibility  of  site  design  in  responding  to   the  natural  features  and  resources  of  an  individual  site.  -­‐  Clustering  means  that  structures   will  be  located  on  a  site  so  that  larger  areas  are  left  as  undeveloped  open  space.   • Undeveloped  areas  may  either  be  preserved  in  private  or  public  open  space,  or  may  be  a   portion  of  an  individual  lot,  with  deed  restrictions  prohibiting  construction  in  that  portion.   Policy   7.2:   Residential   development   shall   be   clustered   to   avoid   areas   of   significant   natural   resources,  including  wildlife  habitat  and  migration  corridors  and  visual  resources.   Policy  7.3:  Clustered  development  types  shall  be  applied  within  the  Town  according  to  the  location   and   character   of   the   development   site.   Clustered   development   types   and  their   corresponding   recommended  locations  are  summarized  in  Table  LU-­‐7   Policy   7.4:   Clustered   development   shall   incorporate   preservation   of   open   space   areas   as   an   integral  and  primary  consideration  in  the  overall  development  plan  for  a  site.  Consideration  in   preserving  open  space  through  clustering  shall  include  the  following:   • Maximizing  preservation  of  open  space  types  that  reflect  the  Town’s  priorities  as  stated  in   the  Conservation  and  Open  Space  Element.   • Maintaining   an   appropriate   relationship   of   the   site   to   the   character   and   context  of   adjacent  neighborhood  areas  and  nearby  and  adjoining  open  space  areas.   • Respecting   individual   site   features   and   characteristics,   including   topography,  natural   features,   natural   hazards   and   constraints,   and   the   presence   of   sensitive  biological   resources.   Policy   7.5:   Preserve   the   portions   of   parcels   not   developed   with   clustered   residential   used   as   undeveloped  open  space.  Preservation  and  management  options  for  open  space  include:   • Dedication  to  a  homeowners  association.   • Dedication  to  a  public  agency  such  as  the  Parks  District,  or  to  a  land  trust  or  other  non-­‐ profit  agency.   • Use  of  building  envelopes  in  conjunction  with  conservation  easements  or  deed  restrictions   Truckee  Development  Code,  Chapter  18.216:  Workforce  Housing   The  purpose  of  this  chapter  is  to  establish  a  workforce  housing  requirement  and  an  in-­‐lieu  fee  for   commercial,  industrial,  and  other  non-­‐residential  development  projects  to  mitigate  the  impacts   caused  by  these  development  projects  on  the  additional  demand  for  more  affordable  housing.  It  is   intended  to  implement  the  Housing  Element  of  the  General  Plan  to  ensure  an  adequate  supply  of   housing  to  meet  the  housing  needs  of  all  segments  of  the  community  and  provide  a  permanent   LAND  USE,  POPULATION,  AND  H OUSING  3.8     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.8-­‐11     supply  of  affordable  housing  to  meet  the  needs  of  very-­‐low,  low-­‐,  and  moderate-­‐income  workers   generated   by   new   commercial,   industrial,   institutional,   recreational,   and   residential   resort   projects.  It  is  also  intended  to  implement  Housing  Program  1.3.4  of  the  Housing  Element  of  the   General  Plan  to  balance  the  need  for  workforce  housing  for  commercial,  industrial,  and  other  non-­‐ residential  development  with  the  other  goals  and  policies  of  the  General  Plan  including  the  goals   and  policies  of  the  Economic  Development  Element.   A   development   project   shall   construct   and  c o m p l e t e  w o r k f o r c e  h o u s i n g  u n i t ( s )  f o r  e m p l o y e e s   calculated   for   the   project   as   set   forth   in   Paragraphs   2   and   3   of   section   18.216.040(B)   of   the   Development  Code.  The  number  of  workforce  housing  units  to  be  constructed  and  completed  for  a   development  project,  by  which  employees  are  calculated  as  full-­‐time  equivalent  employees  (FTEE)   in  accordance  with  Sections  C.1,  shall  be  as  follows:     i.  For  development  projects  that  generate  less  than  seven  FTEE,  the  development  project   shall  be  exempt  from  the  requirements  of  this  Chapter;     ii.   For   development   projects   that   generate   seven   or   more   but   less   than   20   FTEE,   the   development  project  shall  pay  a  fraction  of  an  in-­‐lieu  affordable  housing  fee  equivalent  to   the  number  of  FTEE  divided  by  28.     iii.   For   development   projects   that   generate   20   or   more   but   less   than   40   FTEE,   the   development  project  shall  construct  and  complete  one  workforce  housing  unit  for  each  14   FTEE.     iv.  For  development  projects  that  generate  40  or  more  FTEE,  the  development  project   shall  construct  and  complete  one  workforce  housing  unit  for  each  seven  FTEE.   A  developer  of  a  development  project  may  propose  to  meet  the  requirements  of  this  Chapter  by   an  alternative  equivalent  action,  subject  to  review  and  approval  by  the  review  authority  of  the   project.  A  proposal  for  an  alternative  equivalent  action  may  include,  but  is  not  limited  to,  the   construction  of  workforce  housing  units  on  another  site  within  the  Truckee  region;  the  dedication   and  conveyance  of  land  to  the  Town  or  its  designee;  purchase  of  workforce  housing  credits  from   other   development   projects   with   excess   affordable   units;   and   acquisition   and   enforcement   of   required  rental  and/or  sales  price  restrictions  on  existing  standard  market-­‐rate  dwelling  units.  A   proposal  for  an  alternative  equivalent  action  may  also  address,  but  is  not  limited  to,  tenure  of   units,  higher  or  lower  rents  or  sales  prices,  and  a  lesser  or  greater  number  of  affordable  units.   Truckee  Tahoe  Airport  Land  Use  Compatibility  Plan     The  Truckee  Tahoe  Airport  Land  Use  Compatibility  Plan  was  updated  in  2004.  The  purpose  of  the   Airport  Land  Use  Compatibility  Plan  is  to  regulate  development  within  the  vicinity  of  the  airport  to   ensure  that  land  use  conflicts  do  not  result.  The  Plan  includes  zones  that  establish  appropriate  land   uses  for  property  within  the  Airport  Land  Use  Compatibility  Plan  Area.     3.8  LAND  USE,  P OPULATION,  AND  HOUSING     3.8-­‐12  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     3.8.3  IMPACTS  AND  M ITIGATION  MEASURES   T HRESHOLDS  OF  S IGNIFICANCE   Consistent  with  Appendix  G  of  the  CEQA  Guidelines,  the  proposed  project  will  have  a  significant   impact  on  the  environment  associated  with  land  use,  population  or  housing  if  it  will:   • Physically  divide  an  established  community;       • Conflict   with   any   applicable   land   use   plan,   policy,   or   regulation   of   an   agency   with   jurisdiction  over  the  project  (including,  but  not  limited  to  the  general  plan,  specific  plan,   local   coastal   program,   or   zoning  o r d i n a n c e )  a d o p t e d  f o r  t h e  p u r p o s e  o f  a v o i d i n g  o r   mitigating  an  environmental  effect;       • Conflict  with  any  applicable  habitat  conservation  plan  or  natural  community  conservation   plan;   • Induce  substantial  population  growth  in  an  area,  either  directly  (for  example,  by  proposing   new  homes  and  businesses)  or  indirectly  (for  example,  through  extension  of  roads  or  other   infrastructure);     • Displace   substantial   numbers   of   existing   housing,   necessitating   the   construction   of   replacement  housing  elsewhere;  or   • Displace  substantial  numbers  of  people,  necessitating  the   construction   of   replacement   housing  elsewhere.   I MPACTS  AND  M ITIGATION  M EASURES   Impact  3.8-­1:  The  project  may  result  in  the  physical  division  of  an   established  community  (Less  than  Significant)   The  Plan  Area  is  adjacent  to  the  Truckee-­‐Tahoe  Airport,  existing  residences,  the  Ponderosa  Golf   Course,   and   is   bisected   by   SR   267   and   Brockway   Road.       The   Town   of   Truckee   General   Plan   designates   the  Plan   Area  as   "Planned   Community-­‐3",   which   is   anticipated   for   development.     Development  of  the  proposed  project  would  not  physically  divide  an  established  community,  as   the  surrounding  land  uses  include  a  variety  of  unconnected  land  uses  that  are  currently  separated   from  one  another  by  the  Plan  Area.    This  is  considered  a  less  than  significant  impact  and  no   mitigation  is  required.       LAND  USE,  POPULATION,  AND  H OUSING  3.8     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.8-­‐13     Impact  3.8-­2:  Implementation  of  the  proposed  project  may  conflict  with   an  applicable  land  use  plan,  policy,  or  regulation  of  an  agency  with   jurisdiction  over  the  project  adopted  to  avoid  or  mitigate  an   environmental  effect  (Less  than  Significant)   The  analyses  provided  throughout  the  various  sections  of  the  Draft  EIR  include  discussions  of  the   proposed  project’s  consistency  with  applicable  plans  and  policies  applicable  to  the  Plan  Area  that   were  adopted  to  avoid  or  mitigate  an  environmental  impact.    For  example,  Impact  3.2-­‐8  in  the   Biological  Resources  section  includes  a  detailed  discussion  of  the  project’s  consistency  with  plans   and  policies  that  reduce  potential  impacts  to  natural  resources,  including  species,  habitat  and   open  space.    Impact  3.6-­‐4  in  the  Hazards  section  of  the  Draft  EIR  includes  a  discussion  of  the   project’s  consistency  with  the  Truckee  Tahoe  Airport  Land  Use  Compatibility  Plan,  which  includes   provisions  and  restrictions  to  protect  public  safety  in  areas  near  and  adjacent  to  the  airport.       As  described  in  the  2025  Truckee  General  Plan,  Planned  Community-­‐3  (PC-­‐3)  consists  of  an  area   identified  for  future  commercial  and  industrial  land  uses.  Viability  of  this  area  for  development  has   been  substantially  increased  by  the  completion  of  the  Highway  267  bypass  in  2002.    The  proposed   project  consists  of  a  variety  of  commercial,  industrial,  and  high-­‐density  residential  uses,  and  as   such,  is  consistent  with  the  General  Plan’s  intended  uses  of  this  site.       Residential  uses  in  PC-­‐3  are  allowed  at  a  maximum  density  of  12  housing  units  per  acre.    There  are   3.48  acres  of  Multi-­‐Family  Residential  (RM)  proposed  within  the  Plan  Area,  which  would  allow  for   41.76  residential  units.    The  41  units  proposed  within  the  RM  Zone  as  part  of  the  project  are   consistent  with  the  allowable  residential  densities  identified  in  the  General  Plan  for  the  PC-­‐3  site.     The  remaining  56  housing  units  proposed  by  the  project  to  meet  the  Town’s  workforce  housing   requirements  would  be  located  throughout  the  Plan  Area,  and  are  allowed  within  all  proposed   zoning  districts  with  a  Conditional  Use  Permit.    An  expanded  discussion  of  the  project’s  consistency   with  the  Town’s  workforce  housing  requirements  is  provided  below  under  Impact  3.8-­‐4.       As  described  above  in  the  Regulatory  Setting,  the  2025  Truckee  General  Plan  includes  eight  policies   that  specifically  address  the  future  development  of  the  PC-­‐3  site.  The  proposed  Joerger  Ranch   Specific  Plan  has  been  developed  to  be  consistent  with  these  policies,  as  described  in  greater  detail   in  Table  3.8-­‐2  below.   3.8  LAND  USE,  P OPULATION,  AND  HOUSING     3.8-­‐14  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)       TABLE  3.8-­‐2:  PC-­‐3  POLICY  CONSISTENCY  ANALYSIS   GENERAL  PLAN  GOALS  AND  POLICIES  FOR  PC-­‐3  CONSISTENT  ANALYSIS     PC-­‐3  Policy  1:  Development  allowed  on  the  site   will   be   a   range   of   commercial,   industrial   and   residential  uses.  Services  for  employees,  such  as   day   care   facilities   and   food   sales,   shall   be   encouraged.   Yes   The  proposed  project  includes  a  range  of   commercial,  industrial  and  residential   uses.    The  Specific  Plan  is  consistent  with   this  policy.       PC-­‐3   Policy   2:   The   Specific   Plan   shall   include   design   standards   to   provide   for   architectural   consistency   of   development   on   the   site,   in   accordance   with   the   Town   of   Truckee   design   guidelines.   Yes   Chapter  3  of  the  Specific  Plan  includes   detailed  design  and  architectural   standards  for  all  future  development   within  the  Plan  Area.    These  design   standards  were  developed  to  be  consistent   with  the  Truckee  Development  Code.       PC-­‐3   Policy   3:   Site   Design   shall   consider   appropriate  access  to  Highway  267,  via  Brockway   Road  and  Soaring  Way,  and  shall  minimize  visual   impacts  from  the  Highway  267  corridor.   Yes   The  Specific  Plan  proposes  to  utilize   Brockway  Road  and  Soaring  Way  to   provide  adequate  access  to  SR  267.     Existing  trees  on  the  Plan  Area  will  be   retained  in  order  to  provide  visual   screening  from  SR  267,  as  described  in   greater  detail  in  Section  3.13  of  this  Draft   EIR.       PC-­‐3   Policy   4:   The   Specific   Plan   shall   include   standards  for  the  design  of  retail  shopping  areas   which   avoid   "strip   commercial"   site   layout,   and   that   are   oriented   and   scaled   to   the   pedestrian   realm.   Yes   Chapter  3  of  the  Specific  Plan  includes   standards  to  require  pedestrian  access  and   orientation  for  all  buildings  within  the  Plan   Area.    The  Specific  Plan  includes  design   standards  that  prohibit  “strip  commercial”   buildings.       PC-­‐3  Policy  5:  Specific  Plan  design  standards  shall   include   requirements   for   parking   areas   which   promote   attractive   streetscapes,   recognize   the   need  for  snow  storage  and  removal,  and  reduce   the   visual   impacts   of   large,   unscreened   parking   lots  through  distributed  landscaping,  landscaped   berms,   and   other   measures.   Parking   shall   be   provided  in  accordance  with  the  Town  of  Truckee   Design  Guidelines.   Yes   The  Specific  Plan  includes  parking   standards,  parking  lot  design  and  lighting   standards,  and  snow  storage  standards   consistent  with  the  requirements  of  the   Town’s  Development  Code  and  Design   Guidelines.       PC-­‐3   Policy   6:   The   Specific   Plan   shall   include   provisions   for   supplying,   on-­‐site,   the   required   housing  for  50  percent  of  the  very-­‐low,  low-­‐  and   moderate-­‐income   workforce   associated   with   development   of   the   site.   If   land   use   or   noise   compatibility   requirements   of   the   Airport   Land   Use   Compatibility   Plan   preclude   or   reduce   the   total  amount  of  housing  that  can  be  developed  on   PC-­‐3,   required   workforce   housing   may   be   permitted  to  be  located  off-­‐site.   Yes   As  described  below  under  Impact  3.8-­‐4,   the  project  is  required  to  provide  97.37   workforce  housing  units.    Currently,  41   workforce  housing  units  are  proposed   within  the  RM  Zone  on  the  project  site.  The   remaining  56  workforce  housing  units   would  be  located  throughout  the  Plan  Area   as  commercial  and  industrial  uses  are   constructed.    Mitigation  Measure  3.8-­‐1   requires  the  construction  of  on-­‐site   workforce  housing  commensurate  with  the   pace  of  non-­‐residential  development  on   the  project  site  in  order  to  meet  the   project’s  obligations,  as  set  forth  in  section   18.216  of  the  Truckee  Development  Code.       LAND  USE,  POPULATION,  AND  H OUSING  3.8     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.8-­‐15     GENERAL  PLAN  GOALS  AND  POLICIES  FOR  PC-­‐3  CONSISTENT  ANALYSIS     PC-­‐3   Policy   7:   All   development   on   PC-­‐3  s h a l l   support  community  character  goals  and  policies   for  the  Brockway  Road  Corridor.  Yes   The  Specific  Plan  Design  Guidelines   include  standards  and  provisions  that   would  ensure  development  on  the  Plan   Area  is  consistent  with,  and   complimentary  to,  the  existing  and   planned  development  along  the  Brockway   Road  Corridor.       PC-­‐3  Policy  8:  Ensure  that  the  mix  of  land  uses  in   the  PC-­‐3  Specific  Plan  will  generate  an  amount  of   traffic  that,  in  addition  to  buildout  of  the  General   Plan   (considering   all   planned   circulation   improvements),  would  not  result  in  the  need  for   four  lanes  on  Highway  267  between  Interstate  80   and   the   Brockway   Road/Soaring   Way   intersection.   Yes   As  described  in  section  3.11   (Transportation  and  Circulation),  the   proposed  project  would  not  result  in  the   need  for  four  lanes  on  Highway  267   between  Interstate  80  and  the  Brockway   Road/Soaring  Way  intersection.   SOURCE:  DE  NOVO  PLANNING  GROUP  (2013).   As  described  above,  and  throughout  the  various  sections  of  this  Draft  EIR,  the  proposed  project  is   consistent   with   the   applicable   plans   and   policies   adopted   by   the   Town   of   Truckee   to   guide   development  of  the  PC-­‐3  site  and  to  reduce  environmental  impacts  of  new  development.    The   mitigation   measures   provided   throughout   this   Draft   EIR   ensure   that   this   impact   is  less   than   significant.    No  additional  mitigation  is  required.       Impact  3.8-­3:  Implementation  of  the  proposed  project  may  conflict  with   an  applicable  habitat  conservation  plan  or  natural  community   conservation  plan    (No  Impact)   There  are  no  adopted  habitat  conservation  plans  or  natural  community  conservation  plans  that   pertain  to  the  project  site.    There  is  no  impact.       Impact  3.8-­4:  Implementation  of  the  proposed  project  may  induce   substantial  population  growth  and  may  confliect  with  the  requirements  of   the  Town’s  Workforce  Housing  standards  (Less  than  Significant  with   Mitigation)   Implementation  of  the  proposed  project  would  provide  for  41  new  multi-­‐family  housing  units   within  the  RM  Zoning  District  of  the  Plan  Area.    Based  on  an  average  household  size  of  2.52,  this   would  result  in  housing  for  approximately  103  new  residents.    The  project  would  also  provide   employment  opportunities  for  approximately  681.6  full  time  equivalent  employees  (FTEE).    As   described  in  section  18.216.040(C)  of  the  Truckee  Development  Code,  employees  generated  by  a   development   project   shall   be   calculated   using   1   FTEE   for   500   s.f.   of   gross   floor   space   for   commercial  uses  (including  retail,  service,  office,  and  restaurant),  and  1  FTEE  per  1,000  s.f.  of  gross   floor  space  for  industrial  uses.       The  Specific  Plan  proposes  to  establish  the  following  three  Commercial  Zones,  which  would  yield  1   FTEE   for   every   500   s.f.   of   gross   floor   space:   Regional   Commercial   (CR),   Regional   Support   Commercial   (CRS),   and   Lifestyle   Commercial   (CL).     Additionally,  the   Specific   Plan   proposes   to   3.8  LAND  USE,  P OPULATION,  AND  HOUSING     3.8-­‐16  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     establish  the  following  two  Industrial  Zones,  which  would  yield  1  FTEE  for  every  1,000  s.f.  of  gross   floor  space.       Table  3.8-­‐3  identifies  the  acreage,  development  potential,  and  FTEE  for  each  of  the  proposed   commercial  and  industrial  zones  within  the  Plan  Area.     TABLE  3.8-­‐3:  COMMERCIAL  AND  INDUSTRIAL  DEVELOPMENT  POTENTIAL  AND  EMPLOYEE  GENERATION   POTENTIAL   Zoning  Designation  Acreage  Development   Potential   Full  Time   Equivalent   Employees   Regional  Commercial  (CR)  11.69  101,843  sf  203.7   Regional  Support  Commercial  (CRS)  6.07  52,881  sf  105.8   Lifestyle  Commercial  (CL)  7.59  66,124  sf  132.2   Manufacturing/Industrial  (M1)  13.57  118,222  sf  118.2   Business  Innovation  Zone  (BIZ)  13.97  121,707  sf  121.7   Total  52.89  460,777  sf  681.6       As  shown  in  the  table  above,  the  proposed  project  would  generate  up  to  681.6  full  time  equivalent   employees.     As   required   by   section   18.216.040(B)(2)(iv)   of   the   Truckee   Development   Code,   projects  that  generate  40  or  more  FTEE  shall  construct  and  complete  one  workforce  housing  unit   for  each  seven  FTEE.    As  such,  the  proposed  project  would  be  required  to  construct  and  complete   97.37  workforce  housing  units  (681.6  /  7  =  97.37).       As  proposed,  the  project  could  provide  up  to  41  onsite  workforce  housing  units  within  the  3.48-­‐ acre  Multi-­‐Family  Residential  (RM)  Zone.  Using  the  workforce  housing  standards  established  in  the   Truckee  Development  Code,  the  project  results  in  the  demand  for  97.37  new  workforce  housing   units   in   the   Town   of   Truckee   to   support   the   Specific   Plan   Area   development   potential.     An   additional  56.61  workforce  housing  units  would  be  required  to  be  constructed  onsite  in  order  to   meet  the  Town’s  workforce  housing  requirements  for  the  proposed  project.    Mitigation  Measure   3.8-­‐1  includes  requirements  that  the  41  proposed  multi-­‐family  housing  units  within  the  RM  Zoning   District  be  constructed  and  made  available  for  sale  or  rent  as  workforce  housing  units,  consistent   with  the  requirements  of  Chapter  18.216  of  the  Truckee  Development  Code.    Mitigation  Measure   3.8-­‐1  also  requires  that  at  least  56  additional  workforce  housing  units  be  constructed  within  the   remaining   zoning   districts   (excluding   the   Open   Space   Zoning   District)   on   the   project   site,   commensurate  with  the  pace  of  non-­‐residential  development  on  the  site.       With   an   average   household   size   of   2.52,   the   proposed   project   has   the   potential   to   generate   approximately  245  new  residents  in  Truckee  (97  workforce  housing  units  x  2.52  persons  per  unit).     The  2025  General  Plan  projects  a  buildout  population  in  Truckee  of  approximately  25,280.    The   proposed  PC-­‐3  Specific  Plan  is  consistent  with  the  projected  development  of  the  PC-­‐3  site,  which   LAND  USE,  POPULATION,  AND  H OUSING  3.8     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.8-­‐17     was  analyzed  in  the  2025  General  Plan  EIR.    Implementation  of  the  proposed  project  would  not   increase  population  growth  in  Truckee  beyond  the  buidout  levels  assumed  in  the  2025  General   Plan.    The  potential  for  the  proposed  project  to  induce  substantial  population  growth  in  Truckee  is   considered  less  than  significant.         The   implementation   of   Mitigation   Measure   3.8-­‐1   would   ensure  that   the   requisite   number   of   workforce  housing  units  are  constructed  on  the  project  site  at  a  pace  commensurate  with  the   development  of  non-­‐residential  uses  on  the  site,  consistent  with  the  requirements  of  Chapter   18.216  of  the  Truckee  Development  Code.    Implementation  of  this  mitigation  measure  would   reduce  this  impact  to  a  less  than  significant  level.       MITIGATION  MEASURES   Mitigation  Measure  3.8-­‐1:  A  minimum  of  97  workforce  housing  units  shall  be  constructed  and   offered  for  sale  or  rent  within  the  Plan  Area,  in  accordance  with  the  requirements  of  Chapter   18.216.050  of  the  Truckee  Development  Code,  concur r ent l y  wi t h  or  pr i or  t o  compl et i on  of  t he   development  project  or  phase  thereof.  As  used  in  Chapter  18.216,  “concurrently”  means  that  a   proportionate  share  of  workforce  housing  units,  including  a  proportionate  share  of  units  by  income   affordability,   must   be   substantially   completed   by   the   time   50%   of   the   development   project   is   occupied.  The  Town  of  Truckee,  at  its  own  discretion  may  approve  an  alternative  timing  plan  if  the   Town  finds  the  alternative  timing  plan  will  further  affordable  housing  opportunities  in  the  Town  to   an  equal  or  greater  extent  and  the  completion  of  the  workforce  housing  units  is  secured  by  a   performance  bond  or  other  similar  security.   The  41   residential   multi-­‐family   housing   units   proposed   with   the   RM   Zoning   District   shall   be   constructed  and  completed  prior  to  construction  and  occupation  of  42%  of  the  proposed  non-­‐ residential  uses  (approximately  193,526  square  feet  of  non-­‐residential  uses).    The  remaining  56   workforce  housing  units  shall  be  constructed  concurrent  with  the  development  of  the  remaining   58%  percent  of  the  non-­‐residential  development  on  the  project  site.       As   future   applications   for   the   development   of   non-­‐residential   uses   within  the   Plan   Area   are   received  by  the  Town,  the  Town  shall  require  project  applicants  to  construct  their  fair-­‐share  of   workforce  housing  units  within  the  Plan  Area,  as  required  and  calculated  by  Chapter  18.216.040(B)   and  (C)  of  the  Truckee  Development  Code.    No  project  within  the  Plan  Area  will  be  considered   exempt  from  the  workforce  housing  requirements  identified  in  this  measure.    All  workforce  housing   units   constructed   within   the   Plan   Area   shall   meet   the   affordability   requirements   specified   in   Chapter  18.216.040(D)  of  the  Truckee  Development  Code.       Impact  3.8-­5:  Implementation  of  the  proposed  project  may  displace   substantial  numbers  of  people  or  existing  housing  (No  Impact)   There   are   no   existing   homes   or   other   types   of   residential   structures   on   the   project   site.     Therefore,  the  project  would  not  displace  any  persons  or  existing  housing.    There  is  no  impact.     3.8  LAND  USE,  P OPULATION,  AND  HOUSING     3.8-­‐18  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)                         This  page  left  intentionally  blank.   NOISE  AND  VIBRATION  3.9     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.9-­‐1     This   section   provides   a   general   description   of   the   existing   noise   sources   in   the   project   vicinity,   a   discussion  of  the  regulatory  setting,  and  identifies  potential  noise  impacts  associated  with  the  Joerger   Ranch   Specific   Plan   (PC-­‐3)  project.     Project   impacts   are   evaluated   relative   to   applicable   noise   level   criteria  and  to  the  existing  ambient  noise  environment.    Mitigation  measures  have  been  identified  for   significant  noise-­‐related  impacts.    The  analysis  in  this  section  was  prepared  with  assistance  from  j.c.   brennan  &  associates,  Inc  in  their  Environmental  Noise  Assessment  PC-­‐3  EIR.     3.9.1  ENVIRONMENTAL  S ETTING   K EY  T ERMS   Acoustics  The  science  of  sound.   Ambient  Noise  The  distinctive  acoustical  characteristics  of  a  given  area  consisting  of  all  noise  sources   audible  at  that  location.  In  many  cases,  the  term  ambient  is  used  to  describe  an   existing  or  pre-­‐project  condition  such  as  the  setting  in  an  environmental  noise  study.   Attenuation  The  reduction  of  noise.   A-­‐Weighting  A  frequency-­‐response  adjustment  of  a  sound  level  meter  that  conditions  the  output   signal  to  approximate  human  response.   Decibel  or  dB  Fundamental  unit  of  sound,  defined  as  ten  times  the  logarithm  of  the  ratio  of  the   sound  pressure  squared  over  the  reference  pressure  squared.   CNEL  Community  noise  equivalent  level.  Defined  as  the  24-­‐hour  average  noise  level  with   noise  occurring  during  evening  hours  (7  -­‐  10  p.m.)  weighted  by  a  factor  of  three  and   nighttime  hours  (10  p.m.  to  7  a.m.)  weighted  by  a  factor  of  10  prior  to  averaging.   Frequency  The  measure  of  the  rapidity  of  alterations  of  a  periodic  acoustic  signal,  expressed  in   cycles  per  second  (Hertz.)   Impulsive  Sound  of  short  duration,  usually  less  than  one  second,  with  an  abrupt  onset  and   rapid  decay.   Ldn  Day/Night  Average  Sound  Level.  Similar  to  CNEL  but  with  no  evening  weighting.   Leq  Equivalent  or  energy-­‐averaged  sound  level.   Lmax  The  highest  root-­‐mean-­‐square  (RMS)  sound  level  measured  over  a  given  period  of   time.   L(n)  The  sound  level  exceeded  a  described  percentile  over  a  measurement  period.  For   instance,  an  hourly  L50  is  the  sound  level  exceeded  50  percent  of  the  time  during  the   one  hour  period.   Loudness  A  subjective  term  for  the  sensation  of  the  magnitude  of  sound.   Noise  Unwanted  sound.   3.9  N OISE  AND  V IBRATION     3.9-­‐2  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     SEL  Sound  exposure  levels.    A  rating,  in  decibels,  of  a  discrete  event,  such  as  an  aircraft   flyover  or  train  passby,  that  compresses  the  total  sound  energy  into  a  one-­‐second   event.   F UNDAMENTALS  OF  A COUSTICS   Acoustics  is  the  science  of  sound.  Sound  may  be  thought  of  as  mechanical  energy  of  a  vibrating  object   transmitted  by  pressure  waves  through  a  medium  to  human  (or  animal)  ears.  If  the  pressure  variations   occur  frequently  enough  (at  least  20  times  per  second),  then  they  can  be  heard  and  are  called  sound.   The  number  of  pressure  variations  per  second  is  called  the  frequency  of  sound,  and  is  expressed  as   cycles  per  second  or  Hertz  (Hz).   Noise  is  a  subjective  reaction  to  different  types  of  sounds.  Noise  is  typically  defined  as  (airborne)  sound   that  is  loud,  unpleasant,  unexpected  or  undesired,  and  may  therefore  be  classified  as  a  more  specific   group  of  sounds.  Perceptions  of  sound  and  noise  are  highly  subjective  from  person  to  person.     Measuring   sound   directly   in   terms   of   pressure   would   require   a   very   large   and   awkward   range   of   numbers.  To  avoid  this,  the  decibel  scale  was  devised.  The  decibel  scale  uses  the  hearing  threshold  (20   micropascals),  as  a  point  of  reference,  defined  as  0  dB.  Other  sound  pressures  are  then  compared  to  this   reference  pressure,  and  the  logarithm  is  taken  to  keep  the  numbers  in  a  practical  range.  The  decibel   scale  allows  a  million-­‐fold  increase  in  pressure  to  be  expressed  as  120  dB,  and  changes  in  levels  (dB)   correspond  closely  to  human  perception  of  relative  loudness.   The  perceived  loudness  of  sounds  is  dependent  upon  many  factors,  including  sound  pressure  level  and   frequency   content.   However,   within   the   usual   range   of   environmental   noise   levels,   perception   of   loudness  is  relatively  predictable,  and  can  be  approximated  by  A-­‐weighted  sound  levels.  There  is  a   strong  correlation  between  A-­‐weighted  sound  levels  (expressed  as  dBA)  and  the  way  the  human  ear   perceives   sound.   For   this   reason,   the   A-­‐weighted   sound   level   has   become   the   standard   tool   of   environmental  noise  assessment.  All  noise  levels  reported  in  this  section  are  in  terms  of  A-­‐weighted   levels,  but  are  expressed  as  dB,  unless  otherwise  noted.   The   decibel   scale   is   logarithmic,   not   linear.   In   other   words,   two   sound   levels   10   dB   apart   differ   in   acoustic  energy  by  a  factor  of  10.  When  the  standard  logarithmic  decibel  is  A-­‐weighted,  an  increase  of   10  dBA  is  generally  perceived  as  a  doubling  in  loudness.  For  example,  a  70  dBA  sound  is  half  as  loud  as   an  80  dBA  sound,  and  twice  as  loud  as  a  60  dBA  sound.     Community  noise  is  commonly  described  in  terms  of  the  ambient  noise  level,  which  is  defined  as  the  all-­‐ encompassing  noise  level  associated  with  a  given  environment.  A  common  statistical  tool  to  measure   the  ambient  noise  level  is  the  average,  or  equivalent,  sound  level  (Leq),  which  corresponds  to  a  steady-­‐ state  A  weighted  sound  level  containing  the  same  total  energy  as  a  time  varying  signal  over  a  given  time   period  (usually  one  hour).  The  Leq  is  the  foundation  of  the  composite  noise  descriptor,  Ldn,  and  shows   very  good  correlation  with  community  response  to  noise.     NOISE  AND  VIBRATION  3.9     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.9-­‐3     The  day/night  average  level  (Ldn)  is  based  upon  the  average  noise  level  over  a  24-­‐hour  day,  with  a  +10   decibel   weighing   applied   to   noise   occurring   during   nighttime   (10:00   p.m.   to   7:00   a.m.)   hours.   The   nighttime  penalty  is  based  upon  the  assumption  that  people  react  to  nighttime  noise  exposures  as   though  they  were  twice  as  loud  as  daytime  exposures.  Because  Ldn  represents  a  24-­‐hour  average,  it   tends  to  disguise  short-­‐term  variations  in  the  noise  environment.  CNEL  is  similar  to  Ldn,  but  includes  a   +5  dB  penalty  for  evening  noise.  Table  3.9-­‐1  lists  several  examples  of  the  noise  levels  associated  with   common  situations.     TABLE  3.9-­‐1:  TYPICAL  NOISE  LEVELS   COMMON  OUTDOOR  ACTIVITIES  NOISE  LEVEL  (DBA)  COMMON  INDOOR  ACTIVITIES    -­‐-­‐110-­‐-­‐  Rock  Band   Jet  Fly-­‐over  at  300  m  (1,000  ft)  -­‐-­‐100-­‐-­‐     Gas  Lawn  Mower  at  1  m  (3  ft)  -­‐-­‐90-­‐-­‐     Diesel  Truck  at  15  m  (50  ft),   at  80  km/hr  (50  mph)  -­‐-­‐80-­‐-­‐  Food  Blender  at  1  m  (3  ft)   Garbage  Disposal  at  1  m  (3  ft)   Noisy  Urban  Area,  Daytime   Gas  Lawn  Mower,  30  m  (100  ft)  -­‐-­‐70-­‐-­‐  Vacuum  Cleaner  at  3  m  (10  ft)   Commercial  Area   Heavy  Traffic  at  90  m  (300  ft)  -­‐-­‐60-­‐-­‐  Normal  Speech  at  1  m  (3  ft)   Quiet  Urban  Daytime  -­‐-­‐50-­‐-­‐  Large  Business  Office   Dishwasher  in  Next  Room   Quiet  Urban  Nighttime  -­‐-­‐40-­‐-­‐  Theater,  Large  Conference  Room   (Background)   Quiet  Suburban  Nighttime  -­‐-­‐30-­‐-­‐  Library   Quiet  Rural  Nighttime  -­‐-­‐20-­‐-­‐  Bedroom  at  Night,  Concert  Hall   (Background)    -­‐-­‐10-­‐-­‐  Broadcast/Recording  Studio   Lowest  Threshold  of  Human  Hearing  -­‐-­‐0-­‐-­‐  Lowest  Threshold  of  Human  Hearing   SOURCE:  CALTRANS,  TECHNICAL  NOISE  SUPPLEMENT,  TRAFFIC  NOISE  ANALYSIS  PROTOCOL.  NOVEMBER  2009.   E FFECTS  OF  N OISE  ON  P EOPLE   The  effects  of  noise  on  people  can  be  placed  in  three  categories:   • Subjective  effects  of  annoyance,  nuisance,  and  dissatisfaction;   • Interference  with  activities  such  as  speech,  sleep,  and  learning;  and   • Physiological  effects  such  as  hearing  loss  or  sudden  startling.   Environmental  noise  typically  produces  effects  in  the  first  two  categories.  Workers  in  industrial  plants   can   experience   noise   in   the   last   category.   There   is   no   completely   satisfactory   way   to   measure   the   subjective  effects  of  noise  or  the  corresponding  reactions  of  annoyance  and  dissatisfaction.  A  wide   variation  in  individual  thresholds  of  annoyance  exists  and  different  tolerances  to  noise  tend  to  develop   based  on  an  individual’s  past  experiences  with  noise.   3.9  N OISE  AND  V IBRATION     3.9-­‐4  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     Thus,  an  important  way  of  predicting  a  human  reaction  to  a  new  noise  environment  is  the  way  it   compares  to  the  existing  environment  to  which  one  has  adapted:  the  so-­‐called  ambient  noise  level.  In   general,  the  more  a  new  noise  exceeds  the  previously  existing  ambient  noise  level,  the  less  acceptable   the  new  noise  will  be  judged  by  those  hearing  it.     With  regard  to  increases  in  A-­‐weighted  noise  level,  the  following  relationships  occur:   • Except  in  carefully  controlled  laboratory  experiments,  a  change  of  1  dBA  cannot  be  perceived;   • Outside  of  the  laboratory,  a  3  dBA  change  is  considered  a  just-­‐perceivable  difference;   • A  change  in  level  of  at  least  5  dBA  is  required  before  any  noticeable  change  in  human  response   would  be  expected;  and   • A  10  dBA  change  is  subjectively  heard  as  approximately  a  doubling  in  loudness,  and  can  cause  an   adverse  response.   Stationary   point   sources   of   noise  –  i n c l u d i n g  s t a t i o n a r y  m o b i l e  s o u r c e s  s u c h  a s  i d l i n g  v e h i c l e s  –   attenuate  (lessen)  at  a  rate  of  approximately  6  dB  per  doubling  of  distance  from  the  source,  depending   on  environmental  conditions  (i.e.  atmospheric  conditions  and  either  vegetative  or  manufactured  noise   barriers,  etc.).  Widely  distributed  noises,  such  as  a  large  industrial  facility  spread  over  many  acres,  or  a   street  with  moving  vehicles,  would  typically  attenuate  at  a  lower  rate.     E XISTING  N OISE  L EVELS   Existing  Land  Uses  in  the  Project  Vicinity   The  Truckee-­‐Tahoe  Airport,  a  general  aviation  facility,  is  the  major  land  use  east  of  the  Plan  Area.    Areas   north,  west  and  south  of  the  site  are  characterized  by  a  mix  of  low  and  medium  density  residential,   commercial   and   recreational   uses.     The   Ponderosa   Golf   Course   borders   a   portion   of   the  Plan  Area   directly  to  the  west.       Other  land  uses  in  close  proximity,  but  not  adjacent  to  the  Plan  Area,  include  a  diverse,  and  distinctly   different  set  of  land  uses.  The  area  west  of  the  Plan  Area  is  dominated  by  single  and  multiple  family   residential  land  uses  on  both  sides  of  Brockway  Road,  known  within  the  Town  General  Plan  as  the   Brockway  Road  Corridor.  This  corridor  is  also  characterized  by  open  space  and  recreation  lands  as  well   as  a  variety  of  local-­‐serving  commercial  uses  fronting  Brockway  Road.   NOISE  AND  VIBRATION  3.9     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.9-­‐5     Existing  Background  Noise  Levels   During  the  period  of  July  16th  –  July  20th,  2010,  j.c.  brennan  &  associates,  Inc.  conducted  two  sets  of   continuous  noise  level  measurements  for  a  period  of  48  hours  on  the  Plan  Area,  and  in  the  vicinity  of  the   Plan  Area.    The  results  of  the  noise  level  measurements  are  shown  in  Table  3.9-­‐2.    Appendix  B  of  the  j.c.   brennan  &  associates  Environmental  Noise  Assessment  graphically  shows  the  results  of  the  continuous   noise  level  measurements.       The  intent  of  the  noise  level  measurements  was  to  determine  the  overall  daily  noise  exposure  on  the   Plan   Area,   and   the   temporal   distribution   of   noise   levels.    Figure  3.9-­‐1  s h o w s  t h e  l o c a t i o n  o f  t h e   continuous  and  short-­‐term  noise  measurement  sites.  Based  upon  the  noise  measurement  results,  the   Plan  Area  and  surrounding  area  can  be  characterized  as  ranging  from  moderately  loud  to  fairly  quiet.   Major  noise  sources  included  local  roadway  traffic,  traffic  on  State  Route  267,  and  aircraft  operations   associated  with  the  Truckee-­‐Tahoe  Airport.     Equipment  used  for  all  noise  level  measurements  included  Larson-­‐Davis-­‐Laboratories  (LDL)  Model  820   precision  integrating  sound  level  meters.    The  sound  level  meters  were  calibrated  in  the  field  using  an   LDL  Model  CAL200  acoustical  calibrator  to  ensure  accuracy.     TABLE  3.9-­‐2:  EXISTING  AMBIENT  NOISE  MONITORING  RESULTS   AVERAGE  MEASURED  HOURLY  NOISE  LEVELS,  (DBA)   DAYTIME   (7:00  AM  -­  10:00  PM)   NIGHTTIME   (10:00  PM  -­  7  AM)   SITE  DATE  LOCATION  DURATION   24-­HR   LDN  LEQ  L50  LMAX  LEQ  L50  LMAX   Continuous  Noise  Measurement  Sites   7/16/2010  61.7  59.8  58  75.9  53.8  48  69.0  1  7/17/2010   Regional   Commercial   Zoning  24  hours  60.3  58.2  56  73.5  52.5  47  67.2   7/19/2010  57.6  51.2  47  70.1  51.2  46  64.5  2  7/20/2010   Multi-­‐Family   Residential  Zoning  24-­‐hours  55.8  50.3  48  68.4  49.3  47  62.2   SOURCE  -­‐  J.C.  BRENNAN  &  ASSOCIATES,  INC.     Existing  Roadway  Traffic  Noise  Levels   One  of  the  primary  noise  sources  at  the  Plan  Area  is  traffic  along  State  Route  267  (SR  267)  and  the  local   roadway  system.    The  existing  traffic  noise  on  the  Plan  Area  can  be  quantified  through  the  continuous   noise  measurements,  or  through  existing  traffic  volumes  and  truck  mix  percentages  provided  by  the   project  traffic  consultant  and  Caltrans.       j.c.  brennan  &  associates,  Inc.  utilized  the  Federal  Highway  Administration  (FHWA  RD77-­‐108)  Traffic   Noise  Prediction  Model  to  determine  the  existing  traffic  noise  levels  on  the  Plan  Area  and  the  project   vicinity.    The  FHWA  model  is  the  analytical  method  currently  used  for  highway  traffic  noise  prediction  by   most  state  and  local  agencies.    The  FHWA  model  is  based  upon  the  Calveno  reference  noise  factors  for   automobiles,   medium   trucks   and   heavy   trucks,   with   consideration   given   to   vehicle   volume,   speed,   roadway  configuration,  distance  to  the  receiver,  and  the  acoustical  characteristics  of  the  site.   3.9  N OISE  AND  V IBRATION     3.9-­‐6  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     The  FHWA  model  was  developed  to  predict  hourly  Leq  values  for  free-­‐flowing  traffic  conditions.  To   predict  CNEL  values,  it  is  necessary  to  determine  the  day/night  distribution  of  traffic  and  adjust  the   traffic  volume  input  data  to  yield  an  equivalent  hourly  traffic  volume.   Average   daily   traffic  ( A D T )  v o l u m e s  w e r e  p r o v i d e d  b y  t h e  p r o j e c t  t r a f f i c  c o n s u l t a n t ,  a n d  t r u c k  m i x   percentages  for  existing  conditions  were  obtained  from  Caltrans.    The  effective  day/night  split  was   based  upon  the  measured  hourly  noise  levels  on  the  Plan  Area.  The  FHWA  Model  inputs  are  contained   in  Appendix  C  of  the  Environmental  Noise  Assessment.      Table  3.9-­‐3  shows  the  predicted  existing  traffic   noise  levels  at  a  reference  distance  of  100  feet  from  the  roadway  centerline. TABLE  3.9-­‐3:  EXISTING  TRAFFIC  NOISE  LEVELS   DISTANCE  TO  CONTOURS  (FEET)  *  ROADWAY  SEGMENT   LDN/CNEL   AT    100   FEET*  70  DB  CNEL  65  DB  CNEL  60  DB  CNEL   S.  of  I-­‐80  East  Interchange  60  dB  21  45  96   East  of  Bridge  Street  57  dB  15  31  68  Donner  Pass  Rd   West  of  Bridge  Street  58  dB  15  33  71   I-­‐80  to  Brockway  66  dB  54  117  252   Brockway  to  Town  Limit  67  dB  60  129  278   Town  Limit  to  Airport  Rd  67  dB  59  126  272   Airport  Rd  to  Northstar  Dr  66  dB  54  117  253   Northstar  Dr  to  Summit  65  dB  50  107  231   S.R.  267     Summit  to  S.R.  28  64  dB  39  84  182   S.R.  267  to  Project  Access  60  dB  21  46  98   Project   Access   to   Martis   Valley   Rd  60  dB  21  45  97   Martis  Valley  Rd  to  Palisades  Dr  64  dB  38  82  176   Brockway  Rd     Palisades  Dr  to  West  River  Rd  62  dB  30  65  140   SOURCE:  FHWA-­‐RD-­‐77-­‐108  WITH  INPUTS  FROM  LSC,  CALTRANS  AND  J.C.  BRENNAN  &  ASSOCIATES,  INC.   Note:  *Distances  to  traffic  noise  contours  are  measured  in  feet  from  the  centerlines  of  the  roadways.   Existing  Truckee-­Tahoe  Airport  Noise  Levels   The  Tahoe-­‐Truckee  Airport  is  located  to  the  east  of  the  Plan  Area.    Based  upon  the  Nevada  County   Transportation   Commission   Airport   Land   Use   Compatibility   Plan   (ALUC)   for   the   airport,   there   are   approximately  135  based  aircraft  with  an  anticipated  224  based  aircraft  in  the  year  2020.    There  are   approximately  48,000  annual  aircraft  operations,  with  an  estimated  120,000  annual  operations  in  the   year  2020.    Figure  3.9-­‐2  shows  the  noise  contours  used  for  land  use  compatibility  planning.       In   addition,   noise   measurements   of   individual   aircraft   operations   were   conducted   in   July   of   2010.     Maximum  noise  levels  from  aircraft  operations  on  the  portion  of  the  Plan  Area  which  is  zoned  for  multi-­‐ family  residential  ranged  between  65  dB  Lmax  and  75  dB  Lmax.    Based  upon  the  ALUC,  more  than  90%   of  the  aircraft  operations  occur  during  the  daytime  hours  (7  am  -­‐  7  pm).   NOISE  AND  VIBRATION  3.9     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.9-­‐7     3.9.2    REGULATORY  F RAMEWORK   S TATE   Governor’s  Office  of  Planning  and  Research  (OPR)   The  State  of  California  General  Plan  Guidelines  (State  of  California  1998),  published  by  OPR  provides   guidance  for  the  acceptability  of  projects  within  specific  CNEL  contours.  The  guidelines  also  present   adjustment  factors  that  may  be  used  in  order  to  arrive  at  noise  acceptability  standards  that  reflect  the   noise   control   goals   of   the   community,   the   particular   community’s   sensitivity   to   noise,   and   the   community’s  assessment  of  the  relative  importance  of  noise  pollution.   Title  24   The   State   Building   Code,   Title   24,   Part   2   of   the   State   of   California   Code   of   Regulations   establishes   uniform   minimum   noise   insulation   performance   standards   to   protect   persons   within   new   buildings   which  house  people,  including  hotels,  motels,  dormitories,  apartment  houses  and  dwellings  other  than   single-­‐family  dwellings.  Title  24  mandates  that  interior  noise  levels  attributable  to  exterior  sources  shall   not   exceed   45   dB   Ldn  o r  C N E L  i n  a n y  h a b i t a b l e  r o o m .  Title   24   also   mandates   that   for   structures   containing  noise-­‐sensitive  uses  to  be  located  where  the  Ldn  or  CNEL  exceeds  60  dB,  an  acoustical  analysis   must  be  prepared  to  identify  mechanisms  for  limiting  exterior  noise  to  the  prescribed  allowable  interior   levels.  If  the  interior  allowable  noise  levels  are  met  by  requiring  that  windows  be  kept  close,  the  design   for  the  structure  must  also  specify  a  ventilation  or  air  conditioning  system  to  provide  a  habitable  interior   environment.   L OCAL   Town  of  Truckee  General  Plan   The  Town  of  Truckee  2025  General  Plan  identifies  specific  goals  and  policies  regarding  air  quality.  Table   3.9-­‐4  analyzes  the  project’s  consistency  with  applicable  Town  of  Truckee  General  Plan  policies.     TABLE  3.9-­‐4:  CONSISTENCY  ANALYSIS   GENERAL  PLAN  GOALS  AND  POLICIES    CONSISTENT  ANALYSIS     Noise  Element  Goal  1:  Minimize  community  noise  exposure  to  excessive  noise  by  ensuring  compatible  land  uses  relative   to  noise  sources.   Noise  Element  Policy  1.1:  Allow  new  development  only  if   consistent  with  the  ground  transportation  noise   compatibility  guidelines  and  policies  of  this  Element.     Noise  measurements  used  in  establishing  compatibility   shall  be  measured  in  dBA  CNEL  and  based  on  worst  case   noise  levels,  either  existing  or  future,  with  future  noise   levels  to  be  predicted  based  on  projected  2025  levels.   Yes   The  Environmental  Noise  Assessment   completed  for  the  proposed  project   determined  that  traffic  noise  impacts  were   within  the  prescribed  ranges.   Noise  Element  Policy  1.2:  Require  new  development  to   mitigate  exterior  noise  to  “normally  acceptable”  levels  in   outdoor  areas  where  quiet  is  a  benefit  such  as  in  the   backyards  of  single-­‐family  homes.   Yes  Exterior  noise  levels  were  determined  to  be   acceptable   3.9  N OISE  AND  V IBRATION     3.9-­‐8  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     GENERAL  PLAN  GOALS  AND  POLICIES    CONSISTENT  ANALYSIS     Noise  Element  Policy  1.3:  Enforce  the  California  Noise   Insulation  Standards  for  interior  noise  levels  attributable   to  exterior  sources  for  all  proposed  new  single-­‐  and   multi-­‐family  residences.  (Note:  This  is  an  interior  noise   level  of  45  dB  Ldn/CNEL)   Yes   All  future  residential  development   (workforce  housing)  will  be  required  to   demonstrate  compliance  with  this  policy   Noise  Element  Goal  2:      Address  noise  issues  through  the  planning  and  permitting  process.   Noise  Element  Policy  2.1:  Require  mitigation  of  all   significant  noise  impacts  as  a  condition  of  project   approval.   Yes   Mitigations  measures  are  provided  in  this  EIR   and  implementation  of  these  measures   reduce  all  noise  impacts  to  a  less  than   significant  level.   Noise  Element  Policy  2.2:  Require  preparation  of  a  noise   analysis  which  is  to  include  recommendations  for   mitigation  for  all  proposed  projects  which  may  result  in   potentially  significant  noise  impacts  to  nearby  noise   sensitive  land  uses.   Yes   As  noise  analysis  was  prepared.   Recommendations  were  made  to  reduce  all   potential  impacts  to  a  less  than  significant   levels   Noise  Element  Policy  2.3:  Require  preparation  of  a  noise   analysis  which  is  to  include  recommendations  for   mitigation  for  all  proposed  development  within  noise   impacted  areas  that  may  be  exposed  to  levels  greater  than   “normally  acceptable.”     Yes   As  noise  analysis  was  prepared.   Recommendations  were  made  to  reduce  all   potential  impacts  to  a  less  than  significant   levels   Noise  Element  Policy  2.4:  Discourage  the  construction  of   sound  walls  and  require  development  projects  to  evaluate   site  design  techniques,  building  setbacks,  earthen  berms,   alternative  architectural  layouts  and  other  means  to  meet   noise  reduction  requirements.   Yes   The  project  is  subject  to  this  policy.  The   placement  of  sound  walls  will  be  considered   as  the  actual  site  plans  are  developed.   Noise  Element  Goal  3:  Reduce  noise  levels  from  sources  such  as  domestic  uses,  construction  and  car  stereos,  and  from   mobile  sources,  including  motor  vehicle  traffic  and  aircraft  operations.   Noise  Element  Policy  3.13:  Require  the  following   standard  construction  noise  control  measures  to  be   included  as  requirements  at  construction  sites  in  order  to   minimize  construction  noise  impacts.   • Equip  all  internal  combustion  engine  driven   equipment  with  intake  and  exhaust  mufflers  that  are   in  good  condition  and  appropriate  for  the  equipment.   • Locate  stationary  noise  generating  equipment  as  far   as  possible  from  sensitive  receptors  when  sensitive   receptors  adjoin  or  are  near  a  construction  project   area.   • Utilize  “quiet”  air  compressors  and  other  stationary   noise-­‐generating  equipment  where  appropriate   technology  exists.   • The  project  sponsor  shall  designate  a  “disturbance   coordinator”  who  would  be  responsible  for   responding  to  any  local  complaints  about   construction  noise.    The  disturbance  coordinator  will   determine  the  cause  of  the  noise  complaint  and  will   require  that  reasonable  measures  warranted  to   correct  the  problem  be  implemented.    The  project   sponsor  shall  also  post  telephone  number  for   excessive  noise  complaints  in  conspicuous  locations   in  the  vicinity  of  the  project  site.    Additionally,  the   project  sponsor  shall  send  a  notice  to  neighbors  in   the  project  vicinity  with  the  information  on  the   construction  schedule  and  the  telephone  number  for   noise  complaints.   Yes   Mitigation  Measures  3.9-­‐1  and  3.9-­‐2  provide   mitigation  for  construction  noise  impacts.   Implementations  of  these  measures  reduce   all  construction  noise  impacts  to  a  less  than   significant  level.   NOISE  AND  VIBRATION  3.9     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.9-­‐9     SOURCE:  DE  NOVO  PLANNING  GROUP  (2011).   The  Town  of  Truckee  Noise  Element  guidelines  which  are  applicable  to  the  land  uses  located  in  the   project  vicinity  are  provided  in  Table  3.9-­‐5.   TABLE  3.9-­‐5:  TOWN  OF  TRUCKEE  NOISE  COMPATIBILITY  GUIDELINES             3.9  N OISE  AND  V IBRATION     3.9-­‐10  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     Town  of  Truckee  Development  Code   The  Town  of  Truckee  Development  Code  essentially  contains  the  Noise  Ordinance  referred  to  in  the   Town  of  Truckee  Noise  Element  policies.       Section  18.44.020  of  the  development  code  states  that  noise  complaints  associated  with  the  types  of   commercial  uses  (loading  docks,  stationary  noise  sources,  etc.)  would  be  directed  to  the  Community   Development  Department.   Section  18.44.040  states  that  exterior  noise  levels,  when  measured  at  a  noise-­‐sensitive  receiving  land   use,  shall  not  exceed  the  noise  level  standards  set  forth  in  Table  3.9-­‐6  (Table  3-­‐8  in  the  Code).    In  the   event  that  the  ambient  noise  environment  exceeds  the  Table  3.9-­‐6  standards,  the  applicable  standards   shall  be  adjusted  to  equal  the  ambient  noise  level.    In  addition,  the  Table  3.9-­‐6  standards  shall  be   reduced  by  5  dB  for  simple  tone  noises,  noises  consisting  primarily  of  speech  or  music,  or  for  recurring   impulsive  noises. TABLE  3.9-­‐6:  NOISE  STANDARDS  BY  RECEIVING  LAND  USE  TOWN  OF  TRUCKEE  DEVELOPMENT  CODE   CUMULATIVE  DURATION  OF  INTRUSIVE  SOUND  NOISE  METRIC  DAYTIME   (7  AM  TO  10  PM)   NIGHTTIME   (10  PM  -­  7  AM)   Hospital,  Library,  Religious  Institution,  Residential  or  School  Uses:     Cumulative  period  of  30  minutes  per  hour     L50     55     50     Cumulative  period  of  15  minutes  per  hour     L25     60     55     Cumulative  period  of  5  minutes  per  hour     L08     65     60     Cumulative  period  of  1  minute  per  hour     L02     70     65     Level  not  to  be  exceeded  for  any  time  during  hour     Lmax     75     70   Commercial  Uses:     Cumulative  period  of  30  minutes  per  hour     L50     65     60     Cumulative  period  of  15  minutes  per  hour     L25     70     65     Cumulative  period  of  5  minutes  per  hour     L08     75     70     Cumulative  period  of  1  minute  per  hour     L02     80     75     Level  not  to  be  exceeded  for  any  time  during  hour     Lmax     85     80   SOURCE:  TOWN  OF  TRUCKEE,  TITLE  18-­‐  DEVELOPMENT  CODE,  CHAPTER  18.44  –  NOISE,  AMENDED  MARCH  6,  2009    Note:    Each  of  the  noise  limits  specified  above  shall  be  reduced  by  5  dBA  for  impulsive  or  simple  tone  noises  or  for  noises   consisting  of  speech  or  music.  If  the  existing  ambient  noise  levels  exceed  that  permitted  in  the  first  four  noise-­‐limit  categories,   the  allowable  limit  shall  be  increased  to  encompass  the  ambient.   Section  18.44.070  –  Exceptions  states  that  the  provisions  of  the  chapter  do  not  apply  to  noise  sources   associated  with  non-­‐single  family  residential  construction  provided  that  the  activities  do  not  take  place   before  7  a.m.  or  after  9  p.m.  on  any  day  except  Sunday,  or  before  9  a.m.  or  after  6  p.m.  on  Sunday.    The   NOISE  AND  VIBRATION  3.9     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.9-­‐11     provisions   of   the   chapter   do   not   apply   to   noise   sources   associated   with   single   family   residential   construction  on  a  single  family  lot.   3.9.3  IMPACTS  AND  M ITIGATION  MEASURES   T HRESHOLDS  OF  S IGNIFICANCE   Consistent  with  Appendix  G  of  the  CEQA  Guidelines,  the  project  will  have  a  significant  impact  related  to   noise  if  it  will  result  in:   • Exposure  of  persons  to  or  generation  of  noise  levels  in  excess  of  standards  established  in  the   local  general  plan  or  noise  ordinance,  or  applicable  standards  of  other  agencies;   • Exposure  of  persons  to  or  generation  of  excessive  groundborne  vibration  or  groundborne  noise   levels;   • A  substantial  temporary  or  periodic  increase  in  ambient  noise  levels  in  the  project  vicinity  above   levels  existing  without  the  project;   • A  substantial  temporary  or  periodic  increase  in  ambient  noise  levels  in  the  project  vicinity  above   levels  existing  without  project.  A  substantial  increase  in  noise  levels  is  defined  as  being  3  dB  if   the  resulting  total  noise  level  would  exceed  that  considered  “normally  acceptable”  for  a  given   land  use  category;   • For   a   project   located   within   an   airport   land   use   plan   or,   where   such   a   plan   has   not   been   adopted,  within  two  miles  of  a  public  airport  or  public  use  airport,  expose  people  residing  or   working  in  the  project  area  to  excessive  noise  levels;  or   • For  a  project  within  the  vicinity  of  a  private  airstrip,  expose  people  residing  or  working  in  the   project  area  to  excessive  noise  levels.   Project-­Related  Noise  Level  Increase  Criteria   Besides  the  Town  Noise  Element  and  Draft  Development  Code  standards,  the  significance  of  project-­‐ related   noise   level   increases   may   be   determined   by   comparison   of   no-­‐project   noise   levels   to   the   expected  change  in  noise  levels  which  will  occur  because  of  the  project.    It  is  generally  recognized  that   an  increase  of  3  dB  is  usually  required  before  most  people  will  perceive  a  change  in  noise  levels,  and  an   increase  of  5  dB  is  required  before  the  change  will  be  clearly  noticeable.    A  common  practice  is  to   assume  that  a  minimally  perceptible  increase  of  3  dB  represents  a  significant  increase  in  ambient  noise   levels.   Table   3.9-­‐7  i s  b a s e d  u p o n  r e c o m m e n d a t i o n s  m a d e  i n  A u g u s t  1 9 9 2  b y  t h e  F e d e r a l  I n t e r a g e n c y   Committee  on  Noise  (FICON)  to  provide  guidance  in  the  assessment  of  changes  in  ambient  noise  levels   resulting  from  aircraft  operations.    The  recommendations  are  based  upon  studies  that  relate  aircraft   noise   levels   to   the   percentage   of   persons   highly   annoyed   by   the   noise.    Although   the   FICON   recommendations  were  specifically  developed  to  assess  aircraft  noise  impacts,  these  criteria  have  been   applied  to  other  sources  of  noise  similarly  described  in  terms  of  cumulative  noise  exposure  metrics  such   3.9  N OISE  AND  V IBRATION     3.9-­‐12  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     as  the  CNEL  or  Ldn.    This  metric  is  generally  applied  to  transportation  noise  sources,  and  defines  noise   exposure  in  terms  of  average  noise  exposure  during  a  24-­‐hour  period  with  a  penalty  added  to  noise  that   occurs  during  the  nighttime.    According  to  Table  7,  an  increase  in  the  traffic  noise  level  of  3  dB  or  more   would  be  significant  where  the  ambient  noise  level  is  between  60  dB  and  65  dB  CNEL. TABLE  3.9-­‐7:  SIGNIFICANCE  OF  CHANGES  IN  CUMULATIVE  NOISE  EXPOSURE   <60  dB  +5.0  dB  or  more   60-­‐65  dB  +3.0  dB  or  more   >65  dB  +1.5  dB  or  more   SOURCE:  J.C.  BRENNAN  &  ASSOCIATES,  INC.,  FEDERAL  INTERAGENCY  COMMITTEE  ON  NOISE,  FEDERAL  AGENCY  REVIEW  OF  SELECTED   AIRPORT  NOISE  ANALYSIS  ISSUES,  AUGUST  1992   Vibration  Standards   Vibration  is  like  noise  in  that  it  involves  a  source,  a  transmission  path,  and  a  receiver.    While  vibration  is   related  to  noise,  it  differs  in  that  in  that  noise  is  generally  considered  to  be  pressure  waves  transmitted   through  air,  whereas  vibration  usually  consists  of  the  excitation  of  a  structure  or  surface.    As  with  noise,   vibration  consists  of  an  amplitude  and  frequency.    A  person’s  perception  to  the  vibration  will  depend  on   their  individual  sensitivity  to  vibration,  as  well  as  the  amplitude  and  frequency  of  the  source  and  the   response  of  the  system  which  is  vibrating.   Vibration  can  be  measured  in  terms  of  acceleration,  velocity,  or  displacement.    A  common  practice  is  to   monitor   vibration   measures   in   terms   of   peak   particle   velocities   in   inches   per   second.     Standards   pertaining   to   perception   as   well   as   damage   to   structures   have   been  d e v e l o p e d  f o r  v i b r a t i o n  l e v e l s   defined  in  terms  of  peak  particle  velocities.   The  Town  of  Truckee  does  not  contain  specific  policies  pertaining  to  vibration  levels.    However,  vibration   levels  associated  with  construction  activities  are  discussed  in  this  report.   Human   and   structural   response   to   different   vibration   levels   is   influenced   by   a   number   of   factors,   including  ground  type,  distance  between  source  and  receptor,  duration,  and  the  number  of  perceived   vibration  events.    Criteria  have  been  developed  by  Caltrans,  showing  the  vibration  levels  which  would   normally  be  required  to  result  in  damage  to  structures.    The  vibration  levels  are  presented  in  terms  of   peak  particle  velocity  in  inches  per  second.       The  threshold  for  damage  to  structures  ranges  from  2  to  6  in/sec.  One-­‐half  this  minimum  threshold  or  1   in/sec  p.p.v.  is  considered  a  safe  criterion  that  would  protect  against  architectural  or  structural  damage.   The  general  threshold  at  which  human  annoyance  could  occur  is  noted  as  0.1  in/sec  p.p.v.   NOISE  AND  VIBRATION  3.9     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.9-­‐13     I MPACTS  AND  M ITIGATION  M EASURES   Impact  3.9-­1:  The  proposed  project  may  generate  unacceptable  traffic  noise   levels  at  existing  receptors  (Less  than  Significant)   To  describe  future  noise  levels  due  to  traffic,  the  Federal  Highway  Administration  Highway  Traffic  Noise   Prediction  Model  (FHWA  RD-­‐77-­‐108)  was  used.  Direct  inputs  to  the  model  included  traffic  volumes   provided  by  LSC  Transportation  Consultants.  The  FHWA  model  is  based  upon  the  CALVENO  reference   noise  factors  for  automobiles,  medium  trucks  and  heavy  trucks,  with  consideration  given  to  vehicle   volume,  speed,  roadway  configuration,  distance  to  the  receiver,  and  the  acoustical  characteristics  of  the   site.     To  determine  the  future  traffic  noise  levels  on  the  Plan  Area  and  in  the  project  vicinity,  and  relative   increases   in   traffic   due   to   the   project,   j.c.   brennan   &   associates,   Inc.   used   local   roadway   traffic   information   provided   by   the   project   traffic  consultant.   Appendix   C   of   the   Environmental   Noise   Assessment  shows  the  complete  inputs  to  the  FHWA  Noise  Prediction  Model.     Table  3.9-­‐8  shows  the  noise  levels  associated  with  traffic  on  the  local  roadway  network  under  the   existing  and  existing  plus  project  traffic  conditions.    As  indicated  by  Table  3.9-­‐8,  the  related  noise  level   increases  under  development  of  the  proposed  project  are  predicted  to  range  between  0  to  2  dB.         The  project’s  contribution  to  existing  and  cumulative  traffic  noise  increases  is  predicted  to  be  2  dB,  or   less.    The  proposed  project  is  not  predicted  to  cause  increased  noise  levels  exceeding  the  Town  of   Truckee  60  dB  Ldn  exterior  noise  level  standard  at  existing  noise-­‐sensitive  residential/mobile  home   receptors.    Additionally,  these  increases  do  not  exceed  the  FICON  standards  shown  in  Table  3.9-­‐7.  Traffic   associated  with  the  proposed  project  is  not  anticipated  to  result  in  exposure  of  persons  to  traffic  noise   levels  in  excess  of  the  Town’s  standards,  nor  would  project  traffic  result  in  a  substantial  increase  in   ambient  noise  levels.  Therefore,  this  impact  is  less  than  significant.   NOISE  AND  VIBRATION  3.9     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.9-­‐14       TABLE  3.9-­‐8:  PREDICTED  EXISTING  AND  EXISTING  PLUS  PROJECT  TRAFFIC  NOISE  LEVELS       Traffic  Noise  Levels  (CNEL)   @  100  feet   Distance  to  contours   Existing  (in  feet)   Distance  to  Contours     Existing  +  Project  (  in   feet)   Roadway  Segment  Existing     Existing  +   Project  Change  65  dB   CNEL   60  dB   CNEL   65  dB   CNEL   60  dB   CNEL   Donner  Pass  Rd   Donner  Pass  Rd   Donner  Pass  Rd   S.  of  I-­‐80  East  Interchange   East  of  Bridge  Street   West  of  Bridge  Street   60  dB   57  dB   58  dB   60  dB   58  dB   58  dB   0   +1  dB   0   45   31   33   96   68   71   46   32   32   100   68   70   S.R.  267   S.R.  267   S.R.  267   S.R.  267   S.R.  267   S.R.  267   I-­‐80  to  Brockway   Brockway  to  Town  Limit   Town  Limit  to  Airport  Rd   Airport  Rd  to  Northstar  Dr   Northstar  Dr  to  Summit   Summit  to  S.R.  28   66  dB   67  dB   67  dB   66  dB   65  dB   64  dB   67  dB   67  dB   67  dB   66  dB   66  dB   64  dB   +1  dB   0   0   0   +1  dB   0   117   129   126   117   107   84   252   278   272   253   231   182   141   133   130   122   111   86   305   286   281   264   240   184   Brockway  Rd   Brockway  Rd   Brockway  Rd   Brockway  Rd   S.R.  267  to  Project  Access   Project  Access  to  Martis  Valley  Rd   Martis  Valley  Rd  to  Palisades  Dr   Palisades  Dr  to  West  River  Rd   60  dB   60  dB   64  dB   62  dB   62  dB   61  dB   64  dB   62  dB   +2  dB   +1  dB   0   0   46   45   82   65   98   97   176   140   64   57   89   68   138   122   191   146   Source:  j.c.  brennan  &  associates,  Inc.  -­‐  2013   Predicted  noise  levels  and  distances  to  contours  are  from  the  roadway  centerline.     1  Distances  to  traffic  noise  contours  are  measured  in  feet  from  the  centerlines  of  the  roadways.    Actual  distances  may  vary  due  to  shielding  from  existing   noise    barriers  or  intervening  structures.  Traffic  noise  levels  may  vary  depending  on  actual  setback  distances  and  localized  shielding.     SOURCE:  J.C.  BRENNAN  &  ASSOCIATES,  INC.  2012  (FHWA-­‐RD-­‐77-­‐108  WITH  INPUTS  FROM  LSC  TRANSPORTATION  CONSULTANTS).   NOISE  AND  VIBRATION  3.9     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.9-­‐15     Impact  3.9-­2:  Construction  of  the  project  may  generate  significant  noise  (Less   than  Significant  with  Mitigation)   During  the  construction  phases  of  the  project,  noise  from  construction  activities  would  add  to  the  noise   environment  in  the  immediate  project  vicinity.    Noise  levels  from  construction  activities  are  expected  to   occur   as   part   of   the   project   development,   and   infrastructure   improvements.     Activities   involved   in   construction  would  generate  maximum  noise  levels,  as  indicated  in  Table  3.9-­‐9,  ranging  from  76  to  90   dB  at  a  distance  of  50  feet.    Construction  activities  would  be  temporary  in  nature  and  are  anticipated  to   occur  during  normal  daytime  working  hours.       Noise   would   also   be   generated   during   the   construction   phase   by   increased   truck   traffic   on   area   roadways.    A  significant  project-­‐generated  noise  source  would  be  truck  traffic  associated  with  transport   of  heavy  materials  and  equipment  to  and  from  construction  sites.    This  noise  increase  would  be  of  short   duration,  and  would  likely  occur  primarily  during  daytime  hours.     TABLE  3.9-­‐9:  CONSTRUCTION  EQUIPMENT  NOISE   TYPE  OF  EQUIPMENT  MAXIMUM  LEVEL,  DB  AT  50  FEET   Backhoe  78   Compactor  83   Compressor  (air)  78   Concrete  Saw  90   Dozer  82   Dump  Truck  76   Excavator  81   Generator  81   Jackhammer  89   Pneumatic  Tools  85   SOURCE:  ROADWAY  CONSTRUCTION  NOISE  MODEL  USER’S  GUIDE.  FEDERAL  HIGHWAY  ADMINISTRATION.   FHWA-­‐HEP-­‐05-­‐054.  JANUARY  2006.  J.C.  BRENNAN  &  ASSOCIATES,  INC.  2012.   Activities  associated  with  construction  on  the  Plan  Area  and  for  roadway  improvement  projects  will   result   in   elevated   noise   levels   within   the   immediate   area.  Activities   involved   in   construction   would   typically  generate  maximum  noise  levels  ranging  from  85  to  90  dB  at  a  distance  of  50  feet.    Construction   activities  could  result  in  periods  of  elevated  noise  levels  at  existing  residences.    With  the  implementation   of  the  following  mitigation  measures  the  proposed  project  would  have  a  less  than  significant  impact.   3.9  N OISE  AND  V IBRATION     3.9-­‐16  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     MITIGATION  MEASURES   Mitigation   Measure   3.9-­‐1: Construction   activities   shall  a d h e r e  t o  t h e  r e q u i r e m e n t s  o f  t h e  T o w n  o f   Truckee  with  respect  to  hours  of  operation,  muffling  of  internal  combustion  engines,  and  other  factors   which  affect  construction  noise  generation  and  its  effects  on  noise-­‐sensitive  land  uses.   • Equip  all  internal  combustion  engine  driven  equipment  with  intake  and  exhaust  mufflers   that  are  in  good  condition  and  appropriate  for  the  equipment.   • Locate  stationary  noise  generating  equipment  as  far  as  possible  from  sensitive  receptors   when  sensitive  receptors  adjoin  or  are  near  a  construction  project  area.   • Utilize  “quiet”  air  compressors  and  other  stationary  noise-­‐generating  equipment  where   appropriate  technology  exists.   • The   project   sponsor   shall   designate   a   “disturbance   coordinator”   who   would   be   responsible   for   responding   to   any   local   complaints   about   construction   noise.     The   disturbance  coordinator  will  determine  the  cause  of  the  noise  complaint  and  will  require   that   reasonable   measures   warranted   to   correct   the   problem   be   implemented.     The   project   sponsor   shall   also   post   telephone   number   for   excessive   noise   complaints   in   conspicuous  locations  in  the  vicinity  of  the  Plan  Area.    Additionally,  the  project  sponsor   shall   send   a   notice   to   neighbors   in   the   project   vicinity   with   the   information   on   the   construction  schedule  and  the  telephone  number  for  noise  complaints.   Mitigation  Measure  3.9-­‐2:  Construction  activities  shall  be  restricted  between  the  hours  of  7  a.m.  and  7   p.m.  Monday  through  Friday,  and  between  the  hours  of  8  a.m.  and  7  p.m.  on  Saturdays.    No  construction   activities  shall  occur  on  Sundays  and  holidays.   Impact  3.9-­3:  Construction  of  the  project  may  result  in  vibration  impacts  (Less   than  Significant)   The  primary  vibration-­‐generating  activities  associated  with  the  proposed  project  would  occur  during   construction  when  activities  such  as  grading,  utilities  placement,  and  parking  lot  construction  occur.     Sensitive  receptors  which  could  be  impacted  by  construction  related  vibrations,  especially  vibratory   compactors/rollers,   are   located   approximately   100-­‐200  feet  or  further  from  the  Plan  Area.     At   this   distance   construction   vibrations   are   not   predicted   to   exceed   acceptable   levels.     Additionally,   construction  activities  would  be  temporary  in  nature  and  would  likely  occur  during  normal  daytime   working  hours.       Construction   vibration   impacts   include   human   annoyance   and   building   structural   damage.     Human   annoyance  occurs  when  construction  vibration  rises  significantly  above  the  threshold  of  perception.     Building  damage  can  take  the  form  of  cosmetic  or  structural.    Table  3.9-­‐10  shows  the  typical  vibration   levels  produced  by  construction  equipment.     NOISE  AND  VIBRATION  3.9     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.9-­‐17     TABLE  3.9-­‐10:  VIBRATION  LEVELS  FOR  VARYING  CONSTRUCTION  EQUIPMENT   TYPE  OF  EQUIPMENT   PEAK  PARTICLE  VELOCITY  AT  25  FEET   (INCHES/SECOND)   APPROXIMATE  VELOCITY  LEVEL  (VDB)   AT  25  FEET   Large  Bulldozer  0.089  87     Loaded  Trucks  0.076  86   Small  Bulldozer  0.003  58   Auger/drill  Rigs  0.089  87   Jackhammer  0.035  79   Vibratory  Hammer  0.070  85   Vibratory  Compactor/roller  0.210  94   SOURCE:  FEDERAL  TRANSIT  ADMINISTRATION,  TRANSIT  NOISE  AND  VIBRATION  IMPACT  ASSESSMENT  GUIDELINES,  MAY  2006   Construction  of  the  proposed  project  could  result  in  temporarily  vibration  levels  during  construction.     Although  the  impact  may  be  noticeable  at  distances  within  50  feet,  the  vibration  levels  are  not  expected   to   result   in   any   type   of   structural   damage.   Therefore,   this   impact   would   be   considered  less   than   significant.   Impact  3.9-­4:  The  project  will  result  in  on-­site  stationary  noise  (Less  than   Significant  with  Mitigation)   The   proposed   project   would   create   on-­‐site   noise   due   to   operation   of   the   retail/commercial   and   industrial  and  manufacturing  uses.  The  following  is  a  discussion  of  potential  noise  impacts  associated   with  these  stationary  noise  sources:   On-­‐Site  Retail/Commercial  Noise  Source  Impact  Assessment  Methodology   While  all  of  the  uses  located  within  the  commercial  development  will  potentially  generate  on-­‐site  truck   traffic,  the  greatest  potential  for  that  truck  traffic  to  create  excessive  noise  will  occur  along  truck  access   and  delivery  routes.    These  routes  generally  occur  along  the  back  sides  of  commercial  developments,   although  many  small  truck  deliveries  such  as  UPS  deliveries  can  occur  at  the  front  facades.         Although  design  plans  are  not  available  for  the  commercial  uses,  the  loading  docks  could  be  located  at   any  location  on  the  sites  zoned  for  commercial  use.    Since  it  is  not  possible  to  determine  the  typical  daily   or  peak  hour  number  of  trucks  which  may  provide  deliveries  at  this  time,  the  typical  truck  activity  for  the   center  can  be  based  upon  observations  of  other  commercial  uses.    It  is  expected  that  peak  hour  activity   would  occur  in  the  mornings  and  will  consist  of  up  to  four  tractor-­‐trailer  truck  deliveries,  and  up  to  four   step-­‐size  vans  per  peak  hour.    Based  on  file  data  for  these  types  of  heavy  truck  passages  and  unloading   activity  noise  level  data,  the  sound  exposure  level  (SEL)  at  a  reference  distance  of  50  feet  from  a  loading   dock,  and  30  feet  from  the  truck  circulation  route  is  approximately  85  dB,  and  a  maximum  noise  level  of   80  dB.    Typical  medium  truck  arrivals  and  departures  and  unloading  are  approximately  78  dB  SEL  and  73   3.9  N OISE  AND  V IBRATION     3.9-­‐18  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     dB  Lmax  at  50  feet.    Based  upon  the  data  described  above,  the  following  formula  can  be  utilized  to   determine  the  hourly  noise  level  due  to  the  truck  traffic  passbys  and  loading  dock  activities:   Leq  =  85  +  10  *  (log  Neq)  -­‐  35.6,  dB  where:   85  is  the  mean  sound  exposure  level  (SEL)  for  a  heavy  truck  arrival  and  departure  (80  for  medium   trucks),  and  10  *  (log  Neq)  is  10  times  the  logarithm  of  the  number  of  truck  arrivals  and  departures   during  an  hour,  and  35.6  is  10  times  the  logarithm  of  the  number  seconds  in  an  hour.     Based  upon  the  above  formula,  the  hourly  Leq  generated  during  the  peak  hour  of  truck  activity  with  four   heavy  truck  arrival/departure  and  unloading  and  four  medium  truck  arrival/departure  and  unloading,   would  be  approximately  56  dB  Leq/L50,  and  80  dB  Lmax  at  a  distance  of  50  feet.  Based  upon  the   analysis,  the  loading  docks  would  either  need  to  be  located  a  minimum  distance  of  160  feet  from  the   nearest  residential  area,  or  include  mitigation  for  shielding  loading  dock  activities.   On-­‐Site  Manufacturing  and  Industrial  Noise  Impact  Methodology   j.c.  brennan  &  associates,  Inc.  conducted  reference  noise  level  measurements  for  industrial  facilities  in   the  Yuba  County  Industrial  Park.    Noise  measurements  included  operations  at  the  Hanson  Truss,  Inc.,   American  Wood  Fibers,  and  Medallion  Millwork  sites.    Sources  measured  included  a  combination  of   woodworking  equipment  (i.e.,  saws,  routers,  hammers,  nail  guns),  vacuum  units,  mobile  equipment  (i.e.,   fork  lifts,  trucks),  among  other  site-­‐specific  equipment.  The  reference  noise  level  data  indicated  typical   levels  of  62  dB  Leq,  58  dB  L50  and  67  dB  Lmax  at  a  distance  of  500  feet.   Exterior  Traffic  Noise  Impacts  at  the  Plan  Area     Based  upon  the  analysis,  the  predicted  future  traffic  noise  at  residential  zoned  parcel  would  be  less  than   60  dB  CNEL,  the  future  traffic  noise  at  the  office,  commercial  and  industrial  zoned  parcels  would  be  less   than  75  dB  CNEL.    Therefore,  this  is  a  less  than  significant  impact.   Interior  Traffic  Noise  Impacts  on  the  Plan  Area  for  All  Options   Typical  construction  practices  will  result  in  an  exterior  to  interior  reduction  in  traffic  noise  levels  of  20   dB  to  25  dB.    Predicted  traffic  noise  levels  at  proposed  residential  uses  are  not  expected  to  exceed  60   dBA  CNEL.    Therefore,  interior  noise  levels  are  expected  to  comply  with  the  45  dBA  CNEL  standard.     Therefore,  this  is  a  less  than  significant  impact.   On-­‐Site  Retail/Commercial  Noise  Source  Impacts   The  types  of  commercial  uses  which  are  expected  to  be  included  within  the  portion  of  the  Plan  Area   which  is  designated  for  mixed  use  commercial  and  retail  are  expected  to  range  between  the  5,000  and   8,000   square   feet   in   size,   and   can   include   large   box   stores.     The   most   significant   noise-­‐producing   components  of  this  project  with  respect  to  the  potential  effects  on  nearby  residential  uses,  are  on-­‐site   truck  traffic  circulation  and  associated  loading  activities.    Each  of  these  noise  sources  were  evaluated   separately   through   a   combination   of   noise   level   measurements   and   application   of   accepted   noise   prediction  methodologies.     NOISE  AND  VIBRATION  3.9     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.9-­‐19     On-­‐site  truck  traffic  and  loading  dock  activities  could  exceed  the  Development  Code  hourly  noise  level   criteria  at  the  existing  residences  located  to  the  south  and  across  S.R.  267.    On-­‐site  truck  traffic  and   loading  dock  activities  could  also  exceed  the  Truckee  Development  Code  standards  for  future  onsite   workforce  housing  units.    The  peak  hour  of  truck  activity  with  four  heavy  truck  arrivals/departure,  and   unloading  and  four  medium  truck  arrivals/departures  and  unloading,  would  be  approximately  56  dB  L50   and  80  dB  Lmax  at  a  distance  of  50  feet.      This  is  a  potentially  significant  impact.    Implementation  of   Mitigation  Measure  3.9-­‐3  will  reduce  this  impact  to  less  than  significant.   On-­‐Site  Industrial  and  Manufacturing  Noise  Source  Impacts   Parcels   zoned   for   Manufacturing   or   Industrial   uses   are   generally   located   in   areas   which   are   a   considerable  distance  from  any  existing  noise-­‐sensitive  uses,  and  adjacent  to  either  S.R.  267  or  the   airport  environs.    However,  these  types  of  uses  can  have  noise  sources  and  associated  noise  levels  which   exceed   acceptable   noise   level   criteria   and   can   cause   annoyance.   Since   no   specific   uses   have   been   identified  on  the  areas  zoned  for  manufacturing  or  industrial  use,  it  is  difficult  to  determine  specific   impacts.   Industrial   and   Manufacturing  noi s e  s our c e s  c oul d  e x c e e d  t he  De v e l opme nt  Code  hour l y  noi s e  l e v e l   criteria   at   the   existing   residences   located   to   the   south   and   across   S.R.   267,   and   both   existing   and   proposed  residences  to  the  west  across  S.R.  267.    Noise  levels  could  exceed  the  Development  Code   standards  at  distances  up  to  1,000  feet.  This  is  a  potenti al l y  si gni fi cant  impact.  Implementation  of   Mitigation  Measure  3.9-­‐4  will  reduce  this  impact  to  less  than  significant.   MITIGATION  MEASURES   Mitigation  Measure  3.9-­‐3:  Loading   docks   and   truck   circulation   routes   should   be   located   at   a   minimum  of  160  feet  from  future  onsite  residential  uses  to  the  greatest  extent  feasible.    If  these  activities   are  located  closer  than  160  feet  when  tentative  maps  are  prepared  and  individual  development  projects   are  proposed,  a  qualified  acoustical  consultant  shall  determine  appropriate  mitigation  measures  in  order   to   reduce   noise   exposure   to   residential   uses   to   the   levels   established   in   the   Town   of   Truckee   Development   Code.     Noise   reduction   measures   shall   be   determined   and   established   by   a   qualified   acoustical  consultant,  and  shall  be  reviewed  and  approved  by  the  Town.    Noise  reduction  measures  may   include,  but  are  not  necessarily  limited  to:  shielding  loading  dock  areas  from  residential  areas  with  sound   walls,   landscape   berms   or   other   suitable   noise   attenuation   features;  l o c a t i n g  l o a d i n g  d o c k s  o n  t h e   opposite  sides  of  the  buildings  from  the  residential  uses,  and/or  enclosed  loading  docks.   Mitigation  Measure  3.9-­‐4:  New  proposed  uses  located  on  lots  zoned  for  industrial  and  manufacturing   shall  have  those  projects  designed  to  comply  with  the  Development  Code  hourly  noise  level  criteria.    The   projects  shall  be  evaluated  by  a  qualified  acoustical  consultant  to  determine  compliance  and  if  required,   recommend  appropriate  mitigation  measures,  including  features  that  provide  for  noise  shielding  and  site   configuration  requirements  to  reduce  noise  exposure  to  nearby  noise-­‐sensitive  land  uses.  Time  of  day   restrictions  may  also  be  required  for  loading  dock  and  delivery  activities.   3.9  N OISE  AND  V IBRATION     3.9-­‐20  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     Impact  3.9-­5:  The  project  may  be  exposed  to  airport  noise  at  proposed   receptors  (Less  than  Significant)   The  proposed  project  is  located  adjacent  to  the  Tahoe-­‐Truckee  Airport.  As  a  means  of  evaluating  noise   levels  associated  with  the  Truckee-­‐Tahoe  Airport,  the  noise  contours  contained  in  the  County  Airport   Land  Use  Plan  was  compared  to  the  criteria  contained  in  the  Truckee  General  Plan  Noise  Element  land   use  compatibility  criteria  by  j.c.  brennan  &  associates  during  the  noise  study.  This  study  determined  that   based  upon  the  locations  of  the  Truckee-­‐Tahoe  Airport  noise  contours,  none  of  the  Plan  Area  will  be   exposed   to   aircraft   noise   levels   which   exceed   the   Town   of   Truckee   Noise   Compatibility   Guidelines.     Therefore,  this  is  a  less  than  significant  impact.   Impact  3.9-­6:  The  project  may  result  in  cumulative  ambient  noise  impacts   (Less  than  Cumulatively  Considerable)   Implementation   of   the   proposed   project,   in   combination   with   existing,   approved,   proposed,   and   reasonably   foreseeable   development,   would   not   result   in   a   substantial   contribution   to   exterior   cumulative  noise  levels.       The  project’s  contribution  to  future  cumulative  exterior  noise  levels  would  be  primarily  associated  with   potential  increases  in  vehicle  traffic  noise  along  area  roadways  and  stationary  noise  sources  associated   with  the  commercial  and  industrial  components  of  the  project.       Area  roadways  primarily  affected  by  the  proposed  project  include  portions  of  S.R.  267,  Donner  Pass   Road  and  Brockway  Road.    Predicted  future  cumulative  exterior  traffic  noise  levels  with  and  without   implementation  of  the  proposed  project  are  summarized  in  Table  3.9-­‐11.    As  depicted,  implementation   of  the  proposed  project  would  result  in  projected  increases  ranging  from  0  to  2  dB  along  these  primarily   affected  roadway  segments.       Noise  levels  associated  with  the  commercial,  industrial  and  manufacturing  portions  of  the  Plan  Area  will   add  to  the  background  noise  environment.    The  potential  for  this  impact  is  specific  to  the  nearest   residences  to  the  south  and  west  of  the  site.    However,  based  upon  background  noise  measurements   conducted  on  the  site,  and  mitigation  measures  required  to  reduce  overall  noise  levels  associated  with   the  on-­‐site  activities,  the  resulting  increase  in  noise  levels  will  be  less  than  3  dB.    Therefore,  the  project’s   contribution   to   noise   increases   in   the   cumulative   setting   area   is   considered  less   than   cumulatively   considerable.     NOISE  AND  VIBRATION  3.9     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.9-­‐21       TABLE  3.9-­‐11  -­‐  PREDICTED  FUTURE  AND  FUTURE  PLUS  PROJECT  TRAFFIC  NOISE  LEVELS   TRAFFIC  NOISE  LEVELS  (CNEL)   AT  100  FEET   DISTANCE  TO  CONTOURS   FUTURE  (IN  FEET)   DISTANCE  TO  CONTOURS   FUTURE  +  PROJECT  (  IN  FEET)  ROADWAY  SEGMENT   FUTURE  2032   NO  PROJECT   FUTURE  2032   +  PROJECT  CHANGE  65  DB   CNEL   60  DB   CNEL   65  DB   CNEL   60  DB   CNEL   S.  of  I-­‐80  East  Interchange  61  dB  61  dB  0  52  113  58  125   East  of  Bridge  Street  58  dB  58  dB  0  37  79  37  79   Donner  Pass  Rd     West  of  Bridge  Street  56  dB  56  dB  0  26  55  25  54   I-­‐80  to  Brockway  69  dB  70  dB  +1  dB  176  379  203  438   Brockway  to  Town  Limit  69  dB  70  dB  +1  dB  199  429  201  434   Town  Limit  to  Airport  Rd  69  dB  70  dB  +1  dB  198  426  200  430   Airport  Rd  to  Northstar  Dr  69  dB  69  dB  0  173  374  177  382   Northstar  Dr  to  Summit  68  dB  69  dB  +1  dB  169  364  172  371   S.R.  267     Summit  to  S.R.  28  64  dB  65  dB  +1  dB  93  200  93  201   S.R.  267  to  Project  Access  62  dB  63  dB  +1  dB  59  128  76  164   Project  Access  to  Martis  Valley  Rd  62  dB  62  dB  0  59  126  64  139   Martis  Valley  Rd  to  Palisades  Dr  65  dB  65  dB  0  101  217  103  222   Brockway  Rd     Palisades  Dr  to  West  River  Rd  64  dB  64  dB  0  81  174  81  175   SOURCE:  J.C.  BRENNAN  &  ASSOCIATES,  INC.  -­‐  2013   Predicted  noise  levels  and  distances  to  contours  are  from  the  roadway  centerline.   NOISE  AND  VIBRATION  3.9     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.9-­‐22                         This  page  left  intentionally  blank.   1 2 Continuous Noise Measurement Sites# Figure 3.9-1: Noise Measurement Sites JOERGER RANCH SPECIFIC PLAN (PC-3) 3.9  N OISE  AND  V IBRATION     3.9-­‐24  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)                       This  page  left  intentionally  blank   Figure 3.9-2: Truckee-Tahoe Airport Noise Contours JOERGER RANCH SPECIFIC PLAN (PC-3) Data sources: Mead & Hunt (May 2003), Truckee Tahoe Airport Land Use Compatibility Plan (December 2004) 3.9  N OISE  AND  V IBRATION     3.9-­‐26  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)                         This  page  left  intentionally  blank       PUBLIC  SERVICES  AND  RECREATION  3.10     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.10-­‐1     This   section   describes   and   evaluates   potential   impacts   associated   with   the   provision   of   fire   protection  and  emergency  services,  police  protection,  schools,  parks  and  recreation,  and  snow   removal  services  for  the  proposed  project.     3.10.1  EXISTING  CONDITIONS   F IRE  P ROTECTION  AND  E MERGENCY  S ERVICES   Fire  Protection  service  are  provided  by  the  Truckee  Fire  Protection  District  (TFPD),  which  is  an   independent  special  district  and  public  agency  established  in  1894  that  provides  fire  prevention,   fire  suppression,  emergency  medical  care  and/or  transportation,  assorted  rescue  services,  and   public  education  services  to  the  Town  of  Truckee.  The  TFPD  has  49  full-­‐time  and  9  part-­‐time   employees  and/or  volunteers.  The  TFPD  currently  has  four  fire  stations  that  are  staffed  on  a  24-­‐ hour  basis.  The  Fire  District  has  a  total  of  eight  fire  stations.  The  TFPD  has  type  I  and  III  engines,   tenders,  a  truck,  ambulances,  regional  hazardous  materials  vehicle,  medium  rescue  with  low  and   high  angle  capabilities,  air  boat  and  swift-­‐water/dive  rescue  boat.     The  closest  fire  station  to  the  Plan  Area  is  Station  96  located  at  10277  Truckee  Tahoe  Airport  Road,   adjacent  to  the  Truckee  Town  Hall  immediately  south  of  the  Plan  Area.  Station  96  is  staffed  on  a   full-­‐time  basis  by  a  Fire/Captain  and  three  Firefighter/Paramedics.  Truckee  Fire  Protection  District   shares  the  site  with  Cal  Fire  and  the  Tahoe  Truckee  Airport.  Apparatus  at  this  station  include  a   Type  I  Fire  Engine,  two  Paramedic  Ambulances,  and  the  Placer  County  OES  Hazardous  Materials   response  vehicle.   P OLICE  P ROTECTION   Truckee  Police  Department   Police  service  in  Truckee  is  provided  by  the  Truckee  Police  Department.  The  Police  Department   provides  all  police-­‐related  services  including:  Administration,  Uniformed  Patrol,  Boat  Patrol  on   Donner  Lake,  Investigative  Services,  a  School  Resource  Officer,  and  Traffic  Enforcement.  The  Police   Department  operates  out  of  its  headquarters  at  10183  Truckee  Airport  Road,  and  has  26  sworn   officers  and  four  non-­‐sworn  personnel  who  provide  service  to  the  town’s  over  16,000  permanent   residents  as  well  nonresident  weekend  and  holiday  visitors.  This  equates  to  a  1.63  ratio  of  police   per  thousand  people.  There  is  no  established  standard  staffing  ratio.     The  Town  is  under  contract  with  the  Nevada  County  Sheriff’s  Office  for  dispatch  services.  All  calls   are  responded  to  from  the  Truckee  Police  Department’s  headquarters.  Response  times  to  calls   range  from  30  seconds  up  to  ten  minutes,  depending  on  the  location  within  Truckee  as  well  as  the   type  of  call  received.  An  officer  is  typically  on  scene  within  3  to  5  minutes  for  emergency  calls,   whereas  non-­‐emergency  calls  tend  to  be  responded  to  within  ten  minutes  if  an  officer  is  available.     3.10  PUBLIC  SERVICES  AND  R ECREATION     3.10-­‐2  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     Nevada  County  Sheriff’s  Department  -­  Truckee   The  Nevada  County  Sheriff’s  Department  Operations  Division  provides  police  protection  services   for  the  unincorporated  parts  of  Nevada  County.  The  Sheriff’s  Department  operates  out  of  their   Truckee   Office   located   at  10879   Donner   Pass   Rd.   The  Sheriff’s   Department   provides   dispatch   services  to  the  Town  of  Truckee  and  will  respond  to  calls  in  the  Town  of  Truckee  when  requested.     The  Nevada  County  Sheriff’s  Office  Corrections  Division  provides  jail  services  for  all  of  Nevada   County,  including  the  Town  of  Truckee.  The  facilities  include:  the  Truckee  Jail  and  Court  Holding.   Long-­‐term  detainees  are  transported  to  the  Wayne  Brown  Correctional  Facility  in  Nevada  City.     California  Highway  Patrol   The  California  Highway  Patrol  (CHP)  provides  law  enforcement  services,  primarily  traffic  control,   for  State  roads  in  the  region.  These  services  include  traffic  control,  accident  investigation,  licensing   of  vehicles,  and  inspection.  The  CHP  maintains  an  area  office  at  10077  State  Route  89  South   Truckee  and  an  inspection  facility  at  Donner  Pass  on  I-­‐80.  The  CHP  will  respond  when  requested  by   the  Town  of  Truckee.   S CHOOLS   The  Plan  Area  is  located  with  the  Tahoe-­‐Truckee  Unified  School  District  (TTUSD),  which  covers  an   area  of  approximately  720  square  miles,  encompassing  portions  of  Nevada,  Placer,  and  El  Dorado   Counties.   The   TTUSD   consists   of   five   elementary   schools,   two   middle   schools,   one   alternative   middle  school,  two  high  schools,  and  one  continuation  high  school.  According  to  the  California   Department  of  Education  Educational  Demographics  Unit’s  District  Enrollment  Report  the  TTUSD   had  a  combined  enrollment  of  approximately  3,917  students  for  the  2012-­‐13  school-­‐year.  Students   residing  within  the  Plan  Area  would  generally  attend  the  following  schools:  Truckee  Elementary   School  with  an  estimated  maximum  attendance  capacity  of  664  (556  estimated  enrollment  2012-­‐ 13);   Alder   Creek   Middle   School   with   an   estimated   maximum   capacity   of   802   (544   estimated   enrollment  2012-­‐13);  and  Truckee  High  School  with  an  estimated  maximum  capacity  of  905  (604   estimated  enrollment  2012-­‐13),  for  an  estimated  total  capacity  of  2,371  students.  All  three  of   these  schools  are  currently  operating  below  the  maximum  capacity  of  the  schools.     P ARKS  AND  R ECREATION  S ERVICES   Truckee  Donner  Recreation  and  Park  District   One  of  the  most  important  defining  features  of  the  Truckee  area  is  the  abundance  of  open  space   and   outdoor   recreational   opportunities,   including   those   offered   by   Truckee’s   public   parks   and   community  facilities.  Most  parks  and  recreation  facilities  in  Truckee  are  operated  by  the  Truckee   Donner  Recreation  and  Park  District  (TDRPD).  TDRPD  was  founded  in  1963  as  a  Special  District  to   provide  parks  and  recreation  facilities  in  eastern  Nevada  County.     PUBLIC  S ERVICES  AND  RECREATION  3.10     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.10-­‐3     Within  Truckee,  TDRPD  maintains  a  number  of  parks  and  recreational  facilities.  TDRPD’s  largest   site  is  the  Truckee  River  Regional  Park,  a  62  acre  park  located  along  the  south  side  of  the  Truckee   River,  near  Brockway  Road  to  the  northwest  of  the  Plan  Area.  This  park  offers  a  wide  range  of   recreational   facilities   including   a   skate   park,  seasonal  ice-­‐skating   rink,   ballfields,   tennis   and   volleyball  courts,  a  rodeo  arena,  and  an  amphitheater.  The  Riverview  Community  Sports  Park,   located  on  Joerger  Drive  just  north  of  the  Plan  Area,  offers  sports  fields,  a  baseball  diamond  and   BMX  bicycle  tracks.  In  addition  to  the  larger  community  parks  described  above,  there  are  smaller   neighborhood  parks  located  within  Truckee,  including  Billy  Rose  Park  in  the  Gateway  area  and   Meadow  Park  in  the  Donner  Trail  subdivision.     West  End  Beach  is  a  public  (paid  entry)  beach  area  at  the  west  end  of  Donner  Lake  where  TDRPD   also   operates  non-­‐motorized   rentals.   The   TDRPD   also   operates   the   public   a   smaller   shoreline   public  park  and  a  boat  launch  facility,  and  provides  a  series  of  public  piers  on  the  north  side  of  the   lake.  TDRPD  also  operates  a  number  of  smaller  facilities,  including  a  swimming  pool  (at  Truckee   High  School),  Community  Center,  a  Community  Art  Center  (located  on  Church  Street),  and  Truckee   Veterans  Hall.  These  facilities  offer  a  broad  range  of  activities  such  as  adult  education,  sports  and   fitness  programs,  and  space  for  community  meetings  and  functions.   The  Town  of  Truckee’s  standard  for  providing  parkland  is  five  acres  for  each  1,000  population.   Tahoe-­Truckee  Unified  School  District   While  their  primary  function  is  education,  schools  also  play  an  important  function  as  recreational   facilities.  Students  in  Truckee  have  access  to  the  athletic  fields,  pool,  track,  basketball  facilities,   volleyball  facilities,  soccer  fields,  and  an  outdoor  amphitheater.   State  Parks   The  Donner  Memorial  State  Park  is  the  closest  state  park  to  the  Town  of  Truckee  and  is  partially   within  the  Town  limit.  Donner  Memorial  State  Park  is  located  on  Donner  Lake.  The  State  Park   recently  acquired  750  additional  acres  of  land,  and  now  covers  1,750  acres.  In  addition  to  the   Donner   Party   memorial   and   educational   exhibits,   the   park   offers   a   variety   of   recreational   opportunities,  including  hiking,  boating,  camping,  cross-­‐county  skiing,  and  snowshoeing.     The   park   also   offers   fishing   boat   and   other   watersport   equipment   rentals  t h r o u g h  a  p r i v a t e   vendor.  There  is  a  short  section  of  hiking  trails  that  link  the  Emigrant  Trail  to  the  National  Forest   and  the  Pacific  Crest  trails  beyond  the  park.  Camping  facilities  in  the  park  include  154  sites,  day  use   and  picnic  tables.  The  Park  also  includes  the  Emigrant  Trail  Museum  and  Pioneer  Monument  and   provides  groomed  cross-­‐country  trails  for  winter  use.   National  Forests   The  Town  is  surrounded  by  the  Truckee  Ranger  District  of  the  Tahoe  National  Forest  (TNF).  The   TNF  comprises  800,000  acres  of  public  land  interspersed  with  400,000  acres  of  private  land  in  a   checker   board   ownership   pattern.   Recreational   opportunities   provided   by   the   TNF   include   3.10  PUBLIC  SERVICES  AND  R ECREATION     3.10-­‐4  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     camping,  hiking,  picnicking,  backpacking,  equestrian  use,  snowmobiling,  back  country  skiing  and   snowshoeing,  and  off-­‐highway  vehicle  use.  Several  commercial  downhill  ski  resorts  are  operated   with  special-­‐use  permits  on  TNF  land.     Existing  Town  Trail  System   Publicly  accessible  trail  systems  in  Truckee  and  the  surrounding  area  include  a  network  of  informal   trails  and  well-­‐known  trails,  such  as  the  Pacific  Crest  Trail,  Commemorative  Emigrant  Trail,  Tahoe   Rim  Trail,  Legacy  Trail,  and  Sawtooth  Rim  Trail.  According  to  the  Truckee  Trails  and  Bikeways   Master  Plan,  the  current  Truckee  recreational  trail  system,  including  the  network  of  trails  and   unpaved   roads   on   the  P l a n  A r e a,   is   characterized   by   a   series   of   informal   trails   that   lack   cohesiveness  or  planned  connections.     Privately  Owned  Recreation  Facilities   Several  privately-­‐owned  and  operated  recreational  facilities  are  located  within  the  Town  boundary   such  as  the  Tahoe  Donner  marina,  ski  hill,  etc.  and  the  Old  Greenwood  clubhouse,  pool,  etc.    Other   privately   owned   recreational   facilities   are   located  in   close   proximity   to   the   Town   boundary,   including  Northstar  and  numerous  golf  courses.  These  facilities  are  private  fee-­‐based  facilities  that   offer  additional  recreational  opportunities  for  Truckee’s  residents  and  visitors.     S NOW  R EMOVAL  S ERVICES   The  Town  of  Truckee  Public  Works  Department  and  their  contractors  are  responsible  for  snow   removal  on  the  majority  of  non-­‐State  and  non-­‐federal  public  roadways  starting  in  November  and   ending  in  April.  Nevada  County,  Placer  County,  and  the  California  Department  of  Transportation   (Caltrans)  District  3  are  responsible  for  snow  removal  on  designated  county  and  State  roadways.   Caltrans  District  3  provides  snow  removal  services  from  the  Truckee  Maintenance  Station  located   in  Downtown  Truckee  adjacent  to  Interstate  80.  Roadway  maintenance  and  snow  removal  on   private  roads  and  private  property  is  the  responsibility  of  the  land  owners.   Depending  on  conditions,  snow  removal  on  Truckee  roadways  occurs  seven  days  a  week,  24  hours   a  day.  Top  priority  is  given  to  support  for  emergency  agency  responses  in  an  effort  to  achieve  the   Town’s  goal  of  safe  and  timely  snow  removal  operations.  Other  priorities  are  as  follows:   • Main  arterial  and  school  bus  routes.   • Secondary  residential  streets   • Cul-­‐de-­‐sacs.   • High  elevation  areas  subject  to  high  winds.   Snow  is  stored  along  roadways  in  the  Town  rights-­‐of-­‐way,  and  in  designated  snow  storage  areas   (such  as  snow  storage  easements).  The  Town  also  hauls  some  snow  from  areas  such  as  Downtown   Truckee   on   an   as-­‐needed   basis.   The   Town   currently   requires   the   dedication   of   20-­‐foot   snow   storage  easements  across  new  commercial  and  residential  development  fronting  public  roadways.   PUBLIC  S ERVICES  AND  RECREATION  3.10     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.10-­‐5     In  a  large  storm  event,  the  easement  alone  may  not  be  capable  of  containing  the  entire  quantity  of   the  snow.  During  intense  snow  storm  periods,  equipment  and  facilities  can  be  overburdened  and   unable  to  maintain  the  roads  clear  of  snow  within  the  Town’s  goal  of  clearing  each  street  twice   daily.   3.10.2  REGULATORY  S ETTING   S TATE     Fire  Protection  and  Emergency  Response   CALIFORNIA  OCCUPATIONAL  SAFETY  AND  HEALTH  ADMINISTRATION   In  accordance  with  California  Code  of  Regulations  Title  8  Sections  1270  "Fire  Prevention"  and  6773   "Fire  Protection  and  Fire  Equipment"  the  California  Occupational  Safety  and  Health  Administration   (Cal/OSHA)   has   established   minimum   standards   for   fire   suppression   and   emergency   medical   services.   The   standards   include,   but   are   not   limited   to,   guidelines   on   the   handling   of   highly   combustible  materials,  fire  hose  sizing  requirements,  restrictions  on  the  use  of  compressed  air,   access  roads,  and  the  testing,  maintenance,  and  use  of  all  fire  fighting  and  emergency  medical   equipment.   The  State  of  California  passed  legislation  authorizing  the  Office  of  Emergency  Services  (OES)  to   prepare  a  Standard  Emergency  Management  System  (SEMS)  program,  which  sets  forth  measures   by   which   a   jurisdiction   should   handle   emergency   disasters.   Non-­‐compliance   with   SEMS   could   result  in  the  State  withholding  disaster  relief  from  the  non-­‐complying  jurisdiction  in  the  event  of   an  emergency  disaster.   EMERGENCY  RESPONSE/EVACUATION  PLANS   The  State  of  California  passed  legislation  authorizing  the  Office  of  Emergency  Services  (OES)  to   prepare  a  Standard  Emergency  Management  System  (SEMS)  program,  which  sets  forth  measures   by   which   a   jurisdiction   should   handle   emergency   disasters.   Non-­‐compliance   with   SEMS   could   result  in  the  State  withholding  disaster  relief  from  the  non-­‐complying  jurisdiction  in  the  event  of   an  emergency  disaster.     FIRE  PROTECTION   The  California  Fire  Code  contains  regulations  relating  to  construction  and  maintenance  of  buildings   and   the   use   of   premises.   Topics  a d d r e s s e d  i n  t h e  C o d e  i n c l u d e  f i r e  d e p a r t m e n t  a c c e s s ,  f i r e   hydrants,   automatic   sprinkler   systems,   fire   alarm   systems,   fire   and   explosion   hazards   safety,   hazardous  materials  storage  and  use,  provisions  to  protect  and  assist  first  responders,  industrial   processes,   and   many   other   general   and   specialized   fire   safety   requirements   for   new   existing   buildings  and  premises.     UNIFORM  FIRE  CODE   The  Uniform  Fire  Code  with  the  State  of  California  Amendments  contains  regulations  relating  to   construction,   maintenance,   and   use   of   buildings.   Topics   addressed   in   the   California   Fire   Code   3.10  PUBLIC  SERVICES  AND  R ECREATION     3.10-­‐6  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     include  fire  department  access,  fire  hydrants,  automatic  sprinkler  systems,  fire  alarm  systems,  fire   and  explosion  hazards  safety,  hazardous  materials  storage  and  use,  provisions  intended  to  protect   and  assist  fire  responders,  industrial  processes,  and  many  other  general  and  specialized  fire-­‐safety   requirements  for  new  and  existing  buildings  and  the  surrounding  premises.  The  Fire  Code  contains   specialized  technical  regulations  related  to  fire  and  life  safety.   CALIFORNIA  HEALTH  AND  SAFETY  CODE   State  fire  regulations  are  set  forth  in  Sections  13000  et  seq.  of  the  California  Health  and  Safety   Code.  This  includes  regulations  for  building  standards  (as  also  set  forth  in  the  California  Building   Code),  fire  protection  and  notification  systems,  fire  protection  devices  such  as  extinguishers  and   smoke  alarms,  high-­‐rise  building  and  childcare  facility  standards,  and  fire  suppression  training.   Schools   CALIFORNIA  CODE  OF  REGULATIONS   The  California  Code  of  Regulations,  Title  5  Education  Code,  governs  all  aspects  of  education  within   the  State.   CALIFORNIA  DEPARTMENT  OF  EDUCATION   The  California  Department  of  Education  (CDE)  School  Facilities  Planning  Division  (SFPD)  prepared  a   School  Site  Selection  and  Approval  Guide  that  provides  criteria  for  locating  appropriate  school  sites   in  the  State  of  California.  School  site  and  size  recommendations  were  changed  by  the  CDE  in  2000   to  reflect  various  changes  in  educational  conditions,  such  as  lowering  of  class  sizes  and  use  of   advanced   technology.   The   expanded   use   of   school   buildings   and   grounds   for   community   and   agency  joint  use  and  concern  for  the  safety  of  the  students  and  staff  members  also  influenced  the   modification  of  the  CDE  recommendations.     Specific   recommendations  f o r  s c h o o l  s i z e  a r e  p r o v i d e d  i n  t h e  S c h o o l  S i t e  A n a l y s i s  a n d   Development  Guide.  This  document  suggests  a  ratio  of  1:2  between  buildings  and  land.  CDE  is   aware  that  in  a  number  of  cases,  primarily  in  urban  settings,  smaller  sites  cannot  accommodate   this  ratio.  In  such  cases,  the  SFPD  may  approve  an  amount  of  acreage  less  than  the  recommended   gross  site  size  and  building-­‐to-­‐ground  ratio.   Certain  health  and  safety  requirements  for  school  site  selection  are  governed  by  state  regulations   and  the  policies  of  the  SFPD  relating  to:   • Proximity   to   airports,   high-­‐voltage   power   transmission   lines,   railroads,   and   major   roadways;   • Presence  of  toxic  and  hazardous  substances;   • Hazardous  facilities  and  hazardous  air  emissions  within  one-­‐quarter  mile;   • Proximity   to   high-­‐pressure  n a t u r a l  g a s  l i n e s ,  p r o p a n e  s t o r a g e  f a c i l i t i e s ,  g a s o l i n e  l i n e s ,   pressurized  sewer  lines,  or  high-­‐pressure  water  pipelines;   PUBLIC  S ERVICES  AND  RECREATION  3.10     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.10-­‐7     • Noise;   • Results  of  geological  studies  or  soil  analyses;   • Traffic  and  school  bus  safety  issues.   THE  KINDERGARTEN-­UNIVERSITY  PUBLIC  EDUCATION  FACILITIES  BOND  ACT  OF  2002  (PROP  47)   This  act  was  approved  by  California  voters  in  November  2002  and  provides  for  a  bond  issue  of   $13.05  billion  to  fund  necessary  education  facilities  to  relieve  overcrowding  and  to  repair  older   schools.  Funds  will  be  targeted  at  areas  of  greatest  need  and  must  be  spent  according  to  strict   accountability  measures.  Funds  will  also  be  used  to  upgrade  and  build  new  classrooms  in  the   California  Community  Colleges,  the  California  State  University,  and  the  University  of  California  in   order   to   provide   adequate   higher   education   facilities   to   accommodate   growing   student   enrollment.   LEROY  F.  GREENE  SCHOOL  FACILITIES  ACT  OF  1998  (SB  50)   The  “Leroy  F.  Greene  School  Facilities  Act  of  1998,”  also  known  as  Senate  Bill  No.  50  or  SB  50   (Chapter  407,  Statutes  of  1998),  governs  a  school  district’s  authority  to  levy  school  impact  fees.   This  comprehensive  legislation,  together  with  the  $9.2  billion  education  bond  act  approved  by  the   voters  in  November  1998  known  as  “Proposition  1A”,  reformed  methods  of  school  construction   financing  in  California.  SB  50  instituted  a  new  school  facility  program  by  which  school  districts  can   apply  for  state  construction  and  modernization  funds.  It  imposed  limitations  on  the  power  of  cities   and  counties  to  require  mitigation  of  school  facilities  impacts  as  a  condition  of  approving  new   development  and  provided  the  authority  for  school  districts  to  levy  fees  at  three  different  levels:   • Level  I  fees  are  the  current  statutory  fees  allowed  under  Education  Code  17620.  This  code   section  provides  the  basic  authority  for  school  districts  to  levy  a  fee  against  residential  and   commercial  construction  for  the  purpose  of  funding  school  construction  or  reconstruction   of   facilities.   These   fees   vary   by   district   for   residential   construction   and   commercial   construction  and  are  increased  biannually.   • Level  II  fees  are  outlined  in  Government  Code  Section  65995.5,  allowing  school  districts  to   impose   a   higher   fee   on   residential   construction   if   certain   conditions   are   met.   These   conditions  include  having  a  substantial  percentage  of  students  on  multi-­‐track  year-­‐round   scheduling,   having   an   assumed   debt   equal   to   15–30   percent   of   the   district’s   bonding   capacity   (percentage   is   based   on   revenue   sources   for   repayment),   having   at   least   20   percent  of  the  district’s  teaching  stations  housed  in  relocatable  classrooms,  and  having   placed  a  local  bond  on  the  ballot  in  the  past  four  years  which  received  at  least  50  percent   plus  one  of  the  votes  cast.  A  Facility  Needs  Assessment  must  demonstrate  the  need  for   new  school  facilities  for  unhoused  pupils  is  attributable  to  projected  enrollment  growth   from  the  construction  of  new  residential  units  over  the  next  five  years.   Level   III   fees   are   outlined   in   Government   Code   Section   655995.7.   If   State   funding   becomes   unavailable,  this  code  section  authorizes  a  school  district  that  has  been  approved  to  collect  Level  II   fees  to  collect  a  higher  fee  on  residential  construction.  This  fee  is  equal  to  twice  the  amount  of   3.10  PUBLIC  SERVICES  AND  R ECREATION     3.10-­‐8  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     Level   II   fees.   However,   if   a   district   eventually   receives  State   funding,   this   excess   fee   may   be   reimbursed  to  the  developers  or  subtracted  from  the  amount  of  state  funding.   Parks  and  Recreation   QUIMBY  ACT   The  Quimby  Act  (California  Government  Code  Section  66477)  states  that  “the  legislative  body  of  a   city  or  county  may,  by  ordinance,  require  the  dedication  of  land  or  impose  a  requirement  of  the   payment  of  fees  in  lieu  thereof,  or  a  combination  of  both,  for  park  or  recreational  purposes  as  a   condition  to  the  approval  of  a  tentative  or  parcel  map.”  Requirements  of  the  Quimby  Act  apply   only  to  the  acquisition  of  new  parkland  and  do  not  apply  to  the  physical  development  of  new  park   facilities  or  associated  operations  and  maintenance  costs.  The  Quimby  Act  seeks  to  preserve  open   space  needed  to  develop  parkland  and  recreational  facilities;  however,  the  actual  development  of   parks  and  other  recreational  facilities  is  subject  to  discretionary  approval  and  is  evaluated  on  a   case-­‐by-­‐case  basis  with  new  residential  development.  The  County  collects  fees  imposed  by  the   park  and  recreation  districts  impact  fees.    The  impact  fees  are  collected  at  the  time  of  building   permit  and  include  both  capital  impacts  and  land  acquisition.       L OCAL   2025  Truckee  General  Plan   Land  Use  Element   P1.1:    All  new  development  shall  meet  important  community  goals  for  design  quality,  open   space  preservation,  and  promotion  of  a  livable,  sustainable  community.  Development   that  does  not  fulfill  these  goals  shall  not  be  allowed.   P4.1:    Work  with  all  special  districts,  including  the  Tahoe-­‐Truckee  Unified  School  District,  to   ensure  that  development  within  the  Town  is  coordinated  with  provision  of  services.   P4.2:    Cooperate  with  special  districts  to  plan  for  and  identify  suitable  future  sites  for  needed   facilities,   including   schools,   fire   stations,   solid   and   liquid   waste   disposal   sites,   and   utilities  infrastructure,  so  that  the  local  population  can  be  safely  and  efficiently  served,   while  minimizing  potential  environmental  impacts.   P4.3:    Approve  rezoning  and  development  permits  only  when  adequate  services  are  available,   or  when  a  program  to  provide  services  has  been  approved  by  the  applicable  District  and   the  Town  of  Truckee.  Standards  of  services  for  new  development  applicable  to  this   policy  are  shown  in  Table  LU-­‐6.  Require  that  sewer  be  provided  for  all  new  residential   subdivisions  creating  more  than  four  lots,  and  all  new  commercial  and  industrial  uses.   Existing  legal  lots  and  new  subdivisions  of  four  or  fewer  lots  in  areas  currently  without   sewer  may  be  developed  with  residential  uses  using  septic  systems  with  the  approval  of   the   appropriate   health   and   environmental   agencies.  Such   lots   may   be   required   to   PUBLIC  S ERVICES  AND  RECREATION  3.10     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.10-­‐9     establish  connections  to  the  sewer  system  if  they  are  located  in  close  proximity  to   existing  or  future  sewer  lines.   P5.3:    Support   development   of   neighborhood   centers   through   establishment   of   uses   and   facilities  that  provide  a  direct  benefit  to  the  neighborhood,  such  as  educational  and   recreation  facilities,  day  care  services,  places  of  worship,  community  meeting  centers,   fire   stations,   small   parks,   libraries   and   other   public   facilities,   telecenters,   and   neighborhood  commercial  uses.   P7.5:    Preserve   the   portions   of   parcels   not   developed   with   clustered   residential   used   as   undeveloped   open   space.   Preservation   and   management   options   for   open   space   include:   • Dedication  to  a  homeowners  association.   • Dedication  to  a  public  agency  such  as  the  Parks  District,  or  to  a  land  trust  or  other   non-­‐profit  agency.   • Use  of  building  envelopes  in  conjunction  with  conservation  easements  or  deed   restrictions.   Community  Character  Element   P1.1:    Utilize  the  mechanisms  and  strategies  identified  in  the  Conservation  and  Open  Space   Element   of   the   General   Plan   as   a   tool   to   actively   protect   open   space   in   Truckee,   including  that  containing  or  contributing  to  the  town’s  scenic  mountain  qualities.   P1.3:    Cluster  new  development  so  as  to  preserve  the  maximum  amount  of  desired  types  of   open  space,  as  identified  in  the  Conservation  and  Open  Space  Element.   P1.4:    Create   a   connected   network   of   open   spaces   in   Truckee   that   is   accessible   to   the   community  for  outdoor  recreation  and  other  use  and  enjoyment,  as  a  key  aspect  of   local  community  character.   P10.2:    Create  new  neighborhoods  centers  or  focal  points  in  neighborhoods  where  they  do  not   currently  exist.  Such  centers  may  include  small  commercial  convenience  centers  like   those   found   in   Glenshire   and   Tahoe   Donner,   or   may   be   focused   around   non-­‐ commercial  community-­‐serving  uses  such  as  those  described  in  the  sidebar  opposite.   P12.4:    Provide   sidewalks   along   at   least   one   side   of   major   roadways   in   Truckee’s   rural   residential  neighborhoods,  except  those  of  the  most  rural  character,  where  sidewalks   should   be   minimized   and   pedestrian   connections   enhanced   instead   through   development  of  off-­‐road  trails.   P12.5:    Retain   an   expansive   open   space   and   mountain   landscape   quality  as   the   dominant   feature  of  Truckee’s  rural  residential  neighborhoods.       3.10  PUBLIC  SERVICES  AND  R ECREATION     3.10-­‐10  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     Circulation  Element   P10.2:    Implement  the  network  of  trails  and  bikeways  described  in  the  Trails  Bikeways  Master   Plan,  with  priority  given  to  establishment  of  a  trail  from  Donner  Lake  along  Donner   Creek  and  the  Truckee  River  to  the  eastern  Town  limit.  This  cross-­‐town  trail  would   serve  as  the  main  "artery"  of  the  Town's  trail  network,  with  other  trails  connecting  to  it   along  its  length,  and  would  provide  a  critical  link  to  major  regional  trails  including  a  trail   to  the  west  that  connects  to  Donner  Summit  and  the  Pacific  Crest  Trail,  and  to  the  east   to  trails  that  follow  the  Truckee  River  to  Nevada.   P10.3:    Identify  and  implement  new  pedestrian  facilities  beyond  those  identified  in  the  Trails  &   Bikeways  Master  Plan  and  Downtown  Streetscape  Plan.  These  facilities  may  include,   but   not   be   limited   to,   pedestrian   facilities   along   Donner   Pass   Road   between   Cold   Stream  Road  and  South  Shore  Drive,  along  Highway  89  South,  and  along  West  River   Street.   Conservation  and  Open  Space  Element   P1.1:    Acquire  and  preserve  open  space  lands  in  Truckee,  and  purchase  development  rights   for  the  purpose  of  open  space  preservation,  with  priority  given  to  the  following  open   space  types:     • Regional  parks.   • Neighborhood  parks.   • Pristine  open  space  and  large  blocks  of  undeveloped  open  space.   • Open   space   corridors   that   provide   connections   between   different   open   space   areas.   • Lands  with  a  high  level  of  scenic  value.   P1.4:    Cluster  new  development  where  appropriate  in  order  to  maximize  preservation  of  land   in  open  space.  Clustering  shall  conform  to  the  guidelines  established  in  Policies  and   Actions  listed  under  Goal  LU-­‐7  in  the  Land  Use  Element.   P1.5:    Adhere  to  the  following  criteria  for  open  space  preserved  through  direct  actions  of  the   Town,  through  open  space  and  clustered  development  requirements  and  incentives,   and  through  the  development  review  process:   • Provide   the   maximum   possible   degree   of   community   benefit,   as   expressed   through  the  Vision  for  Truckee  and  the  guiding  principles,  goals  and  policies  of  the   General  Plan.   • Preserve  open  space  that,  to  the  greatest  possible  extent,  occurs  in  large  blocks   and  is  contiguous  and  connected.   PUBLIC  S ERVICES  AND  RECREATION  3.10     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.10-­‐11     • Provide   the   greatest   possible   level   of   public   access   while   respecting   private   property  rights,  sensitive  habitat  values,  and  safety  concerns.   • Provide  maximum  benefit  in  terms  of  habitat  preservation.   • Enhance  the  overall  character  of  Truckee  as  a  scenic,  mountain  community.   P3.2:    Support  appropriate  trail  construction  to  provide  public  access  to  and  across  wilderness   and  other  pristine  open  space  areas.   P8.1:    Require  land  or  in-­‐lieu  fees  for  parks  to  be  provided  by  new  development  at  a  minimum   ratio  of  5  acres  per  thousand  population,  to  conform  with  standards  established  by  the   Town  in  accordance  with  the  Quimby  Act.   P8.2:    Support   efforts   to   create   a   new   regional   park,   neighborhood   parks   in   new   neighborhoods,  and  at  least  an  additional  two  new  neighborhood  parks  for  existing   neighborhoods  in  Truckee.   P9.1:    Provide  for  links  between  open  space  areas,  both  within  Truckee  and  beyond  the  Town   limits,  to  create  contiguous  habitat  areas  and  enhance  public  access  through  greater   connectivity.   P9.2:    Support   the   development   and   construction   of   a   town-­‐wide   system   of   trails   and   bikeways,  including,  as  priorities,  the  development  of  the  Donner  Lake/  Truckee  River   parkway  (  see  Goal  COS-­‐10),  and  the  establishment  of  trails  linking  the  Downtown  with   the  Gateway  Area  and  surrounding  developed  areas.   P9.3:    Require   new   development   to   incorporate   trail   corridors   identified   in   the   Trails   &   Bikeways  Master  Plan  into  the  overall  project  site  plan.   P9.4:    Preserve  existing  open  space  corridors,  and  connections  to  adjacent  open  space  areas,   and  integrate  publicly  accessible  trails  and  open  space  corridors  into  new  development   to  the  extent  feasible.   Safety  Element   P4.2:    Continue   to   cooperate   with   the   Fire   Protection   District   to   implement   fire   safety   ordinances  to  minimize  wildland  fire  hazards,  including  incorporation  of  fire  resistant   building  and  roofing  materials,  and  attainment  and  maintenance  of  “  defensible  space.”   Defensible  space  may  include  revegetation  with  less  flammable  species,  such  as  fire   resistant  native  and  adapted  species,  and  the  use  of  mulch  to  prevent  erosion  on  bare   soil.   P4.3:  Promote   fire   hazard   reduction   through   cooperative   fuel   management  activities   in   association   with   the   Truckee   Fire   Protection   District,  the   California   Department   of   Forestry   and   the   U.S.   Forest   Service.  Such   strategies   may   include   identifying   and   3.10  PUBLIC  SERVICES  AND  R ECREATION     3.10-­‐12  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     implementing  opportunities  for  fuel  breaks  in  very  high  fire  hazard  severity  zones,  and   ensuring  that  fire  breaks  are  provided  where  necessary  and  appropriate.   P4.4:    Require  new  development  to  incorporate  adequate  emergency  water  flow,  emergency   vehicle  access  and  evacuation  routes.     P4.5:    Continue   to   support   the   mitigation   fee   program   for   the   Fire   Protection  District,   to   ensure   that   the   District   is   able   to   meet   the   future   fire  protection   needs   of   the   community  as  it  grows.   P4.6:    Support,   as   appropriate,   efforts   to   implement   the   recommendations  of   the   2005   Nevada  County  Fire  Plan,  and  programs  of  Fire  Safe  Nevada  County.   P4.7:    Ensure   that   the   development   review   process   addresses   wildland   fire  risk,   including   assessment  of  both  construction-­‐  and  project  related  fire  risks  particularly  in  areas  of   the  Town  most  susceptible  to  fire  hazards.  Cooperate  with  the  TFPD  in  reviewing  fire   safety  plans  and  provisions  in  new  development,  including  aspects  such  as  emergency   access,  site  design  for  maintenance  of  defensible  space,  and  use  of  non-­‐combustible   materials.   Town  of  Truckee  Standard  Condition  for  Fire  Protection  Services     The  Town  established  the  Town  of  Truckee  Standard  Condition  for  Fire  Protection  Services  on  April   20,  2009  to  identify  the  applicability  of  Truckee  Fire  Protection  District  requirements  on  Town-­‐ approved  projects  and  the  public  official  responsible  for  verifying  compliance  with  the  condition.   The  Standard  Condition  for  Fire  Protection  Services  policy  states  that  the  review  authority  must   make  a  finding  of  such  before  the  review  authority  may  approve  a  zoning  clearance,  development   permit,   or   use   permit   to   ensure   adequate   provisions   for   emergency   vehicle   access   and   fire   protection.   The   finding   focuses   on   the   installation   of   physical   infrastructure,   facilities,   and   improvements  o n  o r  a d j a c e n t  t o  t h e  p r o p e r t y  a n d  t h e  p a y m e n t  o f  d e v e l o p m e n t  f e e s  f o r  t h e   construction   of   facilities   and   purchase   of   equipment   to   address   cumulative   impacts   on   fire   services.   Because   land   use   permits  are  a p p r o v e d  b y  t h e  T o w n ,  a  T o w n  o f f i c i a l  s h o u l d  b e   responsible   for   verifying   compliance   with   this   finding   in   coordination   with   the   Truckee   Fire   Protection  District  Fire  Marshal.     The   following   condition   of   approval   shall   be   applied   to   the   approval   of   all   zoning   clearances,   development  permits,  and  use  permits:     “As  determined  by  the  Community  Development  Director  in  coordination  with  the  District   Fire  Marshal,  the  project  shall  comply  with  all  applicable  Truckee  Fire  Protection  District   ordinances   and   requirements   related   to   the   construction   or   installation   of   physical   infrastructure,  facilities,  and  improvements  and  the  payment  of  mitigation  fees  for  the   construction   of   facilities   and   the   purchase   of   equipment.   These   ordinances   and   requirements  may  include,  but  not  be  limited  to,  installation  of  fire  hydrants,  minimum  fire   PUBLIC  S ERVICES  AND  RECREATION  3.10     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.10-­‐13     flow,  automatic  sprinkler  systems  for  buildings,  driveway  and  turnaround  specifications,   and   fuel   clearance.   The   physical   infrastructure,   facilities,   and   improvements   shall   be   installed  at  the  time  of  development  and  completed  prior  to  occupancy  of  buildings  and   the  land,  and  the  mitigation  fees  shall  be  paid  in  accordance  with  adopted  Council  rules  for   administration  of  the  mitigation  fee  program.”   Town  of  Truckee  Emergency  Operations  Plan     The   Town   of   Truckee   Emergency   Operations   Plan   (TEOP)   was   prepared   in   February   2008   and   serves   as   an   extension   of   the   California   Emergency   Plan.   The   TEOP   addresses   the   Town’s   responsibilities  in  emergencies  associated  with  natural  disasters,  including  wildfires.  It  provides  a   framework  for  coordination  of  response  and  recovery  efforts  within  the  Town  in  coordination  and   with  local,  State,  and  federal  agencies.  The  TEOP  establishes  the  emergency  organization,  assigns   tasks,  specifies  policies,  and  general  procedures,  and  provides  for  coordination  of  planning  efforts   of   the   various   emergency   staff   and   service   elements   utilizing   the   Standardized   Emergency   Management   System   (SEMS).   The   plan   also   meets   requirements   established   by   the   National   Incident  Management  System  (NIMS).     Nevada  County  Fire  Plan     The  Nevada  County  Fire  Plan  (NCFP)  was  prepared  to  reduce  the  risk  from  wildland  fires  to  life,   property,  and  natural  resources  in  Nevada  County  and  comply  with  the  Disaster  Management  Act   of  2000  and  the  Healthy  Forest  Restoration  Act  of  2003.  This  NCFP  was  accepted  by  the  Nevada   County  Board  of  Supervisors  in  2005.  The  NCFP  includes  an  extensive  series  of  recommendations   for  the  Nevada  County  Board  of  Supervisors  aimed  at  reducing  wildland  fire  risk  in  Nevada  County,   including   fuel   management   and   defensible   space   enforcement   strategies,   public   education,   infrastructure   improvements   to   increase   fire-­‐fighting   capacity,   and   coordination   with   local   fire   agencies  to  ensure  consistent  and  effective  wildland  fire  mitigation  efforts.     Tahoe-­Truckee  Unified  School  District  (TTUSD)  Impact  Fee   New  development  in  Truckee  is  required  to  pay  impact  fees  to  Tahoe-­‐Truckee  Unified  School   District  (TTUSD)  to  address  the  impacts  of  new  population  on  school  facilities.  According  to  the   TTUSD,  a  fee  of  $2.63  per  square  foot  is  required  for  new  residential  development  to  pay  for  the   construction  of  new  school  facilities.  A  higher  rate  is  applied  for  new  development  in  a  few  areas   under  a  Mutual  Benefit  Agreement.  The  commercial  rate  is  $0.42  per  square  foot  of  any  new   commercial  or  industrial  space.  The  rate  for  commercial  self-­‐storage  units  is  $0.21  per  square  foot   of   space.   These   impact   fees   are   subject   to   change   and   the   actual   fee   charged/assessed   is   determined  at  the  time  the  impact  fee  must  be  paid.     Truckee  Donner  Recreation  and  Park  District  Master  Plan   The  Truckee  Donner  Recreation  and  Park  District  (TDRPD)  adopted  a  Truckee  Donner  Recreation   and  Park  District  Master  Plan  (TDRPD  Master  Plan)  for  the  community  in  1990  formulated  to   “facilitate  the  establishment  of  a  balanced  park,  recreation  and  open  space  system  that  satisfied   3.10  PUBLIC  SERVICES  AND  R ECREATION     3.10-­‐14  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     current   needs   and   planned   for   future   growth.”   The   TDRPD   Master   Plan   specifies   a   series   of   standards  and  goals  for  various  types  of  parkland.   Town  of  Truckee  Trails  and  Bikeways  Master  Plan   The  Truckee  Trails  and  Bikeways  Master  Plan  (TBMP)  is  intended  to  supplement  and  implement   the  TDRPD  Master  Plan  by  providing  the  more-­‐detailed  analysis  necessary  for  the  development  of   a  town-­‐wide  trail  and  bikeway  system.  The  purpose  of  the  TBMP  is  to  have  a  community-­‐based   planning  effort  promoting  the  development  of  a  local  multi-­‐use  trail  and  bikeway  system  designed   to  increase  recreational,  educational,  and  alternative  transportation  opportunities  for  the  benefit   of  local  residents  and  visitors  to  the  Truckee  area.   The  TBMP  is  considered  a  community  plan  to  be  used  by  all  public  and  private  entities  proposing   development   of   a   recreational   trail   or   on-­‐street   bikeway   project   within   its   boundaries.   It   is   intended  to  be  used  as  a  guide  for  future  local,  State,  and  federal  roadway  improvement  projects   and  all  future  recreational  trail  projects.  When  reasonable  and  warranted,  all  local,  State,  and   federal  sponsored  projects  providing  an  opportunity  to  implement  the  objectives  of  the  TBMP  will   be  strongly  encouraged  to  expand  or  modify  the  scope  of  these  individual  projects  to  be  consistent   with   the   TBMP.   The   goals   and   policies   of   the   TBMP   provide   guidance   for   the   planning,   development,  and  management  for  the  type,  design,  and  general  location  of  trail  corridors  within   the  Town.   Recreation  Facilities  Mitigation  Fee     Resolution  No.  2008-­‐28  is  a  resolution  of  the  Town  Council,  which  adopted  a  recreational  facilities   mitigation  fee  and  established  rules  for  the  administration  of  the  Recreational  Facilities  Mitigation   Fee  Program.  The  fee  shall  be  applied  to  all  applications  for  a  building  permit  submitted  to  the   Town  on  or  after  August  1,  2008  and  to  any  building  permit  issued  by  the  Town,  regardless  of  the   date  of  submittal  of  the  application,  on  or  after  December  1,  2008.  A  single  family  detached  unit   would  require  a  payment  of  $0.86  per  square  foot  and  $1.27  per  square  foot  for  a  multi-­‐family   unit.   Subdivision  Park  and  Recreational  Fee   Resolution  No.  2008-­‐29  is  a  resolution  of  the  Town  Council,  which  adopted  a  Subdivision  Park  and   Recreational   Fee   and   established   rules   for   the   administration   of   the   Subdivision   Park   and   Recreational   Fee   Program.   The   fee   shall   be   applied   to   all   applications   for   a   tentative   map   or   tentative  map  waiver  submitted  to  the  Town  and  determined  to  be  complete  on  or  after  June  16,   2008.  A  single  family  detached  unit  would  require  a  payment  of  $3,832  per  parcel  and  $  2,633  per   parcel  for  a  multifamily  unit.       PUBLIC  S ERVICES  AND  RECREATION  3.10     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.10-­‐15     Town  of  Truckee  Impact  Fee  Program   In   accordance   with   California   Government   Code   sections   66000-­‐66025,   the   Town   of   Truckee   administers  development  impact  fees  through  its  AB1600  Impact  Fee  Program.  These  fees  are   levied   on   all   new   development   to   provide   funding   for   the   provision   of   parks   and   recreation   facilities  and  other  needed  services  in  the  Town.  As  of  November  1,  2011  the  facilities  impact  fee   for  a  single-­‐family  unit  is  $2,602  and  $1,586  for  a  multi-­‐family  unit.   Town  of  Truckee  Municipal  Code  Chapter  10.17  Snow  Removal   The  Town  of  Truckee  Municipal  Code  provides  the  regulatory  authority  for  the  snow  removal  in   the  Town  for  the  health,  safety,  and  welfare  of  the  residences  and  visitors  of  Truckee.     3.10.3  IMPACTS  AND  MITIGATION  MEASURES   T HRESHOLDS  OF  S IGNIFICANCE   Consistent  with  Appendix  G  of  the  CEQA  Guidelines,  the  proposed  project  will  have  a  significant   impact  on  public  services  if  it  would  result  in: • Substantial  adverse  physical  impacts  associated  with  the  provisions  of  new  or  physically   altered  government  facilities,  and/or  the  need  for  new  or  physically  altered  governmental   facilities,  the  construction  of  which  could  cause  significant  environmental  impacts  in  order   to  maintain  acceptable  service  ratios,  response  times,  or  other  performance  objectives  for   any  of  the  following  public  services:   o Fire  Protection   o Police  Protection   o Schools   o Parks   o Other  public  facilities   I MPACTS  AND  M ITIGATION  M EASURES   Impact  3.10-­1:  The  proposed  project  has  the  potential  to  increase   demands  for  fire  protection  services  or  require  the  construction  of  fire   department  facilities  which  may  cause  substantial  adverse  physical   environmental  impacts  (Less  than  Significant  with  Mitigation)   The  proposed  project  is  anticipated  to  generate  2.52  persons  per  household,  which  would  result  in   approximately    245  new  residents  for  the  project’s  required  97.37  workforce  housing  residential   units.   Because   the   proposed   project   would   result   in   new   population  a n d  d e v e l o p m e n t  o n  a n   undeveloped  site  that  is  currently  limited  to  open  space,  the  proposed  project  would  result  in  an   increased  potential  for  fire  and  emergency  incidents.  Thus,  the  project  would  create  an  increased   demand  for  fire  protection  services.   3.10  PUBLIC  SERVICES  AND  R ECREATION     3.10-­‐16  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     The  TFPD  collects  development  impact  fees  from  new  development.  Payment  of  the  applicable   impact  fees  by  the  project  proponent,  and  ongoing  revenues  that  would  come  from  property   taxes,   sales   taxes,  a n d  o t h e r  r e v e n u e s  g e n e r a t e d  b y  t h e  p r o j e c t ,  w o u l d  a s s i s t  i n  m a i n t a i n i n g   existing  fire  facilities.  There  are  currently  adequate  fire  services  within  proximity  to  the  Plan  Area.   The  proposed  project  would  not  result  in  the  need  for  new  fire  facilities  that  could  have  an  adverse   physical  environmental  impact.     The  Truckee  Fire  Protection  District  submitted  a  Letter  to  the  Town  of  June  20,  2012  outlining   several  requirements  for  the  proposed  project  related  to:  hydrants  and  fire  flow,  automatic  fire   sprinkler  a n d  f i r e  a l a r m  s y s t e m s ,  r o a d w a y s  a n d  d r i v e w a y s ,  w i l d l a n d  f i r e  p r o t e c t i o n ,  a n d   construction.  These  requirements  are  discussed  below.   The  TFPD  requires  hydrants  to  be  spaced  a  maximum  distance  of  500  feet  apart  in  the  residential   area,  so  that  no  point  on  any  road  is  more  than  250  feet  from  a  hydrant.  The  TFPD  also  requires   hydrants  in  the  commercial  and  industrial  areas;  however,  the  hydrant  locations  will  be  dependent   on  the  building  plans  which  will  undergo  review  by  the  fire  department  prior  to  approval.  All   hydrants  are  required  to  be  dry  barrel  type  and  must  be  identified  with  an  8'  snow  stake  and   protected  with  bollards.  The  minimum  fire  flow  for  hydrants  is  1500-­‐gpm  for  a  2-­‐min  duration  with   20-­‐psi  residual  in  the  residential  area.  Fire  flow  in  the  commercial  and  industrial  area  is  a  minimum   of  2000-­‐gpm;  however,  the  fire  flow  requirements  may  be  larger  depending  on  building  plans.  The   demand   of   the   largest   fire   sprinkler   system   must   be   added   to   the   minimum   fire   flow.   These   requirements  are  for  a  2  to  4  hour  duration  (depending  on  size)  with  20  psi  residual.  The  water   system  must  be  installed  and  serviceable  prior  to  any  construction.   The   TFPD   requires   the   installation  of   an   approved   fire   sprinkler   system   in   all   non-­‐residential   structures  in  excess  of  3,600  square  feet,  and  in  all  residential  structures.  The  sprinkler  systems   must  comply  with  NFPA  13  requirements  and  must  be  approved  by  the  TFPD  prior  to  installation.   An  approved  fire  alarm  systems  must  be  installed  where  required.   The  TFPD  requires  all  roads  and  driveways  to  be  a  minimum  of  24'  wide  with  an  all  weather   surface  capable  of  supporting  a  40,000-­‐lb  vehicle.  This  requirement  also  applies  to  emergency  fire   access  roads.  Any  gated  access  requires  the  installation  of  a  Knox  box  system  for  fire  district  access   and  approved  radio  operation.  Roads  and  driveways  must  have  a  minimum  unobstructed  height  of   13'6"  and  a  minimum  50'  radius.  Access  roads  are  subject  to  approval  by  the  TFPD.     The  TFPD  requires  the  removal  of  all  flammable  vegetation  that  could  pose  a  threat  within  30'  of   all  structures.  A  15-­‐foot  fuel  modification  zone  is  required  on  both  sides  of  all  roads  and  driveways.   The  TFPD  requires  construction  to  comply  with  all  current  codes  and  local  ordinances,  including   the  State  Public  Resource  Code  Section  4290  &  4291.  The  TFPD  requires  mitigation  to  be  applied  to   all  building  construction  at  the  applicable  rate.  Full  building  plans/drawings  must  be  submitted  to   the  TFPD  for  review  and  approval  prior  to  construction.  The  TFPD  prohibits  shakes  or  shingles  of   any  kind  for  roofing  materials.  The  TFPD  noted  in  their  NOP  comment  dated  June  20,  2012,  that   PUBLIC  S ERVICES  AND  RECREATION  3.10     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.10-­‐17     the  proposed  project  must  provide  mitigation  revenue  for  the  new  multi-­‐family  units  new  non-­‐ residential   square   footage,   at   the   current   rate   in   the   year   that   the   project   is   developed.   The   manner  and  means  of  such  payment  will  be  determined  by  the  Fire  Chief  or  his  designee  after   consultation  with  the  applicant.   The  proposed  project  does  not  specifically  address  hydrants  and  fire  flow,  automatic  fire  sprinkler   and  fire  alarm  systems,  fire  standards  related  to  roadways  and  driveways,  wildland  fire  protection,   and  construction.  This  is  a  potentially  significant  impact.  Implementation  of  the  following  measure   will  ensure  that  this  potential  impact  is  reduced  to  a  less  than  significant  level.       MITIGATION  MEASURES   Mitigation  Measure  3.10-­‐1:    Prior  to  the  approval  of  improvement  plans,  the  project  proponent   shall  incorporate  the  following  requirements  into  improvement  plans/drawings:   Hydrants  and  Fire  Flow   1. Hydrants  shall  be  spaced  a  maximum  distance  of  500  feet  apart  in  residential  areas,  so  that   no  point  on  any  road  is  more  than  250  feet  from  a  hydrant.   2. Additional  hydrants  will  be  required  in  the  areas  with  commercial  development.   3. All  hydrants  shall  be  of  the  dry  barrel  type  and  be  identified  with  an  8'  snow  stake.   4. If  necessary  hydrants  shall  be  protected  with  bollards.   5. Provide   a   minimum   fire   flow   of   1500-­‐gpm   for   a   2-­‐duration   with   20-­‐psi   residual   in   residential  areas.   6. Fire   flow   in   commercial   areas   is   a   minimum   of  2000   gpm,   however   may   be   larger   depending  on  the  size  of  the  structures.  In  addition  the  demand  of  the  largest  fire  sprinkler   system  must  be  added  to  the  minimum  fire  flow.  These  requirements  are  for  a  2  to  4  hour   duration  (depending  on  size)  with  20  psi  residual.   7. Water  system  shall  be  installed  and  serviceable  prior  to  any  construction.   Roads  and  Driveways   1. All   roads   and   driveways   shall   be   a   minimum   of   24'   wide   with   an   all   weather   surface   capable  of  supporting  a  40,000-­‐lb   vehicle.   This   shall   include   the   emergency  fire  access   roads.   2. Gated  access  shall  require  the  installation  of  a  Knox  box  system  for  fire  district  access  and   approved  radio  operation.   3. Roads  and  driveways  shall  have  a  minimum  unobstructed  height  of  13'6".   4. Roads  and  driveways  shall  have  a  minimum  50'  radius.   5. All  access  will  require  fire  department  approval.   Mitigation  Measure  3.10-­‐2:    Prior  to  the  approval  of  building  plans,  the  project  proponent  shall   incorporate  the  following  requirements  into  building  plans/drawings:   Automatic  Fire  Sprinkler  and  Fire  Alarm  Systems   3.10  PUBLIC  SERVICES  AND  R ECREATION     3.10-­‐18  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     1. The   installation   of   an   approved   fire   sprinkler  s y s t e m  i s  r e q u i r e d  i n  a l l  n o n-­‐residential   structures  in  excess  of  3600  square  feet,  and  in  all  residential  structures.   2. Sprinkler  systems  shall  comply  with  NFPA  13  requirements  and  shall  be  approved  by  the   TFPD  prior  to  installation.   3. Approved  fire  alarm  systems  shall  be  installed  where  required.   Construction 1. Construction  shall  comply  with  all  current  codes  and  local  ordinances.   2. Project  shall  comply  with  all  requirements  of  the  State  Public  Resource  Code  Section  4290   &  4291.   3. Mitigation  fees  shall  be  applied  to  all  building  construction  at  the  applicable  rate.   4. Full  drawings  shall  be  submitted  to  the  TFPD  for  review  and  approval.   5. No  shakes  or  shingles  of  any  kind  will  be  allowed  to  be  used  for  roofing  materials.   6. The   development   project   must   provide,   in   some   fashion   acceptable   to   the   District,   mitigation   revenue   equivalent  in   accordance   with   their   current   rates   at   the   time   of   payment  for  new  residential  and  new  non-­‐residential  development.  The  manner  and  means   of  such  payment  will  be  determined  by  the  Fire  Chief  or  his  designee  after  consultation  with   the  applicant.   Mitigation  Measure  3.10-­‐3:    P r i o r  t o  t h e  c o mme n c e me n t  o f  b u i l d i n g  c o n s t r u c t i o n ,  t h e  p r o j e c t   proponent  shall  implement  the  following:   Wildland  Fire  Protection   1. Remove  all  flammable  vegetation,  which  could  pose  a  threat  within  30'  of  all  structures.   2. A  15-­‐foot  fuel  modification  zone  shall  be  required  on  both  sides  of  all  roads  and  driveways.   Impact  3.10-­2:  The  proposed  project  has  the  potential  to  increase  demand   for  police  services  or  require  the  construction  of  police  department   facilities  which  may  cause  substantial  adverse  physical  environmental   impacts  (Less  than  Significant)   The  proposed  project  would  result  in  97.37  new  residential  units  with  an  estimated  population   increase  of  245  new  residents.  The  proposed  project  would  also  result  in  commercial  and  industrial   development  potential  of  over  460,000  sf  of  building  space.  The  new  residents  and  businesses  on   the  Plan  Area  would  require  police  services  from  the  Truckee  Police  Department.     There  are  a  number  of  factors  that  contribute  to  the  crime  rate  and  police  demand  in  any  given   area,  such  as  police  presence,  crime  prevention  measures,  and  on-­‐going  legislation/  funding.  The   crime  rate  directly  affects  the  “needs”  projection  for  staff  and  equipment  for  the  Truckee  Police   Department.   The   Truckee   Police   Department   Monthly   Activity   Reports   for   2009   through   2012   shows  that  overall  calls  for  service  decreased  from  15,715  to  13,337  and  violent  crimes  largely   remained  the  same  at  411  and  417  respectively.     PUBLIC  S ERVICES  AND  RECREATION  3.10     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.10-­‐19     While  the  proposed  project  would  increase  the  number  of  persons  and  level  of  business  activity  on   the  Plan  Area,  the  proposed  project  is  not  expected  to  result  in  a  large  increase  in  the  amount  of   crime  in  Truckee.  The  Truckee  Police  Department  determines  the  need  for  police  equipment  and   staff  levels  to  serve  the  entire  Town  of  Truckee  on  an  annual  basis  based  on  a  variety  of  factors   that   affect   demand   for   police   services.  The   project   proponent   would   be   required   to   pay   the   appropriate  impacts  fees  for  public  services  and  future  residents  and  business  owners  would  be   required  to  pay  property  taxes,  which  provide  funding  for  law  enforcement.  The  project  would  be   consistent  with  applicable  General  Plan  policies  aimed  at  maintaining  adequate  police  protection   services  for  the  Truckee  area.  The  proposed  project  is  not  anticipated  to  create  a  need  for  new  or   altered  police  facilities.  As  such,  implementation  of  the  proposed  project  would  have  a  less-­‐than-­‐ significant  impact  on  police  services  and  facilities.   Impact  3.10-­3:  The  proposed  project  has  the  potential  to  increase   demands  for  school  services  or  require  the  construction  of  school   facilities  which  may  cause  substantial  adverse  physical  environmental   impacts  (Less  than  Significant)   The  proposed  97.37  multi-­‐family  workforce  housing  residential  units  would  generate  a  total  of   28.3  students  (17.3  students  in  K-­‐6;  5.0  students  in  7-­‐8;  and  6.0  students  9-­‐12)  according  to  the   Student  Yield  Rates  for  Multi-­‐Family  Residential  presented  in  Table  3.10-­‐1  below.     TABLE  3.10-­‐1:  MULTI-­‐FAMILY  ATTACHED  STUDENT  YIELD  RATES   GRADE  LEVEL    STUDENT  YIELD    STUDENT  GENERATION   K-­‐6  0.178  17.3   7-­‐8  0.051  5.0   9-­‐12  0.062  6.0   Total  0.291  28.3   SOURCES:  TAHOE  TRUCKEE  UNIFIED  SCHOOL  DISTRICT  FIVE-­‐YEAR  FACILITY  MASTER  PLAN  UPDATE  (2007)   These  new  students  would  attend  Truckee  Elementary  School,  Alder  Creek  Middle  School,  and   Tahoe-­‐Truckee   High   School.   These  three  schools   are   currently   operating  well  b e l o w  t h e i r   enrollment  capacity.  The  Truckee  Elementary  School  has  a  maximum  capacity  of  664  students  and   556  students  were  enrolled  in  2012-­‐13.  Alder  Creek  Middle  School  has  a  maximum  capacity  of  802   students   and   544   students   were   enrolled   in   2012-­‐13.   The   Tahoe-­‐Truckee   High   School   has   a   capacity  of  905  students  and  604  students  were  enrolled  in  2012-­‐13  (California  Department  of   Education-­‐Educational   Demographics   Unit   2013).  The   28.3   total   students   generated   by   the   proposed  project  is  a  negligible  increase  in  students  and  is  not  anticipated  to  increase  enrollment   above  capacity.   The  project  proponent  would  be  required  to  pay  impact  fees  to  Tahoe-­‐Truckee  Unified  School   District  (TTUSD)  to  address  the  impacts  of  the  new  population  on  school  facilities.  At  the  time  that   this  Draft  EIR  was  prepared,  the  fee  is  $2.63  per  square  foot  for  new  residential  development  and   $0.42  per  square  foot  for  new  commercial  or  industrial  space.  The  rate  for  commercial  self-­‐storage   units  is  $0.21  per  square  foot  of  space.  These  impact  fees  are  subject  to  change  and  the  actual  fee   3.10  PUBLIC  SERVICES  AND  R ECREATION     3.10-­‐20  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     charged/assessed  is  determined  at  the  time  the  impact  fee  must  be  paid.    This  fee  pays  for  the   construction  of  new  school  facilities.  As  provided  in  Section  65996  of  the  California  Government   Code,  the  payment  of  such  fees  is  deemed  to  fully  mitigate  the  impacts  of  new  development  on   school  services.  Therefore,  with  payment  of  these  required  developer  fees  and  property  taxes,   project  impacts  to  school  services  would  be  less  than  significant.   Impact  3.10-­4:  The  proposed  project  has  the  potential  to  increase   demands  for  park  and  recreational  facilities  or  require  the  construction   of  park  and  recreational  facilities  which  may  cause  substantial  adverse   physical  environmental  impacts  (Less  than  Significant  with  Mitigation)   Parks:  Based  on  the  existing  estimated  population  of  approximately  16,200,  the  current  parks  ratio   in  Truckee  is  approximately  7.4  acres  per  thousand  which  exceeds  the  Quimby  Act  and  Town  policy   standard  of  5  acres  per  thousand.  The  proposed  project  is  anticipated  to  generate  2.52  persons   per  household,  which  would  result  in  approximately  245  new  residents.  The  additional  need  based   on  the  new  residents  is  1.23  acres  of  dedicated  parkland.  The  proposed  project  will  be  required  to   contribute  the  appropriate  park  impact  fee  to  cover  the  cost  of  1.23  acres  of  park.     Open  Space:  In  addition  to  the  park  requirements,  The  Development  Code  includes  open  space   standards  for  development  projects.  The  Open  Space  standard  is  described  in  Section  18.46.050  as   follows:   Multi-­‐Family,  Commercial  and  Manufacturing  Zones:  The  minimum  amount  of  open  space   required   within   the   property   for   the   multi-­‐family   residential,   commercial,   and   manufacturing/industrial  zoning  districts  (i.e.,  RM,  DRM,  DRH,  CN,  CG,  CH,  CS,  M,  DMU,   DC,  DVL  and  DM)  shall  be  either:     a. The  sum  of  all  areas  listed  in  Section  18.46.010  and  all  those  OS  zoned  portions  of  the   property;  or     b. As  identified  in  the  applicable  open  space  standards  in  Article  II,  whichever  is  greater.   The   reference   to   “sum   of   all   areas   listed   in   Section   18.46.10”   under  ( a )  a b o v e  i n c l u d e s  t h e   following:  100-­‐year  flood  plains,  environmentally  sensitive  areas;  lakes  and  ponds;  and  slopes  in   excess   of   30   percent.  T h e  o n l y  i t e m  a p p l i c a b l e  t o  t h e  P l a n  A r e a  within   this   list   is   the   environmentally   sensitive   areas   (wetlands).   The   Plan   Area  i n c l u d e s  t w o  w e t l a n d s  ( 0.22-­‐acre   intermittent  stream  and  0.11-­‐acre  ephemeral  stream)  for  a  total  of  0.33  acres  of  environmentally   sensitive  habitat  as  defined  by  the  Development  Code.  The  total  open  space  proposed  is  10.24   acres;  therefore,  the  proposed  project  exceeds  the  standard  under  (a)  above.     The  Section  18.46.050  open  space  standard  described  under  (b)  above  refers  to  Article  II  of  the   Development  Code,  which  is  the  zoning  requirements.  The  Open  Space  requirements  described  in   Article  II  for  Special  Purpose  Districts,  including  Planned  Communities,  states  “Permanent  open   PUBLIC  S ERVICES  AND  RECREATION  3.10     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.10-­‐21     space  shall  be  provided  in  compliance  with  18.46  (Open  Space/  Cluster  Requirements),”  which  in   effect  requires  0.33  acres  of  open  space  due  to  the  presence  of  two  wetlands.  The  total  open   space  proposed  is  10.24  acres;  therefore,  the  proposed  project  exceeds  the  standard  under  (b)   above.   The  proposed  project  includes  additional  open  space  requirements  for  each  zone.  The  CR  and  CRS   zone  has  a  20  percent  open  space  requirement,  which  would  require  3.55  acres  of  open  space.  The   CL,  M1,  and  RM  zones  do  not  have  an  open  space  requirement  defined  in  the  proposed  project,   although  the  minimum  setback  and  landscaping  requirements  defined  in  the  proposed  project  will   inevitably  provide  some  open  space  in  these  zones  that  will  not  have  open  space  zoning.  The  total   open  space  proposed  is  10.24  acres;  therefore,  the  proposed  project  exceeds  the  standards  set  by   the  proposed  project.   The  proposed  10.24  acres  of  open  space  land  is  primarily  intended  to  protect  natural  resources  on   the  Plan  Area  and  to  establish  a  buffer  zone  and  setbacks  from  SR  267.  The  open  space  located  at   the  Hope  Court  /  Brockway  Road  intersection  is  intended  to  provide  an  opportunity  for  a  trailhead   to  access  the  Northstar  trail  segment,  park  &  ride,  public  art  and  a  portion  of  the  remaining  area   for  use  by  a  public  or  nonprofit  organization.  Parking  for  the  trailhead  and  park  &  ride  will  consist   of  8  -­‐  12  parking  spaces.     Bicycle  and  Trail  Network:  The  proposed  project  includes  a  10-­‐foot  wide  separated  Class  1  bicycle   path  along  Brockway  Road  (north  side).  This  bicycle  path  starts  on  the  west  end  of  the  Plan  Area   and  runs  easterly,  crossing  Brockway  Road  at  Hope  Court.  The  bicycle  path  then  travels  easterly   along  Hope  Court  (north  side)  until  its  terminus  at  the  Plan  Area  boundary  on  Hope  Court.  This   bicycle  path  will  eventually  link  the  path  to  the  future  Martis  Valley  Trail  to  the  southeast  and  the   Truckee  Regional  Park  to  the  northwest.  The  proposed  project  also  includes  a  Class  1  bicycle  path   on  the  westerly  side  of  Martis  Drive  that  extends  to  the  northern  boundary  of  the  Plan  Area.  This   path  will  allow  for  a  future  extension  to  connect  to  the  Legacy  Trail  to  the  north.    The  proposed   project  integrates  Class  II  bicycle  paths  into  the  various  roadway  sections,  including  each  side  of   Brockway  Road,  Soaring  Way  and  along  Joerger  Drive  fronting  the  Plan  Area.  These  proposed   onsite  bicycle  and  tails  facilities   are   consistent   with   the   Town   of   Truckee   Trails   and  Bikeways   Master  Plan.     The  project  does  not  currently  propose  any  offsite  bicycle  or  trail  network  connectivity  that  would   directly  link  the  Plan  Area  to  the  larger  bicycle  and  trail  network  throughout  the  Town.    The   Truckee  General  Plan  includes  a  number  of  policies  that  require  new  projects  to  construct  and   implement  trail  connections  to  the  existing  and  planned  network  of  trails  throughout  the  Town.     Offsite  trail  connections  are  called  for  in  the  following  General  Plan  policies,  which  are  described  in   greater  detail  in  the  Regulatory  Setting  section  of  this  chapter:    Community  Character  Element,   Policy   1.4,   Circulation   Element   Policies   10.2   and   10.3,   Conservation   and   Open   Space   Element   Policies  3.2,  9.1,  9.3,  and  9.4.    As  currently  proposed,  the  project  does  not  include  offsite  trail   connections  that  would  meet  the  requirements  of  the  Truckee  General  Plan  policies  listed  above.     3.10  PUBLIC  SERVICES  AND  R ECREATION     3.10-­‐22  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     As   such,   this   is   considered   a  potentially   significant  i m p a c t .  I m p l e m e n t a t i o n  o f  t h e  f o l l o w i n g   measure  will  ensure  that  this  potential  impact  is  reduced  to  a  less  than  significant  level.   Conclusion:  The  proposed  project  would  require  payment  of  park  impact  fees  in  accordance  with   the  Quimby  Act  and  Town  policies  to  compensate  for  the  park  impacts  caused  by  the  proposed   project.  The  proposed  project  includes  open  space  that  exceeds  the  requirements  outlined  in  the   Development  Code.  The  proposed  project’s  onsite  bicycle  and  trail  network  includes  both  Class  I   and  II  paths  and  is  consistent  with  the  Town  requirements.  However,  the  proposed  project  does   not  currently  include  offsite  bicycle  and  trail  connections  to  existing  and  planned  trails  throughout   the  Truckee  area,  as  required  by  the  General  Plan.    The  implementation  of  Mitigation  Measure   3.10-­‐4  would  require  the  project  proponent  to  provide  offsite  trail  connections  to  key  recreational   corridors  in  the  Truckee  area,  which  would  satisfy  the  requirements  of  the  General  Plan,  and   reduce  this  impact  to  a  less  than  significant  level.   Mitigation  Measure  3.10-­‐4:    Prior  to  the  issuance  of  the  first  certificate  of  occupancy,  the  project   proponent  shall  construct,  or  provide  adequate  funding  for  the  construction  of  the  following  offsite   trail  connections:   1. The  proposed  onsite  Class  I  bicycle  path  that  runs  north  along  the  western  edge  of  Martis   Drive  shall  be  extended  offsite  to  provide  connectivity  to  the  Truckee  River  Legacy  Trail.     The  alignment  and  design  parameters  of  this  offsite  trail  connection  shall  be  determined   through  consultation  with  Town  staff.   2. The   proposed   onsite   Class   II   bicycle   path   that   runs   north   along   Joerger   Drive   shall   be   extended  offsite  to  provide  connectivity  to  the  Riverview  Sports  Park.  The  alignment  and   design  parameters  of  this  offsite  trail  connection  shall  be  determined  through  consultation   with  Town  staff.   3. The  proposed  onsite  Class  I  bicycle  path  that  runs  southeasterly  along  Hope  Court  shall  be   extended  offsite  to  provide  connectivity  to  the  Martis  Valley  Trail  System.  The  alignment   and   design   parameters   of   this   offsite   trail   connection   shall   be   determined   through   consultation  with  Town  staff.     PUBLIC  S ERVICES  AND  RECREATION  3.10     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.10-­‐23     Impact  3.10-­5:  The  proposed  project  has  the  potential  to  have  adverse   effects  on  other  public  facilities  (Less  than  Significant)   Snow  storage  and  snow  removal  are  important  considerations  on-­‐site  and  within  the  adjacent   public   road   and   highway   rights-­‐of-­‐way.  The   Town   of   Truckee   Municipal   Code   provides   the   regulatory  authority  for  the  snow  removal  in  the  Town  for  the  health,  safety,  and  welfare  of  the   residences  and   visitors   of   Truckee  (Town   of   Truckee   Municipal   Code   Chapter   10.17   Snow   Removal).     Snow   will   be   stored   on-­‐site   in   landscape   areas   and   other   undeveloped   areas.   If   the   required   amount  of  snow  storage  cannot  be  handled  on-­‐site,  it  will  be  hauled  off  -­‐site  to  a  permitted   disposal  site  such  as  the  Eastern  Regional  Landfill  Transfer  Station.  Storm  water  runoff  from  snow   storage   areas   will   be   routed   through   water   quality   treatment   facilities   prior   to   discharge.  A   Maintenance  Agreement  between  property  owner  and  the  Town  for  snow  removal  and  storage   will   be   required   to   ensure   the  health,   safety,   and   welfare   of   the   residences,   businesses,  and   visitors  i n  t h e  f u t u r e .  W i t h  t h e  e x e c u t i o n  o f  t h e  Maintenance   Agreement   in   accordance   with   Development  Code  Section  18.30.105,  the  proposed  project  would  have  a  less-­‐than-­‐significant   impact.     3.10  PUBLIC  SERVICES  AND  R ECREATION     3.10-­‐24  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)                         This  page  left  intentionally  blank.   3.11  TRANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION       Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.11-­‐1     This  section  of  the  EIR  analyzes  the  potential  impacts  of  the  proposed  project  on  the  surrounding   transportation  s y s t e m  i n c l u d i n g  r o a d w a y s ,  b i c y c l e / p e d e s t r i a n  f a c i l i t i e s ,  a n d  t r a n s i t   facilities/services.   This   chapter   identifies   the   significant   impacts   of   the   proposed   project  a n d   recommends  mitigation  measures  to  lessen  their  significance.       The  PC3   Joerger   Ranch   Specific   Plan   Traffic   Impact   Analysis  p r e p a r e d  b y  L S C  T r a n s p o r t a t i o n   Consultants,  Inc.  was  the  basis  of  all  referenced  material  in  this  section.   3.11.1  ENVIRONMENTAL  S ETTING   P ROJECT  L OCATION   The  proposed  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  is  located  in  the  Town  of  Truckee,  CA.    The  project   site  is  bordered  on  the  south  by  Hope  Court  and  State  Route  (SR)  267.  SR  267  also  splits  the  site   north  to  south.    To  the  northeast  of  the  site  is  the  Truckee  –  Tahoe  Airport  and  Joerger  Road.     Brockway  Road/Soaring  Way  transverses  the  site  east  to  west.    The  project  site  is  currently  vacant,   with  the  exception  of  an  existing  winery  accessed  via  Martis  Drive.  To  the  north,  west,  and  south   of  the  project  site  is  a  mix  of  low  and  medium  density  residential,  commercial,  and  recreational   uses  including  the  Ponderosa  Golf  Course  to  the  west  and  the  Riverview  Sports  Park  to  the  north.   The  site  is  also  located  near  the  Town  of  Truckee  municipal  offices  and  various  commercial  uses   near   the   airport.  F i g u r e  3.11-­‐1   displays   the  project  site  i n  r e l a t i o n  t o  t h e  s t u d y  i n t e r s e c t i o n s   included  in  the  transportation  analysis.   S TUDY  A REA  R OADWAYS  AND  I NTERSECTIONS   The  Traffic  Impact  Analysis  evaluated  traffic  data,  intersection  capacity,  level  of  service,  and  traffic   impacts  of  the  proposed  project  in  accordance  with  the  requirements  of  the  Town  of  Truckee,   Nevada  County,  Placer  County  and  Caltrans  standards.  This  study  also  included  an  analysis  and   estimation  of  Vehicle  Miles  of  Travel  (VMT)  associated  with  the  proposed  project.  Based  upon   input  provided  by  the  Town  of  Truckee,  the  following  intersections  were  identified  for  analysis:   • SR  89  North/Donner  Pass  Road   • SR  89  North/SR  267/I-­‐80  Westbound   Ramps   • SR  89  North/SR  267/I-­‐80  Eastbound   Ramps   • SR  267/Brockway  Road/Soaring  Way   • SR  267/Truckee  Airport  Road/Schaffer   Mill  Road  (Placer  County)   • SR  267/Northstar  Drive  (Placer  County)   • SR  267/SR  28  (Placer  County)   • Donner  Pass  Road/Pioneer  Trail   • Donner  Pass  Road/I-­‐80  Eastern   Interchange  Eastbound  Off-­‐Ramp   • Donner  Pass  Road/I-­‐80  Eastern   Interchange  Westbound  On-­‐Ramp   • Donner  Pass  Road/Glenshire  Drive   • Donner  Pass  Road/Bridge  Street   • West  River  Street/Bridge  Street   • West  River  Street/McIver  Crossing   • Brockway  Road/Palisades  Drive   • Brockway  Road/Martis  Valley  Road   • Brockway  Road/Martis  Drive  (Site   Access)   • Brockway  Road/Hope  Court/Proposed   Site  Access   • Soaring  Way/Joerger  Drive/Proposed   Site  Access   • Site  Access/Joerger  Drive  (Proposed   Intersection) In  addition  to  the  intersections  described  above,  the  following  roadway  segments  were  identified   for  analysis:   3.11  TRANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION       Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.11-­‐2     • Bridge  Street,  Across  Railroad  Tracks   • Donner  Pass  Road,  South  of  SR  89  North   • Donner  Pass  Road,  South  of  I-­‐80  Eastern   Interchange   • Donner  Pass  Road,  East  of  Bridge  Street   • Donner  Pass  Road,  West  of  Bridge  Street   • SR  89,  North  of  I-­‐80   • SR  267,  Between  I-­‐80  and  Brockway   Road   • SR  267,  Between  Brockway  Road  and   Town  Limit   • SR  267,  Between  Town  Limit  and  Airport   Road   • SR  267,  Between  Airport  Road  and   Northstar  Drive   • SR  267,  Between  Northstar  Drive  and   Brockway  Summit   • SR  267,  North  of  SR  28   • Brockway  Road,  Between  SR  267  and   Project  Access   • Brockway  Road,  Between  Project  Access   and  Martis  Valley  Road   • Brockway  Road,  Between  Martis  Valley   Road  and  Palisades  Drive   • Brockway  Road,  Between  Palisades  Drive   and  West  River  Street   Key  roadways  in  the  project  vicinity  include  Interstate  80  (I-­‐80),  SR  267,  Brockway  Road,  Soaring   Way  and  Joerger  Drive.    These  roadways  are  described  below.       Interstate  80  provides  interregional  highway  connections  east  to  Reno,  Nevada  and  beyond,  and   west  to  Sacramento,  California  and  the  San  Francisco  Bay  Area.  The  Town  of  Truckee  area  lies   along  both  sides  of  I-­‐80,  34  miles  west  of  Reno  and  90  miles  east  of  Sacramento.  This  section  of  I-­‐ 80  is  currently  a  four-­‐lane  divided  highway  with  limited  truck  climbing  lanes,  and  with  a  posted   speed  limit  of  65  miles  per  hour.  There  are  a  total  of  eight  interchanges  serving  Truckee  on  I-­‐80,   including  the  Donner  Lake  Road  and  Hirschdale  Road  interchanges.  The  two  closest  interchanges   to  Joerger  Ranch  Development  are  SR  267  and  Donner  Pass  Road  (Eastern).   State   Route  267  is   a   two-­‐lane   highway   running   in   a   general   northwest-­‐southeast   alignment   between  the  Interstate-­‐80/SR  89  North/SR  267  interchange  in  Truckee  and  SR  28  in  Kings  Beach.   SR  267  is  of  local  and  regional  significance,  providing  access  to  residential,  industrial,  commercial   and  recreational  land  uses.  It  serves  as  the  major  route  between  the  I-­‐80  corridor  in  the  Town  of   Truckee  and  the  North  Lake  Tahoe  communities  of  Kings  Beach  and  Incline  Village,  Nevada.  It  also   serves   as   the   sole   existing   access   to   the   Northstar   California   Resort   and   adjacent   residential   neighborhoods.     Brockway   Road  i s  a  1 . 5  m i l e s  l o n g  r o a d w a y ,  w h i c h  r u n s  i n  a  g e n e r a l l y  e a s t-­‐west   orientation   between  SR  267  and  South  River  Street  in  Downtown  Truckee.  On  its  west  end  Brockway  Road turns  into  Bridge  Street  which  continues  through  downtown  Truckee.  It  provides  access  to  many   residential,  commercial,  and  recreational  land  uses.  Throughout  its  length,  Brockway  Road  is  a  2   lane  road  way  with  left  turn  lanes  at  major  intersection  and  driveways.  The  speed  limit  varies  from   45  mph  on  the  east  side  to  35  mph  on  its  west  side.   Soaring  Way  is  an  arterial  roadway  that  provides  access  to  the  proposed  project  site.  Soaring  Way   runs  approximately  two-­‐thirds  mile  between  SR  267  on  the  west  and  Airport  Road  on  the  east.  The   posted  speed  limit  along  Soaring  Way  is  40  miles  per  hour.  The  project  site  is  located  near  the   western  end  of  the  roadway.  The  eastern  end  of  Soaring  way  provides  access  to  the  commercial   land  uses  and  the  Truckee  Tahoe  Airport.     3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION       Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.11-­‐3     Joerger  Drive  is  a  two-­‐lane  roadway  providing  access  from  Soaring  Way  to  the  Riverview  Sports   Park,  the  Truckee  Sanitation  District,  and  a  quarry.  Joerger  Drive  has  a  posted  speed  limit  of  40   miles  per  hour.   Existing  Traffic  Volumes   The  Traffic   Impact   Analysis  i d e n t i f i e d  i m p a c t s  o n  s t u d y  r o a d w a y s  which   were  determined   by   measuring  the  effect  that  site-­‐generated  traffic  has  on  traffic  operations  at  key  intersections  and   along  roadways  during  the  10th-­‐highest  summer  weekday  PM  peak  hour.  In  addition,  the  30th-­‐ highest  winter  PM  peak  hour  was  analyzed  for  intersections  within  Placer  County.  The  winter  peak   hour  is  technically  defined  as  the  30th-­‐highest  hour  of  travel  demand  during  the  ski  season  (Placer   County,  2003).  The  30th-­‐highest  winter  PM  peak  hour  generally  corresponds  to  a  busy  (but  not  the   busiest)   weekend   day   during   ski   season   during   the   hour   that   ski   areas   are   closing   and   skiers   departing  ski  areas  mix  with  local  and  inter-­‐regional  traffic.     EXISTING  SUMMER  TRAFFIC  VOLUMES   Year   2012   summer   peak-­‐hour   intersection   turning-­‐movement   volumes   were   estimated   at   the   study   intersections   as   described   below.   PM   peak-­‐hour   traffic   counts   were   conducted   at   the   following  study  intersections  as  a  part  of  the  Truckee  2009  Traffic  Count  Program:   • SR  89  North/Donner  Pass  Road   • SR  89  North/SR  267/I-­‐80  Westbound  Ramps   • SR  89  North/SR  267/I-­‐80  Eastbound  Ramps   • Donner  Pass  Road/I-­‐80  Eastbound  Off  Ramp  (Eastern  Intersection)   • Donner  Pass  Road/I-­‐80  Westbound  On  Ramp  (Eastern  Intersection)   • Donner  Pass  Road/Glenshire  Drive   • Donner  Pass  Road/Bridge  Street   • West  River  Street/McIver  Crossing   • Brockway  Road/Martis  Valley  Road   • Brockway  Road/Palisades  Drive   • SR  267/Brockway  Road/Soaring  Way   In  addition,  PM  peak-­‐hour  traffic  counts  were  conducted  for  this  study  during  the  summer  of  2009   at  the  following  intersections:   • SR  267/Truckee  Airport  Road/Schaffer  Mill  Road  (Placer  County)   • SR  267/Northstar  Drive  (Placer  County)   • Brockway  Road/Hope  Court   • Soaring  Way/Joerger  Drive   All  counts  were  adjusted  to  reflect  10th-­‐highest  summer  weekday  PM  peak  hour,  based  upon   hourly  directional  traffic  volumes  collected  along  Donner  Pass  Road  for  the  entire  summer  as  a   part  of  the  2009  Truckee  summer  count  program.  This  data  was  used  to  determine  the  appropriate   adjustment  factor  for  each  intersection  count.   It  was  necessary  to  adjust  the  2009  traffic  volumes  to  reflect  Year  2012  conditions.  Based  upon  a   review  of  historical  annual  count  data  provided  by  Caltrans  for  SR  267  at  various  locations  through   the  study  area,  the  average  annual  growth  rate  from  2009-­‐2011  (the  most  recent  years  for  which    3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION     3.11-­‐4  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     data   is   available)   was   approximately   3.2   percent.   This   growth   rate   was  applied   to   the   2009   intersection  volumes,  in  order  to  convert  them  to  2012  conditions.   PM  peak-­‐hour  traffic  volumes  at  the  following  two  intersections  were  counted  during  the  summer   of  2012:   • West  River  Street/Bridge  Street   • Donner  Pass  Road/Pioneer  Trail   These  counts  were  adjusted  to  reflect  10th-­‐highest  summer  weekday  PM  peak-­‐hour  traffic  levels,   based  upon  the  hourly  directional  traffic  volumes  on  Donner  Pass  Road  in  2009.   Finally,  an  intersection  turning  movement  count  was  conducted  at  the  SR  267/SR  28  intersection  in   Kings  Beach  on  a  peak  summer  day  in  August  of  2010.  According  to  Caltrans  traffic  count  data   along  SR  28  and  SR  267  in  Kings  Beach,  traffic  volumes  between  2010  and  2012  have  actually   declined  slightly.  Therefore,  the  2010  traffic  counts  are  considered  to  be  a  reasonable  estimate  of   2012  traffic  volumes.   The   intersection   volumes   were   finally   adjusted   so   that   entering   and   exiting   traffic   balances   between   adjacent   intersections.   The   resulting   2012   summer   intersection   turning   movement   volumes  without  the  PC-­‐3  project  are  displayed  in  Figure  3.11-­‐2.   EXISTING  WINTER  TRAFFIC  VOLUMES   Year   2012   winter   peak   hour   turning   movement   volumes   without  the   proposed   project  were   estimated  for  the  following  three  study  intersections  in  Placer  County:   • SR  267/Airport  Road/Schaffer  Mill  Road   • SR  267/Northstar  Drive   • SR  267/SR  28   Traffic  counts  were  conducted  at  these  three  intersections  during  March  of  2010  as  a  part  of  the   traffic  analysis.  In  addition,  a  more  recent  count  was  conducted  at  the  SR  267/Northstar  Drive   intersection  during  the  busy  Martin  Luther  King  Jr.  holiday  weekend  in  January  of  2011.   All  counts  were  adjusted  to  represent  the  30th-­‐highest  hour  of  traffic  during  the  winter,  based  on   Caltrans  hourly  traffic  counts  at  a  point  on  SR  267  between  Brockway  Road  and  Airport  Road  (the   only  location  on  SR  267  for  which  hourly  count  data  is  available).  The  Caltrans  data  indicates  that   there   was   no   significant   traffic   growth   on   SR   267   in   Martis   Valley   between   2011   and   2012.   Therefore,  the  SR  267/Northstar  Drive  intersection  count  is  assumed  to  reflect  2012  conditions.   The  SR  267/Airport  Road/Schaffer  Mill  Road  intersection  count  was  then  increased  to  balance  with   SR  267/Northstar  Drive  intersection  volumes.   Based  upon  a  review  of  Caltrans  historical  traffic  count  data  at  a  point  on  SR  267  north  of  SR  28  in   Kings  Beach,  an  average  annual  growth  rate  of  approximately  2  percent  was  applied  to  the  SR   28/SR  267  intersection  counts,  in  order  to  adjust  them  to  2012  conditions.  The  resulting  2012   winter  peak-­‐hour  intersection  turning  movements  without  PC-­‐3  are  presented  in  Table  3.11-­‐1.   3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION       Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.11-­‐5         TABLE  3.11-­‐1:  WINTER  INTERSECTION  TURING  MOVEMENT  VOLUMES  WITHOUT  PROJECT   NORTHBOUND  SOUTHBOUND  EASTBOUND  WESTBOUND   INTERSECTION  L e f t   T h r u   R i g h t   L e f t   T h r u   R i g h t   L e f t   T h r u   R i g h t   L e f t   T h r u   R i g h t   TOTAL   SR  267  /  Airport  Rd  /   Schaffer  Mill  Rd  19  1,123  15  8  560  21  42  1  9  5  2  18  1,823   SR  267  /  Northstar  Dr.  89  303  -­‐  -­‐  385  189  854  -­‐  513  -­‐  -­‐  -­‐  2,333   SR  267  /  SR  28  0  0  0  452  0  451  240  574  0  1  445  264  2,427   SOURCE:  LSC  TRANSPORTATION  CONSULTANTS,  INC.   E XISTING  B ICYCLE  F ACILITIES   This  section  describes  the  existing  bicycle  facilities  in  the  study  area.       Truckee’s  existing  trail  and  bikeway  system  includes  recreational  trails/Class  I  (separated)  bike   paths  that  are  in  place  through  the  Truckee  River  Regional  Park  between  Brockway  Road  and  SR   267,   east   of   SR   267   to   the   Riverview   Sports   Park,   and   in   short   sections   north   of   the   Pioneer   Commerce  Center,  Gray’s  Crossing  and  Old  Greenwood  developments,  along  Brockway  Road,  and   along  Deerfield  Drive.  Class  II  bike  lanes  are  also  provided  along  Donner  Pass  Road  through  the   Gateway  area.  A  Class  I  bike  path  is  provided  adjacent  to  The  Rock  retail  center  along  the  north   side  of  Brockway  Road,  and  additional  trails/Class  I  bike  paths  will  be  built  in  conjunction  with   smaller  development  projects  in  the  Brockway  Road  area.     Several  other  facilities  are  proposed  in  the  2002  Trails  and  Bikeways  Master  Plan,  which  describes   a  comprehensive  system  of  bikeways  located  along  Truckee’s  existing  and  future  roadways,  as  well   as  a  dedicated  network  of  trails  and  pathways  for  use  by  pedestrians,  equestrians,  cyclists  and   cross-­‐country   skiers.   The   facilities   proposed   in   the   Master   Plan   include  a   major   East-­‐West   Recreational  Trail,  Multi-­‐User  Recreational  Trails,  Class  I  Bike  Paths,  Class  II  Bike  Lanes,  and  Class  III   Bike  Routes.   T RANSIT  S ERVICE   Both  the  Town  of  Truckee  and  Tahoe  Area  Regional  Transit  (TART)  transit  services  operate  within   the  vicinity  of  the  Plan  Area.   Truckee   Transit:  The   Town   of   Truckee   offers   both   fixed   route   and   Dial-­‐A-­‐Ride   service   in   the   Truckee  area.  The  fixed  route  service  varies  by  season.  During  the  winter  season  (mid-­‐December   through   the   end  of   March)   a   free   fixed   route/ski   shuttle   service   is   offered   7   days   per   week   throughout  Truckee  and  the  Donner  Summit  area  from  approximately  6:00  AM  to  Noon  and  2:45   PM  to  6:15  PM.  This  shuttle  passes  the  PC-­‐3  site  as  it  travels  south  over  the  SR  267  Bypass  and   west  on  Brockway  Road.  The  closest  stop  to  PC-­‐3  is  at  the  intersection  of  Brockway  Road  and   Martis  Valley  Road.  The  shuttle  passes  this  stop  4  times  eastbound  each  day.       During  the  non-­‐winter  season  (April  through  mid-­‐December)  buses  serve  the  Truckee  and  Donner   Lake  areas  on  a  fixed  hourly  schedule  from  9:00  AM  to  1:10  PM  and  from  2:10  PM  to  5:00  PM,   every   day   except   Sunday.   The   westbound   bus   travels   south   over   the   SR   267   Bypass,  east   on   Soaring  Way  to  the  airport,  then  north  on  SR  267  and  west  on  Brockway  Road.  The  closest  existing    3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION     3.11-­‐6  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     stops  to  PC-­‐3  are  at  the  airport  and  at  the  intersection  of  Brockway  Road  and  Martis  Valley  Road.   The  shuttle  passes  these  stops  7  times  each  day.       The  Truckee  Dial-­‐A-­‐Ride  service  is  offered  year-­‐round  to  the  general  public  with  priority  service  for   seniors  and  persons  with  disabilities.  This  paratransit  service  is  available  for  trips  within  the  Town   limits,  over  the  same  hours  and  days  as  the  fixed  route  service.  Reservations  must  be  made  at  least   24  hours  in  advance  to  schedule  a  Dial-­‐A-­‐Ride  trip.   Tahoe   Area   Regional   Transit:  P l a c e r  C o u n t y ’ s  T a h o e  A r e a  R e g i o n a l  T r a n s i t  ( T A R T )  f i x e d  r o u t e   buses  serve  the  north  and  west  shores  of  Lake  Tahoe  and  the  Truckee  area.  This  service  also  varies   by  season.  During  the  winter  season  (mid-­‐December  through  mid-­‐April),  the  SR  267  route  between   Truckee  and  Crystal  Bay  operates  7  days  a  week  from  7:00  AM  to  6:00  PM.  This  bus  passes  near   the  PC-­‐3  area  as  it  travels  along  SR  267  and  Brockway  Road,  with  stops  at  the  Truckee  Airport,  the   Hampton  Inn  on  SR  267,  and  at  the  intersection  of  Brockway  Road/Martis  Valley  Road.  The  bus   passes  these  stops  11  times  each  day  in  each  direction.     During  the  non-­‐winter  months  (mid-­‐April  through  mid-­‐December),  no  service  is  provided  along  SR   267,  although  service  is  provided  between  Tahoe  City  and  Truckee  (with  a  connection  provided  at   the  Truckee  Depot  where  passengers  can  transfer  to  the  Town  of  Truckee  Bus  serving  the  SR  267   Bypass  and  Brockway  Road  near  the  PC-­‐3  site).     F REIGHT  R AIL   The  Union  Pacific  Railroad  (UPRR)  operates  the  Overland  Route,  freight  service  only,  which  runs   east-­‐west  through  Truckee.    At  grade  crossings  within  Truckee  exist  at  Bridge  Street.  Overpass   crossings  exist  at  SR  267  and  McIver  Crossing  within  the  town.  According  to  the  Federal  Railroad   Administration  (website  at:  http://safetydata.fra.dot.gov/officeofsafety/publicsite/crossing/xinggrylo   c.aspx),  this  line  is  used  by  an  average  of  15  trains  per  day.   3.11.2  ANALYSIS  M ETHODS   Traffic  operations  at  the  study  intersections  are  assessed  in  terms  of  Level  of  Service  (LOS)  and   delay.  LOS  is  a  concept  that  was  developed  by  transportation  engineers  to  quantify  the  level  of   operation   of   intersections   and   roadways   (Highway   Capacity   Manual,   Transportation   Research   Board,   2010).   LOS   measures   are   classified   in   grades   "A"   through   "F,"   indicating   the   range   of   operation.  LOS  "A"  signifies  the  best  level  of  operation,  while  "F"  represents  the  worst.         For   signalized   intersections,   LOS   is   primarily   measured   in   terms   of   average   delay   per   vehicle   entering  the  intersection.  LOS  at  unsignalized  intersections  is  quantified  in  terms  of  delay  per   vehicle   for   each   movement.   Unsignalized   intersection   LOS   is   based   upon   the   theory   of   gap   acceptance  for  side-­‐street  stop  sign-­‐controlled  approaches,  while  signalized  intersection  LOS  is   based  upon  the  assessment  of  volume-­‐to-­‐capacity  ratios  and  control  delay.  Roundabout  LOS  is   based   upon   the   theory   of   gap   acceptance   for   the   traffic   entering   the   roundabout,   and   an   assessment  of  the  conflicting  circulating  flow. A  microscopic  traffic  simulation  was  created  for  the  SR  267  corridor  using  the  SimTraffic  software   package  (Version  8,  TrafficWare).  The  simulation  model  includes  four  of  the  study  intersections   along   SR   267.   Listed   from   north   to   south,   the   following   intersections   are   evaluated   in   the   simulation:   3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION       Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.11-­‐7     • SR  267/SR  89  North/I-­‐80  Westbound  Ramps   • SR  267/SR  89  North/I-­‐80  Eastbound  Ramps   • SR  267/Brockway  Road/Soaring  Way   • SR  267/Airport  Road/Schaffer  Mill  Road   The  intersection  Level  of  Service  (LOS)  at  the  four  intersections  above  is  based  on  the  results  of  the   simulation.  Intersection  (LOS)  for  the  remaining  study  intersections  is  largely  evaluated  using  the   methodologies   documented   in   the   2010  Highway  Capacity   Manual  (HCM),   as   applied   in   the   Synchro  8.0  Software  package  developed  by  TrafficWare.  The  Highway  Capacity  Software  (HCS   2010)  is  utilized  for  the  Glenshire  Drive/Donner  Pass  Road  intersection,  in  order  to  be  consistent   with   other   recent   studies  of   this   intersection,   and   to   reflect   the   calibrated   driver   behavior   discussed  below.  As  the  HCM  2010  methodology  is  not  applicable  for  roundabouts  with  more  than   two   circulating   lanes,   the   SIDRA   software   (Version   4)   is   used   to   analyze   LOS   for   three-­‐lane   roundabouts.     A NALYSIS  S CENARIOS   The  operations  of  the  study  intersections  were  evaluated  for  the  following  four  scenarios:   1.  Existing  (2012)  without  Project   2.  Existing  (2012)  with  Project   3.  Future  (2032)  Full  Buildout  of  General  Plan  without  Project   4.  Future  (2032)  Full  Buildout  of  General  Plan  with  Project   D ATA  C OLLECTION   All  study  intersections  were  evaluated  to  determine  existing  operational  conditions  for  the  2012   summer  PM  peak  hour.  The  three  study  intersections  located  in  Placer  County  (SR  267/Airport   Road/Schaffer  Mill  Road,  SR  267/Northstar  Drive,  SR  28/SR  267)  were  also  evaluated  for  the  winter   PM  peak  hour.  Using  the  traffic  volumes  presented  as  part  of  this  study,  it  is  possible  to  evaluate   the  LOS  provided  during  peak  periods  at  the  intersections  serving  the  study  area.   Existing  Intersection  Operations   Existing  operations  were  analyzed  for  the  summer  PM  peak  hours  at  the  study  intersections.    The   three  study  intersections  located  in  Placer  County  (SR  267/Airport  Road/Schaffer  Mill  Road,  SR   267/Northstar  Drive,  SR  28/SR  267)  were  also  evaluated  for  the  winter  PM  peak  hour.  Table  3.11-­‐2   displays  the  intersection  analysis  results.       TABLE  3.11-­‐2:  PM  PEAK  HOUR  INTERSECTION  LEVEL  OF  SERVICE  –  EXISTING  CONDITIONS—NO  PROJECT   PM  PEAK  HOUR  INTERSECTION  CONTROL1,  2  LOS   THRESHOLD  DELAY1  LOS   Summer  LOS   1. SR  89  North  /  Donner  Pass  Road    Roundabout  D  6.1  A   2. SR  267  /  SR  89  North  /  I-­‐80  Westbound   Ramps3    Signal  D  18.4  B   3. SR  267  /  I-­‐80  Eastbound  Ramps3    Signal  D  12.2  B   4. Donner  Pass  Road  /  I-­‐80  Westbound  On-­‐ ramp    Uncontrolled  D  8.8  A   5. Donner  Pass  Road  /  I-­‐80  Eastbound  Off-­‐ramp    Stop  Controlled  D  28.9  D    3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION     3.11-­‐8  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     PM  PEAK  HOUR  INTERSECTION  CONTROL1,  2  LOS   THRESHOLD  DELAY1  LOS   6. Donner  Pass  Road  /  Pioneer  Trail    Roundabout  D  9.3  A   7. Donner  Pass  Road  /  Glenshire  Drive    Stop  Controlled  E  OVF  F   8. Donner  Pass  Road  /  Bridge  Street    Unconventional4  E  OVF  F   9. Bridge  Street  /  West  River  Street    Stop  Controlled  E  OVF  F   10. West  River  Street  /  McIver  Crossing    Stop  Controlled  E  71.9  F   11. Brockway  Road  /  Martis  Valley  Road    Roundabout  D  8.1  A   12. Brockway  Road  /  Palisades  Drive    Signal  E  6.1  A   13. SR  267  /  Brockway  Road  /  Soaring  Way3    Signal  D  21.2  C   14. SR  267  /  Airport  Road  /  Schaffer  Mill  Road3    Signal  E  16.7  B   15. SR  267  /  Northstar  Drive    Signal  E  9.8  A   16. SR  267  /  SR  28    Signal  D/E5  30.7  C   17. Brockway  Road  /  Hope  Court    Stop  Controlled  D  13.3  B   18. Brockway  Road  /  Martis  Drive    Stop  Controlled  D  N/A     19. Soaring  Way  /  Joerger  Dr  /  Site  Access    Stop  Controlled  D  9.4  A   20. Joerger  Dr  /  PC-­‐3  Commercial  Access    Stop  Controlled  D  N/A     Winter  LOS   14.  SR  267  /  Airport  Road  /  Schaffer  Mill  Road    Signal  E  17.4  B   15.  SR  267  /  Northstar  Drive    Signal  E  15.3  B   16.  SR  267  /  SR  28    Signal  D/E5  37.1  D   SOURCE:  LSC  TRANSPORTATION  CONSULTANTS,  INC.   BOLD  text  indicates  that  LOS  standard  has  been  exceeded.  OVF  =  Overflow.  Overflow  indicates  a  delay  greater  than  200   seconds  per  vehicle,  which  cannot  be  accurately  calculated  using  HCM  methodology.   NOTE  1:  Level  of  service  for  signalized  intersections  is  reported  for  the  total  intersection.   NOTE  2:  Level  of  service  for  roundabouts  and  other  unsignalized  intersections  is  reported  for  the  worst  movement.   NOTE  3:  Level  of  service  at  these  intersections  is  based  on  SimTraffic  simulation.   NOTE  4:  The  Donner  Pass  Road  /  Bridge  Street  intersection  is  controlled  with  stop  signs  on  three  approaches,  with  the   northbound  Bridge  Street  approach  uncontrolled.   NOTE  5:  LOS  E  is  acceptable  at  this  intersection  for  no  more  than  4  hours  during  the  design  day,  per  TRPA  LOS  standards.   As  indicated,  the  following  study  intersections  currently  exceed  level  of  service  standards:   • Donner  Pass  Road/Glenshire  Drive   • Donner  Pass  Road/Bridge  Street   • Bridge  Street/West  River  Street   • West  River  Street/McIver  Crossing   The  remaining  study  intersections  currently  operate  at  acceptable  levels  during  the  summer  (and   winter  for  applicable  intersections)  PM  peak  hour  periods  without  the  proposed  project.   Table  3.11-­‐3  summarizes  the  results  for  existing  2012  roadway  segment  conditions  without  the   project. 3.11  TRANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION       Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.11-­‐9     TABLE  3.11-­‐3:  ROADWAY  LOS  ANALYSIS  -­‐  2012  WITHOUT  PROJECT   ROADWAY  SEGMENT  JURISDICTION  CLASSIFICATION   LOS   THRESHOLD     MAXIMUM  ALLOWABLE   PEAK-­HOUR  VOLUME   PER  LANE  TO  OBTAIN   LOS  THRESHOLD   PEAK-­HOUR   TWO-­WAY   VOLUME   PEAK-­HOUR     PEAK-­ DIRECTION   VOLUME   ADT   FACTOR   AVERAGE   DAILY   TRAFFIC  1   LOS   THRESHOLD   EXCEEDED?   SUMMER   Bridge  Street,  across   railroad  tracks    Town  of  Truckee  Minor  Arterial  E  1,600  1,077  580  N/A  N/A  No   Donner  Pass  Road,  South  of   SR  89  North    Town  of  Truckee  Minor  Arterial  D  1,420  907  523  N/A  N/A  No   Donner  Pass  Road,  South  of   I-­‐80  Eastern  Interchange    Town  of  Truckee  Minor  Arterial  E  1,600  916  475  N/A  N/A  No   Donner  Pass  Road,  East  of   Bridge  Street  (Commercial   Row)     Town  of  Truckee  Minor  Arterial  E  1,200  990  639  N/A  N/A  No   Donner  Pass  Road,  West  of   Bridge  Street  (Commercial   Row)     Town  of  Truckee  Minor  Arterial  E  1,200  1,068  717  N/A  N/A  No   SR  89,  North  of  I-­‐80    Town  of   Truckee/Caltrans  Highway  D  N/A  1  771  413  N/A  N/A  No   SR  267,  between  I-­‐80  and   Brockway  Road     Town  of   Truckee/Caltrans  Highway  D  N/A  1  1,291  766  N/A  N/A  No   SR  267,  between  Brockway   Road  and  Town  Limit     Town  of   Truckee/Caltrans  Highway  D  N/A  1  1,493  846  N/A  N/A  No   SR  267,  between  Town   Limit  and  Airport  Road     Placer   County/Caltrans  Highway  E  25,000  1,448  801  11.19  16,200  No   SR  267,  between  Airport   Road  and  Northstar  Drive     Placer   County/Caltrans  Highway  E  25,000  1,295  669  11.19  14,490  No   SR  267,  between  Northstar   Drive  and  Brockway   Summit     Placer   County/Caltrans  Highway  E  21,000  1,130  647  11.19  12,640  No   SR  267,  north  of  SR  28    TRPA/Placer   County/Caltrans  Highway  D  25,000  1,306  659  11.19  14,610  No   Brockway  Road,  between   project  access  and  Martis   Valley  Road     Town  of  Truckee  Minor  Arterial  D  1,420  935  496  N/A  N/A  No   Brockway  Road,  between   Martis  Valley  Road  and   Palisades  Drive     Town  of  Truckee  Minor  Arterial  D  1,420  1,249  733  N/A  N/A  No   Brockway  Road,  between  Town  of  Truckee  Minor  Arterial  E  1,600  1,609  997  N/A  N/A  No    3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION     3.11-­‐10  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     ROADWAY  SEGMENT  JURISDICTION  CLASSIFICATION   LOS   THRESHOLD     MAXIMUM  ALLOWABLE   PEAK-­HOUR  VOLUME   PER  LANE  TO  OBTAIN   LOS  THRESHOLD   PEAK-­HOUR   TWO-­WAY   VOLUME   PEAK-­HOUR     PEAK-­ DIRECTION   VOLUME   ADT   FACTOR   AVERAGE   DAILY   TRAFFIC  1   LOS   THRESHOLD   EXCEEDED?   Palisades  Drive  and  West   River  Street     WINTER   SR  267,  between  Town   Limit  and  Airport  Road       Placer   County/Caltrans  Highway  E  25,000  1,772  1,183  10.19  18,100  No   SR  267,  between  Airport   Road  and  Northstar  Drive       Placer   County/Caltrans  Highway  E  25,000  1,731  1,157  10.19  17,600  No   SR  267,  between  Northstar   Drive  and  Brockway   Summit     Placer   County/Caltrans  Highway  E  21,000  1,290  898  10.19  13,100  No   SR  267,  north  of  SR  28    TRPA/Placer   County/Caltrans  Highway  D  25,000  1,407  903  10.19  14,300  No   SOURCE:  LSC  TRANSPORTATION  CONSULTANTS,  INC.   NOTE  1:  Threshold  Volume  is  not  applicable  to  these  roadway  segments,  as  traffic  conditions  on  these  segments  were  evaluated  using  a  SimTraffic  microsimulation.   3.11  TRANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION       Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.11-­‐11     3.11.3  P ROJECT  T RAVEL  C HARACTERISTICS   P ROPOSED  P ROJECT  C ONDITIONS   The   project   location,   the   size   of   the   project,   and   the   time   of   the   project   completion   are   all   important  elements  that  need  to  be  considered  to  determine  the  safety  and  capacity  impacts  of   the  development.  It  is  also  important  to  examine  how  the  project  will  operate  with  the  existing   transportation   system,   estimate   how   much   new   traffic   it   will   generate,   identify   how   it   would   impact   existing   traffic   patterns,   and   identify   how   traffic   generated   by   the   project   site   will   be   distributed.   The  Joerger  Ranch  Development  Project  includes  planning  areas  located  on  14  parcels  in  the  four   quadrants  of  the  SR  267/Brockway  Road/Soaring  Way  intersection.  The  proposed  development   consists  of  residential,  retail  commercial  and  non-­‐retail  commercial  uses.  A  potential  grocery  store   (about  50,000  square  feet)  is  included  in  the  retail  commercial  area.  The  specific  elements  of  each   planning  area  of  the  proposed  development  used  for  the  traffic  analysis  are  summarized  in  Table   3.11-­‐4.   TABLE  3.11-­‐4:  LAND  USE  ELEMENTS     PARCEL  ZONE  ITE  LAND  USE  CODE  ASSUMED   MIX   PARCEL   SIZE   (ACRES)   FAR  QUANTIT Y  UNITS   760  RESEARCH  AND  DEV   CENTER  50%  60.86  KSF  1&2   BIZ   BUSINESS   INNOVATION  ZONE  770  BUSINESS  PARK  50%   13.97  0.2   60.86  KSF   3   RM   MULTIFAMILY   RESIDENTIAL   220  APARTMENT   100%  3.48  12  42  DU   4&5   CL   LIFESTYLE   COMMERCIAL   826  SPECIALTY  RETAIL   CENTER  100%  7.59  0.2  66.12  KSF   826  SPECIALTY  RETAIL   CENTER  70%  46.28  KSF   6   CL   LIFESTYLE   COMMERCIAL  932  HIGH-­‐TURNOVER   RESTAURANT  30%   7.59  0.2   19.84  KSF   7  OS   OPEN  SPACE   -­‐  PARK  AND  RIDE   LOT/TRAILHEAD  PARKING    2.73  n/a  12  Spaces   130  INDUSTRIAL  PARK  70%  33.91  KSF   8   M1   MANUFACTURING  /   INDUSTRIAL   760  RESEARCH  AND  DEV   CENTER  30%  5.56  0.2  14.53  KSF   826  SPECIALTY  RETAIL   CENTER  70%  9.88  KSF   9   CRS   REGIONAL  SUPPORT   COMMERCIAL  932  HIGH-­‐TURNOVER   RESTAURANT  30%   1.62  0.2   4.23  KSF   10   CRS   REGIONAL  SUPPORT   COMMERCIAL   826  SPECIALTY   RETAIL   CENTER  100%  1.20  0.2  10.45  KSF   130  INDUSTRIAL  PARK  70%  0.2  23.97  KSF   11&12   M1   MANUFACTURING  /   INDUSTRIAL   760  RESEARCH   AND  DEV   CENTER  30%  3.93    10.27  KSF   13  M1  130  INDUSTRIAL  PARK  70%  4.08  0.2  24.88  KSF    3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION     3.11-­‐12  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     PARCEL  ZONE  ITE  LAND  USE  CODE  ASSUMED   MIX   PARCEL   SIZE   (ACRES)   FAR  QUANTIT Y  UNITS    MANUFACTURING  /   INDUSTRIAL   760  RESEARCH   AND  DEV   CENTER  30%      10.66  KSF   826  SPECIALTY   RETAIL   CENTER  70%  19.82  KSF   932  HIGH-­‐TURNOVER   RESTAURANT  20%  5.66  KSF  CRS   REGIONAL  SUPPORT   COMMERCIAL  946  GAS/SERVICE  STATION   WITH  CONV.  MARKET  AND  CAR   WASH   10%   3.25  0.2   8.00  KSF   820  SHOPPING  CENTER  75%  153.69  KSF   14   CS   REGIONAL   COMMERCIAL   850  SUPERMARKET  25%  11.69  0.4  50.00  KSF   SOURCE:  LSC  TRANSPORTATION  CONSULTANTS,  INC.,  TABLE  2.   Trip  Generation   Trip  generation  analysis  is  the  process  by  which  transportation  analysts  identify  the  number  of   vehicle-­‐trips  that  a  specific  proposed  land  use  plan  will  add  to  the  surrounding  roadway  network.   For  a  simple  proposal  such  as  a  single  land  use,  this  can  be  a  relatively  straightforward  process  of   applying  trip  generation  rates  (the  number  of  trips  per  unit  of  land  use)  observed  at  similar  existing   developments,  and  then  potentially  adjusting  for  specific  local  characteristics.  For  the  proposed   project,  however,  the  variety  of  mixed  uses  proposed  to  be  constructed,  the  need  to  estimate   traffic  volumes  on  internal  roadways,  and  the  effects  of  pass-­‐by  and  intercepted  trips  require  a   more  complex  trip  generation  analysis.  The  need  to  evaluate  traffic  conditions  at  intersections   both  external  to  the  site  as  well  as  internal  to  the  site  also  complicates  this  analysis.       First,  it  is  necessary  to  identify  a  number  of  planning  assumptions  for  this  analysis:   • All  residential  units  are  assumed  to  be  100  percent  occupied  during  the  period  of  analysis.   • A   public   parking   lot   with   about   12   parking   spaces   is   proposed   to   be   provided   in   the   southwest  area  of  the  PC-­‐3  site  (accessed  via  Hope  Court).  This  lot  could  potentially  be   used  as  either  a  park  n  ride  lot  or  trailhead  parking  for  the  existing  and  future  Class  I  trail   network  on  the  south  side  of  State  Route  (SR)  267.  Approximately  21  one-­‐way  vehicle  trips   (10  entering  and  11  exiting)  are  assumed  to  be  made  to/from  this  parking  lot  during  the   PM  peak  hour,  based  on  the  traffic  volumes  projected  for  the  potential  trailhead  parking   lot  at  the  northern  terminus  of  the  Martis  Valley  Trail  (reference  the  Martis  Valley  Trail   Parking  Alternative   Access   Intersections   Analysis,   LSC   Transportation   Consultants,   Inc.,   March  13,  2012).  In  addition,  about  40  percent  of  the  total  daily  trail  use  is  estimated  to   occur  during  the  peak  hour  on  a  typical  busy  summer  day  (reference  the  Martis  Valley   Trail  Use  Forecasts,  LSC  Transportation  Consultants,  Inc.,  2011).  This  assumption  is  applied   in  estimating  the  daily  trip  generation  of  the  potential  public  parking  lot  in  the  project.     Base  Trip  Generation  Prior  to  Application  of  Reductions   The  trip  generation  analysis  is  summarized  in  Table  3.11-­‐5.   This   analysis   is   conducted   by   first   identifying  appropriate  “base”  trip  generation  rates,  multiplying  these  rates  by  the  proposed  land   3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION       Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.11-­‐13     use  quantities  associated  with  the  development  proposal,  and  then  applying  a  series  of  adjustment   factors  to  reflect  the  specific  characteristics  of  the  project  and  its  location.  The  traffic  engineering   profession  developed  an  extensive  database  regarding  the  traffic  generated  by  common  land  use   types,  as  documented  in  the  Institute  of  Transportation  Engineer’s  (ITE)  Trip  Generation,  9th  Edition   manual  (ITE,  2012).  This  document  is  typically  used  as  the  basis  for  traffic  analyses  in  the  Town  of   Truckee.  The  trip  generation  associated  with  the  proposed  project  is  primarily  based  upon  the  ITE   trip  rates,  modified  as  discussed  below  to  reflect  various  factors  that  tend  to  reduce  the  traffic   generation  of  the  project.     Standard  ITE  trip  generation  rates  are  applied  to  all  of  the  land  use  quantities  to  estimate  daily  and   PM  peak  hour  trip  generation,  with  the  exception  of  the  shopping  center  and  the  research  and   development   center   uses.   For   these   land   uses,  r e g r e s s i o n  e q u a t i o n s  a r e  a p p l i e d  r a t h e r  t h a n   average  trip  rates,  in  accordance  with  the  “Recommended  Procedure  for  Selecting  between  Trip   Generation   Average   Rates   and   Equations”   methodology   presented   in   the  Trip   Generation   Handbook,  9th  Edition  (ITE,  2012).     Reductions  for  Non-­Auto  Trips   The  trip  generation  rates  presented  in  the  ITE  Trip  Generation  manual  reflect  a  negligible  level  of   transit  use  and  the  modest  level  of  pedestrian/bicycle  travel  found  in  typical  suburban  settings.  For   the  purposes  of  this  analysis,  no  reductions  are  applied  for  trips  made  via  transit,  as  the  transit   service  currently  provided  in  the  Town  of  Truckee  is  relatively  limited  in  scope  and  frequency.   Portions  of  project-­‐generated  trips  are  expected  to  be  made  by  pedestrians  or  bicyclists,  especially   some   of   the   internal   trips   made   within   the   shopping   center/grocery   store   parcel   (Parcel   14).   However,  in  order  to  remain  conservative  in  this  analysis,  no  additional  reduction  is  applied  for   trips   made   via   non-­‐auto   modes,   as   the   number  o f  n o n-­‐auto   trips   that   would   impact   external   roadways  is  expected  to  be  minimal.   Reductions  for  Internal  Trips  Made  Within  Each  Project  Zone   As  is  typical  of  mixed-­‐use  developments,  a  portion  of  the  total  trips  generated  are  expected  to  be   comprised  of  trips  remaining  within  the  site.  For  example,  some  trips  generated  by  the  retail  uses   can  be  expected  to  be  made  from  one  retail  use  to  another  retail  use  within  the  same  parcel  (such   as  Parcel  14).  It  is  appropriate  to  apply  a  reduction  for  these  internal  retail-­‐to-­‐retail  trips,  as  they   would  not  affect  the  parcel  driveways.  The  internal  trip  generation  of  the  proposed  retail  parcels  is   estimated  based  upon  the  internal  capture  rates  for  trip  origins  and  destinations  within  a  multi-­‐use   development  presented  in  the  ITE  Trip  Generation  Handbook.  The  estimated  portion  of  the  trip   generation  that  would  be  internal  to  each  retail  parcel  is  shown  in  the  middle  column  of  Table   3.11-­‐5.  Although  Parcel  14  has  multiple  driveways,  it  is  assumed  that  trips  can  be  made  from  one   point   to  another   point   within   the   parcel   without   leaving   the   parcel.   As   indicated,   the   overall   reduction  for  trips  made  internal  within  each  project  zone  equates  to  about  17  percent.     Resulting  Total  Trip  Generation  –  At  Site  Driveways   Applying  the  reductions  for  internal  trips  made  within  each  zone  from  the  total  trip  generation   yields  the  number  of  trips  generated  at  the  site  driveways.  As  indicated  in  the  lower  portion  of the    3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION     3.11-­‐14  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     table,  an  estimated  23,271  daily  one-­‐way  vehicle  trips  and  1,992  PM  peak-­‐hour  trips  (908  entering   and  1,084  exiting)  would  occur  at  the  site  driveways.  Note  that  not  all  of  these  trips  would  be   “new”  trips  to  the  area.   Reductions  for  Internal  Trips  Made  Between  Project  Zones   Some  of  the  project  trips  can  be  expected  to  be  made  from  one  project  zone  to  another  project   zone.  For  instance,  some  trips  generated  by  the  shopping  center  on  Parcel  14  can  be  expected  to   be  made  to  the  retail  uses  on  Parcel  6,  and  vice  versa.  Though  considered  a  single  project,  the   separate  planning  areas  of  project  create  a  situation  where  the  typical  internal  trips  generated  do   not   necessarily   remain   internal   with   regards   to   accessing   public   roadways.   Therefore,   it   is   necessary  to  consider  the  internal  trips  which  require  the  use  of  public  roadways.  The  number  of   project  trips  that  would  affect  the  site  driveways,  but  would  remain  internal  to  the  project  site  was   estimated  as  follows:   1.  The  internal  trip  generation  of  multi-­‐use  sites  is  directly  related  to  the  mix  of  on-­‐site  land  uses,   which   are   usually  c o m b i n a t i o n s  o f  s h o p p i n g  c e n t e r s / r e t a i l ,  o f f i c e ,  a n d  r e s i d e n t i a l .  T h e   methodologies  contained  within  the  ITE  Trip  Generation  Handbook  were  used  to  estimate  the   number  of  PM  peak-­‐hour  trips  that  would  occur  between  the  residential,  retail  and  office  (non-­‐ retail   commercial)   uses.   For   the   purposes   of   calculating   internal   trips,   all   land   uses   were   categorized  within  the  residential,  retail  or  office  uses.  The  internal  trips  were  analyzed  for  the   entire   project   as   a   whole,   rather   than   for   each   planning   area   separately.   Internal   trips   made   between  the  supermarket/shopping  center  parcel  and  other  PC-­‐3  retail  zones  (retail-­‐to-­‐retail  trips)   were  also  estimated.  The  resulting  reductions  for  trips  made  from  one  PC-­‐3  zone  to  another  PC-­‐3   zone  are  shown  in  Table  3.11-­‐6.   2.  Next,  the  calculated  internal  trips  were  subtracted  from  the  total  trips  generated  by  the  entire   project.   3.  The   internal   trips   were   redistributed   back   to   each   individual   planning   area   based   on   the   proportion  of  land  use  quantities  in  each  area.  As  shown  in  Table  3.11-­‐6,  about  5  percent  to  25   percent  of  trips  associated  with  each  planning  area  are  assumed  to  remain  internal  to  the  entire   project  site.  Overall,  the  calculated  portion  of  internal  trips  made  between  project  zones  is  about   14  percent.  The  number  of  internal  trips  per  planning  area  was  subtracted  from  the  total  trips   generated,  in  order  to  determine  the  number  of  external  trips  generated  per  planning  area.  A  total   of  approximately  19,669  daily  external  one-­‐way  trips,  with  1,706  (773  entering  and  933  exiting)  are     3.11  TRANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION       Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.11-­‐15     TABLE  3.11-­‐5:  PC-­‐3  JOERGER  RANCH  -­‐  TRIP  GENERATION  ANALYSIS   TRIP  GENERATION  RATES1  PROJECT  GENERATED  VEHICLE  TRIPS    AT  SITE  ACCESS2   PM  PEAK  HOUR  PM  PEAK  HOUR  PARCEL  DESCRIPTION  /  ITE   LAND  USE  CODE  DAILY  IN  OUT   REDUCTION  FOR   INTERNAL  TRIPS  DAILY    IN  OUT   760  RESEARCH   AND  DEV   CENTER  8.11  EQUATION3  0%  494  12  69  1&2   770  BUSINESS  PARK  12.44  0.33  0.93  0%  757  20  57   3  220  APARTMENT  6.65  0.40  0.22  0%  279  17  9   4&5  826  SPECIALTY  RETAIL   CENTER  44.32  1.19  1.52  0%  2,930  79  100   826  SPECIALTY   RETAIL   CENTER  44.32  1.19  1.52  20%  1,641  44  56   6  932  HIGH-­‐TURNOVER   RESTAURANT  127.15  5.91  3.94  13%  2,195  102  68   7  -­‐  PARK   AND  RIDE   LOT/TRAILHEAD  PARKING  N/A  0%  55  11  11   130  INDUSTRIAL  PARK  6.83  0.18  0.67  0%  232  6  23   8  760  RESEARCH   AND  DEV   CENTER  8.11  EQUATION3  0%  118  3  16   826  SPECIALTY   RETAIL   CENTER  44.32  1.19  1.52  19%  355  10  12   9  932  HIGH-­‐TURNOVER   RESTAURANT  127.15  5.91  3.94  12%  473  22  15   10  826  SPECIALTY   RETAIL   CENTER  44.32  1.19  1.52  0%  463  12  16   130  INDUSTRIAL  PARK  6.83  0.18  0.67  0%  164  4  16   11&12  760  RESEARCH   AND  DEV   CENTER  8.11  EQUATION3  0%  83  2  12   130  INDUSTRIAL  PARK  6.83  0.18  0.67  0%  170  4  17   13  760  RESEARCH   AND  DEV   CENTER  8.11  EQUATION3  0%  86  2  12   826  SPECIALTY   RETAIL   CENTER  44.32  1.19  1.52  40%  527  14  18  14   932  HIGH-­‐TURNOVER   RESTAURANT  127.15  5.91  3.94  40%  432  20  14    3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION     3.11-­‐16  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     TRIP  GENERATION  RATES1  PROJECT  GENERATED  VEHICLE  TRIPS    AT  SITE  ACCESS2   PM  PEAK  HOUR  PM  PEAK  HOUR  PARCEL  DESCRIPTION  /  ITE   LAND  USE  CODE  DAILY  IN  OUT   REDUCTION  FOR   INTERNAL  TRIPS  DAILY    IN  OUT   946  GAS/SERVICE  STATION   WITH  CONV.  M A R K E T  A N D   CAR  WASH   152.84  7.07  6.79  40%  734  34  33   820  SHOPPING  CENTER  EQ5  EQUATION6  17%  7,453  318  345     850  SUPERMARKET  102.24  4.83  4.65  29%  3,630  172  165   TOTAL  TRIP  GENERATION  17%  23,271  908  1,084   SOURCE:  LSC  TRANSPORTATION  CONSULTANTS,  INC.,  TABLE  3.   NOTE:  FAR  =  Floor  Area  Ratio,  KSF  =  1,000  square  feet  of  floor  area,  DU  =  dwelling  unit,  VFP  =  Vehicle  Fueling  Positions.   NOTE  1:  Trip  generation  rates  are  based  on  Trip  Generation,  9th  Edition  (ITE,  2012),  unless  noted  otherwise.   NOTE  2:  The  trips  at  the  site  driveways  are  not  all  new  trips  on  the  adjacent  roadway  network.   NOTE  3:  Peak  hour  trip  generation  for  ITE  land  use  760  is  estimated  using  the  equation:  Ln(T)  =  0.83  Ln(x)  +  1.06.   NOTE  4:  Trips  are  estimated  based  on  Martis  Valley  Trail  use  Forecasts.  Trip  rate  per  space  is  not  applicable.   NOTE  5:  Daily  trip  generation  for  ITE  land  use  820  is  estimated  using  the  equation:  Ln(T)  =  0.65  Ln(x)  +  5.83.   NOTE  6:  Peak  hour  trip  generation  for  ITE  land  use  820  is  estimated  using  the  equation:  Ln(T)  =  0.67  Ln(x)  +  3.31. 3.11  TRANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION       Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.11-­‐17     associated  with  the  project,  as  a  whole,  during  the  PM  peak  hour.  Note  that  these  trips  are  not  all   new  to  the  adjacent  roadway  network.     4.  Finally,  internal  trips  which  use  public  roadways  were  then  inserted  back  into  the  model  and   assigned  to  the  intersections  they  would  affect.   Reductions  for  Pass-­By  Trips   A  portion  of  trips  associated  with  the  proposed  land  uses  are  expected  to  be  “pass-­‐by”  trips,  or   trips  attracted  from  traffic  passing  the  site  on  SR  267  or  Brockway  Road.  Pass-­‐by  trips  generate   traffic  on  the  access  driveways,  but  do  not  add  new  traffic  on  regional  roadways  (as  they  are  made   by  vehicles  already  passing  by  the  site  that  will  divert  to  the  new  land  use  as  part  of  a  longer  trip).   As  an  example,  a  Northstar  resident  commuting  to  work  in  downtown  Truckee  passing  by  the  site   along  SR  267  might  stop  at  the  site,  thereby  generating  new  trips  on  the  site access  driveway  but   not  generating  new  trips  along  SR  267.  The  portion  of  pass-­‐by  trips  generated  by  the  proposed   retail  uses  is  estimated  based  upon  a  review  of  average  pass-­‐by  trip  percentages  provided  in  the   ITE  Trip  Generation  Handbook  for  various  retail  land  use  types.  As  shown  in  Table  3.11-­‐6,  the   estimated  pass-­‐by  trip  percentages  for  each  land  use  type  range  from  34  percent  to  56  percent.  No   pass-­‐by  trips  are  assumed  to  be  associated  with  the  non-­‐retail  uses.  Overall,  about  30  percent  of   project-­‐generated  external  trips  are  estimated  to  consist  of  pass-­‐by  traffic.   Some  of  the  trips  that  are  currently  made  between  the  area  and  other  areas  will  be  “intercepted”   by  the  proposed  development,  reflecting  existing  trips  past  the  site  to  a  more  remote  destination   that   instead   will   terminate   at   a   site   land   use  ( s u c h  a s  a  g r o c e r y  s t o r e ) .  T h e s e  r e d u c t i o n s  a r e   discussed  after  the  project  trips  are  assigned  to  the  various  study  roadways.   TRIP  DISTRIBUTION  AND  ASSIGNMENT   The  distribution  of  project-­‐generated  traffic  was  developed  using  the  Truckee  TransCAD  traffic   model.  A  “Select  Zone  Analysis”  was  performed  to  identify  the  proportion  of  trips  generated  by  the   site  to  and  from  each  distribution  area/gate  in  the  study  area.  Adjustments  were  made  to  reflect   the  types  of  trips  generated  by  the  proposed  project  land  uses,  the  site’s  location  with  respect  to   inter-­‐regional   access   (access   to   Central   Valley/Bay   Area,   SR   89   and   SR   267   to   the   south,   and   Truckee/Reno  to  the  east)  as  well  as  local  access  (access  to  other  commercial,  recreational,  and   residential   areas   within   Truckee).   Trips   made   by  the   proposed   project  residents   would   have   different  distribution  patterns  than  trips  made  by  the  proposed  project  commercial  customers  and   employees.  The  distribution  pattern  for  the  project  commercial  non-­‐retail  uses  was  estimated   based  upon  a  review  of  the  residence  locations  for  Truckee  employees  (as  provided  in  the  Town  of   Truckee  Mobility  Needs  Assessment,  LSC  Transportation  Consultants,  Inc.,  June,  2012).     Distribution  zones  were  categorized  into  the  origin/destination  locations  shown  in  Table  3.11-­‐7.  As   indicated   in   the   table,   the   project-­‐generated   trips   are   widely   distributed,   with   the   heaviest   distribution  of  project  residential  trips  (16  percent)  to  the  Gateway  area,  the  heaviest  distribution   of  project  retail  trips  (9  percent)  to  points  along  nearby  Martis  Valley  Road,  and  the  heaviest   distribution  of  project  commercial  non-­‐retail  trips  (15  percent)  to  points  along  I-­‐80  to  the  east.     3.11  TRANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION       Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.11-­‐18     TABLE  3.11-­‐6:  PC-­‐3  JOERGER  RANCH  –  EXTERNAL  TRIP  GENERATION   GENERATED  VEHICLE  TRIPS  EXTERNAL  TO  PROJECT  PROJECT  IMPACT  OF  EXTERNAL   ROADWAYS   PM  PEAK  HOUR  PM  PEAK  HOUR  PARCEL  DESCRIPTION  /  ITE   LAND  USE  CODE   REDUCTION  FOR   TRIPS  MADE   BETWEEN   PROJECT  ZONES  DAILY  IN  OUT   REDUCTION   FOR  PASS-­‐BY   TRIPS  DAILY    IN  OUT   760  RESEARCH   AND   DEV  CENTER   9%  450  11  63  0%  450  11  63  1&2   770  BUSINESS  PARK  9%  689  18  52  0%  689  18  52   3  220  APARTMENT  25%  209  13  7  0%  209  13  7   4&5  826  SPECIALTY  RETAIL   CENTER   24%  2,227  60  76  34%  1,470  40  50   826  SPECIALTY  RETAIL   CENTER   24%  1,247  33  43  34%  823  22  28   6  932  HIGH-­‐TURNOVER   RESTAURANT   24%  1,668  78  5  43%  958  45  29   7   -­‐  PARK   AND  RIDE   LOT/TRAILHEAD   PARKING   5%   52  10  11  0%  52  10  11   130  INDUSTRIAL  PARK  9%  211  5  21  0%  211  5  21   8  760  RESEARCH   AND   DEV  CENTER   9%  107  3  14  0%  107  3  14   826  SPECIALTY  RETAIL   CENTER   24%  270  8  9  34%  178  5  6   9  932  HIGH-­‐TURNOVER   RESTAURANT   24%  359  17  11  43%  206  10  6   10  826  SPECIALTY  RETAIL   CENTER   24%  352  9  12  34%  232  6  8   130  INDUSTRIAL  PARK  9%  149  4  14  0%  149  4  14   11&12  760  RESEARCH   AND   DEV  CENTER   9%  76  2  11  0%  76  2  11   130  INDUSTRIAL  PARK  9%  155  4  15  0%  155  4  15   13  760  RESEARCH   AND   DEV  CENTER   9%  78  2  11  0%  78  2  11   14  826  SPECIALTY  RETAIL   CENTER   11%  469  12  16  34%  310  8  10   3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION       Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.11-­‐19     GENERATED  VEHICLE  TRIPS  EXTERNAL  TO  PROJECT  PROJECT  IMPACT  OF  EXTERNAL   ROADWAYS   PM  PEAK  HOUR  PM  PEAK  HOUR  PARCEL  DESCRIPTION  /  ITE   LAND  USE  CODE   REDUCTION  FOR   TRIPS  MADE   BETWEEN   PROJECT  ZONES  DAILY  IN  OUT   REDUCTION   FOR  PASS-­‐BY   TRIPS  DAILY    IN  OUT   932  HIGH-­‐TURNOVER   RESTAURANT   11%  384  18  12  43%  220  10  7   946  GAS/SERVICE   STATION   WITH  CONV.   MARKET   AND  CAR   WASH   11%   653  30  30  56%  284  13  13   820  SHOPPING   CENTER   11%  6,633  283  307  34%  4,347  185  202     850  SUPERMARKET  11%  3,231  153  147  36%  2,068  98  94   TOTAL  TRIP  GENERATION  14%  19,669  773  933  30%  13,272  514  672     -­‐55    -­‐56     -­‐5  -­‐5   -­60  -­61   ADDITIONAL  REDUCTIONS  IN  2012   INTERCEPTED  TRIPS  TO/FROM  SOUTH  (MARTIS  VALLEY/NORTHSTAR  AREAS)     INTERCEPTED  TRIPS  TO/FROM  WEST  (BROCKWAY  ROAD  AREA)     SUBTOTAL  INTERCEPTED  TRIPS  IN  2012     2012  PROJECT  NET  IMPACT  ON  EXTERNAL  ROADWAYS  454  611     -­‐53    -­‐54   -­‐9    -­‐9   -­62    -­63   ADDITIONAL  REDUCTIONS  IN  FUTURE  2032   INTERCEPTED  TRIPS  TO/FROM  SOUTH  (MARTIS  VALLEY/NORTHSTAR  AREAS)     INTERCEPTED  TRIPS  TO/FROM  WEST  (BROCKWAY  ROAD  AREA)     SUBTOTAL  INTERCEPTED  TRIPS  IN  2032     2032  PROJECT  NET  IMPACT  ON  EXTERNAL  ROADWAYS    452    609   SOURCE:  LSC  TRANSPORTATION  CONSULTANTS,  INC.,  TABLE  4.              3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION     3.11-­‐20  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)         3.11  TRANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION       Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.11-­‐21     TABLE  3.11-­‐7:  PC-­‐3  JOERGER  RANCH  EXTERNAL  TRIP  DISTRIBUTION  -­‐  SUMMER  PM   EXISTING  YEAR  2012  FUTURE  YEAR  2032   ORIGIN  /  DESTINATION   R E S I D E N T I A L   C O M M E R C I A L   R E T A I L   C O M M E R C I A L   N O N - ­ R E T A I L   R E S I D E N T I A L   C O M M E R C I A L   R E T A I L   C O M M E R C I A L   N O N - ­ R E T A I L   SR  89  North  of  Truckee    1%  1%  3%  1%  1%  3%   SR  28  West  of  SR  267    4%  4%  5%  4%  4%  5%   SR  28  East  of  SR  267    7%  3%  12%  7%  3%  12%   SR  267,  between  Northstar  Dr  and  SR  28   (Kings  Beach)    2%  3%  5%  2%  3%  5%   I-­‐80,  West  of  Truckee    2%  3%  3%  2%  3%  3%   I-­‐80  East    4%  3%  15%  0%  3%  15%   West  River  Street    5%  1%  1%  3%  1%  1%   SR  89  South  of  Truckee    4%  3%  4%  4%  4%  4%   Gateway  Area  &  Donner  Lake    16%  7%  5%  14%  7%  5%   Crossroads  /  Save  Mart  Area    4%  2%  2%  3%  2%  2%   Tahoe  Donner  1%  5%  6%  1%  3%  6%   Downtown  Truckee    12%  4%  2%  11%  5%  2%   Railyard  (future)    -­‐  -­‐  -­‐  8%  8%  2%   Glenshire  Dr    2%  7%  12%  2%  6%  12%   Palisades  Dr    4%  4%  4%  4%  3%  3%   Brockway  Rd,  between  Palisades  Dr  and   Martis  Valley  Rd    4%  6%  3%  3%  5%  3%   Martis  Valley  Rd    4%  9%  8%  4%  7%  7%   Pioneer  Trail    11%  8%  1%  11%  6%  1%   SR  89  North,  between  Donner  Pass  Rd  and   Alder  Creek    3%  6%  5%  5%  6%  5%   Northstar  Dr    3%  8%  2%  2%  7%  2%   Schaffer  Mill  Road    2%  8%  1%  3%  8%  1%   Hope  Court    0%  1%  1%  0%  1%  1%   Joerger  Dr  (North  of  Project)    2%  1%  0%  3%  1%  0%   Truckee  Airport  Road    3%  3%  0%  3%  3%  0%   Total    100%  100%  100%  100%  100%  100%   SOURCE:  LSC  TRANSPORTATION  CONSULTANTS,  INC.,  TABLE  5.   Travel  Time  and  Trip  Assignment   A  key  step  in  this  analysis  is  to  estimate  the  assignment  of  site-­‐generated  trips  to  the  various  travel   paths.  The  total  travel  times  between  the  project  site  and  the  various  origin/destination  locations   were  calculated  using  the  actual  travel  distance,  estimated  travel  speeds,  and  estimated  average   intersection  delays.  A  key  question  is  whether  the  proposed  project  drivers  would  use  the  Bypass   or  Brockway  Road  for  trips  made  to/from  locations  in  Truckee  to  the  west  of  the  site,  such  as  the   Crossroad/Save  Mart  shopping  area.  The  estimated  traffic  assignment  between  the  Bypass  and   Brockway  Road  routes  are  shown  in  the  right-­‐hand  columns  of  Table  3.11-­‐8  for  existing  and  future   cumulative  year  conditions,  respectively.     The  following  assumptions  and  methodologies  are  used  in  the  estimation  of  the  route  choice:    3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION     3.11-­‐22  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     • Drivers  generally  tend  to  consider  travel  time  to  be  more  important  than  travel  distance   when  choosing  a  travel  route.  In  the  consideration  of  routes  with  faster  travel  times  as   opposed  to  routes  with  shorter  mileage,  transportation  modelers  have  generally  found   that   travel   time has   ten   times   more   “weight”   in   route   decisions   than   travel   distance.   However,  the  trip  assignment  assumptions  reflect  that  drivers  inherently  have  a  range  of   preferences  that  affect  route  choice,  and  thus  do  not  all  choose  to  use  a  single  route   unless  that  route  has  a  clear  and  consistently  shorter  travel  time.     • Consistent  with  the  findings  of  other  traffic  studies  in  the  Truckee  area,  Truckee  drivers  (all   other  things  being  equal)  tend  to  choose  a  route  that  remains  on  local  roadways  and   avoids  the  stress  of  entering  and  merging  with  I-­‐80  traffic.  Consequently,  the  results  of  the   travel time  analysis  are  adjusted  to  provide  a  60  second  travel  time  “penalty”  to  routes   that  include  merging  onto  the  interstate.     After  these  adjustments  are  made,  the  results  indicate  that  a  substantial  portion  of  project  trips   using   Brockway   Road   under   existing   conditions   would   instead   use   the   Bypass   under   future   cumulative  conditions  to  access  the  areas  listed  above,  with  the  exception  of  trips  made  to/from   points  along  West  River  Street  west  of  McIver  Crossing  (for  which  Brockway  Road  would  serve  all   drivers).  This  reflects  the  increase  in  traffic  delays  that  are  forecast  in  Downtown  Truckee  with   future  development  and  provision  of  traffic  signals  on  Bridge  Street  at  West  River  Street  and   Donner  Pass  Road.   Finally,   for   trips   made   between   the   shopping   center   (Parcel   14   including   the   proposed   supermarket)  and  points  along  SR  267  to  the  south  of  the  site,  approximately  75  percent  of  the   outbound   trips   are   assumed   to   access   the   site   via   the   SR   267/Brockway   Road/Soaring   Way   intersection,  and  the  remaining  25  percent  of  the  outbound  trips  are  assumed  to  use  Airport  Road.   All  of  the  inbound  trips  to  the  shopping  center  from  points  to  the  south  on  SR  267  are  assumed  to   access  the  site  via  the  SR  267/Brockway  Road/Soaring  Way  intersection.   Based  upon  the  distribution  patterns  and  the  route  choice  assumptions,  the  assignment  of  project-­‐ generated  traffic  is  established.  The  reductions  for  pass-­‐by  trips  were  allocated  to  the  various   roadways  based  on  the  distribution  of  the  “no  project”  turning  movement  volumes.     TABLE  3.11-­‐8:  PC-­‐3  EXISTING  2012  TRIP  ASSIGNMENT  –  SR  267  BYPASS  VERSUS  BROCKWAY  ROAD   ASSUMED  TRAFFIC  ASSIGNMENT   EXISTING  YEAR  2012  FUTURE  YEAR  2032  LOCATION   BROCKWAY  ROAD  SR  267  BYPASS  BROCKWAY  ROAD  SR  267  BYPASS   West  River  Street  West  of  McIver   Crossing    100%  0%  100%  0%   SR  89  South  of  Truckee    95%  5%  45%  55%   Gateway/Donner  Lake    5%  95%  0%  100%   Crossroads/Save  Mart  area    55%  45%  5%  95%   Tahoe  Donner    50%  50%  0%  100%   Downtown  Truckee  (north  of  rail  tracks)    90%  10%  20%  80%   Glenshire  Drive    30%  70%  0%1      100%   RAILYARD  -­‐  -­‐  10%  90%   SOURCE:  LSC  TRANSPORTATION  CONSULTANTS,  INC.,  TABLES  6  AND  7.   3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION       Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.11-­‐23     Note  1:  All  inbound  trips  from  Glenshire  Drive  are  assumed  to  use  bypass.  About  35  percent  of  outbound  trips  from  PC-­‐3   west  side  (on  Brockway)  to  Glenshire  Drive  are  assumed  to  use  the  Brockway  Road  route.   Reductions  for  Intercepted  Trips   The  project  would  provide  a  new  “intervening  trip  opportunity”  for  persons  currently  driving  from   points  along  SR  267  to  the  south  of  the  site  (Martis  Valley,  Northstar,  Kings  Beach)  to  Truckee  or   Reno  (or  elsewhere)  to  accomplish  their  trip  purpose.  For  instance,  a  resident  of  Martis  Valley  who   currently   shops   at   one   of   the   existing   two   supermarkets   in   Truckee   (in   Gateway   Center   and   Crossroads  Center)  may  choose  to  patronize  a  future  supermarket  located  in  the  project,  thereby   intercepting  an  existing  trip.  As  a  result,  some  of  the  trips  that  are  currently  made  between  the   area  and  other  areas  will  be  “intercepted”  by  the  proposed  development,  resulting  in  reduced   traffic   volumes   on   the   Bypass   and   other   select   off-­‐site   intersections   and   roadways.   About   30   percent   of  the   project’s  r e t a i l  t r i p s  m a d e  t o / f r o m  t h e  s o u t h  o n  S R  2 6 7  a r e  e x p e c t e d  t o  b e   intercepted   trips.   This   estimate  was   developed   based   upon   a   review   of   the   origin-­‐destination   tables   from   the   Truckee   TransCAD   traffic   model,   adjusted   to   reflect   the   fact   that   the   current   proposed  project  includes  more  retail  floor  area  than  the  project  development  assumed  in  the   TransCAD  model.     Under   existing   year   conditions,   this   equates   to   approximately   111   summer   PM   peak-­‐hour   intercepted  trips  (55  inbound  and  56  outbound)  made  to/from  the  south  (Martis  Valley/Northstar   areas).  Similarly,  under  future  cumulative  year  conditions,  approximately  107  summer  PM  peak-­‐ hour  trips  (53  inbound  and  54  outbound)  made  between  project  retail  uses  and  points  to  the  south   are  intercepted.  These  reductions  are  shown  in  the  lower  right  corner  of  Table  3.11-­‐6.  Under   existing   and   future   winter   conditions,   approximately   119   PM   peak-­‐hour   (59   inbound   and   60   outbound)   made   between  project  r e t a i l  u s e s  a n d  p o i n t s  t o  t h e  s o u t h  a r e  e x p e c t e d  t o  b e   intercepted  trips.     Similarly,   the   project   would   provide   new   opportunities   for   those   making   trips   to/from   the   neighborhoods  along  Brockway  Road,  particularly  under  future  cumulative  conditions  when  the   route  through  downtown  Truckee  is  expected  to  have  substantial  travel  delays.  Based  on  origin-­‐ destination  data  from  the  TransCAD  model,  the  fact  that  the  current  project  proposes  more  retail   floor  area  than  the  project  development  in  the  TransCAD  model,  and  the  relative  travel  times  via   the  downtown  routes  versus  the  Bypass,  approximately  14  percent  of  the  project’s  retail  trips made   to/from   the   neighborhoods   along   Brockway   Road   would   shift   from   another   shopping   destination,  resulting  in  reduced  traffic  volumes  at  select  off-­‐site  intersections  and  roadways.  Of   these  trips,  about  10  summer  PM  peak-­‐hour  trips  (5  inbound  and  5  outbound)  are  expected  to  be   intercepted  trips  under  existing  year  conditions,  and  18  summer  PM  peak-­‐hour  trips  (9  inbound   and  9  outbound)  would  be  intercepted  under  future  cumulative  conditions.  These  reductions  are   also  shown  in  the  lower  right  corner  of  Table  3.11-­‐6.  Note  that  it  is  not  necessary  to  estimate   intercepted  trips  to/from  Brockway  Road  in  the  winter,  as  the  winter  analysis  does  not  include   intersections  and  roadways  within  the  Town  of  Truckee  Limits.    All  other  proposed  land  uses  are  assumed  to  have  no  intercepted  trips,  as  these  non-­‐retail  land   uses  are  assumed  to  be  a  primary  origin/destination  of  a  vehicle-­‐trip.  Overall,  about  10  percent  of   external  trips  generated  by  the  site  are  estimated  to  be  intercepted  trips.    3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION     3.11-­‐24  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)       Resulting  Project  Impact  –  On  External  Roadways   Subtracting  the  number  of  pass-­‐by  and  intercepted  trips  from  the  total  external  trips  yields  the   number  of  new  trips  generated  on  external  roadways  (such  as  the  Bypass).  As  indicated  in  the   lower  right  corner  of  Table  3.11-­‐6,  an  estimated  1,065  new  PM  peak-­‐hour  trips  (454  inbound  and   611  outbound)  would  be  generated  on  the  external  roadway  network  with  the  proposed  project   under   2012   summer   conditions.   Similarly,   an   estimated   1,061   new   PM   peak-­‐hour   trips   (452   inbound   and   609   outbound)   would   be   generated   on   the   external   roadway   network   with   the   proposed  project  under  future  cumulative  2032  summer  conditions.  The  2012  and  2032  project   net  impact  on  summer  PM  peak-­‐hour  turning-­‐movement  volumes  through  the  study  intersections   are  illustrated  in  Figures  3.11-­‐3  and  3.11-­‐4,  respectively.  In  addition,  the  project  net  impact  on   winter   PM   peak-­‐hour   traffic   volumes   through   the   three   study   intersections   located   in   Placer   County  in  2012  and  2032  are  shown  in  Tables  3.11-­‐9  and  3.11-­‐10,  respectively.  Adding  the  2012   “no  project”  volumes  to  the  “project  net  impact”  volumes  yields  the  “2012  with  project”  volumes   shown  in  Figure  3.11-­‐5  (summer).  The  “2012  with  project”  volumes  through  the  Placer  County   intersections  in  the  winter  are  shown  in  Table  3.11-­‐11.     Finally,  the  project  is  estimated  to  result  in  a  net  increase  of  approximately  426  PM  peak-­‐hour  trips   (231  northbound  and  195  southbound)  on  the  SR  267  Bypass  under  2012  summer  conditions.   Similarly,  the  net  increase  under  2032  summer  conditions  is  estimated  to  be  approximately  579   total  two-­‐way  PM  peak-­‐hour  trips  (319  northbound  and  260  southbound).  Note  that  the  project   impact  on  Bypass  volumes  under  winter  conditions  is  not  included  in  this  study,  given  that  winter   conditions  are  only  evaluated  at  intersections  and  roadways  located  within  Placer  County.   TABLE  3.11-­‐9:  PROJECT  NET  IMPACTS  OF  2012  WINTER  INTERSECTION  TURNING  MOVEMENT  VOLUMES-­‐PLACER   COUNTY   NORTHBOUND  SOUTHBOUND  EASTBOUND  WESTBOUND   INTERSECTION  L e f t   T h r u   R i g h t   L e f t   T h r u   R i g h t   L e f t   T h r u   R i g h t   L e f t   T h r u   R i g h t   TOTAL   SR  267  /  Airport  Rd  /   Schaffer  Mill  Rd  0  10  2  4  71  2  8  0  0  32  12  4  145   SR  267  /  Northstar  Dr.  0  9  -­‐  -­‐  30  73  3  -­‐  0  -­‐  -­‐  -­‐  115   SR  267  /  SR  28  0  0  0  14  0  8  4  0  0  0  0  0  26   SOURCE:  LSC  TRANSPORTATION  CONSULTANTS,  INC.,  TABLE  8.   TABLE  3.11-­‐10:  PROJECT  NET  IMPACTS   OF  2032  WINTER  INTERSECTION  TURNING  MOVEMENT  VOLUMES-­‐ PLACER  COUNTY   NORTHBOUND  SOUTHBOUND  EASTBOUND  WESTBOUND   INTERSECTION  L e f t   T h r u   R i g h t   L e f t   T h r u   R i g h t   L e f t   T h r u   R i g h t   L e f t   T h r u   R i g h t   TOTAL   SR  267  /  Airport  Rd  /   Schaffer  Mill  Rd  0  21  2  4  67  6  11  0  0  2 9  24  4  168   SR  267  /  Northstar  Dr.  0  17  0  0  37  59  6  0  0  0  0  0  119   SR  267  /  SR  28  0  0  0  18  0  11  8  0  0  0  0  4  41   SOURCE:  LSC  TRANSPORTATION  CONSULTANTS,  INC.,  TABLE  9.   3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION       Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.11-­‐25       TABLE  3.11-­‐11:  WINTER  2012  INTERSECTION  TURNING  MOVEMENT  VOLUMES  WITH  PROJECT   NORTHBOUND  SOUTHBOUND  EASTBOUND  WESTBOUND   INTERSECTION  L e f t   T h r u   R i g h t   L e f t   T h r u   R i g h t   L e f t   T h r u   R i g h t   L e f t   T h r u   R i g h t   TOTAL   SR  267  /  Airport  Rd  /   Schaffer  Mill  Rd  19  1,133  17  12  631  23  50  1  9  37  14  22  1,968   SR  267  /  Northstar  Dr.  89  312  -­‐  -­‐  451  262  857  -­‐  513  -­‐  -­‐  -­‐  2,448   SR  267  /  SR  28  0  0  0  466  0  459  244  574  0  1  445  264  2,453   SOURCE:  LSC  TRANSPORTATION  CONSULTANTS,  INC.,  TABLE  10.   Comparison  between  Proposed  Project  and  Assumptions  in  General  Plan   The  proposed  project  has  been  compared  to  the  assumed  PC-­‐3  project  in  the  General  Plan.  The  PC-­‐ 3   land   use   assumptions   in   the   current   Truckee   TransCAD   model   were   revised   several   times   subsequent  to  adoption  of  the  General  Plan.  The  land  use  assumptions  in  the  2025  General  Plan,  in   the  current  Truckee  TransCAD  model,  and  in  the  proposed  project  are  listed  in  Table  3.11-­‐12.  As   indicated,  the  proposed  project  has  fewer  multi-­‐family  units,  more  commercial  floor  area,  and  less   light  industrial  use  than  previously  assumed.     The  total  PM  peak-­‐hour  trip  generation  at  the  site  access  points  was  reviewed  under  all  three   models.  As  shown  in  the  table,  the  proposed  project  has  a  lower  level  of  trip  generation  than  that   assumed  in  the  General  Plan.  However,  the  proposed  project  generates  more  trips  at  the  site   access  points  than  that  assumed  in  the  current  Truckee  TransCAD  model.  Note  that  these  figures   include  internal  trips  made  from  one  project  zone  to  another  project  zone,  and  they  do  not  reflect   reductions  for  pass-­‐by  and  intercepted  trips.     Finally,  the  external  trip  generation  of  the  proposed  project  can  be  compared  to  that  assumed  in   the  current  TransCAD  model.  As  indicated  in  Table  3.11-­‐6,  the  proposed  project  is  expected  to   generate  approximately  1,706  PM  peak-­‐hour  trips  on  external  roadways,  not  including  reductions   for  pass-­‐by  and  intercepted  trips.  After  reductions  for  pass-­‐by  and  intercepted  trips,  the  proposed   project   generates   a   net   increase   of   approximately   1,061   PM   peak-­‐hour   trips   on   the   external   roadway  network.  In  comparison,  a  review  of  the  intersection  PM  peak-­‐hour  turning  movements   in  the  current  TransCAD  model  indicates  that  about  1,300  external  trips  are  generated  by  the   proposed  p r o j e c t .  H o w e v e r ,  t h e  T r a n s C A D  m o d e l  d o e s  n o t  r e f l e c t  r e d u c t i o n s  f o r  p a s s-­‐by   and   intercepted  trips.  Consequently,  the  proposed  project  is  estimated  to  result  in  a  smaller  increase  in   external  roadway  volumes  than  the  PC-­‐3  project  assumed  in  the  TransCAD  model.     TABLE  3.11-­‐12:  COMPARISON  OF  CURRENT  PROJECT,  GENERAL  PLAN,  AND  TRUCKEE  MODEL   PROJECT  LAND  USE  ASSUMPTIONS  TRUCKEE   MODEL   TAZS   SOURCE  MULTIFAMILY   (DU)   COMMERCIAL   (KSF)   LT   INDUSTRIAL   (KSF)   TOTAL  PM  PEAK-­ HOUR  TRIP   GENERATION  AT  SITE   ACCESS  POINTS1   NET  INCREASE  IN  PM   PEAK-­HOUR  TRIPS  ON   EXTERNAL  ROADWAYS   GENERAL  PLAN  355  360  140  2,130  NA   CURRENT  CITY   TRANSCAD  MODEL  47  161  243  1,725  1,300   60,  61   AND  62   CURRENT  PROJECT2  42  549  83  1,992     DIFFERENCE  (PROJECT  –  GENERAL   PLAN)  -­‐313  189  -­‐57  -­‐318  NA   DIFFERENCE  (PROJECT  –  CITY   MODEL)  -­‐5  388  -­‐160  267  -­‐239   SOURCE:  LSC  TRANSPORTATION  CONSULTANTS,  INC.,  TABLE  11.    3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION     3.11-­‐26  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     Note:  TAZ  =  Traffic  Analysis  Zone,  DU  =  dwelling  unit,  KSF  =  1,000  square  feet  of  floor  area  (rounded  to  the  nearest   1,000),  NA  =  Not  Available.   Note  1:  Includes  internal  trips  made  from  one  PC-­‐3  zone  to  another  PC-­‐3  zone.  Does  not  reflect  reductions  for  pass-­‐by  or   intercepted  trips.   Note  2:  Potential  trailhead  parking  lot  on  Parcel  7  is  not  reflected  in  this  table.  Proposed  gas  station  on  Parcel  14  is   assumed  to  be  roughly  3  KSF.     3.11.4  REGULATORY  S ETTING   Existing  transportation  polices,  laws,  and  regulations  that  would  apply  to  the  Proposed  Project  are   summarized  below.  This  information  provides  a  context  for  the  impact  discussion  related  to  the   project’s   consistency   with   applicable   regulatory   conditions   and   development   of   significance   criteria  for  evaluating  project  impacts.   Level  of  Service  Standards   The  LOS  thresholds  applicable  to  the  study  area  are  discussed  below.   TOWN  OF  TRUCKEE   The  existing  Town  of  Truckee  policy  on  LOS  is  applied  in  this  Traffic  Impact  Analysis.  As  stated  in   the  Truckee  2025  General  Plan,  the  Town’s  LOS  standards  are  as  follows:   Policy  P2.1  –  Establish  and  maintain  a  Level  of  Service  D  or  better  on  road  segments  and  for  total   intersection  movements  in  portions  of  the  Town  outside  of  the  Downtown  Study  Area.  Establish   and  maintain  a  Level  of  Service  E  or  better  on  arterial  and  collector  road  segments  and  for  total   intersection  movements  within  the  Downtown  Specific  Plan  Area.  Throughout  the  Town,  individual   turning  movements  at  unsignalized  intersections  shall  not  be  allowed  to  reach  LOS  F  and  to  exceed   a  cumulative  vehicle  delay  of  four  vehicle  hours.  Both  of  these  conditions  shall  be  met  for  traffic   operations  to  be  considered  unacceptable.   PLACER  COUNTY   Placer  County  defines  its  LOS  standard  as  “D”  for  locations  within  one-­‐half  mile  of  a  state  highway,   and  “C”  for  other  locations  in  the  study  area.  Roadway  LOS  is  measured  according  to  Average  Daily   Traffic  (ADT)  per  travel  lane,  based  on  the  ADT  thresholds  provided  in  the  Placer  County  General   Plan   EIR.   For   the   study   area,   Placer   County   requires   evaluation  of   summer   or   winter   ADT,   whichever  is  higher.  According  to  County  policy,  the  County’s  LOS  standards  for  the  state  highway   system   shall   be   no   worse   than   those   adopted   in   the  Placer   County   Congestion   Management   Program  (CMP).  The  LOS  standard  in  the  CMP  for  roadways  and  signalized  intersections  located   along  state  highways  is  LOS  E.  If  worst  movement  LOS  at  an  unsignalized  intersection  in  Placer   County  exceeds  LOS  standards,  a  “Peak-­‐Hour”  signal  warrant  analysis,  consistent  with  the  Manual   of  Uniform  Traffic  Control  Devices  (MUTCD),  is  required.  If  the  intersection  attains  minimum  signal   warrant  volumes,  mitigation  is  required.     Placer  County  may  allow  exceptions  to  its  LOS  standards  where  it  finds  that  the  improvements or   other  measures  required  to  achieve  the  LOS  standards  are  unacceptable  based  on  established   criteria.  In  allowing  any  exceptions  to  established  LOS  standards,  the  County  shall  consider  the   following  factors:   3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION       Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.11-­‐27     • The  number  of  hours  per  day  that  the  intersection  or  roadway  segment  would  operate  at   the  conditions  worse  than  the  standard   • The   ability   of   the   required   improvement   to   significantly   reduce   peak-­‐hour   delay   and   improve  traffic  operations   • The  right-­‐of-­‐way  needs  and  the  physical  impacts  on  surrounding  properties   • The  visual  aesthetics  of  the  required  improvement  and  its  impact  on  community  identity   and  character   • Environmental  impacts  including  air  quality  and  noise  impacts     • Construction  and  right-­‐of-­‐way  acquisition  costs   • The  impacts  on  general  safety   • The  impacts  of  the  required  construction  phasing  and  traffic  maintenance   • The  impacts  on  quality  of  life  as  perceived  by  residents   • Consideration  of  other  environmental,  social  or  economic  factors  on  which  the  County   may  base  findings  to  allow  exceedance  of  the  standards     Exceptions   to   the   standards   will   only   be   allowed   after   all   feasible   measures   and   options   are   explored,  including  alternative  forms  of  transportation.     MARTIS  VALLEY  COMMUNITY  PLAN   The  adopted  Martis  Valley  Community  Plan  (Placer  County,  2003)  specifies  that  the  County  shall   develop  and  manage  its  roadway  system  to  maintain  the  following  minimum  levels  of  service   (LOS):   • LOS   “C”   on   rural   roadways,   except   within   one-­‐half   mile   of   state   highways   where   the   standard  shall  be  LOS  “D.”   • LOS”C”  on  urban/suburban  roadways  except  within  one-­‐half  mile  of  state  highways  where   the  standards  shall  be  LOS  “D.”   It  also  states  that  the  County’s  LOS  standard  for  SR  267  shall  be  no  worse  than  LOS  “E.”   CALTRANS   The  concept  LOS  defined  in  the  State  Route  267  Transportation  Concept  Report  for  Segment  2   (Nevada/Placer  County  Line  to  Brockway  Summit  is  LOS  “E”.  According  to  Caltrans  standards,  this   threshold  should  be  applied  to  state  highways  unless  a  local  jurisdiction  has  adopted  a  higher   standard   for   identification   of   significant   impacts   for   any   improvement   project   requiring   an   encroachment  permit  from  Caltrans.   TAHOE  REGIONAL  PLANNING  AGENCY   The  LOS  standards  for  the  Lake  Tahoe  Basin,  established  by  the  Tahoe  Regional  Planning  Agency   (TRPA),  require  that  the  following  LOS  not  be  exceeded  during  peak-­‐period  traffic  flow:   • LOS  C  on  rural  scenic/recreational  roads   • LOS  D  in  rural  developed  areas   • LOS  D  on  urban  roads   • LOS  D  for  signalized  intersections  –  LOS  E  may  be  acceptable  during  peak  periods  not  to   exceed  4  hours  per  day   The  TRPA  does  not  have  a  specific  adopted  standard  for  unsignalized  intersections.  Consistent   with  the  approach  used  in  other  traffic  analyses  conducted  for  projects  in  the  Tahoe  Region,  an    3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION     3.11-­‐28  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     approach  or  movement  of  an  unsignalized  intersection  operating  at  LOS  F  would  be  identified  as  a   concern.   3.11.5  THRESHOLDS  OF  SIGNIFICANCE   This   section   describes   the   thresholds   or   criteria   that   determine   whether   the   project   causes   a   significant  impact  on  the  roadway,  bicycle,  pedestrian,  and/or  transit  systems.    These  thresholds   are   based   on   policies   from   the  Town   of  Truckee  G e n e r a l  P l a n  a n d  r e c o m m e n d e d / e x a m p l e   thresholds  from  the  CEQA  guidelines.       Traffic  Impacts   According  to  the  Town  of  Truckee  General  Plan,  intersection  and  roadway  operations  at  LOS  E  or   better   are   acceptable.     For   the   purposes   of   this   EIR   analysis,   significant   traffic   impacts   at   intersections  are  defined  when  the  addition  of  project  traffic  is  expected  to  cause  any  one  of  the   following:   • Level  of  Service  D  or  better  on  road  segments  and  for  total  intersection  movements  in   portions  of  the  Town  outside  of  the  Downtown  Study  Area.     • Establish   and   maintain   a   Level   of   Service   E   or   better   on   arterial   and   collector   road   segments  and  for  total  intersection  movements  within  the  Downtown  Specific  Plan  Area.     • Throughout  the  Town,  individual  turning  movements  at  unsignalized  intersections  shall   not  be  allowed  to  reach  LOS  F  and  to  exceed  a  cumulative  vehicle  delay  of  four  vehicle   hours.   Transit,  Bicycle,  and  Pedestrian  Impacts       The  Proposed  Project  is  considered  to  result  in  a  significant  transit,  bicycle,  and/or  pedestrian   impact  if:   • The  project  conflicts  with  existing  or  planned  transit,  bicycle,  and/or  pedestrian  facilities   and  services;   • The  project  conflicts  or  creates  demand  for  public  transit  services  above  that  which  is   provided  or  planned;  or   • The  project  does  not  provide  connections  to  bicycle  and  pedestrian  circulation  systems  of   the  surrounding  area.   Additional  Impacts     The   Proposed   Project   is   considered   to   result   in   a   significant   impact   if   any   of   the   following   conditions  occur:   • Construction-­‐related  traffic  causes  significant  intersection  impacts  as  defined  by  the  traffic   system  criteria  described  above.   3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION       Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.11-­‐29     3.11.6  IMPACTS  AND  M ITIGATION  MEASURES   A NALYSIS  M ETHODOLOGY   A  microscopic  traffic  simulation  was  created  for  the  SR  267  corridor  using  the  SimTraffic  software   package  (Version  8,  TrafficWare).  The  simulation  model  includes  four  of  the  study  intersections   along   SR   267.   Listed   from   north   to   south,   the   following   intersections   are   evaluated   in   the   simulation:   • SR  267/SR  89  North/I-­‐80  Westbound  Ramps   • SR  267/SR  89  North/I-­‐80  Eastbound  Ramps   •  SR  267/Brockway  Road/Soaring  Way   • SR  267/Airport  Road/Schaffer  Mill  Road   The  intersection  Level  of  Service  (LOS)  at  the  four  intersections  above  is  based  on  the  results  of  the   simulation.  Intersection  (LOS)  for  the  remaining  study  intersections  is  largely  evaluated    using  the   methodologies   documented   in   the   2010  Highway   Capacity   Manual  (HCM),   as   applied     in   the   Synchro  8.0  Software  package  developed  by  TrafficWare.  The  Highway  Capacity  Software  (HCS   2010)  is  utilized  for  the  Glenshire  Drive/Donner  Pass  Road  intersection,  in  order  to  be  consistent   with   other   recent   studies   of   this   intersection,   and   to  r e f l e c t  t h e  c a l i b r a t e d  d r i v e r  behavior   discussed  below.  As  the  HCM  2010  methodology  is  not  applicable  for  roundabouts  with  more  than   two   circulating   lanes,   the   SIDRA   software   (Version  4 )  i s  u s e d  t o  a n a l y z e  L O S  f o r  three-­‐lane   roundabouts.     Model  Calibration   The  default  parameters  in  Synchro’s  application  of  the  HCM  2010  methodologies  were  modified  to   calibrate  the  model  where  necessary.  The  following  adjustments  to  HCM  2010  default  parameters   were  made  to  calibrate  the  model:   • The   Glenshire   Drive   approach   on   the   Glenshire   Drive/Donner   Pass   Road   intersection   hasseparate  left  and  right  turn  lanes.  According  to  the  HCM,  the  critical  gap,  which  is  the minimum  time  interval  that  allows  intersection  entry  to  one  minor-­‐stream  vehicle,  is  7.1   seconds  for  a  left-­‐turn  movement  and  6.2  seconds  for  a  right-­‐turn  movement  from  a  minor   street.  The  HCM  also  indicates  that  more  accurate  capacity  estimates  will  be  produced  if   field  measurements  of  the  critical  gap  can  be  made.  In  order  to  estimate  a  critical  gap  that   reflects  conditions  specific  to  the  Glenshire  Drive/Donner  Pass  Road  intersection,  delay   counts  were  performed  by  LSC  during  the  PM  peak  hour  on  Friday,  August  5,  2011.  Based   upon  the  results  of  these  measurements,  the  LOS  calculations  for  the  minor  approach  on   the  Glenshire  Drive/Donner  Pass  Road  intersection  indicate  critical  gaps  of  approximately   5.8  seconds  and  6.2  seconds  for  the  left-­‐turn  and  right-­‐turn  movements,  respectively.  This   indicates  that  drivers  turning  left  from  Glenshire  Drive  tend  to  be  more  aggressive  than   the  HCM  default  values  would  indicate.     • A  review  of  data  collected  at  existing  roundabouts  in  the  U.S.  indicates  that  the  critical   headway  and  follow-­‐up  headway  times  are  generally  lower  than  the  HCM  2010  default   values.  In  other  words,  drivers  at  roundabouts  in  the  U.S.  tend  to  be  more  aggressive  than    3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION     3.11-­‐30  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     the  HCM  2010  default  values  indicate.  Specifically,  the  HCM  default  critical  headway  is  5.2   seconds  for  a  roundabout  with  one  conflicting  lane,  or  4.3  (left  lane)  and  4.1  (right  lane)   seconds  with  two  conflicting  lanes.  The  adjusted  critical  headway  values  based  on  existing   roundabouts  in  the  U.S.  are  4.2  seconds  with  one  conflicting  lane  and  4.0  seconds  with   two   conflicting   lanes.   Similarly,   the   HCM   default   follow-­‐up   headway   is   3.2   seconds,   regardless  of  the  number  of  conflicting  lanes,  and  the  adjusted  follow-­‐up  headway  is  2.8   seconds.   At   locations   where   dual-­‐lane   roundabouts   with   bypass   lanes   do   not   provide   adequate  capacity  for  buildout  conditions,  the  Sidra  software  was  calibrated  to  match  the   HCM  results  for  the  dual-­‐lane  analysis  scenarios,  and  then  Sidra  was  used  to  evaluate  the   capacity  of  those  locations  assuming  addition  of  a  third  circulating  roadway.   I NTERSECTION  L EVEL  O F  S ERVICE  A NALYSIS   All  study  intersections  were  evaluated  to  determine  existing  operational  conditions  for  the  2012   summer  PM  peak  hour.  The  three  study  intersections  located  in  Placer  County  (SR  267/Airport   Road/Schaffer  Mill  Road,  SR  267/Northstar  Drive,  SR  28/SR  267)  were  also  evaluated  for  the  winter   PM  peak  hour.  Using  the  traffic  volumes  presented  as  part  of  this  study,  it  is  possible  to  evaluate   the  LOS  provided  during  peak  periods  at  the  intersections  serving  the  study  area.  Table  3.11-­‐2   summarizes  the  results  for  existing  2012  conditions  without  the  project.  As  indicated,  the  following   study  intersections  currently  exceed  level  of  service  standards:   • Donner  Pass  Road/Glenshire  Drive   • Donner  Pass  Road/Bridge  Street   • Bridge  Street/West  River  Street   • West  River  Street/McIver  Crossing   The  remaining  study  intersections  currently  operate  at  acceptable  levels  during  the  summer  (and   winter  for  applicable  intersections)  PM  peak  hour  periods  without  the  proposed  project.   As  shown  in  the  far  right  columns  of  Table  3.11-­‐13,  implementation  of  the  proposed  project  would   result  in  similar  or  increased  delays  at  all  study  intersections  during  the  PM  peak  hour,  and  the  LOS   would  degrade  at some  intersections.  The  following  additional  intersections  would  exceed  the   applicable  LOS  standard  in  2012  with  the  project: • SR  267/Brockway  Road/Soaring  Way   • Brockway  Road/Hope  Court/Site  Access   • Brockway  Road/Martis  Drive   • Soaring  Way/Joerger  Drive/Site  Access 3.11  TRANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION       Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.11-­‐31     •   TABLE  3.11-­‐13:  2012  PM  PEAK  HOUR  INTERSECTION  LEVEL  OF  SERVICE  –  NO  PROJECT  AND  PLUS  CONDITIONS  PLUS  PROJECT   NO  PROJECT  PLUS  PROJECT   INTERSECTION  CONTROL1,  2  LOS  THRESHOLD  DELAY   (SEC/VEHICLE)1  LOS  DELAY   (SEC/VEHICLE)1  LOS   Summer  LOS   1. SR  89  North  /  Donner  Pass  Road    Roundabout  D  6.1  A  7.0  A   2. SR  267  /  SR  89  North  /  I-­‐80  Westbound  Ramps3    Signal  D  18.4  B  18.4  B   3. SR  267  /  I-­‐80  Eastbound  Ramps3    Signal  D  12.2  B  12.5  B   4. Donner  Pass  Road  /  I-­‐80  Westbound  On-­‐ramp    Uncontrolled  D  8.8  A  9.0  A   5. Donner  Pass  Road  /  I-­‐80  Eastbound  Off-­‐ramp    Stop  Controlled  D  28.9  D  33.3  D   6. Donner  Pass  Road  /  Pioneer  Trail    Roundabout  D  9.3  A  10.4  B   7. Donner  Pass  Road  /  Glenshire  Drive    Stop  Controlled  E  OVF  F  OVF  F   8. Donner  Pass  Road  /  Bridge  Street    Unconventional4  E  OVF  F  OVF  F   9. Bridge  Street  /  West  River  Street    Stop  Controlled  E  OVF  F  OVF  F   10. West  River  Street  /  McIver  Crossing    Stop  Controlled  E  71.9  F  141.5  F   11. Brockway  Road  /  Martis  Valley  Road    Roundabout  D  8.1  A  11.9  B   12. Brockway  Road  /  Palisades  Drive    Signal  E  6.1  A  6.7  A   13. SR  267  /  Brockway  Road  /  Soaring  Way3    Signal  D  21.2  C  100.9  F   14. SR  267  /  Airport  Road  /  Schaffer  Mill  Road3    Signal  E  16.7  B  16.9  B   15. SR  267  /  Northstar  Drive    Signal  E  9.8  A  10.1  B   16. SR  267  /  SR  28    Signal  D/E5  30.7  C  32.2  C   17. Brockway  Road  /  Hope  Court    Stop  Controlled  D  13.3  B  OVF  F   18. Brockway  Road  /  Martis  Drive    Stop  Controlled  D  N/A      OVF  F   19. Soaring  Way  /  Joerger  Dr  /  Site  Access    Stop  Controlled  D  9.4  A  OVF  F   20. Joerger  Dr  /  PC-­‐3  Commercial  Access    Stop  Controlled  D  N/A      11.2  B   Winter  LOS    3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION     3.11-­‐32  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     NO  PROJECT  PLUS  PROJECT   INTERSECTION  CONTROL1,  2  LOS  THRESHOLD  DELAY   (SEC/VEHICLE)1  LOS  DELAY   (SEC/VEHICLE)1  LOS   14.  SR  267  /  Airport  Road  /  Schaffer  Mill  Road    Signal  E  17.4  B  18.7  B   15.  SR  267  /  Northstar  Drive    Signal  E  15.3  B  15.9  B   16.  SR  267  /  SR  28    Signal  D/E5  37.1  D  39.3  D   SOURCE:  LSC  TRANSPORTATION  CONSULTANTS,  INC.,  TABLE  12   BOLD  text  indicates  that  LOS  standard  has  been  exceeded.  OVF  =  Overflow.  Overflow  indicates  a  delay  greater  than  200  seconds  per  vehicle,  which  cannot  be  accurately   calculated  using  HCM  methodology.   NOTE  1:  Level  of  service  for  signalized  intersections  is  reported  for  the  total  intersection.   NOTE  2:  Level  of  service  for  roundabouts  and  other  unsignalized  intersections  is  reported  for  the  worst  movement.   NOTE  3:  Level  of  service  at  these  intersections  is  based  on  SimTraffic  simulation.   NOTE  4:  The  Donner  Pass  Road  /  Bridge  Street  intersection  is  controlled  with  stop  signs  on  three  approaches,  with  the  northbound  Bridge  Street  approach  uncontrolled.   NOTE  5:  LOS  E  is  acceptable  at  this  intersection  for  no  more  than  4  hours  during  the  design  day,  per  TRPA  LOS  standards. 3.11  TRANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION       Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.11-­‐33       I NTERSECTION  Q UEUING  A NALYSIS   Traffic  queues  at  specific  intersections  that  exceed  the  storage  capacity  of  turn  lanes  or  ramps,  or   that  block  turn  movements  at  important  nearby  intersections  or  driveways,  can  cause  operational   problems  beyond  those  identified  in  the  LOS  analysis.  The  traffic  queue  lengths  were  reviewed  at   locations  where  queuing  could  potentially  cause  traffic  problems.  In  2012  with  the  PC-­‐3  project,   the   95th-­‐percentile   traffic   queue   on   the   eastbound   approach   to   the   SR   267/Brockway   Road/Soaring   Way   intersection   would   interfere   with   traffic entering   and   exiting   Hope   Court.   Similarly,   the   95th-­‐percentile   traffic   queue   on   the   westbound   approach   would   affect   traffic   entering  and  exiting  Joerger  Drive.  In  addition,  traffic  queues  at  the  Donner  Pass  Road/Bridge   Street   and   West   River   Street/Bridge  S t r e e t  i n t e r s e c t i o n s  g e n e r a l l y  i n t e r f e r e  w i t h  t h e  a d j a c e n t   roadways   and   driveways,   as   a   result   of   the   unacceptable   intersection   delays   in   2012,   with   or   without   the   PC-­‐3   project.   Traffic   queues   resulting   after   intersection   and   roadway   mitigation   measures  are  implemented  are  discussed  later  in  this  chapter.  No  traffic  queuing  concerns  are   identified  at  the  remaining  study  locations  in  2012.     R OADWAY  C APACITY   Roadway  capacity  is  evaluated  in  order  to  determine  whether  a  specific  roadway  segment  should   be  widened  to  accommodate  existing  or  future  traffic  volumes.  Different  methodologies  can  be   employed  to  determine  capacity,  but  generally,  the  calculation  will  incorporate  a  series  of  factors   including  roadway  facility  type,  evaluation  period,  and  level  of  service  thresholds.  The  Town  of   Truckee  roadway  capacity  standards  are  based  upon  hourly  traffic  volumes,  and  the  Placer  County   roadway  volume  criteria  are  based  upon  daily  traffic  volumes.  The  maximum  allowable  traffic   volumes  to  obtain  the  LOS  thresholds  applicable  to  the  study  roadway  segments  are  shown  in   Table  3.11-­‐14.  Note  that  the  roadway  conditions  along  the  segments  of  SR  267  within  the  Town  of   Truckee  are  evaluated  based  upon  the  results  of  the  micro-­‐simulation,  as  discussed  below.       Table  3.11-­‐14  also  presents  a  comparison  of  2012  traffic  volumes  with  the  pertinent  LOS  standard.   The  Average  Daily  Traffic  (ADT)  volumes  along  the  study  roadway  segments  in  Placer  County  are   estimated  by  applying  an  ADT-­‐to-­‐peak  hour  volume  factor  to  the  peak-­‐hour  volumes.  This  factor  is   calculated  based  upon  a  review  of  traffic  data  collected  at  the  permanent  Caltrans  traffic  trend   count   station   located   at   a   point   along   SR   267   to   the   south   of   its   intersection   with   Brockway   Road/Soaring   Way.   The   estimated   ADT-­‐to-­‐peak   hour   volume   factors   along   SR   267   are   approximately  11.19  for  summer  traffic  and  10.19  for  winter  traffic.  As  shown  in  the  table,  all   study  roadway  segments  currently  operate  within  the  allowable  traffic  volume  threshold  for  2012   traffic  conditions  without  the  proposed  project,  except  the  segment  of  SR  267  within  the  Tahoe   Basin.   This   segment   currently   exceeds   the   TRPA’s   LOS   “D”   standard   on   peak   days   during   the   summer  and  winter.  The  roadway  LOS  analysis  with  project-­‐generated  traffic  volumes  is  presented   in   Table  3.11-­‐15.   As   shown,  implementation   of   the   proposed   project   would   not   cause   any   additional  all  study  roadway  segments  to  exceed  the  allowable  traffic  volume  thresholds  in  2012.    3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION     3.11-­‐34  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     T RAFFIC  O PERATIONS  ON  SR  267  B YPASS  IN  2012   Traffic  impacts  on  the  SR  267  Bypass  are  evaluated,  with  and  without  the  proposed  project.  The   Synchro/SimTraffic   software   package   was   utilized   to   create   a   micro-­‐simulation   of   the   SR   267   corridor  between  Airport  Road  and  I-­‐80  under  2012  traffic  conditions  with  the  project.  First,  the   roadway  network  is  described.  Next,  the  simulation  methodology  is  provided.  Finally,  the  results  of   the  simulation  are  presented.       3.11  TRANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION       Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.11-­‐35     TABLE  3.11-­‐14:  ROADWAY  LOS  ANALYSIS  –  2012  WITHOUT  PROJECT   ROADWAY  SEGMENT  JURISDICTION  CLASSIFICATION   LOS   THRESHOLD     MAXIMUM  ALLOWABLE   PEAK-­HOUR  VOLUME   PER  LANE  TO  OBTAIN   LOS  THRESHOLD   PEAK-­HOUR   TWO-­WAY   VOLUME   PEAK-­HOUR     PEAK-­ DIRECTION   VOLUME   ADT   FACTOR   AVERAGE   DAILY   TRAFFIC  1   LOS   THRESHOLD   EXCEEDED?   SUMMER   Bridge  Street,  across   railroad  tracks    Town  of  Truckee  Minor  Arterial  E  1,600  1,077  580  N/A  N/A  No   Donner  Pass  Road,  South  of   SR  89  North    Town  of  Truckee  Minor  Arterial  D  1,420  907  523  N/A  N/A  No   Donner  Pass  Road,  South  of   I-­‐80  Eastern  Interchange    Town  of  Truckee  Minor  Arterial  E  1,600  916  475  N/A  N/A  No   Donner  Pass  Road,  East  of   Bridge  Street  (Commercial   Row)     Town  of  Truckee  Minor  Arterial  E  1,200  990  639  N/A  N/A  No   Donner  Pass  Road,  West  of   Bridge  Street  (Commercial   Row)     Town  of  Truckee  Minor  Arterial  E  1,200  1,068  717  N/A  N/A  No   SR  89,  North  of  I-­‐80    Town  of   Truckee/Caltrans  Highway  D  N/A  1  771  413  N/A  N/A  No   SR  267,  between  I-­‐80  and   Brockway  Road     Town  of   Truckee/Caltrans  Highway  D  N/A  1  1,291  766  N/A  N/A  No   SR  267,  between  Brockway   Road  and  Town  Limit     Town  of   Truckee/Caltrans  Highway  D  N/A  1  1,493  846  N/A  N/A  No   SR  267,  between  Town   Limit  and  Airport  Road     Placer   County/Caltrans  Highway  E  25,000  1,448  801  11.19  16,200  No   SR  267,  between  Airport   Road  and  Northstar  Drive     Placer   County/Caltrans  Highway  E  25,000  1,295  669  11.19  14,490  No   SR  267,  between  Northstar   Drive  and  Brockway   Summit     Placer   County/Caltrans  Highway  E  21,000  1,130  647  11.19  12,640  No   SR  267,  between  Brockway   Summit  and  SR  28     TRPA/Placer   County/Caltrans  Highway  D  11,400  1,306  659  11.19  14,610  Yes   Brockway  Road  Between   SR  267  and  project  access  Town  of  Truckee  Minor  Arterial  D  1,420  945  505  N/A  N/A  No   Brockway  Road,  between   project  access  and  Martis   Valley  Road     Town  of  Truckee  Minor  Arterial  D  1,420  935  496  N/A  N/A  No   Brockway  Road,  between   Martis  Valley  Road  and  Town  of  Truckee  Minor  Arterial  D  1,420  1,249  733  N/A  N/A  No    3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION     3.11-­‐36  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     ROADWAY  SEGMENT  JURISDICTION  CLASSIFICATION   LOS   THRESHOLD     MAXIMUM  ALLOWABLE   PEAK-­HOUR  VOLUME   PER  LANE  TO  OBTAIN   LOS  THRESHOLD   PEAK-­HOUR   TWO-­WAY   VOLUME   PEAK-­HOUR     PEAK-­ DIRECTION   VOLUME   ADT   FACTOR   AVERAGE   DAILY   TRAFFIC  1   LOS   THRESHOLD   EXCEEDED?   Palisades  Drive     Brockway  Road,  between   Palisades  Drive  and  West   River  Street     Town  of  Truckee  Minor  Arterial  E  1,600  1,609  997  N/A  N/A  No   WINTER   SR  267,  between  Town   Limit  and  Airport  Road       Placer   County/Caltrans  Highway  E  25,000  1,772  1,183  10.19  18,100  No   SR  267,  between  Airport   Road  and  Northstar  Drive       Placer   County/Caltrans  Highway  E  25,000  1,731  1,157  10.19  17,600  No   SR  267,  between  Northstar   Drive  and  Brockway   Summit     Placer   County/Caltrans  Highway  E  21,000  1,290  898  10.19  13,100  No   SR  267,  between  Brockway   Summit  and  SR  28     TRPA/Placer   County/Caltrans  Highway  D  11,400  1,407  903  10.19  14,300  Yes   SOURCE:  LSC  TRANSPORTATION  CONSULTANTS,  INC.,  TABLE  13.   NOTE  1:  Threshold  Volume  is  not  applicable  to  these  roadway  segments,  as  traffic  conditions  on  these  segments  were  evaluated  using  a  SimTraffic  microsimulation.   3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION       Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.11-­‐37     TABLE  3.11-­‐15:  ROADWAY  LOS  ANALYSIS  –  2012  WITH  PROJECT   ROADWAY  SEGMENT  JURISDICTION  CLASSIFICATION   LOS   THRESHOLD     MAXIMUM  ALLOWABLE   PEAK-­HOUR  VOLUME   PER  LANE  TO  OBTAIN   LOS  THRESHOLD   PEAK-­HOUR   TWO-­WAY   VOLUME   PEAK-­HOUR     PEAK-­ DIRECTION   VOLUME   ADT   FACTOR   AVERAGE   DAILY   TRAFFIC  1   LOS   THRESHOLD   EXCEEDED?   SUMMER   Bridge  Street,  across   railroad  tracks    Town  of  Truckee  Minor  Arterial  E  1,600  1,072  576  N/A  N/A  No   Donner  Pass  Road,  South  of   SR  89  North    Town  of  Truckee  Minor  Arterial  D  1,420  1,059  592  N/A  N/A  No   Donner  Pass  Road,  South  of   I-­‐80  Eastern  Interchange    Town  of  Truckee  Minor  Arterial  E  1,600  967  508  N/A  N/A  No   Donner  Pass  Road,  East  of   Bridge  Street  (Commercial   Row)     Town  of  Truckee  Minor  Arterial  E  1,200  1,009  650  N/A  N/A  No   Donner  Pass  Road,  West  of   Bridge  Street  (Commercial   Row)     Town  of  Truckee  Minor  Arterial  E  1,200  1,040  703  N/A  N/A  No   SR  89,  North  of  I-­‐80    Town  of   Truckee/Caltrans  Highway  D  N/A  1  1,045  559  N/A  N/A  No   SR  267,  between  I-­‐80  and   Brockway  Road     Town  of   Truckee/Caltrans  Highway  D  N/A  1  1,717  997  N/A  N/A  No   SR  267,  between  Brockway   Road  and  Town  Limit     Town  of   Truckee/Caltrans  Highway  D  N/A  1  1,562  883  N/A  N/A  No   SR  267,  between  Town   Limit  and  Airport  Road     Placer   County/Caltrans  Highway  E  25,000  1,518  839  11.19  16,990  No   SR  267,  between  Airport   Road  and  Northstar  Drive     Placer   County/Caltrans  Highway  E  25,000  1,383  736  11.19  15,480  No   SR  267,  between  Northstar   Drive  and  Brockway   Summit     Placer   County/Caltrans  Highway  E  21,000  1,201  704  11.19  13,440  No   SR  267,  between  Brockway   Summit  and  SR  28     TRPA/Placer   County/Caltrans  Highway  D  11,400  1,337  683  11.19  14,960  Yes   Brockway  Road  Between   SR  267  and  project  access  Town  of  Truckee  Minor  Arterial  D  1,420  1,568  800  N/A  N/A  No   Brockway  Road,  between   project  access  and  Martis   Valley  Road     Town  of  Truckee  Minor  Arterial  D  1,420  1,307  703  N/A  N/A  No   Brockway  Road,  between  Town  of  Truckee  Minor  Arterial  D  1,420  1,412  802  N/A  N/A  No    3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION     3.11-­‐38  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     ROADWAY  SEGMENT  JURISDICTION  CLASSIFICATION   LOS   THRESHOLD     MAXIMUM  ALLOWABLE   PEAK-­HOUR  VOLUME   PER  LANE  TO  OBTAIN   LOS  THRESHOLD   PEAK-­HOUR   TWO-­WAY   VOLUME   PEAK-­HOUR     PEAK-­ DIRECTION   VOLUME   ADT   FACTOR   AVERAGE   DAILY   TRAFFIC  1   LOS   THRESHOLD   EXCEEDED?   Martis  Valley  Road  and   Palisades  Drive     Brockway  Road,  between   Palisades  Drive  and  West   River  Street     Town  of  Truckee  Minor  Arterial  E  1,600  1,712  1,039  N/A  N/A  No   WINTER   SR  267,  between  Town   Limit  and  Airport  Road       Placer   County/Caltrans  Highway  E  25,000  1,871  1,205  10.19  19,100  No   SR  267,  between  Airport   Road  and  Northstar  Drive       Placer   County/Caltrans  Highway  E  25,000  1,846  1,169  10.19  18,800  No   SR  267,  between  Northstar   Drive  and  Brockway   Summit     Placer   County/Caltrans  Highway  E  21,000  1,329  928  10.19  13,500  No   SR  267,  between  Brockway   Summit  and  SR  28     TRPA/Placer   County/Caltrans  Highway  D  11,400  1,433  925  10.19  14,600  Yes   SOURCE:  LSC  TRANSPORTATION  CONSULTANTS,  INC.,  TABLE  14.   NOTE  1:  Threshold  Volume  is  not  applicable  to  these  roadway  segments,  as  traffic  conditions  on  these  segments  were  evaluated  using  a  SimTraffic  microsimulation.   3.11  TRANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION       Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.11-­‐39     Roadway  Network     The  results  of  this  analysis  are  based  on  SimTraffic  traffic  simulation  models  of  the  SR  267  corridor.   The  model  includes  the  following  study  intersections:   • SR  267/SR  89  North/I-­‐80  Westbound  Ramps   • SR  267/I-­‐80  Eastbound  Ramps   • SR  267/Brockway  Road/Soaring  Way   • SR  267/Airport  Road/Schaffer  Mill  Road   Traffic  signal  timings  used  in  the  simulation  are  based  on  the  actual  signal  timing  parameters   provided  by  Caltrans  District  3.  Traffic  signal  cycle  lengths  and  splits  were  optimized  using  Synchro   with  “plus  project”  traffic  volumes.  As  the  2012  traffic  volumes  with  the  PC-­‐3  project  would  cause   the   SR   267/Brockway   Road/Soaring   Way   intersection   (in   its   existing   configurations)   to   exceed   capacity  in  traffic  simulation,  intersection  capacity  improvements  are  assumed  at  this  intersection.   Note  that  these  improvements  were  assumed,  in  order  to  avoid  any  potential  capacity  constraints   and  thus  provide  a  worst-­‐case  scenario  with  regards  to  volumes  on  the  Truckee  River  Bridge.   Specifically,  in  the  “2012  with  PC-­‐3”  scenario,  SR  267  is  assumed  to  be  widened  to  two  through   lanes  for  the  northbound  direction  of  travel  from  Brockway  Road  to  a  point  south  of  the  beginning   of  the  grade  separation  for  the  Truckee  River  Bridge.  This  creates  a  merge  point  where  the  two   northbound  lanes  narrow  to  one  lane  before  the  Bridge.     Simulation  Methodology     SimTraffic   reports   traffic   performance   at   each   node   (intersection   or   “bend   node”)   within   the   model.1  For  the  purpose  of  the  Bypass  capacity,  the  node  located  at  the  south  end  of  the  Truckee   River  Bridge  (where  the  two  northbound  through  lanes  on  SR  267  merge  back  to  one  northbound   lane  to  cross  the  Truckee  River  Bridge)  is  considered  to  be  a  point  of  concern.  SimTraffic  reports  a   variety  of  different  performance  metrics,  which  are  computed  directionally  over  the  length  of  the   roadway   link   upstream   of   the   node   for   which   they   are   reported.   This   analysis   considers   the   average  delay  approaching  the  merge  point,  and  the  average  travel  speed  along  the  link  upstream   of  the  merge  point  as  the  best  representation  of  the  traffic  conditions  along  the  Bypass.  Average   delays  and  travel  speeds  are  also  reported  for  both  directions  of  travel  along  the  Truckee  River   Bridge  and  for  southbound  traffic  approaching  the  merge  point  north  of  the  bridge.     Simulations  were  prepared  for  2012  conditions  without  and  with  the  proposed  project.  SimTraffic   produces  a  random  simulation  based  on  the  input  parameters.  Therefore,  two  simulations  with   the  same  inputs  may  produce  different  results.  In  accordance  with  standard  practice,  the  results  of   this  analysis  are  based  on  an  average  of  five  runs  of  the  simulation  for  each  scenario.  Each  run  of                                                                                                                               1  In Synchro/SimTraffic, a bend node is an intersection with only two links. These are used at merge/ diverge locations and roadway curves.  3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION     3.11-­‐40  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     the  simulation  represents  a  one-­‐hour  period  for  the  summer  PM  peak  hour.  No  changes  were   made  from  the  base  values  in  driver  parameters  or  the  length  of  merging  activity.     Simulation  Results     The  quantitative  results  of  the  traffic  simulation  analysis  of  the  SR  267  Bypass  are  provided  in   Table  3.11-­‐16.  As  shown  in  the  table,  the  greatest  traffic  impacts  at  the  Bypass  with  the  project   occur  at  the  northbound  merge  point  where  the  two  northbound  travel  lanes  merge  to  one  before   traversing   the   Truckee   River   Bridge.   The   average   delay   to   traffic   approaching   the   merge   is   approximately   7   seconds   per   vehicle.   A  s i m i l a r  d e l a y  a t  a n  u n s i g n a l i z e d  i n t e r s e c t i o n  w o u l d   correspond  to  Level  of  Service  (LOS)  A.  The  average  travel  speed  for  vehicles  approaching  the   merge  point  is  41  miles  per  hour.       The   qualitative   results   of   this   analysis   are   based   on   visual   observations  o f  t h e  s i m u l a t i o n s .   Consistent  with  the  model  outputs  provided  in  Table  3.11-­‐16,  northbound  traffic  approaching  the   merge  point  is  observed  to  flow  nearly  unimpeded.  It  is  important  to  note  that  traffic  is  not   observed  to  stop  at  the  merge  point.  Although  SimTraffic  does  not  report  queuing  data  for  bend   nodes,   no   traffic   queues   are   observed   at   the   merge   point.   In   addition,   no   traffic   queues   are   observed  to  interact  with  the  SR  267/Brockway  Road/Soaring  Way  intersection.       Based  on  the  analysis,  it  can  be  concluded  that  the  merge  points  along  the  SR  267  Bypass  would   not  cause  excessive  delays  and  that  the  merge  points  would  not  affect  traffic  operations  at  either   the  SR  267/Brockway  Road/Soaring  Way  or  SR  267/I-­‐80  Eastbound  Ramps  intersections  in  2012.   Furthermore,  traffic  conditions  on  the  Truckee  River  Bridge  are  good,  with  average  travel  speeds   of  49  to  51  miles  per  hour.  Overall,  it  can  be  concluded  that  existing  conditions  including  the   project   as   currently   proposed   can   be   adequately   accommodated   with   the   existing   two-­‐lane   configuration  of  the  Truckee  Bypass  over  the  Truckee  River  Bridge.   TABLE  3.11-­‐16:  TRAFFIC  PERFORMANCE  ON  SR  267  BYPASS  IN  2012   SR  267   ROADWAY  SEGMENT   LINK   LENGTH   (FEET)   DIRECTION   PEAK  HOUR   TRAFFIC   VOLUMES   AVERAGE   TRAVEL   SPEED   (MPH)   AVERAGE   DELAY   (SEC/VEHICLE)   2032  Without  PC-­3   I-­‐80  Eastbound  Ramp  to  Merge  North   of  Truckee  River  Bridge    1,164  Southbound  525  37  4.3   Truckee  River  Bridge  (2-­‐Lane  Section)    3,142  Southbound  525  51  2.2   Truckee  River  Bridge  (2-­‐Lane  Section)    3,142  Northbound  766  50  3.8   Brockway   Road   to   Merge   South   of   Truckee  River  Bridge    2,862  Northbound  766  45  5.6   2032  With  PC-­3   I-­‐80  Eastbound  Ramp  to  Merge  North   of  Truckee  River  Bridge    1,164  Southbound  720  35  5.4   Truckee  River  Bridge  (2-­‐Lane  Section)    3,142  Southbound  720  50  2.9   Truckee  River  Bridge  (2-­‐Lane  Section)    3,142  Northbound  997  49  4.6   Brockway   Road   to   Merge   South   of   Truckee  River  Bridge    2,862  Northbound  997  41  7.2       3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION       Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.11-­‐41      EXISTING  PLUS  PROJECT  TRAFFIC  IMPACTS   Impact  3.11-­1:  Project  implementation  would  result  in  a  significant   impact  to  local  intersections  and  roadways  (Less  than  Significant  with   Mitigation).   Glenshire  Drive/Donner  Pass  Road  Intersection   This  intersection  currently  operates  at  LOS  F  during  the  Summer  2012  PM  peak  hour.    Specifically,   the  left-­‐turn  movement  from  Glenshire  Drive  is  expected  to  operate  at  LOS  F  with  more  than  4   vehicle-­‐hours  of  delay,  with  or  without  the  project.  Implementation  of  the  proposed  project  would   exacerbate  an  existing  LOS  deficiency  at  this  intersection,  as  it  would  result  in  increased  vehicular   delays  during  the  PM  peak  hour.  Given  that  the  project  would  add  traffic  to  this  intersection  with   an  existing  unacceptable  LOS,  this  is  a  significant  impact.       The  following  potential  alternatives  to  improve  LOS  are  considered:   • The  construction  of  a  roundabout  or  traffic  signal  at  this  location  is  not  feasible  due  to  the   existing  steep  grades.   The   transition   in   and   out   of   either   improvement   would   create   unsafe  traffic  conditions,  particularly  in  inclement  weather.       • One  option  would  be  to  provide  a  Two-­‐Way  Left-­‐Turn  Lane  (TWLTL)  between  Glenshire   Drive  and  Keiser  Avenue.  With  a  TWLTL,  drivers  are  expected  to  make  a  left  turn  into  the   center  lane  and  then  move  into  a  gap  in  the  westbound  through  traffic  and  accelerate  in   the  through  lane,  rather  than  accelerating  in  the  median  lane.  A  driver  is  prohibited  by  law   from traveling   more   than   200   feet   in   a   TWLTL.   Again,   there   would   be   a   potential   for   conflicts  between  drivers  turning  left  from  both  Glenshire  Drive  and  Keiser  Avenue.  Drivers   in  both  directions  would  also  need  to  accurately  judge  acceptable  gaps  in  oncoming  traffic   by  looking  in  their  rear  view  mirrors.  As  the  speed  limit  along  this  portion  of  Glenshire   Drive  is  45  miles  per  hour,  this  would  create  an  unacceptable  potential  for  accidents.  For   this  reason,  TWLTLs  are  typically  not  provided  along  roadways  with  speeds  exceeding  35   miles  per  hour.     • Another   option   would   be   to   provide   a   left-­‐turn   acceleration   lane   (center   lane)   along   Donner  Pass  Road  west  of  Glenshire  Drive,  which  would  allow  drivers  turning  left  from   Glenshire   Drive   to   make   a  “two-­‐stage”  l e f t-­‐turn   movement,   first   using   a   gap   in   the   eastbound  traffic  to  turn  into  the  center  lane  before  using  a  gap  in  the  westbound  traffic   to   merge   to   the   right   into   the   westbound   through   lane.  A   conceptual   layout   for   this   improvement  is  illustrated  in  Figure  3.11-­‐8.  The  center  lane  would  not  be  permitted  for   drivers  turning  left  from  Keiser  Avenue.  The  pavement  markings  associated  with  the  left-­‐ turn  lane  would  be  designed  to  discourage  drivers  making  left  turns  from  Keiser  Avenue   onto  Donner  Pass  Road  from  pulling  into  the  painted  median  area,  in  order  to  minimize   the  potential  for  traffic  accidents.       Table  3.11-­‐17  summarizes   the   LOS   and   delay   on   the   worst   movement   (the   left-­‐turn   movement  from  Glenshire  Drive)  under  2012  conditions  with  the  new  center  turn  lane.   The  presence  of  the  center  lane  would  improve  LOS  to  an  acceptable  level  (LOS  E  on  the    3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION     3.11-­‐42  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     worst  movement)  in  2012  without  the  PC-­‐3  project.  With  the  new  center  turn  lane,  most   of  the  PC-­‐3  development  (approximately  97  percent)  could  occur  before  the  LOS  threshold   is  exceeded.  With  full  buildout  of  the  PC-­‐3  development,  the  LOS  for  drivers  turning  left   from  Glenshire  Drive  is  calculated  to  be  LOS  F  with  approximately  4.12  vehicle-­‐hours  of   delay,  which  marginally  exceeds  the  Town’s  standard  of  4  vehicle-­‐hours  by  approximately   0.12  vehicle-­‐hours  of  delay  (or  7.2  vehicle-­‐minutes,  or  approximately  2.3  seconds  of  delay   per  vehicle,  on  average).  Note  that  the  PC-­‐3  project  is  estimated  to  add  about  16  vehicles   to  this  left-­‐turn  movement  during  the  PM  peak  hour.    If  4  of  those  vehicles  turned  right   instead  and  used  the  Bypass  to  access  PC-­‐3,  the  LOS  would  meet  the  Town’s  threshold.   Furthermore,  implementation  of  the  PC-­‐3  project  is  expected  to  reduce  the  through  traffic   volumes  along  Donner  Pass  Road  at  this  intersection,  due  to  intercepted  or  diverted  trips.   •  The  addition  of  the  left-­‐turn  lane  would  improve  existing  conditions  to  an  acceptable  LOS   and  would  significantly  improve  LOS  with  buildout  of  the  PC-­‐3  project  (4.12  total  vehicle-­‐ hours  of  delay  under  PM  peak-­‐hour  conditions  compared  to  about  52  total  vehicle-­‐hours   of  delay).     Donner  Pass  Road  Extension   In  addition  to  the  potential  options  discussed  above,  the  impacts  of  the  implementation  of  the   Donner  Pass  Road  Extension  to  be  constructed  east  of  Bridge  Street  tying  into  a  new  T-­‐intersection   on  Glenshire  Drive  (which  is  part  of  the  approved  Railyard  Master  Plan  Project)  were  considered.   This  roadway  extension  would  substantially  reduce  the  left  turning  traffic  volume  from  Glenshire   Drive  onto  Donner  Pass  Road,  as  drivers  faced  with  long  delays  for  making  left-­‐turn  movements   from  Glenshire  Drive  can  be  expected  to  shift  their  travel  patterns  to  instead  use  the  Donner  Pass   Road  Extension.     The  Railyard  Master  Plan  Project  is  a  planned  project  and  it  is  included  in  the  Town  of  Truckee   Traffic  Fee  Program,  which  requires  entities  initiating  new  development  within  the  Town  to  pay   traffic  impact  fees.  The  project  applicant  would  be  required  to  pay  the  current  traffic  impact  fee.   However,  according  to  Table  CIR-­‐6  in  the  Town  of  Truckee  2025  General  Plan  Circulation  Element,   when  a  Category  4  Project  (such  as  the  proposed  project)  encounters  an  existing  unacceptable 3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION       Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.11-­‐43     Level   of   Service   on   an   arterial   or   collector   road   that   development   is   allowed   if   both   of   the   following  are  true:   • Project   constructs   improvements   to   impacted   roads   and   intersections   as   identified   in   General  Plan  Table  CIR-­‐5;  AND     • If  project  generates  traffic  volumes  greater  than  identified  in  General  Plan  traffic  model,   project   constructs   improvements   to   impacted   roads   and   intersections   as   necessary   to   achieve  acceptable  LOS  for  buildout  traffic  volumes.     The   proposed   project   has   a   lower   level   of   trip   generation   at   its   site   access   points   than   that   assumed  in  the  General  Plan.  It  follows  that  development  of  the  project  would  meet  the  criteria   set  forth  in  Table  CIR-­‐6  of  the  General  Plan  for  an  allowable  development  if  the  project  applicant   constructs  improvements  to  the  Glenshire  Drive/Donner  Pass  Road  intersection  as  identified  in   General  Plan  Table  CIR-­‐5  (which  indicates  construction  of  the  Donner  Pass  Road  Extension).  It   should  be  noted  that  the  General  Plan  Circulation  Element  (Policy  P2.3)  also  allows  flexibility  and   exceptions  to  the  LOS  standards  for  three  specific  intersections,  one  of  which  is  the  Glenshire   Drive/Donner  Pass  Road  intersection.   Conclusion   In  conclusion,  implementation  of  any  phase  of  the  PC-­‐3  Project  before  construction  of  the  Donner   Pass  Road  Extension  would  result  in  increased  delays  at  the  Glenshire  Drive/Donner  Pass  Road   intersection,  thereby  exacerbating  an  existing  LOS  deficiency.    Implementation  of  a  center  lane  at   the  Glenshire  Drive/Donner  Pass  Road  intersection  would  provide  an  acceptable  LOS  under  2012   conditions,  even  with  most  (97  percent)  of  the  PC-­‐3  development.  Although  this  intersection  is   calculated  to  marginally  exceed  the  Town’s  LOS  standard  with  full  implementation  of  the  PC-­‐3   project  (by  approximately  0.12  vehicle-­‐hours  of  delay  on  the  worst  movement),  traffic  conditions   with  the  project  and  the  center  lane  would  be  improved  over  existing  conditions.  There  are  no   other   feasible   short-­‐term   improvements   that   can   be   implemented   to   improve   the   LOS   to   an   acceptable  level  before  the  Donner  Pass  Road  Extension  is  constructed.  The  Donner  Pass  Road   Extension   is   included   in   the   Town   of   Truckee   Traffic   Impact   Fee   Program,   although   it   is   not   currently  funded.   The  project  applicant  shall  construct  a  center  turn  lane  on  Donner  Pass  Road  to  allow  two-­‐stage   left-­‐turn  movements  to  be  made  from  Glenshire  Drive.  The  turn  lane  shall  be  constructed  during   Phase  1  of  project  construction  and  prior  to  any  Parcel  or  Final  Map  recordation.  Although  the   traffic  conditions  with  full  development  of  the  PC-­‐3  project  and  provision  of  the  center  left-­‐turn   acceleration  lane  are  estimated  to  marginally  exceed  the  LOS  threshold,  traffic  conditions  would   be  improved  over  current  conditions.    Considering  that  Circulation  Element  Policy  2.3  provides   flexibility   for   LOS   standards   at   this   intersection,  implementation   of   the   center   turn   lane   improvements  is  considered  to  be  an  adequate  mitigation  measure  for  this  intersection  and  would   reduce  this  impact  to  less  than  significant.  See  Mitigation  Measure  MM  3.11-­‐1A.   Bridge  Street/  Donner  Pass  Road  Intersection   The  Bridge  Street/Donner  Pass  Road  intersection  exceeds  the  LOS  thresholds  in  the  2012  summer   PM  peak  hours,  with  or  without  the  proposed  project.  Implementation  of  the  project  is  expected    3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION     3.11-­‐44  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     to  result  in  a  reduction  in  the  total  PM  peak-­‐hour  traffic  volume  through  this  intersection  in  2012,   although  it  would  increase  the  volumes  on  the  northbound  right-­‐turn  and  westbound  left-­‐turn   movements.  Installation  of  a  traffic  signal  and  associated  lane  improvements  at  this  intersection   are  included  in  the  Town’s  Traffic  Impact  Fee  Program.  Based  on  the  HCM  2010  methodology,  this   intersection  would  operate  at  an  acceptable  LOS  with  a  signal,  under  all  scenarios.  However,  this   method  does  not  account  for  the  interaction  between  this  intersection  and  the  closely-­‐spaced   Bridge  Street/West  River  Street  intersection.  According  to  the  results  of  the  simulation  performed   in  2008  as  a  part  of  the  Railyard  EIR,  the  addition  of  traffic  signals  at  these  two  intersections  would   result  in  excessive  traffic  queuing,  and  providing  an  acceptable  LOS  E  or  better  condition  would   require   additional   travel   lanes   along   Donner  Pass   Road   and   Bridge   Street.  This   level   of   improvement   was   identified   by   Town   staff   as  infeasible,   due   to   factors   such   as   right-­‐of-­‐way   requirements  and  impact  on  historic  structures.  The  General  Plan  Circulation  Element  (Policy  P2.3)   allows  flexibility  and  exceptions  to  the  LOS  standards  for  the  Bridge  Street/Donner  Pass  Road   intersection  in  cases  where  improvements  needed  to  achieve  acceptable  LOS  should  be  deferred   in  order  to  better  coordinate  with  the  planning  and  implementation  of  other  projects  including  the   Railyard.  As   such,  payment   of   traffic   impact   fees   is   considered   to   be   an   adequate   mitigation   measure  for  this  intersection  and  would  reduce  this  impact  to  less  than  significant.  See  Mitigation   Measure  MM  3.11-­‐1B.   Bridge  Street/West  River  Street  Intersection   The  Bridge  Street  /  West  River  Street  intersection  exceeds  the  LOS  thresholds  in  the  2012  PM  peak   hours,  with  or  without  the  proposed  project.  Implementation  of  the  project  is  expected  to  reduce   the  traffic  volumes  on  the  through  movements,  although  it  would  increase  the  volumes  on  the   northbound  left-­‐turn  and  eastbound  right-­‐turn  movements.  Installation  of  a  traffic  signal  at  this   intersection   is   included   in   the   Town’s   Traffic   Impact   Fee  Program.   Based   on   the   HCM   2010   methodology,   this   intersection   would   operate   at   an  acceptable   LOS   with   a   signal,   under   all   scenarios.  However,  this  method  does  not  account  for  the  interaction  between  this  intersection   and  the  closely-­‐spaced  Bridge  Street/Donner  Pass  Road  intersection.  According  to  the  results  of   the  simulation  performed  in  2008  as  a  part  of  the  Railyard  EIR,  the  addition  of  traffic  signals  at   these  two  intersections  would  result  in  excessive  traffic  queuing,  and  providing  an  acceptable  LOS   E  or  better  condition  would  require  additional  travel  lanes  along  Donner  Pass  Road  and  Bridge   Street.  This  level  of  improvement  was  identified  by  Town  staff  as  infeasible,  due  to  factors  such  as   right-­‐of-­‐way  requirements  and  impact  on  historic  structures.  The  General  Plan  Circulation  Element   (Policy  P2.3)  allows  flexibility  and  exceptions  to  the  LOS  standards  for  the  Bridge  Street/West  River   Street  intersection  in  cases  where  improvements  needed  to  achieve  acceptable  LOS  should  be   deferred  in  order  to  better  coordinate  with  the  planning  and  implementation  of  other  projects   including  the  Railyard.  As  such,  payment  of  traffic  impact  fees  is  considered  to  be  an  adequate   mitigation  measure  for  this  intersection  and  would  reduce  this  impact  to  less  than  significant.  See   Mitigation  Measure  MM  3.11-­‐1C.   McIver  Crossing/West  River  Street  Intersection   The   McIver   Crossing/West   River   Street   intersection   exceeds   the   LOS   thresholds   in   the   2012   summer  PM  peak  hours,  with  or  without  the  proposed  project.  Implementation  of  the  project   would  exacerbate  an  existing  LOS  deficiency  at  this  intersection,  as  it  would  result  in  increased   vehicular  delays  during  the  PM  peak  hour.  Re-­‐striping  the  existing  westbound  left-­‐turn  lane  as  a   two-­‐way  left-­‐turn  lane  (TWLTL)  would  improve  the  LOS  to  an  acceptable  level  (LOS  E  or  better)  in   3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION       Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.11-­‐45     2012,  as  it  would  allow  two-­‐stage  left-­‐turn  movements  from  McIver  Crossing  to  West  River  Street   eastbound.  This  strategy  is  appropriate  given  the  low  posted  speed  limit  (25  miles  per  hour)  and   the   relatively   low   westbound   left-­‐turn   volume.  Provision   of   a   single-­‐lane   roundabout   at   this   intersection   is  included   in   the   Town’s   Traffic   Impact   Fee   Program.   With   a   roundabout,   the   intersection  is  expected  to  operate  at  an  acceptable  LOS  D  or  better.     According  to  Table  CIR-­‐6  in  the  Truckee  General  Plan  Circulation  Element,  when  a  Category  4   Project  (such  as  the  proposed  project)  encounters  an  existing  unacceptable  Level  of  Service  on  an   arterial  or  collector  road,  that  development  is  allowed  if  both  of  the  following  are  true:   • Project   constructs   improvements   to   impacted   roads   and   intersections   as   identified   in   General  Plan  Table  CIR-­‐5;  AND     • If  project  generates  traffic  volumes  greater  than  identified  in  General  Plan  traffic  model,   project   constructs   improvements   to   impacted   roads   and   intersections   as   necessary   to   achieve  acceptable  LOS  for  buildout  traffic  volumes.   The   proposed   project   has   a   lower   level   of   trip   generation   at   its   site   access   points   than   that   assumed  in  the  General  Plan.  It  follows  that  development  of  the  project  would  meet  the  criteria   set   forth   in  General   Plan  Table   CIR-­‐6   for   an   allowable   development   if   the   project   applicant   constructs  improvements  to  the  McIver  Crossing/West  River  Street  intersection  as  identified  in   General  Plan  Table  CIR-­‐5  (which  indicates  construction  of  a  single-­‐lane  roundabout).   The  2012  impact  of  the  project  is  mitigated  by  restriping  the  existing  pavement  to  provide  a  TWLTL   on  West  River  Street  east  of  McIver  Crossing.  Implementation  of  Mitigation  Measure  MM  3.11-­‐1D   would  reduce  this  impact  to  less  than  significant.     SR  267/Brockway  Road/Soaring  Way   Implementation  of  the  project  would  cause  the  SR  267/Brockway  Road/Soaring  Way  intersection   to  exceed  the  LOS  threshold  in  2012.  Removal  of  the  existing  traffic  signal  and  construction  of  a   multi-­‐lane  roundabout  would  improve  the  LOS  to  an  acceptable  level.  Specifically,  a  dual-­‐lane   roundabout   with   right-­‐turn   bypass   lanes   on   the   eastbound   and   westbound   approaches   would   provide  an  acceptable  LOS  (LOS  D)  with  the  project  in  2012.  A  three-­‐lane  roundabout  with  an   eastbound  right-­‐turn  slip  lane  and  a  westbound  right-­‐turn  bypass  lane  is  expected  to  be  needed  in   2032.  A  roundabout  at  this  intersection  is  included  in  the  Town’s  traffic  impact  fee  program.  Note   that  while  provision  of  capacity-­‐enhancing  improvements  to  the  existing  signalized  intersection   would  also  improve  the  LOS  to  an  acceptable  level,  this  would  not  be  consistent  with  the  Town’s   policy   (Truckee   General   Plan   Policy   P7.1),   which   strives   to   replace   existing   traffic   signals   with   roundabouts,  including  traffic  signals  on  State  Highways.     According  to  Table  CIR-­‐6  in  the  Truckee  General  Plan  Circulation  Element,  when  a  Category  4   Project  (such  as  PC-­‐3)  encounters  an  existing  acceptable  Level  of  Service  on  an  arterial  or  collector   road,  that  development  is  allowed  if  the  following  are  true:     • Project  traffic  does  not  degrade  LOS  to  unacceptable  LOS;  OR   • Project   constructs   improvements   to   impacted   roads   and   intersections   as   identified   in   Table  CIR-­‐5  to  maintain  acceptable  LOS;  AND    3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION     3.11-­‐46  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     • If  project  generates  traffic  volumes  greater  than  identified  in  General  Plan  traffic  model,   project   constructs   improvements   to   impacted   roads   and   intersections   as   necessary   to   achieve  acceptable  LOS  for  buildout  traffic  volumes.   The   proposed   project   has   a   lower   level   of   trip   generation   at   its   site   access   points   than   that   assumed  in  the  General  Plan.  It  follows  that  the  project  development  would  meet  the  criteria  set   forth   in  Table   CIR-­‐6   for   an   allowable   development   if   the   project   applicant   constructs   improvements  to  the  SR  267/Brockway  Road/Soaring  Way  intersection  as  identified  in  General   Plan   Table   CIR-­‐5   (which   indicates   construction   of   a   roundabout   or   equivalent   improvements).   Construction   of   these   improvements   by   the   project   would   reduce   this   impact   to  less   than   significant.  See  Mitigation  Measure  MM  3.11-­‐1E.   BROCKWAY  ROAD/HOPE  COURT/SITE  ACCESS   Implementation  of  the  PC-­‐3  project  would  cause  the  Brockway  Road/Hope  Court  intersection  to   exceed  the  LOS  threshold  in  2012.  Implementation  of  a  single-­‐lane  roundabout  with  single-­‐lane   approaches  would  provide  an  acceptable  LOS  C  under  all  scenarios  with  the  proposed  project.  As   this  intersection  is  not  identified  in  General  Plan  Table  CIR-­‐5,  improvements  to  this  intersection  to   provide  acceptable  LOS  are  a  responsibility  of  the  project.  Implementation  of  Mitigation  Measure   MM  3.11-­‐1F  would  reduce  this  impact  to  less  than  significant.   Brockway  Road/Martis  Drive  (Site  Access)   The  Brockway  Road/Martis  Drive  intersection  would  exceed  the  LOS  threshold  in  2012  with  the   proposed  project.  Extending  the  existing  central  two-­‐way  left-­‐turn  lane  (TWLTL)  along  Brockway   Road  to  the  east  of  this  intersection  to  allow  two-­‐stage  left-­‐turn  movements  to  be  made  from   Martis  Drive  onto  Brockway  Road  would  provide  an  acceptable  LOS  E  in  2012.  Implementation  of   Mitigation  Measure  MM  3.11-­‐1G  would  reduce  this  impact  to  less  than  significant.   Soaring  Way/Joerger  Drive/Site  Access   Implementation  of  the  PC-­‐3  project  would  cause  the  Soaring  Way  /  Joerger  Drive  intersection  to   exceed  the  LOS  threshold  in  2012.  Implementation  of  a  single-­‐lane  roundabout  with  single-­‐lane   approaches  would  provide  a  good  LOS  (LOS  B  or  better)  under  all  scenarios  with  the  proposed   project.  As  this  intersection  is  not  identified  in  General  Plan  Table  CIR-­‐5,  responsibility  to  mitigate   this   intersection   to   acceptable   LOS   is  the  r e s p o n s i bility   of   the   project.   Implementation   of   Mitigation  Measure  MM  3.11-­‐1H  would  reduce  this  impact  to  less  than  significant.   SR  267   The  Placer  County  Tahoe  Resorts  Benefit  District  traffic  impact  fee  program  includes  constructing  a   northbound  passing  lane  at  Brockway  Summit.  According  to  the  Placer/Truckee  Regional  Traffic   Impact  Fee  Agreement,  payment  of  appropriate  fees  under  the  Truckee  impact  fee  program  is   considered  to  mitigate  impacts  on  roadway  improvements  included  in  the  improvements  list  for   Placer  County’s  Tahoe  Resorts  Benefit  District  impact  fee  program.  The  project  proponent  shall   3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION       Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.11-­‐47     pay  Town  of  Truckee  impact  fees  contributing  to  these  roadway  improvements.  No  additional   mitigation  measures  are  needed  in  2012  with  regards  to  roadway  capacity  and  LOS.   Implementation   of   Mitigation   Measure   MM   3.11-­‐1I  w o u l d  r e d u c e  t h i s  i m p a c t  t o  less   than   significant.   MITIGATION  MEASURES   • Mitigation  Measure  3.11-­‐1A:  The  project  applicant  shall  construct  a  center  turn  lane  on   Donner  Pass  Road  to  allow  two-­‐stage  left-­‐turn  movements  to  be  made  from  Glenshire   Drive.  The  turn  lane  shall  be  constructed  during  Phase  1  of  project  construction  and  prior  to   any  Parcel  or  Final  Map  recordation.   •  Mitigation  Measure  3.11-­‐1B:  Installation  of  a  traffic  signal  at  the  Bridge  Street/Donner   Pass  Road  intersection  is  included  in  the  Town’s  Traffic  Impact  Fee  Program.  Payment  of   traffic  impact  fees  is  considered  to  be  an  adequate  mitigation  measure  for  this  intersection.   The  project  proponent  shall  pay  Town  of  Truckee  traffic  impact  fees  contributing  to  this   improvement.   • Mitigation  Measure  3.11-­‐1C:    Installation  of  a  traffic  signal  at  the  Bridge  Street/West  River   Street   intersection   is   included   in   the   Town’s   Traffic   Impact   Fee   Program.   The   project   proponent  shall  pay  Town  of  Truckee  traffic  impact  fees  contributing  to  this  improvement.   • Mitigation  Measure  3.11-­‐1D:  Re-­‐striping  the  existing  westbound  left-­‐turn  lane  on  West   River  Street  at  its  intersection  with  McIver  Crossing  as  a  two-­‐way  left-­‐turn  lane  (TWLTL)   would  improve  the  LOS  to  an  acceptable  level  (LOS  E  or  better)  in  2012,  as  it  would  allow   two-­‐stage  left-­‐turn  movements  from  McIver  Crossing  to  West  River  Street  eastbound.  The   project  shall  restripe  the  existing  pavement  to  provide  a  TWLTL  on  West  River  Street  east  of   McIver  Crossing.     • Mitigation  Measure  3.11-­‐1E:  The  project  proponent  shall  construct  improvements  to  the   SR  267/Brockway  Road/Soaring  Way  intersection  as  identified  in  General  Plan  Table  CIR-­‐5   (which  indicates  construction  of  a  roundabout  or  additional  through  and  turning  lanes).   • Mitigation  Measure  3.11-­‐1F:  The  project  proponent  shall  construct  a  single-­‐lane   roundabout  with  single-­‐lane  approaches  at  the  Brockway  Road/Hope  Court/Site  Access   intersection.     • Mitigation  Measure  3.11-­‐1G:  The  project  proponent  shall  provide  for  the  extension  of  the   existing  central  two-­‐way  left-­‐turn  lane  (TWLTL)  along  Brockway  Road  to  the  east  of  the   Brockway  Road/Martis  Drive  (Site  Access)  intersection. • Mitigation  Measure  3.11-­‐1H:  The  project  proponent  shall  construct  a  single-­‐lane   roundabout  with  single-­‐lane  approaches  at  the  Soaring  Way/Joerger  Drive/Site  Access   intersection.     • Mitigation  Measure  3.11-­‐1I:  The  project  applicant(s)  shall  pay  the  Town  of  Truckee  traffic   impact  fee  to  cover  its  share  of  cost  to  perform  improvements  to  SR  267  between  Brockway   Summit  and  SR  28.    3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION     3.11-­‐48  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     Impact  3.11-­2:  Project  implementation  may  result  in  a  significant  impact   to  intersections  queuing  (Less  than  Significant  with  Mitigation).   Without  intersection  capacity  improvements,  traffic  queues  are  generally  expected  to  interfere   with  adjacent  roadways  and  driveways  in  most  locations  where  the  LOS  is  unacceptable.  However,   with  implementation  of  the  intersection  LOS  mitigation  measures  included  in  Mitigation  Measures   3.11-­‐1A   through   3.11-­‐1H,   the   resulting   traffic   queue   lengths   are   not   expected   to   exceed   the   storage  capacity  at  any  of  the  study  intersections  during  any  of  the  analysis  periods.  Therefore,  no   additional   mitigation   measures   are   required.  I m p l e m e n t a t i o n  o f  M i t i g a t i o n  M e a s u r es   3.11-­‐1A   through  3.11-­‐1H  would  reduce  queuing  impacts  to  a  less  than  significant  level.       MITIGATION  MEASURES   Implement  Mitigation  Measures  3.11-­‐1A  through  3.11-­‐1H   Impact  3.11-­3:  Project  implementation  may  result  in  impacts  to  the  SR   267  Bypass  under  near-­term  and  cumulative  conditions  (Less  than   Significant)   Based   on   the   simulation   performed   for   2012   conditions   with   the   proposed   project,   it   can   be   concluded  that  the  merge  point  along  the  SR  267  Bypass  would  not  cause  excessive  delays  and   that  the  merge  point  would  not  affect  traffic  operations  at  the  SR  267/Brockway  Road/Soaring   Way   or   SR   267/I-­‐80   Interchange   Ramps   intersection.   Furthermore,   traffic  conditions   on   the   Truckee  River  Bridge  are  good,  with  average  travel  speeds  of  49  to  51  miles  per  hour.  Overall,  it   can  be  concluded  that  existing  conditions  including  the  proposed  project  as  currently  proposed   can  be  adequately  accommodated  with  the  existing  two-­‐lane  configuration  of  the  Truckee  Bypass   over  the  Truckee  River  Bridge.   Similarly,  based  on  the  simulation  performed  for  future  2032  conditions,  it  can  be  concluded  that   the  merge  points  along  the  SR  267  Bypass  would  not  cause  excessive  delays  and  that  the  merge   points  would  not  affect  traffic  operations  at  either  the  SR  267/Brockway  Road/Soaring  Way  or  SR   267/I-­‐80  Interchange  Ramps  intersections.  Furthermore,  traffic  conditions  on  the  Truckee  River   Bridge  are  expected  to  be  good,  with  average  travel  speeds  of  48  to  50  miles  per  hour.  Overall,  it   can  be  concluded  that  future  cumulative  conditions  including  both  PC-­‐3  as  currently  proposed  and   buildout  of  other  Town  of  Truckee  General  Plan  and  Martis  Valley  Community  Plan  land  uses  can   be  adequately  accommodated  with  the  existing  two-­‐lane  configuration  of  the  Truckee  Bypass  over   the  Truckee  River  Bridge.  This  would  result  in  a  less  than  significant  impact.   MITIGATION  MEASURES   None  required.   3.11  TRANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION       Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.11-­‐49     TABLE  3.11-­‐18:  2012  INTERSECTION  LOS  MITIGATION  SUMMARY   UNMITIGATED  LOS  MITIGATED  LOS   NO  PROJECT  WITH  PROJECT  NO  PROJECT  WITH  PROJECT  INTERSECTION  UNMITIGATED   CONTROL  TYPE1,2  DELAY   (SEC/VEH)  LOS  DELAY   SEC/VEH)  LOS   MITIGATION  MEASURE  DELAY   (SEC/VEH)  LOS  DELAY   (SEC/VEH)  LOS   Donner  Pass  Road   /  Glenshire  Drive    Stop  Controlled  OVF  F  OVF  F  Add  Center  Lane  for  Two-­‐Stage   Left-­‐Turns  48.0  E  4.12   VEH-­ HRS   4   Donner  Pass  Road   /  Bridge  Street    Non-­‐Standard  3  OVF  F  OVF  F  Signalize.  Use  Coordinated  Signal   Timing  5  11.2  B  13.3  B   Bridge  Street  /   West  River  Street    Stop  Controlled  OVF  F  OVF  F  Signalize.  Use  Coordinated  Signal   Timing  5  6.0  A  5.9  A   West  River  Street   /  McIver  Crossing    Stop  Controlled  71.9  F  141.5  F  Modify  Center  Lane  for  Two-­‐Stage   Left-­‐Turns  32.9  D  44.6  E   SR  267  /   Brockway  Road  /   Soaring  Way     Signal  21.2  C  100.9  F   Construct  Dual-­‐Lane  Roundabout   with  Right-­‐Turn  Bypasses  for   Eastbound  and  Westbound  Traffic   N/A  N/A  31.5  D   Brockway  Road  /   Hope  Court  Stop  Controlled  13.3  B  OVF  F  Construct  Single-­‐Lane  Roundabout   with  Single-­‐  Lane  Approaches   N/A  N/A  12.4  B   Brockway  Road  /   Martis  Drive    Stop  Controlled  N/A    OVF  F  Provide  TWLTL  for  Two-­‐Stage  SB   Left-­‐Turn   N/A  N/A  45.2  E   Soaring  Way  /   Joerger  Dr  /  Site   Access     Stop  Controlled  9.4  A  OVF  F  Construct  Single-­‐Lane  Roundabout   with  Single-­‐  Lane  Approaches   N/A  N/A  9.3  A   BOLD text indicates that LOS standard has been exceeded. OVF = Overflow. Overflow indicates a delay greater than 200 seconds per vehicle, which cannot be accurately calculated using HCM methodology. NOTE 1: Level of service for signalized intersections is reported for the total intersection. NOTE 2: Level of service for roundabouts and other unsignalized intersections is reported for the worst movement. NOTE 3: The Donner Pass Road / Bridge Street intersection is controlled with stop signs on three approaches, with the northbound Bridge Street approach uncontrolled. NOTE 4: The worst movement at this intersection is reported as LOS F with greater than 4 vehicle-hours of delay. NOTE 5: Adding traffic signals to the these two intersections on both sides of the railroad tracks has been shown in by the Truckee Railyard EIR to cause excessive traffic queuing. The results of the intersection LOS analysis do not account for the close spacing between these two intersections.      3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION     3.11-­‐50  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     3.11  TRANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION       Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.11-­‐51       C UMULATIVE  C ONDITIONS  T RAFFIC  I MPACTS   The  potential  transportation  impacts  of  the  PC-­‐3  Project  under  future  cumulative  conditions  are   evaluated.  First,  Year  2032  traffic  volumes  are  estimated  without  the  project.  Next,  2032  volumes   with  the  project  are  estimated.  Finally,  intersection  LOS  and  roadway  capacity  are  analyzed  with   and  without  the  project.     Methodology   The   cumulative   setting   associated   with   the   traffic   analysis   is   based   on   the   Town   of   Truckee’s   TransCAD  traffic  model,  which  provides  forecasts  of  traffic  conditions  throughout  the  Town  as  well   as   the   Martis   Valley   portion   of   Placer   County.   The   model   reflects   full   buildout   of   the   Town’s   General  Plan,  buildout  of  the  allowed  land  uses  in  the  Martis  Valley  areas,  and  growth  in  traffic   passing  through  the  area.  As  some  of  the  development  projects  in  the  Martis  Valley  area  have   recently  been  approved  for  development  levels  less  than  those  originally  allowed  under  the  Martis   Valley   Community   Plan,   the   land   uses   in   the   model   were   adjusted   downward   to   reflect   the   approved  Martis  Valley  projects.  In  the  Truckee  TransCAD  traffic  model,  build-­‐out  of  the  Truckee   General  Plan  is  conservatively  assumed  to  occur  by  2025.  No  further  growth  in  traffic  is  assumed   between  2025  and  2032.     Future  Roadway  Assumptions   The  2032  roadway  assumptions  are  based  on  the  TransCAD  model.  It  is  assumed  that  the  “Donner   Pass  Road  Extension”  will  be  completed  with  construction  of  the  Truckee  Railyard  Master  Plan   Project.  T h i s  n e w  r o a d w a y  w i l l  e x t e n d  e a s t  f r o m  t h e  e a s t e r n  p o r t i o n  o f  D o w n t o w n  T r u c k e e   through  the  Railyard  development  and  form  a  new  T-­‐intersection  with  Glenshire  Drive  to  the  east   of  its  intersection  with  Donner  Pass  Road.  The  new  Glenshire  Drive/Donner  Pass  Road  Extension   intersection  would  include  exclusive  turn  lanes  on  each  approach.  Additionally,  the  Pioneer  Trail   and  Bridge  Street  Extensions,  which  would  provide  a  connection  between  Downtown  Truckee,   Tahoe  Donner,  and  Pioneer  Trail,  are  assumed  to  be  complete.     Future  2032  Traffic  Volumes   2032  Traffic  Volumes  Without  Project   Future  2032  Summer  Traffic  Volumes   The  basis  for  the  forecasts  of  future  traffic  volumes  in  the  study  area  is  the  Town  of  Truckee’s   TransCAD  traffic  model.  The  TransCAD  model  was  used  to  evaluate  traffic  conditions  assuming  no   development  of  the  project  development  zones  (which  are  located  in  Traffic  Analysis  Zones  (TAZ)   60,  62,  and  portions  of  61  in  the  model)  in  the  following  steps:   1. The  TransCAD  future  model  was  run.  A  “select  zone  analysis”  was  performed  to  determine  the   amount  of  traffic  generated  by  the  assumed  land  uses  in  PC-­‐3  at  the  study  intersections.  These   turning   movement   volumes   were   then   subtracted   from   the   future   buildout   intersection   volumes  produced  by  the  model.   2. Traffic  volumes  from  the  Town  of  Truckee  TransCAD  model  of  the  existing  2009  land  uses  were    3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION     3.11-­‐52  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     subtracted  from  the  resulting  future  traffic  volumes  without  modeled  PC-­‐3  traffic  as  described   above.  The  result  of  this  calculation  indicates  the  traffic  volume  growth  assumed  to  occur   between  the  existing  analysis  year  (2012)  and  future  analysis  year  (2032).     3. The  intersection  traffic  growth  calculated  above  is  added  to  the  2012  traffic  volumes  (from   Figure  3.11-­‐2).     4. The  traffic  volumes  were  balanced  between  adjacent  intersections.  Generally,  the  adjustments   necessary  to  balance  were  minimal.   5. With  completion  of  the  Donner  Pass  Road  Extension,  the  left-­‐turning  traffic  volume  from   Glenshire  Drive  onto  Donner  Pass  Road  would  be  reduced,  as  when  faced  with  long  delays  for   making  left-­‐turn  movements  from  Glenshire  Drive,  drivers  can  be  expected  to  shift  their  travel   patterns  to  instead  use  the  Donner  Pass  Road  Extension.     Finally,   a   detailed   micro-­‐simulation   of   the   Bridge   Street   corridor   across   the   railroad   tracks   in   Downtown  Truckee  was  performed  as  a  part  of  the  Railyard  EIR.  The  results  indicated  excessive   delays   in   the   future   with   the   implementation   of   two   new   traffic   signals   at   the   Donner   Pass   Road/Bridge  Street  and  West  River  Street/Bridge  Street  intersections.  In  the  recently   updated   Truckee   TransCAD   model,   a   5-­‐second   turning   movement   delay   was   added   to   all   turning   movements  at  these  two  intersections,  in  order  to  simulate  the  effect  of  the  two  new  signals.   These  delays  reduced  the  volumes  in  this  area  to  the  maximum  volumes  identified  in  the  Railyard   EIR.  However,  as  a  part  of  this  study,  it  is  necessary  to  adjust  the  traffic  volumes  along  Donner  Pass   Road  between  Commercial  Row  and  the  I-­‐80/Donner  Pass  Road  Eastern  Interchange  and  along   West  River  Street  to  reflect  the  capacity  constraints  in  the  Downtown  area,  as  the  delays  along   these  roadway  segments  resulting  from  the  two  closely-­‐spaced  signals  are  not  reflected  in  the   updated  Truckee  TransCAD  model.   The   resulting   2032   summer   weekday   PM   peak   hour   intersection   turning   movement   volumes   without  the  proposed  project  are  presented  in  Figure  3.11-­‐6.   Future  2032  Winter  Traffic  Volumes   Future  Year  2032  winter  traffic  volumes  at  the  SR  267/Northstar  Drive  intersection  and  along  SR   267  were  recently  developed  by  LSC  as  a  part  of  the  Northstar  Mountain  Master  Plan  Project.   Specifically,  the  future  cumulative  winter  traffic  volumes  provided  in  The  Northside  EIR  (‘future   plus  project’  scenario)  were  used  as  the  basis  for  developing  the  long-­‐term  future  cumulative   winter  volumes,  and  they  were  updated  to  reflect  recent  changes  made  to  the  approved  land  uses   in   Martis   Valley.   Future   winter   traffic   volumes   at   the   SR   267/Airport   Road/Schaffer   Mill   Road   intersection  were  developed  based  on  the  future  roadway  segment  volumes  along  SR  267  from   the  Northstar  Mountain  Master  Plan  study,  and  the  minor  approaches  were  grown  based  on  the   growth  in  summer  volumes  on  these  approaches.     Future  2032  winter  traffic  volumes  at  the  SR  28/SR  267  intersection  in  Kings  Beach  are  estimated   by  applying  a  growth  rate  to  the  existing  winter  volumes,  based  on  the  traffic  growth  predicted  by   the  TRPA  TransCAD  model  for  each  leg  of  the  intersection.  Traffic  volumes  on  SR  267  in  Kings   3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION       Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.11-­‐53     Beach  are  forecast  to  grow  by  a  total  of  approximately  11  percent  between  2012  and  2032.  The   resulting  2032  winter  PM  peak  hour  intersection  turning  movement  volumes  without  the  project   are  shown  in  Table  3.11-­‐19.     TABLE  3.11-­‐19:  2032  WINTER  INTERSECTION  TURNING  MOVEMENT  VOLUMES  WITHOUT  PROJECT   NORTHBOUND  SOUTHBOUND  EASTBOUND  WESTBOUND   INTERSECTION  L e f t   T h r u   R i g h t   L e f t   T h r u   R i g h t   L e f t   T h r u   R i g h t   L e f t   T h r u   R i g h t   TOTAL   SR  267  /  Airport  Rd  /   Schaffer  Mill  Rd  45  1,30 1  28  27  852  209  169  3  14  8  7  150  2,812   SR  267  /  Northstar  Dr.  145  447  -­‐  -­‐  569  305  927  -­‐  557  -­‐  -­‐  -­‐  2,950   SR  267  /  SR  28  0  0  0  516  0  515  277  664  0  1  519  308  2,801   SOURCE:  LSC  TRANSPORTATION  CONSULTANTS,  INC.,  TABLE  16   2032  Traffic  Volumes  With  Project   Adding  the  2032  project-­‐generated  turning  movement  volumes  to  the  “2032  without  project”   intersection  volumes  yields  the  “summer  2032  with  project”  volumes  shown  in  Figure  3.11-­‐  7,  and   the  “winter  2032  with  project”  volumes  shown  in  Table  3.11-­‐20.   TABLE  3.11-­‐20:  2032  WINTER  INTERSECTION  TURNING  MOVEMENT  VOLUMES  WITH  PROJECT   NORTHBOUND  SOUTHBOUND  EASTBOUND  WESTBOUND   INTERSECTION  L e f t   T h r u   R i g h t   L e f t   T h r u   R i g h t   L e f t   T h r u   R i g h t   L e f t   T h r u   R i g h t   TOTAL   SR  267  /  Airport  Rd  /   Schaffer  Mill  Rd  45  1,322  30  31  919  215  180  3  14  37  31  154  2,980   SR  267  /  Northstar  Dr.  145  464  -­‐  -­‐  606  384  933  -­‐  557  -­‐  -­‐  -­‐  3,069   SR  267  /  SR  28  0  0  0  534  0  526  285  664  0  1  519  312  2,842   SOURCE:  LSC  TRANSPORTATION  CONSULTANTS,  INC.,  TABLE  17   Future  Intersection  Level  of  Service  Analysis   Study   intersections   are   evaluated   to   determine   operational   conditions   under   2032   traffic   conditions.  Table  3.11-­‐21  summarizes  the  results  for  future  2032  conditions  without  the  project.  In   comparison  with  existing  2012  conditions,  the  LOS  is  expected  to  degrade  from  an  acceptable  level   to  an  unacceptable  level  at  the  following  intersections  in  the  future  without  the  project,  due  to   growth  in  background  traffic:   • SR  89  North/Donner  Pass  Road   • Donner  Pass  Road/I-­‐80  Eastbound  Off-­‐Ramp   • Donner  Pass  Road/Pioneer  Trail   • SR  267/Brockway  Road/Soaring  Way   • SR  267/Airport  Road/Schaffer  Mill  Road  (summer  and  winter)   The  results  for  future  2032  conditions  with  the  proposed  PC-­‐3  project  are  shown  in  the  far  right   columns  of  Table  3.11-­‐21.  The  following  additional  intersections  are  expected  to  exceed  the  LOS   thresholds  due  to  implementation  of  the  project  in  2032:     • SR  267/SR  89  North/I-­‐80  Westbound  Ramps    3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION     3.11-­‐54  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     • SR  267/I-­‐80  Eastbound  Ramps   • Brockway  Road/Hope  Court/Site  Access   • Brockway  Road/Martis  Drive   • Soaring  Way/Joerger  Drive/Site  Access 3.11  TRANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION       Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.11-­‐55       TABLE  3.11-­‐21:  2032  PM  PEAK-­‐HOUR  INTERSECTION  LOS  SUMMARY(  NO  PROJECT  AND  PLUS  PROJECT)   NO  PROJECT  PLUS  PROJECT   INTERSECTION  CONTROL1,  2  LOS   THRESHOLD  DELAY   (SEC/VEH)  LOS  DELAY   (SEC/VEH)  LOS   Summer  LOS   1. SR  89  North  /  Donner  Pass  Road    Roundabout  D  OVF  F  OVF  F   2. SR  267  /  SR  89  North  /  I-­‐80  Westbound   Ramps3    Signal  D  35.4  D  81.1  F   3. SR  267  /  I-­‐80  Eastbound  Ramps3    Signal  D  19.6  B  59.4  E   4. Donner  Pass  Road  /  I-­‐80  Westbound   On-­‐ramp    Uncontrolled  D  15.5  C  17.4  C   5. Donner  Pass  Road  /  I-­‐80  Eastbound  Off-­‐ ramp    Stop  Controlled  D  OVF  F  OVF  F   6. Donner  Pass  Road  /  Pioneer  Trail    Roundabout  D  139.5  F  OVF  F   7. Donner  Pass  Road  /  Glenshire  Drive    Stop  Controlled  E  3.90  Veh-­‐Hrs  5  3.95  veh-­‐hrs4,5   8. Donner  Pass  Road  /  Bridge  Street    Unconventional6  E  OVF  F  OVF  F   9. Bridge  Street  /  West  River  Street    Stop  Controlled  E  OVF  F  OVF  F   10. West  River  Street  /  McIver  Crossing    Stop  Controlled  E  OVF  F  OVF  F   11. Brockway  Road  /  Martis  Valley  Road    Roundabout  D  13.4  B  18.7  C   12. Brockway  Road  /  Palisades  Drive    Signal  E  9.7  A  12.9  B   13. SR  267  /  Brockway  Road  /  Soaring   Way3    Signal  D  141.8  F  OVF  F   14. SR  267  /  Airport  Road  /  Schaffer  Mill   Road3    Signal  E  170.1  F  OVF  F   15. SR  267  /  Northstar  Drive    Signal  E  26.2  C  31.4  C   16. SR  267  /  SR  28    Signal  D/E7  52.3  D  53.0  D   17. Brockway  Road  /  Hope  Court    Stop  Controlled  D  24.6  C  OVF  F   18. Brockway  Road  /  Martis  Drive    Stop  Controlled  D  N/A      OVF  F   19. Soaring  Way  /  Joerger  Dr  /  Site  Access    Stop  Controlled  D  9.7  A  OVF  F   20. Joerger  Dr  /  PC-­‐3  Commercial  Access    Stop  Controlled  D  N/A      13.4  B   Winter  LOS   14.  SR  267  /  Airport  Road  /  Schaffer  Mill   Road    Signal  E  122.7  F  138.7  F   15.  SR  267  /  Northstar  Drive    Signal  E  27.1  C  26.7  C8   16.  SR  267  /  SR  28    Signal  D/E7  55.4  E  9  60.2  E9   SOURCE:  LSC  TRANSPORTATION  CONSULTANTS,  INC.,  TABLE  18   BOLD  text  indicates  that  LOS  standard  has  been  exceeded.   OVF  =  Overflow.  Overflow  indicates  a  delay  greater  than  200  seconds  per  vehicle,  which  cannot  be  accurately  calculated  using  HCM   methodology.   NOTE  1:  Level  of  service  for  signalized  intersections  is  reported  for  the  total  intersection.   NOTE  2:  Level  of  service  for  roundabouts  and  other  unsignalized  intersections  is  reported  for  the  worst  movement.   NOTE  3:  Level  of  service  at  these  intersections  is  based  on  SimTraffic  simulation.   NOTE  4:  This  location  with  LOS  F  does  not  exceed  the  Town  of  Truckee  standard  for  unsignalized  approaches;  worst  movement  has  less  than   4  vehicle-­‐hours  of  delay.       NOTE  5:  The  Donner  Pass  Road  Extension  is  assumed  to  be  complete  under  2032  conditions.    3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION     3.11-­‐56  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     NO  PROJECT  PLUS  PROJECT   INTERSECTION  CONTROL1,  2  LOS   THRESHOLD  DELAY   (SEC/VEH)  LOS  DELAY   (SEC/VEH)  LOS   NOTE  6:  The  Donner  Pass  Road  /  Bridge  Street  intersection  is  controlled  with  stop  signs  on  three  approaches,  with  the  northbound  Bridge   Street  approach  uncontrolled.   NOTE  7:  LOS  E  is  acceptable  at  this  intersection  for  no  more  than  4  hours  during  the  design  day,  per  TRPA  LOS  standards.   NOTE  8:  The  addition  of  PC-­‐3  trips  to  the  southbound  right-­‐turn  overlap  phase  causes  the  overall  average  delay  at  the  intersection  to   decrease  slightly.   NOTE  9:  This  intersection  is  estimated  to  operate  at  LOS  E  for  less  than  four  hours  on  the  design  day  and  therefore  does  not  exceed  TRPA   LOS  standards.     3.11  TRANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION       Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.11-­‐57     Future  Intersection  Queuing  Analysis   The   95th-­‐percentile   traffic   queue   length   was   reviewed   at   locations  w h e r e  q u e u i n g  c o u l d   potentially  cause  traffic  problems  in  2032.  Without  intersection  improvements,  traffic  queues  are   generally  expected  to  interfere  with  adjacent  roadways  and  driveways  in  most  locations  where  the   LOS  is  unacceptable.     Future  Roadway  Capacity     Table  3.11-­‐22  presents  a  comparison  of  2032  roadway  volumes  with  the  pertinent  standards.  The   ADT   volumes   for   2032   conditions   were   estimated   using   the   same   methodology   as   the   2012   volumes.  As  shown,  the  following  study  roadway  segments  are  expected  to  exceed  the  allowable   traffic  volume  threshold  in  2032  without  the  PC-­‐3  project:   • SR  267,  between  Town  Limit  and  Airport  Road  (summer  and  winter)   • SR  267,  between  Airport  Road  and  Brockway  Summit  (summer  only)   • SR  267,  between  Brockway  Summit  and  SR  28  (summer  and  winter)     All  remaining  study  roadway  segments  are  expected  to  operate  within  the  allowable  traffic  volume   thresholds  in  2032,  without  implementation  of  the  proposed  project.   Table  3.11-­‐23  summarizes  the  roadway  LOS  analysis  for  “2032  with  project”  conditions.  As  shown,   implementation   of   the   proposed   project   is   not   expected   to   cause   any   additional   roadway   segments  to  exceed  the  allowable  volume  thresholds  in  2032.     Future  Traffic  Operations  on  SR  267  Bypass   Future   cumulative   traffic   impacts   on   the   SR   267   Bypass   are   evaluated,   with   and   without   the   proposed   project.   The   Synchro/SimTraffic   software   package   was   utilized   to   create   a   micro-­‐ simulation  of  the  SR  267  corridor  between  Airport  Road  and  I-­‐80  under  future  2032  cumulative   traffic  conditions  with  the  project,  using  the  same  methodology  as  the  2012  simulation.     Roadway  Network     The  results  of  this  analysis  are  based  on  SimTraffic  traffic  simulation  models  of  the  SR  267  corridor.   The  model  includes  the  following  study  intersections:   • SR  267/SR  89  North/I-­‐80  Westbound  Ramps   • SR  267/I-­‐80  Eastbound  Ramps   • SR  267/Brockway  Road/Soaring  Way   • SR  267/Airport  Road/Schaffer  Mill  Road   Traffic  signal  cycle  lengths  and  splits  were  optimized  using  Synchro  for  future  traffic  volumes  and   future  intersection  capacity  improvements.  The  2032  traffic  volumes  both  with  and  without  the   PC-­‐3  project  would  cause  the  intersections  (in  their  existing  configurations)  along  this  corridor  to   exceed  capacity  in  traffic  simulation.  Therefore,  roadway  and  intersection  capacity  improvements    3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION     3.11-­‐58  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     are  assumed  along  SR  267  both  north  and  south  of  the  Truckee  River  Bridge. As  the  purpose  of  this  analysis  is  to  determine  traffic  operations  with  the  existing  two-­‐lane  bypass,   no  improvements  are  assumed  for  the  Truckee  River  Bridge.  Consistent  with  roadway  capacity   deficiencies  identified  in  the  Town  of  Truckee  2025  General  Plan,  SR  267  is  assumed  to  be  widened   to  two  through  lanes  for  each  direction  of  travel  from  Northstar  Drive  to  a  point  north  of  the   intersection  with  Brockway  Road/Soaring  Way  and  south  of  the  beginning  of  the  grade  separation   for  the  Truckee  River  Bridge.  SR  267  is  also  assumed  to  be  widened  to  two  through  lanes  in  each   direction  from  a  point  north  of  the  grade  separation  for  the  Truckee  River  Bridge  to  the  SR  89   North/Donner   Pass   Road   roundabout   (not   included   in   the   simulation).   Note   that   these   configurations  were  assumed,  along  with  capacity  improvements  at  the  intersections  along  the   corridor,   in   order   to   avoid   any   potential   capacity   constraints   and   thus   provide   a   worst-­‐case   scenario   with   regards   to   volumes   on   the   Truckee   River   Bridge.   Although   the   roadway   and   intersection   improvements   assumed   in   the   simulation   may   differ   from   the   recommended   improvements  in  the  final  chapter  of  this  study,  this  would  not  affect  the  findings  of  the  capacity   analysis  on  the  Bridge.       Simulation  Results   The  quantitative  results  of  the  traffic  simulation  analysis  of  the  SR  267  Bypass  are  provided  in   Table  3.11-­‐24.  As  shown  in  the  table,  the  greatest  traffic  impacts  at  the  Bypass  in  2032  with  the   project  occur  at  the  northbound  merge  point  where  the  two  northbound  travel  lanes  merge  to  one   before  traversing  the  Truckee  River  Bridge.  The  average  delay  to  traffic  approaching  the  merge  is   approximately   33   seconds   per   vehicle.   A   similar   delay   at   an   unsignalized   intersection   would   correspond  to  Level  of  Service  (LOS)  D.  The  average  travel  speed  for  vehicles  approaching  the   merge  point  is  27  miles  per  hour.       The   qualitative   results   of   this   analysis   are   based   on   visual   observations   of   the   simulations.   Consistent  with  the  model  outputs  provided  in  Table  3.11-­‐21,  northbound  traffic  approaching  the   merge  point  is  observed  to  slow.  It  is  important  to  note  that  traffic  is  not  observed  to  stop  at  the   merge  point.  Although  SimTraffic  does  not  report  queuing  data  for  “bend  nodes,”  no  significant   traffic  queues  are  observed  at  the  merge  point.  In  addition,  no  traffic  queues  are  observed  to   interact  with  the  SR  267/Brockway  Road/Soaring  Way  intersection   Based  on  the  analysis,  it  can  be  concluded  that  the  merge  points  along  the  SR  267  Bypass  would   not  cause  excessive  delays  and  that  the  merge  points  would  not  affect  traffic  operations  at  either   the   SR   267/Brockway   Road/Soaring   Way   or   SR   267/I-­‐80   Eastbound   Ramps   intersections.   Furthermore,  traffic  conditions  on  the  Truckee  River  Bridge  are  good,  with  average  travel  speeds   of  48  to  50  miles  per  hour.  Overall,  it  can  be  concluded  that  future  cumulative  conditions  including   both  the  project  as  currently  proposed  and  buildout  of  other  Town  of  Truckee  General  Plan  and   Martis  Valley  Community  Plan  land  uses  can  be  adequately  accommodated  with  the  existing  two-­‐ lane  configuration  of  the  Truckee  Bypass  over  the  Truckee  River  Bridge.   3.11  TRANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION       Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.11-­‐59     TABLE  3.11-­‐22:  ROADWAY  LOS  ANALYSIS  –  2032  WITHOUT  PROJECT   ROADWAY  SEGMENT  JURISDICTION  CLASSIFICATION   LOS   THRESHOLD     MAXIMUM  ALLOWABLE   PEAK-­HOUR  VOLUME   PER  LANE  TO  OBTAIN   LOS  THRESHOLD   PEAK-­HOUR   TWO-­WAY   VOLUME   PEAK-­HOUR     PEAK-­ DIRECTION   VOLUME   ADT   FACTOR   AVERAGE   DAILY   TRAFFIC  1   LOS   THRESHOLD   EXCEEDED?   SUMMER   Bridge  Street,  across   railroad  tracks    Town  of  Truckee  Minor  Arterial  E  1,600  1,686  853  N/A  N/A  No   Donner  Pass  Road,  South  of   SR  89  North    Town  of  Truckee  Minor  Arterial  D  1,420  2,466  1,268  N/A  N/A  No   Donner  Pass  Road,  South  of   I-­‐80  Eastern  Interchange    Town  of  Truckee  Minor  Arterial  E  1,600  1,161  671  N/A  N/A  No   Donner  Pass  Road,  East  of   Bridge  Street  (Commercial   Row)     Town  of  Truckee  Minor  Arterial  E  1,200  1,248  711  N/A  N/A  No   Donner  Pass  Road,  West  of   Bridge  Street  (Commercial   Row)     Town  of  Truckee  Minor  Arterial  E  1,200  730  402  N/A  N/A  No   SR  89,  North  of  I-­‐80    Town  of   Truckee/Caltrans  Highway  D  N/A  1  1,791  955  N/A  N/A  No   SR  267,  between  I-­‐80  and   Brockway  Road     Town  of   Truckee/Caltrans  Highway  D  N/A  1  2,376  1,330  N/A  N/A  No   SR  267,  between  Brockway   Road  and  Town  Limit     Town  of   Truckee/Caltrans  Highway  D  N/A  1  2,869  1,567  N/A  N/A  No   SR  267,  between  Town   Limit  and  Airport  Road     Placer   County/Caltrans  Highway  E  25,000  2,832  1,533  11.19  31,690  Yes   SR  267,  between  Airport   Road  and  Northstar  Drive     Placer   County/Caltrans  Highway  E  25,000  2,331  1,246  11.19  26,080  Yes   SR  267,  between  Northstar   Drive  and  Brockway   Summit     Placer   County/Caltrans  Highway  E  21,000  2,237  1,248  11.19  25,030  Yes   SR  267,  between  Brockway   Summit  and  SR  28     TRPA/Placer   County/Caltrans  Highway  D  11,400  1,505  753  11.19  16,840  Yes   Brockway  Road  Between   SR  267  and  project  access  Town  of  Truckee  Minor  Arterial  D  1,420  1,401  720  N/A  N/A  No   Brockway  Road,  between   project  access  and  Martis   Valley  Road     Town  of  Truckee  Minor  Arterial  D  1,420  1,382  700  N/A  N/A  No   Brockway  Road,  between  Town  of  Truckee  Minor  Arterial  D  1,420  1,712  987  N/A  N/A  No    3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION     3.11-­‐60  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     ROADWAY  SEGMENT  JURISDICTION  CLASSIFICATION   LOS   THRESHOLD     MAXIMUM  ALLOWABLE   PEAK-­HOUR  VOLUME   PER  LANE  TO  OBTAIN   LOS  THRESHOLD   PEAK-­HOUR   TWO-­WAY   VOLUME   PEAK-­HOUR     PEAK-­ DIRECTION   VOLUME   ADT   FACTOR   AVERAGE   DAILY   TRAFFIC  1   LOS   THRESHOLD   EXCEEDED?   Martis  Valley  Road  and   Palisades  Drive     Brockway  Road,  between   Palisades  Drive  and  West   River  Street     Town  of  Truckee  Minor  Arterial  E  1,600  2,232  1,252  N/A  N/A  No   WINTER   SR  267,  between  Town   Limit  and  Airport  Road       Placer   County/Caltrans  Highway  E  25,000  2,707  1,620  10.19  27,600  Yes   SR  267,  between  Airport   Road  and  Northstar  Drive       Placer   County/Caltrans  Highway  E  25,000  2,249  1,374  10.19  22,900  No   SR  267,  between  Northstar   Drive  and  Brockway   Summit     Placer   County/Caltrans  Highway  E  21,000  1,718  1,126  10.19  17,500  No   SR  267,  between  Brockway   Summit  and  SR  28     TRPA/Placer   County/Caltrans  Highway  D  11,400  1,617  1,031  10.19  16,500  Yes   SOURCE:  LSC  TRANSPORTATION  CONSULTANTS,  INC.,  TABLE  19   NOTE  1:  Threshold  Volume  is  not  applicable  to  these  roadway  segments,  as  traffic  conditions  on  these  segments  were  evaluated  using  a  SimTraffic  microsimulation.     3.11  TRANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION       Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.11-­‐61     TABLE  3.11-­‐23:  ROADWAY  LOS  ANALYSIS  –  2032  WITH  PROJECT   ROADWAY  SEGMENT  JURISDICTION  CLASSIFICATION   LOS   THRESHOLD     MAXIMUM  ALLOWABLE   PEAK-­HOUR  VOLUME   PER  LANE  TO  OBTAIN   LOS  THRESHOLD   PEAK-­HOUR   TWO-­WAY   VOLUME   PEAK-­HOUR     PEAK-­ DIRECTION   VOLUME   ADT   FACTOR   AVERAGE   DAILY   TRAFFIC  1   LOS   THRESHOLD   EXCEEDED?   SUMMER   Bridge  Street,  across   railroad  tracks    Town  of  Truckee  Minor  Arterial  E  1,600  1,677  853  N/A  N/A  No   Donner  Pass  Road,  South  of   SR  89  North    Town  of  Truckee  Minor  Arterial  D  1,420  2,732  1,410  N/A  N/A  No   Donner  Pass  Road,  South  of   I-­‐80  Eastern  Interchange    Town  of  Truckee  Minor  Arterial  E  1,600  1,360  778  N/A  N/A  No   Donner  Pass  Road,  East  of   Bridge  Street  (Commercial   Row)     Town  of  Truckee  Minor  Arterial  E  1,200  1,245  710  N/A  N/A  No   Donner  Pass  Road,  West  of   Bridge  Street  (Commercial   Row)     Town  of  Truckee  Minor  Arterial  E  1,200  709  389  N/A  N/A  No   SR  89,  North  of  I-­‐80    Town  of   Truckee/Caltrans  Highway  D  N/A  1  2,174  1,160  N/A  N/A  No   SR  267,  between  I-­‐80  and   Brockway  Road     Town  of   Truckee/Caltrans  Highway  D  N/A  1  2,954  1,649  N/A  N/A  No   SR  267,  between  Brockway   Road  and  Town  Limit     Town  of   Truckee/Caltrans  Highway  D  N/A  1  2,914  1,595  N/A  N/A  No   SR  267,  between  Town   Limit  and  Airport  Road     Placer   County/Caltrans  Highway  E  25,000  2,877  1,561  11.19  32,190  Yes   SR  267,  between  Airport   Road  and  Northstar  Drive     Placer   County/Caltrans  Highway  E  25,000  2,408  1,303  11.19  26,950  Yes   SR  267,  between  Northstar   Drive  and  Brockway   Summit     Placer   County/Caltrans  Highway  E  21,000  2,305  1,296  11.19  25,790  Yes   SR  267,  between  Brockway   Summit  and  SR  28     TRPA/Placer   County/Caltrans  Highway  D  11,400  1,524  768  11.19  17,050  Yes   Brockway  Road  Between   SR  267  and  project  access  Town  of  Truckee  Minor  Arterial  D  1,420  2,037  1,019  N/A  N/A  No   Brockway  Road,  between   project  access  and  Martis   Valley  Road     Town  of  Truckee  Minor  Arterial  D  1,420  1,589  821  N/A  N/A  No   Brockway  Road,  between  Town  of  Truckee  Minor  Arterial  D  1,420  1,771  1,006  N/A  N/A  No    3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION     3.11-­‐62  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     ROADWAY  SEGMENT  JURISDICTION  CLASSIFICATION   LOS   THRESHOLD     MAXIMUM  ALLOWABLE   PEAK-­HOUR  VOLUME   PER  LANE  TO  OBTAIN   LOS  THRESHOLD   PEAK-­HOUR   TWO-­WAY   VOLUME   PEAK-­HOUR     PEAK-­ DIRECTION   VOLUME   ADT   FACTOR   AVERAGE   DAILY   TRAFFIC  1   LOS   THRESHOLD   EXCEEDED?   Martis  Valley  Road  and   Palisades  Drive     Brockway  Road,  between   Palisades  Drive  and  West   River  Street     Town  of  Truckee  Minor  Arterial  E  1,600  2,246  1,252  N/A  N/A  No   WINTER   SR  267,  between  Town   Limit  and  Airport  Road       Placer   County/Caltrans  Highway  E  25,000  2,820  1,656  10.19  27,600  Yes   SR  267,  between  Airport   Road  and  Northstar  Drive       Placer   County/Caltrans  Highway  E  25,000  2,368  1,397  10.19  22,900  No   SR  267,  between  Northstar   Drive  and  Brockway   Summit     Placer   County/Caltrans  Highway  E  21,000  1,772  1,163  10.19  17,500  No   SR  267,  between  Brockway   Summit  and  SR  28     TRPA/Placer   County/Caltrans  Highway  D  11,400  1,658  1,060  10.19  16,500  Yes   SOURCE:  LSC  TRANSPORTATION  CONSULTANTS,  INC.,  TABLE  20   NOTE  1:  Threshold  Volume  is  not  applicable  to  these  roadway  segments,  as  traffic  conditions  on  these  segments  were  evaluated  using  a  SimTraffic  microsimulation.   3.11  TRANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION       Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.11-­‐63     TABLE  3.11-­‐24:  TRAFFIC  PERFORMANCE  ON  SR  267  BYPASS  IN  2032   SR  267   ROADWAY  SEGMENT   LINK   LENGTH   (FEET)   DIRECTION   PEAK  HOUR   TRAFFIC   VOLUMES   AVERAGE   TRAVEL   SPEED   (MPH)   AVERAGE   DELAY   (SEC/VEHICLE)   2032  Without  PC-­3   I-­‐80  Eastbound  Ramp  to  Merge  North   of  Truckee  River  Bridge    1,164  Southbound  1,046  33  7.2   Truckee  River  Bridge  (2-­‐Lane  Section)    3,142  Southbound  1,046  50  3.8   Truckee  River  Bridge  (2-­‐Lane  Section)    3,142  Northbound  1,330  48  5.3   Brockway   Road   to   Merge   South   of   Truckee  River  Bridge    2,862  Northbound  1,330  36  16.9   2032  With  PC-­3   I-­‐80  Eastbound  Ramp  to  Merge  North   of  Truckee  River  Bridge    1,164  Southbound  1,305  28  11.5   Truckee  River  Bridge  (2-­‐Lane  Section)    3,142  Southbound  1,305    48    5.1   Truckee  River  Bridge  (2-­‐Lane  Section)    3,142  Northbound  1,649    40    14.0   Brockway   Road   to   Merge   South   of   Truckee  River  Bridge    2,862  Northbound  1,649  27  33.0   SOURCE:  LSC  TRANSPORTATION  CONSULTANTS,  INC.,  TABLE  20.     Impact  3.11-­4:  Under  cumulative  conditions,  project  implementation   would  worsen  already  unacceptable  levels  of  service  at  study   intersections  and  roadways.  (Less  Than  Significant  after  Mitigation)   Brockway  Road/Martis  Drive  (Site  Access)   The  Brockway  Road/Martis  Drive  intersection  would  exceed  the  LOS  threshold  in  2012  with  the   proposed  project.  Extending  the  existing  central  two-­‐way  left-­‐turn  lane  (TWLTL)  along  Brockway   Road  to  the  east  of  this  intersection  to  allow  two-­‐stage  left-­‐turn  movements  to  be  made  from   Martis  Drive  onto  Brockway  Road  would  provide  an  acceptable  LOS  E  in  2012.  In  addition,  the   provision  of  separate  left-­‐  and  right-­‐turn  lanes  on  the  southbound  Martis  Drive  approach  would  be   needed  in  2032.  As  this  intersection  is  not  identified  in  General  Plan  Table  CIR-­‐5,  improvements  to   this  intersection  to  provide  acceptable  LOS  are  a  responsibility  of  the  project.   Implementation   of   Mitigation   Measure   MM   3.11-­‐4A   would   reduce   this   impact   to  less   than   significant.   SR  89  North/Donner  Pass  Road   No  intersection  LOS  improvements  are  needed  at  the  SR  89  North/Donner  Pass  Road  intersection   in  2012  with  the  project.  Expanding  the  existing  roundabout  to  include  three  circulating  lanes  (to   accommodate  three  entering  lanes  on  the  northbound  approach),  an  eastbound  right-­‐turn  slip   lane,  and  a  southbound  right-­‐turn  slip  lane  would  provide  an  acceptable  LOS  in  2032  with  the   proposed  project.  As  improvements  to  this  intersection  are  included  in  Table  CIR-­‐5  to  maintain   acceptable  LOS,  payment  of  Town  traffic  impact  fees  would  address  this  project  impact.   Implementation   of   Mitigation   Measure   MM   3.11-­‐4B   would   reduce   this   impact   to  less   than   significant.    3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION     3.11-­‐64  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     Donner  Pass  Road/I-­‐80  Eastern  Interchange  Eastbound  Off-­‐Ramp   No  intersection  LOS  improvements  are  needed  at  the  Donner  Pass  Road/I-­‐80  Eastern  Interchange   Eastbound  Off-­‐Ramp  intersection  in  2012  with  the  project.  Provision  of  a  dual  lane  roundabout   with   two   northbound   and   eastbound   approach   lanes   and   a   single   lane   on   the   southbound   approach  would  provide  an  acceptable  LOS  in  2032  with  PC-­‐3.  As  a  single  lane  roundabout  is   included   in   the   Table   CIR-­‐5,   payment   of  Town   traffic   impact   fees   would   address   this   project   impact.   Implementation   of   Mitigation   Measure   MM   3.11-­‐4B   would   reduce   this   impact   to  less   than   significant.   Donner  Pass  Road/Pioneer  Trail   No  intersection  LOS  improvements  are  needed  at  the  Donner  Pass  Road/Pioneer  Trail  intersection   in  2012  with  the  project.  Expanding  the  existing  roundabout  to  provide  two  circulating  lanes,  as   well  as  two  lanes  on  the  Donner  Pass  Road  approaches  and  the  Pioneer  Trail  approach  would   provide  an  acceptable  LOS  in  2032  with  the  project.  As  improvements  at  this  intersection  are   included  in  Table  CIR-­‐5,  payment  of  Town  traffic  impact  fees  would  address  this  project  impact.   Implementation   of   Mitigation   Measure   MM   3.11-­‐4B   would   reduce   this   impact   to  less   than   significant.   SR  267/Airport  Road/Schaffer  Mill  Road     No  intersection  LOS  improvements  are  needed  at  the  SR  267/Airport  Road/Schaffer  Mill  Road   intersection  in  2012  with  the  project.  Provision  of  two  through  lanes  on  the  SR  267  approaches,  as   well  as  separate  left,  through,  and  right-­‐turn  lanes  on  the  minor  approaches  would  improve  the   LOS   to   an   acceptable   level   under   all   scenarios.   The   Placer   County   traffic  impact   fee   program   includes  “SR  267:  County  line  to  south  of  Northstar  Drive  –  Widen  to  four  lanes/intersections   improvements”,  which  can  be  considered  to  address  the  improvements  at  the  SR  267/Airport   Road/Schaffer  Mill  Road  intersection.  According  to  the  Placer/Truckee  Regional  Traffic  Impact  Fee   Agreement,  payment  of  appropriate  fees  under  the  Truckee  impact  fee  program  is  considered  to   mitigate  impacts  on  roadway  improvements  included  in  the  improvements  list  for  Placer  County’s   Tahoe   Resorts   Benefit  District   impact   fee   program.   The   project   proponent   shall   pay   Town   of   Truckee  impact  fees  contributing  to  this  improvement.   Implementation   of   Mitigation   Measure   MM   3.11-­‐4B   would   reduce   this   impact   to  less   than   significant.   SR  267/I-­‐80  Interchange  Ramps   No  intersection  LOS  improvements  are  needed  at  the  SR  267/I-­‐80  Interchange  Ramps  intersections   in  2012  with  the  project.  Widening  the  SR  267  and  SR  89  approaches  to  provide  two  through  travel   lanes  in  each  direction  (in  addition  to  the  existing  turn  lanes)  would  provide  an  acceptable  LOS  at   these  intersections  in  2032.  Dual-­‐lane  roundabouts  are  included  in  the  Town’s  traffic  impact  fee   program.  However,  widening  the  roadways  to  provide  two  through  travel  lanes  on  the  northbound   3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION       Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.11-­‐65     and  southbound  approaches  would  be  necessary,  with  or  without  roundabouts.  As  improvements   to  these  intersections  are  included  in  Table  CIR-­‐5,  payment  of  Town  traffic  impact  fees  would   address  this  project  impact.   Implementation   of   Mitigation   Measure   MM   3.11-­‐4B   would   reduce   this   impact   to  less   than   significant.   SR  267   The  Placer  County  Tahoe  Resorts  Benefit  District  traffic  impact  fee  program  includes  widening  SR   267   to   four   travel   lanes   from   the   Town   Limit   to   south   of   Northstar   Drive,  extending   the   southbound  truck  climbing  lane  to  Brockway  Summit,  and  constructing  a  northbound  passing  lane   at  Brockway  Summit.  According  to  the  Placer/Truckee  Regional  Traffic  Impact  Fee  Agreement,   payment  of  appropriate  fees  under  the  Truckee  impact  fee  program  is  considered  to  mitigate   impacts  on  roadway  improvements  included  in  the  improvements  list  for  Placer  County’s  Tahoe   Resorts  Benefit  District  impact  fee  program.  Note  that  widening  of  SR  267  to  four  travel  lanes   between  Brockway  Road/Soaring  Way  and  the  Town  Limit  is  included  in  Truckee’s  traffic  impact   fee  program.  The  project  proponent  shall  pay  Town  of  Truckee  impact  fees  contributing  to  these   roadway  improvements.  No  additional  mitigation  measures  are  needed  with  regards  to  roadway   capacity  and  LOS.   Implementation   of   Mitigation   Measure   MM   3.11-­‐4B   would   reduce   this   impact   to  less   than   significant.   MITIGATION  MEASURES   Mitigation  Measure  3.11-­‐4A:  The  propose  proponent  shall  construct  separate  left-­‐  and  right-­‐turn   lanes  on  the  southbound  Martis  Drive  approach  for  the  Brockway  Road/Martis  Drive  intersection.   The  timing  of  this  improvement  shall  be  determined  by  the  Town  of  Truckee.     Mitigation  Measure  3.11-­‐4B:  The  project  applicant(s)  pay  the  Town  of  Truckee  traffic  impact  fee  to   cover  its  share  of  cost  to  perform  improvements  to  the:     • SR  89  North/Donner  Pass  Road  intersection,   • Donner  Pass  Road/I-­‐80  Eastern  Interchange  Eastbound  Off-­‐Ramp  intersection,   • Donner  Pass  Road/Pioneer  Trail  intersection,   • SR  267/Airport  Road/Schaffer  Mill  Road  intersection,   • SR  267/I-­‐80  Interchange  Ramps  intersections,  and     • SR  267  -­‐  widening  SR  267  to  four  travel  lanes  from  the  Town  Limit  to  south  of  Northstar   Drive,   extending   the   southbound   truck   climbing   lane   to   Brockway   Summit,   and   constructing  a  northbound  passing  lane  at  Brockway  Summit.    3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION     3.11-­‐66  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     T RANSIT,  B ICYCLE,  P EDESTRIAN,  AND  A DDITIONAL  I MPACTS   Impact  3.11-­5:  The  project  may  conflict  with  existing  /  planned  transit   services,  or  create  a  demand  for  transit  above  that  which  is  provided  or   planned  (Less  than  Significant)   This  section  presents  an  evaluation  of  the  impacts  of  the  proposed  project  on  transit  services.   First,  the  potential  transit  passenger-­‐trip  generation  associated  with  the  project  is  evaluated.  Next,   the  ability  of  existing  services  to  accommodate  the  increased  ridership  is  identified.  Finally,  the   adequacy  of  the  proposed  transit  facilities  is  assessed.   Transit  Trip  Generation   A   methodology   to   evaluate   potential   transit   ridership,   based   upon   observed   ridership   in   the   Truckee/Martis  Valley  area,  is  presented  in  Martis  Valley  Transit  Plan  Technical  Memorandum  (LSC   Transportation  Consultants,  Inc.,  April  2,  2013).  Considering  the  employment  generated  by  the   project’s  commercial  and  industrial  uses  and  the  new  population  associated  with  the  proposed   multi-­‐family   homes   in   the   project,   the   proposed   project   is   expected   to   generate   16   transit   passenger  trips  during  peak  hour  periods  (11  inbound  and  5  outbound).   Project  Impact  on  Existing  Transit  Capacity   The  project  vicinity  is  served  by  the  Truckee  Transit  program  (operated  under  contract  with  the   Town  of  Truckee)  year-­‐round,  and  by  the  Tahoe  Area  Regional  Transit  (TART)  service  operated  by   Placer  County  in  the  winter  season.  There  is  more  than  adequate  capacity  on  Truckee  Transit  fixed-­‐ route  services  in  the  non-­‐winter  seasons.  During  the  busiest  month  of  the  non-­‐winter  seasons   (October),  the  Truckee  fixed-­‐route  services  serve  a  total  of  about  650  passengers,  and  a  maximum   of  approximately  32  passengers  per  day.  There  are  generally  no  more  than  5  passengers  per  hour   riding  the  Truckee  fixed-­‐route  buses  at  any  time  of  day.  A  small  bus  with  32  passenger  seating   capacity  is  typically  used  on  this  route.  It  can  be  concluded  that  there  is  no  potential  for  the   project  to  exceed  the  capacity  of  the  existing  bus  system  during  the  non-­‐peak  season.  In  addition,   the  Truckee  Trolley  route  serving  the  Henness  Flat, project  site,  Downtown  area,  and  Donner   Summit  once  an  hour  has  available  capacity  in  the  winter  season.  TART  carried  approximately  502   passengers  over  the  course  of  the  busiest  day  during  the  current  2012/2013  ski  season  (based  on   ridership   data   through   February   28,   2013).   Based   on   ridership   samples   taken   during   the   2010/2011  ski  season,  the  highest  ridership  of  the  southbound  (Truckee  to  Crystal  Bay)  runs  was   15  passengers  at  a  time  (this  occurred  during  the  3:00  PM  runs  on  both  January  11  and  January  15,   2011).  As  each  bus  provides  35  seats,  there  is  currently  available  capacity,  except  for  infrequent   peak  runs  on  peak  days  (personal  conversation,  Will  Garner,  Placer  County  Public  Works,  2013).   While  northbound  service  (operating  from  Crystal  Bay  to  Truckee)  had  up  to  30  passengers  on   peak  runs,  all  of  these  passengers  de-­‐boarded  at  the  Sawmill  employee  housing  stop  at  Northstar.   The  provision  of  retail  in  the  project,  moreover,  would  shift  some  shopping  trips  generated  by   Northstar  residents  from  Kings  Beach  to  the  project  site,  which  could  alleviate  peak  loads  over   Brockway  Summit.  While  the  proposed  project  could  potentially  require  some  standees  along  the   SR  267  route  on  peak  runs  on  peak  days,  additional  public  transit  service  would  not  be  required.   3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION       Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.11-­‐67       Proposed  Transit  Improvements   The  project  proposes  to  provide  a  new  transit  stop  at  a  point  on  Brockway  Road  west  of  Hope   Court,  and  a  new  stop  on  Soaring  Way  adjacent  to  the  potential  supermarket  parcel.  New  bus   shelters   are   proposed   to   be   provided   at   the   stops   on   Brockway   Road   and   Soaring   Way.   The   locations  of  the  proposed  bus  stops  appear  to  be  adequate,  given  that  they  provide  bus  stops   within  a  quarter-­‐mile  walking  distance  of  all  major  activity  centers  on  the  site.  As  transit  stops  are   proposed  to  be  provided  within  a  reasonable  walk  distance  of  commercial  and  recreation  centers,   and  stops  along  Brockway  Road  are  located  where  adequate  pedestrian  crossing  conditions  can  be   provided,  the  proposed  transit  facilities  are  considered  to  be  adequate.     In  s u m m a r y ,  while   the   project   is   expected   to   increases   transit   ridership,  given   the   expected   number  of  project  transit  riders  and  existing  transit  patronage,  the  project  would  not  cause  a   demand  for  transit  above  that  which  is  provided  or  planned.    Similarly,  the  project  would  not   conflict  or  interfere  with  any  existing  or  planned  transit  services.    This  is  considered  a  less  than   significant  impact.       MITIGATION  MEASURES   None  required.   Impact  3.11-­6:  The  project  may  conflict  with  existing  /  planned  bicycle   and  pedestrian  facilities,  and  would  provide  connections  to  existing   bicycle  and  pedestrian  facilities  (Less  than  Significant)   The  project  proposes  to  provide  a  Class  I  bike  path  through  the  project  site  that  would  connect  to   the  future  Truckee  Trail  System  as  well  as  the  proposed  Martis  Valley  Regional  Trail.  Specifically,  a   Class  I  trail  is  proposed  to  be  constructed  from  a  point  of  future  connection  to  the  Truckee  trail   system  on  the  northwest  corner  of  the  project  site  south  to  Brockway  Road  (another  point  of   future  connection  to  the  Truckee  Class  I  trail  system  to  the  west),  along  the  north  side  of  Brockway   Road  to  a  point  opposite  Hope  Court,  and  along  the  northerly  side  of  Hope  Court  to  the  Town   Boundary  (a  point  of  future  connection  with  the  proposed  Martis  Valley  Regional  Trail).   A   primary   at-­‐grade   crossing   is   proposed   to   be   provided   on   the   eastern   leg   of   the   Brockway   Road/Hope   Court   intersection,   accompanied   by   pedestrian   crossing   signs   with   solar-­‐powered   pedestrian-­‐activated  flashing  beacons,  as  well  as  recessed  in-­‐pavement  flashing  lights.  At  grade   crossings  would  also  be  provided  on  the  two  site  access  drives  along  the  north  side  of  Brockway   Road.  The  presence  of  a  crosswalk  across  three  lanes  of  traffic  at  an  unsignalized  intersection  (the   Brockway  Road/Hope  Court  intersection)  is  problematic.  For  instance,  when  the  first  car  stops  at   the  crosswalk,  the  driver  of  the  “second  car”  in  another  lane  may  not  see  the  person  using  the   crosswalk  because  the  first  car  is  blocking  the  line  of  sight.  It  is  recommended  that  either  the   crosswalk  be  relocated  to  a  mid-­‐block  location  or  a  roundabout  be  provided  at  the  Brockway   Road/Hope   Court   intersection.   Note   that   a   roundabout   is   the   recommended   LOS   mitigation   measure   at   this   intersection.   It   is   assumed   that   the   roundabout   would   be   designed   to   safely   accommodate  bicycle  and  pedestrian  crossings.   In  addition,  Class  II  bicycle  lanes  are  proposed  to  be  provided  adjacent  to  the  project  areas  along   Brockway  Road,  Soaring  Way,  and  Joerger  Drive  (in  both  directions).  The  Class  II  bike  lane  along   the  west  side  of  Joerger  Drive  would  connect  to  the  future  Truckee  Trail  System’s  Class  I  trail.    3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION     3.11-­‐68  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     Sidewalks  and  pedestrian  paths  are  proposed  internally  within  all  the  project  plan  areas,  with   additional  sidewalks  provided  along  the  south  side  of  Brockway  Road  between  Hope  Court  and  SR   267,  along  the  south  side  of  Soaring  Way  between  SR  267  and  Joerger  Drive,  along  both  sides  of   Soaring  Way  east  of  Joerger  Drive,  along  the  west  side  of  Joerger  Drive,  as  well  as  along  Martis   Drive  (internal  project  roadway).  The  proposed  plans  for  the  SR  267/Brockway  Road/Soaring  Way   intersection  indicate  removal  of  three  of  the  four  existing  crosswalks,  with  only  one  crosswalk   remaining  (on  the  south  leg  of  the  intersection).  This  would  reduce  existing  pedestrian  access.   Also,  no  sidewalks  are  proposed  along  the  north  side  of  Brockway  Road  and  Soaring  Way  between   Hope  Court  and  Joerger  Drive.  It  is  recommended  that  either  sidewalks  be  provided  along  these   missing   links,   with   connectively   at   the   SR   267   intersection,   or   the   project   proponent   should   demonstrate   how   the   site   design   will   accommodate   pedestrians   without   unduly   affecting   site   access.   Note   that   a   roundabout   is   the   recommended   LOS   mitigation   measure   at   the   SR   267/Brockway   Road/Soaring   Way   intersection.   It   is   assumed   that   the   roundabout   would   be   designed   to   safely   accommodate   bicycle   and   pedestrian  c r o s s i n g s .  T h e  p r o p o s e d  b i c y c l e  a n d   pedestrian   facilities   appear   to   meet   current   Caltrans   and   Town   of   Truckee   design   standards.   Assuming  any  roundabouts  or  signalized  intersection  improvements  will  be  designed  to  safely   accommodate  bicycle  and  pedestrian  crossings,  the  proposed  bicycle  and  pedestrian  facilities  are   considered  to  be  adequate.   The   proposed   bicycle   and   pedestrian   plans   were   compared   against   the   Truckee   Trails   and   Bikeways  Master  Plan,  current  plans  for  the  Legacy  Trail  and  Truckee-­‐Northstar  trail  connections,   as  well  as  related  goals  and  policies  in  the  Circulation  Element  of  the  Truckee  General  Plan.  No   inconsistencies  were  identified.   The  proposed  project  would  not  interfere  with  any  existing  pedestrian/bicycle  facilities,  and  would   not  preclude  construction  of  any  future  facilities.  The  project  would  construct  improvements  at   the  Brockway   Road/Hope   Court/Site   Access  intersection   that   would   benefit   bicyclist   and   pedestrian  travel.    In  addition,  Class  II  bicycle  lanes  are  proposed  to  be  provided  adjacent  to  the   project  areas  along  Brockway  Road,  Soaring  Way,  and  Joerger  Drive  (in  both  directions).  The  Class   II  bike  lane  along  the  west  side  of  Joerger  Drive  would  connect  to  the  future  Truckee  Trail  System’s   Class  I  trail.  This  is  considered  a  less  than  significant  impact.       MITIGATION  MEASURES   None  required.   Impact  3.11-­7:  Project  implementation  may  result  in  traffic  impacts   during  construction  (Less  than  Significant  with  Mitigation)   The  construction  schedule  for  the  proposed  project  will  be  dependent  upon  market  demands.  The   project  would  be  constructed  over  a  number  of  phases,  and  the  construction-­‐related  traffic  would   be  distributed  over  time.  All  study  roadway  segments  are  expected  to  operate  at  an  acceptable   LOS  during  the  construction  phases,  considering  that  they  currently  have  substantial  additional   available  capacity.  However,  project  construction  traffic  could  potentially  cause  some  of  the  site   access  intersections  to  temporarily  exceed  the  LOS  threshold.  In  order  to  ensure  that  temporary   construction   activities   do   not   result   in   short-­‐term   traffic   operational   impacts,   the   project   proponent  should  prepare  a  Construction  Traffic  Management  Plan  for  review  and  approval  by   3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION       Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.11-­‐69     Town  staff,  prior  to  construction.  With  the  implementation  of  the  following  mitigation  measures   the  proposed  project  would  have  a  less  than  significant  impact.     MITIGATION  MEASURES   Mitigation   Measure   3.11-­‐2:  T h e  p r o j e c t  p r o p o n e n t  s hall  p r e p a r e  a  C o n s t r u c t i o n  T r a f f i c   Management  Plan  for  review  and  approval  by  Town  staff,  prior  to  construction.                3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION     3.11-­‐70  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)                           This  page  left  intentionally  blank.   19 89 TR U C K E E 80 26 7 T R A I L PI O N E E R W E S T R I V E R S T . M C I V E R PALLISADES DR. BR O C K W A Y R D . V A L L E Y R . D MA R T I S A I R P O R T R . D S O A R I N G W Y . S C H A F F E R M I L L R . D TO T A H O E & NO R T H S T A R 8 10 12 4 6 5 1 2 3 11 13 14 9 H O P E C T . 18 17 ST R E E T S PR O P O S E D S T R E E T S HI G H W A Y S CO U N T Y B O U N D A R Y WA T E R / L A K E ST U D Y I N T E R S E C T I O N TR A F F I C M O V E M E N T TR A F F I C V O L U M E RO U N D A B O U T (U M I T I G A T E D C O N D I T I O N ) TR A F F I C S I G N A L (U N M I T I G A T E D C O N D I T I O N ) L E G E N D 1 11 9 1 SR 8 9 N / D O N N E R P A S S RD / H E N N E S S R D 5 3 7 11 8 6 10 2 SR 2 6 7 / S R 8 9 N / I- 8 0 W B R A M P DO N N E R P A S S R D . / PI O N E E R T R A I L WE S T R I V E R S T . / MC I V E R C R O S S I N G DO N N E R P A S S R D / BR I D G E S T . 4 DO N N E R P A S S R D I - 8 0 E. I N T E R C H A N G E WB O N - R A M P 12 BR O C K W A Y R D . / PA L I S A D E S D R . BR I D G E S T . / WE S T R I V E R S T . DO N N E R P A S S R D . / I- 8 0 E . I N T E R C H A N G E EB O F F R A M P SR 2 6 7 / I - 8 0 E B R A M P S DO N N E R P A S S R D . / GL E N S H I R E D R . BR O C K W A Y R D . / MA R T I S V A L L E Y R D . Tr u c k e e & M a r t i s V a l l e y 7 26 7 NO R T H S T A R LA K E T A H O E 28 KI N G S BE A C H KI N G S BE A C H N O R T H S T A R D R . TA H O E & N O R T H S T A R 15 16 S C A L E 0 IN M I L E S .5 1 2 0 JO E R G E R D R . / CO M M E R C I A L A C C E S S 13 14 SR 2 6 7 / B R O C K W A Y R D . /S O A R I N G W A Y SR 2 6 7 / A I R P O R T R D . / SC H A F F E R M I L L R D . 1 9 SO A R I N G W A Y / JO E R G E R D R . / S I T E A C C E S S FU T U R E SI T E A C C E S S 15 SR 2 6 7 / N O R T H S T A R D R . 16 SR 2 6 7 / S R 2 8 1817 BR O C K W A Y R D . / HO P E C T . / S I T E A C C E S S BR O C K W A Y R D . / M A R T I S D R . 20 2- L A N E R O U N D A B O U T SIT E FU T U R E SI T E A C C E S S FU T U R E SI T E A C C E S S FU T U R E SI T E A C C E S S FU T U R E SI T E A C C E S S FU T U R E SI T E A C C E S S JO E R G E R R A N C H S P E C I F I C P L A N ( P C - 3 ) Fi g u r e 3 . 1 1 - 1 : I n t e r s e c t i o n L a n e C o n f i g u r a t i o n a n d T r a f f i c C o n t r o l So u r c e : L S C T r a n s p o r t a t i o n C o n s u l t a n t s , I n c . Ma p d a t e : A p r i l 2 8 , 2 0 1 3  3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION     3.11-­‐72  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)                           This  page  left  intentionally  blank.   13 19 14 5 39 8 12 4 30 2 78 12 0 3 18 9 16 0 5 89 TR U C K E E 80 26 7 T R A I L PI O N E E R W E S T R I V E R S T . M C I V E R PALLISADES DR. BR O C K W A Y R D . V A L L E Y R . D MA R T I S A I R P O R T R . D SO A R I N G W Y . S C H A F F E R M I L L R . D TO T A H O E & NO R T H S T A R 8 10 12 4 6 5 1 2 3 11 13 14 9 H O P E C T . 18 17 ST R E E T S PR O P O S E D S T R E E T S HI G H W A Y S CO U N T Y B O U N D A R Y WA T E R / L A K E ST U D Y I N T E R S E C T I O N TR A F F I C M O V E M E N T TR A F F I C V O L U M E RO U N D A B O U T (U M I T I G A T E D C O N D I T I O N ) TR A F F I C S I G N A L (U N M I T I G A T E D C O N D I T I O N ) L E G E N D 1 11 9 1 SR 8 9 N / D O N N E R P A S S RD / H E N N E S S R D 5 3 7 11 8 6 10 2 SR 2 6 7 / S R 8 9 N / I- 8 0 W B R A M P DO N N E R P A S S R D . / PI O N E E R T R A I L WE S T R I V E R S T . / MC I V E R C R O S S I N G DO N N E R P A S S R D / BR I D G E S T . 4 DO N N E R P A S S R D / I - 8 0 E. I N T E R C H A N G E WB O N - R A M P 12 BR O C K W A Y R D . / PA L I S A D E S D R . BR I D G E S T . / WE S T R I V E R S T . DO N N E R P A S S R D . / I- 8 0 E . I N T E R C H A N G E EB O F F R A M P SR 2 6 7 / I - 8 0 E B R A M P S DO N N E R P A S S R D . / GL E N S H I R E D R . BR O C K W A Y R D . / MA R T I S V A L L E Y R D . Tr u c k e e & M a r t i s V a l l e y 7 26 7 NO R T H S T A R LA K E T A H O E 28 KI N G S BE A C H KI N G S BE A C H N O R T H S T A R D R . TA H O E & N O R T H S T A R 15 16 S C A L E 0 IN M I L E S .5 1 2 0 JO E R G E R D R . / CO M M E R C I A L A C C E S S 13 14 SR 2 6 7 / B R O C K W A Y R D . /S O A R I N G W A Y SR 2 6 7 / A I R P O R T R D . / SC H A F F E R M I L L R D . 1 9 SO A R I N G W A Y / J O E R G E R DR . / S I T E A C C E S S FU T U R E SI T E A C C E S S 15 SR 2 6 7 / N O R T H S T A R D R . 16 SR 2 6 7 / S R 2 8 1817 BR O C K W A Y R D . / HO P E C T . / S I T E A C C E S S SIT E 30 2 32 2 31 3 45 14 4 3 11 1 53 3 23 3 28 4 17 3 91 0 24 1 68 55 5 5 5 5 32 9 17 8 44 1 32 9 18 2 14 6 17 5 12 5 37 0 37 5 24 0 26 1 16 5 92 24 0 18 84 62 48 38 1 28 8 20 8 12 4 19 22 5 36 8 19 25 47 9 76 91 13 50 6 12 9 30 25 6 62 10 1 35 4 18 7 12 5 16 1 12 9 60 4 32 7 7943 7 28 7 55 5 4 35 36 4 12 6 11 9 41 28 0 392 92 22 58 9 24 36 56 5 46 10 16 8 64 31 6 44 71 41 2 55 2 11 7 17 9 95 0 2 0 41 2 24 7 27 0 68 6 2 065 7 37 5 10 2 43 8 1 49 5 7 84 31 49 1 10 3 8 12 4 25 9 30 0 12 0 23 5 27 6 37 21 0 2825 15 11 3 7 10 8 10 1 8 4 32 1 43 9837 5 23 43 9 49 6 0 FU T U R E SI T E A C C E S S 49 91 39 FU T U R E SI T E A C C E S S FU T U R E SI T E A C C E S S T R A N S P O R T A T I O N C O N S U L T A N T S , I N C . FU T U R E SI T E A C C E S S 20 BR O C K W A Y R D . / MA R T I S D R . JO E R G E R R A N C H S P E C I F I C P L A N ( P C - 3 ) Fi g u r e 3 . 1 1 - 2 : 2 0 1 2 S u m m e r P M P e a k H o u r V o l u m e s W i t h o u t P r o j e c t So u r c e : L S C T r a n s p o r t a t i o n C o n s u l t a n t s , I n c . Ma p d a t e : A p r i l 2 8 , 2 0 1 3  3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION     3.11-­‐74  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)                           This  page  left  intentionally  blank.   0 18 0 0 33 50 51 0 0 0 0 0 89 TR U C K E E 80 26 7 T R A I L P I O N E E R W E S T R I V E R S T . PALLISADES DR. BR O C K W A Y R D . V A L L E Y R . D MA R T I S A I R P O R T R . D S O A R I N G W Y . S C H A F F E R M I L L R . D 8 10 12 4 6 5 1 2 3 11 13 14 9 H O P E C T . 18 17 ST R E E T S HI G H W A Y S CO U N T Y B O U N D A R Y WA T E R / L A K E ST U D Y I N T E R S E C T I O N TR A F F I C M O V E M E N T TR A F F I C V O L U M E LE G E N D 1 11 9 1 SR 8 9 N / D O N N E R P A S S RD / H E N N E S S R D 5 3 7 11 8 6 10 2 SR 2 6 7 / S R 8 9 N / I- 8 0 W B R A M P DO N N E R P A S S R D . / PI O N E E R T R A I L WE S T R I V E R S T . / MC I V E R C R O S S I N G DO N N E R P A S S R D / BR I D G E S T . 4 DO N N E R P A S S R D / I - 8 0 E. I N T E R C H A N G E WB O N - R A M P 12 BR O C K W A Y R D . / PA L I S A D E S D R . BR I D G E S T . / WE S T R I V E R S T . DO N N E R P A S S R D . / I- 8 0 E . I N T E R C H A N G E EB O F F R A M P SR 2 6 7 / I - 8 0 E B R A M P S DO N N E R P A S S R D . / GL E N S H I R E D R . BR O C K W A Y R D . / MA R T I S V A L L E Y R D . Tr u c k e e & M a r t i s V a l l e y 7 26 7 NO R T H S T A R LA K E T A H O E 28 KI N G S BE A C H KI N G S BE A C H N O R T H S T A R D R . TA H O E & N O R T H S T A R 15 16 S C A L E 0 IN M I L E S .5 1 13 14 SR 2 6 7 / B R O C K W A Y R D . / SO A R I N G W A Y SR 2 6 7 / A I R P O R T R D . / SC H A F F E R M I L L R D . 1 9 SO A R I N G W A Y / JO E R G E R D R . / S I T E A C C E S S 15 SR 2 6 7 / N O R T H S T A R D R . 16 SR 2 6 7 / S R 2 8 18 BR O C K W A Y R D . / MA R T I S D R . SIT E 14 6 63 12 8 0 17 00 20 9 22 14 5 0 0 0 50 0 18 33 0 18 33 0 0 16 40 -2 1 27 48-1 5 -1 2 -3 14 0 -3 0 0 -3 -1 1 10 -2 0 62 -1 0 0 -4 0 0 0 46 0 0 0 -4 23 46 -4 2965 -2 -1 0 1 14 0 21 5 -7 5 55 85 22 5 18 8924 2 24 7 0 21 0 4 36 -8 -1 13 0 3140 4 0 14 57 10 7 0 0 0 0 8 16 7 0 0 0 0 0 1 75 46 13 20 1 83 65 -2 0 61 0 0 0 69 -2 00 -5 0 50 -1 0 0 -2 -2 12 5 -5 6515 7 -1 5 0 2 0 JO E R G E R D R . / CO M M E R C I A L A C C E S S 64 0 17 BR O C K W A Y R D . / HO P E C T . / S I T E A C C E S S 12 12 23 3 7 18 0 5 1 83 1 38 44 10 3 15 8 75 39 12 6 13 2 91 48 3 0 14 12 52 1 3 41 7 13 0 7 0 0 0 170 19 20 NO T E : N e g a t i v e n u m b e r s r e f l e c t r e d u c t i o n s d u e t o p a s s b y a n d i n t e r c e p t e d t r i p s . 4 0 0 53 67 6 JO E R G E R R A N C H S P E C I F I C P L A N ( P C - 3 ) Fi g u r e 3 . 1 1 - 3 : P r o j e c t N e t I m p a c t D u r i n g 2 0 1 2 S u m m e r P M P e a k H o u r So u r c e : L S C T r a n s p o r t a t i o n C o n s u l t a n t s , I n c . Ma p d a t e : A p r i l 2 8 , 2 0 1 3 .  3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION     3.11-­‐76  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)                           This  page  left  intentionally  blank.   19 0 92 0 0 10 7 50 50 0 0 0 0 0 89 TR U C K E E 80 26 7 T R A I L P I O N E E R W E S T R I V E R S T . PALLISADES DR. BR O C K W A Y R D . V A L L E Y R . D MA R T I S A I R P O R T R . D S O A R I N G W Y . S C H A F F E R M I L L R . D 8 10 12 4 6 5 1 2 3 11 13 14 9 H O P E C T . 18 17 ST R E E T S HI G H W A Y S CO U N T Y B O U N D A R Y WA T E R / L A K E ST U D Y I N T E R S E C T I O N TR A F F I C M O V E M E N T TR A F F I C V O L U M E L E G E N D 1 11 9 1 SR 8 9 N / D O N N E R P A S S RD / H E N N E S S R D 5 3 7 11 8 6 10 2 SR 2 6 7 / S R 8 9 N / I- 8 0 W B R A M P DO N N E R P A S S R D . / PI O N E E R T R A I L WE S T R I V E R S T . / MC I V E R C R O S S I N G DO N N E R P A S S R D / BR I D G E S T . 4 DO N N E R P A S S R D / I - 8 0 E. I N T E R C H A N G E WB O N - R A M P 12 BR O C K W A Y R D . / PA L I S A D E S D R . BR I D G E S T . / WE S T R I V E R S T . DO N N E R P A S S R D . / I- 8 0 E . I N T E R C H A N G E EB O F F R A M P SR 2 6 7 / I - 8 0 E B R A M P S DO N N E R P A S S R D . / GL E N S H I R E D R . BR O C K W A Y R D . / MA R T I S V A L L E Y R D . Tr u c k e e & M a r t i s V a l l e y 7 26 7 NO R T H S T A R LA K E T A H O E 28 KI N G S BE A C H KI N G S BE A C H N O R T H S T A R D R . TA H O E & N O R T H S T A R 15 16 S C A L E 0 IN M I L E S .5 1 13 14 SR 2 6 7 / B R O C K W A Y R D . /S O A R I N G W A Y SR 2 6 7 / A I R P O R T R D . / SC H A F F E R M I L L R D . 1 9 SO A R I N G W A Y / JO E R G E R D R . / S I T E A C C E S S 15 SR 2 6 7 / N O R T H S T A R D R . 16 SR 2 6 7 / S R 2 8 18 BR O C K W A Y R D . / MA R T I S D R . 20 SIT E 20 5 79 17 8 0 18 00 28 4 35 19 6 0 0 0 63 0 92 10 7 0 92 10 7 0 0 -2 4 49 43 8 5948 -2 -3 5 0 -6 0 0 -6 -7 4 -6 0 15 -1 0 0 -8 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 -3 18 1 -3 23 17 19 -1 2 5 13 4 27 0 -1 0 3 92 13 2 17 0 36 8418 7 31 2 0 18 0 6 27 -1 6 -1 4 0 2940 6 0 20 48 9 0 0 0 0 2 13 4 0 0 0 0 0 1 75 46 12 28 1 15 7 51 -3 0 48 0 0 0 14 2 -1 2 0 0 0 0 38 -9 0 -1 -1 57 0 49 83 -1 1 0 2 0 JO E R G E R D R . / CO M M E R C I A L A C C E S S 64 0 17 BR O C K W A Y R D . / HO P E C T . / S I T E A C C E S S . 14 14 22 6 16 1 3 1 98 23 24 12 3 18 9 44 20 66 77 11 0 48 0 0 14 12 51 6 3 41 7 13 0 7 0 0 0 170 51 NO T E : N e g a t i v e n u m b e r s r e f l e c t r e d u c t i o n s d u e t o p a s s b y a n d i n t e r c e p t e d t r i p s . 0 -3 0 0 11 19 -2 JO E R G E R R A N C H S P E C I F I C P L A N ( P C - 3 ) Fi g u r e 3 . 1 1 - 4 : P r o j e c t N e t I m p a c t D u r i n g 2 0 3 2 S u m m e r P M P e a k H o u r So u r c e : L S C T r a n s p o r t a t i o n C o n s u l t a n t s , I n c . Ma p d a t e : A p r i l 2 8 , 2 0 1 3 .  3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION     3.11-­‐78  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)                           This  page  left  intentionally  blank.   19 14 5 41 6 12 4 33 5 12 8 17 1 3 18 9 16 0 5 89 TR U C K E E 80 26 7 T R A I L PI O N E E R W E S T R I V E R S T . M C I V E R PALLISADES DR. BR O C K W A Y R D . V A L L E Y R . D MA R T I S A I R P O R T R . D S O A R I N G W Y . S C H A F F E R M I L L R . D TO T A H O E & NO R T H S T A R 8 10 12 4 6 5 1 2 3 11 13 14 9 H O P E C T . 18 17 ST R E E T S PR O P O S E D S T R E E T S HI G H W A Y S CO U N T Y B O U N D A R Y WA T E R / L A K E ST U D Y I N T E R S E C T I O N TR A F F I C M O V E M E N T TR A F F I C V O L U M E RO U N D A B O U T (U M I T I G A T E D C O N D I T I O N ) TR A F F I C S I G N A L (U N M I T I G A T E D C O N D I T I O N ) L E G E N D 1 11 9 1 SR 8 9 N / D O N N E R P A S S RD / H E N N E S S R D 5 3 7 11 8 6 10 2 SR 2 6 7 / S R 8 9 N / I- 8 0 W B R A M P DO N N E R P A S S R D . / PI O N E E R T R A I L WE S T R I V E R S T . / MC I V E R C R O S S I N G DO N N E R P A S S R D / BR I D G E S T . 4 DO N N E R P A S S R D / I - 8 0 E. I N T E R C H A N G E WB O N - R A M P 12 BR O C K W A Y R D . / PA L I S A D E S D R . BR I D G E S T . / WE S T R I V E R S T . DO N N E R P A S S R D . / I- 8 0 E . I N T E R C H A N G E EB O F F R A M P SR 2 6 7 / I - 8 0 E B R A M P S DO N N E R P A S S R D . / GL E N S H I R E D R . BR O C K W A Y R D . / MA R T I S V A L L E Y R D . Tr u c k e e & M a r t i s V a l l e y 7 26 7 NO R T H S T A R LA K E T A H O E 28 KI N G S BE A C H KI N G S BE A C H N O R T H S T A R D R . TA H O E & N O R T H S T A R 15 16 S C A L E 0 IN M I L E S .5 1 2 0 JO E R G E R D R . / CO M M E R C I A L A C C E S S 13 14 SR 2 6 7 / B R O C K W A Y R D . /S O A R I N G W A Y SR 2 6 7 / A I R P O R T R D . / SC H A F F E R M I L L R D . 1 9 SO A R I N G W A Y / J O E R G E R DR . / SI T E A C C E S S 15 SR 2 6 7 / N O R T H S T A R D R . 16 SR 2 6 7 / S R 2 8 1817 BR O C K W A Y R D . / HO P E C T . / S I T E A C C E S S BR O C K W A Y R D . / M A R T I S D R . 20 SIT E 44 8 38 5 44 1 45 16 1 3 11 1 74 2 25 5 17 3 42 9 91 0 29 1 68 57 3 36 2 17 8 45 9 36 2 18 2 14 6 19 1 16 5 34 9 40 2 24 6 28 8 15 3 89 25 4 18 81 62 48 37 8 27 7 21 8 12 2 19 28 7 36 7 19 25 47 5 76 91 13 55 2 12 9 30 15 7 15 2 65 0 32 3 10 8 50 2 28 5 45 4 14 4 25 0 28 9 18 1 20 4 26 6 29 8 92 33 4 33 9 22 61 0 24 40 60 1 38 918 1 64 6246 48 71 42 6 60 9 12 7 18 6 95 41 46 13 27 7 68 6 2 37 5 65 7 0 22 14 67 1 8 67 5 8 15 9 77 62 6 12 3 9 20 7 32 4 28 0 18 1 23 5 27 6 37 27 9 2625 15 10 8 7 15 8 0 1 6 2 44 6 38 16 3 53 2 8 56 5 62 8 98 T R A N S P O R T A T I O N C O N S U L T A N T S , I N C . 26 0 62 10 1 40 7 25 4 13 1 1 38 83 1 44 10 3 67 1 844 75 15 8 39 91 48 3 14 12 52 1 3 64 17 2 0 0 42 0 26 3 0 0 JO E R G E R R A N C H S P E C I F I C P L A N ( P C - 3 ) Fi g u r e 3 . 1 1 - 5 : 2 0 1 2 S u m m e r P M P e a k H o u r T r a f f i c V o l u m e s W i t h P r o j e c t So u r c e : L S C T r a n s p o r t a t i o n C o n s u l t a n t s , I n c . Ma p d a t e : A p r i l 2 8 , 2 0 1 3 .  3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION     3.11-­‐80  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)                           This  page  left  intentionally  blank.   19 15 5 93 0 38 17 86 7 28 1 32 3 8 26 2 32 3 15 89 TR U C K E E 80 26 7 T R A I L PI O N E E R W E S T R I V E R S T . M C I V E R PALLISADES DR. BR O C K W A Y R D . V A L L E Y R . D MA R T I S A I R P O R T R . D S O A R I N G W Y . S C H A F F E R M I L L R . D TO T A H O E & NO R T H S T A R 8 10 12 4 6 5 1 2 3 11 13 14 9 H O P E C T . 18 17 ST R E E T S PR O P O S E D S T R E E T S HI G H W A Y S CO U N T Y B O U N D A R Y WA T E R / L A K E ST U D Y I N T E R S E C T I O N TR A F F I C M O V E M E N T TR A F F I C V O L U M E RO U N D A B O U T (U M I T I G A T E D C O N D I T I O N ) TR A F F I C S I G N A L (U N M I T I G A T E D C O N D I T I O N ) L E G E N D 1 11 9 1 SR 8 9 N / D O N N E R P A S S RD / H E N N E S S R D 5 3 7 11 8 6 10 2 SR 2 6 7 / S R 8 9 N / I- 8 0 W B R A M P DO N N E R P A S S R D . / PI O N E E R T R A I L WE S T R I V E R S T . / MC I V E R C R O S S I N G DO N N E R P A S S R D / BR I D G E S T . 4 DO N N E R P A S S R D / I - 8 0 E. I N T E R C H A N G E WB O N - R A M P 12 BR O C K W A Y R D . / PA L I S A D E S D R . BR I D G E S T . / WE S T R I V E R S T . DO N N E R P A S S R D . / I- 8 0 E . I N T E R C H A N G E EB O F F R A M P SR 2 6 7 / I - 8 0 E B R A M P S DO N N E R P A S S R D . / GL E N S H I R E D R . BR O C K W A Y R D . / MA R T I S V A L L E Y R D . Tr u c k e e & M a r t i s V a l l e y 7 26 7 NO R T H S T A R LA K E T A H O E 28 KI N G S BE A C H KI N G S BE A C H N O R T H S T A R D R . TA H O E & N O R T H S T A R 15 16 S C A L E 0 IN M I L E S .5 1 2 0 JO E G E R D R . / CO M M E R C I A L A C C E S S 13 14 SR 2 6 7 / B R O C K W A Y R D . /S O A R I N G W A Y SR 2 6 7 / A I R P O R T R D . / SC H A F F E R M I L L R D . 1 9 SO A R I N G W A Y / J O E R G E R DR . / S I T E A C C E S S 15 SR 2 6 7 / N O R T H S T A R D R . 16 SR 2 6 7 / S R 2 8 1817 BR O C K W A Y R D . / HO P E C T . / S I T E A C C E S S BR O C K W A Y R D . / M A R T I S D R . 20 SIT E 74 7 44 1 79 1 45 19 7 3 20 8 1, 0 9 7 23 3 23 2 75 6 91 0 29 0 21 7 11 2 3 37 5 78 6 49 0 37 5 85 0 29 6 74 31 5 17 8 46 3 46 7 17 7 69 22 9 55 5 90 27 6 62 48 66 28 8 26 9 19 7 71 39 8 56 3 19 30 62 5 17 5 25 3 13 61 5 12 23 30 25 6 17 4 24 8 62 3 33 0 26 9 22 4 13 8 84 9 39 3 8663 9 45 6 1, 0 9 2 19 84 79 0 17 2 12 1 72 48 8 2492 11 7 52 1, 0 3 0 45 53 1, 0 4 3 20 3 2832 6 99 5221 17 7 10 8 88 1 11 0 1 14 5 20 4 14 7 0 2 0 47 1 28 2 31 2 79 3 2 43 8 76 7 0 36 21 66 0 22 68 4 8 15 1 95 80 16 82 8 41 9 48 2 54 25 25 4 54 5 81 3 99 35 6 22 620 1 40 11 3 13 10 8 67 6 58 51 50 7 43 9851 6 86 68 2 70 0 0 T R A N S P O R T A T I O N C O N S U L T A N T S , I N C . 15 9 10 3 FU T U R E SI T E AC C E S S FU T U R E SI T E AC C E S S FU T U R E SI T E AC C E S S FU T U R E SI T E AC C E S S JO E R G E R R A N C H S P E C I F I C P L A N ( P C - 3 ) Fi g u r e 3 . 1 1 - 6 : 2 0 3 2 S u m m e r P M P e a k H o u r T r a f f i c V o l u m e s W i t h o u t P r o j e c t So u r c e : L S C T r a n s p o r t a t i o n C o n s u l t a n t s , I n c . Ma p d a t e : A p r i l 2 8 , 2 0 1 3 .  3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION     3.11-­‐82  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)                           This  page  left  intentionally  blank.   19 15 5 1, 0 2 2 38 17 97 4 33 1 37 3 8 26 2 32 3 15 89 TR U C K E E 80 26 7 T R A I L PI O N E E R W E S T R I V E R S T . M C I V E R PALLISADES DR. BR O C K W A Y R D . V A L L E Y R . D MA R T I S A I R P O R T R . D S O A R I N G W Y . S C H A F F E R M I L L R . D TO T A H O E & NO R T H S T A R 8 10 12 4 6 5 1 2 3 11 13 14 9 H O P E C T . 18 17 ST R E E T S PR O P O S E D S T R E E T S HI G H W A Y S CO U N T Y B O U N D A R Y WA T E R / L A K E ST U D Y I N T E R S E C T I O N TR A F F I C M O V E M E N T TR A F F I C V O L U M E RO U N D A B O U T (U M I T I G A T E D C O N D I T I O N ) TR A F F I C S I G N A L (U N M I T I G A T E D C O N D I T I O N ) L E G E N D 1 11 9 1 SR 8 9 N / D O N N E R P A S S RD / H E N N E S S R D 5 3 7 11 8 6 10 2 SR 2 6 7 / S R 8 9 N / I- 8 0 W B R A M P DO N N E R P A S S R D . / PI O N E E R T R A I L WE S T R I V E R S T . / MC I V E R C R O S S I N G DO N N E R P A S S R D / BR I D G E S T . 4 DO N N E R P A S S R D / I - 8 0 E. I N T E R C H A N G E WB O N - R A M P 12 BR O C K W A Y R D . / PA L I S A D E S D R . BR I D G E S T . / WE S T R I V E R S T . DO N N E R P A S S R D . / I- 8 0 E . I N T E R C H A N G E EB O F F R A M P SR 2 6 7 / I - 8 0 E B R A M P S DO N N E R P A S S R D . / GL E N S H I R E D R . BR O C K W A Y R D . / MA R T I S V A L L E Y R D . Tr u c k e e & M a r t i s V a l l e y 7 26 7 NO R T H S T A R LA K E T A H O E 28 KI N G S BE A C H KI N G S BE A C H N O R T H S T A R D R . TA H O E & N O R T H S T A R 15 16 S C A L E 0 IN M I L E S .5 1 2 0 JO E R G E R D R . / CO M M E R C I A L A C C E S S 13 14 SR 2 6 7 / B R O C K W A Y R D . /S O A R I N G W A Y SR 2 6 7 / A I R P O R T R D . / SC H A F F E R M I L L R D . 1 9 SO A R I N G W A Y / J O E R G E R DR . / S I T E A C C E S S 15 SR 2 6 7 / N O R T H S T A R D R . 16 SR 2 6 7 / S R 2 8 1817 BR O C K W A Y R D . / HO P E C T . / S I T E A C C E S S BR O C K W A Y R D . / MA R T I S D R . 20 SIT E 95 2 52 0 96 9 45 21 5 3 20 8 1, 3 8 1 26 8 23 2 95 2 91 0 35 3 21 7 12 1 5 48 2 78 6 58 2 48 2 85 0 29 6 50 36 4 22 1 47 1 52 6 22 5 67 22 6 56 0 90 27 0 62 48 60 28 1 27 3 19 1 71 41 3 56 2 19 30 61 7 17 5 25 3 13 62 3 12 23 30 22 1 15 6 85 0 39 0 10 965 6 47 5 96 7 15 3 35 4 68 7 26 4 25 3 24 2 52 4 10 827 9 42 9 52 1, 0 4 8 45 59 1, 0 7 0 18 7 2733 0 99 8161 18 3 10 8 90 1 11 4 9 47 3 20 4 14 7 41 11 0 13 31 6 79 3 2 43 8 76 7 0 50 35 27 84 5 9 22 6 14 1 92 19 11 0 9 57 6 53 3 51 25 30 2 54 5 81 3 99 49 8 21 420 1 40 11 3 13 14 6 58 6 57 50 56 4 43 14 7 59 9 75 74 8 77 7 16 6 T R A N S P O R T A T I O N C O N S U L T A N T S , I N C . 25 3 17 4 24 8 63 4 34 9 26 7 1 23 98 1 12 3 88 6 24 44 18 9 20 11 0 48 0 14 12 51 6 3 64 17 2 29 5 0 0 15 4 JO E R G E R R A N C H S P E C I F I C P L A N ( P C - 3 ) Fi g u r e 3 . 1 1 - 7 : 2 0 3 2 S u m m e r P M P e a k H o u r T r a f f i c V o l u m e s W i t h P r o j e c t So u r c e : L S C T r a n s p o r t a t i o n C o n s u l t a n t s , I n c . Ma p d a t e : A p r i l 2 8 , 2 0 1 3 .  3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION     3.11-­‐84  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)                           This  page  left  intentionally  blank.   JO E R G E R R A N C H S P E C I F I C P L A N ( P C - 3 ) Fi g u r e 3 . 1 1 - 8 : C o n c e p t u a l L a y o u t , T w o - S t a g e L e f t T u r n L a n e , D o n n e r P a s s R o a d Da t a s o u r c e : S C O P L A N N I N G & E N G I N E E R I N G , I N C . , 2 0 1 2  3.11  T RANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION     3.11-­‐86  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)                           This  page  left  intentionally  blank     UTILITIES  3.12     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.12-­‐1     This  section  describes  the  regulatory  setting,  impacts  associated  with  wastewater  services,  water   services,  solid  waste  collection  and  disposal,  and  energy  and  telecommunication  services  that  are   likely  to  result  from  project  implementation,  and  measures  to  reduce  potential  impacts  as  needed.   A   detailed   discussion   of   the   proposed   project’s   storm   drainage   and   flood   control   facilities   is   included   in   Section   3.7,   Hydrology   and   Water   Quality.   Therefore,   storm   water   drainage   and   infrastructure  is  not  addressed  in  this  EIR  section.     3.12.1  WASTEWATER  SERVICES   E XISTING  S ETTING   Tahoe-­Truckee  Sanitation  Agency   The   Tahoe-­‐Truckee   Sanitation   Agency   (T-­‐TSA)   was   founded   in   1972   in   response   to   the   Porter   Cologne  Water  Quality  Control  Act,  promulgated  to  protect  Lake  Tahoe  and  Truckee  River  water   quality.   In   1978   the   T-­‐TSA   began   operating   the   wastewater   facility   that   serves   five   collection   districts,  including  the  Truckee  Sanitary  District.   Collected  sewage  from  the  Town  is  conveyed  to  the  T-­‐TSA  Water  Reclamation  Plant  (WRP),  which   is  adjacent  to  the  Truckee  River  and  the  Truckee-­‐Tahoe  Airport.  This  tertiary  treatment  plant  also   receives  effluent  from  the  North  Tahoe  Public  Utility  District,  the  Tahoe  City  Public  Utility  District,   the  Alpine  Springs  County  Water  District,  and  the  Squaw  Valley  Public  Service  District.  The  T-­‐TSA   WRP  is  sized  primarily  to  treat  the  maximum  sewage  flows  that  occur  during  summer  periods  with   the  influx  of  seasonal  residents  and  visitors.  Currently,  the  T-­‐TSA  WRP  has  a  capacity  of  9.6  million   gallons  per  day  mgd,  which  is  adequate  to  meet  projected  buildout  demands  of  its  service  area   through  2025.     Sanitary  wastewater  treatment  requirements  are  established  in  the  National  Pollutant  Discharge   Elimination  System  (NPDES)  Permit  issued  by  the  RWQCB.  The  permit  also  sets  out  a  framework   for  compliance  and  enforcement.  The  T-­‐TSA  implements  and  enforces  a  pretreatment  program  for   effluent  discharged  into  the  WRP.  The  facility  is  currently  in  compliance  with  the  water  quality   requirements   of   RWQCB   for   the   protection   of   the   environmentally   sensitive   Lake   Tahoe   and   Truckee  River  Corridor.   Truckee  Sanitary  District   The  Town  is  serviced  by  the  Truckee  Sanitary  District  (TSD),  which  is  one  of  five  service  members  of   the  T-­‐TSA  as  described  above.  The  TSD  currently  operates  under  the  Sanitary  District  Act  of  1923.   Untreated  sewage  is  piped  from  the  TSD  service  area  to  the  T-­‐TSA  WRP  using  gravity  flow  and  lift   stations.  The  TSD  boundaries  currently  encompass  an  area  of  approximately  39  square  miles  in   Placer   and   Nevada   Counties.   TSD   operates   and   maintains   approximately   300   miles   of   gravity   pipelines  containing  3,927  manholes,  9  miles  of  pressure  pipeline,  10  main  lift  stations,  and  30   smaller  lift  stations.  The  entire  collection  system  is  closely  monitored  24  hours  a  day  through  a   computerized  telemetry  and  flow  metering  system.   3.12  U TILITIES     3.12-­‐2  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     The  collection  system  primarily  services  residential  customers.  Small  businesses  and  restaurants   contribute  only  a  small  percent  of  TSD's  total  wastewater  flow.  TSD  does  not  service  any  heavy   industrial  customers  such  as  major  food  processing  plants  or  textile  plants.   At  present,  there  are  approximately  9,764  dwelling  unit  equivalents  (DUE,  defined  as  a  single   family  dwelling  containing  2.3  occupants,  contributing  100  gallons  per  occupant  per  day  to  the   wastewater  collection  system)  and  840  commercial  accounts  discharging  into  TSD's  wastewater   collection  system.     The   proposed   project   would   be   required   to   connect   to   the   TSD   sewer   system   and   all   sewer   facilities  must  meet  or  exceed  TSD  Code  requirements.  TSD  owns  and  operates  a  15-­‐inch  diameter   sewer  pipeline  that  crosses  a  portion  of  the  proposed  Parcel  2  in  the  Plan  Area.  The  proposed   project  would  not  be  able  to  construct  any  improvements  that  would  hinder  TSD's  ability  to  access   and  maintain  this  pipeline.  Additionally,  easements  across  adjoining  non-­‐project  properties  may  be   required  to  connect  proposed  Parcels  8  &  9  to  the  sewer  system.   R EGULATORY  S ETTING  -­‐  W ASTEWATER   Federal   CLEAN  WATER  ACT  (CWA)  /  NATIONAL  POLLUTANT  DISCHARGE  ELIMINATION  SYSTEM  (NPDES)   The  CWA  is  the  cornerstone  of  water  quality  protection  in  the  United  States.  The  statute  employs  a   variety  of  regulatory  and  non-­‐regulatory  tools  to  sharply  reduce  direct  pollutant  discharges  into   waterways,  finance  municipal  wastewater  treatment  facilities,  and  manage  polluted  runoff.  These   tools   are   employed   to   achieve   the   broader   goal   of   restoring   and   maintaining   the   chemical,   physical,  and  biological  integrity  of  the  nation’s  waters  so  that  they  can  support  “the  protection   and  propagation  of  fish,  shellfish,  and  wildlife  and  recreation  in  and  on  the  water.”   The  CWA  regulates  discharges  from  “non-­‐point  source”  and  traditional  “point  source”  facilities,   such  as  municipal  sewage  plants  and  industrial  facilities.  Section  402  of  the  Act  creates  the  NPDES   regulatory  program  which  makes  it  illegal  to  discharge  pollutants  from  a  point  source  to  the  waters   of  the  United  States  without  a  permit.  Point  sources  must  obtain  a  discharge  permit  from  the   proper  authority  (usually  a  state,  sometimes  EPA,  a  tribe,  or  a  territory).  NPDES  permits  cover   industrial  and  municipal  discharges,  discharges  from  storm  sewer  systems  in  larger  cities,  storm   water   associated   with   numerous   kinds   of   industrial   activity,   runoff   from   construction   sites   disturbing  more  than  one  acre,  mining  operations,  and  animal  feedlots  and  aquaculture  facilities   above  certain  thresholds.   Wastewater  discharge  is  regulated  under  the  NPDES  permit  program  for  direct  discharges  into   receiving  waters  and  by  the  National  Pretreatment  Program  for  indirect  discharges  to  a  sewage   treatment   plant.   The   Tahoe-­‐Truckee   Sanitation   Agency   has   a   permit   to   discharge   treated   wastewater  into  the  Truckee  River  corridor.  The  Town  of  Truckee  is  permitted  under  the  Waste   Discharge   Requirements   for   Small   Municipal   Separate  S t o r m  S e w e r  S y s t e m s  ( M S 4  p e r m i t   6A290712005,   Order   No.   2003-­‐0005-­‐DWQ-­‐02),   which   also   serves   as   a   NPDES   Permit   (No.   CAS000004)  under  the  Federal  Clean  Water  Act.  Under  the  provisions  of  this  permit,  the  Town  is   U TILITIES  3.12     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.12-­‐3     required  to  implement  the  necessary  legal  authority  and  implement  appropriate  procedures,  to   regulate   the   entry   of   pollutants   and   non-­‐stormwater   discharges   into   the   Town   stormwater   conveyance  system.   State   PORTER  COLOGNE  WATER  QUALITY  CONTROL  ACT   In  response  to  the  deterioration  of  water  quality  of  Lake  Tahoe  and  the  Truckee  River,  the  Porter   Cologne  Water  Quality  Control  Act  was  adopted  in  the  State  of  California  in  1969.  The  Porter   Cologne   Act   mandated   that   all   sewage   be   exported   from   the   Tahoe   Basin   and   all   existing   treatment  facilities  be  replaced.  The  Tahoe-­‐Truckee  Sanitation  Agency  was  formed  on  May  1,  1972   to  comply  with  this  Act  and  provide  sewage  treatment  for  five  collection  districts.  The  five  districts   are  the  Tahoe  City  Public  Utility  District,  the  North  Tahoe  Public  Utility  District,  the  Squaw  Valley   County  Water  District,  the  Alpine  Springs  County  Water  District,  and  the  Truckee  Sanitary  District,   which  provide  sewage  collection  services  for  the  Town  of  Truckee.   SANITARY  DISTRICT  ACT   As  part  of  the  California  Health  and  Safety  Code  section  6400  et  seq,  the  Sanitary  District  Act  of   1923  was  created  with  the  purpose  for  any  area  in  a  county,  or  in  two  or  more  counties  within  the   same   natural   watershed   area   to   acquire,   construct   and   operate   garbage   dumps   and   garbage   disposal   systems,   sewerage  s y s t e m s ,  d r a i n a g e  w o r k s ,  a n d  w a t e r  r e c l a m a t i o n  a n d  d i s t r i b u t i o n   systems.   LAHONTAN  REGIONAL  WATER  QUALITY  CONTROL  PLAN   The  Town  is  within  the  jurisdictional  boundaries  of  the  Lahontan  Regional  Water  Quality  Control   Board   (RWQCB).   The   Lahontan   RWQCB   develops   and   enforces   water   quality   objectives   and   implementation  plans  that  safeguard  the  quality  of  water  resources  in  its  region.  In  accordance   with  Section  13263  of  the  California  Water  Code,  the  RWQCBs  are  authorized  to  issue  Waste   Discharge  Requirements  as  well  as  periodically  review  self-­‐monitoring  reports  submitted  by  the   discharger,   and   perform   independent   compliance   checking,   and   take   enforcement   action   if   necessary.  Chapter  4.4  of  the  Water  Quality  Control  Plan  for  the  Lahontan  Region,  North  and   South  Basins,  outlines  policies  and  regulations  for  municipal  wastewater  treatment,  disposal,  and   reclamation.  The  standards  contained  within  the  Water  Quality  Control  Plan  WQCP)  are  designed   to  provide  applicants  with  a  uniform  approach  for  the  design  and  installation  of  adequate  systems   to  control  wastewater  and  wastewater  treatment/  sewage  disposal  impacts  from  the  Town,  and  to   prevent  any  potential  contamination  of  groundwater  at  the  discharge  site.   Local   2025  TRUCKEE  GENERAL  PLAN   Land  Use  Element   P4.1:    Work  with  all  special  districts,  including  the  Tahoe-­‐Truckee  Unified  School  District,  to   ensure  that  development  within  the  Town  is  coordinated  with  provision  of  services.   3.12  U TILITIES     3.12-­‐4  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     P4.2:    Cooperate  with  special  districts  to  plan  for  and  identify  suitable  future  sites  for  needed   facilities,   including   schools,   fire   stations,   solid   and   liquid   waste   disposal   sites,   and   utilities  infrastructure,  so  that  the  local  population  can  be  safely  and  efficiently  served,   while  minimizing  potential  environmental  impacts.   P4.3:    Approve  rezoning  and  development  permits  only  when  adequate  services  are  available,   or  when  a  program  to  provide  services  has  been  approved  by  the  applicable  District  and   the  Town  of  Truckee.  Standards  of  services  for  new  development  applicable  to  this   policy  are  shown  in  Table  LU-­‐6.  Require  that  sewer  be  provided  for  all  new  residential   subdivisions  creating  more  than  four  lots,  and  all  new  commercial  and  industrial  uses.   Existing  legal  lots  and  new  subdivisions  of  four  or  fewer  lots  in  areas  currently  without   sewer  may  be  developed  with  residential  uses  using  septic  systems  with  the  approval  of   the   appropriate   health   and   environmental   agencies.   Such   lots   may   be   required   to   establish  connections  to  the  sewer  system  if  they  are  located  in  close  proximity  to   existing  or  future  sewer  lines.   TOWN  OF  TRUCKEE  MUNICIPAL  CODE   Chapter  11.01  of  the  Town  of  Truckee  Municipal  Code  includes  provisions  related  to  wastewater   discharge,  which  is  described  as  the  release,  threatened  release,  or  placement  of  any  material  into   the   Town’s   storm   drain   system   or   receiving   waters,   including   but   not   limited   to   stormwater,   wastewater,  solid  materials,  liquids,  hazardous  waste,  raw  materials,  debris,  litter,  or  any  other   substance.     TRUCKEE  SANITARY  DISTRICT  CODE   The   Truckee   Sanitary   District  C o d e  ( T S D )  o u t l i n e s  p o l i c i e s ,  p r o v i s i o n s ,  r e g u l a t i o n s ,  f e e s ,  a n d   charges  related  to  service,  installation,  inspection,  and  maintenance  of  sanitary  sewer  facilities.     T HRESHOLDS  OF  S IGNIFICANCE   Consistent  with  Appendix  G  of  the  CEQA  Guidelines,  the  proposed  project  will  have  a  significant   impact  on  the  environment  associated  with  Utilities  if  it  will:   1. Exceed   wastewater   treatment   requirements   of   the   applicable   Regional   Water   Quality   Control  Board.   2. Require   or   result   in   the   construction   of   new   wastewater   treatment   and/or   collection   facilities   or   expansion   of   existing   facilities,   the   construction   of   which   could   cause   significant  environmental  effects.   3. Result  in  a  determination  by  the  wastewater  treatment  and/or  collection  provider  which   serves  or  may  serve  the  project  that  is  does  not  have  adequate  capacity  to  serve  the   project’s  projected  demand  in  addition  to  the  provider’s  existing  commitments.   U TILITIES  3.12     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.12-­‐5     I MPACTS  AND  M ITIGATION  M EASURES   Impact  3.12-­1:  Project  implementation  has  the  potential  to  exceed   wastewater  treatment  requirements  of  the  applicable  Regional  Water   Quality  Control  (Less  than  Significant  with  Mitigation)   The   proposed  project  would   convey   wastewater   via   TSD’s  existing  p e r m i t t e d  s a n i t a r y  s e w e r   infrastructure,  as  well  as  new  infrastructure  that  would  be  designed  and  constructed  in  accordance   with  TSD’s  requirements.  The  new  infrastructure  would  be  dedicated  to  the  TSD  as  part  of  their   overall  sewer  network  that  services  the  TSD  service  area.  Wastewater  will  discharge  at  the  T-­‐TSA’s   permitted   wastewater   treatment   plant  w h e r e  i t  w o u l d  b e  t r e a t e d  i n  a c c o r d a n c e  w i t h  t h e   wastewater  treatment  requirements  imposed  by  the  Lahonton  RWQCB.     The  proposed  residential  uses  would  generate  wastewater  that  can  be  collected  and  treated  under   the  existing  wastewater  treatment  requirements.  The  specific  businesses  (wastewater  generators)   within  the  commercial  and  industrial  areas  are  not  known  at  this  early  specific  planning  level.  Most   commercial  uses  would  be  able  to  be  treated  by  the  TSD  and  T-­‐TSA  infrastructure  under  their   permit   requirements;   however,   there   are   certain   commercial   and  industrial   uses   that  m a y   generate  toxic  or  other  waste  discharges  that  would  not  be  able  to  be  collected  and  treated  by  the   TSD  and  T-­‐TSA  infrastructure  under  their  permit  requirements.     The  TSD  and  T-­‐TSA  requires  the  issuance  of  a  “Will  Serve”  letter  for  all  commercial  development.   The   TSD   and   T-­‐TSA  do  n o t  s p e c i f i c a l l y  p r o v i d e  c o l l e c t i o n  a n d  t r e a t m e n t  f o r  i n d u s t r i a l  u s e s ;   however,  many  of  the  uses  defined  in  the  industrial  land  use  designation  (i.e.  retail,  services,  etc.)   are  consistent  with  wastewater  treatment  of  commercial  uses  that  are  treated  by  these  agencies.   The  TSD  and  T-­‐TSA  will  be  required  to  review  each  business  (wastewater  generator)  located  within   the  commercial  and  industrial  areas  to  ensure  that  the  wastewater  can  be  collected  and  treated   under  their  permit  requirements.  If  these  agencies  determine  that  they  can  treat  the  business   (wastewater  generator)  then  they  would  issue  a  “Will  Serve”  letter  for  the  business.  If  the  TSD   and/or  T-­‐TSA  determine  that  the  wastewater  generator  cannot  be  served  then  the  business  would   either  require  an  on-­‐site  treatment  facility,  which  would  require  additional  environmental  review   and  permitting,  or  it  would  not  be  allowed  within  the  Plan  Area.  Implementation  of  the  following   mtigiation  measure  would  ensure  that  this  potential  impact  is  reduced  to  a  less  than  significant   level.     MITIGATION  MEASURES   Mitigation  Measure  3.12-­‐1:    Prior  to  the  approval  of  building  plans  for  Commercial  and  Industrial   uses  within  the  Plan  Area,  the  project  proponent  and/or  business  owner  shall  provide  the  TSD  and   T-­‐TSA   with   appropriate   details   of   the  uses   and   wastewater   generated   within   the  commercial   and/or  industrial  area.  The  business  is  subject  to  receiving  a  “Will  Serve”  letter  for  the  specific   use/business.     3.12  U TILITIES     3.12-­‐6  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     Impact  3.12-­2:  Project  implementation  has  the  potential  to  require  or   result  in  the  construction  of  new  wastewater  treatment  and/or  collection   facilities  or  expansion  of  existing  facilities,  the  construction  of  which   could  cause  significant  environmental  effects,  or  result  in  a  determination   by  the  wastewater  treatment  and/or  collection  provider  which  serves  or   may  serve  the  project  that  is  does  not  have  adequate  capacity  to  serve  the   project’s  projected  demand  in  addition  to  the  provider’s  existing   commitments  (Less  than  Significant)   The   proposed  project  would   convey   wastewater   via  TSD’s  existing  permitted   sanitary   sewer   infrastructure,  as  well  as  new  infrastructure  that  would  be  designed  and  constructed  in  accordance   with  TSD’s  requirements.  The  new  infrastructure  would  be  dedicated  to  the  TSD  as  part  of  their   overall  sewer  network  that  services  the  TSD  service  area.  Wastewater  will  discharge  at  the  T-­‐TSA’s   permitted   wastewater   treatment   plant  w h e r e  i t  w o u l d  b e  t r e ated   in   accordance   with   the   wastewater  treatment  requirements  imposed  by  the  Lahonton  RWQCB.     The  T-­‐TSA’s  wastewater  treatment  plant  current  capacity  of  9.6  mgd  is  adequate  to  meet  the   projected  buildout  demands  of  the  proposed  project.  Therefore,  the  project  would  not  require  any   off-­‐site  expansions  or  new  construction  of  wastewater  treatment  facilities  because  the  anticipated   wastewater  generation  would  be  within  the  capacity  of  the  existing  wastewater  treatment  plant.   As  shown  on  page  5.5  of  the  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan,  the  proposed  project  would  include  the   installation  of  underground  improvements  to  connect  to  the  TSD  sanitary  sewer  network.  A  6”   sewer  line  would  be  installed  within  Martis  Drive,  connecting  to  the  existing  15”  sewer  line  in   Martis  Drive  at  the  north  end  of  the  Plan  Area.  All  development  along  Martis  Drive  would  connect   to  the  6”  sewer  line.  A  6”  sewer  line  would  also  be  installed  in  Hope  Court  and  Brockway  Road   (east  of  SR  267),  connecting  to  the  existing  6”  sewer  line  in  Brockway  Road  at  the  west  end  of  the   Plan  Area.  All  development  on  the  east  side  of  SR  267  would  connect  to  the  21”  sewer  line  in   Joerger   Drive   at   the   north   end  of   the   Plan   Area.  The   sanitary   sewer   infrastructure   would   be   entirely  graveity  fed.  The  final  sewer  improvement  plans  are  subject  to  the  review  and  approval  by   the  TSD.     The  T-­‐TSA  and  TSD  charge  sewer  connection  fees  for  all  new  development  to  accomodate  the   increased  demand  for  wastewater  conveyance  and  treatment.  The  proposed  project  would  be   required  to  pay  the  appropriate  connection  fees  in  accordance  with  the  fees  in  effect  at  the  time   connection   occurs.   The   TSD   requires  the   issuance   of   a   “Will   Serve”   letter   and  that   all   sewer   improvement   plans   be   reviewed   and   approved   by   the   TSD   prior   to   the   commencement   of   construction.  The   proposed   project   is   subject   to   all   T-­‐TSA   and   TSD   standard   rules   and   requirements.  Implementation  of  the  proposed  project  would  have  a  less-­‐than-­‐significant  impact   related  to  this  topic.     U TILITIES  3.12     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.12-­‐7     3.12.2  WATER  SERVICE   E XISTING  S ETTING   Truckee  Donner  Public  Utilities  District   Water   service   in   the   Truckee   area   is   provided   by   the  Truckee   Donner   Public   Utilities   District   (TDPUD),  a  non-­‐profit  utility  providing  electric  and  water  service  since  1927.  According  to  the   Truckee  D o n n e r  P u b l i c  U t i l i t i e s  D i strict   Urban   Water   Management   Plan  ( 2 0 1 1 ) ,  the   TDPUD   operates  two  water  systems  in  the  Truckee  area:  the  Hirschdale  System  and  the  Truckee  System.   The  TDPUD  provides  water  to  portions  of  the  Town,  along  with  adjacent  unincorporated  areas  of   Nevada  and  Placer  Counties.  The  Plan  Area  is  currently  within  the  TDPUD  service  and  is  included  in   the  population  and  growth  projections  assumed  under  the  Truckee  Donner  Public  Utilities  District   Urban  Water  Management  Plan  (2011).     Water  Supply   The  TDPUD  pumps  its  water  from  the  Martis  Valley  Groundwater  Basin  (MVGB).  The  MVGB  is  a   low-­‐lying   area   of   approximately  57   square   miles   that   is   completely   contained   within   a   larger   watershed  of  approximately  167  square  miles.  The  MVGB  has  a  total  subsurface  storage  volume  of   484,000  acre-­‐feet  and  is  made  up  of  a  multiple  aquifer  system  composed  of  basin-­‐fill  sedimentary   units   and   interlayed   basin-­‐fill   volcanic   units.   Infiltration   from   surface   water   and   precipitation   supplies  the  upper  unconfined  aquifer  system,  which  in  turn  feeds  adjacent  wetland  areas.  Annual   groundwater  recharge  depends  heavily  on  snowmelt  in  the  late  spring  and  early  summer  from   April  through  June.    The  basin-­‐wide  annual  recharge  is  estimated  at  29,165  acre-­‐feet  per  year  (afy)   and  a  sustainable  yield  of  the  MVGB  is  24,000  afy  or  21.4  million  gallons  per  day  (mgd).  The   California  Department  of  Water  Resources  has  not  determined  that  the  MVGB  is  overdrafted  and   no  instances  of  contamination  within  the  aquifers  are  known.  The  MVGB  is  not  adjudicated  and   none  of  the  groundwater  users  have  expressed  a  desire  to  have  the  MVGB  adjudicated.  Based  on   recent  studies  of  the  groundwater  basin,  available  water  was  estimated  to  be  adequate  to  serve   the   projected   buildout   of   the   TDPUD   service   area   and   the   Town   of   Truckee.   Given  the   total   subsurface  storage  and  sustainable  yield  of  24,000  afy,  there  is  enough  available  water  in  the  basin   for  the  next  20  years  of  service  even  if  no  recharge  occurred.     Water  Service  and  Facilities     According  to  the  Truckee  Donner  Public  Utilities  District  Urban  Water  Management  Plan  (2011),   the  TDPUD  maintains  approximately  216  miles  of  transmission,  distribution,  and  service  pipeline   ranging  from  2  inches  to  24  inches  in  diameter.  The  TDPUD  also  maintains  1,530  main  line  valves,   870  fire  hydrants,  130  air  release  valves,  100  blow-­‐off  valves,  and  20  pressure  reducing  stations.   Because  elevations  throughout  service  area  vary,  water  is  stored  in  tanks  that  are  strategically   placed  throughout  the  area  and  transported  to  higher  elevations  areas  through  a  series  of  pump   stations.  The  TDPUD  currently  maintains  13  active  wells  to  supply  potable  water  and  three  active   wells  to  supply  non-­‐potable  water,  33  active  storage  tanks  and  25  pumping  stations,  to  serve   approximately  16,200  water  customers  in  46  pressure  zones.  The  total  production  capacity  of  the   3.12  U TILITIES     3.12-­‐8  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     active  potable  water  wells  is  approximately  14  million  gallons  per  day  (mgd)  (43  acre-­‐feet  per  day   (afd))  and  the  total  firm  production  capacity  is  10.9  mgd  (34  afd).   System  Capacity  and  Improvements   According  to  the  Truckee  Donner  Public  Utilities  District  Urban  Water  Management  Plan  (2011),   current  water  demand  in  the  service  area  averages  4.53  million  gallons  per  day  (mgd)  (equivalent   to  13.9  acre-­‐feet  per  day  (afd)),  with  a  peak  of  9.53  mgd  (29.2  afd)  that  occurred  on  July  6,  2010.   The  current  maximum  potable  water  demand  for  the  TDPUD  is  9.53  mgd  (29.2  afd),  with  maximum   demand  estimated  to  be  14.58  mgd  (44.7  afd)  at  buildout  of  the  2025  General  Plan  and  between   20.3  mgd  (62.3  afd)  and  21.88  mgd  (67.1  afd)  at  buildout  based  on  growth  projections  for  the   region,  which  indicate  that  the  existing  service  area  will  reach  buildout  conditions  in  the  year  2038.   In  order  to  meet  this  future  demand,  a  total  of  five  new  wells,  at  a  capacity  of  850  gallons  per   minute  (gpm)  each  for  a  total  production  capacity  of  23.8  mgd  (73  afd)  and  a  firm  production   capacity  of  20.7  mgd  (63.5  afd),  will  be  required  to  provide  adequate  capacity.  Additional  wells,  for   a  total  of  eight  wells,  would  be  required  to  meet  firm  capacity  production.  In  order  to  address   limitations   in   storage   and   transmission,   the   TDPUD   has   identified   the   need   for   a   series   of   improvements,   including   the   construction   of   new   wells   as   stated   above,   additional   storage   facilities,  two  new  major  transmission  pipelines  and  an  upsizing  of  existing  pipelines  in  some  areas.   R EGULATORY  S ETTING  –  W ATER  S ERVICE   State   URBAN  WATER  MANAGEMENT  PLANNING  ACT   The  Urban  Water  Management  Act  of  1983  requires  all  urban  water  suppliers  within  California  to   prepare  and  adopt  an  Urban  Water  Management  Plan  (UWMP)  and  update  it  every  five  years.  This   requirement  applies  to  all  suppliers  providing  water  to  more  than  3,000  customers  or  supplying   more  than  3,000  acre-­‐feet  of  water  annually.  The  Act,  which  is  embodied  in  the  California  Water   Code,  is  intended  to  support  conservation  and  efficient  use  of  urban  water  supplies  at  the  local   level.  The  Act  requires  the  total  projected  water  use  to  be  compared  to  water  supply  sources  over   the  next  20  years  in  five-­‐year  increments.  The  planning  effort  looks  at  single  and  multiple  dry   water   years   and   it   includes   a   water   recycling   analysis   that   incorporates   a   description   of   the   wastewater  collection  and  treatment  system  within  the  agency’s  service  area  along  with  current   and   potential   recycled   water   uses.   The  Truckee  D o n n e r  P u b l i c  U t i l i t i e s  D i s t r i c t  U r b a n  W a t e r   Management   Plan  ( 2 0 1 1 )  w a s  a d o p t e d  b y  t h e  T D P U D  i n  J u n e  2 0 1 1 .  T h e  U W M P  u s e s  g r o w t h   projections   for   the   region   through   a   buildout   year   of   2038.   The   UWMP   includes   the   current   population   and   projected   growth   from   the   2025   Truckee   General   Plan,   which   assumes   development  of  the  PC-­‐3  site.  According  to  Water  Code  Section  10910  (c)(2),  the  analysis  of  water   demand  for  the  proposed  project  may  be  derived  from  the  UWMP.   GROUNDWATER  MANAGEMENT  ACT   The  Groundwater  Management  Act  provides  guidance  for  local  agencies  to  develop  a  voluntary   Groundwater  Management  Plan  (GMP)  in  State-­‐designated  groundwater  basins.  The  Act  provides   local   water   agencies   with   procedures   to   develop   a   groundwater   management   plan   so   those   U TILITIES  3.12     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.12-­‐9     agencies   can   manage   their   groundwater   resources   efficiently   and   safely   while   protecting   the   quality  of  supplies.  Once  a  plan  is  adopted,  the  rules  and  regulations  contained  therein  must  also   be  adopted  to  implement  the  program  outlined  in  the  plan.  GMPs  can  allow  agencies  to  raise   revenue   to   pay   for  measures   influencing   the   management   of   the   basin,   including   extraction,   recharge,  conveyance,  facilities’  maintenance,  and  water  quality.  The  TDPUD  adopted  a  GMP  for   the  entire  Martis  Valley  Groundwater  Basin  on  January  3,  1995.  On  January  10,  2013,  the  TDPUD   released  a  draft  update  to  its  GWP.     TRUCKEE  RIVER  OPERATING  AGREEMENT     In  cooperation  with  various  local  agencies,  the  California  Department  of  Water  Resources  (DWR)   manages  the  State’s  water  resources  to  benefit  the  State's  people,  and  to  protect,  restore,  and   enhance  the  natural  and  human  environments.  The  DWR  represented  the  State  in  negotiations   leading  up  to  the  signing  of  the  Truckee  River  Operating  Agreement  (TROA)  on  September  6,  2008.   The  TROA  contains  an  interstate  allocation  of  water  between  California  and  Nevada;  however,   there   is   federal   litigation   concerning   this   agreement.  Public   Law   101-­‐618,   also   known   as   the   Truckee-­‐Carson-­‐Pyramid  Lake  Water  Rights  Settlement  Act  (Settlement  Act),  includes  an  interstate   allocation  of  surface  and  groundwater  in  the  Lake  Tahoe  and  Truckee  Basins.  The  Settlement  Act   was   enacted   in   1990;   however,   it   does   not   become   effective   until   the   TROA   goes   into   effect   following  the  conclusion  of  the  federal  litigation.     Local   2025  TRUCKEE  GENERAL  PLAN   Land  Use  Element   P4.1:    Work  with  all  special  districts,  including  the  Tahoe-­‐Truckee  Unified  School  District,  to   ensure  that  development  within  the  Town  is  coordinated  with  provision  of  services.   P4.2:    Cooperate  with  special  districts  to  plan  for  and  identify  suitable  future  sites  for  needed   facilities,   including   schools,   fire   stations,   solid   and   liquid   waste   disposal   sites,   and   utilities  infrastructure,  so  that  the  local  population  can  be  safely  and  efficiently  served,   while  minimizing  potential  environmental  impacts.   P4.3:    Approve  rezoning  and  development  permits  only  when  adequate  services  are  available,   or  when  a  program  to  provide  services  has  been  approved  by  the  applicable  District  and   the  Town  of  Truckee.  Standards  of  services  for  new  development  applicable  to  this   policy  are  shown  in  Table  LU-­‐6.  Require  that  sewer  be  provided  for  all  new  residential   subdivisions  creating  more  than  four  lots,  and  all  new  commercial  and  industrial  uses.   Existing  legal  lots  and  new  subdivisions  of  four  or  fewer  lots  in  areas  currently  without   sewer  may  be  developed  with  residential  uses  using  septic  systems  with  the  approval  of   the   appropriate   health   and   environmental   agencies.  Such   lots   may   be   required   to   establish  connections  to  the  sewer  system  if  they  are  located  in  close  proximity  to   existing  or  future  sewer  lines.     3.12  U TILITIES     3.12-­‐10  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     Conservation  and  Open  Space  Element   P11.1:    Minimize   excessive   paving   that   negatively   impacts   surface   water   runoff   and   groundwater  recharge  rates.   P11.7:  Ensure  that  all  proposed  developments  can  be  adequately  served  by  available  water   supplies.   P11.8:  Support   all   efforts   to   encourage   water   conservation   by   Truckee   residents   and   businesses,   and   public   agencies,   including   working   with   the   Truckee   Donner   Public   Utility  District,  to  implement  water  conservation  programs  and  incentives  that  facilitate   conservation  efforts.   TRUCKEE  DONNER  PUBLIC  UTILITIES  DISTRICT  WATER  SYSTEM  MASTER  PLAN The  TDPUD  adopted  a  Water  System  Master  Plan  (WSMP)  spanning  1995  to  2015.  The  aim  of  the   plan  was  to  assist  the  TDPUD  in  identifying  existing  deficiencies  in  capacity  and  service;  budgeting   for   correction   of   these   deficiencies;   anticipating   areas   where   growth   is   likely   to   occur   that   is   consistent  with  the  Town  of  Truckee,  Nevada  County  and  Placer  County  General  Plans;  identifying   system   improvements   necessary   to   serve   such   growth;   and,   analyzing   the   TDPUD’s   current   facilities  fee  and  setting  future  facilities  fees.  TDPUD’s  2012  Water  System  Master  Plan  Update   (available  in  draft  form)  includes  the  Plan  Area.     WATER  FACILITIES  FEES  ORDINANCE   Effective   June   2005,   the   Water   Facilities   Fee   Ordinance   was   passed   by   the   TDPUD   Board   of   Directors  to  finance  public  water  system  facilities  needed  to  serve  new  development  and  to  reduce   the  impacts  of  additional  demands  on  the  existing  water  system  caused  by  new  development.   Water   facilities   fees   for   residential   development   are   calculated   and   charted   according   to   an   amount  per  square  foot  of  living  space  for  the  area  to  be  constructed.  The  facilities  fees  are  $1.64   times  the  square  feet  of  living  space  as  determined  by  the  Building  Permit.   WATER  CONNECTION  FEES  ORDINANCE   Effective  April  2008,  the  Water  Connection  Fee  Ordinance  was  passed  by  the  TDPUD  Board  of   Directors   to   reimburse   the   TDPUD   for   the   actual   administrative,   material,   and   labor   costs   of   connecting  to  the  water  system  (excluding  the  service  lateral).   T HRESHOLDS  OF  S IGNIFICANCE-­‐  W ATER  S ERVICE   Consistent  with  Appendix  G  of  the  CEQA  Guidelines,  the  proposed  project  may  have  a  significant   impact  on  the  environment  associated  with  Utilities  if  it  would:   1. Require  or  result  in  the  construction  of  new  water  treatment  facilities  or  expansion  of   existing  facilities,  the  construction  of  which  could  cause  significant  environmental  effects;   or   2. Have  insufficient  water  supplies  available  to  serve  the  project  from  existing  entitlements   and  resources,  or  if  new  or  expanded  entitlements  are  needed.     U TILITIES  3.12     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.12-­‐11     I MPACTS  AND  M ITIGATION  M EASURES   Impact  3.12-­3:  The  proposed  project  has  the  potential  to  require   construction  of  new  water  treatment  facilities  or  expansion  of  existing   facilities,  the  construction  of  which  could  cause  significant  environmental   effects  (Less  than  Significant)   In  the  2011  UWMP  the  TDPUD  determined  that  the  available  production  capacity  is  sufficient  to   meet  current  demands;  however,  they  also  determined  that  potable  water  production  facilities   will  be  unable  to  meet  projected  maximum  day  demands  in  the  year  2024.  With  the  projected   buildout  maximum  day  potable  water  demand  of  20.3  mgd,  an  additional  9.4  mgd  of  potable   water  production  capacity  is  needed  to  meet  buildout  demands  and  to  provide  adequate  firm   capacity  to  the  system.   Based  on  the  14.0  mgd  of  total  available  capacity,  an  additional  2.8  mgd  of  production  capacity  is   needed  over  the  next  20  years  to  meet  projected  demands.  Furthermore,  an  additional  3.0  mgd  of   capacity  will  be  necessary  to  ensure  that  the  system  has  adequate  firm  capacity.  The  TDPUD  has   identified  three  alternatives  for  additional  water  supply  to  meet  this  need:   • Construct  additional  wells  not  requiring  filtration   • Construct  additional  wells  requiring  filtration   • Construct  a  surface  water  treatment  facility   The  TDPUD  has  recommended  that  groundwater  continue  to  be  the  main  source  of  supply  as   additional  groundwater  wells  can  be  constructed  without  exceeding  the  sustainable  yield  of  the   groundwater   basin.   Construction  of   new   wells   is   expected   to   be   the   near-­‐term   solution   to   increasing  water  supply  within  the  TDPUD  to  serve  anticipated  growth.  The  planned  improvements   needed   to   accommodate   growth   in  the   entire   TDPUD   service   area   would   be   subject   to   environmental  review  during  the  design  and  implementation  phase  of  those  projects.   As  shown  on  page  5.6  of  the  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan,  the  proposed  project  would  include  the   installation  of  underground  improvements  to  connect  to  the  TDPUD  water  network.  The  proposed   water  mains  would  be  comprised  of  16”  water  line  installed  within  Soaring  Way  and  Joerger  Drive.   This  water  line  would  connect  to  the  24”  water  line  in  Joerger  Drive  at  the  north  end  of  the  Plan   Area  and  to  the  16”  water  line  in  Soaring  Way  at  the  southern  end  of  the  Plan  Area.  Additionally,  a   12”  water  line  would  be  installed  in  Martis  Drive.  This  water  line  would  connect  to  the  14”  water   line  in  Hope  Court  and  cross  under  SR  267  within  a  24”  casing  to  a  connection  within  the  16”  water   line  in  Joerger  Drive.  The  location  of  these  improvements  is  consistent  with  planning  level  design   of   water   infrastructure  improvements   shown   in   the   TDPUD’s  D r a f t  2 0 1 2  W a t e r  M a s t e r  P l a n   Update.     The  TDPUD  submitted  an  NOP  comment  on  May  31,  2012  that  indicated  that  a  detailed  analyses   and  the  full  extent  and  nature  of  the  water  system  modifications  will  be  determined  during  the   TDPUD’s  project  review  process.  The  TDPUD  further  noted  that  the  project  proponent  will  be   3.12  U TILITIES     3.12-­‐12  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     required  to  enter  into  a  development  agreement  regarding  construction  of  the  potable  water   infrastructure   necessary   to   serve   the   proposed   project.   The   TDPUD   noted   that   the   project   proponent  will  be  required  to  construct  all  on-­‐site  water  system  improvements.     The   water  infrastructure   will   also   include   numerous   fire   hydrants   that   must   be   placed   in   accordance  with  the  Truckee  Fire  Protection  District’s  requirements.  The  hydrants  must  be  spaced   a  maximum  distance  of  500  feet  apart  in  residential  areas,  so  that  no  point  on  any  road  is  more   than  250  feet  from  a  hydrant.  Additional  hydrants  will  be  required  in  the  areas  with  commercial   development.  All  hydrants  must  be  of  the  dry  barrel  type  and  be  identified  with  an  8'  snow  stake   and  if  necessary  hydrants  must  be  protected  with  bollards.  The  hydrants  must  provide  a  minimum   fire   flow   of   1500  gpm  for  a  2-­‐minute  duration  with  20-­‐psi  residual  in  residential  areas  and  a   minimum  of  2000  gpm  in  commercial/industrial  areas,  although  this  may  be  larger  depending  on   the   size   of   the   commercial/industrial   structures.  These   hydrant   requirements   are   included   in   Mitigation  Measure  3.10-­‐1  in  Section  3.10  Public  Services  and  Recreation.   The   new   water   infrastructure   (pipes   and   hydrants)   are   necessary   to   provide   the   project   with   adequate   water   supply   and   to   meet   the   Truckee   Fire   Protection   District   minimum   flow   requirements.  Installation  of  the  new  water  infrastructure  is  consistent  with  the  TDPUD’s  Draft   2012   Water   Master   Plan   Update   and   the   Truckee   Fire   Protection   District’s   requirements.   Installation  of  this  would  proposed  infrastructure  would  have  a  less  than  significant  impact  related   to  this  topic.   Impact  3.12-­4:  The  proposed  project  has  the  potential  to  have  insufficient   water  supplies  available  to  serve  the  project  from  existing  entitlements   and  resources  (Less  than  Significant)   The  maximum  potable  water  demand  for  the  TDPUD  is  estimated  to  be  14.58  mgd  (16,316  afy)  at   buildout  of  the  2025  General  Plan  and  between  20.3  mgd  (22,740  afy)  and  21.88  mgd  (24,492  afy)   based  on  growth  projections  for  the  region,  including  areas  outside  of  the  Town  limits.  Buildout   projections  for  the  existing  service  area  are  to  the  year  2038.  The  total  current  production  capacity   of  the  active  potable  water  wells  is  approximately  14  mgd  (15,695  afy)  and  the  current  total  firm   production  capacity  is  10.9  mgd  (12,410  afy).  Therefore,  in  order  to  meet  this  future  demand   under  the  buildout  conditions,  a  total  of  five  new  wells,  at  a  capacity  of  850  gallons  per  minute   (gpm)  each  for  a  total  production  capacity  of  23.8  mgd  (26,645  afy)  and  a  firm  production  capacity   of   20.7   mgd  (23,178   afy),  a r e  p l a n n e d  a s  p a r t  o f  t h e  2 0 1 1  U W M P  t o  p r o v i d e  t h i s  a d d i t i o n a l   capacity.   The  MVGB  has  a  total  sustainable  water  supply  of  21.4  mgd  (24,000  afy).  The  MVGB  recharge  is   approximately  26  mgd  (29,165  afy),  therefore,  according  to  the  data  provided  in  the  2010  UWMP,   it  is  reasonable  to  assume  that  given  the  total  subsurface  and  sustainable  yield  of  24,000  afy  and   basin-­‐wide  annual  recharge  of  29,165  afy,  there  is  sufficient  water  available  to  support  buildout  of   the  2025  General  Plan  as  well  as  development  in  the  region  through  the  2011  UWMP  planning   horizon.     U TILITIES  3.12     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.12-­‐13     The  proposed  project  would  result  in  97.37  new  residential  units  with  an  estimated  population   increase  of  245  new  residents.  The  proposed  project  would  also  result  in  commercial  and  industrial   development  potential  of  over  460,000  s.f.  of  building  space.  The  new  residents  and  businesses  in   the  Plan  Area  would  require  demand  for  domestic  water  in  the  Town,  and  TDPUD  service  area   would  increase  as  a  result  of  the  project.  The  proposed  project  is  a  special  planning  district  that   was   assumed   for   buildout   within   the   2025   Truckee   General   Plan.   Additionally,   the   proposed   project  was  assumed  for  development  within  the  2011  UWMP  which  concludes  that  there  are   sufficient  water  supplies  for  future  growth  through  the  2030  planning  horizon  for  the  2011  UWMP.   The  proposed  project  includes  requirements  that  are  intended  to  reduce  water  use  including:  the   use  of  “low-­‐flow”  appliances  and  toilets;  installation  of  landscaping  that  requires  less  water  and/or   does   not   require   permanent   irrigation   systems;   installation   of   solar   water   heating   systems   or   preinstalling  insulated  copper  pipes  from  the  attic  to  a  hot  water  closet  or  mechanical  room  for   future  solar  installation;  and  installation  of  Energy  Star®  certified  appliances.  Furthermore,  the   proposed  project  must  implement  the  goals  and  policies  in  the  2025  Truckee  General  Plan  water   conservation  measures.   The  2011  UWMP  indicates  that  there  are  sufficient  water  supplies  available  to  serve  buildout  of   the   2025   Truckee   General   Plan.   The   proposed   project   is   an   assumed   project   under   the   2025   Truckee   General   Plan   and   2011  U W M P .  A s  s u c h ,  the   proposed   project   would   not   result   in   insufficient  water  supplies  available  to  serve  the  project  from  existing  entitlements  and  resources.   The  proposed  project  would  result  in  a  less  than  significant  relative  this  environmental  topic.     3.12  U TILITIES     3.12-­‐14  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     3.12.3  S OLID  WASTE     E XISTING  S ETTING   Collection/Disposal/Recycling   Solid  waste  removal  and  recycling  services  for  the  Town  of  Truckee  are  provided  by  the  Tahoe-­‐ Truckee  Sierra  Disposal  (TTSD)  Company.  Two  separate  bodies  make  up  the  TTSD:  Tahoe  Truckee   Disposal  and  the  Eastern  Regional  Landfill  Material  Recovery  Facility  (MRF).  Tahoe  Truckee  Disposal   is  responsible  for  collecting  household  waste  and  recyclables  and  the  MRF  is  a  recycling  and  transfer   center   for   household   and   construction   materials.   Incoming   solid   waste   is   either   recycled   or   transported  to  the  Lockwood  Regional  Landfill  as  described  below.   Tahoe  Truckee  Disposal  (TTD)  is  a  collection  division  of  the  TTSD.  TTD  uses  a  combination  of  rear   mounting   bin   pickup   trucks   for   single-­‐family   residences   and   low-­‐density   areas,   and   front   loader   garbage  trucks  for  commercial  and  multi-­‐family  areas.  Funding  for  solid  waste  collection  comes  from   collection  fees.  The  TTSD  handles  approximately  60,000  tons  of  waste  per  year  and  is  operating  at  50   percent  of  their  total  capacity  of  120,000  tons  per  year.  The  TTSD  plans  on  continuing  to  expand   their  services  to  accommodate  the  growth  and  increasing  needs  of  their  service  area.   Landfill   The   Lockwood   Regional   Landfill   is   located   on   a  1,535-­‐acre   site   in   Storey   County,   Nevada,   approximately  10  miles  east  of  Reno,  Nevada  and  approximately  1.5  miles  southeast  of  Lockwood,   Nevada.  The  550-­‐acre  landfill  footprint  receives  an  average  of  2,200  tons  per  working  day  (tpd).  The   Landfill   is   anticipated   to   yield   an   overall   refuse   storage   volume   of   approximately   64.8   million   compacted  cubic  yards  (43.7  million  compacted  tons).  Additionally,  the  landfill  has  a  60-­‐year  capacity   to  accommodate  the  buildout  projections  for  the  TTSD’s  service  area.  The  TTSD  has  an  80-­‐year   contract  for  disposal  services  at  the  landfill,  which  began  in  1997.   R EGULATORY  S ETTING  –  S OLID  W ASTE   State   CALIFORNIA’S  INTEGRATED  WASTE  MANAGEMENT  ACT  OF  1989   California’s  Integrated  Waste  Management  Act  of  1989  (AB  939)  set  a  requirement  for  cities  and   counties  to  divert  50  percent  of  all  solid  waste  from  landfills  by  January  1,  2000,  through  source   reduction,  recycling  and  composting.  In  order  to  achieve  this  goal,  AB  939  requires  that  each  City   and   County   prepare   and   submit   a   Source   Reduction   and   Recycling   Element.   AB   939   also   established  the  goal  for  all  California  counties  to  provide  at  least  15  years  of  ongoing  landfill   capacity.   AB  939  also  established  requirements  for  cities  and  counties  to  develop  and  implement  plans  for   the   safe   management   of  household   hazardous   wastes.   In   order   to   achieve   this   goal,   AB   939   requires  that  each  city  and  county  prepare  and  submit  a  Household  Hazardous  Waste  Element.   U TILITIES  3.12     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.12-­‐15     In  2007,  SB  1016  amended  AB  939  to  establish  a  per  capita  disposal  measurement  system.  The  per   capita   disposal   measurement   system   is   based   on   two   factors:   a   jurisdiction’s   reported   total   disposal  o f  s o l i d  wa s t e  d i v i d e d  b y  a  j u r i s d i c t i o n ’ s  p o p u l a t i o n .  C I WMB  s e t s  a  t a r g e t  p e r  c a p i t a   disposal  rate  for  each  jurisdiction.  Each  jurisdiction  must  submit  an  annual  report  to  CIWMB  with   an  update  of  its  progress  in  implementing  diversion  programs  and  it’s  current  per  capita  disposal   rate.     AB  341  (75  PERCENT  SOLID  WASTE  DIVERSION)   AB   341   requires   CalRecycle   to   issue   a   report   to   the   Legislature   that   includes   strategies   and   recommendations  that  would  enable  the  state  to  divert  75  percent  of  the  solid  waste  generated  in   the  state  from  disposal  by  January  1,  2020,  requires  businesses  that  meet  specified  thresholds  in   the  bill  to  arrange  for  recycling  services  by  January  1,  2012,  and  also  streamlines  various  regulatory   processes.   SB  1374  (CONSTRUCTION  AND  DEMOLITION  WASTE  MATERIALS  DIVERSION)   Senate  Bill  1374  (SB  1374),  Construction  and  Demolition  Waste  Materials  Diversion  Requirements,   requires   that   jurisdictions   summarize   their   progress   realized   in   diverting   construction   and   demolition  waste  from  the  waste  stream  in  their  annual  AB  939  reports.  SB  1374  required  the   CIWMB  to  adopt  a  model  construction  and  demolition  ordinance  for  voluntary  implementation  by   local  jurisdictions.     CALIFORNIA  GREEN  BUILDING  STANDARDS  CODE  (CALGREEN)   CALGreen  requires  the  diversion  of  at  least  50  percent  of  the  construction  waste  generated  during   most  new  construction  projects  (CALGreen  Sections  4.408  and  5.408)  and  some  additions  and   alterations  to  nonresidential  building  projects.     Local   2025  TRUCKEE  GENERAL  PLAN   Land  Use  Element   P4.2:    Cooperate  with  special  districts  to  plan  for  and  identify  suitable  future  sites  for  needed   facilities,   including   schools,   fire   stations,   solid  and   liquid   waste   disposal   sites,   and   utilities  infrastructure,  so  that  the  local  population  can  be  safely  and  efficiently  served,   while  minimizing  potential  environmental  impacts.   Safety  Element   P5.1:    Continue  to  coordinate  with  the  Nevada  County  Environmental  Health  Department  in   the  review  of  all  projects  which  require  the  use,  storage,  or  transport  of  hazardous   waste  to  ensure  necessary  measures  are  taken  to  protect  public  health  and  safety.   P5.2:    Continue  to  cooperate  with  Tahoe  Truckee  Sierra  Disposal  to  facilitate  opportunities  for   safe  disposal  of  household  hazardous  waste.     3.12  U TILITIES     3.12-­‐16  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     Conservation  and  Open  Space  Element   P15.1:    Support  recycling  programs  town-­‐wide,  including  the  curbside  recycling  and  business   waste  reduction  programs.   P15.2:    Support   and   expand   innovative   programs   such   as   the   “Keep   Truckee  Green”   Community  Awards  that  recognize  local  businesses,  agencies,  and  organizations  efforts   to  reduce  waste.   P15.3:    Encourage  energy  conservation,  waste  reduction  and  environmental  sustainability  in  all   Town  activities.   P15.7:    Support   efforts   to   develop   a   regional   food   waste   recycling  program   in   Truckee,   in   cooperation  with  Nevada  County,  Placer  County,  Special  Districts,  and  local  resorts  and   ski  areas.   TOWN  OF  TRUCKEE  MUNICIPAL  CODE   Ordinance   No.   2003-­‐02,   Title   6,   Health   and   Sanitation,   provides   for   the   rules  and   regulations   governing  the  collection,  handling,  and  disposal  of  solid  waste  and  other  operating  regulations,   such  as  charges  and  fees.   TOWN  OF  TRUCKEE  CONSTRUCTION  AND  DEMOLITION  WASTE  REDUCTION  PROGRAM   The  Town  offers  a  Construction  and  Demolition  Waste  Reduction  Program  along  with  other  waste   prevention   and   recycling   programs   in   order   to   reduce  waste   and   save   money.   Through   the   program,  the  Town  regulates  the  applicable  diversion  percentage  of  each  item  and  charges  for   disposal  per  cubic  yard.   T HRESHOLDS  OF  S IGNIFICANCE-­‐  S OLID  W ASTE   Consistent  with  Appendix  G  of  the  CEQA  Guidelines,  the  proposed  project  will  have  a  significant   impact  on  the  environment  associated  with  Utilities  if  it  will:   1. Be  served  by  a  landfill  with  sufficient  permitted  capacity  to  accommodate  the  project’s   solid  waste  disposal  needs.   2. Comply  with  federal,  State,  and  local  statutes  and  regulations  related  to  solid  waste.   I MPACTS  AND  M ITIGATION  M EASURES   Impact  3.12-­5:  The  proposed  project  has  the  potential  to  be  served  by  a   landfill  with  insufficient  permitted  capacity  to  accommodate  the  project’s   solid  waste  disposal  needs  (Less  than  Significant)   The  Lockwood  Regional  Landfill  has  a  60-­‐year  capacity  to  accommodate  the  future  growth  planned   for  in  the  Tahoe-­‐Truckee  Sierra  Disposal  Company’s  service  area.  As  such,  there  is  adequate  long-­‐ term   capacity   at   the   landfill  to   serve   the   proposed   project.   Implementation   of   the   proposed   project  would  have  a  less-­‐than-­‐significant  impact  with  regard  to  solid  waste.   U TILITIES  3.12     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.12-­‐17     Impact  3.12-­6:  The  proposed  project  has  the  potential  affect  compliance   with  federal,  State,  and  local  statutes  and  regulations  related  to  solid   waste  (Less  than  Significant)   The  2025  Truckee  General  Plan  establishes  policies  to  encourage  recycling  and  waste  diversion  to   minimize  the  amount  of  solid  waste  generated  by  residents  and  businesses.  To  achieve  this  goal   the  Town  has  implemented  a  range  of  strategies  and  programs.  In  2011,  the  Town  achieved  a   disposal  rate  of  5.5  pounds  per  person,  which  is  significantly  below  the  State’s  disposal  rate  target   of  10.7  pounds  per  day.  The  proposed  project  will  be  subject  to  the  same  local  strategies  and   programs  that   have   helped   the   Town   achieve   this   low   disposal   rate   that   effectively   ensures   compliance  with  State  regulations.  Implementation  of  the  proposed  project  would  have  a  less-­‐ than-­‐significant  impact  with  regard  to  solid  waste.   3.12.4  ENERGY  AND  TELECOMMUNICATIONS     E XISTING  S ETTING   Electrical  Service   Electrical  services  are  provided  by  the  Truckee  Donner  Public  Utility  District  (TDPUD).  Existing   electrical  transmission  lines  and  service  distribution  lines  lie  adjacent  to  and  within  the  Plan  Area.   Electrical   service   facilities   will   be   extended   from   existing   TDPUD   infrastructure   and   will   be   upgraded  as  necessary  to  adequately  serve  the  proposed  project  as  it  develops.  The  electrical   infrastructure   will   be   designed   to   accommodate   maximum   build   out   of   the   Plan   Area.   These   facilities  will  be  designed  and  extended  as  directed  by  TDPUD  and  in  accordance  with  California   Public  Utilities  Commission  (CPUC)  rules.  Common  trench  utilities  (joint  trench)  including  electric,   natural  gas,  telephone,  and  cable  TV  services  will  be  located  underground  within  public  utility   easements.   Placement   of   transformer   boxes   will   be   coordinated   with   TDPUD   through   the   preparation  of  joint  trench  utility  plans.   Natural  Gas   Natural  gas  services  are  provided  to  the  Truckee  area  by  Southwest  Gas  Corporation.  There  are   existing  natural  gas  transmission  lines  and  service  distribution  lines  adjacent  to  and  within  the  Plan   Area.  Natural  gas  facilities  will  be  extended  from  existing  Southwest  Gas  infrastructure  in  Martis   Drive  and  will  be  upgraded  as  necessary  to  adequately  serve  the  proposed  project  as  it  develops.   The  natural  gas  infrastructure  will  be  designed  to  accommodate  maximum  build  out  of  the  Plan   Area.   These   facilities   will   be   designed   and   extended   as   directed   by   Southwest   Gas   and   in   accordance   with   California   Public   Utilities   Commission   (CPUC)   rules.   Natural   gas   lines   will   be   included  within  the  common  trench  utilities  (joint  trench)  which  shall  be  located  underground   within  public  utility  easements.  Placement  of  gas  service  meter  locations  will  be  coordinated  with   Southwest  Gas  through  the  preparation  of  joint  trench  utility  plans.   3.12  U TILITIES     3.12-­‐18  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     Telecommunications   Telecommunications   service   is   provided   by   AT&T.   Cable   TV   is   provided   by   Suddenlink   Communications.   Satellite   TV   is   also   available.   Telecommunications   service   facilities   will   be   extended  from  existing  infrastructure  and  will  be  upgraded  as  necessary  to  adequately  serve  the   proposed  project  as  it  develops.  These  facilities  will  be  designed  and  extended  as  directed  by   telecommunications  providers  and  in  accordance  with  their  rules.  All  utilities  including  electric,   natural  gas,  telephone,  and  cable  TV  services  will  be  located  underground  in  a  common  utility   easement  (joint  trench).   R EGULATORY  S ETTING  –  E NERGY  AND  T ELECOMMUNICATIONS   State   CALIFORNIA  BUILDING  STANDARDS  CODE  –  TITLE  24   California  Code  of  Regulations  (CCR),  Title  24,  is  also  known  as  the  California  Building  Standards   Code.   The   2010   triennial   edition   of   the   California   Building   Standards   Code   applies   to   all   occupancies  that  applied  for  a  building  permit  on  or  after  January  1,  2011,  and  remains  in  effect   until  the  effective  date  of  the  2013  triennial  edition.   2010  California  Building  Code   The  2010  California  Building  Code  (CBC)  is  included  in  Title  24,  Part  2  of  the  California  Building   Standards  Code.  Under  State  law,  all  building  standards  must  be  centralized  in  Title  24  or  they   are  not  enforceable.  Through  the  CBC,  the  State  provides  a  minimum  standard  for  building   design  and  construction.     Building  Energy  Efficiency  Standards   Energy  consumption,  including  electricity,  by  new  buildings  in  California  is  regulated  by  the   State  Building  Energy  Efficiency  Standards,  embodied  in  Title  24,  Part  6  of  the  California  Code  of   Regulations.  The  efficiency  standards  apply  to  new  construction  of  both  residential  and  non-­‐ residential   buildings,   and   regulate   energy   consumed   for   heating,   cooling,   ventilation,   water   heating,  and  lighting.  The  building  efficiency  standards  are  enforced  through  the  local  building   permit  process.  Local  government  agencies  may  adopt  and  enforce  energy  standards  for  new   buildings,  provided  that  these  standards  meet  or  exceed  those  provided  in  Title  24  guidelines.   Appling  the  most  current  standards  for  low-­‐rise  single-­‐family  detached  homes,  electricity  use  is   reduced  by  22.7  percent  compared  to  the  2005  Standards,  peak  demand  is  reduced  by  8.2   percent,  and  gas  is  reduced  by  10  percent.   2010  California  Green  Building  Standards  (CALGreen)  Code   The  California  Green  Building  Standards  are  embodied  in  the  California  Code  of  Regulations,   Title  24,  Part  11  and  include  mandatory  provisions  effective  on  January  1,  2011.  The  purpose  of   this  code  is  to  improve  public  health,  safety,  and  general  welfare  by  enhancing  the  design  and   construction   of   buildings   through   the   use   of   building   concepts   having   a   reduced   negative   impact  or  positive  environmental  impact  and  encouraging  sustainable  construction  practices  in   the  following  categories:   U TILITIES  3.12     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.12-­‐19     1. Planning  and  design   2. Energy  efficiency   3. Water  efficiency  and  conservation   4. Material  conservation  and  resource  efficiency   5. Environmental  quality   The  provisions  of  this  code  apply  to  the  planning,  design,  operation,  construction,  use,  and   occupancy  of  every  newly  constructed  building  or  structure,  unless  otherwise  indicated  in  this   code,   throughout   the   State   of   California.   Compliance   with   the   CalGreen   Code   is   not   a   substitution  for  meeting  the  certification  requirements  of  any  green  building  program.   Local   2025  TRUCKEE  GENERAL  PLAN   Conservation  and  Open  Space  Element   P5.3:    Encourage  energy  conservation,  waste  reduction,  and  environmental  sustainability  in   all  Town  activities.   P5.4:    Work   with   energy   providers   to   encourage   community-­‐wide   reductions   in   energy   consumption  through  conservation  practices.   P5.5:    Encourage  new  private  and  public  development  to  maximize  opportunities  for  use  of   passive  or  natural  heating  and  cooling  and  encourage  sites  with  solar  opportunities  to   be  designed  with  natural  heating  and  cooling  principles.   T HRESHOLDS  OF  S IGNIFICANCE-­‐  E NERGY  AND  T ELECOMMUNICATIONS   The  proposed  project  will  have  a  significant  impact  on  the  environment  associated  with  Energy   and  Telecommunications  if  it  will:   1. Be   served   by   a   service   provider   without   appropriate   capacity   to   accommodate   the   project’s  needs.   I MPACTS  AND  M ITIGATION  M EASURES   Impact  3.12-­7:  The  proposed  project  has  the  potential  to  be  served  by  a   service  provider  without  appropriate  capacity  to  accommodate  the   project’s  needs  (Less  than  Significant)   The  proposed  project  includes  a  variety  of  Green  Design  Standards  including  bicycle  networks,   walkable  design  concepts,  energy  efficiency  in  buildings,  reduced  water  use,  solar  orientation,  light   pollution  reduction,  and  reuse/recycling.  The  proposed  project  also  includes  a  variety  of  Energy   Consumption  Standards  including  natural  cooling,  passive  solar  heating,  solar  water  systems  of   pre-­‐plumbing  for  solar  water  heating,  photovoltaic  (PV)  systems,  and  radiant  heating  systems.   These   Green   Design   and   Energy   Consumption   standards   are   designed   to   provide   energy   conservation  utilizing  the  most  current  advances  to  design  and  construction  of  urban  projects.   3.12  U TILITIES     3.12-­‐20  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     The  proposed  project  would  receive  energy  and  telecommunications  services  from  a  variety  of   service  providers.  The  proposed  project  would  be  required  to  adhere  to  all  applicable  federal,   State,  and  local  requirements  related  to  the  design,  construction,  and  operation  of  the  facilities.   The  infrastructure  for  these  services  must  be  engineered  and  constructed  following  a  joint  trench   utility  plan  that  is  approved  by  the  service  providers  prior  to  installation.  The  plan  review  process   ensures   that   the   infrastructure   is   designed   and   sized   in   accordance   with   the   service   provider   standards.  Implementation  of  the  proposed  project  would  have  a  less-­‐than-­‐significant  impact  with   regard  to  energy  and  telecommunications.   VISUAL  AND  AESTHETIC  R ESOURCES  3.13     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.13-­‐1     This  section  provides  an  overview  of  the  visual  character,  scenic  resources,  views,  scenic  highways,   and  sources  of  light  and  glare  that  are  encountered  in  the  Plan  Area  and  the  surrounding  area.  This   section  concludes  with  an  evaluation  of  the  impacts  and  recommendations  for  mitigating  impacts.   This  section  is  based  in  part  on  field  visits  conducted  by  De  Novo  Planning  Group  in  August  2012,   and   Visual   Simulations   prepared   by   Maxey   Architecture.     The   Visual   Simulations   depict   site   conditions  before  and  after  development  from  a  range  of  viewpoints  in  the  vicinity  of  the  Plan   Area.     The   Visual   Simulations   are   shown   on   Figures   3.13-­‐1   through   3.13-­‐4   at   the   end   of   this   section.         3.13.1  ENVIRONMENTAL  S ETTING   L ANDSCAPE  S ETTING   The  Plan  area  is  located  in  the  Martis  Valley,  a  large,  level  to  rolling  meadow  at  the  confluence  of   the  Truckee  River  and  Martis  Creek  floodplains,  east  of  Interstate  I-­‐80  and  the  Town  of  Truckee.   The  Plan  area  consists  of  a  largely  level,  low-­‐lying  portion  of  the  floodplain  of  tributaries  to  Martis   Creek.  The  valley-­‐bottom  portions  of  the  area  are  visually  open,  with  views  over  large  areas  of   open   meadow   interrupted   by   substantial   stands   of   Ponderosa   pine.   Views  from   the   valley   to   nearby  peaks  and  ridges  of  the  Sierra  Nevada  and  Carson  Ranges  are  visible  in  all  directions,   particularly  to  the  east.  The  typical  forest  type  of  the  region  is  mixed  conifer  forest.  Within  the   Martis  Valley  woodland  is  primarily  ponderosa  pine,  in  stands  amid  large  areas  of  open  grassland   meadow.   Viewsheds  in  the  region  are  conditioned  to  a  large  extent  by  the  characteristic  tall  forest  cover.   While  potential  viewsheds  of  the  project  (areas  from  which  the  Plan  Area  could  be  visible)  based   on  terrain  would  be  quite  extensive,  in  fact  views  to  the  Plan  Area  are  largely  limited  to  within  the   Plan  Area  itself.  For  example,  although  the  Plan  Area  would  theoretically  be  visible  from  I-­‐80   approximately  one  mile  to  the  north  based  on  topography,  in  fact  views  of  the  Plan  Area  are   largely  blocked  by  intervening  forest  canopy.  This  high  ‘visual  absorption  capacity’  of  the  Sierra   forest  –  that  is,  the  ability  to  visually  conceal  development  with  the  presence  of  tall,  dense  forest   cover  –  is  a  characteristic  of  the  Sierran  landscape.   Existing  visual  quality  of  the  Martis  Valley,  despite  existing  development,  is  high.  Scenic  intactness   remains  relatively  high,  with  mountains  and  wooded  slopes  dominating  the  landscape.  Viewer   sensitivity  is  also  very  high.  The  Plan  Area  is  bisected  by  SR  267,  which  serves  as  the  primary  route   from  I-­‐80  to  the  Lake  Tahoe  North  Shore  as  well  as  the  Martis  Creek  Lake  National  Recreation   Area.  Consequently,  very  high  numbers  of  motorists  with  unusually  high  sensitivity  to  scenic  values   could  experience  a  high  level  of  foreground  visual  exposure  to  development  on  the  Plan  Area.  The   Plan  Area  has  also  been  identified  as  the  key  gateway  to  the  Town  of  Truckee  from  the  south  in   the  Town’s  2025  General  Plan.    Because  of  the  high  degree  of  site  exposure/visibility  from  the   elevated  portions  of  SR  267  and  Brockway  Road,  site  development  could  result  in  strong  changes   to  the  existing  visual  character  of  the  site  viewshed  in  particular,  and  the  town’s  visual  image  in   general.   Commercial   and   industrial   development  in  the   Plan   Area,  without   adequate   design   controls,  c o u l d  c o n t r a s t  s t r o n g l y  w i t h  o t h e r  e x i s t i n g  d e v e l o p m e n t  i n  t h e  region,   potentially   3.13  V ISUAL  AND  AESTHETIC  R ESOURCES     3.13-­‐2  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     introducing   a   prominent   image   of   suburban   character   and   large   scale   into   a  relatively   intact   landscape  still  dominated  by  natural  scenic  elements.   All  these  factors  –  high  visual  quality  and  viewer  sensitivity;  high  site  exposure  and  extensive  site   scale  –  indicate  a  high  potential  for  significant  visual  impacts  without  careful  project  design  and   mitigation.  I-­‐80  in  the  project  vicinity  is  an  eligible  State  Scenic  Highway;  SR  267  is  not  identified  as   either  a  State  or  local  scenic  road.   E XISTING  S ITE  C ONDITIONS   Existing  stands  of  mature  ponderosa  pine  in  the  Plan  Area  reach  50  –  60  feet  in  height  or  more   and,  along  with  views  to  background  mountain  slopes  and  ridges  in  all  directions,  are  the  principal   scenic  resources  in  the  Plan  Area.  Site  character  is  otherwise  dominated  by  the  open  meadow  of   the  level  valley  bottom.     The  center  of  the  Plan  area  is  marked  by  the  intersection  of  SR  267  and  Brockway  Road,  the   principal  local  arterial  route  in  the  vicinity.  The  two  roads  criss-­‐cross  the  Plan  Area  on  elevated   earth  berms,  reaching  a  high  point  at  their  intersection,  approximately  25  feet  above  the  valley   floor.  As  a  result,  visual  access  into  the  Plan  Area  is  strongly  accentuated  by  the  elevated,  viewer-­‐ superior  position  of  motorists  on  these  most  sensitive  exposed  roadway  segments,  which  afford   panoramic  overviews  of  the  Plan  Area  below  on  each  side.  The  Plan  Area  is  also  physically  divided   into  four  quadrants  by  the  two  elevated  roadways,  each  visually  isolated  from  the  others  by  the   intervening  earth  berms  and  a  small  knoll  adjoining  SR  267  in  the  eastern  quadrant.   The  Plan  Area  is  bounded  to  the  northeast  by  the  Truckee  Tahoe  Airport  and  associated  industrial   and  commercial   businesses.   Though   less   than   1/2   mile   to   the   east   of   SR   267,   these   low-­‐rise   features  are  partially  screened  by  intervening  pine  forest,  and  remain  visually  subordinate  to  both   the  open   meadow   and   pine   woodland   that   dominate   the   valley   floor   foreground,   and   the   dominant  mountain  slopes  and  ridges  in  the  background.  Directly  to  the  west,  the  Plan  Area  is   bounded  by  the  Ponderosa  Golf  Course,  and  businesses  on  Brockway  Road.  Brockway  Road  has   experienced  extensive  recent  commercial  and  residential  development.  Nevertheless,  the  bulk  of   development   is   generally   visually   filtered   from   the   roadway   by   pine   trees,   which   help   to   subordinate  the  urbanized  image  of  development  through  screening  and  by  their  taller,  visually   dominant  scale  and  presence.   3.13.2  REGULATORY  S ETTING   S TATE   California  Scenic  Highway  Program   The  intent  of  the  California  Scenic  Highway  Program  is  “to  protect  and  enhance  California’s  natural   scenic   beauty   and   to   protect   the   social   and   economic   values   provided   by   the   State’s   scenic   resources.”  Caltrans  administers  the  program,  which  was  established  in  1963  and  is  governed  by   the  California  Streets  and  Highways  Code  (§260  et  seq.).  The  goal  of  the  program  is  to  preserve   and  protect  scenic  highway  corridors  from  changes  that  would  diminish  the  aesthetic  value  of  the   VISUAL  AND  A ESTHETIC  RESOURCES  3.13     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.13-­‐3     adjacent  land.  Caltrans  has  compiled  a  list  of  state  highways  that  are  designated  as  scenic  and   county  highways  that  are  eligible  for  designation  as  scenic.       Scenic  highway  designation  can  provide  several  types  of  benefits  to  the  region.  Scenic  areas  are   protected  from  encroachment  of  inappropriate  land  uses,  free  of  billboards,  and  are  generally   required   to   maintain   existing   contours   and   preserve   important   vegetative   features.   Only   low   density  development  is  allowed  on  steep  slopes  and  along  ridgelines  on  scenic  highways,  and  noise   setbacks  are  required  for  residential  development.   There  are  no  State-­‐designated  Scenic  Highways  in  Truckee.  Both  I-­‐80  and  SR-­‐89  are  eligible  to  be   State  Scenic  Highways,  but  are  not  officially  designated.   L OCAL     2025  Truckee  General  Plan   COMMUNITY  CHARACTER  ELEMENT   Policy  2.4:    Ensure  that  new  development  in  Truckee’s  lowland  areas,  including  its  forested   areas   and   meadowlands,   and   the   Truckee   River   Valley,   contributes   to   and   enhances   the   scenic   quality   and   visual  h a r mo n y  o f  t h e  b u i l t  e n v i r o n me n t  t h a t   comprises  the  Truckee  townscape.   Policy   2.7:   Require   electric,   telecommunication   and   cable   television   facilities   serving   new   development   to   be   installed   underground   wherever   possible.   Where   undergrounding  is  impractical,  above  ground  antennae  and  telephone  and  high   voltage  transmission  lines  shall  be  located  out  of  significant  scenic  vistas.   Policy  2.9:  Encourage  the  planting  and  maintenance  of  roadside  landscaping  and  the  use  of   landscaping  elements  where  appropriate  along  major  public  thoroughfares.   Policy  2.10:  Encourage  the  preservation  of  trees  and  native  vegetation,  including  specimen   trees,  in  development  projects.   Policy  3.5:  Strongly  discourage  the  installation  of  sound  walls  within  the  freeway  and  highway   corridors.   Instead,   noise   impacts   should   be   minimized   to   the   extent  possible   through   project   design   and   siting.   When   sound   barriers   are   needed,   earthen   berms  or  landscaping  in  place  of  sound  walls  should  be  used  whenever  feasible  to   minimize  potential  visual  impact.   Policy  4.1:  Recognize  and  preserve  views  of  the  night  sky  as  an  important  natural  and  scenic   resource  in  Truckee.   Policy  4.2:  Require  light  fixtures  to  be  designed  and  sited  so  as  to  minimize  light  pollution,   glare,  and  light  trespass  into  adjoining  properties.   3.13  V ISUAL  AND  AESTHETIC  R ESOURCES     3.13-­‐4  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     Policy  5.5:    Enhance  physical  connections  between  adjacent  uses  and  between  different  parts   of  Truckee.   Policy  5.1:   Ensure   that   planning   and   development   decisions   are   oriented   towards   the   maintenance   of  Truckee’s   unique   character,   reflecting   the   following   considerations:   • Identification   of   specific   types   of   centers,   residential   neighborhoods,   employment  districts,  corridors  and  gateways.   • Respect  for  the  quality,  character  and  context  of  existing  development   within  these  different  areas  of  the  town.   • Ensuring  that  new  development  enhances  the  desired  character  of  each  of   these  areas.   • Discouraging  new  architecture  that  directly  mimics  or  is  derivative  of  the   buildings  of  the  historic  Downtown.   • Encouraging   the   retrofit   or   rehabilitation   of   existing   buildings   to   more   closely   comply   with  Town   policies,   standards   and   guidelines   for   high   quality  architecture  and  design.   • Consideration  of  the  relationship  of  the  built  environment  to  the  qualities   and   context   of  the   landscape   and   natural   environment   in   which  i t  i s   situated.   Policy  5.2:    Require  all  new  development  to  incorporate  high  quality  site  design,  architecture,   and  planning   so   as   to   enhance   the   overall   quality   of   the   built  environment   in   Truckee   and   create   a  visually   interesting   and   aesthetically   pleasing   town   environment.   Policy   14.3:   Ensure   that   the   design   quality   and   character   of   the   PC-­‐3   development   is   compatible  with  the  gateway  qualities  of  the  south  end  of  Brockway  Road.   VISUAL  AND  A ESTHETIC  RESOURCES  3.13     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.13-­‐5     3.13.3  IMPACTS  AND  M ITIGATION  MEASURES   T HRESHOLDS  OF  S IGNIFICANCE   Consistent  with  Appendix  G  of  the  CEQA  Guidelines,  the  proposed  project  will  have  significant   impact  on  aesthetics  if  it  will:   • Have  a  substantial  adverse  effect  on  a  scenic  vista;   • Substantially   damage   scenic   resources,   including,   but   not   limited   to,   trees,   rock   outcroppings,  and  historic  buildings  within  a  state  scenic  highway;   • Substantially   degrade   the   existing   visual   character   or   quality   of   the   site   and   its   surroundings;  and/or   • Create  a  new  source  of  substantial  light  or  glare  which  would  adversely  affect  day  or   nighttime  views  in  the  area.   I MPACTS  AND  M ITIGATION  M EASURES   Impact  3.13-­1:  Project  implementation  has  the  potential  to  result  in   substantial  adverse  effects  on  scenic  vistas  or  substantially  damage  scenic   resources  within  a  State  Scenic  Highway  (No  Impact)   As  described  in  the  Environmental  Setting  section  above,  there  are  no  State-­‐designated  Scenic   Highways  in  Truckee.  Both  I-­‐80  and  SR-­‐89  are  eligible  to  be  State  Scenic  Highways,  but  are  not   officially  designated.   Given  that  there  are  no  officially  designated  State  Scenic  Highways  in  or  adjacent  to  the  Plan  Area,   the  proposed  project  would  have  no  impact  related  to  this  environmental  topic.    No  mitigation  is   required.       Impact  3.13-­2:  The  proposed  project  has  the  potential  to  substantially   degrade  the  existing  visual  character  or  quality  of  the  site  and  its   surroundings  (Less  than  Significant)     As  described  in  the  Environmental  Setting  section  above,  a  very  high  numbers  of  motorists  with   unusually   high  sensitivity   to   scenic   values   could   experience   a   high   level   of   foreground   visual   exposure  to  development  in  the  Plan  Area.  The  site  has  also  been  identified  as  the  key  gateway  to   the  Town  of  Truckee  from  the  south  in  the  Town’s  2025  General  Plan.    Because  of  the  high  degree   of   site  exposure/visibility   from   the   elevated   portions   of   SR   267   and   Brockway   Road,   site   development  could  result  in  strong  changes  to  the  existing  visual  character  of  the  site  viewshed  in   particular,  and  the  town’s  visual  image  in  general.  Commercial  and  industrial  development  in  the   Plan   Area,  without   adequate   design   controls,   could   contrast   strongly   with   other   existing   development  in  the  region,  potentially  introducing  a  prominent  image  of  suburban  character  and   large  scale  into  a  relatively  intact  landscape  still  dominated  by  natural  scenic  elements.   All  these  factors  –  high  visual  quality  and  viewer  sensitivity;  high  site  exposure  and  extensive  site   scale  –  indicate  a  high  potential  for  significant  visual  impacts  without  careful  project  design.   3.13  V ISUAL  AND  AESTHETIC  R ESOURCES     3.13-­‐6  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     The  center  of  the  Plan  Area  is  marked  by  the  intersection  of  SR  267  and  Brockway  Road,  the   principal  local  arterial  route  in  the  vicinity.  The  two  roads  criss-­‐cross  the  Plan  Area  on  elevated   earth  berms,  reaching  a  high  point  at  their  intersection,  approximately  25  feet  above  the  valley   floor.  As  a  result,  visual  access  into  the  Plan  Area  is  strongly  accentuated  by  the  elevated,  viewer-­‐ superior  position  of  motorists  on  these  most  sensitive  exposed  roadway  segments,  which  afford   panoramic  overviews  of  the  Plan  Area  below  on  each  side.  The  Plan  Area  is  also  physically  divided   into  four  quadrants  by  the  two  elevated  roadways,  each  visually  isolated  from  the  others  by  the   intervening  earth  berms  and  a  small  knoll  adjoining  SR  267  in  the  eastern  quadrant.   The  Plan  Area  is  bounded  to  the  northeast  by  the  Truckee  Tahoe  Airport  and  associated  industrial   and  commercial   businesses.   Though   less   than   1/2   mile   to   the   east   of   SR   267,   these   low-­‐rise   features  are  partially  screened  by  intervening  pine  forest,  and  remain  visually  subordinate  to  both   the  open   meadow   and   pine   woodland   that   dominate   the   valley   floor   foreground,   and   the   dominant  mountain  slopes  and  ridges  in  the  background.  Directly  to  the  west,  the  Plan  Area  is   bounded  by  the  Ponderosa  Golf  Course,  and  businesses  on  Brockway  Road.  Brockway  Road  has   experienced  extensive  recent  commercial  and  residential  development.  Nevertheless,  the  bulk  of   development   is   generally   visually   filtered   from   the   roadway   by   pine   trees,   which   help   to   subordinate  the  urbanized  image  of  development  through  screening  and  by  their  taller,  visually   dominant  scale  and  presence.   Figure  3.13-­‐1  shows  views  of  the  Plan  Area  from  the  northwest  corner  of  the  intersection  of   Brockway  Road  and  SR  267,  looking  east  down  Soaring  Way  into  the  Plan  Area.    The  two  images   shown  on  Figure  3.13-­‐1  depict  the  existing  site  conditions,  as  well  as  a  photo  simulation  of  post-­‐ development  site  conditions.    The  exact  building  facades  and  designs  have  not  been  determined  at   this  point,  however,  the  visual  simulations  depict  buildings  that  could  be  built  within  the  design   parameters  established  by  the  PC-­‐3  Specific  Plan.       Figure  3.13-­‐2  shows  views  of  the  Plan  Area  from  SR  267,  south  of  the  intersection  of  SR  267  and   Brockway  Road,  looking  northeast  across  the  Plan  Area  towards  Soaring  Way.  The  two  images   shown  on  Figure  3.13-­‐2  depict  the  existing  site  conditions,  as  well  as  a  photo  simulation  of  post-­‐ development  site  conditions.   Figure  3.13-­‐3  shows  views  of  the  Plan  Area  from  the  southeast  corner  of  the  intersection  of  SR  267   and  Soaring  Way,  looking  northwest  onto  the  northwest  corner  of  the  Plan  Area.  The  two  images   shown  on  Figure  3.13-­‐3  depict  the  existing  site  conditions,  as  well  as  a  photo  simulation  of  post-­‐ development  site  conditions.   Figure   3.13-­‐4   shows   views   of   the   Plan   Area   from   the   northeast   corner   of   the  i n t e r s e c t i o n  o f   Soaring  Way  and  Joerger  Drive,  looking  west  by  southwest  towards  the  intersection  of  SR  267  and   Brockway  Road.  The  two  images  shown  on  Figure  3.13-­‐4  depict  the  existing  site  conditions,  as  well   as  a  photo  simulation  of  post-­‐development  site  conditions.   Development   of   the   Plan   Area   would   introduce   new   commercial,   industrial,   and   residential   structures  into  an  area  of  the  Town  that  is  currently  undeveloped  and  visually  perceived  as  open   space.     VISUAL  AND  A ESTHETIC  RESOURCES  3.13     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  3.13-­‐7     Chapter  3  of  the  Draft  Joerger  Ranch  (PC-­‐3)  Specific  Plan  includes  detailed  and  comprehensive   Design  Guidelines  applicable  to  future  development  within  the  Plan  Area.  The  chapter  provides   guidance   for   the   developers,   builders,   and   designers   who   will   ultimately   create   the   built   environment   of   the  Plan   Area.  The   Design   Guidelines   address   building   heights,   building   orientation,  pedestrian  access  and  orientation,  plazas  and  paving,  architectural  design,  building   forms  and  massing,  entries,  building  materials,  windows,  roofs,  gutters  and  downspouts,  colors,   exterior  equipment,  photovoltaic  panels,  and  shingles.    Detailed  design  guidelines  are  included  in   the  Specific  Plan  for  each  of  the  proposed  zoning  districts  within  the  Plan  Area.     Signage,  landscaping  and  lighting  within  the  Plan  Area  would  be  subject  to  the  requirements  of  the   Town   of   Truckee   Development   Code,   particularly   sections   18.54   (Sign   Standards),   18.56   (Sign   Design  Guidelines),  18.40  (Landscaping  Standards)  and  18.30.060  (Exterior  Lighting  and  Night  Sky).       Although  the  visual  character  of  the  Plan  Area  would  be  significantly  altered  as  a  result  of  project   implementation,  the  guidelines  and  standards  within  the  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  would  ensure   consistent  development  that  is  in  line  with  the  Town’s  vision  for  the  community’s  identity.    New   development  within  the  Plan  Area  would  be  consistent  with,  and  complimentary  to,  the  design   features  of  the  commercial  areas  on  the  eastern  side  of  Brockway  Road,  west  of  the  Plan  Area,  as   well  as  the  existing  commercial  and  industrial  development  east  of  SR  267,  east  of  the  Plan  Area.   Views  of  the  Plan  Area  would  be  visually  filtered  from  the  roadway  by  pine  trees,  which  are   proposed  to  be  retained,  to  help  to  subordinate  the  urbanized  image  of  development  through   screening  and  by  their  taller,  visually  dominant  scale  and  presence.   Given  the  topography  of  the  Plan  Area,  the  elevated  roadways  surrounding  and  bisecting  the  Plan   Area,  and  the  large  stands  of  mature  pine  trees  that  would  be  retained  on  the  east  side  of  SR  267,   south  of  Soaring  Way,  views  of  the  Plan  Area  are  limited  from  lands  surrounding  the  Plan  Area.     Views  of  the  Plan  Area  are  most  prominent  from  the  adjacent  roadways.    Figures  3.13-­‐1  through   3.13-­‐4  show  that  while  development  within  the  Plan  Area  would  be  highly  visible  to  motorists   travelling  on  adjacent  roadways,  the  visual  character  of  the  Plan  Area  would  be  consistent  with  the   goals  established  by  the  2025  Truckee  General  Plan  and  the  Town  of  Truckee  Development  Code,   and  would  be  compatible  and  complimentary  to  existing  development  in  the  vicinity  of  the  Plan   Area.       Implementation  of  the  design  guidelines  and  standards  in  the  Specific  Plan  would  ensure  that   impacts  to  visual  resources  would  be  less  than  significant.    No  additional  mitigation  is  required.       Impact  3.13-­3:  Project  implementation  may  result  in  light  and  glare   impacts  (Less  than  Significant  with  Mitigation)   Implementation  of  the  proposed  project  would  introduce  new  sources  of  light  and  glare  into  the   Plan  Area.    New  sources  of  glare  would  occur  primarily  from  the  windshields  of  vehicles  travelling   to  and  from  the  Plan  Area  and  from  vehicles  parked  in  the  Plan  Area.  The  parking  areas  are  located   within  the  interior  of  the  Plan  Area,  and  are  not  immediately  adjacent  to  any  of  the  light  sensitive   land  uses  in  the  project  vicinity  (the  residential  areas  in  the  vicinity  of  the  Plan  Area).    Additionally,   the  project  includes  plans  for  extensive  landscaping  and  setback  areas  around  the  perimeter  of  the   3.13  V ISUAL  AND  AESTHETIC  R ESOURCES     3.13-­‐8  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     Plan  Area,  which  would  provide  visual  screening  and  block  potential  windshield  glare  to  areas   surrounding  the  Plan  Area.    Due  to  the  distance  between  the  sources  of  glare  and  the  nearest   sensitive  receptors,  impacts  from  vehicle  windshield  glare  would  be  less  than  significant.   Glare  may  also  be  generated  from  buildings  developed  in  the  Plan  Area.    The  use  of  reflective   building  materials,  including  polished  steel  and  reflective  glass  could  increase  daytime  glare  for   sensitive  receptors  in  the  vicinity  of  the  Plan  Area.    The  Specific  Plan  Design  Guidelines  include   standards  for  exterior  building  materials  used  in  the  Plan  Area  that  would  reduce  potential  impacts   associated   with   glare   from   building   materials.     The   Design   Guidelines   require   the   use   of   low   reflectance  glass  and  exterior  materials  that  blend  with  the  subtle  earth  tones  of  the  exterior   facades   of   buildings   within   the   Plan   Area.     Polished   metal   and   highly   reflective   surfaces   are   prohibited.    Adherence  to  the  Specific  Plan  Design  Guidelines  would  ensure  a  less  than  significant   impact  associated  with  glare  from  building  materials.       The  project  would  introduce  new  sources  of  nighttime  lighting,  which  may  result  in  increased   nighttime  lighting  in  the  project  vicinity.    A  detailed  lighting  plan  has  not  been  prepared  for  the   project,  but  for  the  purposes  of  this  analysis,  it  has  been  conservatively  assumed  that  exterior   lighting  would  be  located  throughout  most  of  the  outdoor  areas  of  the  Plan  Area.    This  includes,   but  is  not  necessarily  limited  to:  street  lighting  in  the  residential  areas;  parking  lot  lighting  in  the   commercial   and   industrial  a r e as;   and   security   lighting   around   commercial   and   office   buildings   within  the  Plan  Area.           Light   sources   from   the   proposed   development   may   have   a   significant   adverse   impact   on   the   surrounding   areas,   by   introducing   nuisance   light   into   the   area   and   decreasing   the   visibility   of   nighttime   skies.   Additionally,   on-­‐site   light   sources   may   create   light   spillover   impacts   on   surrounding  land  uses  in  the  absence  of  mitigation.    This  is  considered  a  potentially  significant   impact.     The   implementation   of   Mitigation   Measure   3.13-­‐1   would   reduce   nighttime   lighting   impacts  to  a  less  than  significant  level.       MITIGATION  MEASURES   Mitigation  Measure  3.13-­‐1:  In  order  to  reduce  potential  for  nighttime  lighting  impacts,  future   development  applications  within  the  Plan  Area  shall  prepare  and  submit  an  exterior  lighting  plan   for   review   and   approval   by   the  Town   of   Truckee   Community   Development   Department.    T h e   lighting  plan  shall  include  standards  for  all  exterior  light  fixtures  proposed  in  public,  commercial,   industrial,  and  multi-­‐family  areas  of  the  Plan  Area.    The  lighting  plan  shall  comply  with  Chapter   18.30.060  of  the  Town  of  Truckee  Development  Code.    The  lighting  plan  may  be  included  in  the   application’s  design  review  package,  or  may  be  submitted  as  a  stand-­‐alone  document.    The  lighting   plan  shall  be  approved  by  the  Town  of  Truckee  Community  Development  Department  pri or  to   issuance  of  building  permits.       D e N o v o P l a n n i n g G r o u p A Land Use Planning, Design, and Environmental FirmFigure 3.13-1: Visual Simulation View 1 View: 46 degrees Shadows: 21 May, Noon Map date: December 6, 2012 Bu i l d i n g s s h o w n i n t h e v i s u a l s i m u l a t i o n a r e o n l y e x a m p l e s o f w h a t c o u l d b e b u i l t w i t h i n t h e S p e c i f i c P l a n c o n s t r a i n t s a n d a r e n ot p r o p o s e d f o r c o n s t r u c t i o n . Camera LocationJOERGER RANCH SPECIFIC PLAN (PC-3) D e N o v o P l a n n i n g G r o u p A Land Use Planning, Design, and Environmental FirmFigure 3.13-2: Visual Simulation View 2 Field of View: 46 degrees Shadows: 21 May, Noon Map date: December 6, 2012 Bu i l d i n g s s h o w n i n t h e v i s u a l s i m u l a t i o n a r e o n l y e x a m p l e s o f w h a t c o u l d b e b u i l t w i t h i n t h e S p e c i f i c P l a n c o n s t r a i n t s a n d a r e n ot p r o p o s e d f o r c o n s t r u c t i o n . Camera LocationJOERGER RANCH SPECIFIC PLAN (PC-3) D e N o v o P l a n n i n g G r o u p A Land Use Planning, Design, and Environmental FirmFigure 3.13-3: Visual Simulation View 3 Field of View: 46 degrees Shadows: 21 May, Noon Map date: December 6, 2012 Bu i l d i n g s s h o w n i n t h e v i s u a l s i m u l a t i o n a r e o n l y e x a m p l e s o f w h a t c o u l d b e b u i l t w i t h i n t h e S p e c i f i c P l a n c o n s t r a i n t s a n d a r e n ot p r o p o s e d f o r c o n s t r u c t i o n . Camera LocationJOERGER RANCH SPECIFIC PLAN (PC-3) D e N o v o P l a n n i n g G r o u p A L a n d U s e P l a n n i n g , D e s i g n , a n d E n v i r o n m e n t a l F i r m F i g u r e 3 . 1 3 - 4 : V i s u a l S i m u l a t i o n V i e w 4 F i e l d o f V i e w : 4 6 d e g r e e s S h a d o w s : 2 1 M a y , N o o n M a p d a t e : D e c e m b e r 6 , 2 0 1 2 Buildings shown in the visual simulation are only examples of what could be built within the Specific Plan constraints and are not propo s e d f o r c o n s t r u c t i o n . C a m e r a L o c a t i o n J O E R G E R R A N C H S P E C I F I C P L A N ( P C - 3 ) OTHER  CEQA-­‐R EQUIRED  TOPICS            4.0     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  4.0-­‐1     CEQA  requires  an  EIR  to  evaluate  a  project's  effects  in  relationship  to  broader  changes  occurring,   or   that   are   foreseeable   to   occur,   in   the   surrounding   environment.   Accordingly,   this   chapter   presents  discussion  of  CEQA-­‐mandated  analysis  for  cumulative  impacts,  growth-­‐inducing  impacts,   and  irreversible  impacts  associated  with  the  PC-­‐3  Specific  Plan  project.     4.1  C UMULATIVE  S ETTING  AND  IMPACT  ANALYSIS   I NTRODUCTION   The  California  Environmental  Quality  Act  (CEQA)  requires  that  an  Environmental  Impact  Report   (EIR)  contain  an  assessment  of  the  cumulative  impacts  that  could  be  associated  with  the  proposed   project.    According  to  CEQA  Guidelines  Section  15130(a),  “an  EIR  shall  discuss  cumulative  impacts   of  a  project  when  the  project’s  incremental  effect  is  cumulatively  considerable.”    “Cumulatively   considerable”  means  that  the  incremental  effects  of  an  individual  project  are  considerable  when   viewed  in  connection  with  the  effects  of  past  projects,  the  effects  of  other  current  projects,  and   the   effects   of   probable   future   projects   (as   defined   by   Section   15130).     As   defined   in   CEQA   Guidelines  Section  15355,  a  cumulative  impact  consists  of  an  impact  that  is  created  as  a  result  of   the  combination  of  the  project  evaluated  in  the  EIR  together  with  other  projects  causing  related   impacts.  A  cumulative  impact  occurs  from:     …the  change  in  the  environment  which  results  from  the  incremental  impact  of  the  project  when   added   to   other   closely   related   past,   present,   and   reasonably   foreseeable   future   projects.     Cumulative  impacts  can  result  from  individually  minor  but  collectively  significant  projects  taking   place  over  a  period  of  time.     In  addition,  Section  15130(b)  identifies  that  the  following  three  elements  are  necessary  for  an   adequate  cumulative  analysis:     1)  Either:     (A)   A   list   of  past,   present,   and   probable   future   projects   producing   related   or   cumulative  impacts,  including,  if  necessary,  those  projects  outside  the  control  of   the  agency;  or,       (B)  A  summary  of  projections  contained  in  an  adopted  general  plan  or  related   planning   document,   or   in   a   prior   environmental   document   which   has   been   adopted   or   certified,   which   described   or   evaluated   regional   or   area   wide   conditions  contributing  to  the  cumulative  impact.    Any  such  planning  document   shall  be  referenced  and  made  available  to  the  public  at  a  location  specified  by  the   lead  agency.   2)  A  summary  of  the  expected  environmental  effects  to  be  produced  by  those  projects   with   specific   reference   to   additional   information   stating   where   that   information   is   available;  and     4.0  OTHER  CEQA-­‐REQUIRED  T OPICS     4.0-­‐2  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     3)  A  reasonable  analysis  of  the  cumulative  impacts  of  the  relevant  projects.    An  EIR  shall   examine  reasonable,  feasible  options  for  mitigating  or  avoiding  the  project’s  contribution   to  any  significant  cumulative  effects.     Where  a  lead  agency  is  examining  a  project  with  an  incremental  effect  that  is  not  “cumulatively   considerable,”  a  lead  agency  need  not  consider  that  effect  significant,  but  shall  briefly  describe  its   basis  for  concluding  that  the  incremental  effect  is  not  cumulatively  considerable.   C UMULATIVE  S ETTING   Unless  otherwise  specified,  the  cumulative  setting  includes  all  land  within  the  Truckee  town  limits,   as  well  as  lands  within  the  Town  of  Truckee  Sphere  of  Influence  (SOI).  Under  CEQA,  the  discussion   of  cumulative  impacts  should  focus  on  the  severity  of  the  impacts  and  the  likelihood  of  their   occurrence.  The  cumulative  analysis  for  this  EIR  is  based  on  full  buildout  of  the  2025  Truckee   General  Plan,  as  analyzed  in  the  2025  Truckee  General  Plan  EIR  (Town  of  Truckee,  2006).           Cumulative  project  impacts  are  addressed  and  summarized  below.       C UMULATIVE  E FFECTS  OF  THE  P ROJECT   Method  of  Analysis     Although  the  environmental  effects  of  an  individual  project  may  not  be  significant  when  that   project  is  considered  separately,  the  combined  effects  of  several  projects  may  be  significant  when   considered  collectively.  State  CEQA  Guidelines  15130  requires  a  reasonable  analysis  of  a  project's   cumulative  impacts,  which  are  defined  as  "two  or  more  individual  effects  which,  when  considered   together   are   considerable   or   which   compound   or   increase   other   environmental   impacts."   The   cumulative   impact   that   results   from   several   closely   related   projects   is:   the   change   in   the   environment   which   results   from   the   incremental   impact   of   the   project   when   added   to   other   closely  related  past,  present,  and  reasonable  foreseeable  probable  future  projects.  Cumulative   impacts  can  result  from  individually  minor  but  collectively  significant  projects  taking  place  over  a   period   of   time   (State   CEQA   Guidelines   15355[b]).   Consistent   with   state   CEQA   Guidelines   §15130(a),   the   discussion   of   cumulative   impacts   in   this   Draft   EIR   focuses   on   significant   and   potentially  significant  cumulative  impacts.  According  to  §15130(b)  of  the  State  CEQA  Guidelines,  in   part,  “The  discussion  of  cumulative  impacts  shall  reflect  the  severity  of  the  impacts  and  their   likelihood  of  occurrence,  but  the  discussion  need  not  provide  as  great  detail  as  is  provided  for  the   effects  attributable  to  the  project  alone.  The  discussion  should  be  guided  by  the  standards  of   practicality  and  reasonableness,  and  should  focus  on  the  cumulative  impact  to  which  the  identified   other  projects  contribute  rather  than  the  attributes  of  other  projects  which  do  not  contribute  to   the  cumulative  impact.”     The  goal  of  analysis  of  cumulative  impacts  is  twofold:  first,  to  determine  whether  the  overall  long-­‐ term  impacts  of  all  such  projects  would  be  cumulatively  significant;  and  second,  to  determine   whether   the   proposed   project   itself   would   cause   a   “cumulatively   considerable”   (and   thus   significant)  incremental  contribution  to  any  such  cumulatively  significant  impacts.  (See  state  CEQA   OTHER  CEQA-­‐REQUIRED  T OPICS  4.0     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  4.0-­‐3     Guidelines   §§15130[a]-­‐[b],   §15355[b],   §15064[h],   §15065[c];   Communities   for   a   Better   Environment  v.  California  Resources  Agency  [2002]  103  Cal.App.4th  98,  120.)  In  other  words,  the   required   analysis  first   creates   a   broad   context   in   which   to   assess   the   project’s   incremental   contribution  to  anticipated  cumulative  impacts,  viewed  on  a  geographic  scale  well  beyond  the   project  site  itself,  and  then  determines  whether  the  proposed  project’s  incremental  contribution   to   any   significant   cumulative   impacts   from   all   projects   is   itself   significant   (i.e.,   “cumulatively   considerable”).   There  are  two  approaches  to  identifying  cumulative  projects  and  the  associated  impacts.  The  list   approach  identifies  individual  projects  known  to  be  occurring  or  proposed  in  the  surrounding  area   in  order  to  potential  cumulative  impacts.  The  projection  approach  uses  a  summary  of  projections   in  adopted  General  Plans  or  related  planning  documents  to  identify  potential  cumulative  impacts.   This  EIR  uses  the  projection  approach  for  the  cumulative  analysis  and  considers  the  development   anticipated  to  occur  upon  buildout  of  the  2025  Truckee  General  Plan.   Project  Assumptions   The  project’s  contribution  to  environmental  impacts  under  cumulative  conditions  is  based  on  full   buildout  of  the  proposed  Joerger  Ranch  (PC-­‐3)  Specific  Plan.  See  Chapter  2,  Project  Description,  for   a  complete  description  of  the  proposed  project.   Cumulative  Impacts   Cumulative   impacts   for   most   issue   areas   are   not   quantifiable   and   are   therefore   discussed   in   general  terms  as  they  pertain  to  development  patterns  in  the  surrounding  region.    Exceptions  to   this  are  traffic,  noise  and  air  quality  (the  latter  two  of  which  are  associated  with  traffic  volumes),   which   may   be   quantified   by  estimating   future   traffic   patterns,   pollutant   emitters,   etc.   and   determining  the  combined  effects  that  may  result.  In  consideration  of  the  cumulative  scenario   described  above,  the  proposed  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  project  may  result  in  the  following   cumulative  impacts.     AIR  QUALITY     Impact  4.1:  The  project  may  contribute  to  cumulative  impacts  on  the  region's  air   quality  (Cumulatively  Considerable  and  Significant  and  Unavoidable)     The  cumulative  setting  for  air  quality  impacts  is  the  Mountain  Counties  Air  Basin.    Under  buildout   conditions  in  the  2025  Truckee  General  Plan,  the  Mountain  Counties  Air  Basin  would  continue  to   experience  increases  in  criteria  pollutants  and  efforts  to  improve  air  quality  throughout  the  basin   would   be   hindered.     As   described   in   Section   3.1,   Nevada   County   has   a   state   designation   of   Nonattainment  for  Ozone,  and  PM10  and  is  either  Attainment  or  unclassified  for  all  other  criteria   pollutants.  Table  3.1-­‐2  presents  the  state  and  nation  attainment  status  for  Nevada  County.     As   discussed  under   Impact   3.1-­‐1,   the   proposed   project   would   result   in   increased   emissions   primarily  from  vehicle  miles  travelled  associated  with  project  implementation.  The  Northern  Sierra   Air  Quality  Management  District  (NSAQMD)  has  developed  a  tiered  approach  to  significance  levels;   a  project  with  emissions  qualifying  it  for  Level  A  thresholds  will  require  the  most  basic  mitigations.   4.0  OTHER  CEQA-­‐REQUIRED  T OPICS     4.0-­‐4  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     Projects  which  qualify  for  Level  B  will  require  more  extensive  mitigation,  and  subsequently,  those   projects  which  qualify  for  Level  C  will  require  the  most  extensive  application  of  mitigation.  Table   3.1-­‐5  provides  the  project-­‐level  operational  threshold  of  significance  for  ROG,  NOx,  and  PM10.   There  is  no  threshold  established  for  PM2.5.   As  shown  in  Table  3.1-­‐6,  operational  ROG,  NOx  and  PM10  emissions  exceed  the  Level  C  threshold  of   significance.  The  NAAQMD  has  determined  that  projects  with  emissions  that  exceed  this  Level  C   threshold  will  have  a  significant  impact  and  require  mitigation  to  reduce  emissions  to  the  extent   possible.    Mitigation  Measures  3.1-­‐1  through  3.1-­‐3  include  requirements  that  the  project  must   implement   in   order   to   reduce   operational   emissions   associated   with   project   implementation.     However,   as   shown   in  Table   3.1-­‐7,  while  emissions   are   reduced  w i t h  t h e  i m p l e m e n t a t i o n  o f   mitigation  measures;  the  residual  level  is  not  below  the  Level  C  thresholds  of  significance.  As  such,   implementation  of  the  proposed  project  would  have  a  cumulatively  considerable  and  significant   and  unavoidable  impact  relative  to  this  topic.     BIOLOGICAL  RESOURCES     Impact  4.1:  The  project  may  contribute  to  the  cumulative  loss  of  biological  resources   including  habitats  and  special  status  species  (Less  than  Cumulatively  Considerable)   The  cumulative  setting  for  biological  resources  includes  the  Town  of  Truckee,  the  Town’s  SOI,  and   the   greater   Sierra   Nevada   region.     Development   associated   with   implementation   of   the   2025   Truckee  General  Plan  would  contribute  to  the  ongoing  loss  of  natural  lands  in  the  Truckee  area,   which  currently  provide  habitat  for  a  variety  of  species.  The  2025  Truckee  General  Plan,  in  addition   to  regional,  State  and  federal  regulations,  includes  policies  and  measures  that  mitigate  impacts  to   biological  resources  associated  with  General  Plan  buildout.    Development  outside  of  Truckee  in  the   greater   Sierra   Nevada   region,   would   also  be   subject   to   the   same   regional,   State   and   federal   regulations   addressing   sensitive   species.       Implementation   of   regional,   State   and   federal   regulations,  such  as  the  Endangered  Species  Act  would  also  minimize  risks  to  sensitive  populations   and  reduce  cumulative  impacts  throughout  the  region.   As  described  in  Section  3.2-­‐  Biological  Resources,  construction  on  the  Plan  Area  has  the  potential   to   result   in   impacts   to   special-­‐status   species   on   the   project   site.   There   are   documented   occurrences   of   Plumas   ivesia   within   five   miles   of   the   project   site.   Field   surveys   revealed   the   presence  of  approximately  60  individual  plants  on  the  project  site.  Development  of  the  proposed   project  would  require  disturbance  to  these  special  status  plants.  Mitigation  Measure  3.2-­‐2  requires   the  excavation  and  replanting  of  all  Plumas  ivesia  from  the  Plan  Area  prior  to  any  site  disturbance,   which  would  reduce  impacts  to  this  species  to  a  less  than  cumulatively  considerable  level.       Additionally,  there  are  documented  occurrences  of  Sierra  Nevada  red  fox  within  five  miles  of  the   project  site.  Field  surveys  performed  by  Foothill  Associates  on  August  21  and  22,  2006,  Quad  Knopf   on  September  7,  2006,  and  by  De  Novo  Planning  Group  on  July  13,  2011,  did  not  reveal  the   presence  of  this  species,  or  any  essential  habitat  for  this  species  on  the  project  site.  There  is  no   evidence  of  existing  or  past  denning  on  the  project  site.  Implementation  of  the  proposed  project  is   OTHER  CEQA-­‐REQUIRED  T OPICS  4.0     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  4.0-­‐5     not  anticipated  to  have  a  direct  impact  on  this  species.  Therefore,  this  is  a  less  than  cumulatively   considerable  impact.     CULTURAL  RESOURCES     Impact  4.3:  The  project  may  contribute  to  cumulative  impacts  on  known  and   undiscovered  cultural  resources  (Less  than  Cumulatively  Considerable)   The  cumulative  setting  for  cultural  resources  includes  the  Town  of  Truckee,  the  Truckee  SOI,  and   the  surrounding  areas  of  Nevada  and  Placer  Counties.    Cumulative  development  anticipated  in   Truckee   and   the   greater   areas   of   Nevada   and   Placer   Counties,   including   growth   projected   by   adopted  general  plans,  may  result  in  the  discovery  and  removal  of  cultural  resources,  including   archaeological,  paleontological,  historical,  and  Native  American  resources  and  human  remains.    As   discussed  in  Section  3.3-­‐  Cultural  Resources,  there  are  no  known  cultural  or  historic  resources   present   on   the   project   site.     Mitigation   measures   provided   in   Section   3.3   would   require   the   proposed   project   to   evaluate   any   resources   discovered   during   construction   activities.     Any   significant  finds  would  be  required  to  be  preserved,  either  through  relocation  or  documentation   and  the  project  is  not  anticipated  to  considerably  contribute  to  a  significant  reduction  in  cultural   resources.    Therefore,  the  project  would  have  a  less  than  cumulatively  considerable  contribution   to  impacts  to  cultural  resources  and  no  further  mitigation  is  required.   GEOLOGY  AND  SOILS   Impact  4.4:  The  project  may  contribute  to  cumulative  impacts  on  geologic  and  soils   characteristics  (Less  than  Cumulatively  Considerable)     The  cumulative  setting  area  for  geology  and  soils  includes  the  Town  of  Truckee  and  the  Town’s   SOI.    As  discussed  in  Section  3.4-­‐  Geology  and  Soils,  implementation  of  the  proposed  project  would   not  result  in  any  significant  impacts  related  to  this  environmental  topic.    Geologic  and  soils  impacts   tend  to  be  site-­‐specific  and  project-­‐specific.    Implementation  of  the  proposed  project  would  not   result  in  increased  risks  or  hazards  related  to  geologic  conditions  in  the  cumulative  setting  area,   nor   would   it   result   in   any   off-­‐site   or   indirect   impacts.     This   is   considered   to   be   a  less   than   cumulatively  considerable  impact,  and  no  further  mitigation  is  required.       GREENHOUSE  GASES  AND  CLIMATE  CHANGE   Impact  4.5:  The  project  may  contribute  to  cumulative  impacts  on  greenhouse  gases   and  climate  change  (Less  than  Cumulatively  Considerable)     The  cumulative  setting  for  this  issue  (climate  change)  comprises  anthropogenic  (i.e.,  human-­‐made)   GHG  emissions  sources  across  the  globe  and  no  project  alone  would  reasonably  be  expected  to   contribute  to  a  noticeable  incremental  change  to  the  global  climate.  However,  legislation  and   executive   orders   on   the   subject   of   climate   change   in   California   have   established   a   statewide   context  and  process  for  developing  an  enforceable  statewide  cap  on  GHG  emissions.  Given  the   nature  of  environmental  consequences  from  GHGs  and  global  climate  change,  CEQA  requires  that   lead  agencies  consider  evaluating  the  cumulative  impacts  of  GHGs.    Small  contributions  to  this   cumulative  impact  (from  which  significant  effects  are  occurring  and  are  expected  to  worsen  over   time)  may  be  potentially  considerable  and,  therefore,  significant.   4.0  OTHER  CEQA-­‐REQUIRED  T OPICS     4.0-­‐6  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     The  analysis  of  GHGs  and  climate  change  included  in  Section  3.5  was  conducted  at  the  cumulative   level,  as  described  in  greater  detail  in  that  EIR  section.  As  described  in  Section  3.5,  the  proposed   project  is  consistent  with  statewide,  regional,  and  local  planning  efforts  to  reduce  GHG  emissions.   The  significance  thresholds  for  GHG  emissions  should  be  related  to  compliance  with  AB  32,  and  the   Town   of   Truckee,  as   lead   agency,   has   chosen   to   utilize   a   threshold   of   significance   for   GHG   emissions   based   on   the   CARB’s   2008   Scoping   Plan   that   a   development   project   must   show   a   minimum  GHG  emission  reduction  of  15  percent  from  projected  Business  as  Usual  (BAU)  levels   (i.e.,  2010  levels)  by  the  year  2020.  Thus,  the  project’s  2010  levels  were  evaluated  in  order  to   determine   the   net   decrease   in   the   proposed   project’s   GHG   emissions   over   time.   Table   3.5-­‐3   presents  the  projected  2010  BAU  GHG  emissions,  which  are  estimated  to  be  29,871.67MTCO2e.   Consequently,  the  proposed  project  would  result  in  approximately  a  30.1  percent  reduction  in   annual  GHG  emissions  from  the  2010  BAU  level  by  2020  ([29,871.67MTCO2e  –  20,860.70  MTCO2e]   /  29,871.67MTCO2e  x  100%  =  30.1%).  The  reduction  in  GHG  emissions  would  be  attributable  to   the   energy   and   water   mitigation   model   inputs   as   well   as   the   advancement   of   vehicle   and   equipment  efficiency,  and  more  stringent  standards  and  regulations  as  time  progresses,  such  as   State   regulation   emission   reductions   (e.g.,   Pavley,   Low   Carbon   Fuel   Standard,   and   Renewable   Portfolio  Standard).  The  total  reduction  in  GHG  emissions  from  BAU  levels  will  exceed  the  Town’s   minimum  reduction  threshold  of  15  percent  per  the  2008  Scoping  Plan.   As  such,  the  proposed  project  would  not  directly  or  indirectly  generate  GHG  emissions  that  would   have  a  significant  effect  on  the  environment.    This  is  a  less  than  cumulatively  considerable  impact   following  the  implementation  of  mitigation  measures  identified  in  Section  3.5.       HAZARDS  AND  HAZARDOUS  MATERIALS   Impact  4.6:  The  project  may  contribute  to  cumulative  impacts  related  to  hazards  and   hazardous  materials  (Less  than  Cumulatively  Considerable)     The  cumulative  setting  area  for  hazards  and  hazardous  materials  is  the  Town  of  Truckee  and  the   Town’s  SOI.    As  discussed  in  Section  3.6-­‐  Hazards  and  Hazardous  Materials,  implementation  of  the   proposed  project  would  not  result  in  any  significant  impacts  related  to  this  environmental  topic.     Hazard-­‐related   impacts   tend   to   be   site-­‐specific   and   project-­‐specific.     Implementation   of   the   proposed  project  would  not  result  in  increased  risks  of  hazards  in  the  cumulative  setting  area,  nor   would  it  result  in  any  off-­‐site  or  indirect  impacts.    Mitigation  measures  have  been  included  to   reduce  the  risk  of  on-­‐site  hazards  associated  with  past  uses  in  the  Plan  Area  and  potential  future   uses  in  the  Plan  Area.    This  is  considered  to  be  a  less  than  cumulatively  considerable  impact,  and   no  further  mitigation  is  required.       HYDROLOGY  AND  WATER  QUALITY   Impact  4.7:  The  project  may  contribute  to  cumulative  impacts  related  to  flooding  or   the  degradation  of  water  quality  (Less  than  Cumulatively  Considerable)   The  cumulative  setting  area  for  hydrology  and  water  quality  is  the  watershed  of  the  Truckee  River   on  the  east  slope  of  the  Sierra  Nevada  Mountain  Range.    Implementation  of  the  proposed  project   would  increase  the  amount  of  impervious  surfaces  on  the  project  site,  which  could  increase  peak   OTHER  CEQA-­‐REQUIRED  T OPICS  4.0     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  4.0-­‐7     stormwater  runoff  rates  and  volumes  on  and  downstream  of  the  site.    However,  the  proposed   project  includes  a  system  of  on-­‐site  stormwater  collection,  treatment  and  retention  facilities  to   accommodate  the  increased  stormwater  flows  that  would  originate  on  and  off-­‐site.  As  a  condition   of   site   development,   surface   water   and   drainage   will   be   managed   through   a   combination   of   natural   and   constructed   features   to   retain   water   quality,   natural   hydrology,   and   habitat   and   preserve   biodiversity   through   conservation   of   water   bodies   and   wetlands.   Low   Impact   Development   (LID)   storm   water   management   strategies   will   be   used   to   maintain   the   natural   hydrologic  function  of  the  site  with  localized  small  scale  source  control  techniques  that  disperse   flows   and   manage   runoff   close   to   where   it   originates.   Storm   drainage   from   impervious   areas   (roads,   walks,   buildings,   etc.)   will   be   collected   and   routed   through   water   quality   treatment   facilities   designed   to   reduce   the   rate   and   volume   of   runoff   to   pre-­‐project  conditions,  remove   potential  pollutants  and  facilitate  infiltration.   The  implementation  of  Mitigation  Measures  3.7-­‐1  through  3.7-­‐4  would  ensure  that  the  project   results  in  a  less  than  cumulatively  considerable  impact  to  surface  water  quality,  drainage  and   flooding.       LAND  USE,  PLANNING,  AND  POPULATION   Impact  4.8:  The  project  may  contribute  to  cumulative  impacts  on  communities  or   contribute  to  substantial  population  growth  (Less  than  Cumulatively  Considerable)     The   cumulative   setting   for   land   use,   planning,   and   population   impacts   includes   the   Town   of   Truckee  and  the  Town’s  SOI.    Cumulative  land  use  and  planning  impacts,  such  as  the  potential  for   conflicts  with  adjacent  land  uses  and  consistency  with  adopted  plans  and  regulations,  are  typically   site-­‐  and  project-­‐specific.    Subsequent  projects  allowed  by  the  2025  Truckee  General  Plan  may   result   in   site   specific   land   use   conflicts;   however,   these   effects   are   not   anticipated   to   be   cumulatively  considerable.    The  development  proposed  within  the  PC-­‐3  Specific  Plan  is  consistent   with   the   2025   Truckee   General   Plan’s   designation   for   the   site,   and   the   proposed   uses   were   contemplated  in  the  2025  General  Plan  and  General  Plan  EIR.  The  2025  Truckee  General  Plan   includes   eight   policies   that   specifically   address   the   future   development   of   the   PC-­‐3   site.   The   proposed  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  has  been  developed  to  be  consistent  with  these  policies,  as   described  in  greater  detail  in  Table  3.8-­‐2.  Implementation  of  the  proposed  project  would  provide   for  97.37  new  multi-­‐family  workforce  housing  units  within  the  Plan  Area.    Based  on  an  average   household  size  of  2.52,  this  would  result  in  housing  for  approximately  245  new  residents.    The   project  would  also  provide  employment  opportunities  for  approximately  681.6  full  time  equivalent   employees  (FTEE).   The  2025  General  Plan  projects  a  buildout  population  in  Truckee  of  approximately  25,280.    The   proposed  PC-­‐3  Specific  Plan  is  consistent  with  the  projected  development  of  the  PC-­‐3  site,  which   was  analyzed  in  the  2025  General  Plan  EIR.    Implementation  of  the  proposed  project  would  not   increase  population  growth  in  Truckee  beyond  the  buidout  levels  assumed  in  the  2025  General   Plan.    The  potential  for  the  proposed  project  to  induce  substantial  population  growth  in  Truckee  is   considered  less  than  cumulatively  considerable.         4.0  OTHER  CEQA-­‐REQUIRED  T OPICS     4.0-­‐8  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     The  proposed  project  has  been  designed  to  be  consistent  with  applicable  aspects  of  the  Town’s   General  Plan,  and  as  described  in  this  EIR,  the  project  would  not  be  incompatible  with  any  of  the   surrounding  land  uses.    The  project’s  contribution  to  cumulative  land  use  impacts  is  less  than   cumulatively  considerable,  and  no  further  mitigation  is  required.       NOISE     Impact  4.9:  The  project  may  contribute  to  the  cumulative  exposure  of  existing  and   future  noise-­  sensitive  land  uses  or  to  increased  noise  resulting  from  cumulative   development  (Less  than  Cumulatively  Considerable)   The  cumulative  context  for  noise  impacts  associated  with  the  Proposed  Project  consists  of  the   existing   and   future   noise   sources   that   could   affect   the   project   or   surrounding   uses.     Noise   generated   by   construction   would   be   temporary,   and   would   not   add   to   the   permanent   noise   environment  or  be  considered  as  part  of  the  cumulative  context.    The  total  noise  impact  of  the   Proposed  Project  would  be  fairly  small  and  would  not  be  a  substantial  increase  to  the  existing   future  noise  environment.     The  project’s  contribution  to  existing  and  cumulative  traffic  noise  increases  is  predicted  to  be  2  dB,   or  less.    The  proposed  project  is  not  predicted  to  cause  increased  noise  levels  exceeding  the  Town   of  Truckee  60  dB  Ldn  exterior  noise  level  standard  at  existing  noise-­‐sensitive  residential/mobile   home  receptors.    Additionally,  these  increases  do  not  exceed  the  FICON  standards  shown  in  Table   3.9-­‐7.   Traffic   associated   with   the   proposed   project   is   not   anticipated   to   result   in   exposure   of   persons  to  traffic  noise  levels  in  excess  of  the  Town’s  standards,  nor  would  project  traffic  result  in   a  substantial  increase  in  ambient  noise  levels.     Implementation  of  the  proposed  project,  in  combination  with  existing,  approved,  proposed,  and   reasonably  foreseeable  development,  would  not  result  in  a  substantial  contribution  to  exterior   cumulative  noise  levels.       The  project’s  contribution  to  future  cumulative  exterior  noise  levels  would  be  primarily  associated   with  potential  increases  in  vehicle  traffic  noise  along  area  roadways  and  stationary  noise  sources   associated  with  the  commercial  and  industrial  components  of  the  project.       Area  roadways  primarily  affected  by  the  proposed  project  include  portions  of  S.R.  267,  Donner   Pass  Road  and  Brockway  Road.    Predicted  future  cumulative  exterior  traffic  noise  levels  with  and   without  implementation  of  the  proposed  project  are  summarized  in  Table  3.9-­‐11.    As  depicted,   implementation  of  the  proposed  project  would  result  in  projected  increases  ranging  from  0  to  2  dB   along  these  primarily  affected  roadway  segments.       Noise  levels  associated  with  the  commercial,  industrial  and  manufacturing  portions  of  the  Plan   Area  will  add  to  the  background  noise  environment.    The  potential  for  this  impact  is  specific  to  the   nearest  residences  to  the  south  and  west  of  the  site.    However,  based  upon  background  noise   measurements  conducted  on  the  site,  and  mitigation  measures  required  to  reduce  overall  noise   levels  associated  with  the  on-­‐site  activities,  the  resulting  increase  in  noise  levels  will  be  less  than  3   OTHER  CEQA-­‐REQUIRED  T OPICS  4.0     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  4.0-­‐9     dB.     Therefore,   the   project’s   contribution   to   noise   increases   in   the   cumulative   setting   area   is   considered  less  than  cumulatively  considerable.         PUBLIC  SERVICES  AND  RECREATION   Impact  4.10:  The  project  may  contribute  to  cumulative  impacts  on  public  services  and   recreation  (Less  than  Cumulatively  Considerable)   Implementation  of  the  proposed  project  would  contribute  toward  an  increased  demand  for  public   services  and  facilities  within  the  Town  of  Truckee.  Public  service  and  facility  needs  for  the  Town  of   Truckee   have   been   evaluated   in   the   2025   Truckee   General   Plan,   and   the   goals   and   policies   included  in  the  General  Plan  ensure  that  adequate  services  will  be  available  for  build-­‐out  of  the   General  Plan  according  to  the  current  Land  Use  Diagram.  The  current  Land  Use  Diagram  shows  the   project  site  as  Planned  Community  3,  and  the  proposed  Specific  Plan  uses  for  the  Plan  Area  are   consistent  with  those  contemplated  in  the  2025  Truckee  General  Plan.  Therefore,  development  of   the  project  site  with  residential,  commercial,  and  industrial  uses  would  not  exceed  the  demand  for   public   services   and   facilities   anticipated   in   the   2025   Truckee   General   Plan.   Additionally,   as   demonstrated  in  this  Draft  EIR,  with  the  incorporation  of  mitigation  measures,  impacts  to  public   services  and  facilities  as  a  result  of  the  proposed  project  would  be  less-­‐than-­‐significant.  Therefore,   the  project’s  cumulative  contribution  to  the  Town’s  public  service  and  recreational  facility  needs   would  be  less  than  cumulatively  considerable.    Furthermore,  other  future  development  projects   would  be  required  by  the  Town  to  pay  their  fair  share  fees  toward  the  expansion  and  creation  of   public  services  and  facilities.  Therefore,  cumulative  impacts  associated  with  public  services  and   recreational  facilities  would  be  considered  less-­‐than-­‐significant  with  mitigation  incorporated.   TRANSPORTATION  AND  CIRCULATION       Impact  4.11:  The  project  may  contribute  to  cumulative  impacts  on  the  transportation   network  (Less  than  Cumulatively  Considerable)   The   cumulative   setting   associated   with   the   traffic   analysis   is  based   on   the   Town   of   Truckee’s   TransCAD  traffic  model,  which  provides  forecasts  of  traffic  conditions  throughout  the  Town  as  well   as   the   Martis   Valley   portion   of   Placer   County.   The   model   reflects   full   buildout   of   the   Town’s   General  Plan,  buildout  of  the  allowed  land  uses  in  the  Martis  Valley  areas,  and  growth  in  traffic   passing  through  the  area.  As  some  of  the  development  projects  in  the  Martis  Valley  area  have   recently  been  approved  for  development  levels  less  than  those  originally  allowed  under  the  Martis   Valley   Community   Plan,   the   land   uses   in   the   model   were   adjusted   downward   to   reflect   the   approved  Martis  Valley  projects.  In  the  Truckee  TransCAD  traffic  model,  build-­‐out  of  the  Truckee   General  Plan  is  conservatively  assumed  to  occur  by  2025.  No  further  growth  in  traffic  is  assumed   between  2025  and  2032.     The  2032  roadway  assumptions  are  based  on  the  TransCAD  model.  It  is  assumed  that  the  “Donner   Pass  Road  Extension”  will  be  completed  with  construction  of  the  Truckee  Railyard  Master  Plan   Project.   This   new   roadway   will   extend   east   from   the   eastern   portion   of   Downtown   Truckee   through  the  Railyard  development  and  form  a  new  T-­‐intersection  with  Glenshire  Drive  to  the  east   of  its  intersection  with  Donner  Pass  Road.  The  new  Glenshire  Drive/Donner  Pass  Road  Extension   4.0  OTHER  CEQA-­‐REQUIRED  T OPICS     4.0-­‐10  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     intersection  would  include  exclusive  turn  lanes  on  each  approach.  Additionally,  the  Pioneer  Trail   and  Bridge  Street  Extensions,  which  would  provide  a  connection  between  Downtown  Truckee,   Tahoe  Donner,  and  Pioneer  Trail,  are  assumed  to  be  complete.     Cumulative  plus  project  impacts  to  key  study  intersections  are  summarized  below.       Brockway  Road/Martis  Drive  (Site  Access)   The  Brockway  Road/Martis  Drive  intersection  would  exceed  the  LOS  threshold  in  2012  with  the   proposed  project.  Extending  the  existing  central  two-­‐way  left-­‐turn  lane  (TWLTL)  along  Brockway   Road  to  the  east  of  this  intersection  to  allow  two-­‐stage  left-­‐turn  movements  to  be  made  from   Martis  Drive  onto  Brockway  Road  would  provide  an  acceptable  LOS  E  in  2012.  In  addition,  the   provision  of  separate  left-­‐  and  right-­‐turn  lanes  on  the  southbound  Martis  Drive  approach  would  be   needed  in  2032.  As  this  intersection  is  not  identified  in  General  Plan  Table  CIR-­‐5,  improvements  to   this  intersection  to  provide  acceptable  LOS  are  a  responsibility  of  the  project.   Implementation   of   Mitigation   Measure   MM   3.11-­‐4A   would   reduce   this   impact   to  less   than   significant.   SR  89  North/Donner  Pass  Road   No  intersection  LOS  improvements  are  needed  at  the  SR  89  North/Donner  Pass  Road  intersection   in  2012  with  the  project.  Expanding  the  existing  roundabout  to  include  three  circulating  lanes  (to   accommodate  three  entering  lanes  on  the  northbound  approach),  an  eastbound  right-­‐turn  slip   lane,  and  a  southbound  right-­‐turn  slip  lane  would  provide  an  acceptable  LOS  in  2032  with  the   proposed  project.  As  improvements  to  this  intersection  are  included  in  Table  CIR-­‐5  to  maintain   acceptable  LOS,  payment  of  Town  traffic  impact  fees  would  address  this  project  impact.   Implementation   of   Mitigation   Measure   MM   3.11-­‐4B   would   reduce   this   impact   to  less   than   significant.   Donner  Pass  Road/I-­80  Eastern  Interchange  Eastbound  Off-­Ramp   No  intersection  LOS  improvements  are  needed  at  the  Donner  Pass  Road/I-­‐80  Eastern  Interchange   Eastbound  Off-­‐Ramp  intersection  in  2012  with  the  project.  Provision  of  a  dual  lane  roundabout   with   two   northbound   and   eastbound   approach   lanes   and   a   single   lane   on   the   southbound   approach  would  provide  an  acceptable  LOS  in  2032  with  PC-­‐3.  As  a  single  lane  roundabout  is   included   in   the   Table   CIR-­‐5,   payment   of   Town   traffic   impact   fees   would   address   this   project   impact.   Implementation   of   Mitigation   Measure   MM   3.11-­‐4B   would   reduce   this   impact   to  less   than   significant.   Donner  Pass  Road/Pioneer  Trail   No  intersection  LOS  improvements  are  needed  at  the  Donner  Pass  Road/Pioneer  Trail  intersection   in  2012  with  the  project.  Expanding  the  existing  roundabout  to  provide  two  circulating  lanes,  as   OTHER  CEQA-­‐REQUIRED  T OPICS  4.0     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  4.0-­‐11     well  as  two  lanes  on  the  Donner  Pass  Road  approaches  and  the  Pioneer  Trail  approach  would   provide  an  acceptable  LOS  in  2032  with  the  project.  As  improvements  at  this  intersection  are   included  in  Table  CIR-­‐5,  payment  of  Town  traffic  impact  fees  would  address  this  project  impact.   Implementation   of   Mitigation   Measure   MM   3.11-­‐4B   would   reduce   this   impact   to  less   than   significant.   SR  267/Airport  Road/Schaffer  Mill  Road     No  intersection  LOS  improvements  are  needed  at  the  SR  267/Airport  Road/Schaffer  Mill  Road   intersection  in  2012  with  the  project.  Provision  of  two  through  lanes  on  the  SR  267  approaches,  as   well  as  separate  left,  through,  and  right-­‐turn  lanes  on  the  minor  approaches  would  improve  the   LOS   to   an   acceptable   level   under   all   scenarios.   The   Placer   County   traffic   impact   fee   program   includes  “SR  267:  County  line  to  south  of  Northstar  Drive  –  Widen  to  four  lanes/intersections   improvements”,  which  can  be  considered  to  address  the  improvements  at  the  SR  267/Airport   Road/Schaffer  Mill  Road  intersection.  According  to  the  Placer/Truckee  Regional  Traffic  Impact  Fee   Agreement,  payment  of  appropriate  fees  under  the  Truckee  impact  fee  program  is  considered  to   mitigate  impacts  on  roadway  improvements  included  in  the  improvements  list  for  Placer  County’s   Tahoe   Resorts   Benefit   District   impact   fee   program.   The   project   proponent   shall   pay   Town   of   Truckee  impact  fees  contributing  to  this  improvement.   Implementation   of   Mitigation  Measure   MM   3.11-­‐4B   would   reduce   this   impact   to  less   than   significant.   SR  267/I-­80  Interchange  Ramps   No  intersection  LOS  improvements  are  needed  at  the  SR  267/I-­‐80  Interchange  Ramps  intersections   in  2012  with  the  project.  Widening  the  SR  267  and  SR  89  approaches  to  provide  two  through  travel   lanes  in  each  direction  (in  addition  to  the  existing  turn  lanes)  would  provide  an  acceptable  LOS  at   these  intersections  in  2032.  Dual-­‐lane  roundabouts  are  included  in  the  Town’s  traffic  impact  fee   program.  However,  widening  the  roadways  to  provide  two  through  travel  lanes  on  the  northbound   and  southbound  approaches  would  be  necessary,  with  or  without  roundabouts.  As  improvements   to  these  intersections  are  included  in  Table  CIR-­‐5,  payment  of  Town  traffic  impact  fees  would   address  this  project  impact.   Implementation   of   Mitigation   Measure   MM   3.11-­‐4B   would   reduce   this   impact   to  less   than   significant.   SR  267   The  Placer  County  Tahoe  Resorts  Benefit  District  traffic  impact  fee  program  includes  widening  SR   267   to   four   travel   lanes  f r o m  t h e  T o w n  L i m i t  t o  s o u t h  o f  N o r t h s t a r  D r i v e ,  e x t e n d i n g  t h e   southbound  truck  climbing  lane  to  Brockway  Summit,  and  constructing  a  northbound  passing  lane   at  Brockway  Summit.  According  to  the  Placer/Truckee  Regional  Traffic  Impact  Fee  Agreement,   payment  of  appropriate  fees  under  the  Truckee  impact  fee  program  is  considered  to  mitigate   impacts  on  roadway  improvements  included  in  the  improvements  list  for  Placer  County’s  Tahoe   4.0  OTHER  CEQA-­‐REQUIRED  T OPICS     4.0-­‐12  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     Resorts  Benefit  District  impact  fee  program.  Note  that  widening  of  SR  267  to  four  travel  lanes   between  Brockway  Road/Soaring  Way  and  the  Town  Limit  is  included  in  Truckee’s  traffic  impact   fee  program.  The  project  proponent  shall  pay  Town  of  Truckee  impact  fees  contributing  to  these   roadway  improvements.  No  additional  mitigation  measures  are  needed  with  regards  to  roadway   capacity  and  LOS.   Implementation   of   Mitigation   Measure   MM   3.11-­‐4B   would   reduce   this   impact   to  less   than   significant.   As  described  in  greater  detail  under  Impact  3.11-­‐4,  the  implementation  of  Mitigation  Measures   3.11-­‐4A  and  3.11-­‐4B  would  reduce  cumulative  plus  project  impacts  to  a  less  than  significant  level.     Therefore,  project-­‐related  traffic  impacts  would  be  less  than  cumulatively  considerable,  and  no   additional  mitigation  is  required.       UTILITIES   Impact  4.12:  The  project  may  contribute  to  cumulative  impacts  on  utilities  (Less  than   Cumulatively  Considerable)   The  cumulative  setting  for  utilities  includes  the  Town  of  Truckee  and  the  Town’s  SOI.    Under   General  Plan  buildout  conditions,  the  Town  of  Truckee  would  see  an  increased  demand  for  water   service,  sewer  service,  solid  waste  disposal  services,  and  stormwater  infrastructure  needs.       As  described  under  Impact  3.12-­‐1  and  Impact  3.12-­‐2,  the  T-­‐TSA’s  wastewater  treatment  plant   current  capacity  of  9.6  mgd  is  adequate  to  meet  the  projected  buildout  demands  of  the  proposed   project.  Therefore,  the  project  would  not  require  any  off-­‐site  expansions  or  new  construction  of   wastewater  treatment  facilities  because  the  anticipated  wastewater  generation  would  be  within   the  capacity  of  the  existing  wastewater  treatment  plant  (WWTP).   Project  implementation  would  not  result  in  the  need  for  new  or  expanded  WWTP  facilities,  and   would   not   exceed   the   existing   or   projected   capacity   of   the   WWTP.     Therefore,   the   project’s   cumulative   impact   to   wastewater   services   is  l e s s  t h a n  c u m u l a t i v e l y  c o n s i d e r a b l e,   and   no   additional  mitigation  is  required.       As  described  under  Impact  3.15-­‐2,  the  potable  water  demands  for  the  Proposed  Project,  together   with  the  TDPUD’s  existing  water  demands  and  projected  future  water  demands,  are  within  the   water  demand  projections  included  in  the  TDPUD’s  2010  UWMP.  The  proposed  project  would   result  in  42  new  residential  units  with  an  estimated  population  increase  of  106  new  residents.  The   proposed  project  would  also  result  in  commercial  and  industrial  development  potential  of  over   460,000  s.f.  of  building  space.  The  new  residents  and  businesses  in  the  Plan  Area  would  require   demand  for  domestic  water  in  the  Town,  and  TDPUD  service  area  would  increase  as  a  result  of  the   project.  The  proposed  project  is  a  special  planning  district  that  was  assumed  for  buildout  within   the  2025  Truckee  General  Plan.  Additionally,  the  proposed  project  was  assumed  for  development   within  the  2010  UWMP  which  concludes  that  there  are  sufficient  water  supplies  for  future  growth   through  the  2030  planning  horizon  for  the  2010  UWMP.   OTHER  CEQA-­‐REQUIRED  T OPICS  4.0     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  4.0-­‐13     As  demonstrated  by  the  analysis  in  Section  3.12  and  under  Impact  3.12-­‐4,  there  are  adequate   water  supplies  to  serve  cumulative  demand  within  the  Town  and  the  TDPUD  service  area,  and  the   proposed  project  would  result  in  less  than  cumulatively  considerable  impacts  to  water  supplies.   As  described  in  greater  detail  in  Section  3.7,  the  proposed  project  would  include  a  stormwater   detention  system  that  would  ensure  that  the  proposed  project  would  not  result  in  a  cumulatively   considerable  incremental  increase  in  stormwater  flows  that  would  result  in  flooding  downstream   of  the  project  site.  This  is  a  less  than  cumulatively  considerable  impact.       As   described   under   Impact   3.12-­‐5,   The   Lockwood   Regional   Landfill   has   a   60-­‐year   capacity   to   accommodate   the   future   growth   planned   for   in   the  Tahoe-­‐Truckee   Sierra   Disposal   Company’s   service  area.  As  such,  there  is  adequate  long-­‐term  capacity  at  the  landfill  to  serve  the  proposed   project.   The  2025  Truckee  General  Plan  establishes  policies  to  encourage  recycling  and  waste  diversion  to   minimize  the  amount  of  solid  waste  generated  by  residents  and  businesses.  To  achieve  this  goal   the  Town  has  implemented  a  range  of  strategies  and  programs.  In  2011,  the  Town  achieved  a   disposal  rate  of  5.5  pounds  per  person,  which  is  significantly  below  the  State’s  disposal  rate  target   of  10.7  pounds  per  day.  The  proposed  project  will  be  subject  to  the  same  local  strategies  and   programs   that   have   helped   the   Town   achieve   this   low  d i s p o s a l  r a t e  t h a t  e f f e c t i v e l y  e n s u r e s   compliance  with  State  regulations.  Implementation  of  the  proposed  project  would  have  a  less-­‐ than-­‐significant  impact  with  regard  to  solid  waste.  This  is  a  less  than  cumulatively  considerable   impact.       AESTHETICS   Impact  4.13:  The  project  may  contribute  to  the  cumulative  degradation  of  the   existing  visual  character  of  the  region  (Less  than  Cumulatively  Considerable)   The  cumulative  setting  for  aesthetics  is  the  Town  of  Truckee  and  the  Town’s  SOI,  as  defined  in  the   2025  Truckee  General  Plan.    Under  cumulative  conditions,  buildout  of  the  Truckee  General  Plan   would  result  in  changes  to  the  visual  character  of  the  Town  and  result  in  impacts  to  localized  views   as  new  development  occurs  within  the  Town  and  the  SOI.           As  described  in  Section  3.13-­‐  Visual  and  Aesthetic  Resources,  implementation  of  the  proposed   project  would  change  the  visual  character  of  the  project  site  by  introducing  urban  land  uses  to  a   site  that  is  currently  vacant.  Although  the  visual  character  of  the  Plan  Area  would  be  significantly   altered  as  a  result  of  project  implementation,  the  guidelines  and  standards  within  the  Joerger   Ranch  Specific  Plan  would  ensure  consistent  development  that  is  in  line  with  the  Town’s  vision  for   the  community’s  identity.    New  development  within  the  Plan  Area  would  be  consistent  with,  and   complimentary  to,  the  design  features  of  the  commercial  areas  on  the  eastern  side  of  Brockway   Road,  west  of  the  Plan  Area,  as  well  as  the  existing  commercial  and  industrial  development  east  of   SR  267,  east  of  the  Plan  Area.  Views  of  the  Plan  Area  would  be  visually  filtered  from  the  roadway   by  pine  trees,  which  are  proposed  to  be  retained,  to  help  to  subordinate  the  urbanized  image  of   development  through  screening  and  by  their  taller,  visually  dominant  scale  and  presence.   4.0  OTHER  CEQA-­‐REQUIRED  T OPICS     4.0-­‐14  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     Given  the  topography  of  the  Plan  Area,  the  elevated  roadways  surrounding  and  bisecting  the  Plan   Area,  and  the  large  stands  of  mature  pine  trees  that  would  be  retained  on  the  east  side  of  SR  267,   south  of  Soaring  Way,  views  of  the  Plan  Area  are  limited  from  lands  surrounding  the  Plan  Area.     Views  of  the  Plan  Area  are  most  prominent  from  the  adjacent  roadways.    Figures  3.13-­‐1  through   3.13-­‐4  show  that  while  development  within  the  Plan  Area  would  be  highly  visible  to  motorists   travelling  on  adjacent  roadways,  the  visual  character  of  the  Plan  Area  would  be  consistent  with  the   goals  established  by  the  2025  Truckee  General  Plan  and  the  Town  of  Truckee  Development  Code,   and  would  be  compatible  and  complimentary  to  existing  development  in  the  vicinity  of  the  Plan   Area.       Implementation  of  the  design  guidelines  and  standards  in  the  Specific  Plan  would  ensure  that   impacts  to  visual  resources  would  be  less  than  significant.  The  project  would  not  result  in  visual   impacts  beyond  the  boundary  of  the  project  site,  and  the  aesthetic  appearance  of  the  project   would  be  consistent  and  compatible  with  the  surrounding  land  uses  within  the  Town.    This  is  less   than  cumulatively  considerable  impact.           4.2  G ROWTH-­‐INDUCING  E FFECTS   I NTRODUCTION   Section   15126.2(d)  o f  t h e  C E Q A  G u i d e l i n e s  r e q u i r e s  t h a t  a n  E I R  e v a l u a t e  t h e  g r o w t h-­‐inducing   impacts  of  a  proposed  action.  A  growth-­‐inducing  impact  is  defined  by  the  CEQA  Guidelines  as:   The  way  in  which  a  proposed  project  could  foster  economic  or  population  growth,   or   the   construction   of   additional   housing,   either   directly   or   indirectly,   in   the   surrounding   environment.   Included   in   this   are   projects   which   would   remove   obstacles   to   population   growth…It   is   not   assumed   that   growth   in   an   area   is   necessarily  beneficial,  detrimental,  or  of  little  significance  to  the  environment.   Based  on  the  CEQA  Guidelines,  growth  inducement  is  any  growth  that  exceeds  planned  growth  of   an  area  and  results  in  new  development  that  would  not  have  taken  place  without  implementation   of  the  project.    A  project  can  have  direct  and/or  indirect  growth  inducement  potential.  Direct   growth  inducement  would  result  if  a  project,  for  example,  involved  construction  of  new  housing.  A   project   would   have   indirect   growth   inducement   potential   if   it   established   substantial   new   permanent  employment  opportunities  (e.g.,  commercial,  industrial,  or  governmental  enterprises)   or  if  it  would  involve  a  construction  effort  with  substantial  short-­‐term  employment  opportunities   that  would  indirectly  stimulate  the  need  for  additional  housing  and  services  to  support  the  new   employment  demand  (Napa  Citizens  for  Honest  Government  v.  Napa  County  Board  of  Supervisors).   Similarly,  a  project  would  indirectly  induce  growth  if  it  would  remove  an  obstacle  to  additional   growth  and  development,  such  as  removing  a  constraint  on  a  required  public  service.  A  project   providing  an  increased  water  supply  in  an  area  where  water  service  historically  limited  growth   could  be  considered  growth-­‐inducing.     The  State  CEQA  Guidelines  further  explain  that  the  environmental  effects  of  induced  growth  are   considered  indirect  impacts  of  the  proposed  action.  These  indirect  impacts  or  secondary  effects  of   OTHER  CEQA-­‐REQUIRED  T OPICS  4.0     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  4.0-­‐15     growth  may  result  in  significant,  adverse  environmental  impacts.  Potential  secondary  effects  of   growth  include  increased  demand  on  other  community  and  public  services  and  infrastructure,   increased  traffic  and  noise,  and  adverse  environmental  impacts  such  as  degradation  of  air  and   water  quality,  degradation  or  loss  of  plant  and  animal  habitat,  and  conversion  of  agricultural  and   open  space  land  to  developed  uses.       Growth  inducement  may  constitute  an  adverse  impact  if  the  growth  is  not  consistent  with  or   accommodated  by  the  land  use  plans  and  growth  management  plans  and  policies  for  the  area   affected.  Local  land  use  plans  provide  for  land  use  development  patterns  and  growth  policies  that   allow   for   the   orderly   expansion   of   urban   development   supported   by   adequate   urban   public   services,  such  as  water  supply,  roadway  infrastructure,  sewer  service,  and  solid  waste  service.       Components  of  Growth     The  timing,  magnitude,  and  location  of  land  development  and  population  growth  in  a  region  are   based  on  various  interrelated  land  use  and  economic  variables.  Key  variables  include  regional   economic  trends,  market  demand  for  residential  and  non-­‐residential  uses,  land  availability  and   cost,   the   availability   and   quality   of   transportation   facilities   and   public   services,   proximity   to   employment  centers,  the  supply  and  cost  of  housing,  and  regulatory  policies  or  conditions.  Since   the  general  plan  of  a  community  defines  the  location,  type,  and  intensity  of  growth,  it  is  the   primary  means  of  regulating  development  and  growth  in  California.         G ROWTH  E FFECTS  OF  THE  P ROJECT   Direct  Population  Growth   Implementation   of   the   proposed   project   would   provide   for   97.37   new   multi-­‐family   workforce   housing  units  within  the  Plan  Area.    Based  on  an  average  household  size  of  2.52,  this  would  result   in  housing  for  approximately  245  new  residents.    This  direct  population  growth  generated  by  the   proposed  project  is  within  the  buildout  projections  contained  in  the  2025  Truckee  General  Plan,   and  the  provision  of  multi-­‐family  housing  units  on  the  PC-­‐3  site  was  contemplated  in  the  2025   Truckee  General  Plan  EIR.       Indirect  Population  Growth   The   project   would   also   provide   employment   opportunities   for   approximately   681.6   full   time   equivalent  employees  (FTEE).    As  described  in  section  18.216.040(C)  of  the  Truckee  Development   Code,  employees  generated  by  a  development  project  shall  be  calculated  using  1  FTEE  for  500  s.f.   of  gross  floor  space  for  commercial  uses  (including  retail,  service,  office,  and  restaurant),  and  1   FTEE  per  1,000  s.f.  of  gross  floor  space  for  industrial  uses.       The  Specific  Plan  proposes  to  establish  the  following  three  Commercial  Zones,  which  would  yield  1   FTEE  f o r  e v e r y  5 0 0  s . f .  o f  g r o s s  f l o o r  s p a c e :  R e g i o n a l  C o m m e r c i a l  ( C R ) ,  R e g i o n a l  S u p p o r t   Commercial   (CRS),   and   Lifestyle   Commercial   (CL).     Additionally,   the   Specific   Plan   proposes   to   establish  the  following  two  Industrial  Zones,  which  would  yield  1  FTEE  for  every  1,000  s.f.  of  gross   floor  space.       4.0  OTHER  CEQA-­‐REQUIRED  T OPICS     4.0-­‐16  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     Table  3.8-­‐3  identifies  the  acreage,  development  potential,  and  FTEE  for  each  of  the  proposed   commercial  and  industrial  zones  within  the  Plan  Area.     As  shown  in  Table  3.8-­‐3,  the  proposed  project  would  generate  up  to  681.6  full  time  equivalent   employees.     As   required   by   section   18.216.040(B)(2)(iv)   of   the   Truckee   Development   Code,   projects  that  generate  40  or  more  FTEE  shall  construct  and  complete  one  workforce  housing  unit   for  each  seven  FTEE.    As  such,  the  proposed  project  would  be  required  to  construct  and  complete   97.37  workforce  housing  units  (681.6  /  7  =  97.37).       As  proposed,  the  project  would  provide  97.37  onsite  workforce  housing  units.    Forty-­‐one  of  the   workforce  housing  units  would  be  constructed  within  the  3.48-­‐acre  Multi-­‐Family  Residential  (RM)   Zone.    The  remaining  56  workforce  housing  units  would  be  constructed  throughout  the  other  non-­‐ residential   zones   within   the   Plan   Area,   commensurate   with   the   pace   of   non-­‐residential   development.    Residential  uses  are  allowed  in  all  Zoning  Districts  within  the  Plan  Area,  with  the   exception  of  the  Open  Space  Zoning  District,  with  a  Conditional  Use  Permit.       With   an   average   household   size   of   2.52,   the   proposed   project   has   the   potential   to   generate   approximately   245   new   residents   in   Truckee.     The   2025   General   Plan   projects   a   buildout   population  in  Truckee  of  approximately  25,280.    The  proposed  PC-­‐3  Specific  Plan  is  consistent  with   the  projected  development  of  the  PC-­‐3  site,  which  was  analyzed  in  the  2025  General  Plan  EIR.     Implementation  of  the  proposed  project  would  not  increase  population  growth  in  Truckee  beyond   the  buidout  levels  assumed  in  the  2025  General  Plan.     The  project  would  require  the  extension  of  infrastructure  (water,  sewer,  and  roads)  to  connect  the   site   to   the   surrounding   infrastructure   network.   The   extension   of   these   infrastructure   services   would  not  extend  beyond  the  boundaries  of  the  project  site,  and  would  not  result  in  the  delivery   of  these  services  to  areas  that  were  previous  un-­‐served  or  under-­‐served  by  these  services.    The   project  would  not  result  in  an  increase  in  infrastructure  capacity  beyond  the  level  necessary  to   serve  the  project.     4.3  SIGNIFICANT  IRREVERSIBLE  E FFECTS   Legal  Considerations   CEQA  Section  15126.2(c)  and  Public  Resources  Code  Sections  21100(b)(2)  and  21100.1(a),  requires   that  the  EIR  include  a  discussion  of  significant  irreversible  environmental  changes  which  would  be   involved  in  the  proposed  action  should  it  be  implemented.    Irreversible  environmental  effects  are   described  as:   •  The  project  would  involve  a  large  commitment  of  nonrenewable  resources;   •  The  primary  and  secondary  impacts  of  a  project  would  generally  commit  future   generations  to  similar  uses  (e.g.,  a  highway  provides  access  to  previously  remote   area);   OTHER  CEQA-­‐REQUIRED  T OPICS  4.0     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  4.0-­‐17     •  The  project  involves  uses  in  which  irreversible  damage  could  result  from  any   potential  environmental  accidents  associated  with  the  project;  or   •  The  phasing  of  the  proposed  consumption  of  resources  is  not  justified  (e.g.,  the   project  involves  the  wasteful  use  of  energy).     Determining  whether  the  proposed  project  would  result  in  significant  irreversible  effects  requires   a  determination  of  whether  key  resources  would  be  degraded  or  destroyed  such  that  there  would   be  little  possibility  of  restoring  them.  Irretrievable  commitments  of  resources  should  be  evaluated   to  assure  that  such  current  consumption  is  justified.   Analysis   Implementation   of   the   proposed   project   would   result   in   the   development   of   a   mixed-­‐zone   commercial,  industrial,  and  residential  project  on  approximately  66  acres  acres  of  vacant  land  that   is  currently  designated  Planned  Community  3  by  the  2025  Truckee  General  Plan.  The  proposed   project  is  consistent  with  the  applicable  plans  and  policies  adopted  by  the  Town  of  Truckee  to   guide  development  of  the  PC-­‐3  site  and  to  reduce  environmental  impacts  of  new  development.     Development  of  the  proposed  project  would  constitute  a  long-­‐term  commitment  to  residential,   commercial,  and  industrial  mixed  uses.    It  is  unlikely  that  circumstances  would  arise  that  would   justify  the  return  of  the  land  to  its  original  condition  as  undeveloped  open  space.         A  variety  of  resources,  including  land,  energy,  water,  construction  materials,  and  human  resources   would  be  irretrievably  committed  for  the  project’s  initial  construction,  infrastructure  installation   and  connection  to  existing  utilities,  phased  buildout,  and  its  continued  maintenance.  Construction   of   the   project   would   require   the   commitment   of   a   variety   of   other   non-­‐renewable   or   slowly   renewable  natural  resources  such  as  lumber  and  other  forest  products,  sand  and  gravel,  asphalt,   petrochemicals,  and  metals.   Additionally,  a  variety  of  resources  would  be  committed  to  the  ongoing  operation  and  life  of  the   proposed  project.  The  introduction  of  new  residential,  commercial,  and  industrial  mixed  uses  to   the   site   will   result   in   an   increase   in   area   traffic   over   existing   conditions.     Fossil   fuels   are   the   principal   source   of   energy   and   the   project   will   increase   consumption   of   available   supplies,   including  gasoline.    These  energy  resource  demands  relate  to  initial  project  construction,  project   operation  and  site  maintenance  and  the  transport  of  people  and  goods  to  and  from  the  project   site.     4.4  SIGNIFICANT  AND  UNAVOIDABLE  I MPACTS   CEQA   Guidelines   Section   15126.2(b)   requires   an   EIR   to   discuss   unavoidable   significant   environmental   effects,   including   those   that   can   be   mitigated   but   not   reduced   to   a   level   of   insignificance.  The  following  significant  and  unavoidable  impacts  of  the  PC-­‐3  Specific  Plan  Project   are   discussed   in   Chapters   3.1   through   3.13   (project-­‐level)   and   previously   in   this   chapter   (cumulative-­‐level).     4.0  OTHER  CEQA-­‐REQUIRED  T OPICS     4.0-­‐18  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     • Impacts  3.1-­‐1  and  4.1:  Project  operations  have  the  potential  to  cause  a  violation  of  an  air   quality  standard  or  contribute  substantially  to  an  existing  or  projected  air  quality  violation.   A LTERNATIVES  TO  THE  PROPOSED  PROJECT  5.0     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  5.0-­‐1     5.1  CEQA  REQUIREMENTS   CEQA  requires  that  an  EIR  analyze  a  reasonable  range  of  feasible  alternatives  that  meet  most  or   all  project  objectives  while  reducing  or  avoiding  one  or  more  significant  environmental  effects  of   the  project.  The  range  of  alternatives  required  in  an  EIR  is  governed  by  a  “rule  of  reason”  that   requires  an  EIR  to  set  forth  only  those  alternatives  necessary  to  permit  a  reasoned  choice  (CEQA   Guidelines  Section  15126.6[f]).  Where  a  potential  alternative  was  examined  but  not  chosen  as   one  of  the  range  of  alternatives,  the  CEQA  Guidelines  require  that  the  EIR  briefly  discuss  the   reasons  the  alternative  was  dismissed.     Alternatives  that  are  evaluated  in  the  EIR  must  be  potentially  feasible  alternatives.    However,   not  all  possible  alternatives  need  to  be  analyzed.    An  EIR  must  “set  forth  only  those  alternatives   necessary   to   permit   a   reasoned   choice.”    ( C E Q A  G u i d e l i n e s ,  S e c t i o n  1 5 1 2 6 . 6 ( f ) . )    T h e  C E Q A   Guidelines   provide   a   definition   for   a   “range   of   reasonable   alternatives”   and,   thus   limit   the   number  and  type  of  alternatives  that  need  to  be  evaluated  in  an  EIR.   First  and  foremost,  alternatives  in  an  EIR  must  be  potentially  feasible.    In  the  context  of  CEQA,   “feasible”  is  defined  as:   …  capable  of  being  accomplished  in  a  successful  manner  within  a  reasonable  period  of   time,  taking  into  account  economic,  environmental,  legal,  social  and  technological   factors.  (CEQA  Guidelines  15364)   The  inclusion  of  an  alternative  in  an  EIR  is  not  evidence  that  it  is  feasible  as  a  matter  of  law,  but   rather  reflects  the  judgment  of  lead  agency  staff  that  the  alternative  is  potentially  feasible.    The   final  determination  of  feasibility  will  be  made  by  the  lead  agency  decision-­‐making  body  through   the   adoption   of   CEQA   Findings   at   the   time   of   action   on   the   Project.    ( M i r a  M a r  M o bile   Community  v.  City  of  Oceanside  (2004)  119  Cal.App.4th  477,  489  see  also  CEQA  Guidelines,  §§   15091(a))  (3)(findings  requirement,  where  alternatives  can  be  rejected  as  infeasible);  15126.6   ([an  EIR]  must  consider  a  reasonable  range  of  potentially  feasible  alternatives  that  will  foster   informed  decision  making  and  public  participation”).    The  following  factors  may  be  taken  into   consideration   in   the   assessment   of   the   feasibility   of   alternatives:    s i t e  s u i t a b i l i t y ,  e c o n o m i c   viability,   availability   of   infrastructure,   general   plan   consistency,   other   plan   or   regulatory   limitations,   jurisdictional   boundaries,   and   the   ability   of   the   proponent   to   attain   site   control   (Section  15126.6  (f)  (1)).           Equally  important  to  attaining  the  project  objectives  is  the  reduction  of  some  or  all  significant   impacts,   particularly   those   that   could   not   be   mitigated   to   a   less-­‐than-­‐significant   level.  The   following  significant  and  unavoidable  impacts  of  the  PC-­‐3  Specific  Plan  Project  are  discussed  in   Chapters  3.1  through  3.13  (project-­‐level)  and  Chapter  4  (cumulative-­‐level):   Impacts  3.1-­‐1  and  4.1:  Project  operations  have  the  potential  to  cause  a  violation  of  an  air   quality   standard   or   contribute   substantially   to   an   existing   or   projected   air   quality   violation.   5.0  ALTERNATIVES  TO  THE  PROPOSED  P ROJECT     5.0-­‐2  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     The  following  analysis  of  alternatives  focuses  on  significant  impacts,  including  both  those  that   can  be  mitigated  to  a  less  than  significant  level  and  those  that  would  remain  significant  even  if   mitigation  is  applied  or  for  which  no  feasible  mitigation  is  available.     P ROJECT  O BJECTIVES   The  alternatives  to  the  proposed  project  selected  for  analysis  in  the  EIR  were  developed  to   minimize  significant  environmental  impacts  while  fulfilling  the  basic  objectives  of  the  project.    As   described  in  Chapter  2,  Project  Description,  the  following  objectives  have  been  identified  for  the   PC-­‐3  Specific  Plan.   1. Prepare  the  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  as  a  comprehensive  land  use  planning  tool  to   guide  development  of  the  approximately  66.7-­‐acre  project  site;   2. Create  Commercial,  Retail,  Business  Park,  Light  Industrial  and  Manufacturing  land  use   opportunities  to  serve  local  residents  and  tourists  alike;   3. Target  land  uses  that  strengthen  Truckee’s  local  economy  by  capturing  uses  that  do  not   physically  fit  elsewhere  within  the  Town;   4. Capture   specific   land   uses   that   support,   but   do   not   compete   with,   the   downtown   commercial  retail  areas;   5. Accommodate   the   possible   relocation  of   certain   existing   types   of   commercial   and   industrial  businesses  located  along  the  Truckee  River  corridor;   6. Establishes  zoning,  design  standards  and  guidelines  for  buildout  of  the  plan  area.     5.2  ALTERNATIVES  CONSIDERED  IN  THIS  EIR   A  Notice  of  Preparation  was  circulated  to  the  public  to  solicit  recommendations  for  a  reasonable   range  of  alternatives  to  the  proposed  project.  Additionally,  a  public  scoping  meeting  was  held   during   the   public   review   period   to   solicit   recommendations   for   a   reasonable   range   of   alternatives  to  the  proposed  project.  The  following  comment  was  received  related  to  potential   alternatives  to  the  project  to  be  addressed  in  the  EIR:   • Alexis   Ollar,  Executive   Director,   Mountain   Area   Preservation   Foundation   (MAPF):   Suggested  that  the  EIR  include  an  alternative  that  includes  only  industrial  and  business   park  uses.       Three  alternatives  to  the  proposed  project  were  developed  based  on  Town  of  Truckee  staff   input,  input  from  the  public  during  the  NOP  review  period,  and  the  technical  analysis  performed   to  identify  the  environmental  effects  of  the  proposed  project.  The  alternatives  analyzed  in  this   EIR   include   the   following   three   alternatives   in   addition   to   the   proposed   PC-­‐3   Specific   Plan   project.   • No  Project  (No  Build)  Alternative   • Reduced  Intensity  Alternative   • Industrial  Uses  Only  Alternative   A LTERNATIVES  TO  THE  PROPOSED  PROJECT  5.0     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  5.0-­‐3     N O  P ROJECT  (NO  B UILD)  A LTERNATIVE   The  CEQA  Guidelines  (Section  15126.6[e])  require  consideration  of  a  no  project  alternative  that   represents  the  existing  conditions,  as  well  as  what  would  reasonably  be  expected  to  occur  in  the   foreseeable  future  if  the  project  were  not  approved.    For  purposes  of  this  analysis,  the  No   Project  (No  Build)  Alternative  assumes  that  the  project  site  would  remain  in  its  current  largely   undeveloped   condition   and   that   the   existing   winery   on   the   site   would   remain.     No   site   development  would  occur  under  this  alternative.    It  is  noted  that  the  No  Project  (No  Build)   Alternative  would  fail  to  meet  the  project  objectives  identified  in  the  Specific  Plan.       R EDUCED  I NTENSITY  A LTERNATIVE   Under  this  alternative,  the  project  site  would  be  developed  with  the  same  range  of  land  uses   and  zoning  districts  as  proposed  in  the  Draft  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan,  however,  the  acreages   of  the  Regional  Commercial  (CR),  Regional  Support  Commercial  (CRS),  Lifestyle  Commercial  (CL),   Manufacturing/Industrial   (M1),   and   Business   Innovation   Zone   (BIZ)   would   be   reduced   by   approximately  50  percent.    This  reduction  in  acreage  for  each  of  the  aforementioned  zones   would  also  result  in  an  approximately  50  percent  reduction  of  the  development  potential  within   each  zone.       As   shown   in   Table   5-­‐1   below,   this   alternative   would   provide   employment   opportunities   for   approximately   340.8   full   time   equivalent   employees   (FTEE).     As   described   in   section   18.216.040(C)   of   the   Truckee   Development  C o d e ,  e m p l o y e e s  g e n e r a t e d  b y  a  d e v e l o p m e n t   project  shall  be  calculated  using  1  FTEE  for  500  s.f.  of  gross  floor  space  for  commercial  uses   (including  retail,  service,  office,  and  restaurant),  and  1  FTEE  per  1,000  s.f.  of  gross  floor  space  for   industrial  uses.  As  required  by  section  18.216.040(B)(2)(iv)  of  the  Truckee  Development  Code,   projects  that  generate  40  or  more  FTEE  shall  construct  and  complete  one  workforce  housing   unit  for  each  seven  FTEE.    As  such,  this  alternative  would  be  required  to  construct  and  complete   48.7  workforce  housing  units  (340.8  /  7  =  48.7).   This  alternative  would  include  the  development  of  onsite  workforce  housing  at  a  level  great   enough  to  satisfy  the  requirements  of  Section  18.216  of  the  Truckee  Development  Code.       Similar   to   the  proposed   Specific   Plan,   this   alternative   would   establish   the   following   three   Commercial  Zones,  which  would  yield  1  FTEE  for  every  500  s.f.  of  gross  floor  space:  Regional   Commercial   (CR),   Regional   Support   Commercial   (CRS),   and   Lifestyle   Commercial   (CL).     Additionally,  this  alternative  would  establish  the  following  two  Industrial  Zones,  which  would   yield  1  FTEE  for  every  1,000  s.f.  of  gross  floor  space.       Under   this   alternative   the   Multi-­‐Family   Residential   (RM)   zone   would   remain   unchanged,   as   would  the  41  proposed  multi-­‐family  housing  units.    The  remaining  8  required  workforce  housing   units  needed  under  this  alternative  to  meet  the  requirements  of  Section  18.216  of  the  Truckee   Development  Code  would  be  built  within  the  non-­‐residential  zoning  districts.    Residential  units   are   allowed   in   all   zoning   districts   within   the   Plan   Area,   except   for   the   Open   Space   Zoning   District,  with  a  Conditional  Use  Permit.       5.0  ALTERNATIVES  TO  THE  PROPOSED  P ROJECT     5.0-­‐4  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     The  Open  Space  (OS)  zone  would  be  expanded  under  this  alternative.    Table  5-­‐1  shows  the   approximate   acreage   of  t h e  o n s i t e  z o n i n g  d i s t r i c t s,  the  development   potential   under   this   alternative,  and  the  number  of  full  time  equivalent  employees  generated  under  this  alternative.             TABLE  5-­‐1:  SUMMARY  OF  ZONING,  ACREAGE,  DEVELOPMENT  POTENTIAL,  AND  FTEE  UNDER  THE  REDUCED   INTENSITY  ALTERNATIVE   Zoning  Designation  Acreage  Development   Potential   Full  Time   Equivalent   Employees   Regional  Commercial  (CR)  5.85  50,921  sf  101.8   Regional   Support   Commercial   (CRS)  3.04  26,440  sf  52.9   Lifestyle  Commercial  (CL)  3.80  33,062  sf  66.1   Manufacturing/Industrial  (M1)  6.78  59,111  sf  59.1   Business  Innovation  Zone  (BIZ)  6.98  60,853  sf  60.9   Multi-­‐Family  Residential  (RM)  3.48  41  housing  units  0   Open  Space  (OS)  36.77  N/A  0   Total  66.7  230,387  sf  340.8     I NDUSTRIAL  U SES  O NLY  A LTERNATIVE   Under   this   alternative,   the   project   would   be   developed   with   only  one   zone:   the   Manufacturing/Industrial  (Business  Park)  (M1)  zone,  in  addition  to  the  currently  proposed  10.24   acres  of  Open  Space  (OS).    The  Regional  Commercial  (CR),  Regional  Support  Commercial  (CRS),   the  Lifestyle  Commercial  (CL),  Business  Innovation  Zone  (BIZ),  and  the  Multi-­‐Family  Residential   (RM)  zoning  districts  would  not  be  developed  under  this  alternative.       As   shown   in   Table   5-­‐2   below,   this   alternative   would   provide   employment   opportunities   for   approximately  491  full  time  equivalent  employees  (FTEE).    As  described  in  section  18.216.040(C)   of  the  Truckee  Development  Code,  employees  generated  by  a  development  project  shall  be   calculated  using  1  FTEE  per  1,000  s.f.  of  gross  floor  space  for  industrial  uses.  As  required  by   section  18.216.040(B)(2)(iv)  of  the  Truckee  Development  Code,  projects  that  generate  40  or   more  FTEE  shall  construct  and  complete  one  workforce  housing  unit  for  each  seven  FTEE.    As   such,  this  alternative  would  be  required  to  construct  and  complete  70.14  workforce  housing   units  (491  /  7  =  70.14).   This  alternative  would  include  the  development  of  onsite  workforce  housing  at  a  level  great   enough  to  satisfy  the  requirements  of  Section  18.216  of  the  Truckee  Development  Code.  The   70.14  required  workforce  housing  units  needed  under  this  alternative  to  meet  the  requirements   of   Section   18.216   of   the   Truckee   Development   Code   would   be   built   within   the   A LTERNATIVES  TO  THE  PROPOSED  PROJECT  5.0     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  5.0-­‐5     Manufacturing/Industrial  (Business  Park)  (M1)  zone.    Residential  units  are  allowed  in  this  district   with  a  Conditional  Use  Permit.       Table  5-­‐2  shows  the  acreage,  development  potential,  and  FTEE  generation  of  the  M1  zone  under   this  alternative.    The  overall  project  footprint  and  acreages  proposed  for  development  under   this  alternative  would  remain  unchanged  compared  to  the  proposed  project.       TABLE  5-­‐2:  SUMMARY  OF  ZONING,  ACREAGE,  DEVELOPMENT  POTENTIAL,  AND  FTEE  UNDER  THE  INDUSTRIAL   USES  ONLY  ALTERNATIVE   Zoning  Designation  Acreage  Development   Potential   Full  Time  Equivalent   Employees   Manufacturing/Industrial  (M1)  56.36  491,007  sf  491   Open  Space  (OS)  10.24  N/A  0   Total  66.7  491,007  sf  491     A LTERNATIVES  N OT  S ELECTED  FOR  F URTHER  A NALYSIS   In  addition  to  the  alternatives  analyzed  herein,  other  alternatives  were  considered,  but  rejected   for   detailed   analysis.    An  alternative  location  for  the  proposed  project  was  considered,  but   rejected  since  it  would  not  achieve  the  project  objective  of  developing  a  comprehensive  Specific   Plan  to  guide  development  of  the  approximately  66.7-­‐acre  site  identified  as  Planned  Community   3  in  the  2025  Truckee  General  Plan.  The  2025  Truckee  General  Plan  designates  the  Plan  Area  as   Planned  Community  3  (PC-­‐3).    The  2025  Truckee  General  Plan  contains  the  following  policies  to   guide  development  of  PC-­‐3:   PC-­‐3  Policy  1:    Development  allowed  on  the  site  will  be  a  range  of  commercial,  industrial  and   residential  uses.  Services  for  employees,  such  as  day  care  facilities  and  food   sales,  shall  be  encouraged.   PC-­‐3   Policy   2:   The   Specific   Plan   shall   include   design   standards   to   provide   for   architectural   consistency  of  development  on  the  site,  in  accordance  with  the  Town  of  Truckee   design  guidelines.   PC-­‐3  Policy  3:    Site   Design   shall   consider   appropriate   access   to   Highway   267,   via   Brockway   Road  and  Soaring  Way,  and  shall  minimize  visual  impacts  from  the  Highway  267   corridor.   PC-­‐3  Policy  4:    The  Specific  Plan  shall  include  standards  for  the  design  of  retail  shopping  areas   which  avoid  "strip  commercial"  site  layout,  and  that  are  oriented  and  scaled  to   the  pedestrian  realm.   PC-­‐3  Policy  5:    Specific   Plan   design   standards   shall   include   requirements   for   parking   areas   which  promote  attractive  streetscapes,  recognize  the  need  for  snow  storage   5.0  ALTERNATIVES  TO  THE  PROPOSED  P ROJECT     5.0-­‐6  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     and  removal,  and  reduce  the  visual  impacts  of  large,  unscreened  parking  lots   through   distributed   landscaping,   landscaped   berms,   and   other   measures.   Parking   shall   be   provided   in   accordance   with   the   Town   of   Truckee   Design   Guidelines.   PC-­‐4  Policy  6:    The  Specific  Plan  shall  include  provisions  for  supplying,  on-­‐site,  the  required   housing  for  50  percent  of  the  very-­‐low,  low-­‐  and  moderate-­‐income  workforce   associated   with   development   of   the   site.   If   land   use   or   noise   compatibility   requirements  of  the  Airport  Land  Use  Compatibility  Plan  preclude  or  reduce  the   total  amount  of  housing  that  can  be  developed  on  PC-­‐3,  required  workforce   housing  may  be  permitted  to  be  located  off-­‐site.               PC-­‐3  Policy  7:    All  development  on  PC-­‐3  shall  support  community  character  goals  and  policies   for  the  Brockway  Road  Corridor.   PC-­‐3  Policy  8:    Ensure   that   the   mix   of   land   uses   in   the   PC-­‐3   Specific   Plan   will   generate   an   amount  of  traffic  that,  in  addition  to  buildout  of  the  General  Plan  (considering   all  planned  circulation  improvements),  would  not  result  in  the  need  for  four   lanes  on  Highway  267  between  Interstate  80  and  the  Brockway  Road/Soaring   Way  intersection.   Given  the  specific  attention  paid  in  the  2025  Truckee  General  Plan  to  future  development  of  this   particular  site,  the  analysis  of  an  alternative  site  location  is  not  considered  in  this  EIR.       5.3    E NVIRONMENTAL  ANALYSIS   The   alternatives   analysis   provides   a   summary   of   the   relative   impact   level   of   significance   associated  with  each  alternative  for  each  of  the  environmental  issue  areas  analyzed  in  this  EIR.     Following  the  analysis  of  each  alternative,  Table  5-­‐3  summarizes  the  comparative  effects  of  each   alternative.   N O  P ROJECT  (NO  B UILD)  A LTERNATIVE   Air  Quality   As  described  in  Section  3.1,  and  shown  in  Tables  3.1-­‐6  and  3.1-­‐7,  operation  of  the  proposed   project   would   result   in   significant   and   unavoidable   impacts   associated   with   air   emissions,   primarily  from  emissions  generated  by  mobile  sources.    Under  this  alternative,  the  project  site   would  not  be  developed  and  these  mobile  source  air  emissions  would  not  occur.    Additionally,   while  the  proposed  project  would  result  in  less  than  significant  construction  emissions  impacts,   under  this  alternative,  no  construction  emissions  would  be  generated.    Therefore,  this  impact  is   avoided  under  this  alternative.       Biological  Resources   As  described  in  Section  3.2,  field  surveys  revealed  the  presence  of  approximately  60  individual   special-­‐status  plants  on  the  project  site.  Development  of  the  proposed  project  would  require   A LTERNATIVES  TO  THE  PROPOSED  PROJECT  5.0     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  5.0-­‐7     disturbance  to  some  of  these  special  status  plants.    Additionally,  there  is  the  potential  for  the   proposed  project  to  disturb  the  existing  ephemeral  drainages  on  the  project  site,  or  result  in   impacts   to   wetlands   on   the   project   site.  U n d e r  t h i s  a l t e r n a t i v e ,  t h e  p r o j e c t  w o u l d  n o t  b e   constructed,   no   special-­‐status   plants   would   be   removed   and  the   potential   for   impacts   to   wetlands   and   ephemeral   drainages   would   be   eliminated.    Therefore,   this   impact   would   be   reduced  under  the  No  Build  Alternative.       Cultural  Resources   The  No  Build  Alternative  would  result  in  no  ground  disturbing  activities  and  would  reduce  the   potential   to   disturb   or   destroy   cultural,   historic,   and   archaeological   resources,   as   well   as   paleontological  resources.    While  the  proposed  project  is  not  anticipated  to  result  in  significant   impacts  to  cultural  or  historical  resources,  the  No  Build  Alternative  would  further  reduce  the  risk   of  the  unintentionally  discovery  of  such  resources.       Geology  and  Soils   The  No  Build  Alternative  would  result  in  the  project  site  remaining  in  its  existing  condition.     There  is  currently  only  one  structure  on  the  project  site  that  is  subject  to  seismic  or  geologic   risks,   including   earthquakes,   liquefaction,   subsidence,   etc.   As   described   in   Section   3.4,   implementation  of  the  proposed  project  would  not  result  in  any  significant  impacts  related  to   geology  and  soils,  but  would  result  in  the  construction  of  new  residential,  commercial,  and   industrial  structures  on  the  project  site,  which  could  be  exposed  to  geologic  hazards.    Therefore,   the  No  Build  Alternative  would  have  no  impact  on  geology  and  soils.       Greenhouse  Gases  and  Climate  Change   Under   the   No   Build   Alternative,   the  s i t e  w o u l d  n o t  b e  d e v e l o p e d ,  a n d  t h e r e  w o u l d  b e  n o   potential   for   the   project   to   conflict   with   any   adopted   plans   or   policies   related   to   GHG   reductions.    As  such,  this  impact  would  be  avoided  when  compared  to  the  proposed  project.           Hazards   Under  the  No  Build  Alternative  the  project  site  would  remain  undeveloped.  As  described  in   Section  3.6,  construction  activities  may  result  in  the  use  and  transport  of  common  hazardous   materials,  including  oils,  fuels,  paints  and  solvents.    This  potential  impact  would  be  eliminated   under  the  No  Build  Alternative.  Under  the  no  build  alternative,  no  new  land  uses  would  be   introduced  to  the  site,  and  the  potential  for  future  residents  to  be  exposed  to  contamination  on   the  site  would  be  eliminated.    This  impact,  though  less  than  significant,  would  be  avoided  under   the  No  Build  Alternative.             Hydrology  and  Water  Quality   Under  the  No  Build  Alternative,  the  project  site  would  remain  undeveloped.  Existing  drainage   patterns  on  the  site  would  remain  unchanged,  and  there  would  be  no  potential  increases  in   stormwater  pollutants  or  water  quality  impacts  under  this  alternative.           5.0  ALTERNATIVES  TO  THE  PROPOSED  P ROJECT     5.0-­‐8  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     Land  Use,  Population  and  Housing   The  No  Build  Alternative  would  not  result  in  any  development  on  the  project  site.    The  2025   General  Plan  identifies  the  PC-­‐3  site  as  a  location  for  implementation  of  a  Specific  Plan  that   includes  a  range  of  retail,  commercial,  and  industrial  uses.    The  No  Build  Alternative  would  fail  to   facilitate  development  of  the  Plan  Area,  as  envisioned  in  the  2025  Truckee  General  Plan.    Under   the   No   Build   Alternative,   there  would   not   be   an   increased   demand   for   workforce   housing   generated   at   the   Plan   Area,   and   new   multi-­‐family   workforce   housing   units   would   not   be   developed.  The  No  Project  Alternative  would  have  a  similar  impact  to  the  proposed  project  in   terms  of  land  use,  population,  and  housing.       Noise   As  described  in  Section  3.9,  implementation  of  the  proposed  project  would  result  in  increased   transportation  and  stationary  source  noise  levels,  however,  these  noise  increases  would  be  less   than  significant.    Under  the  No  Build  Alternative,  the  project  site  would  not  be  developed  and   there  would  be  no  new  noise  sources  nor  would  there  be  any  new  exposure  to  existing  noise   sources  associated  with  the  Truckee-­‐Tahoe  Airport.  Therefore,  this  impact  is  reduced  under  this   alternative.       Public  Services  and  Recreation     Under  the  No  Build  Alternative  the  project  site  would  remain  undeveloped.  As  described  in   Section  3.10,  implementation  of  the  proposed  project  would  result  in  a  modest  increase  in   demand  for  police  and  fire  protection  services,  as  well  as  increased  demand  for  schools,  parks   and  other  public  facilities.  Under  the  No  Build  Alternative,  there  would  be  no  increased  demand   for  public  services.    Therefore,  the  No  Build  Alternative  would  have  less  of  an  impact  than  the   proposed  project  on  public  services.     Traffic/Circulation   The   No   Build   Alternative   would   not   introduce   additional   vehicle   trips   onto   the   study   area   roadways   identified   in   Section   3.11.     As   described   in   Section   3.11,   implementation   of   the   proposed  project  would  require  intersection  and  roadway  improvements  to  ensure  less  than   significant   impacts   to   roadways   and   intersections   within   the   Town   of   Truckee,   and   the   intersection  of  Glenshire  Drive/Donner  Pass  Road  would  result  in  significant  impacts  under  the   proposed  project.  Under  the  No  Build  Alternative,  these  potential  impacts  would  be  avoided,   and  the  No  Build  Alternative  would  have  less  of  an  overall  traffic  impact  than  the  proposed   project.       Utilities   Under   the   No   Build   Alternative   the   project   site   would   continue   to   have   no   demand   for   wastewater  services,  potable  water  supplies,  or  the  need  to  construct  additional  stormwater   drainage   infrastructure.     Additionally,   the   demand   for   solid   waste   disposal   would   be   lower   under  the  No  Build  Alternative  than  the  proposed  project.    Overall,  the  demand  for  utilities   would  be  reduced  under  the  No  Build  Alternative  when  compared  to  the  proposed  project.       A LTERNATIVES  TO  THE  PROPOSED  PROJECT  5.0     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  5.0-­‐9     Aesthetics   The  No  Build  Alternative  would  leave  the  project  site  in  its  existing  state  and  would  not  result  in   increases  in  daytime  glare  or  nighttime  lighting.    The  visual  character  of  the  project  site  would   not  change  under  this  alternative  compared  to  existing  conditions.  As  described  in  Section  3.13,   the  proposed  project  would  result  in  potentially  significant  new  sources  of  light  and  glare,  which   would  be  mitigated  to  a  less  than  significant  level.    The  No  Project  Alternative  would  avoid  these   impacts  altogether  and  would  have  less  of  an  impact  than  the  proposed  project  on  aesthetics.       R E DUCED  I NTENSITY  A LTERNATIVE   Air  Quality   As  described  in  Section  3.1,  and  shown  in  Tables  3.1-­‐6  and  3.1-­‐7,  operation  of  the  proposed   project   would  result   in   significant   and   unavoidable   impacts   associated   with   air   emissions,   primarily  from  emissions  generated  by  mobile  sources.    Under  this  alternative,  approximately   half  of  the  proposed  development  would  be  eliminated,  and  as  such,  vehicle  trips  and  vehicle   emissions   would   be   reduced   by   approximately   50   percent   under   this   alternative.     This   alternative  would  have  reduced  air  quality  impacts  compared  to  the  proposed  project.       Biological  Resources   As  described  in  Section  3.2,  field  surveys  revealed  the  presence  of  approximately  60  individual   special-­‐status  plants  on  the  project  site.  Development  of  the  proposed  project  would  require   disturbance  to  these  special  status  plants.  Under  this  alternative,  a  greater  percentage  of  the   Plan  Area  would  remain  as  open  space.    It  is  assumed  that  the  open  space  area  under  this   alternative  would  be  designed  and  located  to  fully  avoid  all  of  the  special-­‐status  plant  species   located  on  the  project  site.  This  alternative  would  also  be  designed  to  fully  avoid  all  areas  where   wetlands   or   ephemeral   drainages   are   located   on   the   site.     Therefore,  impacts   to   biological   resourcs  would  be  reduced  under  this  alternative.       Cultural  Resources   Potential   impacts   to   cultural   resources   are   primarily   related   to   the   area   proposed   for   disturbance  and  less  to  the  type  of  urban  uses  that  would  occur  on  the  project  site.    Under  this   alternative,  a  smaller  percentage  of  the  project  site  would  be  disturbed  when  compared  to  the   proposed  project,  and  the  potential  for  impacts  to  cultural  resources  would  be  reduced  when   compared  to  the  proposed  project.       Geology  and  Soils   Under   this   alternative,   the   project   site   would   be   developed   with   approximately   half   of   the   square  footage  of  commercial  and  industrial  uses  compared  to  the  proposed  project.    These   buildings  and  structures  would  be  exposed  to  the  same  level  of  risk  from  geologic  hazards  as  the   proposed  project,  however,  there  would  be  fewer  buildings  covering  less  acreage  under  this   alternative.  Therefore,  under  this  alternative,  this  impact  would  be  reduced  when  compared  to   the  proposed  project.       5.0  ALTERNATIVES  TO  THE  PROPOSED  P ROJECT     5.0-­‐10  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     Greenhouse  Gases  and  Climate  Change   Under  this  alternative,  approximately  half  of  the  proposed  development  would  be  eliminated,   and  as  such,  vehicle  trips  and  GHG  emissions  would  be  reduced  by  approximately  50  percent   under  this  alternative.    This  alternative  would  have  reduced  GHG  impacts  compared  to  the   proposed  project.   Hazards  and  Hazardous  Materials   Under   this   alternative,   fewer   buildings   and   land   uses   would   be   developed.   As   described   in   Section  3.6,  construction  activities  may  result  in  the  use  and  transport  of  common  hazardous   materials,  including  oils,  fuels,  paints  and  solvents.    This  potential  impact  would  be  reduced   under  this  alternative.    Additionally,  under  this  alternative,  there  is  a  reduced  potential  for  new   land   uses   to   use,   store,   and   transport   hazardous   materials,   given   that   a   reduce   amount   of   commercial  and  industrial  uses  would  occur  under  this  alternative.       Hydrology  and  Water  Quality   Under  this  alternative,  approximately  half  as  much  surface  area  would  be  developed  with  urban   land  uses  and  impervious  surfaces  when  compared  to  the  proposed  project.    The  potential  for   pollutants   from   stormwater   runoff   to   enter   local   surface   waters   would   be   reduced   when   compared  to  the  proposed  project.     Land  Use,  Planning  and  Population     This   alternative   would   result   in   a   similar   range   of   land   uses   developed   on  t h e  p r o j e c t  s i t e ,   however,  only  50  percent  of  the  land  use  area  and  building  square  footage  proposed  by  the   project  would  be  developed.    The  2025  General  Plan  identifies  the  PC-­‐3  site  as  a  location  for   implementation  of  a  Specific  Plan  that  includes  a  range  of  retail,  commercial,  and  industrial   uses.    This  alternative  would  facilitate  development  of  the  Plan  Area,  as  envisioned  in  the  2025   Truckee  General  Plan,  however,  this  alternative  may  not  successfully  utilize  the  Plan  Area  to  its   full  potential.    Under  this  alternative  there  would  be  a  decreased  demand  for  workforce  housing   generated  at  the  Plan  Area.  This  alternative  would  have  comparable  impacts  to  this  topic,  when   compared  to  the  proposed  project.       Noise   As  described  in  Section  3.9,  implementation  of  the  proposed  project  would  result  in  increased   transportation  and  stationary  source  noise  levels,  however,  these  noise  increases  would  be  less   than   significant.     Under   the  Reduced   Intensity  Alternative,  fewer   acres   of   commercial   and   industrial  uses  would  be  developed,  and  there  would  be  fewer  new  vehicle  trips  under  this   alternative,  resulting  in  reduced  noise  increases.    The  same  number  of  multi-­‐family  housing   units   would   be   developed   under   this   alternative   within   the   RM   Zoning   District,   but   fewer   workforce  housing  units  would  be  constructed  throughout  the  non-­‐residential  portions  of  the   Plan  Area,  which  would  reduce  potential  exposure  to  new  residences  to  noise  from  the  Truckee-­‐ Tahoe  Airport  and  the  adjacent  roadways.  Overall,  this  impact  is  reduced  under  this  alternative.       A LTERNATIVES  TO  THE  PROPOSED  PROJECT  5.0     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  5.0-­‐11     Public  Services  and  Recreation   As  described  in  Section  3.10,  implementation  of  the  proposed  project  would  result  in  a  modest   increase  in  demand  for  police  and  fire  protection  services,  as  well  as  increased  demand  for   schools,  parks  and  other  public  facilities.  Under  the  Reduced  Intensity  Alternative,  there  would   be  a  smaller  increase  demand  for  public  services.    Therefore,  the  Reduced  Intensity  Alternative   would  have  less  of  an  impact  than  the  proposed  project  on  public  services.     Transportation/Traffic   The   Reduced   Intensity  A l t e r n a t i v e  w o u l d  i n t r o d u c e  f ewer   vehicle   trips   onto   the   study   area   roadways   identified  i n  S e c t i o n  3 . 1 1 .    A s  d e s c r i b e d  i n  S e c t i o n  3 . 1 1 ,  i m p l e m e n t a t i o n  o f  t h e   proposed  project  would  require  intersection  and  roadway  improvements  to  ensure  less  than   significant   impacts   to   roadways   and   intersections   within   the   Town   of   Truckee.   Under   the   Reduced  Intensity  Alternative,  these  potential  impacts  would  be  reduced,  and  this  alternative   would  have  less  of  an  overall  traffic  impact  than  the  proposed  project.       Utilities   Under  the  Reduced  Intensity  Alternative  the  project  site  would  have  a  reduced  demand  for   wastewater  services,  potable  water  supplies,  or  the  need  to  construct  additional  stormwater   drainage  infrastructure  when  compared  to  the  proposed  project.    Additionally,  the  demand  for   solid  waste  disposal  would  be  lower  under  the  Reduced  Intensity  Alternative  than  the  proposed   project.     Overall,   the   demand   for   utilities   would   be   reduced   under  this   alternative  w h e n   compared  to  the  proposed  project.       Aesthetics   This  alternative  would  result  in  the  construction  of  approximately  half  of  the  square  feet  of   commercial  and  industrial  uses  on  the  project  site.    Correspondingly,  a  greater  percentage  of  the   project  site  would  remain  as  undeveloped  open  space  under  this  alternative.    There  would  be   fewer  building  under  this  alternative,  which  would  decrease  the  potential  for  nighttime  lighting   and  daytime  glare  impacts  when  compared  to  the  proposed  project.    Overall,  aesthetic  and   visual  impacts  would  be  reduced  under  this  alternative.       I NDUSTRIAL  AND  B USINESS  P ARK  O NLY  A LTERNATIVE   Air  Quality   Under  this  alternative,  only  industrial  land  uses  would  be  developed  on  the  project  site,  in   addition  to  the  required  workforce  housing  generated  by  the  industrial  uses.    The  range  of   commercial  and  retails  uses  included  in  the  proposed  project  would  not  be  developed  under  this   alternative.    As  shown  in  Table  3.11-­‐5,  industrial  uses  generally  have  lower  trip  generation  rates   than  commercial  and  retail  uses.    While  this  alternative  would  potentially  result  in  a  greater   amount  of  building  square  footage  than  the  proposed  project,  the  total  amount  of  vehicle  trips   generated  under  this  alternative  would  be  reduced  when  compared  to  the  proposed  project.    As   described   in   Section   3.1,   the   primary   source   of   air   emissions   associated   with   the   proposed   5.0  ALTERNATIVES  TO  THE  PROPOSED  P ROJECT     5.0-­‐12  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     project  is  emissions  from  mobile  sources.    Vehicle  trips  would  be  reduced  under  this  alternative,   which  would  result  in  fewer  mobile  source  emissions.    This  impact  would  be  reduced  under  this   alternative.       Biological  Resources   This   alternative   would   result   in   the   same   area   of   disturbance   as   the  proposed   project.     As   described  in  Section  3.2,  project  implementation  would  require  the  relocation  of  special-­‐status   plants,  and  may  result  in  impacts  to  onsite  wetlands  and  ephemeral  drainages.    This  impact   would  remain  unchanged  under  this  alternative.       Cultural  Resources   This  alternative  would  result  in  the  same  area  of  disturbance  as  the  proposed  project.    While   implementation  of  the  project  is  not  anticipated  to  result  in  any  impacts  to  known  cultural   resources,  there  is  always  the  potential  that  a  previously  unknown  cultural  resource  could  be   encountered   during   ground   disturbing   activities.     This   alternative   would   have   a   comparable   impact  with  respect  to  cultural  resources  when  compared  to  the  proposed  project.       Geology  and  Soils   Under  this  alternative,  the  same  acreage  of  land  within  the  Plan  Area  would  be  developed  when   compared  to  the  proposed  project.    This  area  of  land  would  be  exposed  to  the  same  level  and   intensity  of  geologic  hazards  when  compared  to  the  proposed  project.    As  such,  impacts  related   to  geology  and  soils  would  be  comparable  to  the  proposed  project  under  this  alternative.       Greenhouse  Gases  and  Climate  Change   As  shown  in  Tables  3.5-­‐2  and  3.5-­‐3,  the  primary  sources  of  GHG  emissions  associated  with   operation   of   the   proposed   project  would   come   from   mobile   (traffic)   sources.  Under   this   alternative,  only  industrial  land  uses  would  be  developed  on  the  project  site,  in  addition  to  the   required  workforce  housing  generated  by  the  industrial  uses.    The  range  of  commercial  and   retails  uses  included  in  the  proposed  project  would  not  be  developed  under  this  alternative.    As   shown   in   Table   3.11-­‐5,   industrial   uses   generally   have   lower   trip   generation   rates   than   commercial  and  retail  uses.    While  this  alternative  would  potentially  result  in  a  greater  amount   of   building   square   footage   than   the   proposed   project,   the   total   amount   of   vehicle   trips   generated  under  this  alternative  would  be  reduced  when  compared  to  the  proposed  project,   which  would  result  in  fewer  mobile  source  GHG  emissions.    This  impact  would  be  reduced  under   this  alternative.       Hazards  and  Hazardous  Materials   Under  this  alternative,  a  comparable  number  of  buildings  and  land  uses  would  be  developed   when  compared  to  the  proposed  project.  As  described  in  Section  3.6,  construction  activities  may   result  in  the  use  and  transport  of  common  hazardous  materials,  including  oils,  fuels,  paints  and   solvents.     This   potential   impact   would   be  the   same   as   the   proposed   project  under   this   alternative.    Additionally,  under  this  alternative,  there  is  a  similar  potential  for  new  land  uses  to   A LTERNATIVES  TO  THE  PROPOSED  PROJECT  5.0     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  5.0-­‐13     use,  store,  and  transport  hazardous  materials,  given  the  comparable  amount  of  industrial  uses   would  occur  under  this  alternative.       Hydrology  and  Water  Quality   Under  this  alternative,  a  comparable  number  of  buildings  and  land  uses  would  be  developed   when  compared  to  the  proposed  project.    This  alternative  would  result  in  the  same  amount  of   ground  disturbance  and  changes  to  the  existing  onsite  drainage  patterns  when  compared  to  the   proposed  project.    The  potential  for  impacts  to  surface  water  quality  and  increased  stormwater   runoff  would  be  the  same  under  this  alternative  when  compared  to  the  proposed  project.       Land  Use,  Planning  and  Population   Under  this  alternative,  only  industrial  uses  would  be  developed,  in  addition  to  the  requisite   amount  of  workforce  housing  units  in  order  to  meet  the  requirements  of  Chapter  18.216  of  the   Truckee  Development  Code.    This  alternative  would  not  meet  the  provisions  of  Policy  PC-­‐3,   Policy  1  in  the  2025  Truckee  General  Plan,  which  states  that,  “Development  allowed  on  the  site   will  be  a  range  of  commercial,  industrial  and  residential  uses.  Services  for  employees,  such  as  day   care  facilities  and  food  sales,  shall  be  encouraged.”  Under  this  alternative,  commercial  uses   would   not   be   developed,   and   services   for   employees,   as   identified   above,   would   not   be   provided  within  the  industrial  uses  allowed  under  this  alternative.    As  such,  this  alternative   would   be   less   effective   at   meeting   the   goals   for   the   PC-­‐3   Plan   Area   identified   in   the   2025   Truckee  General  Plan.    This  impact  would  be  increased  under  this  alternative  when  compared  to   the  proposed  project.       Noise   Under  this  alternative  vehicle  trips  generated  by  the  onsite  land  uses  would  be  slightly  reduced   when   compared   to   the   proposed   project,   which  would   result   in   a   modest   decrease   in   the   generation  of  new  transportation  related  noise.    However,  under  this  alternative,  only  70.14   workforce  housing  units  would  be  constructed,  as  opposed  to  97.37  workforce  housing  units   required  under  the  proposed  project.    This  decrease  in  approximately  27  workforce  housing   units  on  the  project  site  would  reduce  the  potential  for  future  residences  to  be  exposed  to   increased  noise  levels  from  the  nearby  airport,  area  roadways,  and  onsite  industrial  activities   when  compared  to  the  proposed  project.    Overall,  this  impact  is  slightly  reduced  under  this   alternative  when  compared  to  the  proposed  project.       Public  Services   This  alternative  would  result  in  a  comparable  volume  of  non-­‐residential  development  when   compared  to  the  proposed  project.    Residential  development  under  this  alternative  would  be   reduced   by   approximately   27   workforce   housing   units.     The   demand   for   police   and   fire   protection  services  under  this  alternative  would  be  comparable  to  the  proposed  project,  given   the   similar   amount   of   non-­‐residential   building   square   footage   that   would   be   developed.     However,  the  population  generated  under  this  alternative  would  be  lower  than  the  population   generated  under  the  proposed  project,  which  would  slightly  reduce  the  demand  for  parks  and   5.0  ALTERNATIVES  TO  THE  PROPOSED  P ROJECT     5.0-­‐14  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     school  services.    Overall,  impacts  related  to  public  services  would  be  slightly  reduced  under  this   alternative  when  compared  to  the  proposed  project.       Transportation/Traffic   Under  this  alternative,  only  industrial  land  uses  would  be  developed  on  the  project  site,  in   addition  to  the  required  workforce  housing  generated  by  the  industrial  uses.    The  range  of   commercial  and  retails  uses  included  in  the  proposed  project  would  not  be  developed  under  this   alternative.    As  shown  in  Table  3.11-­‐5,  industrial  uses  generally  have  lower  trip  generation  rates   than  commercial  and  retail  uses.    While  this  alternative  would  potentially  result  in  a  greater   amount  of  building  square  footage  than  the  proposed  project,  the  total  amount  of  vehicle  trips   generated  under  this  alternative  would  be  reduced  when  compared  to  the  proposed  project.    As   such,  impacts  to  the  area  roadway  network  would  be  slightly  reduced  under  this  alternative   when  compared  to  the  proposed  project.       Utilities   This  alternative  would  result  in  a  comparable  amount  of  non-­‐residential  uses  on  the  project  site   when  compared  to  the  proposed  project.    As  such,  the  demand  for  utilities  generated  under  this   alternative  would  be  similar  to  the  proposed  project.       Aesthetics   Under  this  alternative  the  same  area  of  the  project  site  would  be  developed  with  urban  uses.     The  change  to  the  existing  visual  character  of  the  project  site  under  this  alternative  would  be   comparable   to   the   changes   that   would   occur   under   the   proposed   project.     This   alternative   would  also  have  a  similar  potential  for  increases  in  nighttime  lighting  when  compared  to  the   proposed  project.         A LTERNATIVES  TO  THE  PROPOSED  PROJECT  5.0     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  5.0-­‐15     E NVIRONMENTALLY  S UPERIOR  A LTERNATIVE   CEQA  requires  that  an  environmentally  superior  alternative  be  identified  among  the  alternatives   that   are   analyzed   in   the   EIR.   If   the   No   Project   Alternative   is   the   environmentally   superior   alternative,  an  EIR  must  also  identify  an  environmentally  superior  alternative  among  the  other   alternatives  (CEQA  Guidelines  Section  15126.6(e)(2)).  The  environmentally  superior  alternative   is   that   alternative   with   the   least   adverse   environmental   impacts   when   compared   to   the   proposed  project.       As   Table   5-­‐3  p r e s e n t s  a  c o m p a r i s o n  o f  t h e  a l t e r n a t i v e  p r o j e c t  i m p a c t s  w i t h  t h o s e  o f  t h e   proposed  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan.   TABLE  5-­‐3:  COMPARISON  OF  ALTERNATIVE  PROJECT  IMPACTS  TO  THE  PROPOSED  PROJECT     ENVIRONMENTAL  ISSUE  NO  PROJECT   ALTERNATIVE   REDUCED  INTENSITY   ALTERNATIVE   INDUSTRIAL  USES  ONLY   ALTERNATIVE   Air  Quality  Less  Less  Less   Biological  Resources  Less  Less  Equal   Cultural  Resources  Less  Less  Equal   Geology  and  Soils  Less  Less  Equal   Greenhouse  Gases  Less  Less  Less     Hazards  and  Hazardous   Materials  Less  Less  Equal   Hydrology  and  Water   Quality  Less  Less  Equal   Land  Use,  Planning  &   Population  Equal  Equal  Greater   Noise    Less  Less  Less     Public  Services  Less  Less  Less   Transportation  and   Circulation  Less  Less    Less     Utilities  Less  Less    Equal   Visual  and  Aesthetic   Resources  Less  Less    Equal   GREATER  =  GREATER  IMPACT  THAN  THAT  OF  THE  PROPOSED  PROJECT   LESS  =  DECREASED  IMPACT  THAN  THAT  OF  THE  PROPOSED  PROJECT   +/-­‐  =  GREATER  IMPACT  WITH  REGARD  TO  SOME  ASPECTS  OF  IMPACT  AND  DECREASED  IMPACTS  IN  OTHER  ASPECTS   EQUAL  =  NO  SUBSTANTIAL  CHANGE  IN  IMPACT  FROM  THAT  OF  THE  PROPOSED  PROJECT     5.0  ALTERNATIVES  TO  THE  PROPOSED  P ROJECT     5.0-­‐16  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)     As   shown   in   the   table   above,   the   No  Project  A l t e r n a t i v e  i s  t h e  e n v i r o n m e n t a l l y  s u p e r i o r   alternative.     However,   as   required   by   CEQA,   when   the   No   Project   Alternative   is   the   environmentally   superior   alternative,   the   environmentally   superior   alternative   among   the   others   must   be   identified.     Therefore,   the   Reduced   Intensity   Alternative   is   the   next   environmentally  superior  alternative  to  the  proposed  project.         REPORT  PREPARERS  6.0     Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)  6.0-­‐1       T OWN  OF  T RUCKEE   John  McLaughlin ........................................................................Community  Development  Director   Denyelle  Nishimori ....................................................................................................Senior  Planner     D E  N OVO  P LANNING  G ROUP   Ben  Ritchie .................................................................................Principal  Planner/Project  Manager   Steve  McMurtry......................................................................................................Principal  Planner   Beth  Thompson ......................................................................................................Principal  Planner     LSC  T RANSPORTATION  C ONSULTANTS,  I NC.   Gordon  R.  Shaw,  PE,  AICP ....................................................................................................Principal   Sara  T.  Hawley,  PE  .............................................................................................................Associate       j.c.  brennan  associates,  Inc.   Jim  Brennan .............................................................................................Principal  Noise  Consultant   Luke  Saxelby ...............................................................................................Senior  Noise  Consultant     S TORM  W ATER  C ONSULTING,  I NC.   Jim  Nelson,  P.E......................................................................................................Principal  Engineer   6.0  R EPORT  PREPARERS     6.0-­‐2  Draft  Environmental  Impact  Report  –  Joerger  Ranch  Specific  Plan  (PC-­‐3)                         This  page  left  intentionally  blank.